' V?.' 
 
 
 ■o ■■■■' ■ 
 
 
 '^.vrf•*?•>^^v*:'••..,,^,„ ' .;.■ 
 ~i''v;*.t<:.'v>;' •■'■■;';■■; 
 -'''^%+iA':'..%',; ■. '• • 
 
 ^'v?.i> .#.;«■ ■•!,:,',: . , 
 
 St;'**-.*!''' iV'- 
 
Class Jr^lilfklil^-. 
 Book_-- '^'^ 
 
\y 
 
 XENOPHON'S 
 
 ^%*^ 
 
 MEMORABILIA OF SOCRATES, 
 
 ENCILISH NOTES, CRITICAL AND EXPLANATORY, THE PROLEGOMENA 
 OF KUHNER, WIGGERS' LIFE OF SOCRATES, ETC. 
 
 BY CHARLES ANTHON, LL.D., 
 
 PROFESSOR OF TUE GREEK AND LATIN LANGUAGES IN COLUMBIA COLLEGE, 
 NEW YORK, AND RECTOR OF THE GRAMMAR SCHOOL. 
 
 NEW YORK: 
 
 HARPER & BROTHERS, PUBLISHERS, 
 82 CLIFF STREET. 
 
 184 8. 
 
A^'" 
 
 \-h^WJ 
 
 N^'^ 
 
 Entered, according to Act of Congress, in the year one thousand 
 eight hundred and forty-eight, by 
 
 Harper & Brothers, 
 
 in the Clerk's OflSce of the District Court of the Southern District 
 of New York. 
 
TO THE 
 
 REV. GEORGE W. BETHUNE, D.D., 
 
 THE ABLE THEOLOGIAN, THE ELOQUENT DIVINE, AND THE 
 GRACEFUL AND ACCOMPLISHED SCHOLAR, 
 
 THIS WORK 
 Jt» SSlcspectfulls Knscrf6etr, 
 
 BY ONE WHO TAKES PRIDE IN CLAIMING HIM AS AN EARLY 
 PUPIL AND A STEADFAST FRIEND. 
 
PREFACE. 
 
 Xenophon's Memorabilia of Socrates affords so 
 excellent a course of reading for the younger students 
 in our colleges, that its absence hitherto from the list 
 of text-books is much to be regretted. The editor 
 hopes that the labor which he has here bestowed upon 
 the work may succeed in bringing it more into favor 
 with both instructors and pupils, and in opening up to 
 them a more familiar acquaintance with one of the 
 most beautiful treatises of antiquity. 
 
 The text is substantially Kiihner's, with such alter- 
 ations, however, as appeared to the editor to be re- 
 quired by the interests of those for whose benefit the 
 present work is intended. Thus, for instance, the 
 punctuation has been entirely remodelled, and a 
 change has been made from the German and more 
 involved mode of pointing to one more closely anal- 
 ogous to our own. The decided advantage resulting 
 from such an arrangement an experienced instructor 
 will at once appreciate. Another deviation from 
 Kiihner consists in restoring to the text the Attic ter- 
 mination of the second person in ei, which rests on 
 too sure grounds to be lightly rejected, even in prose. 
 New readings have also been introduced wherever 
 they seemed to bring out the meaning of the author 
 more clearly, or to do away with some awkward and 
 evidently erroneous construction. The great merit 
 of the present text, however, consists in its being an 
 
VI PREFACE. 
 
 expurgated one. Every passage has either been re- 
 jected or essentially modified that in any way con- 
 flicted with our better and purer ideas of propriety 
 and decorum, for even in the ethical treatises of the 
 Greeks expressions and allusions will sometimes oc- 
 cur which it is our happier privilege to have been 
 taught unsparingly to condemn. It is believed that 
 the present is the only edition in which this most sal- 
 utary rule has been follow^ed, a circumstance which 
 will not fail to recommend it to the notice of those in- 
 structors of youth who adhere strictly in this respect 
 to the wise precept of the Roman satirist. 
 
 The notes appended to the present work contain the 
 whole body of Kiihner's valuable commentary, with 
 such additions as the editor was enabled to make, both 
 from numerous other commentators, and also from his 
 own resources. In clothing KiJhner's commentary in 
 an English garb, the editor has been very materially 
 aided by the excellent edition of the Memorabilia re- 
 cently published by Dr. Hickie, and he begs leave 
 here to return his acknowledgments for the valuable 
 materials with which that work has supplied him. In 
 order, however, to render the present edition still 
 more complete than any of its predecessors, some im- 
 portant subsidiary matter has been appended to the 
 volume, which will put the student into possession of 
 the whole ground relative to the Life and Character 
 of Socrates, and will enable him to form an unbiassed 
 opinion for himself. These addenda are as follows : 
 1. The Prolegomena of Kiihner, as far as translated by 
 Wheeler, of Trinity College, Dublin, and which have 
 never before appeared in this country in an English 
 dress. 2. The Life of Socrates, by Dr. Wiggers, trans- 
 lated from the German, and which appeared from the 
 
PREFACE. Vll 
 
 London press ^1840. 3. Schleiennaclier on the Worth 
 of Socrates as a Philosopher, translated from the Ger- 
 man by the present Bishop of St. David's, and origi- 
 nally published in the Philological Museum. As the 
 opinions of Wiggers on the character and nature of 
 the philosophy of Socrates differ materially from those 
 of Schleiermacher, Brandis, and Ritter, it was thought 
 advisable by the English translator of the Life of 
 Socrates to append this essay of Schleiermacher's to 
 his work, and we have allowed the arrangement to 
 remain undisturbed. To the Prolegomena of Kiihn- 
 er the editor has appended a note on the subject of 
 the so-called demon of Socrates, in which the opin- 
 ion of Lelut on this much-disputed point is referred to, 
 an opinion which, in all hkelihood, contains the most 
 rational view of the case. 
 
 The editor wull now mention the principal works 
 to which he is indebted for valuable aid in preparing 
 the notes appended to the present volume. 
 
 1. Xenophoniis de Socrafe Commentaril. Rccognovit et explanavit 
 Raphael Kuhner, S^-c. ; GothoE, 1841, 8vo. 
 
 2. Xcnoplwntis Memorabilia Socraiis, ed. Schneider ; Oxon., 1813, 
 
 3. Xenophoniis Memorabilia, ed.Weiske ; Lips., 1802, 8vo. 
 
 4. Xenophoniis Commentarii, Sj-c.,ed. Bornemann; Lips., 1829, 8vo. 
 
 5. Xenophoniis Memorabilia, ed. Lange ; Hal. Sax., 1806, 127wo. 
 
 6. Xenophoniis Memorabilia, ed. Seyffert; Brandenb., 1844, 12?n<7. 
 
 7. Xenophoniis Memorabilia recognovit et illusiravit G. A. Herbst, 
 Hal. Sax., 1827, 12mo. 
 
 8. Sokraies, von Fr. Jacobs, Ate Ausgabe, Jena, 1828. 
 
 9. Xenophoniis Opera, ed. Dilbncr; Paris, 1838, 8vo. 
 
 10. Xenopho?iiis Memorab-ilia, ^-c, ed. Hickie; Lond., 1847, 12mo. 
 
 11. Riihnkenii Dictaia in Memorabilia Xenophoniis, MS. copy; 
 1756. 
 
 12. Xenophon' s Vier Bilcher Sokraiischor Denkwilrdigkeiten, von 
 Johann Michael Heinze ; Weimar, 1818, \2mo. 
 
Vm PREFACE. 
 
 13. XcTKyplLon' s Denkwurdigheiten des Sokratcs, von Meyer; Prenz- 
 lau, 1831, I'irrw. 
 
 14. Moralistes Anciens, par Aimi-Martin ; Paris, 1840, ^vo. 
 
 15. Du D6mon de Socrate, par F. Lelut; Paris, 1836. 
 
 16. Xenophori's Memorabilia of Socrates, by George B. Wheeler, 
 A.B.; Lond., 1847. 
 
 It remains but to add that, in preparing this volume 
 for the press, the editor has been enabled, as on pre- 
 vious occasions, to secure the assistance and co-oper- 
 ation of his learned and very accurate friend, Profess- 
 or Drisler, whose services in the cause of classical 
 learning are known to and appreciated by all. 
 
 Columbia College, August 30th, 1848. 
 
PROLEGOMENA. 
 
PROLEGOMENA. 
 
 I. Concerning the design and plan of the following books. 
 
 The design of Xenophon in the^e books is to defend Socrates, 
 his beloved instructor, from the accusations of his prosecutors, and 
 to prove that he had been a citizen most useful to individuals and 
 to the state. That this defence might have the greater vv^eight, 
 he is not contented merely to review and refute the charges laid 
 against Socrates, but, devoting merely the first tvro chapters of the 
 first book to this part of his subject, he then introduces Socrates, 
 and represents him disputing with his pupils, friends, and even 
 sophists, upon the most important topics of morality, and that part 
 of philosophy which treats of the reformation of human conduct. 
 
 If we except the commencement of the first book (chap, i., ^ 1 
 and 2), Xenophon rarely addresses his readers in his own person, 
 and then only premises a few words to the discourses of Socrates, 
 to inform us whence the discussion arose, and to render it more in- 
 telligible ; or, at the close of a disputation, he briefly draws an in- 
 ference with reference to the teaching or mode of life of Socrates. 
 Hence, while we read these books, a hving representation of the 
 philosopher arises before us ; for these discourses embrace a great 
 variety of subjects, and are addressed to men of every class and 
 station, and so graphically exhibit Socrates in the act of address- 
 ing individuals, as to show how aptly he suited and modelled his lan- 
 guage to the condition or disposition of each. And hence we may 
 clearly perceive the manifold powers of Socrates in discussion, his 
 skill in addressing men of every class, his noble natural endow- 
 ments, his life and character. 
 
 Xenophon does not profess to have taken down at the moment, 
 and bequeathed to us, the very words of Socrates. If, however, we 
 consider the diversified style of argument in these discussions on 
 various subjects, we can hardly entertain a doubt that Xenophon has 
 modelled his style and diction to the closest resemblance with the 
 style and diction of his master. We may the more readily believe 
 the language to be closely assimilated, if we consider how easily, 
 from long intimacy and familiarity, Xenophon could invest his Ian- 
 
Xll PROLEGOMENA. 
 
 guage with a true Socratic coloring. Hence the mild and gentle 
 tenor which pervades all the writings of Xenophon,^ that native and 
 ingrained simplicity, redolent with all the gi^aces and beauties of 
 Atticism, while it entices the reader by its simple elegance, appears 
 admirably adapted to depict the amiable character of Socrates, his 
 candor, his insinuating affability in his conversation with his fellow- 
 men. To omit other points, one example will prove how admirably 
 Xenophon has adumbrated the peculiar character of his master. It 
 is well known that by the Greeks of old Socrates was called 6 elpuv, 
 from that irony or dissimulation by which he appeared to grant all 
 they claimed to frivolous pretenders to philosophy, while he him- 
 self assumed the disguise of ignorance on all subjects ; and this 
 artifice he used most skillfully for the express purpose of confound- 
 ing them at the close, and convincing them of their ignorance and 
 folly. ^ In many passages, so elegantly and naively has Xenophon 
 represented this irony, that we can not entertain a doubt that it is 
 drawn from living nature.^ The extraordinary affection and sin- 
 cere love toward his master, manifested in these books, give them 
 a most pleasing and grateful charm. 
 
 II. On the arrangement of the subjects in the following books. 
 Although Socrates spent the entire period of his life in the study 
 of wisdom, and was the first to construct philosophy on firm and 
 solid foundations, yet he never studied to reduce his discoveries to 
 any art or system ; but just as an occasion presented itself, he dis- 
 coursed on whatever tended to a proper course of life, to reform 
 character, and conduct to happiness ; as, e. g., on piety, beauty, jus- 
 tice, temperance, fortitude, the body politic, the duties of a state 
 minister, the government of men, and, in fine, on all topics the 
 knowledge of which would render men honorable and excellent, 
 while ignorance of them would degrade men to a servile condition.* 
 Hence, in the full glare of active life, and in the throng of men, he 
 was ever found scattering his words to persons of every condition, 
 illumining their minds with the light of his instruction, and guiding 
 them on the path which led to happiness ; and so, we must not 
 think it strange that Xenophon did not arrange these discourses of 
 Socrates according to any similarity of argument or subject, or did 
 not form a scientific system from them. Those who have expect- 
 
 1. Compare Cic, de Orat., ii., 14, 58 ; BnU., xxxv., 132. 
 
 2. Compare Cic, Brut., Ixxxv., 292. 
 
 3. Compare i., 2, 34, seqq. ; iii , 6, 2, segq. ; iv., 2. 
 
 4. Compare i., 1, 16. 
 
PROLEGOMENA. Xlll 
 
 ed to find such an arrangement or system in these books, were ut- 
 terly ignorant of the method of teaching pursued by Socrates, and 
 of the object of these books -^ for if Xenophon had systematized, ac- 
 cording to the rigid rules of art, the precepts of Socrates, he would 
 not only have deviated from the method of his master, but have left 
 us only a meagre and imperfect picture of his mind, and broken 
 doM^n the whole vigor and power of his defence. Hence with en- 
 tire freedom he has narrated the discussions of Socrates, and ap- 
 pears rather to have followed the chronological order of their de- 
 livery than the arrangement or connection of their subject matter ; 
 yet in the larger portion of the work it is not difficult to trace some 
 slight attempt at regular arrangement ; for the first two chapters 
 of the first book are employed in a general defence of Socrates 
 against the charges of his accusei's ; and then, in the foUowmg 
 portion, the general defence is proven by particular instances. This 
 chiefly consists of viva voce discussions between Socrates and his 
 friends. The third chapter of the first book is closely connected 
 with the preceding portion : it recalls the points asserted before, 
 but in such a way as that when previously it was generally stated 
 that Socrates worshipped the gods and was eager in the pursuit of 
 virtue, now he explains the method in which he worshipped the 
 gods ; and his temperate mode of life, and freedom from passion, 
 are more fully shown. The fourth chapter, also, is not unaptly 
 added, for therein he demonstrates the falsehood of the assertion of 
 many, that Socrates indeed exhorted men to the pursuit of virtue, 
 but did not guide them up to its consummation. 
 
 The subjects contained from chap, v.. Book I., down to chap, ii., 
 Book II., follow each other without any attempt at arrangement. 
 But from chap, ii., Book II., to chap, vii.. Book III., it is clear that 
 the discourses are linked together by a similarity of subject and 
 thought. 
 
 For in (ii., 2) he treats of filial piety, in (3) of fraternal affection, 
 then (4-10) on friendship, next (iii., 1-4) of the duties of a com- 
 mander, next (5) how the Athenians might recover their former 
 glory and prosperity, and finally (6-7) he treats of the right method 
 to administer the state. The remaining portion of the third book 
 has no connecting order. 
 
 In the fourth book, all from the first chapter to its close is most 
 closely united and connected together. The design of all the dis- 
 courses therein contained is plainly to show the extraordinary talent 
 possessed by Socrates in judging of and managing the dispositions 
 of the young, and to describe his plan of training them in self-knowl- 
 
 2 
 
XIV PROLEGOMENA. 
 
 edge, piety toward God, justice, temperance, and other virtues per- 
 taining to happiness of Kfe. 
 
 The closing chapter of the fourth book is added as an epilogue, 
 and proves that the death of Socrates was most glorious, most hap- 
 py, and most dear in the sight of heaven. The whole concludes 
 with a brief summary of the subjects treated of in the work. 
 
 III. The Precepts of Socrates reduced to a System. 
 
 That the whole doctrine of Socrates may be placed in a clearer 
 light, we must collect into one body the limbs, as it were, scatter- 
 ed throughout the book, and reduce all to some sort of system. 
 
 It is well known that the Moral Philosophy of the ancients was 
 usually divided into three great heads. 
 
 I. Of the good, and highest good = de bonis, et de summo bono. 
 
 II. Of virtue = de virtiitibus. 
 
 III. Of duties = de officiis. 
 
 The good (bonum) is defined to be " that which is produced by the 
 efficacy of virtue," and the highest good {summum bonum) is " the 
 union of all goods which spring from virtue." 
 
 Virtue {virtus) is a constant and perpetual power of the mind, by 
 which power good (bonum) is produced. 
 
 Duty {officium), finally, is the rule and standard to which, in the 
 conduct of life, virtue should conform herself.^ 
 
 A. And now we must first consider what is the nature of that 
 which Socrates, as set forth by Xenophon, defines to be good 
 {bonum). 
 
 The Good, which should be the object of man's pursuit, is the 
 useful {o)(p£?i,i./j,ov, xpV<^i-^°v, XvaLTEXig, utile). The useful is defined 
 to be the " end of action," or the result which we expect by action. 
 Every thought and act of man should be useful, i. e., should have 
 reference to some special end. Independently, then, and in itself, 
 nothing is good, but only becomes such by special reference to its 
 object. The same statement is made regarding the beautifui. 
 {pulchrum), iii., 8, 3, 6, 7, 10 ; iv., 6, 9. The highest end, for which 
 man should strain his utmost, is happiness. The good, therefore, 
 is that which is useful to aid us in obtaining that highest end, hap- 
 piness of life. The good and the beautiful, therefore, differ not 
 from the useful. Independently and of itself, nothing is useful, 
 nothing is good, nothing is beautiful, but only becomes so by special 
 reference to its end severally (iii., 8, 3, 6, 7, 10 ; iv., 6, 9). Wlience 
 
 1. Compare K'dhncr, Dr. Cic. in philosophiam meritis, p. 225. 
 
PROLEGOMENA. XV 
 
 it follows that what is useful to some may be prejudicial to others 
 (iv., 6, 8). The highest good {summum bonum) is happiness of life 
 {evSaiiiovia), but this happiness is not perceived by reason of exter- 
 nal goods, or those presented by chance, but only by those goods 
 which man has acquired for himself by toil, industry, exertion, and 
 exercise of his natural powers, that is, by good and virtuous quali- 
 ties. Happiness of life, therefore, and the exercise of virtuous quali- 
 ties, are the same. The less one is dependent upon external things, 
 the closer is his resemblance to the Deity (i., 10, 6). But, seeing 
 that things which have relation to our happiness are not of them- 
 selves good, but, if availed of in an improper manner or at an im- 
 proper time, may prove evils to us, we must take especial care 
 lest we rashly confide in them, and must use the utmost anxiety, 
 circumspection, prudence, and perseverance that we may use those 
 things only so far as they may tend to increase, not to impede our 
 happiness (iv., 2, 34). To obtain virtue, there is need for the ex- 
 ertion of all our powers ; without toil we can not reach to her (i., 
 2, 57 ; iii., 9, 14). For happiness is not good luck {evrvxia), but 
 good action (evrrpa^la, actio bona). If one, though making no search, 
 casually lights upon what he requires {to. Ssovra), that is good for- 
 tune (evTvxia) ; but if any one by diligent study and zealous care 
 conducts affairs with good success, that is good action {evnpa^ta). 
 Those men are the best and most acceptable to Heaven who right- 
 ly perform their duty with success, whether it be as agriculturists, 
 as physicians, or in state employments. They who perform noth- 
 ing rightly are good for nothing, and rejected by the gods (iii., 9, 
 14, 15). 
 
 The goods by whose union the highest good (summum bonum), 
 i. c, happiness, is obtained, are these : 
 
 1. Good health and bodily strength ; for these contribute 
 much to render our life praiseworthy, honorable, and useful to our 
 country and its citizens. For health of frame is useful not only for 
 all things which are performed by the body, but also for the right 
 execution of all that is performed by the mind and intellect. We 
 should, therefore, cultivate gymnastic exercises, as by these not 
 only the body, but the mind itself is strengthened (iii., 12). 
 
 2. Sanity of mind, the power of thought and mental facul- 
 ties (iii., 12, 6) ; but sanity of mind very much depends on sanity 
 of body, wherefore, as we have seen above, care must be taken to 
 insure good bodily health. 
 
 3. Arts and Sciences, which are most useful for living well and 
 happily. But we must confine the extent of our studies in them 
 
XVI .. PROLEGOMENA. 
 
 to that which will be practically useful in life. Speculations which 
 spring beyond the sphere of daily life, on things mysterious and 
 concealed from the eyes of men, are useless, and withdraw us from 
 pursuits of other things which may be practically useful (iv., 7). 
 Under this head is mentioned the science of Dialectics, or the art 
 of examining concerning the good, useful, and beautiful, and other 
 points tending to happiness of life, in such a way as to find out the 
 essential properties of things, and then define and lucidly explain 
 them (iv., 6). Whosoever has acquired clear notions of things, no 
 matter in what sphere of life he may be placed, will always select 
 the best course, and, consequently, will be the more fitted to transact 
 aflfairs (iv., 5, 12). Arithmetic (so far as accounts, &c.), Geome- 
 try, and Astronomy are enumerated and limited (iv., 7). All arts, 
 in fine, which have reference to the uses of life, are clearly to be 
 referred to the head of goods. Those arts, indeed, peculiar to handi- 
 crafts {f3avavai.Kal), are, according to the idea of the ancients, to be 
 excluded from among goods, since they are practiced by those v/ho 
 are ignorant of the good, the beautiful, or the just (iv., 2, 22), and 
 enfeeble both body and mind (CEcon., iv., 2, seq.). Socrates appears 
 to have classed among the goods the more refined arts, as Paint- 
 ing and Statuary (iii., 10), but has not expressly informed us of 
 their relation to his test, utility. Yet, since he has maintained that 
 nothing is beautiful but what is useful, we may infer that these arts 
 also he encouraged from an idea of their utility. 
 
 4. Friendship is a good of the highest value. No good is more 
 precious, lasting, or useful than a sincere friend. He regards the 
 interests of his friend as if they were his own ; he participates with 
 him in prosperity or adversity, and provides for his safety and prop- 
 erty as much as for his own, nay, even to a greater degree (ii., 4). 
 The value of a friend should be estimated from the love and tender 
 affection with which he clings to his fellow-friend, from his zeal, 
 benevolence, and duty in deserving well of him. That friendship 
 may be more lasting, we should endeavor to be esteemed of the 
 highest value by our fellow-friend. Friends should be temperate, 
 for men given to gluttony, wantonness, sleep, inactivity, luxury, or 
 avarice, can be of no utility to us, nay, often prove a detriment. 
 They should be faithful and ready to perform services, and push 
 the interests of their friend (ii., 6, 1-5). Friendship can not exist, 
 unless between the good and honorable ; for- they who are useless 
 can never gain the useful as their friends (ii., 6, 14-16). And 
 though, since good men often desire the same goods, and hence 
 contention may arise among them, yet their innate virtue will ap- 
 
PROLEGOMENA. XVll 
 
 pease and calm, beneath the influence of reason, those desires 
 which have caused dissension (ii., 6, 19-28). Friendship arises 
 from an admiration of virtue. This admiration inspires good will, 
 and urges us to bind our friend closely to us by every kind of atten- 
 tion. Truth is the foundation of friendship, and hence the shortest, 
 surest, and most honorable way to gain friendship is to endeavor 
 really to be the character you would wish your friend to think you 
 (ii., 6, 33-39). 
 
 5. Concord betw^een Parents, Children, and Brothers, for 
 these have been created by God, in order that they may give mutual 
 aid (ii., 2, 3). 
 
 6. Civil Society, or the Republic, which, if w^ell constituted, 
 affords the greatest benefits to its citizens (iii., 7, 9). According- 
 ly, if any one be naturally endowed with talents fitted to govern 
 and administer a state, it is his duty to apply his whole powers to 
 the administration and amplification of his country (iii., 7). 
 
 B. Now follows his doctrine concerning Virtue. In order to 
 gain those goods in which happiness consists, we must furnish our 
 minds with virtue, i. e., with a constant and unceasing power of in- 
 tellect, by which we obtain for ourselves all those goods on which 
 happiness of life depends. In order that a more accurate idea of 
 virtue might be presented to us, the ancient philosophers laid down 
 certain primary parts of virtue, and these primary parts they called 
 the "Cardinal Virtues." In general, four cardinal virtues are 
 enumerated : Prudence {(ppovrjat^, Prudentia) ; Fortitude {avSpia, 
 Fortitudo) ; Justice {duiaioavvr}, Justitia) ; and Temperance {ao)(j)po- 
 tjvvT), Temper antia).^ In these books, however, and also in the 
 writings of Plato, Socrates fixes only three cardinal virtues ; e. g., 
 Temperance, Fortitude, and Justice. Prudence {(ppovrjaig or cofia) 
 he denied to be a peculiar virtue. If four virtues be enumerated, 
 then the term virtue has a twofold application, seeing that Prudence 
 is perceived by mental science, the others by action. Now the faculty 
 of judging concerning the good and honorable (i e.,^useful, accord- 
 ing to his meaning), and of the evil and depraved (i. e., prejudicial), 
 and of adopting the former and avoiding theMter, Socrates would 
 not allow to be separated from action, but laid down that Prudence 
 {ao(pi.av) was identical with virtue ingltS widest sense. According- 
 ly, Prudence is not a singular species of virtue, but embraces all 
 virtue (iii., 9, 4, 5), so that Fortitude, Justice, and Temperance are 
 parts of it. The wise man (crodog, sapiens) is he who thoroughly 
 knows what is good and excellent {i. e., useful), and moulds his life 
 1. Compare Kuhner, Ds Cic. in philosophiam mcritis, p. 229, seqq. 
 
XVIU PROLEGOMENA. 
 
 in strict accordance with this principle of good and excellent which 
 is comprehended and grounded in his mind ; for he who is wise, 
 i. e., who knows what is good and excellent, will always do what 
 harmonizes with that good ; for all things which are done virtuous- 
 ly, i. e., temperately, justly, and bravely, are excellent and good. 
 On the other hand, all that is done in opposition to virtue is evil 
 and disastrous. Since the wise man knows this, not only by his 
 menial assent will he prefer what is good and excellent to what is 
 evil and prejudicial, but also effect the former in action. On the 
 contrary, the unwise, seeing that they know not what may be good, 
 not only mentally prefer the evil and prejudicial to the excellent 
 and useful, but even effect them in action ; and even when they 
 endeavor to prefer good to evil, they will err {i. e., easily they will 
 fall into a wrong judgment in the distinction of good and evil) 
 through ignorance. Therefore, he who knows the virtues will also 
 practice them, but whosoever knows them not will not be able to 
 practice them, even should he wish to do so. Since, therefore, all 
 that is excellent is effected by virtue, it is clear that virtue is wis- 
 dom (iii., 9, 5). Theory and practice, accordingly, can not be sever- 
 ed. The conviction of the excellent influences us to suit our actions 
 to it, and he who is devoid of this conviction is the fool (i., 1, 16 ; 
 ii., 19; iv., 6, 10, seq.). 
 
 And now for the several parts of the division of Virtue. \ 
 
 a. Temperance {eyKpuTeia, Temperantia) is called by Socrates 
 *' the foundation of virtue {aperiig Kprjirt^).'" This virtue is perceived 
 in the calming and curbing the appetites and desires, so that they 
 be obedient to right reason, and not violate the settled convictions 
 of the intellect (i., 5 ; ii., 1-7, and esp. iv., 5). Without it we can 
 do nothing vigorously or strenuously (i., 5, 5) ; we can neither ben- 
 efit ourselves or others, or be welcome in the society of our friends 
 (i., 5, 1-3). If we be ensnared by the allurements of pleasure, or 
 overcome by weariness of toil or difficulty, we will surely fail in 
 our duty (ii., 1, 1-7). Temperance causes us to undertake all labors 
 with a cheerful spirit, because we follow good and useful counsel, 
 and expect that the most ample fruits will redound to us from these 
 toils (ii., 1, 17-19). "I^ffennnacy and pleasure oppose the health of 
 the body, and prevent us frcyqii providing our minds with laudable 
 knowledge. Zeal and energy carry us through to excellent and 
 good results. Without labor and toil, nothing noble is granted to 
 us by the gods. In short, we cah not reach true happiness unless 
 we be temperate (ii., 1, 19, seq.). Temperance should be, as it 
 were, the foundation of every action we undertake. He who ren- 
 
PR0LEG03IENA. XIX 
 
 ders himself subservient to pleasure, makes himself subject to the 
 heaviest slavery (iv., 5, 3-5). Intemperance, by depriving us of 
 wisdom, and confounding the notions of good and evil, forces us to 
 elect the evil instead of the good, and plunges us in every species of 
 depravity (iv., 5, 6-7). Temperance, on the other hand, by placing 
 our desires beneath the regulation of reason, and preserving sanity 
 of mind, urges us, in every circumstance and phase of life, ever to 
 elect the good, and therefore renders us fit for the transaction of 
 important affairs (iv., 5, 7-12). 
 
 /?. Fortitude {avdpia, Fortitudo) is the science by which we con- 
 duct ourselves with prudence and energy in alarming or dangerous 
 affairs. They are not to be reckoned as brave who do not fear dan- 
 gers from ignorance of them ; for so, many insane and cowardly 
 persons would be brave. Nor can they be considered brave who 
 are cautious regarding things not to be feared. Those only are 
 brave who know the nature of the danger, and in it act with con 
 stancy and energy (iv., 6, 10, 11). 
 
 y. Justice {diKaLoavvq, Justitia) is the knowledge of the laws in 
 force among men, and which must be obeyed. But there are two 
 species of laws, either the written or unwritten. Written laws 
 are those which the body politic unanimously adopt for their com- 
 mon safety, concerning what men should do or avoid doing. From 
 strict observance of these laws, many other important advantages 
 are obtained by men, but what is more than all, Concord, the strong- 
 est bulwark and foundation of happiness, and the highest good not 
 only to individual members of a state, but to the whole community. 
 That state whose citizens render the greatest obedience to the law, 
 is not only best constituted in peace, but is unconquerable in war 
 (iv., 4, 10-lS). But, seeing that these laws should provide for the 
 safety of the state and its citizens, observance of them is not inde- 
 pendently and of itself just, but only so when that safety is the ob- 
 ject of obedience. Hence it happens that the same action, under 
 different circumstances, or regarding different men, either by whom 
 or against whom it may be done, can be both just or unjust (iv., 2, 
 13-19). 
 
 Unwritten Laws {Tjdri) are those given to man by the deities 
 themselves, and which, in the same manner, are observed through- 
 out the universe ; for instance, to cherish parents, not to form mar- 
 riages between the parent and child, to feel gratitude toward our 
 benefactor, &c. That these laws are of divine origin is proved 
 from this fact, that immediate and unavoidable punishment visits 
 those who violate them (iv., 4, 19-24). 
 
XX PROLEGOxMENA. 
 
 C. The Third Part of Moral Philosophy is concerning duty 
 'officium). Duty is a law which must be followed by us in life's 
 conduct ; and this law should harmonize with the doctrine of the 
 highest good. Since, then, in the doctrine of Socrates, the good is 
 the same as the useful, it follows, that the law of duty should urge 
 us in every proceeding to follow that line of conduct which may 
 appear to be most useful. But since it often happens that, owing 
 to the various nature of occasions, situations, or circumstances, the 
 same thing may be in one case beneficial, in another prejudicial, we 
 must use anxious care and circumspection as to what we should 
 follow and what avoid. Thus, for instance, to speak falsehood, to 
 deceive, to pilfer, to plunder, are forbidden by justice, yet often in 
 war these are just, i. e., useful (iv., 2, 11-17). The chief heads of 
 duty are thus briefly enumerated in ii., 1, 23 : If you desire that the 
 gods should be propitious to you, you must worship these gods ; if 
 to be loved by friends, these friends must be benefited ; to be hon- 
 ored by your state, you must m.aterially serve that state. If you 
 desire the earth to yield an abundant produce, you must cultivate 
 the earth ; to be enriched by the produce of your herds, you must 
 take diligent care of them ; if you ai-e anxious to increase your 
 means by war, and to become able to liberate your friends and mas- 
 ter your enemies, not only should you learn the arts of war, but 
 also, by constant practice, learn how to use them. Finally, if you 
 desire to be robust in body, your body must be under the direction 
 of your intellect, and trained to endurance of toil and labor. In 
 proportion as the goods of human life are fleeting and transitory 
 (iv., 2, 34), so much the more should we endeavor to require as few 
 auxiliaries as possible to life (i., 6, 10). But, since nothing is good 
 independently and of itself, but all things uncertain and doubtful, 
 very frequently the intellect of man does not clearly see what line 
 of conduct alone it should pursue. But for this our feebleness and 
 imbecility, a most sure and unerring aid is found in Divination. 
 The beautiful order of the universe, the whole construction of the 
 human frame, the noble and erect stature of man, the powers of his 
 intellect, &c., all prove that the gods exist, that they keep together 
 by their power the extended universe, and provide for the wants 
 and requirements of m.ortals. With piety and purity, therefore, 
 should the gods be worshipped ; and if we faithfully do this, we 
 may surely be persuaded that in mysterious or doubtful matters the 
 gods will readily enlighten man (i., 4 ; iv., 3). 
 
PROLEGOMENA. XXI 
 
 IV. Whether the genuine doctrines of Socrates have been 
 
 HANDED DOWN TO US BY XsNOPHON. 
 
 Having given a sketch of the whole moral doctrines of Socrates 
 as represented by Xenophon, we now arrive at a question difficult 
 of satisfactory elucidation, namely, whether this be really the gen- 
 uine doctrine of SocrateSj-^or be that of Xenophon himself attributed 
 to his master. This question has been agitated and discussed by 
 many critics of former times, and in our own age has been treated 
 of with great talent and learning by Louis Dissen,^ Fr. Schleier- 
 macher,^ Ch. A. Brandis,^ H. Th. Rcetscher,* and lately by Carl 
 Rossel.^ These writers have pursued severally a different line of 
 criticism, yet all excepting Roetscher are unanimous in deciding 
 that the genuine doctrines of Socrates have not been handed down 
 to us in the writings of Xenophon. 
 
 Dissen, having proved that the whole doctrine of Socrates, as 
 given by Xenophon, rests upon the sole basis of utility, hesitates 
 not to assert that, so far from being the whole system of Socrates, 
 it does not even pertain to it in any way, and should be judged al- 
 together unworthy of that Socrates to whom Plato would have as- 
 cribed all his doctrines. He grants, indeed, that Socrates would 
 not have disputed with such subtlety on Moral Philosophy as has 
 been done by Plato ; yet it can hardly be questioned that Socrates 
 would have thought that honor {honestum) should be eagerly sought 
 for and embraced, as being the sole source whence salvation could 
 be found for the human race. How, then, does it happen that Xen- 
 ophon has described the doctrine of his master thus, in this com- 
 mentary ■? This question he thus answers : " Socrates was in the 
 constant habit of holding discussions with men of every grade, and 
 exciting them to fortitude, justice, and temperance. For this latter 
 purpose he could propose no better inducement than by setting be- 
 fore them the emoluments to be thence derived. When Xenophon, 
 whose talent lay not in investigating the more subtle questions of 
 philosophy, heard these discourses, he described Socrates as to one 
 part only of his teaching, that, namely, which at first view was pre- 
 
 1. Commentatio de Philosophia Morali in Xenophontis de Socratc Commentariis 
 tradita. Getting., 1812. 
 
 2. Ahhaiidl. d. Konigl. Preuss. Alcad. d. Wiss., Berlin, 1814-15, p. 50, seqq. A 
 translation of this piece, by Bishop Thirlwall, will be found at the end of the pres- 
 ent volume. 
 
 3. Rhein. Mus., 1827, i., 2, p. 118-150; 1828, ii., 1, p. 85-112. 
 
 4. Aristophanes und sein Zeitalter. Eine philologisch-philosopldsche Abhandlung 
 zur Alterlhumsforschung. Berlin, 1827. 
 
 5. Dissertatio de Philosophia Socratis. Getting., 1837 
 
XXll PROLEGOMENA. 
 
 sented to those whom nature formed for active business in life, not 
 for calm speculation. He therefore has drawn a picture of a phi- 
 losophy which measures all things by the standard of utility, seeing 
 that he desired to represent Socrates as wholly averse to subtle and 
 refined speculations, while his aim was to exhort all to a proper 
 regulation of active life : a philosophy, however, whose system he 
 did not clearly understand himself" 
 
 Schleiermacher also thinks that the true and correct view of the 
 Socratic Philosophy is to be derived from the writings of Plato, not 
 from those of Xenophon. 
 
 But since it is clearer than light that all the dogmas laid down in 
 the dialogues of Plato have not proceeded from Socrates, Brandis 
 adopts the authority of Aristotle as a text and standard by which to 
 distinguish the doctrines of Socrates from those of Plato. Xeno- 
 phon he considers not to have had capacity fitted to comprehend 
 thoroughly the system of his master, and he utterly rejects his 
 statement and authority. 
 
 RossEL examined anew the various tracts upon this subject, and 
 arrived at the conclusion that not only should all which is stated by 
 Aristotle, as the doctrines of Socrates, be considered as his, but also 
 thinks that a much wider extent of subjects could be found in those 
 passages where Plato endeavors to connect his close-drawn _ con- 
 clusions with the notions of his master. He judges of Xenophon 
 even more harshly than Dissen. 
 
 Rgetscher, finally, endeavors to vindicate the faithfulness and 
 authority of Xenophon in his statements regarding the doctrine of 
 Socrates, and thinks that his commentaries form the purest and 
 clearest source whence the genuine doctrine of Socrates can be 
 drawn. 
 
 It is time, however, clearly to state what may be my own opin- 
 ion regarding this subject. I acknowledge that at an earlier period 
 of my life I was strongly in favor of that opinion regarding Xeno- 
 phon's authority held by my preceptor Dissen, worthy as he was of 
 my unceasing affection ; but, the more frequent and careful has 
 been my perusal of the Socratic books of Xenophon, the more I be- 
 gan to doubt the truth of the conclusions of Dissen and the others 
 above stated ; and at last was I convinced that they should be whol- 
 ly rejected, and that the true and genuine doctrines of Socrates 
 have been handed down to us by Xenophon alone. The writers 
 above enumerated appear to me to have chiefly erred, because they 
 did not examine the doctrine of Socrates as described by XenopJion, 
 by itself and independently, but have compared it with the doctrines 
 
PROLEGOMENA. XXIU 
 
 attributed to Socrates by Plato, and endeavored to reduce it to con- 
 formity with them. The necessary result was, that the unadorned 
 and inartificial simplicity of Socrates as described by Xenophon was 
 at once overwhelmed by the richness and splendor of the philoso- 
 pher described by Plato. As the former called down Philosophy 
 from heaven to earth, and adapted her to the necessities and plans 
 of every-day life, so the latter raised her from earth to heaven, and 
 formed her by the divine images of all that is honorable, beautiful, 
 or just. 
 
 And assuredly, if we should follow no other authority regarding 
 Socrates save that of Xenophon, yet, if we weigh the matter with 
 diligence, and unbiased by a preconceived opinion, w^e must needs 
 confess that the deserts of Socrates as a philosopher are illustrious 
 and immortal ; for he first scrutinized the secret corners of the hu- 
 man heart, and keenly examined the nature of the mind, laid open 
 the source of thought, and so reared the fabric of Philosophy upon 
 a firmer and surer foundation.^ All the philosophers who taught 
 before him were engaged upon the discovery of mysterious things, 
 or matters wrapped in secresy by Nature herself From these phys- 
 ical investigations, which conduce in no respect to a happy life, 
 Socrates led Philosophy to the examination of the soul of man and 
 his life, and thus became the first teacher of all moral doctrine. 
 Although the brilliancy of such a philosophy is eclipsed by the burn- 
 ing light of Plato's splendor, yet if we consider that it was the elder, 
 it is most worthy of our admiration ; add, too, that by discovering 
 the fount of human thought, Socrates scattered the frivoHty and 
 vanity, and broke down the authority of the Sophists, who placed 
 the science of all things, not in thought or intellect, but fondly per- 
 suaded themselves that it existed in the senses, and endeavored to 
 unsettle the minds of their fellow-citizens by an unmeaning jargon 
 of empty words, and a wild confusion of ideas ; add, too, that by the 
 integrity of his life and the purity of his character, Socrates led the 
 way for his countrymen on the path of righteous life, and by his 
 most glorious death established the sincerity of his doctrine : if we 
 embrace all this in thought, we will cease to wonder how that Soc- 
 rates, such as he is described by Xenophon, could have obtained 
 from all men such celebrity and fame ; and even in the divine ge- 
 nius of Plato could excite such admiration, that he attributed all his 
 discoveries to his glorious master, from whose lips he had caught 
 the first principles of all true investigation. 
 
 1. Compare Cic, Academ., I, 4, 15 ; Tusc, v., 4, 10. 
 
XXIV PROLEGOMENA. 
 
 But to proceed to our immediate subject. The moral doctrine of 
 the Xenophontean Socrates seeks in every action what may be its 
 especial good. The moral doctrine of the Platonic Socrates, on the 
 other hand, sets forward the highest good in the abstract to ayadov, 
 i. e., the Deity. All that the human mind can reach which is good 
 or beautiful, that, he asserts, is the most perfect exemplar of all 
 virtue, which we should look to and follow all our life through. 
 Who will assert that this doctrine is not most exalted and divine "? 
 but that it is Socratic I vehemently deny. Can any art or science 
 be found which, at its very origin, sprung forth finished and perfect 
 in all its parts'? Nay, it is natural to the matter itself, that he by 
 whom the first foundation of Moral Philosophy was laid, should re- 
 fer all science and all virtue to the standard of utility, i. e., to the 
 test regarding the end of action ; and should in every action seek 
 what might be its particular good, i. e., what each thing may con- 
 tribute to the obtaining of happiness of life, which happiness is life's 
 highest end. Dissen, and the followers of his opinion regarding the 
 Xenophontean Socrates, interpret thaj; utility which Socrates shows 
 should be followed in every action, as if it were perceived alone by 
 certain advantages external to the aption itself; but in this opinion 
 they are wholly deceived ; nay, that utility must be nothing else 
 than the express end of action, or that which each looks to in ac- 
 tion. Hence Socrates laid down that nothing can be good unless it 
 be useful (tj(j)£?ufiov), i. e., unless it be that which has a close con- 
 nection with happiness of life, while this happiness is not placed in 
 pleasure, but in virtues.^ And, accordingly, Socrates is said to 
 have usually execrated those who first in thought severed the vir- 
 tuous from the useful, united and coherent as these are by nature. ^ 
 
 Besides what we have above stated as to the nature of the Moral 
 Philosophy of Socrates, many other considerations exist against 
 our calling in question the genuineness of the doctrine laid down 
 by Xenophon. 
 
 And, first, Xenophon was a most attentive auditor of Socrates, 
 and although less adapted by natural endowments for the more re- 
 condite disquisitions of philosophy, yet he excelled in so many brill- 
 iant characteristics of mind and talent, that among all the friends 
 and companions of Socrates, none was more fitted rightly to catch 
 the true spirit of his master's teaching and faithfully hand it down 
 to us. We do not insist upon his candor, purity of character, ster- 
 ling judgment, his acquirements in literature, the gracefulness and 
 
 1. Plato, Alcib., i., p. 116, C. 2. Cic, Off., iii., 3, 11. 
 
PROLEGOMENA. XXV 
 
 elegance of his genius, his love of truth, and his whole life passed 
 amid the bustling throng of men. Yet all these points wonderfully 
 coincide with the disposition, character, and life of Socrates. If 
 any other, Xenophon peculiarly should be called Socratic ; for he 
 had imbibed in his heart the whole principles of his master, so that 
 not only do all his writings breathe the same Socratic spirit which 
 we see stamped upon these commentaries, but his whole life is 
 modelled and directed upon the principles of his precepts. Finally, 
 from the very fact that Xenophon's natural talent was not such as 
 to influence him to amplify his master's doctrine and enrich it with 
 new discoveries, the strongest argument for his authenticity is de- 
 rived. The fact is far otherwise in the case of Plato. The latter 
 yielded not to Xenophon in love or admiration for his master, but 
 from a certain divine exuberance of genius, an incredible acuteness 
 of mind, an admirable faculty for conceiving imagery, born and form- 
 ed, as it were, for the pursuit of the most recondite philosophy, he 
 could not rest within the limits of his master's teaching, or remain 
 satisfied with his discoveries ; but the first principles of philosophy 
 received from him he amplified by the celestial magnificence of his 
 mind, and elevated from the humility of actual life to his divine 
 ideality. Neither the acuteness nor subtlety of the Platonic philos- 
 ophy, nor the sublimity and majesty of his style, harmonize with 
 the genius of Socrates, who daily conversed in the workshops and 
 public streets, on virtue and vice, on good and evil.' Of the whole 
 system of Socrates (excepting a few of his axioms, such as that all 
 virtue consists in knowledge), Plato appears to have adopted noth- 
 ing else but his new and admirable mode of argument, by which he 
 first acutely examined the principles of the human mind, and laid a 
 secure foundation for thought. Nor are there any traces found m 
 Plato from which we can certainly conclude that the true and gen- 
 uine doctrine of Socrates is contained in his Dialogues. Nay, if 
 with diligent study we read his Dialogues, we clearly see many 
 doctrines in the progress of time to be gradually improved and at 
 length perfected by Plato ; and hence it is evident that Plato did not 
 hand down a philosophy already completed and imparted to him by 
 another, but wrote a system of philosophy wholly and peculiarly his 
 own, proceeding in improvement as his age increased. A difficult 
 and dangerous line of argument they appear to me to have adopted, 
 who conclude, from the doctrine of a pupil, what the doctrine of 
 the instructor should be, or be not, especially if the disposition, life, 
 
 1. Compare Dio^^. Laert., VH. Plat., xxiv., 35. 
 
XXVI PROLEGOMENA. 
 
 and design of both were most different. On the other hand, Xeno- 
 phon, in his Commentaries, desired not to act the part of a philoso- 
 pher, but to support the character of a simple narrator, and in de- 
 scribing the life and teaching of his master, to defend him against 
 the accusations of his enemies. He must, accordingly, have made 
 it his highest care religiously to preserve historical accuracy in all 
 his statements. If w^e will cast an imputation of doubt upon Xen- 
 ophon, we must confess that all the sources of ancient writers are 
 impure, and the whole truth of antiquity is slippery ground. 
 
 •It can not, indeed, be asserted that Xenophon has given the dia- 
 logues of Socrates in his express words unaltered, since that does not 
 appear to have been his own intention, and in many places he states 
 his desire to mention " what he had treasured up in memory," while 
 he often relates discussions related to him by ear and eye witness- 
 es. But it can not be questioned that Xenophon, enjoying the clos- 
 est intimacy with his master, most diligently observed his whole 
 life, and made himself fully acquainted with his mode of disputa- 
 tion, constantly reviving by memory and meditation his sentiments 
 and arguments ; nor is it at all unlikely that he set down briefly the 
 heads of the discussions he heard from Socrates. 
 
 The very form and style of the Socratic sentiments in Xenophon 
 are every where so moulded, that every portion presents the appear- 
 ance of truth, and seems to be drawn from actual life. Moreover, 
 the same argument is frequently handled in different and separate 
 discourses ; and if these were united together, the subject would 
 be completed with much more clearness and accuracy. Hence Ave 
 may fairly conclude that Xenophon did not unite or compound his 
 master's discussions at his own fancy, but wrote them down as he 
 had heard them delivered, if not in the precise words, at least pre- 
 serving the sentiments and arguments. 
 
 Finally, it is no slight proof of Xenophon's authenticity that he 
 composed this commentary to defend the life and doctrine of his 
 preceptor against the accusations of his adversaries. To this de- 
 sign, what could be more abhorrent than to draw up a set of dis- 
 courses from mere fiction, language which Socrates had never ut- 
 tered, and to publish facts and sentiments at variance with his phi- 
 losophy, known, as it was, to so many persons 1 Xenophon him- 
 self, too, in express terms, tells us that he relates either what he 
 heard with his own ears, or from the lips of others. 
 
 Unless we are inclined to believe that Xenophon was so poorly 
 endowed by nature as to be unable to comprehend a philosophy not 
 speculative and remote from daily life, but a popular system formed 
 
PROLEGOMENA. XXVll 
 
 and improved amid the throng of men ; or so lost in reason as, by 
 the corruption and alteration of his master's doctrine, not to see 
 that he would enfeeble the whole power and force of his defence ; 
 or so guilty as not to blush to recommend falsehood for truth, and 
 thus overturn all faith and accuracy of statement ; or, finally, of so 
 weak a mind as to prefer the petty reputation arising from a display 
 of his own talent to the glorious fame of a faithful and veracious 
 writer — unless we are inclined to lay down this, we must acknowl- 
 edge that Xenophon has handed down the true and genuine doc- 
 trine of Socrates. 
 
 And yet so far am I from supposing that the entire and complete 
 Philosophy of Socrates is contained in the writings of Xenophon, 
 that I certainly believe much to have been delivered by Socrates to 
 his pupils and followers which was unknown to Xenophon, or un- 
 connected with the especial object of this book. Many subjects, 
 also, which are here cursorily and briefly touched upon by Socrates, 
 I believe to have been treated of more fully and accurately in other 
 discourses. Yet I also believe, that, whatever may have been the 
 nature of those discussions which are not contained in this com- 
 mentary, they all closely harmonized with the doctrine of Socrates, 
 as it has been here set forth by Xenophon. 
 
 V. On the Daemon of Socrates. 
 
 In all ancient writings concerning Socrates, mention is constant- 
 ly made of a dDemon {6aifj.6vcov), which was, as it were, his con- 
 stant companion through life. Since not only in ancient times, but 
 even in our own day,i numerous and varied opinions, often far- 
 fetched and portentous, have been propounded, we are called upon 
 to declare what conclusion we have come to regarding it, from a 
 diligent comparison of all those passages in Plato and Xenophon in 
 which mention is made of the daemon, and also of a book specially 
 written upon the subject by Plutarch. 
 
 And, first, we must remark, that the w^ord SaifiSviov, in general, 
 signifies the same as d-etov, i. e., " divine," whatsoever proceeds 
 from the gods. Thus, in Mem., l, 1, 9 : '< rovg de nrjdev ruv tolov- 
 Tuv olo/ievovc; elvai daifiov lov, uXka Travra TTJg avdpcjTzcvrjg yvuuTjg,'^ 
 the word dai/xoviov is opposed to all that springs from the operation 
 
 1. Among modern writers on this subject, we may name Tennemann, in his 
 Gesch. d. Philos., vol. ii., p. 31, seqq. ; Schleiermacher, in his Translation of Plato, 
 pt. i., vol. ii., p. 415; Ast, Plat07i's Leben und Schriften, p. 483, seqq. ; Thiersch, 
 Wiener Jahrb., pt iii. (1818), p. 84, seqq. ; Rotscher, Aristophanes und sein ZeitaU 
 ter, p. 255, seqq. 
 
XXVlll PROLEGOMENA. 
 
 of the human intellect. Hence to 6 aL^ov lov (with the article) 
 has the same meaning as to ■&elov, "the deity," "the divinity," as 
 in Mem., i., 4, 2 : /lefcj . . ., a ttote avTov rjnovaa nepl tov daifioviov 
 6ia?iEy6fzevov. 10: ovtol .... vrrepopu to dai/uovLov: and iv., 3, 14: 
 dAAa [j.r/v aal avdpunov ye ipvxVy Vi fiTrsp tl /cat dXXo tuv avOpcjirLvuv, 
 TOV ■& e cov fiETEX^i, OTi fiEv jSaatTievec kv 7jfj.iv, (j)avep6v, opaTai 6e 
 ov6' aiiTTj. "A XPV naTavoovvTa fir] KaTa(ppov£iv tuv aopaTuv, aXk' e/c 
 Tuv ■yi-yvofiivuv ttjv dvva/xcv avTcbv KarafiavdavovTa TLfidv to 6aLfi6- 
 vtov (where it has evidently the same meaning as tov ■&dov above). ^ 
 Hence, also, the plural form tu, SaLfxovLa has usually the same mean- 
 ing as ol ■&£oi, as among the Germans, die Gottheiten for Gdtter : 
 thus, in Mem., i., 1, 1 : ovg (lev i] TroAtf vofd^ei t&eovc ov vofxl^uv, 
 erepa 6e Kaivd dacfiovLa el^cpepcjv : and similarly in numerous pas- 
 sages. 
 
 And, first, let us consider the passages in Xenophon relating to 
 this subject. See Mem., i., 1, 2-5. 
 
 From that passage it clearly appears that the daemon {to datfiovLov) 
 was a certain divine voice or intimation which Socrates mentally 
 felt, and which either discouraged him from the performance of 
 any act, or encouraged him in the performance of it. That this 
 voice was divine, Socrates concluded, because it never deceived 
 him, but always proved to be true. This certain truth regarding 
 future things could proceed from nothing except a deity. Nor was 
 the perception of this voice limited only to his own immediate con- 
 cerns, but aided him in assisting others by his counsel. In fine, 
 what auguries, oracles, and other external signs of the divine will 
 were to the rest of men, his daemon was to Socrates. Nor is there 
 a less important passage in Mem., iv., 3, 12, 13, wliere, by many ar- 
 guments, having proved that the gods take diligent concern for the 
 human race, he gives, as the last proof of divine providence, the 
 fact that the gods have granted divination to man, by which future 
 events are discovered. To this Euthydemus replies, " To you, 
 Socrates, the gods seem to be more benign than to other mortals, 
 since, even though not interrogated by you, they signify beforehand 
 what it is right you should do, and what not" (in which words Eu- 
 thydemus alludes to the SaL/iovLov of Socrates). To this Socrates 
 replies : otl 6i yt likriQq 7.iy(j), kol av yvuaei, dv (irj dva/j.evy^, 'iug dv 
 Tuq fiop(pdg Tuv -Qeuv idriq, dAA' t^apK^ aot rd Ipya avTuv opuvTc aiCe- 
 aduL Kal Ti/j.dv Tovg '^eovg. 'Evvdet de, otl kol avTol ol -deoi ovtcj^ 
 vnodet,Kvvovaiv, &c. From this passage, it is clear that Socrates 
 
 1. Compare Arislot., RkeL, ii., 23, 8. 
 
mOLEGOMENA. XXiX 
 
 did not consider that the daifioviov was given specially to himself 
 alone, as a peculiar gift, by the Deity, but was common to him with 
 other men.^ Other men, indeed, did not acknowledge this dai^o- 
 viov, simply because they had not faith in it, so as to be satisfied 
 with perceiving its effects by their understanding, but wished to be- 
 hold it bodily with their eyes. But, in order that this divine voice 
 may be heard by us, we worship the gods with piety and sanctity. 
 Akin to these passages are Mem., iv., 8, 1 : El de tlq, otl ^doKovrog 
 avTov {tov 'ZcjKpuTOvg) to daifxdviov eavrC) TzpoarjuatvELv a te deot /cat 
 a fiTj dioL TvpaTTeiv, vivb tuv diKaarCdv Kareyvcoadt] ■d-dvaTog, oterat av- 
 Tov e2.£yx£odat nepl tov Saifioviov ipevdoftevou, evvoTjadro) Trpurov fxev 
 oTi, &c. ; where Xenophon endeavors to prove that they were de- 
 ceived who thought, because Socrates was condemned to death and 
 could not escape capital sentence, that therefore he had spoken 
 falsely as regarded his dai/xovLov, seeing that he asserted it to sig- 
 nify beforehand to him what he should do and what he should not. 
 And Xenophon proves so by this argument, that the daifioviov was 
 right in allowing Socrates to be put to death, since by death, no 
 evil, but, on the contrary, the highest good, was provided for him. 
 Comp. <5 5 and 6 : 'AAAa v?j tov Aca, (pdvac avTov (sc. lluKpdTrjv), u 
 'Ep//6yevef, 7/(5?; /xov tmx^LpovvTog (ppovTioai Tf/g Tvpog Tovg diKaaTug 
 aTZO?.oyiag ijvavTLudrj to 6 aifiov l ov. Kat avTog {'EpfioyevriQ 
 e6r]) eiTtetv ■ -d-av/LiaaTa Xsyeig • tov 6e ^(jKpurijv, Qavfid^scg, (pdvac, eL 
 TO) ■&£U) doKEi f3i?i.TLov Elvai £fi£ teXevtuv TOV (3iov t/Stj, where Socra- 
 tes expressly says that the advice of the daemon was that which 
 was pleasing to the divinity. Sentences to the same purport are 
 found Apol, 4, 5, 12, 13, where Socrates calls his daemon " the voice 
 of God," ■&EOV (puvriv. 
 
 The passages from Plato are as follows, Apol, p. 31, C. D. : vnelg 
 kfiov TToAAa/cif uKT^KoaTE ■!ro7\,}Mxov "ksyovTog, otl fiot ■&el6v tl kol Sac- 
 
 fiovLOv yivETai kfxol (5e Tovf ectlv ek Tratdog dp^duevov, ^uvrj 
 
 Tig ytyvofiEVT], y, brav yevrjTai, ueI aTroTpenEt fj,E tovtov, o uv f^sXTicj 
 TcpuTTELv, TvpoTpE-KEL Ss ovKOTE. Here wc scc that Plato agrees with 
 Xenophon in explaining the power and meaning of this daemon, but 
 disagrees in this, that while Xenophon, in many passages, asserts 
 that Socrates was not only prevented by the daemon from under- 
 taking any act, but also was urged to undertake others, Plato ex- 
 pressly declares that the daemon had only a dissuasive power, never 
 a persuasive. Nor less clearly is the-latter's opinion stated in many 
 places, e. g., Theag., p. 128, D. : egtl yap tl d-Eta [loipa TrapEKo/iEvov 
 
 1. Compare i., 1, 19 : 5:w/f/9,ir>?j 6f navTa i.uv i^ytiTo.. k. t. A. 
 
XXX PROLEGOMENA. 
 
 kixol tK Tvaidbg ap^dfisvov daifiovLov • egti de rovTo (puvii, t], orav yevTj- 
 rat, aei fxoi aTjfiaivet, o av ^utA/lw Trpdrrecv, tovtov uKorpomiv, nporpe- 
 TTCi de ovdsTTOTS • Kai tdv Tcg jxol rwv (piTiUV dvaKOLvCoTai koI yevrjTai ij 
 ^uvTJ, ravTov tovto anoTpEirei, Koi ovk kd KpaTTCLV • Kal tovtuv Vf^tlv 
 jxapTvpag irape^ofiai. This extraordinary discrepancy may be re- 
 moved, if with Tennemann^ we suppose that Xenophon did not ac- 
 curately distinguish between the results to which the divine voice 
 referred, and those which Socrates himself inferred from its silence. 
 If this voice, whenever it was heard by Socrates, was a sign of dis- 
 couragement, it follow^s, of necessity, that as often as the voice was 
 silent, its silence was a sign of encouragement and exhortation. 
 In the Apology, also, p. 40, A., B., C, it is clear that Socrates took 
 the silence of the daemon as a sign of assent. And in Phcedr., 242, 
 
 B., C. : ijviK' E[j.e?i?^oi> tov iroTaftw 6ta6aivetv, to daifiovtov re 
 
 Kal TO ELCjddg GT]f/.Ec6v fioL yiyvEcOai kyevETo • del de fie Eiviax^t o dv 
 ^eXTiu) TcpdTTELv, whcrc the words koI to ELudbg arjpLElov are added as 
 explanatory, "The Daemon," i. e., that well-known sign. Besides 
 the. above passages, we may also compare Euthyphr., p. 3, B. ; 
 ThecBtet, p. 151, A. ; Polit., vi , p. 496, C. ; Akib., i., p. 103, A., B., 
 p. 124, C. Those passages in the Theages, a dialogue unjustly at- 
 tributed to Plato, differ from those in Xenophon and Plato, because 
 in them such power and efficacy is attributed to the Socratic daemon 
 as that they wiio experienced the intimacy of Socrates, although 
 they had embraced none of his doctrine, by his mere presence and 
 propinquity advanced in virtue ; yet not all, but only those whom 
 the Deity willed should {tuv tu ■&eCj <1)lXov tj). This idea of the So- 
 cratic daemon approaches nearest to that invented at a later period, 
 and which attributed to Socrates a sort of tutelary spirit or genius. 
 In Plutarch (de Socratis Genio) many statements are made, partly 
 strange, partly ridiculous, but yet some sentiments here and there 
 interspersed are admirable. In chap, x., Theocritus says, " that 
 the daemon was given by God to Socrates as his guide in life, to 
 afford him light on obscure points, and knowledge in things not 
 comprehended by human intellect, and to inspire his counsels by a 
 certain divine spirit {i-TridecdCov Talc avTov TrpoaLpEaeai).'" But what 
 is afterward related of the power of this daemon is ridiculous ; c. g., 
 " Socrates wished once, with some of his friends, to enter the house 
 of Andocides, but suddenly stopped in his way, being warned by his 
 daemon. Having meditated in silence for a time, he then proceed- 
 ed to his destination, not by the straight course, but by another 
 
 1. Gesch. dcr Phil., pt. ii., p. 33. 
 
PROLEGOMENA. XXXI 
 
 route. Many of his friends follow him, but some, desirous of prov- 
 ing the daemon of Socrates to be false, go by the straight course ; 
 as these latter proceeded, a herd of swine, covered with filth, meets 
 them ; and, since they had no way to avoid their path, the swine 
 overthrow some, and cover others with filth." Although this is a 
 ridiculous and jocular anecdote, and the matter, if true, is rather to 
 be attributed to chance than to the effect of the daemon, it is in- 
 tended to prove that the daemon warned Socrates not only in mat- 
 ters of great, but even in those of little importance ; which Plato 
 also asserts in the passage cited above, ApoL, p. 40, chap. xi. Plu- 
 tarch agrees with Xenophon in attributing to the daemon both a 
 persuasive and dissuasive force {dai/j.6viov elvat to kuXvov rj KtT^evov). 
 And then, having opposed the opinion of a certain Megarean, who 
 thought the daemon of Socrates to be " a sneeze," he thus proceeds : 
 Al 6e IiCOKpdrovg av opjxal to l3e6acov exovaat Kal a(j)o6p6T7jTa faivov- 
 Tat Tzpbq anav, ug av ef bpdf]g /cat lax^pag afeifievai, Kpiasug Kal cipxvd 
 the whole life of Socrates and his death is not that uv6pbg e/c KAydo- 
 vuv 7} TTTapfiuv ^eTa6aX?iOfiev7jv, ore tvxoi, yvu/j.rjv exovrog, ulX' vwd 
 fXEL^ovog kTZLGTaciag Kal dpxf/g ayo[iEvov rrpog to KaTiOv. But, omit- 
 ting other passages which do. not tend to explain the matter, we 
 proceed to one of considerable importance (chap, xx.) : 
 
 (ZLfxiiiag) 'ZuKpaTTjv f^ev e<p7j Trepl tovtuv kpofievog ttots (mtj Tvxetv 
 aTTOKpiaeug, 6td fj.T]6' aidtg kpiadai • t^oWilklq 6' avTib irapayeviopac 
 Tovg fjLEV dt' oxpfcjg kvTvxdv T^eio) tlvI MyovTag aXa0vag TjyovjLievo), Toig 
 (J' uKOvaai Tivog duv^g ^doKOvac -jpogexovTL tov vovv Kal diarrvvdavo- 
 fiivCf} fXEva a-K0v6rig • bdev ijfitu iraptGTaTO, (TKOKOVfXEvoig I6ia Tvpog dA- 
 
 A^AoUf, VTTOVOEIV, [JLT] 7C0TE TO liUKpUTOVg daifiOVtOV OVK Otpig, dA?M (JXJ- 
 
 vf/g TLVog aladr]acg, fj "Aoyov vorjcrig Eirj, avvuTZTovTog droTrcj tivI Tponcp 
 TTpbg avTov ugrrsp Kal Kad' vnvov ovk egtl <j>uvt], 2.6yuv 6i tlvov do^ag 
 Kal voijoEig ?Mp6dvovTEg, olnvTai (jideyyof^svuv ukovelv • dA/lu rotg fxEv 
 dg ''iXrjduig ovap tj ToiavTi] avveaLg yivsraL, 6c' Tjavx'iav Kal ya7\,T]vriv tov 
 cufxaTog, oTav Kadsu^oa-i ■ f.i62,ig etttjkoov exovgl ttjv ■tpvxv^ tCjv KpEiT- 
 t6vo)v • Kal 7r£nviyfj,svoL ye '&opv6ut tuv -Kaduv Kal Tvepiayuyy tcjv 
 Xp£i(^v elgaKovcat Kal i^apaax^lv t^v Sidvoiav ov dvvavTai Tolg drj/iov- 
 [i^voig. XuKpuTEi de 6 vovg KaOapog uv Kal uTradrjg tu cufiaTC /j.cKpa 
 TU>v dvayKaicjv x^'-P^'^ KaTatityvvg avTuv, evacpr/g 7/v Kal Ti-qrcTog vtto tov 
 ■Kpog-KEGovTog b^iug jieTataAElv ■ to de. ftpogrtliTTov ov fOoyyov, d?i?M 
 Tioyov uv Ttg elKaaELE 6ai/xovog, dvEV <puvf/g E(paTZT6LiEvov avTU) tu Srj- 
 
 TiOV/XEVU TOV VOOVDTOg. 
 
 Nor must we pass over in silence Cicero's opinion regarding the 
 same daemon : " Ut igitur," he proceeds, " qui se tradet ita quieti, 
 praeparato animo quum bonis cogitationibus, turn rebus ad tranquil- 
 
XXXll PROLEGOiVIENA. 
 
 litatem accommodatis, certa et vera cernit in somnis : sic castiis 
 sensus purusque vigilantis et ad astromm et ad avium reliquorum- 
 que signorum et ad extorum veritatem est paratior. Hoc nimirum 
 est illud, quod de Socrate soepe dicitur, esse divinum quiddam, quod 
 Satfxoviov appellat, cui semper ipse paruerit, nunquam impellenti, 
 ssepe revocanti." 
 
 It remains now, from a comparison of these passages, briefly to 
 state our own opinion regarding this point. 
 
 From all that has been cited above, it appears most clearly that 
 the daemon was not considered to have any external form or ap- 
 pearance, nor to have been any thing externally perceptible by the 
 senses, but to have been a more intense emotion of the mind, which 
 Socrates called SaifxavLov, from a persuasion that that emotion arose 
 within him from the Deity. It is called, indeed, a divine voice, but 
 we must understand by this a voice not heard by the bodily ears, 
 but mentally perceived. This divine voice, which from his boyhood, 
 as Plato states, was the lot of Socrates, and never left him during 
 his whole life, was always heard by him as often as he was about 
 to do any thing neither rightly nor honorably : its silence he consid- 
 ered to be a sign of approbation ; and so this dsemon is thought by 
 Xenophon to have had both a persuasive and dissuasive power. 
 Not only in matters pertaining to Socrates alone, but also in those 
 of others, in subjects of great or little importance, this voice was 
 heard in warning ; it never deceived, but always spoke the truth ; 
 and hence Socrates was convinced of its divinity. Nor did Socra- 
 tes consider that divine voice to be any peculiar benefit given by 
 God to himself alone, but to be shared also with other men : that 
 its power could be mentally perceived by all men who worship the 
 gods with piety and truth, and are pure and chaste. Hence it is 
 clear that this daemon was naught else than an emotion of the mind, 
 by which Socrates was dissuaded from his design of performing 
 any thing ; an emotion common, indeed, to all other men, but not 
 having the same efficacy in all, but in proportion to the purity and 
 integrity of each, in proportioil to his acuteness and vigor of intel- 
 lect, to his upright thoughts and chastity of character, so tlie more 
 vivid and efficacious. It should not be wondered at that this emo- 
 tion of an interior power in the majority of men should be so tri- 
 fling and powerless as not to be perceived at all, while in Socrates 
 it was most vigorous and impulsive ; for Socrates was imbued with 
 the most delicate sense of honor, rare purity of character, heartfelt 
 piety toward God, and a firm persuasion of his providential care. 
 Endowed, moreover, with a wonderful acuteness of intellect, vigor 
 
PROLEGOMENA. XXXlll 
 
 of mind, and clearness of judgment, he investigated the whole na- 
 ture of the human mind, and paid the closest attention to its emo- 
 tions. But this SaifcovLov did not shed its light alike on all subjects, 
 but only on those which could not be embraced within the scope of 
 human thought ; for, since reason was given by God to the human 
 race, Socrates considered it impious to strive after divine forewarn- 
 ings in all things which man could discover by the exertion of that 
 intellect alone. 
 
 NOTE BY THE AMERICAN EDITOR. 
 A NEW theory was started in 1836 by a French physician, Lelut, 
 in relation to the daemon of Socrates, which is not noticed by Kiih- 
 ner, but would seem, nevertheless, to contain the only rational ex- 
 position of this much-contested question. Lelut ranks the belief 
 which Socrates entertained respecting a divine and secret monitor 
 under the head of mental hallucination, and maintains that the phi- 
 losopher, under the influence of an active mental organization and 
 ardent imaginative powers, gradually worked himself into this be- 
 lief of an internal monitor, although perfectly sound in mind on ev- 
 ery other point. In other words, it was simply and plainly mono- 
 mania. Lelut's official experience in the treatment of cases involv- 
 ing a greater or less degree of mental aberration, renders lii^ re- 
 marks on this head peculiarly valuable. To a German scholar, 
 wrapped in the transcendental speculations of his country's philos- 
 ophy, and seeking and finding the mysterious every where, the the- 
 ory of Lelut has little, if any thing, to recommend it ; but to one 
 accustomed to come into daily contact with his fellow-men, and 
 observe the various eccentricities and weaknesses in which even 
 the strongest minds are prone to indulge (and ofttimes, the stronger 
 the intellect, the more startling the hallucination), the view of the 
 French physician will appear an extremely plausible one. The 
 title of his work is as follows : " Du Demon dc Socrate, Specimen 
 d'une application dc la Science. Psychologique a ceilc dc Vhistoire. Par 
 F. Lelut, Medecin surveillant de la Division des Alicnes de V Hospice de 
 Bicetre, et Medecin adjoint dc la Prison.''^ Paris, 1836. 
 
XENOPHONTIS 
 
 MEMORABILIA 
 
 S C R A T I S 
 
XENOPHON'S MEMORABILIA 
 
 OF 
 
 SOCRATES. 
 
 BOOK I. 
 
 CHAPTER I. 
 
 SUMMARY. 
 
 The two charges bronght against Socrates by his accusers, and for 
 which he suffered death, are first stated. These were, 1. His not regard- 
 ing, as such, the gods recognized by the state, but introducing irepa Katva^ 
 6aLii6via, and, 2. His corrupting of the young., ($ 1,) 
 
 Xenophou proceeds to defend his master's memory against these 
 charges, as follows : 
 
 1. Socrates did not slight the gods of his country, but often sacrificed to 
 them, both at home and on the public altars. (§ 2.) 
 
 2. Neither did he make any secret of his use of divination. (§ 2.) 
 
 3. As to his saying, indeed, that he was accustomed to receive certain 
 intimations from an internal something, which he called ro datfiovLov, he 
 did not, even as regarded this, differ essentially from the rest of his coun- 
 tiymen, for they themselves, when making use of auguries, and omens, 
 and other things of this kind, did not suppose that these things knew what 
 was good for them, but that tlie gods by their means gave intimations of 
 the future. ($ 3 .) 
 
 4. In one respect, however, he certainly did differ from the great body 
 of his countrymen ; for whereas the greater pait of those who practice 
 divination say that they are influenced in their actions by the flight of 
 birds, or some other accidental occurrence, Socrates, on the contrary, said, 
 openly and without reserve, that he received his intimations, not exter- 
 nally, from birds and other objects, but intei-nally, from what he called to 
 6aifj,6vcov ; and he gave advice, also, to many of his friends and followers 
 in accordance with the suggestions of this same Sai/u.6vLov. ($ 4.) Now 
 he would never, surely, have done this in the case of his friends and fol- 
 lowers, had he not been sincere in his convictions with regard to these 
 internal suggestions ; and if sincere respecting these, how could he dis- 
 believe the existence of gods ? ($ 5.) 
 
 5. Again, as regarded the necessaiy affairs of life, Socrates always ad- 
 vised bis friends to perform these in the bast manner they were able; 
 
 A 
 
2 xenophon's [I. 1. § 3. 
 
 with respect, however, to those matters the event whereof was doubtful, 
 he always sent them to consult the gods whether these ought to be un- 
 dertaken or not ; whereas he thought it a kind of impiety to endeavor to 
 ascertain from the gods what can be satisfactorily mastered by the pow- 
 ers of the human intellect. (§ 6-9.) 
 
 6. Still faither, though Socrates was always in public, and more or less 
 amid crowds of men, yet no one ever saw him doing, or heard him saying, 
 any thing impious or profane. Neither did he occupy himself, like others, 
 with curious but unprofitable researches into the operations of nature ; on 
 the contrary, he thought that the things relating to man formed man's 
 proper study, and that those inquiries alone desei-ved to be pursued by 
 us, the results of which would tend directly to make us virtuous, and, con- 
 sequently, happy. (§ 10-17.) 
 
 7. He did not, however, merely teach the lessons of morality and virtue, 
 but exemplified them, also, in his own life and conduct; and a remark- 
 able instance of his unbending integi'ity, and his regard for the sacred 
 character of an oath, was given in the case of Thrasyllus and Erasinides, 
 together with their colleagues, when the people wished to condemn them 
 contrary to the laws. And his reverence for an oath arose from a deep- 
 seated conviction that evei'y word, eveiy action, nay, even our most se- 
 cret thoughts, lie open to the view of Deity. How, then, could the Athe- 
 nians ever suffer themselves to be persuaded that such a man entertained 
 sentiments injurious to the gods 1 (§ 18-20.) 
 
 1. nOAAA'KIS edav[iaGa, tlgl nore ?i6yot.g ^Adyvacovg 
 enscaav ol ypail>diievoL I^u)KpdT7]v^ (bg d^ioq e'lr] -davdrov rrj 
 TToXei. 'H iiev yap ypacjyi] Kar' avrov roidde rig fjv • ddiKd 
 l>(x)KpdT7}g ovg [lev rj rroAiq voiu^ec -deovg ov voj^i^fjjv^ erepa 
 de Kaivd daLjiovLa elgcpEpuv • ddinel 6s Kal rovg veovg 
 diacpOsLpojv. 
 
 2. Upojrov fiEV ovv, G)g ovic evofiii^ev ovg ?] iroAig voixI^el 
 ■&EOvg, 7T0LG) TTOT^ EXpijoavTO TEKii7]piG) ; dvajv TE ydp (pavE- 
 pog Tjv TToXXdKig fiEV olhol, noXXdnig ds km rdv kolvCjv Trjg 
 TTdXscjg I3(ji)ii(x)v, linl fiavriicrj xp^j^^vog ovk d(pav/)g rjv • 6t£- 
 redpvXrjTo ydp, cog (pair] I,(i)icpd~r]g to Satfiovtov kavrCd 
 GTiiiaiVEiV' oBev dq Kal iidXiard jiol doKovatv avrov alrcd- 
 caaOaL icaivd 6ai,[j,6via Elgc/yEpELv. 3. 'O &e ovSev naivoTE- 
 pov elgF(J)EpE Tojv dXXojv, oaoi p.avTLKrjV vojj-L^ovTEg olcdvolg 
 re ;\;p65vTai icai (pfffiaig iial oviidoXocg ical -dvaiaig • ovroi 
 TE ydp vnoXafj,6dvovGtv ov rovg opvtOag ovSi rovg drcav- 
 r€)vrag eldevat rd Gvixcpepovra rolg iiavrEvofiivoLg, dXXd 
 
I. I. § 4.] MEMORABILIA. 3 
 
 rovg -deovg did rovroiv avrd Grjualveiv, KaKelvog 6e ovrcjg 
 evofii^ev. 4. 'AA/l' ol fj,ev TiXelaroi (paaiv vno re ru)v 6p- 
 vidcjv fcai ribv dnavrcovTOJV dnorpeixeadai re Kal irporpe- 
 Treodai • IlcjKpdrTjg 6s, cjgTTsp eyiyvcdaicev, ovrog IXeye • to 
 daiiJboviov ydp ecpr] arjiiatveiv. Kal no/.Xolg riov ^vv6vro)V 
 TTpoTjyopsve rd fiev ttolslv, rd 6e fXTj iroielv, (bg rov daifio- 
 vlov npoGTj^acvovrog ' Kal rdlg fiev TTeidoiievotg avraj aw- 
 ecpEpe, rolg 6e [it] rcELdojievotg iierEp,eXe. 5. Kalroi rig ovk 
 dv dfioXoyrjaeiEv avrdv (3ovXeadai iirjr'' riXidiov p,7}r^ dXa- 
 ^ova (patveodac rolg gvvovolv ; 'E(5oK£i d' dv dficporepa 
 ravra, el 7Tpoayopev(i)v (hg vno deov (paivoiieva Kara ifjev- 
 dofievog ecpacvero. Atjaov ovv, otl ovk dv TrpoeXeysv, el firj 
 enlarevev dXTjOevoeiv. Tavra 6e rig dv dX?M Tnarevaeiev 
 Tj deO) ; liiarevwv de ■deolg TTwg ovk elvai ■deovg evofiL^ev ; 
 6. 'AAAd iir]v enolei Kal rdSe rrpog rovg e-mrTjdelovg • rd 
 fiev ydp dvaynala avvebovXeve Kal irpdrreiv, Cyg evofii^sv 
 dptOT^ dv TrpaxOrjvaL • rrept Se ru)V dSrjXcjv, oncog dv diro- 
 (SrjooLro, fiavrevaofievovg eTTEinrev, el noirjrea- 7. Kal rovg 
 [leXXovrag ocKovg re Kal TxoXeig KaXojg olKTjGetv iiavriKrjg 
 ecpT] irpogdelaOaL • reKroviKov fiev ydp, rj ;;^aAA;eL'Tift;6i', r) 
 yecopyiKov, i] dvdpcoTTCJV dpxt-KOV, 7] rcjv rocovrcjv epycjv 
 e^eraariKov, rj XoyiariKov, rj oIkovojukov, i) orparriyiKov 
 yeveoOaL, ndvra rd rotavra jiadrjfiara, Kal dvdpiOTcov yvoy^'q 
 alperea evofii^ev elvai ' S. Td 6e jieytGra rC)v ev rovrotg 
 e(f)rj rovg deovg eavrolg KaraXelTTSGdac, l)v ovdev drjXov 
 elvai rolg dvdp6noLg. Ovre ydp roi tg5 Ka/Mg dypbv d)v- 
 revGa[j,ev(i) SrjXov^ ogrig KapTccoGsraL ' ovre tc5 KaXoJg olKtav 
 olKodofjLTjGanevCt) drjXov, ogrig 0iK7]Gei ' ovre rco GrparriyLKlxi 
 drjXov, el Gviicpepet Gipariiyelv • ovre ro) nokLriKCi) dfjXoVf 
 el ovfi(f)epeL rijg iroXecjg npoGrarelv ovre rw KaXrjv yrj- 
 fiavri, Lv^ evcppalvrjrai., drjXov, el did ravrrjV dviaGerai • 
 ovre TW dvvarovg ev rrj ttoXsi K7)6eGrdg Xatovn drjXov, el 
 did rovrovg oreprjGerai rrjg noXecjg. 9. Tovg 6e p,7]dev 
 Twv roiovTCJv olofxevovg elvai daifioviov, dXXd ndvra rr]g 
 dvdpionivrjg yvcoiirjg, daifxovdv ecprj ' daqjiovdv de Kal rovg 
 
4 xenopiion's [I. 1. § 14. 
 
 IJ.avTevo[iEvovg, a rolg dvOpcoiroig edo)icav ol &£ot uadovai 
 diaicpiveiv • olov el rig errgpwTWTy, norepov emardiievov 
 '^viox^tv km ^evyog Xabelv Kpelrrov, t) jxtj eTnardfievov • i] 
 TTOTspov ETTLordiievov Kv6£pvdv ettI rfiv vavv Kpelrrov Xa- 
 6elv, 7] fjii] knLardfjLevov • rj a e^eartv dpidfirjoavTag, r/ {j,e- 
 rprjaavrag, rj Grrjaavrag eldivac. * rovg rd roiavra uapd 
 rwv ■&£c7)v TTVvdavoijievovg ddeiicGTa ttoleIv rjyelro * ecprj de 
 6elv d [ZEV fiaOovrag itoleIv edcjKav ol -^eol [j,avddv£iv • a 
 de p,'}) dijXa rolg dvOpconQcg iarl TTEipdodac did pavTUirig 
 Tiapd T(x)v ■&ECJV TTVvddvEoOac ' Tovg d^Eovg ydp olg dv (baiv 
 
 cXeG) OTJpaLVELV. 
 
 10. 'AAAd pi]V EKELVog ys aEL psv rjv ev tco (pavEpci) • 
 rrpwt re ydp Elg rovg rcEpiTrdrovg fcal rd yvp,vdoia tjec, aat 
 7TX7]dovai]g dyopdg ekeI (f)av£pdg 7]v, fcal rd Xolttov d£l Trig 
 rjpspag rjv ottov TrXELoroig p,EXXot ovveoeadac • nal eAeye 
 {JLEV o)g TO noXv^ rolg 6e fiovXopsvotg s^rjv aKOVELV. 11. 
 Ovdelg de ncj-rrore l^cjKpdrovg ovSev doEdig, ovdi: dvoatov, 
 ovTE TTpdrrovrog elSev, ovte Xsyovrog rJKovuEv. Ovdi ydp 
 TTspl rrjg tgjv ndvTCJV (f)VG£0)g rjiTEp rC)v dXXi^v ol irXElaroi 
 dceXeyETO, gkoitojv, oTiGjg 6 KaXovfiEVog vno rcJv oocpiorcJv 
 Koapog £(f)V, Kal rloiv avdynaig Etcaora yiyvETai rcov ov- 
 pavLG)v, dXXd Kal rovg cfypovrl^ovrag rd roiavra p,cjpaLVov- 
 rag d~£6£Liivv£V. 12. Yial irpd-ov pkv avroJv egkotteCj 
 TTOTEpd 7T0TE vofUGavTEg Ifcavcog ijdr} rdvOpGiinva elSEvat, 
 Epxovrat snl rd nEpl ru)V roiovrcjv cppovri^Eiv, rj rd piv 
 dvOpcjTTELa Trapivreg, rd datpovia de GKonovvrEg, rjyovvrat 
 rd TTpog'fjfcovra TipdrrEiv. 13. ^EOavpa^E 6\ el pij (pavEpov 
 avrolg egtlv, otl ravra ov dvvarov egtlv dvOpt^noig ev- 
 pelv ' ETTEL Kal rovg piyiorov (ppovovvrag ettl rco nspl rov- 
 r(t)v XeyELV, ov ravrd do^d^eiv dXXrjXoig, dXXd rolg paivo- 
 pevotg onoiGjg diaKElGGai npog dXXr]Xovg. 14. Twv re yap 
 patvoiiEVCJV rovg fiEV ovds rd dEivd dEdiEvai, rovg de Kal 
 rd pr] (poOepd (boOEtodat • Kal rolg psv ov6^ ev dxX(x> SokeIv 
 alGXpdv Eivat Xejelv i] ttoleIv otlovv, rolg 6e ov6^ E^trrjriov 
 elg dvOpcjTTOvg Eivai doKElv • Kal rovg p,EV ovd' Upov^ ovre 
 
I. 1. § 19.] MEMORABILIA. 5 
 
 (Scjfiov, ovr' aXXo ruv -detoyv ovdsv Tifidv, rovg 6e Kal XL- 
 Oovg Kal ^vXa rd rvxovra Kal drjpia ce6eodai • rCdV re TTspt 
 rriq rC)V Travroyv chvoecog iiepiiivdjvrGiv rolg fzev doKsiv ev 
 jxovov TO bv elvai, rolg (5' direcpa to TiXrjdog • Kal Tolg fiev 
 del KiVElodai TrdvTa, rolg 6' ovdev dv ttots KLVTjOrjvai • Kal 
 rolg iiev rcavra yiyveaOal re Kal dnoXXvadai, rolg 6e ovr^ 
 dv yeveadac nore ovdev ovr^ dnoXeladai. 15. ^EaKonei de 
 Txepl avrCiV Kal rdde • dp\ cognep ol rdvdpdjTreLa fiavGdvov- 
 reg rjyovvrac Tovd\ o ri dv [iddcomv, eavrolg re Kal rcov 
 dXXwv OTG) dv (iovXGivrai TTOLrioetv, ovro) Kal ol rd -dela 
 ^7)Tovvreg vofu^ovoLv, eTretddv yvCyoiv, alg dvdjKaig eKaarq 
 ytyverai, noLTjaeLV, brav (BovXojvraL, Kal dvefiovg, Kal vda- 
 ra, Kal cjpag, Kal brov 6' dv dXXov 6eo)vrac rcov roLovrcjVj 
 rj roLOVTO fiev ovdev ovd^ eXnl^ovaiv, dpKel (J' avrolg yvcjvat 
 fiovov, XI T<^v roiovTGiv eKaara yiyverai, 16. Ilepi \iev 
 ovv rG)v ravra Trpayfiarevouevcov roiavra eXeyev • avrbg 
 de Trepl rdv dvdpcoTTeloJV dv del dieXeyero, okotcHjv, rl evae- 
 deg, ri doe6eg' ri KaXov, ri alaxpov ri dlKaiov, ri dduKov* 
 ri ucocppoovvT], ri fiavia • ri dvdpeia, ri deiXia ' ri T:6?ug, 
 ri TToXcriKog • ri dpxf] dvdpcjncjv, ri dpxmog dvOpcJircov, 
 Kal Trepl rcjv dXXb)v, a rovg fzev eldorag Tjyelro KaXovg 
 Kayadovg elvai, rovg d' dyvoovvrag dvdpanodcodecg dv dt- 
 Kaioyg KEKXriadai. 
 
 17. "Oaa fiev ovv fxrj (pavepog rjv bncjg eyiyvojGKev, ovdev 
 ■davfiaardv vrxep rovrcjv nepl avrov napayvcJvai rovg 
 diKaordg • oaa de navreg ^decav, ov 'davp.aarov, el iii) 
 rovrcdv iveOvixrjdrjaav ; 18. Bov?^evGag yap rrore, Kal rbv 
 (3ovXevriKdv bpKov 6p,6aag, ev w 7]v Kard rovg vofiovg (3ov- 
 XevaeLV, i-mardrrig ev rih drjixct) yevouevog, entdvfirjaavrog 
 rov drji^ov napd rovg vofiovg evvea arparrj-yovg pid iprj^cp, 
 rovg dix(pl QpdovXXov Kal ^'EpaGLvidrjv, dnoKrelvac navrag, 
 ovK rjdeXrjoev e7TLxl)T}(f)iaaL, opyi^ofievov jiev avTU) rov drjfiov, 
 7ToXXu)v de Kal dvvarojv dneiXovvrcjv dXXd nepl nXeiovog 
 enotrjaaro evopKelv, ?) ;:^apt(7ao0ai tc5 drjfiOi napd rd diKatoVy 
 Kal (l)vXd^aadai rovg dnetXovvrag. 19. Kal ydp enifxe' 
 
6 xenophon's [I. 1. § 20. 
 
 Xeladai ^Eovg evofjiL^ev dvOpcj-rriiiv, ovx ov rponov ol ttoXXol 
 vofil^ovoLV ' ovroi fiEV yap olovraL rovg ■deovg rd [lev ei- 
 devac, rd 6' ovfc eldivai • I^coKpdrTjg Se irdvra p,£v 7]yelro 
 '&eovg eldevac, rd te XsyofiEva /cat TrpaTTOfiEva, Kal rd oiyxj 
 (iovXEvonEva, Travraxov 6s uapslvai, Kal G7][j,alvELv rolg 
 
 dvOpCJITOig TTEpl T(x)V dvdpCJTTELCOV TTaVTCdV . 
 
 20. Qavfzd^o) ovv, o-rrcjg ttote ETiEiaOrjaav ^Adrjvaloi 26)- 
 KpaTTjv TTEpl rovg -dEovg fir] ao)d)povElv, rbv das^Eg jiev ovSev 
 TTOTE TTEpl rovg d^Eovg, ovr^ sliTOvra, ovrs Trpd^avra, rocavra 
 ds Kal Xsyovra Kal Trpdrrovra TTEpl -BEthv, old rig dv Kal 
 Xeyoiv Kal TTpdrro)v eltj te Kal voiiI^olto EVGEtiorarog, 
 
 CHAPTER II. 
 
 SUMMARY. 
 Xenophon comes now to the second charge brought against Socrates 
 by his accusers, namely, his corrupting of the young, and he disposes of 
 it as follows : 
 
 1. Socrates, instead of being a corrapter of the young, recalled many of 
 them from habits of impiety and wrong-doing, and from intemperate and 
 dissolute courses of life, by inspiring them with the love of virtue, and by 
 encouraging them to entertain the hope that by a steadfast perseverance 
 they might malie themselves vii-tuous and esteemed. And what he thus 
 taught produced a much stronger impression on the minds of the young, 
 because he himself was the purest specimen of the very virtues which he 
 wished them to cultivate and exercise. ($ 1-8.) 
 
 2. Neither did he, as his accusers also alleged, make those who asso- 
 ciated with him contemners of the laws, and violent and audacious in 
 their deportment. On the contrary, the lessons of prudence and of wisdom 
 which he continually imparted, impressed them with the conviction that, 
 in operating on the minds of their fellow-men, advice, not violence, and 
 persuasion, not force, ■were to be employed. (^ 9-11.) 
 
 3. Nor could the conduct of Alcibiades and Critias, and the harm which 
 they both did unto the state, be regarded as the results of the teaching of 
 Socrates ; for these two did not seek his converse with the view of mod- 
 eling their own lives after his, but merely in order that, by listening to 
 his discourses, they might attain to greater ability in the art of public 
 speaking, and greater skill in the management of public affairs. And 
 what is more, during all the period of their intercourse with Socrates they 
 kept down their evil and vicious propensities, and only gave these full 
 scope after they had left the discipline of their master. [^ 12-18.) For 
 
L 2. § 4.] MEMORABILIA. 7 
 
 virtae, unless made tlie subject of constant exercise, is at first enfeebled 
 and then eventually destroyed. ($ 19-23.) Wow Alcibiades and Critias 
 were corrupted by their intercourse with other men (§ 24-28) rather than 
 by that with Socrates, who exerted eveiy means in his power to recall 
 them from the influence of evil propensities ; whereas those young men 
 who associated with Socrates, not with any ambitious views of future dis- 
 tinction iu the state, but in order to lead purer and better lives, fuUy ac- 
 complished that object, and never incun'ed even the suspicion of wrong- 
 doing or of crime. (§ 28-48.) 
 
 4. As to what his accusers still farther alleged, that Socrates taught his 
 followers to contemn paj-ents, and kindred, and friends, aU tins rests on 
 arguments equally false and absurd. (§ 49-55.) 
 
 5. Of the same false and absurd character, moreover, is the other charge 
 brought forward against him, that he used to quote passages from the 
 ancient poets, and, by a perversion of their meaning, make them a ground 
 for hiculcating sentiments hostile to freedom {§ 56-60) ; whereas, in 
 truth, Socrates not only loved his own countrymen, but even extended his 
 kindly feelings unto all mankind, so that his chief aim seems to have beea 
 to promote, as far as lay in his power, the common welfare of his fellow- 
 men. (§ 61.) 
 
 6. Such being the state of the case, Socrates undoubtedly ought rather 
 to have received the highest honors at the hands of his countrymen, thau 
 to have been deemed worthy by them of the punishment of death. 
 (§ 62-64.) 
 
 1. Qaviiaordv 6e (paiveral fioi fcai ro 7:eiaOrivat rtvag, 
 0)^ I,G)fcpdri]g rovg veovg dLecpdetpev, og, irpog rolg elprjfjie- 
 voig, npcjTOV fiev d(ppodLGLO)v, Kai yaarpog, ndvrcjv dvOpu)- 
 TTGJV eytcpaTeararog 7}v • elra irpog %ei|U6"3va Kal dspog, Kal 
 ndvrag novovg fcapreptKcoraTog, ere 6e npog ro fierpLcjv 
 deladac nenaidevuevog ovroig, Ljgre^rcdvv fiiKpd KeKrrjixevog, 
 Trdvv padicjg ex^iv dpKovvra. 2. Hojg ovv^ avrbg oir rot,- 
 ovrog^ dXXovg dv ?/ doebelg^ rj napavofiovg, t) Xixvovg, ?) 
 d<ppodiaiG)v aKparelg, rj irpbg to irovelv jiaXafcovg enoLfjaEV ; 
 'A/l/l' enavae jiev rovrov noXXovg, dperrjg TroLTjoag ettiOv- 
 fjislv, Kai eXnldag rrapaaxo^v, dv kavrdv eniiieXoJVTaL, Ka- 
 Xovg Kal dyaOovg eoeoOai. 3. Kacrot ye ovdencjTTOTe 
 vnEGxero diddoKaXog elvat tovtov • dXXd to; (pavspog Etvai 
 rotovrog (x)V, eXttl^elv etcoiel rovg ovvdLarpibovTag Eavripj 
 ficfxovfiEVovg ekeIvov rocovgde yevrjOEodaL.^ 4. 'AAAd [irjv 
 Kai Tov od)ixaTog avrog re ovk ruiEXEi^rovg r' dp,EXovvTag 
 
8 xenophon's [I. 2. § 10. 
 
 OVK enirjVEt. To jiev ovv vnepeadiovra vnspTrovelv aTreSo- 
 KLfia^s, rd de, baa y' '?]6£Cjjg rj -^vxtj dsxerai, ravra Ifcavojg 
 eKnovelv edofCifia^s ' ravrrjv yap ttjv e^iv vyiEivrjv re lua- 
 vtjg elvat, Kal ttjv Trjg ipvxTjg sniijiXeLav ovk eiinodi^eiv 
 ecpTj. 5. 'AA/l' ov [irjv 'dpynrtKog ye, ovde aXa^oviKog tjv, 
 ovt' diinexovrj, ovd^ VTTodeaei, ovre t%i aXXxj dtalT'Q • ov 
 liriv ov6^ epaoLXPTiiidTOvg ye rovg ovvovrag sttolsl • rojv fisv 
 yap aXXcjv emOv^iLoJv snavs^ rovg de kavrov ETndv^ovvrag 
 OVK snpdrrero XPW^'''<^' 6. Tovrov 6' dnsxofisvog svofjiL- 
 ^sv EAevOeptag ETniiEXELGdai • rovg de XapLddvovrag rrjg 
 biiLXlag (itoOov dvdpairodLordg kavrdv dneKdXEi, Sid rd 
 dvaynalov avrolg elvai diaXeyEoQai, ■nap' ojv dv XdtoiEv 
 rbv pLtadov. 7. 'F.davfu.a^e 6\ el rig dpErrjv EnayyeXXoiie- 
 vog dpyvpcov rrpdrrocro, real fii] vofii^oi rd pLsyiarov Kepdog 
 e^eiv, (piXov dyadbv Krrjodfj^evog, dXXd (podolro, iirj 6 ysvo- 
 fjLEVog KaXdg Kdyadog, rco rd iieyiara EVEpyErrjaavn fxi] rrjv 
 jj,eyLGr7jV %apiv e^ol. 8. Ecjicpdrrjg 6e ETTrjyyeiXaro fisv 
 ovdevl TTGJTTore roiovrov ovdev • eniurEVE 6e rCyv ^vvovrov 
 Eavrco rovg d7TodE^a[iEVovg, ansp avrog Edonlfiai^EV, Elg rbv 
 Trdvra (3lov kavrcp rs Kal dXXi]koig (plXovg dyaOovg EGEadai. 
 JlCog dv ovv 6 rowvrog dvfip diacpdELpoL rovg vsovg ; el fjifi 
 apa 7] rrjg dpErrjg ETCLiieXeia Siacpdopd koriv. 
 
 9. 'A/l/la, vt) b.ia, 6 Kari)yopog £(p7j, vrTspopdv ettoIei rcov 
 Kadsardjrcjv voucjv rovg ovvovrag, Xeycjv, ojg fiGypbv ectj, 
 rovg [lEV rrjg rrdXEoyg dpxovrag d-nb Kvajiov KadioraoOat, 
 KvdEpvTjrrj de fJbrjSiva ■^eXelv KEXpTjoOac KvafiEvrG), firjSe 
 TEKrovL, fJLr]6^ avXrjr^, f.i7}d' err' dXXa roiavra, a tcoXXg) 
 sXdrrovag (3Xd6ag d[iaprav6jMva ixoleI rcjv uEpl rrjv noXiv 
 dfiapravofjievcjv • rovg 6e roLovrovg Xoyovg EiraipEiv scj)?} 
 rovg VEOvg Kara^ipovElv rrjg KaOEorGyarjg TToXirslag, Kal 
 TTOielv (3taL0vg. 10. 'Eyw cJ' oli^iai, rovg (ppovqaiv doKOvv- 
 rag, Kal voju^ovrag ucavovg EoeoOat rd ovuxpspovra didd- 
 OKELV rovg iroXtrag, rjiuora yiyveoOaL (3Laiovg, Eidorag on 
 rxi jiEV /3m npogsioiv ExOpai Kal klvSvvoi, did de rov TTEideiv 
 dKiv6vvG)g re Kal [lErd (piXiag ravrd yiyvErat • ol fXEV yap 
 
I. 2. § 16.] MEiMORABILIA. 9 
 
 fitaadsvreg, ug dcpaipedevreg, fiLGovaiv, ol de rreiGOevrsgj 
 (hg KexapiOfjisvoL, (piXovGiv. Ovicovv rdv (ppovrjaiv doKovv- 
 ro)v TO (Std^eodac, dAAd t(^v laxvv dvev yvwfjijjg exovrcjv 
 rd rocavra nparTecv eoTLv. 11. 'AA/ld p)v Kai Gvp,fidxCi)v 
 6 {JLEV (Btd^eGdac roXiiCdv deotr' dv ovk oXiyixtv, 6 de nEtdeiv 
 dvvdjXEVog ovdevog • Kai ydp {xovog rjyolr' dv dvvaGdat 
 ireidELV. 'Kai cpoveveLV 6e rolg roLovroLg riKiGra Gvp.6aiveL • 
 rig ydp diroicrElvat riva (BovAotr^ dv fiaXXov, i) ^gjvtl ttec- 
 OofiEVio xp^^GcLi' ; 
 
 12. 'AA/l' EcpT] ye 6 KaTTjyopog, I^cjKpdrEL diitXrjTd yEvo- 
 fiEVix) KpcTtag TE Kai ^AXKidtdd-qg TrAetara KaKa ttjv ixoXlv 
 inoLTjGdrriV. Kpirlag fisv ydp rcov ev t^ oXcyapxia irdv- 
 TO)V trkEOVEKr LGrarog te Kai (SiatOTaTog syEVETO, ^k.XKLtid~ 
 drjg 6e av tgjv ev ttj druioKparia rcdvTOJV dRpareGrarog, 
 Kai ydpLGTorarog, Kai (iiaiOTarog. 13. 'Eyw 6\ eI pLEV n 
 
 KttKOV EKELVG) ri^V TToXiV ETTOtTjGaTTJV, OVK dnoAoyrjGOfiai ' 
 
 TTjv 6e TTpog I^GyKpdrrjv GVvovGiav avrolv, cog EysvEro, dirj- 
 yrjGOfiac. 14. ^Ey evegOtjv fiEv ydp 6?] rw dvdps tovtcj (pv- 
 CEi (piXoTifiordrcj Trdvroyv ^A67)vaiG)v, (SovXopEvco te iravra 
 6C kavrcov TrpdrrEGdac, Kai ndvrcjv dvojiaGTordro) yEVEGdai, 
 "HidsGav ds I^coKpdrrjv dn^ EAaxtGTG)v psv xp'>ll^dTG)v avrap- 
 KEGrara ^GJvra, tmv rjSovoJv ds rraGcbv EyKpajEGrarov ovra, 
 rolg ds diaXeyojiEvoig avrio iraGi xP^I^^'^ov ev rolg Xoyocg, 
 oncjg iBovXotro. 15. Tavra 6e opiovrE, Kai ovte oIm Trpo- 
 etprjGdov, TTorepov ng avrco cpxi tov (3lov tov HcjKpdrovg 
 ETndviirjGavTE Kai rrjg GG)(ppoGvv7]g, r/v EKEivog eIx^v, opi- 
 ^aGOai rrjg dpiXlag avrov, i] voficGavrE, eI diJ,iX7]GaLT7]V 
 EKELVG)^ yEVEoOai dv lKavG)TdTO) XsyELV TE Kai irpdrrELV ; 
 16. 'Eyw (lEV ydp ijyovfiai, 'dsov dcdovrog avrolv 7} ^rjv 
 oXov rbv (3lov, cjgnep ^ojvra l^GiKpdrijv kcopoyv, 7) rEdvdvat, 
 kXEGdai dv avTG) fiaXXov rEOvdvai. AfjXd) d' EyEVEodrjV 
 el" cov E'npa^dr7]v • (hg ydp rdxiora KpEtrrovE ru)V Gvyyi- 
 yvofiEViov TjyrjGdodT^v Eivai, EvOvg d7Ton7]dr]GavTE Hw/cpa- 
 rovg, EnparrErrjv rd iroXirucd, d)viTEp evEKa liiOKpdrovg 
 d)pex0'f)T7iv. 
 
 A 2 
 
10 xenophon's [I. 2. § 22. 
 
 17. "lao)g ovv elrxot rig civ Trpbg ravra, on XPV'^ "^^^ 
 ^o)KpdT7]v [ii] nporepov rd -noXLTLnd diddoKeiv rovg ovvov- 
 rag, 7/ ocjcppovelv. 'Eyw de npog rovro jisv ovtc avriXsyo)' 
 ndvrag ds rovg diddonovrag bpC) avrovg Settcvvvrag re rolg 
 fiavddvovuLV, XjtTep avrol ttolovolv, a diddGKOvGi, koI tw 
 Adyoj 7Tpog6t6d^ovTag. 18. Olda 6e ical I,(x)KpdT7]v dem- 
 vvvra rolg ^vvovaiv eavrbv fcaXbv Kayadbv ovra, fcal dta- 
 ^.eyofjLEVov KdXXiora nepl dpsriig, nai rcjv dXXcov dvdpojnc- 
 VG)v. Olda de KaKeivG) GCjJcppovovvre, egre I,G)Kpdrei, ovvrj- 
 Gr7]v, ov (bodovfievG) p,?] ^rjpLolvro rj -nacoivro vnb IcjKpd- 
 rovg, dA/l' olofievio rbre KpdnGrov elvac rovro rcpdrreiv. 
 
 19. "iGGig ovv elrroiev dv ttoXXoI rcov (haoaovrcjv cf)iXo- 
 
 ao(pelv, on ovtc dv nore b dlKaiog ddiKog yevoiro, ovSe b 
 
 GU)(ppG)V v6pLGrrjg, ovde dXko ovSev, cjv (xdOrjOig eGnv, b 
 
 fiadd)v dveTTLGrrjpiov dv irore yevoiro. 'Eyw 6e nepl rov- 
 
 roiv ovx ovro) yLyvd)GKG) ' bpC) yap, ugrrep rd rov ocoparog 
 
 epya rovg fj.?] rd GG)iiara aGfcovvrag ov dwafievovg ttoieIv, 
 
 ovro) Kal rd rrjg ipvx'rjg epya rovg p,?] rrjv ipv^'^jv aGKovvrag 
 
 ov dvvafievovg • ovre ydp, a del, Trpdrreiv, ovre, g)v del, 
 
 d-rexeGdai dvvavrai. 20. Aid Kal rovg vlelg ol narepeg, 
 
 Kav G)Gi G0)(f)pov8g, bptdg dirb rCjv TrovTjpojv dvOpcjircov elp- 
 
 yovGiv, cjg rfjv pev ru)V ^p?yc7T6JV bpiXiav aGKTjGLV ovGav 
 
 TTjg dperrjg, rrjv de rdv novrjpojv icardXvGtv. Maprvpel de 
 
 Kal rCjv 7TOi7]roJv 6 re Aeywv, 
 
 'Eg6?mv filv yap utc' eadla Sidd^eai ' tjv 6s KaKoiai 
 Iiviiftiayri^, u-KOAelg Kal rov kovra voov. 
 
 Kat 6 Xeyoiv, 
 
 AvTup av)]p ayadog tote fxtv naKdg, d7^,'XoTE d' kadlog. 
 21. Kdyd) de paprvpd rovrotg • bpio yap, ugnep rcJv ev 
 fierpcx) TTETTOLTjpevcjv ercMV rovg iirj peXerCjvrag emXavOavo- 
 pevovg, ovriii Kal rcjv didaGKaXiKaJv Xoycov rolg dpeXovGt 
 XrjOrjv eyyiyvopevTjv. "Orav de roJv vovOeriKdv Xoycdv 
 ETnXddrjral ng, einXeXrjGraL Kal g)v rj il^vx'f] ndGxovGa rrjg 
 GG)(PpoGvv7]g eireOvpei • rovrcov d' eTTLXaOdpevov ovdev ■dav- 
 paorbv Kal rrjg GoycbpoGvvrjg emXaOeGdat. 22. 'OpCJ de Kal 
 
I. 2. § 27.] MEMORABILIA. 11 
 
 rovg elg (piXo-noaiav rrpoaxdsvrag nal rovg elg epcdrag ey- 
 KvXioOsvrag rjrrov dvva[j,£vovg riov re deovrcov emiieXEt- 
 cdai, Kal rC)V fii] deovnov duexsoOaL • "ttoXXoI yap Kal XP^- 
 fidTCJv dvvd^evoL (beldeoOac, Trplv spdv, epaoOevreg ovksti, 
 dvvavrai • Kal rd XPW^"^*^ KaTava?M)(7avrec, gjv Trpoodev 
 diTELxovTO Kepdojv, aiGXpd vojil^ovreg elvai, tovtg)v ovfc 
 dnexovrai. 23. ILoJg ovv ova evdsxsrai Goxppovyaavra 
 Trpoodev, avdtg firj oojcbpovelv, Kal SiKata dvv7]devra npar- 
 reiv avdcg ddwarslv ; lidvra p,ev ovv e'juoiye doKel rd KaXd 
 Kal rd dyadd doKTjrd elvai, ovx i]Kiara 6e G(i)(ppoavv7] • kv 
 rC) ydp avTG) Gdojiart GVjj,7T£(f)VTev[j,ivaL r^ i^'^XV ^^ ridoval 
 Treidovotv avrrjv p,Tj GG)(f)povelv, dXXd rrjv rax.tGrrjV kavralg 
 TS Kal TG) OGJfjiarL ;\;ap/^eCT0af. 
 
 24. Kal Kpcrlag 6?) Kal ^KXKi6Lddr}g, £G)g f.iev ^oyKparei, 
 ovvrjGrrjv, e6vvdGd7]v kfceiVG) XP^I^^'^^^ ^'^H^I^^^X^^ '^^^ i"'^ 
 KaXoJv emdvfiLiov Kparelv • hcelvov (5' d-naXXayivre, Kpc- 
 rlag fiev (pvycbv elg QerraXLav, ekeI gvvtjv dvdpcjnoig dvo- 
 Ilia fxdXXov i] StKaLOGvvrj xP^^jJ-^'^oig • ^AXKididdrjg d' av did 
 fiev KaXXog vtto t:oX/.g)V Kal gejivgjv yvvaiKaJv ■d'qpG)p,EVog^ 
 did dvvamv ds ri^v ev r^ ttoXel Kal rolg Gyfifiaxoig vno 
 noXXcov Kal dvvarcov KoXaKsvECV dvOpcjnOjv diadpVTrrofie- 
 vog, vTco de rov drjiiov riiicop.evog, Kal padiwg Trpoj-EVdyv, 
 Gjgnep ol rojv yvfiviKdv dycjvcov ddXr]-al padtGig 7TpG)T£v- 
 ovreg djiEXovai rrig dGK?]OEG)g, ovtg) KaKElvog tjiieXtjgev av- 
 rov. 25. TotovTGJV de Gvii6dvTG)v avrolv, Kal (hyKGJfiivG) 
 [lEV ettI yevet, enripp-evG) (5' etcI nXovrG), 7T£(l)VG7]fj.EVG) d' ettI 
 dvvdiiEL, SiarEOpvufiEVG) de: vno ixoXXdv dvdpG)nG)v, ettI 6s 
 TTaGi rovTOcg SiEcbdapiiEVG), Kal noXvv xpovov drro Sw/cpa- 
 rovg yEyovoTE, rl dav[j,aGT6v, el vn£p7](f)dvG) eyEVEoOrjv ; 
 26. EZra, eI jiev re £n?.7]ij.ii£?.rjGdr7jv, rovrov l,G)Kpdr?]v 6 
 Karrjyopog aindraL ; bri Se veg) ovrE avrcj, rjvtKa Kal 
 dyvGyiiovEGraTG) Kal dKparEGrdrG) ElKog Euvai, I^cjKpdrTjg 
 TTapEGx^ GG)(ppovE, ovdsvdg ETxaivov SoKEL Tw Kar7]y6p(t) 
 d^iog elvai ; 27 . Ov iitjv rd yE dXXa ov-gj Kpiverai • rig 
 fiEV ydp avXr^rrjg, rig ds KtdaptGrrjg, rig de dXXog didaGKa- 
 
12 xenophon's [I. 2. § 32. 
 
 ?\.og luavovg noirjaag rovg fj,ad7]Tdg, edv rrpog aXXovg kkOov- 
 reg ;\;£/poi'^ (pavdoiv, alrtav e'xei tovtov ; rig 6e Trarrjp, 
 idv 6 nalg avrov GvvdiarpidGiv rco, oc^cppcdv ^, vorepov 6e 
 aXXid TO) Gvyyevofievogy irovrjpdg yevTjraL, rov npoodsv 
 airidrac ; dAA' ovx ^^^ ^^^ rcapd rw varepG) x^lpcdv (pal- 
 VTjrai, Toaovrct) (idXXov eiraivel rov Trporepov ; aPuA' ot ye 
 Tcarepsg avrol avvovreg rolg vleoL, rcov TTaiScjv TrXrjiifie- 
 XovvTCJV, ovK alrtav ^xovglv, edv avrol aojcppovoJGiv. 28. 
 OvrG) ds Kal l>G)Kpdr7]v duiaiov rjv Kpivetv • el fjisv avrbg 
 kixoLSi ri (fyavXov, eiicorcjg dv kSoKei •novr]pdg elvat • el 6* 
 avrbg 0(x)(ppovC)v disrsXei, TiCyg dv diicalcjg rrjg ova evovorjg 
 avro) Kafclag alrtav e^ot ; 
 
 29. 'AAA' el Kal iirjdev avrbg 7T0V7]pbv notcJv efceivovg 
 (pavXa rcpdrrovrag 6pu)v eTrrjvet, dtKalwg dv enertfidro. 
 Kptrlav fj,ev roivvv alGOavofievog epcbvra 'Evdvdrjuov, dne- 
 rpene, (paGicojv dveXevOepSv re elvat teal ov rrpenov dvdpt 
 KaXC) Kayado). 30. Tov de Kptrtov rolg rotovrotg ovx 
 vnatcovovrog, ovde dnorpeTTOiMVov, Xeyerai rbv IiO)Kpdr7]v, 
 dXXcjv re ttoXXcjv ixapovroiv Kal rov 'Evdvdrj^ov, elnstVy 
 ore vtKbv avro) doKOtr] ndGxetv 6 Kptrtag. 31. 'E^ u)v drj 
 Kal efJitGet rbv ^(OKpdrrjV 6 Kptrtag, cogre Kat, ore rojv rpi- 
 aKovra gjv vofioOerrjg p,erd XaptKXeovg eyevero, dTTeiiV7]fj,6- 
 vevGev avrG), Kal ev rolg vofiotg eypaipe, Xoycov rixvrjv iirj 
 dtdaGKetv, eTrrjped^cdv eKetvci), Kal ovk t%wy onr] e-ntXatoLro, 
 dXXd rb Kotv^ rolg (ptXoGocpotg vnb rcbv txoXXHjv entrtficj- 
 fievov e'm(pepo)v avrio, Kal diaddXXoiv rrpbg rovg noXXovg • 
 ovSe yap eyoye, ovre avrbg rovro irdiTTore I,G)Kpdrovg 
 TJKOvGa, ovr^ aXXov cbaGKOvrog aKrjKoevai '^GdofjLTjv. 32. 
 ^EdrjXwGe 6e • enel yap ol rptaKOvra noXXovg fj,ev roJv 
 rroXtroJv Kal ov rovg x^'^pf^^'^ovg drreKretvov, noXXovg S^ 
 Trpoerpenovro dStKetv, el-rre nov 6 liG)Kpdr7]g, brt '&avfiaGr6v 
 ol doKoirj elvat, el rtg yevu/ievog j3ou)v dyeXrig vofievg, Kal 
 rdg (3ovg eXdrrovg re Kal x^^povg txolCjv, /itj ojioXoyoiT) Ka- 
 Kbg (iovKoXog elvat • trt 6e davpuGrorepov, el rtg npoGrd- 
 rrjg yevopevog TroAeoJc, Kal ttoigjv rovg rroXtrag eXdrrovg 
 
I. 2. § 37.] MEMORABILIA. 13 
 
 Kal x^lpovg, 111) alGxvvsTat, firjd'' oierac Kaicdg elvac npo- 
 
 aTaTTjg Trjg noXeoyg. 33. ^AnayysXdsvTog de avrolg rovrov, 
 
 KaXiaavreg 6 re YLpiriag Kal 6 XapLfcXrjg rbv ^(jdKpdrriv, 
 
 rov re vofiov kdeLKVvrr]v avr(b, Kal rolg veoig dneinerrjv 
 
 firj StaXeyeodai. 'O 6e I,G)Kpdr7]g eTTTjpero avro), el e^ecT] 
 
 TTVvOdveodat, el rt dyvoolro rdv Trpoayopevofievcjv. Td> 
 
 (5' e(pdr7]v. 34. 'Eyw rolvvv, e(pri, T:apeaKevau[j.ai ^sv 
 
 TTSLdeadat rolg vofiotg • OTTCjg 6e [li] 6l' ayvotav XdOoo ri 
 
 napavofjirjoag, rovro (3ovXo[jiaL aacpCig fiadelv nap' vfJiCiv • 
 
 Horepov rriv rCjv Xoyoiv rexvTjv avv rolg opOiog Xeyofievoig 
 
 elvai vo^L^ovreg, rj avv rolg fxi) opdug, d-nexBodai KeXevere 
 
 avrrjg ; Et jiev yap avv rolg opdojg, drjXov on dcpeKreov 
 
 ecT] rov opdcjg Xeyeiv • ei de avv rolg firj dpdcjg, drjXov on 
 
 TieLpareov dpdojg Xeyeiv. 35. Kat 6 XapiKXrjg opytadetg 
 
 avrix), 'E7r£i(5?), e(p7], cj l,dJKpareg, dyvoelg, rdSs aot evfia- 
 
 Oearepa ovra npoayopevonev, rolg veoig 6XG)g firj diaXe- 
 
 yeadac. Kal 6 I,G)Kpdrrjg, "Iva rolvvv, e^rj, fii] d[j,(f)L6oXov 
 
 Xf, G)g aXXo n noiCJ rj rd irporjyopevneva, bpiaare fxoL, [Jiexpt 
 
 TToaoiv erCjv del vo^it^eiv veovg elvat rovg dvdpionovg. Kal 
 
 6 XapiKXiig, "Oaov rcep, elne, ;:^p6i/ov (iovXeveiv ovk e^e- 
 
 ariv, G)g ovncj ^povifioig ovat * firjde av StaXeyov veurepoig 
 
 rpidKovra ercJv. 36. M.7]de, av n (hvcoiJ,aL, ecpr], r/v ttcjX^ 
 
 VEGirepog rpiaKovra erdv, epcofiat onoaov rrwAet ; Nai rd 
 
 ye roiavra, ecprj 6 XapiKXrjg ' dXXd roc av ye, o) I^coKpareg, 
 
 eiQddag, eldCog nCJg exei^ rd nXelara epiordv • ravra ovv ij,rj 
 
 epoira. MrycJ' air oKpivo) fiat ovv, e<p7], av rig fie epcdra veog, 
 
 edv eldC), olov, nov oIkeI XapiKXrjg ; i) nov eon Kptrlag ; 
 
 Nat rd ye rotavra, e(f)7] 6 XapLKXTJg. 37. 'O 6e Kpirlag' 
 
 ^AXXd ru)vde rot ae dixex'^adai, e(j)7j, Serjaet, w HcjKpareg, 
 
 Twv OKvrecjv, Kal ru)V reKrovcov, Kal rCjv ;^aA/££Ci)v • Kal 
 
 yap oljiai avrovg rjSr] Kararerplcpdat StaOpvXoviievovg vnb 
 
 aov. OvKovv, e<pr] 6 IiOKpdrrjg, Kal rb)V eirofievcdv rovrotg, 
 
 rov re SlkoJov, Kal rov baiov, Kal tcjv dXXdyv roiv roiov- 
 
 r(jdv ; Na^ [id At', e(p7] b XapiKXrjg, Kal rC)V (iovKoXoiv ye • 
 
 el de p.r], (pvXdrrov, 67TO)g firj Kal av eXdrrovg rdg (3ovg 
 
14 xenophon's [I. 2. § 44. 
 
 noiTja^g. 38. "Ez^^a /cat drjXov eyevero, on cnxayyeXdevrog 
 avTolg Tov Trepl rC)V jBoMV Xoyov, (hpyl^ovro tgj l^oiKpdrei. 
 Ola [lev ovv rj ovvovoia eysyoveL KpLrla irpog liCOfcpaTTjV, 
 Kal Gig elxov npog aA-XriXovg, eiprjTac. 39. ^alrjv d' dv 
 eyojye (jLrjdEvl p,7]6£p.tav elvac rracdsvoiv napd rov {j,rl dpe- 
 Ofcovrog. Kpirlag 6e Kal ^ KXuLbiddrig ova dpsaiwvrog av- 
 rolg liCJKpdTOvg (x>[j,LA7](7d~7]v, ov ^povov wixiXeirr]v avrc^, 
 dA/l' evOvg e^ dpx^g ojpiiTjKore npoeardvai rrjg TToXecog • en 
 yap Icjfcpdrei, avvovreg ovfc dXXoig tloI [laXXov ensx^povv 
 diaXiyeoBai^ r\ rolg fidXtora irpdrrovot rd TToXinKd. 40. 
 Aeyerai yap 'AX{u6Ldd7]v, nplv eluootv ercov eivai^ Hspi- 
 kXeI, £in-p6nG) fiev ovn kavrov, TTpoardrri de rrjg noXecjg, 
 roidSs SLaXExOrjvac Trepl voficov. 41. Elrre p-ot, cpdvac, (b 
 UepLicXetg, exoig dv pe didd^aL^ rl eon vofiog ; Hdvroig 
 6r]7Tov, (pdvai rov HepiKXea. AlSa^ov di] npog rcjv ■decoVj 
 (pdvac rov 'AXfCLdcddrjv • b)g eywy' dicoviov nvCdv enaLVOV- 
 pevcdv, on vopipot dvdpeg elalv, olpac pi] dv diKaicjg rov- 
 Tov rvxslv rov enalvov rov pi] eldora^ rl ean vopog. 42. 
 'AA/l' oijdev n %aA£7ro{; irpdyparog enidvuelg, w ' KXKibid- 
 St], (pdvat rov UepcKXea, j3ovX6psvog yvcjvai, rl eon vopog • 
 rravreg yap ovrot vopot elolv, ovg rd nXrjdog ovveXObv Kal 
 doKtpdoav eypaipe, tppd^ov, a re See nocelv, Kal a prj. 116- 
 r^pov 6e rdyadd vopiaav Selv Trotelv, i] rd KaKd ; Tdyadd, 
 vrj IS.ia, (pdvai, d) peipdKiov, rd 6e KaKd ov. 43. 'Edv de 
 pi) rd TrXrjdog, dXX\ tjgnep bnov oXtyapxlci earlv, oXlyoi 
 GvveXOovreg ypdil)(joaLV, 6 n XPV ^rocelv, ravra rl ean ; 
 Jidvra, (pdvai, boa dv rd Kparovv rrig noXscjg povXevod- 
 pevov, d xpi] noielv, ypdiprj, vopog KaXelrac. Yial dv rv- 
 pavvog ovv KparcJv rrjg noXecjg ypdipr} rolg TvoXlraig, d 
 Xpi] TTOielv, Kal ravra vopog eort; Kal boa rvpavvog dp- 
 ;^a)v, (pdvai, ypd(f)ei, Kal raijra vopog KaXelrai. 44. Bla 
 6e, (pdvai, Kal dvopia rl eonv, d) TLepiKXeig ; ^Ap' ovx brav 
 b Kpelrrcjv rov t]rroj pi] necoag, dXXd jSiaodpevog, dvayKd- 
 cq TTOielv, b n dv avrC) doKrf ; "Epoiye doKel, (pdvai rov 
 JlepiKXea. Kal baa dpa rvpavvog prj nelaag rovg noXlrag 
 
I. 2. § 50.] MEMORABILIA. 15 
 
 avayad^ei ttoielv ypd^ov, dvofila kori ; ^okeI fioi, (pdvac 
 rov HepiKXea • dvarlOsfiaL yap to, baa rvpavvog p,7j Trelaag 
 ypdcpEL, vofiov ELvat. 45. "Ooa 6e ol dXiyoi rovg rtoXXovg 
 liT] jiELoavrEq, dXXd KparovvTEg ypdcpovGL, ixoTEpov (iiav 
 ^GJjiEv, 7] i-ii] (f)oj[iEV Eivat ; HdvTa not doKel, (pdvac rov 
 JlEptfcXia, baa nq fiT] nEtaag dvayKd^si nvd ttoleiv, eite 
 ypd(f)cov, ELTE |U?7, fSla fidXXov rj vo^og Elvac. Kal baa dpa 
 TO ndv nXrjOog Kparovv riov rd XP'hl-''^'^^ e^6vtg)v ypdcpEt 
 lirj TTELGav, f3ia jidAXov 7} vofiog dv eltj ; 46. MdXa roc, 
 (pdvac rov IlEpiicXia, d) 'AXKidtddT] * Kai 7]iiElg, ttjXlkovtol 
 bvTsg, 6elvoI rd rotavra rjfiEV • rocavra yap Kai ejieXetg)- 
 fiEV Kal Eao(pi^6[iEda, old nsp Kal av vvv Efiol SoKEcg [ieXe- 
 rdv. Tdv ds 'AXKi6Ld6r]v (pdvat • EWe ool, d) TlEpUXELg, 
 TOTE GVVEyEVOjjLTjV, bxE SELVOTaTog aavTOv ravra rjada. 
 47. 'Errfit rotvvv rdxiora rojv ttoXitevojievcov vTTsXadov 
 KpELTTOVEg slvai, HcjKpdrEt fJLEV ovKETi zzpog^jEaav • ovre 
 ydp avTolg dXXcjg rjpEaKEv, el te npogEXdotEV, vnip d>v 
 TifidpTavov sXEyxofiEVOL tjxOovto • rd Ss rrjg n6XEG)g Eixpar- 
 rov, d)VTTEp EVEKEV Kal lojKpdrEL rcpogrjXdov. 48. 'A/lAd 
 Kplrcjv rE EcjKpdrovg rjv 6iM?^7jT'rjg,Kal XaipEcpdJv, Kal Xat- 
 pEKpdrrjg, Kal 'EpjioKpdrrjg, Kal I^Lfi^lag, Kal Ksdrjg, Kal 
 <^aL66vd7]g, Kal dXXoL, ol ekelvg) avv7]aav, ovx tva dTjfiTjyo- 
 piKol 7] dcKavLKol yEVOivro, dXV Iva, KaXoi rs Kayadol 
 yEvoyLEvoi, Kal olkg) Kal olKsraig, Kal otKELOLg Kal (plXoig, 
 Kal noXsL Kal rcoXlraig dvvaivro KaXcJg ;\;p?ya0at • Kal rov- 
 rcdv ovdELg, ovrE VECorEpog ovrE TrpEatvrEpog (^v, ovr^ ettoI- 
 rjas KaKov ovdiv^ ovr"* air Lav saxev. 
 
 49. 'AAAd ItCJKpdrrjg y\ Ecprj 6 Karrjyopog, rovg Trarspag 
 'npo'nTjXaKi^ELV hdidaaKE, TTEidcjv jjlev rovg avvovrag avrib 
 GO(pG)TEpovg rroiEiv rd)v narEpoyv, cpdaKOiV 6e Kara voiiov 
 E^Etvat -napavoiag kXovrt Kal rov rcarEpa dTJoac, r£K[i7jpLG) 
 Tovro) xp^l^^'^og, (bg rov dfiadiarEpov vno rov Goc/xtyrspov 
 vonLfiov Etr] dEdEadac. 50. 'EcjKpdrrjg 6e rov jiev dfiaOiag 
 EVEKa dsafiEvovra diKaioig dv Kal avrbv d)Ero SsdEadaL vnb 
 rdiv EnioraiiEVOdv, d p^ avrbg Eirlararai * Kal ruv rotovrcjv 
 
IG xenophon's [I. 2. § 55. 
 
 evsfca TToXXdnig eokottel, ri dia(f)Epei fiaviag diiadla- Kal 
 Tovg fiev iiaivoiievovq g)£to GV[jL<psp6vT0)g dv dEdiaOat Kal 
 avTolq Kal Tolg olXocg, rovg 6e (itj ETTiorafisvovg rd diovTa, 
 6iKaLG)g dv fiavddvsLV napd tgjv EnioranEvcov. 51. 'A/lAd 
 IiCJKpdrrjg ys, Ecpr] 6 Karrjyopog, ov jiovov rovg iraTspagf 
 dAAd Kal rovg dXXovg avyjEVElg snotEt ev drLiiia slvat 
 napd rolg kavTcb gvvovgl, Aeywv, G)g ovrs rovg KafJiVOVTag^ 
 ovTE rovg dLKa^ofisvovg ol ovyjEVElg oxpEXovaiv, dXXd rovg 
 fiEV ol larpoi, rovg ds ol gvv6lkeIv EmGrdfiEvoL 52. "EiCprj 
 6s Kal TTEpl rojv (plXcjv avrbv Xejelv, dg ovdsv b(p£Xog 
 Evvovg slvat, si fiT} Kal g)^eXsIv dvvrjGovrac ' {j,6vovg 6s 
 (paGKELV avrbv d^tovg slvat rtfi?]g rovg El66rag rd 6£ovra, 
 Kal EpiirjvsvGat 6vvaiiEVovg ' dvaTTStOovra ovv rovg vsovg 
 avrov, odg avrbg sir] Gocpoorarog rs, Kal dXXovg iKavcJrarog 
 TTOtTjGat Gotpovg, ovro) 6tartd£vat rovg savrcd Gvvovrag, 
 cjgrs i.i7)6afj.ov Trap' avrolg rovg dXXovg slvat rrpbg kavrov. 
 53. 'Eyw 6' avrbv ol6a fisv Kal nspl narspcjov rs Kal ru)V 
 dXXo)v GvyyEVG)V, Kal n£pl (f)tXo)v ravra Xiyovra ' Kal 
 TTpbg rovrotg ye 6r], brt, rrfg ipvxrjg s^sXOovGrjg, sv y jj^ovrf 
 ylyvsrat (ppovrjGtg, rb GG)[ia rov otKEtordrov dvOpcjirov rriv 
 raxtGrrjV s^EvsyKavrsg d<pavi^ovGtv. 54. "E/leye 6e, on 
 Kal ^Cdv EKaGrog kavrov, o Trdvrcjv fidXtGra (ptXEt, rov gu)- 
 fiarog o rt dv dxpslov xi ical dvcocpEXEg, avrog re dqmipEl^ 
 Kal aXXci) napsxst' avrot rs yap avrojv bw^dg rs, Kal rpi- 
 X,ag, Kal rvXovg d<patpovGt, Kal rolg larpolg napsxovGt fisrd 
 TTOViov r£ Kal dXyrjdovcjv Kal drrorEfivEtv Kal drroKdEtv, Kal 
 rovrov x^P^'^ olovrat 6eIv avrolg Kal jitodbv rtvEtv • Kal rb 
 ciaXov SK rov Grofiarog dnonrvovGtv, (bg 6vvavrat TTOppcj- 
 rdro), 6t6rt (hcpsXEc [iev ov6ev avrovg svov, jSXdnrst 6s 
 TCoXi) jidXXov. 55. Tavr' ovv eXejev, ov rbv p.EV Trarspa 
 ^Gjvra KaropvrrEtv 6i6dGK(jdv, savrbv de Karari^ivsiv, dXX'' 
 ETct6£LKvvG)v, ort rb d(ppov aTtfiov sGrt, napeKdXst ettiiie- 
 XsloOat rov 6)g <ppovifi(l)~arov Etvat Kal (l)(pEXtiJ.G)Tarov, 
 bncjg, lav rs vub narpog, sdv rE vnb d6£X(pov, kdv rs vn* 
 dXXov rtvbg fiovXrjrat rifiaGOaif firj, rco olKslog slvat nt- 
 
I. 2. § 59.] MEMORABILIA. 17 
 
 Greviidv^ dfJLsXxj, dXXd Trsipdrac, ixj)'' g)V dv PovXrjraL rifid- 
 adat, rovToig oj^eXiiiog elvac. 
 
 66. "E(p7] 6' avrov 6 Karrjyopog nal tgjv evdo^ordrcdv 
 noiTjrcJv eKXeyoLievov rd novrjpoTaTa, Kai tovtok; [laprv- 
 piGtg ;^p65//evoi', dtddaneLV rovg ovvovrag KaKOvpyovg rs 
 elvac, Kal rvpavviKovg' 'HaioSov fisv ro, 
 
 "Epyov 6' ovdlv oveidog, acpyirj 6e r' ovecdo^, 
 
 rovTO drj XejEiv avrov, Cdg 6 TcoirjTTjg ksXevel iirjdevog ep- 
 yov, firjre ddtnov p,r]Te aloxpov^drrexeoOac, d?.Xd Kal ravra 
 rroielv em tg) KepSei. 57. Eo)KpdT7]g 6' eneLdrj 6[,ioXoyrj- 
 GaiTO, rd ixev epydrr/v elvai d)(peXip,dv re dvdpcjTTG) Kal 
 dyadov elvai, rd 6e dpyov l3Xa6ep6v re Kal KaKOV, Kal rd 
 liev epyd^eodat dyadov, rd de dpyelv KaKov, rovg fiev dya- 
 66v n noiovvrag epyd^eadai re, e(p7}, Kal epydrag dyaOovg 
 elvai ' rovg 6e Kv6evovrag, rj n dXXo irovrjpdv Kal sttl^tj- 
 fiLov TcoLovvrag, dpyovg dneKaXei, 'E/c 6e rovrcdv dpOcJg 
 dv e^ot rd, 
 
 "Epyov 6' ovdev ovei,6oc, aepyirj Se r' ovsidog. 
 
 58. To de 'Oiirjpov ecpr] 6 Karrjyopog noXXaKcg avrdv Xeyeiv, 
 on ^Odvaaevg, 
 
 "OvTiva [JL£V (^aailiia kol l^oxov uvdpa KLxeirj, 
 Tdv d' ayavoLQ kTVEsaatv kpr]TvaaaK.E Tzapaarag • 
 Aai/j.6vL', ov GE EOLKE KaKOV ug detdcaaEadai, 
 'AA/l' avTog te KaOrjco, Kal aXkovg IdpvE Tiaovg. 
 "Ov 6' av d^juov T* avSpa Idoi, fSoocjvrd. r' Ecpsvpoc, 
 Tdv aKT/7TTp(f) £?\.daa(JKev, ofioKTirjaaaKs te juvOcf) • 
 AaifiouL', arpEfiag rjao, Kal okTitdv fJLvdov uKove, 
 Ol ceo (l)£pT£poc ELGL ' OV 6' uirT67\.Enog Kttl dvahiig, 
 0VT£ TTOT' kv KOXifKO EvopCdftcog, ovt' hi ^OvTlT). 
 
 ravra di] avrdv e^-qyelaOai, o)g d Troirjrrjg enat-voiTj nateodac 
 rovg 6i]iidTag Kal nevrjrag. 59. IlG)Kpdr7]g 6' ov ravr* 
 eXeye • Kal yap eavrdv ovtg) y' dv coero detv TraieGdai • 
 dAA' ecpT], delv rovg fiTjre Xoycx) fzrjr' epyo) dxpeXifiovg dvrag, 
 fiTjre arparevuan, iir'jre ndXei, fxjjre avro) ru) drjfKp, el n 
 
18 xenophon's [I. 2. § 64. 
 
 6eot^ (3or/6eLV luavovg^ aAAw^ r' eav Tvpog rovrcD ical -Opaaelg 
 G)Oi, ndvra rponov fCG)XveodaL, fcdv rrdvv nXovaioc rvy^d- 
 vcjOLV ovreg. 60. 'AAAd lojKpdrrjg ye, rdvavrla tovtcjVj 
 ^avepog Tjv Kal drjiiorcKog /cat (piXdvdpdiJxog g)v • enelvog 
 ydp^TToXXovg STTtdvfirjTdg Kal durovg fcal ^evovg Aa6(ov^ ov- 
 dsva 7TCJTT0TS fiioddv TTjg Gvvovatag eTrpd^aro, dXkd ndaiv 
 d<f)d6vG)g enrjpKei rcjv kavro^ • g)v riveg fiLnpd i^Epr], nap' 
 eKELvov rrpoifca Xabovreg, noXXov rolg dXXoig ettcjXovv, Kal 
 ovfc riaav, ugnsp knelvog, drjfioTifcoi ' rolg yap firi exovgl 
 Xprjfiara didovaL ovfC TJdeXov diaXEyEodai. 61. 'AAAd Hw- 
 Hpdrijg ye Kai npog rovg dXXovg dvOpcjirovg k6o[j.ov ry 
 rcoXei napelxE noXXu) fxdXXov, rj Ai^ag t^ AaKEdaLfiovicjVy 
 og dvoiiauTog em tovtg) yeyove. A(:\;af fisv yap ralg yvfi- 
 vorraidiatg rovg E7n6r]}xovv~ag kv AaKeSaifiovi ^evovg eSeI- 
 nvi^e ' l,(x)Kpdr7]g 6e Std navrog rod (Slov rd eavrov 6ana- 
 vCiiv rd neytara ndvrag rovg (SovXoixsvovg oxpeXec ' (ieXri- 
 ovg yap iroiCiv rovg ovyytyvojisvovg dirEireii'nev. 
 
 62. 'EjtiOi fiEV drj Hcjicpdrrjg, roLOvrog wv, edoicec rifiiig 
 a^Log elvat r^Q ttoXel i-idXXov 7] -davdrov. Kal Kara rovg 
 vofiovg 6e okotcgjv dv rig rovd' evpoi. Kara yap rovg 
 vofiovg, edv rig (pavepbg yEvrjrai KXenrcjv, rj Xo)no6vrGJv, 7\ 
 jSaXavrcorojXGjv, rj roLX(^pvx^^^ V avdpaTTodL^ofievog, rj lepo- 
 GvXcov, rovroig -davarog konv rj ^rjfiia ' d>v EKslvog ndvrojv 
 dvOpcjrrcov TrXelorov dnELxev. 63. 'AAAd [iTjv r^ rcoXec ye 
 ovre ttoXeiiov KaKoJg ovfiddrrog, ovrs ordaecog, ovre npo- 
 Soolag, ovre dXXov KaKOv ovdEvbg ncjiTore alriog iysvero. 
 Ovde firjv Id la ye ovdeva ttcjtto-e dvOpcjiTGyv ovre dyadoJv 
 dirEOTEprjaEV, ovte KaKolg TTeptEdaXEV ' dXX' ovS' air lav 
 rCyv elprjfj.evG)v ovSevog rrcjnor^ eoxe. 64. UCJg ovv evoxog 
 av elrj rrj ypatp^ ; og dvrl \iev rov fii] voijlI^elv SEovg, G)g 
 ev rxi ypcLfj^Xl yeypanro, cjjavepdg 7jv -depanevcjv rovg ■^eovg 
 p^dXiora ru)V dXXG)v dv0pu)7TGjv • dvrl de rov diacpdELpeLV 
 rovg veovg, b 6rj 6 ypaxpdiievog avrbv rjridro, (pavepog fjv 
 Twv ovv6vro)v rovg rrovripdg emOvfiiag sxovrag rovrcjv 
 fiev navcov, rrjg 6e KaXXlorrjg Kal [j,eyaXonp£neordrr]g dps-- 
 
I. 3. § 3.] MEMORABILIA. 19 
 
 T^f, ^ noXetg re Kal olnovg ev oIkovgi, TrporpeiTGiV eniOv- 
 [leIv ' ravra de rtpaTTO^v, Trojg ov fisydXrjg d^iog 7jv Tifiiig 
 ry -noXei, 
 
 CHAPTER III. 
 
 SUMMARY. 
 
 In the two previous chapters a general answer has been given to the 
 charges preferred against Socrates. The remainder of the work has now 
 the following objects in view: 1. That the general defence, thus far made 
 out, may be strengthened by particular details, and in this way the ma- 
 lignity of the accusers be placed in a stronger light ; and, 2. That the 
 whole life of Socrates may be set forth as a pattern of every virtue. 
 
 In this third chapter, therefore, it is shown, in a more special manner, 
 how both he himself worshiped the gods, and how he recommended others 
 to worship them (§ 1-4) ; and how he himself practised self control, and 
 advised others to act in similar cases. (§ 5-7.) 
 
 1. 'Qf 6e 6fi Kal d^eXelv kdoKei fioi rovg ^vvovrag rd 
 fiev epy(xi deticvvojv eavrov olog tjv, rd 6e Kal diaXsyoixEvog, 
 rovTO)v 6r] ypdipco, onoaa dv dianvrjfwvEVGG). Td fiEV 
 roivvv Tcpog rovg dEovg (pavEpbg rjv Kal ttocgjv Kal Aeyajr, 
 iljnEp 7] JlvOia vnoKptvErai. rolg EpGyrcJai, nCjg 6eI ttoleIv t) 
 TTEpl d^vaiag, rj rcspl rcpoyovuv ■&EpaiTELag, rj nspl dXXov 
 rtvog rojv toiovtojv • r] re yap livOia vofiG) noXECjg dvaLpsl 
 TTOiovvrag EVGEbchg dv ttoleIv, l,G)KpdT7]g te ovroyg Kal av- 
 Tog ETTOLec, Kal rolg dXXoig TraprjvEi, rovg ds dXXcog 7T0)g 
 TTOLovvrag TTEpLspyovg Kal (jLaralovg svofiL^EV slvat. 2. Kal 
 evx^TO de npog Tovg dsovg d-rxACog rdyaOd dcdovaij 0)g rovg 
 "^Eovg KaXXiora Eidorag, onola dyadd egtl • rovg 6' ev^o- 
 ^Evovg xP^^^ov, rj dpyvpiov, ^ rvpavvida, rj dXXo n rCdv 
 roiovToyv, ov6ev didcpopov evoiu^ev Evx^GOat, rj el KvdELav, 
 rj fidx'Tjv, rj aXXo rt evxolvto rcov (pavEpCyg dSrjXcov urrcjg 
 dno6rjGoi.TO. 3, QvGiag ds d^vcov lUKpdg and fiiKpc^v, ovSev 
 riyElro iiEiovGdat rC)v dno tcoXXg)v Kal f^iEydXcjv noXXd Kal 
 fjLEydXa ■&v6vT(i)v. Ovte ydp rolg -dEolg scprj KaXcjg exelv, 
 el ralg [lEydXatg "dvalaig [idXXov, rj ralg fiLKpaJg Exaipov • 
 
20 XEXOPHOx\'d [I. 3. § 7. 
 
 TToXXaKLg yap dv avrolg rd rrapd rcov TTOvrjpcJv fidXAov t] 
 rd Txapd rdv ;:^p7/(7TaJv elvai KExapiOlisvo, • ovr^ dv rolg dv- 
 OpcjnoLg d^Lov elvai ^rjv, el rd napd rwv novrjpojv [laXXov 
 rjv KExapioiieva rolg 'deolg, t) rd irapd rcjv XPV^'^^'^ ' ^^^^ 
 ivofiL^e Toijg ■&£ovg ralg napd rdv sijoedsardrcov ri^alg ^id- 
 Xiara ;\;aipeiv. ^ETraivirrjg d' tjv Kal rov enovg rovrov, 
 
 Kad 6vvaiiiv 6' epdeLV Up' adavaroLGi ^eolac • 
 
 Kal npog (f>iXovg 6s, Kal ^evovg, Kal npog ttJv dXXriv Slacrav 
 KaXTjv id)?] napaCvEGLV elvai ri]v K.d3 Syvajiiv epSeiv. 4. 
 Ei de ri do^eisv avru) 07jij,aLveadaL napd rojv deQ)V, rirrov 
 dv eneiaQT] napd rd Grjiiatvojieva notfjoai, ?/ el rig avrbv 
 enecdev, odov Xatelv rjyefjLOva rvcpXov, Kal [irj elSora rijv 
 oSov, dvrl (SXenovTog Kal eldorog ' Kal rCjv dXXcov 6e fio)- 
 piav Karrjyopei, olriveg napd rd napd rdv ■&eQ)v GTjfiacvO' 
 fieva noLovai ri, ^vXarroiievot rijv napd rolg dvOpdJnoig 
 ddo^iav. Avrog 6e ndvra rdvdpddniva vnepetopa npog rrjv 
 napd roJv t^egjv ^v[i6ov?iiav. 
 
 5. Acalri;] 6e rrjv re ipv^fiv enaCdevae Kal rd aojfia, 'q 
 XpcofJ-evog dv rtg, el firj n daLfiovLov ecTj, -dappaXecog Kal 
 do(baXu)g didyoi, Kal ovk dv dnoprjaeLS roaavrrjg dandvrjg. 
 Ovrcj ydp evreXrjg rjv, cjgr^ ovk old\ el rtg ovrcjg dv bXiya 
 "^ epyd^otro, cjgre jjlt] Xafxbdveiv rd ^GiKpdret dpKovvra • oCrG) 
 pev ydp rooovrcp exp^ro, oaov rjdeojg TJadie • Kal enl rovro) 
 ovrG) napeoKevaafievog rjet, ugre rrjV eni6vp,tav rov atrov 
 oipov avTG) elvat' norbv 6e ndv 7j6v tjv avru), dcd rd prj 
 nlvELV, el pi] 6LxpG)7]. 6. EZ de nore KXrjOelg edeXrjaeiev enl 
 Selnvov eXdelv, b rolg nXetaroig epycjdeararov eartv, cjgre 
 (pvXd^aoOai rb vnep rbv Kaipbv epninXaadai, rovro padLG)g 
 ndvv ecpvXdrrero • rolg 6e pi] 6vvapevocg rovro notelv 
 ovvedovXeve (pvXdrreadai rd neiOovra pi] netVLovrag eodi- 
 eiv, pr]de di^iovrag niveiv • Kal ydp rd Xvpaivopeva ya- 
 orepag, Kal KecpaXdg^ Kal ipvxdg, ravr'' e(pr] elvai. 7. 
 Oieodai 6' e(p7] eniOKi^nrov Kal rijv KipKTjv vg noielv, roi- 
 ovroig noXXoig demvi^ovaav • rbv 6e ^Odvaaea 'Eppov re 
 
I. 3. § 7.] MEMORABILIA. 21 
 
 vnodrjfioGvvq, Kal avrov eyKparrj ovra, Kal airoaxoiievov 
 rb vTxsp rbv Kaipov rwv TOtovTO)v drrreadai, did ravra 
 ovde yeveaOai vv. 
 
 CHAPTER IV. 
 
 SUMMARY. 
 
 The belief entertained by some that Socrates could indeed inflame his 
 hearers with the love of virtue, but could never influence them so far as 
 to induce them to make any great proficiency therein, is disproved both by 
 other things, and especially by the conversation which he once had with 
 Aristodemus, a contemner of the gods, on the subject of Deity ; from 
 which conversation it appears most clearly what lofty conceptions Socrates 
 entertained respecting the Divine nature. (§ 1, 2.) 
 
 The conversation alluded to may be an-anged under the following 
 heads : 
 
 1. Works intended for certain useful pm-poses must be acknowledged 
 by us to have originated not from mere chance, but from reason and de- 
 sign. (§ 3, 4.) Now the whole frame and constitution of man indicate 
 most clearly an arrangement intended for purposes of utility. It must be 
 confessed, therefore, that man is the work of some gi'eat artificer, who 
 was prompted to that work by a love for man. ($ 5-7.) Nor is the kind- 
 ness of the gods shown only in the frame of man and the constitution of 
 bis nature ; the order and arrangement of the universe also give the plain- 
 est indications of divine wisdom and providence, although the forms them- 
 selves of the gods are concealed from mortal view. (§ 8, 9.) 
 
 2. Even from those very attributes of body and of mind by which men 
 surpass other animals, as, for example, erectness of stature, the posses- 
 sion and employment of hands, as well as other peculiarities, but most of 
 all from the excellence of his intellectual nature, is it manifest that the 
 gods extend a guai'dian care towai'd man. (§ 10-14.) To this is added, 
 that the gods indicate unto men, both by oracles and other means, what 
 things ought to be done by them, and what not. (§ 15.) 
 
 3. That the gods, moreover, do not neglect any single individual, but 
 exercise a care over persons as well as communities, appeai-s from the 
 following considerations : first, because they presignify the future to all 
 men alike; and next, because they have wrought into the mind of man a 
 persuasion of their being able to make him happy or miserable ; and final- 
 ly, because the states and nations most renowned as well for their wisdom 
 as their antiquity, are those whose piety has been the most observable ; 
 and even man himself is never so well disposed to serve the Deity, as in 
 that part of life when reason bears the greatest sway. (^ 16.) Even as 
 the mind, therefore, rules the body, bo the providence of the gods rules 
 
22 xenophon's [I. 4. § 6. 
 
 the universe, and takes all things contained therein under its care. (§ 17.) 
 If men, therefore, will but worship tlie gods in a pure and holy spirit, they 
 will attain to a full convdction of their wisdom, their power, and their lova 
 toward the beings whom they have made. (§ 18, 19.) 
 
 1. Et 6e TLvsg lojKpdTTjv vojjil^ovaiv, {(hg evioi ypdcpovot 
 re Kal Xiyovot irepl avrov reKuaLpoiievoi,) irpoTpeipaadaL 
 fj,ev dv6pG)7TOvg eu' dperrjv updnaTov jEyovivat, irpoaya- 
 yelv (5' err' avrrjv ovx Ifcavov • GKE^dyiEVoi, fj,?) {jlovov a 
 SKElvog KoXaarripiov Evsfca rovg ndvT^ olofisvovg Eldsvai 
 epo)T(iJv TJXEyxev, dXXd Kal a Aeywv GvvTjfjLepEve rolg ovv- 
 diaTpitovGL, doKifia^ovroyv, eI 'tKavbg tjv (SEXriovg ttoielv 
 rovg Gvvovrag. 2. Ae^co de Tipwroi-', d ttots avrov ijfcovGa 
 TTEpl rov daifiovLov diaXEyoixEVov irpbg ^ApLGrodrjfiov rbv 
 Mticpbv ETTLKaXoviiEvov . Kara[j,adcbv yap avrbv ovte -dv- 
 ovra rolg ■dEolg, ovr^ Ev^ofiEvov, ovre i.iavriK'q ;;^pc5^£2/ov, 
 dXXd Kal rojv noLovvrcov ravra KarayEXcovra, HItte pbOL^ 
 ecprf, a> 'ApiGTodrjfiE, EGriv ovgnvag dvOpconovg rEOaviiaKag 
 bttI G0(f)La ; "Eywye, Etprj. 3. Kal og, Ae^ov rjfuv, E(p7], rd 
 ovofiara avrojv. 'Errt [zev roivvv ettcov ttoltjgel "0[j.7)pov 
 eywye fidXcGra reOavpaKa, km ds dLdvpapdo) MEXavtirni' 
 6rjv, ettI 6e rpaycpSla IiOcpoKXia, km 6e dvdpLavroiroiia 
 UoXvKXEirov, km 6s ^wypaxpla Zev^lv. 4. JJorEpd gol 
 doKOvoLV oi drcEpya^opLEVoL EidodXa dtppovd rs Kal dKcvTjra, 
 d^LodavpaGrorspoL Etvat, rj ol ^oja £p(ppovd rE Kal kvspyd ; 
 IIo/lv, vri Ala, ol ^wa, EtnEp ye pi} rv)(ri rLvi, dXXd vno 
 yvcjjU??^ ravra yiyvErai. Twy 6e drEfcpdprcjg kx6vrG)v, 
 brov EVEKd kGrL, Kal 7(ov (pavEpoJg etc^ (hcbsXEta ovr^yv, rrd- 
 repa rvx^jg Kal norEpa yvu)fi7}g spy a Kpiveig ; Hpi-nEi psv 
 rd ETT^ (IxpEXsca ytyvopEva yvcjprjg kpya EtvaL, 5. Ovkovv 
 doKEL GOL 6 k^ apxrjg rcotibv dvOpcjirovg, ett' (b(/)EXEia npog- 
 Oslvai avTolg 6l' g)v aloddvovrat EKaGra, ocpdaXpovg psv, 
 c)gO^ bpdv rd opard, (hra ds, dgr'' dKovEcv rd aKOVGrd ; 
 doficjv ye firjv, el p,ri plveg npogeredTjGav, ri dv rjplv b(f)EXog 
 7]v ; rig (5' dv alGdrjGLg rjv yXvKsojv, Kal dpipEWV, Kal rrdv- 
 rcjdv rCdV did Groparog rjdeojv, el pi] yXoJrra rovrov yvoipoiv 
 IveipyaGdr] ; 6. Upbg ds rovroig, ov 6okeI gol Kal rode 
 
I. 4. § 10.] MEMORABILIA. 23 
 
 •npovoiag epyo) eomevai, ro, ettsl dadevrjg [lev eonv rj oipig, 
 ^Xe<pdpoiq avrriv ■&vpG)CFai, a, orav [lev avrxf ;\;p?^(70at tl 
 deiQ, dvarceTavvvTai, ev 6s tgj vttvg) GvyfcXeisrac ; o)g (5' dv 
 IJ,7]de dvEpioL iSXaTTTOJOLV, rjdiibv (iXscpapiSag eiKpvGai ' ocppvoi 
 re diToyeLoCdoai rd vnep tgjv df-iiidroyv, cjg ^7]6^ 6 &k TTjg 
 K£(paXrjg lopcbg Kaiwvpyxj ' rb 6s, rrjv dicorjv 6sxsadac fisv 
 irdoag (pcovdg, sfiniTrXaodai 6s urjiroTe ' Kal rovg [isv irpo- 
 gOsv 666vrag rtdoc ^woig olovg rsiivsLV elvat, rovg 6s yofi- 
 (pLovg olovg napd rovrcjv 6E^afisvovg Xsaivsiv • Kal ordfia 
 fisv, dt' ov, G)v STTLOvfiel rd ^cja, slgrcenTTsrat,, ttXtjolov 6c6- 
 6aXii(x)V KoZ pivcJv aaradslvai • enel 6s rd dnox(^povvra 
 6vgxepri, dnoarpeipat rovg rovr(x)v ox^rovg nal dTxsvsynslv, 
 XI 6vvarbv npoaG)-dro), dirb rojv alodrjaecjv • ravra ovro) 
 rrpovo7]riKU)g rreTTpayfisva, dnopslg, norspa rvx'>]g ^ yvo)p,7]g 
 spya eortv ; 7. Ov //d rbv At', £0?/, dA/l' ovro) ye okottov- 
 fjisvG) Tvdvv soLKs ravra Gocpov rivog 6r}i.uovpyov Kal cpiXo- 
 ^G)ov rexvfjiiari. To 6s, siJbcpvGai fisv spoira rrig rsKVo- 
 rroLtag, sfKpvGai 6s ralg ysivafisvaig epcjra rov sKrps(pstv, 
 rolg 6s rpa(f)slGi fisytorov fisv noOov rov ^tjv, [isytGrov 6e 
 (j)66ov rov '&avdrov ; 'AfisXec Kal ravra solks fi7]xav7]p,aol 
 rivog ^oja slvai (3ovXevGafisvov. 8. l>v 6s Gavrbv 6oKslg 
 ri (fypovifiov sx^lv ; 'Ep65ra yovv Kal dnoKpLvoviiai. "AA- 
 Xodt 6£ ovdajiov ov6sv olsi (ppovifiov slvai ; Kal ravra sl- 
 6(i>g, on yrig rs ixLKpbv fispog ev rw GCdptart, TToXXrjg ovGTjg, 
 sxei-g, ncbl vypov (3paxv, rcoXXov bvrog, Kal rojv dXXcov 
 6rj7rov p,EydXcjv bvrG)v sKaGrov fiLKpbv fispog Xadovri rb 
 GG)[ia Gvvrjpjj,oGraL Got • vovv 6s ^ovov dpa ov6a{iov bvra 
 Gs svrvx^g TT(jJg 6oKslg GvvapirdGai, Kal rd6s rd vnepfisysOT] 
 Kal nXrjdog aTTSipa, 6^ d(ppoGvv7]V rivd, d)g olel, EvrdKrcjg 
 EX^Lv ; 9. Md At' • ov yap opcj rovg Kvpiovg, cognsp rCjv 
 Evdd6s ytyvofiEVOv roijg 6rjfuovpyovg. Ov6s ydp rr]v eav- 
 rov Gv ys ibvxrjv opag, ?) rov GG)[iarog Kvpia sGriv • cogre 
 Kara ys rovro s^EGri gol Xsysiv, on ov6sv yvcofzi^, dXXd 
 rvxxi rrdvra irpdrrEig. 10. Kal 6 ^ApLGr667]iiog, Ovroi, 
 E(f)i], eyw, G) ^.cjKpareg, vnEpopio rb 6acii6vcov, dXX^ ekeIvo 
 
24 xenophon'h [I. 4. § 15. 
 
 HsyaXoirpE'ne.GTepov rjyovjj,ai, rj (x>g rrfq efj,rjg depaireiag npog- 
 deloOai. Ovkovv, ecprj, ogg) fjL£'ya?\.onpeTreoTepov a^toi oe 
 ■depanevetv, roaovrcp fid/iXov nal TLjiriTiov avro ; 11. Ev 
 icdi, E(j)7], on, EL vofii^oifit -^eovg dvdpcjnojv n (bpovri^eiv, 
 ovK dv diiEXolrjv avrdv. "ETreir' ovic olel (ppovri^ELV ; ol 
 
 TCpCdTOV fjLEV flOVOV TOJV ^G)G)V dvdpCJTTOV OpdoV dVEGTTjOaV ' 
 
 7] de opOorrjg nal npoopdv ttXeov ttoleI dvvaadaL, Kal rd 
 vTTspOEv ndXXov '&£dodai., Kal tjttov fcaKonadEiv, olg Kal 
 oxpiv, Kal dKOTjV, Kal orofia EVEnolrjoav • EUEira rolg [lev 
 dXXoig kpizETolg nodag EdcjKav, ol rd TropEVEodai fiovov 
 TrapExovGiv • dvOpuiirw 6s Kal x^lpag TrpogidsGav, at rd 
 TrXELGTa, olg EvdaiiiOVEGTEpoL EKELVcjv EGfiEV, E^spyd^ovrac. 
 12. Kal fxTjv yXdrrdv ye irdvroiv rojv ^g)G}v £x6vtg)v, fio- 
 V7]v rrjv roJv dvdpG)TTG)v ETcoiTjGav olav, dXXoTs dXXaxrj 
 ipavovGav rov crofiarog^ dpBpovv rE rrjV cpcdvriv, Kal gt]- 
 fialvEtv ndvra dXXrjXotg, d iSovXofisda ; 13. Ov roLvvv [lo- 
 vov TJpKsae rw i9ec5 rov Gcjj^iarog EniiiEXTjOrivai, dXX\ onEp 
 ^liyLorov sGri, Kal rrjv ipyx^jv KparcGrrjv roi dvdpcjTTG) eve- 
 cpvGE ' rivog yap dXXov ^(oov ipvx'f] Trpwra p,£V -^Eoyv, rcjv 
 rd fiiyiGra Kal KaXXiGra ovvra^dvrcov, rjodrirai on eIgl ; 
 ri ds (pvXov dXXo, i] dvOpGiiroL, -dEovg dspaTTEvovGi, ; nola 
 ds fpvx^ rrig dvdpwixivrig iKavcoripa TTpocpvXdrrEGdat 7] 
 Xliiov, t] dlxpog, rj ■^VXV^ 1 -ddXiTT}, t) voGOig ETTiKOvpriGai, ?j 
 pcJfjtTjv dGKTjGai, 7] iTpog fjiddrjGLV EKTTOvrjGai, 7J, oGa dv aKOV- 
 Gxi Tf 16x1 rj ^dOxi, 'iKavcjTEpa EGrl 6LafiE[j,v7iGdat ; 14. Ov 
 ydp Trdvv gol Kard6riXov, on -rrapd rd dXXa ^da cjgnEp 
 •OeoI dvdpomot PiorEvovGL, (pvGsc Kal rw GcJfian, Kal t^ 
 ipvx^ KpanGrsvovrEg ; OvrE ydp fSoog dv exo)v oojp,a, dv- 
 6p(A)7Tov de yvcofzrjv, £6vvar^ dv Trpdrrsiv, d ktovXEro^ovd' 
 OGa ;^e?pa^ t%£i> dcppuva d' EGri, ttXeov ov6ev exel • gv 6e, 
 diKporipcjv r(x)v nXELGrov d^lcjv rErvxrjKG)g, ovk olel gov 
 ■&£ovg E-nLfiEXeiGdaL ; dXX', brav n nocfjGCJGi, vofzielg av- 
 rovg GOV ^povrii^Eiv ; 15. "Orav TTEixncdGLv, oyguEp gv goI 
 ^Tjg TTEimELV avrovg, GVfidovXovg o n XPV t^oleIv Kal fiij 
 TTOielv. "Orav 6e 'AOr^vaioig, ^(pr], nvvdavonsvoig ri 6id 
 
I. 4. § 19.] MEMORABILIA. 25 
 
 fiavrLfcT]g (ppd^cJdLV , oi) not aol Sofcelg (ppd^eiv avrovg, ovd* 
 brav Tolg "EXXfjaL repara TC£jj,7T0vr£g npoarj^Laivwotv, ov6' 
 brav ndoiv dvOpcj-nocg ; dXXd [lovov oe e^aipovvreg ev dfxs- 
 XeIcl KaTartdevTai ; 16. Ohi 6' dv rovg -^eovg rolg dv- 
 dpdjTTOLg do^av ejKpvoai, cjg luavol eloiv ev Kal KaK^g ttoleIVj 
 el fi7] dvvarol fjaav, Kal rovg dvdpoiTxovg e^anariofjtevovg 
 rbv navra xpovov ovdenor' dv aladeoOai ; Ov^ opdg, bri, 
 rd iToXyxpovLGirara nal oocpGyTara tojv dvdpcjntvcjv, noXeig 
 Kal edvTj, deooebeoTard earc, Kal at (fypovLfM^Tarac TjXiKLaL 
 "dec^v ETiiiJieXeGTarai; 17. '^yads, ecprj, Kardfjiade, otl Kal 
 6 Gog vovg evG)v rd obv ocoaa, oncjg (3ovXeraL, jieraxscpL^e- 
 rai. Qleodai ovv XP^ '^clI '^V^ ^^ navrl (f)p6v7]OLV rd irdv- 
 ra, dnG)g dv avrxj fjdi) Xj, ovrd) rldeodai, Kal firj rd gov [lev 
 bfiixa dvvaGdac em ixoXkd Grddia e^iKvelGOai, rbv 6e rov 
 -dsQv ocpdaXfjibv ddvvarov elvat d[jia rcdvra opdv, firjde rrjv 
 arjv fiev ipv^riv Kal nspl rCdv evddSe Kal nepl rdv ev Ai- 
 yvTTrw Kal ev ^iKsXia dvvaGdai (^povri^etv, rrjv 6e rov 
 ■deov (ppovTjGiv fiij iKavriv elvat d[ia ndvrcjv enLfieXelGOat. 
 18. ""Hv fievroc, ugnep dvdpcjnovg -depanevcjv ycyvdJGKeLg 
 rovg dvrtOepanevetv edeXovrag, Kal x^P'-^^l^^'^og rovg dv- 
 rtxapt^ofievovg, Kal GVfj,6ovXEv6iJ,£vog KarajxavOdveig rovg 
 (ppovlfiovg, ovro) Kal rcov -deCyv Txelpav Xafiddvrjg ■depanevojv, 
 el ri Gol 'deXrjGovGL -nepl roJv d6fjXG)v dvOpdonocg GVfibov- 
 Xeveiv, yvG)GSi rb 'delov, on roGovrov Kal rocovrov eGriv, 
 cjgO' dfjia rcdvra opdv, Kal ndvra aKOvetv, Kal navraxov 
 napelvat, Kal ap,a ndvrcjv eni[i£XeLG6aL avrovg. 19. 'F^fiol 
 [LEV ravra Xeyoiv ov fiovov rovg Gvvovrag eSokei, noielVj 
 GTTore vTcb riov dv6pG)7TCOv dpojvro, dnsx^Gdac rojv dvoGLCdV 
 re Kal ddiKCJV Kal alGxpoJv, dXXd Kal dnors ev eprjiLia eleVy 
 eneinep rjyrjGaivro firjdev dv nore, o)V rcpdrroiev, -deovg 
 diaXaOelv. 
 
 B 
 
26 xenophon's [I. 5. § 4. 
 
 CHAPTER V. 
 
 SUMMAUY. 
 The virtue of self-control is commended on the following grounds : 
 The man who is destitute of self-control can be of no use either to him- 
 self or to others {§ 1-3) ; neither can such a one be at all pleasing or ac- 
 ceptable in the intercourse of society. ($ 4.) Self-control, in fact, foi'ms 
 the basis of all the other virtues, and ought, therefore, to be our chief 
 study {ib.), since without it we can neither attain to nor practise any 
 thing praiseworthy. ($ 5.) 
 
 Socrates not only commended this virtue in his discourses, but exem- 
 plified it most strikingly in all his words and actions. (§ 6.) 
 
 1. 'Eil 6s d?) Kal eyKpcLTELa naXov re fcdyadbv dvSpt ktt]- 
 [id eariv, £7TLOK£TpcjU£da, el ~i rrpovdlda^e Xiyuv slg avrrjv 
 roidde. ^^ dvSpeg, el, uoXsfiov 7]p,Lv ysvonevov, (3ovXot- 
 fieda eXeodat dvdpa, vcp'' ov fidXiar^ dv avrol fisv aG)^0L- 
 lisda, Tovg 6e iroXeiuovg x^^P^^H-^^^t ^p' o'^nv'' dv alcOa- 
 voiiieda fjTrcD yaorpog, i) olvov, rj novov, i] vrrvov, tovtov 
 dv alpoLneOa ; Kal Trojg dv ol7j6ei7]iiEV rov roLovrov rj ?)jidg 
 G(x)oai, 7] Tovg TToXefiLovg Kparrjoat ; 2. Et 6' knl teXevt'q 
 Tov I31gv ysvop-evoL j3ov?ioliie6d ri±> siTLrpExpat rj naldag dp- 
 pevag naidevoai, rj '&vyarEpag napdevovg 6ta(pvXd^ai, ?} 
 Xprifiara dtaoCdooA, dp* d^io-Lorov slg ravra rjyrjaofiEOa 
 rov dfcparfj ; dovXa) (5' aKparsl ETTtrpeibatiiEV dv ?| (3ogh^- 
 [lara, ij rafiLela, rj spyGiv ETTLoraaiv ; didfcovov di Kal dvo- 
 paaTTJv roLovrov EdsXTjaaLfiev dv irpoiKa Xadslv ; 3. 'A/lAd 
 firjv EL ye firjds dovXov aKparrj dE^alnsO' av, nojg ovk d^Lov 
 avTOV ye (pvXd^aaOat roiovrov jEveoOat ; Kal yap ov-^, 
 tognsp ol TxXEovEKrai rC)v dXXoiv dcpaipovfiEvot ;^p?/7iara 
 eavrovg Sokovgl irXovri^ELv, ovjcjdg 6 uKparrig rolg fj,£v dX- 
 Xotg (3Xa6Ep6g, savro) d' GjcpEXqiog, d?Ad KaKovpyog psv 
 rCdV dXXoiv^ kavjov Sk noXv KaKOvpyorspog, el ye KaKovp- 
 yorardv egtl p,7j [lovov rov olnov rov kavrov (pOslpEiv, 
 dXXd Kal ro a(x)iia Kal rijv ipv^'^jv. 4. 'Ei^ ovvovata di rig 
 dv rjadsLTj ru) roLovro), dv eISei?] rd> oipo) rs Kal ru) olvcj 
 XO'ipovra fidXXov rj rolg (piXoLg ; dpd ye ov xprj ndvra dv- 
 
I. 5. § 6.] MEMORABILIA. 27 
 
 dpa, rjy7]adii£Vov rrjv eyKparscav dpsr^g elvai fcprjnida, 
 ravTTjv TTpGJTOv EV T^ ipvx^ KCbTaaKEvaGaodai. 5. Tig yap 
 dvEV ravrrjg rj [iddoi rt dv dyadov, rj fj,e?i£TrjGetev d^ioXo- 
 ywf ; ^ Tig ovk dv, ralg rjdovalg dovXsvcov, aloxpojg diare- 
 Oelt] Kal TO ocofia Kal rr]V ipvx'riv ; e[iot fitv SokeI, vrj Triv 
 "Rpav, EAEvOspG) [lev dvdpl evutov slvai, fii] rvxdv dovXov 
 TOLOVTOV, dovXEVovra ds ralg rocavTatg rjdovalg Iketsvelv 
 Tovg Ssovg, dEonoruv dyad^v rvx^lv ' ovrcjg yap dv fio- 
 v(jjg 6 TOLovTog ocodEir]. 6. Totavra Se Xsycjv, etc syKpa- 
 reoTEpov rolg spyoig rj rolg Xoyoig kavrbv etteSelkwev • 
 ov yap fiovov rdv did rov ocJi-iaTog rjdovuv sKparEi, dXXd 
 Kal rrjg did rCdv ypVl'-^'^^'^^ voiil^cjv rov rrapd rov rvxov- 
 rog XPW^"^^ Xafj^ddvovra SEOTcoTrjv savrov KadtGrdvai, 
 Kal 6ovXevelv doyXslav ovdEindg rjTTOv alaxpdv. 
 
 CHAPTER VI. 
 
 SUMMARY. 
 
 This chapter contains the substance of three conversations between 
 Socrates and Antiphon the sophist : 
 
 Conversation First. Antiphon, intending to cast ridicule on the 
 philosophy of Socrates, and thereby draw over his followers anto himself, 
 reproaches him with the meanness and discomfort of his mode of life, and 
 his taking no fee for his instructions, and remarks, that the only possible 
 result of his labors must be to teach men how to be miserable. (§ 1-3.) 
 
 Socrates replies to this as follows : 
 
 1. He who imparts gratuitous instruction is master of his own time, 
 and talks when and with whom he pleases. (§ 4, 5.) 
 
 2. A plain and simple diet is not only more conducive to health, and 
 more easily procured, bat is also more palatable to the wise man than all 
 the costly dishes of the rich. (§ 5.) So, too, the only true object of attire 
 is to counteract the effects of cold and heat, and for this purpose the sim- 
 pler it is the better. (§ 6, 7.) 
 
 3. That man will never give himself up to the pleasures of the table, or 
 to sloth, or libidinous indulgences, whose bosom is familiar with things 
 which not only delight him while he makes use of them, but which also 
 afford the pleasing hope of lasting utihty. For if men rejoice when they 
 see their affairs going on well, how much greater delight ought he to feel 
 who is both conscious to himself of improving in the paths of virtue, and 
 
28 xenophon's [L 6. § 3. 
 
 perceives that he is making those better with whom he associates. 
 ($ 8, 9.) 
 
 4. That man, moreover, will be far better able to discharge the duties 
 which he owes to his friends and his countiy, who is content with little, 
 than he who can not live except in the midst of costly profusion. (§ 9.) 
 
 5. Happiness does not consist in luxury and magnificence ; on the con- 
 trary, he who stands in need of the fewest things comes nearest to the 
 divine nature. (§ 10.) 
 
 Conversation Seconb. On another occasion, Antiphon having re- 
 marked that he thought Socrates a just man, indeed, but by no means a 
 wise one in not receiving compensation for his instructions ; and that by 
 this very conduct, moreover, he himself virtually declared that what he 
 imparted vt^as not worth purchasing (§ 11, 12), Socrates replied as follows : 
 He who sells his wisdom for a stipulated price, sullies and degrades wis- 
 dom ; whereas he who, on seeing any one possessed of good abilities and 
 good native principles, imbues him with the lessons of his own wisdom 
 and makes him his friend, discharges the duty of a good citizen (^ 13) ; 
 and such a one derives more true pleasure from the intercourse of good 
 friends, and from the progress which they make under his guidance in the 
 paths of virtue, than he could possibly receive from any pecuniary recom- 
 pense. (§ 14.) 
 
 Conversation Third. At another time, on being asked by the same 
 person how it happened that he professed to make others able to take 
 part in public affairs, but took no part in them himself, Socrates replied, 
 that he who made it his study to qualify as many as possible to engage 
 in the management of the state, proved of more real service to the state 
 than if he merely turned his own attention to public affairs. (§ 15.) 
 
 1. "A^LOV (5' avTov, Kal a irpog ^AvrKpiovra rbv oo(f)LGrr]v 
 dteXexdi], M TrapaXtTrelv. 'O yap "'Avntpcdv nore j3ovX6- 
 fjbsvog Tovg ovvovaiaardg avrov irapeXeodat, npogeXOCyv roi 
 HcjKpaTei, TrapovTWv avrojv, e'/le^e rdSe • 2. ^^ IiCjKpareg, 
 eyo) juev gj/^t/v rovg (jiiXoGO(l)OvvTag Ev6ai\.ioveorepovg XPl' 
 vat ytyveadat, ov 6e [iol SoKelg rdvavria rrjg (pL^oaocpiag 
 drtoXeXavKEvat * i^xig yovv ovTG)g, (bg ov6^ av elg dov?iog 
 VTto deairoriTj 6LaLT(b[jb£Vog nelveiE, Gtria re gljxi nal ttoto, 
 TTLveLg TO, (pavXorara^ Kai Ijidrcov 7]ii(bi£Gai ov fiovov cpav- 
 Xov, d?LXd TO avTO '&Epovg re nal x,^L[iOJVog, dvvTrodrjrog re 
 Kal dxi^TCJv dLaTsXelg. 3. Kal jU?)v XPW^'^^ 7^ o^ Xafidd- 
 veig, h Kal KTO)[j,£Vovg evcppatvei, Kal KeKnifievovg eXEvde- 
 piG)T£p6v TE Kal fjfkov ttoleI ^rjv. Et ovv, cognEp Kal rcjv 
 dXXov epyG)v at dtddGKaXot rovg f-iaOrjrdg iiLiirirdg savrcjv 
 
I. 6. § 9.] MEMORABILIA. 29 
 
 ano6euivvovGLV, ovtg) Kat gv rovg ovvovrag Stadrjaeig, v6- 
 ui^e KaKodai [2.0V Lag diddoKaXog elvai. 4. Kat 6 IiCJKpdrrjg 
 rrpog ravra elne • AoKslg fiot, ecpr], g) ^Avri(p6Jv, vnei?^r](f)e- 
 vai fie ovTO)g dviapojq ^7]v, wfre neTTSioiiaL, oe iidXXov dno- 
 Oavelv dv eXeadac, rj ^riv cognep eycj. "Idi ovv, eTTiOKSipcj- 
 HeOa, Tt ;\;a/le7rdi' ^odrjuac rovfiov (3iov. 5. Horspov, otl 
 Tolg [jbEV XafibdvovGiv dpyvpLov dvajKalov eari-v aTrspyd- 
 ^eodat rovro, e0' w dv nLodbv Xaiiddvcjoiv, kfzol 6s fii) Xafj,- 
 ddvovTL ovK dvdyKT] diaXeyeaOaL, o) dv [irj (3ovXG)fj,aL ; 7/ 
 T7]v diairdv \iov (fyavXi^ecg, cog firrov [lev vyiEivd kodtovrog 
 £[iov Tj aov, TjTTov Se loxvv rcapexovTa ; i] b)g xci'XeniOTSpa 
 TTOpLoaodaL rd ejjid dLaLrrjfiara rCdv gCjv, did ro airavLCJTepd 
 re Kat noXvreXeoTepa elvat ; ?j cjg rjdLO) gol, a gv rrapa- 
 Gfcevd^ei.bvTa, i] hfiol d eydj ; Ovic oIgO'' otl 6 fxev ffdcGTa 
 eodlG)v TjKLGTa oipov delrat, b 6e rjdiGra tclvov ^fciGra rov 
 lirj irapovTog euLdviiel ttotov] 6. T« ye [iriv Ifidria oIgO* 
 on ol jieTabaXXofievoL ipvxovg Kat '&dX7rovg eveKa [lera- 
 ddXXovraL, Kat virodrnJtaTa vnodovvraL, oncjg fjb?] did rd 
 Xvnovvra rovg nodag K(x)Xvo)VTaL TcopeveGdat • TJdrj ovv 
 TTore xfGdov £|Ue rj did 'ipvxog [idXXov rov hvdov [levovra, ?) 
 did 'BdX'nog [laxbiievov rco nepi OKtdg, t) did rb dXyEiv rovg 
 TTodag ov (Sadc^ovra, bnov dv l3ovX(t)fj,ai ; 7. Ovfc olod^ 
 on ol (f)voei dodeveGraroi tgj G^fxan, ixeXerrjGavreg, rojv 
 iGxvpordroyv d(ji,sX7]Gdvro)v Kpeirrovg re yiyvovrai rrpbg 
 dv ixeAEToJGi, Kat pdov avrd (pipovGiv ; e^ie 6s dpa ovk otec 
 rC) Gcofian del rd Gvvrvyxdvovra [ieXero)vra Kaprspslv 
 udvra pdov (jyepeiv gov jU?) [leXeriovTog ; 8. Tov 6s fii] 
 6ovXevsLv yaGrpi, fir]6e vttvg), Kai Xayvsla, olsi n dXXo 
 ahiiorepov elvai, rj rb erepa sx^iv rovrojv rj6i(i), d ov fid- 
 vov kv XP^^9' bvra svcppaivei, dXXd Kal eXntdag napexovra 
 (hcpeXfjoeiv del ; Kat iirjv rovro ye oloOa, on ol [lev olb- 
 fievoi ijLTjdsv ev nparTSLV ovk evtppaivovrai, ol 6e rjyovfis- 
 voi KaXoJg npoxcopstv eavrolg rj yeo)pyiav, rj vavKXrjpiav, rj 
 dXV b n dv rvyxdvojGiv epya^oiievoi, cjg ev irpdrrovrsg 
 eviPpaivovrai. 9. Olei ovv dirb ndvro)v rovro)v rooavrrjv 
 
30 xenopiion's [I. 6. § 14. 
 
 7j3ovi]V elvai, oar]v drrd rov eavrov re rjysLGOat (^eXricd yi- 
 yveodaL, Kal (piXovg dfielvovg KrdoOac ; 'Eyw rolvvv Sta- 
 reXoJ ravra voij,l^o)v. ^Kdv de di] (piXovg rj ttoXlv Jx^eAsiy 
 de^, noTEpG) 7] ttXemv oxoXi] rovrodv eTniieXsLodac, tg3, ojg 
 eyoi vi/v, rj T(t),d)g ov iiaKapi^ELg, dtaLTC^iievG) ; Grparsvoiro 
 ds TTOTepog dv paov, 6 fj,?] Swdfisvog avev noXvTeXovg diai- 
 TTjg ^Tjv, 7J 0) TO napov dpKolr] ; eKnoXi,opK7]dsL7] de TTorepog 
 dv ddrrov, 6 roJv xO'^^'^^'^droiV evpelv Ssojjievog, r] 6 rnlg 
 pdaroLg evrvy^dvEiv dpKovvrcjg xp^l^^'^^g ; 10. "YiOucag, 
 (b ^AvTi({)(x)v, TTjv EvdaLfiovlav olojj-evG) rpvcprjv Kal ttoXvte- 
 Xetav elvaL • syd) Se vofil^o) rb fiEV nrjdEvbg dsEoOac, -delov 
 elvai, TO (5' cog EXaxi(yTOdv syyvrdTO) rov dEiov, Kal rb pLEV 
 '&ELOV, Kpanarov, rb ds Eyyvrdrcj rov -deiov, Eyyvrdrijj 
 rov Kpariarov. 
 
 11. UdXiv 6e TTore 6 ^Avricpcov dLaXeyofisvog rC) I.G)Kpd- 
 rsL sIttev • ^Q I^cjKparsg, eyd) roc oe ^iev dcKatov vofii^cj, 
 GO(pbv 6e ov6^ OTTCognovv. AoKEtg Se [iol Kal avrbg rovro 
 yiyvGiOKELV ' ovdiva yovv TTjg ovvovGiag dpyvpiov rrpdrrEi' 
 Katroi ro ye IfidrLov, 7/ rrjv olKtav, t) dXXo n, g)v KEKTTjGai, 
 voni^(x)V dpyvpiov d^iov elvai, ovSevI dv p.!) on npolKa 
 6oL7]g, d/lA' ovd' eXarrov rfjg d^tag Xa6u)v. 12. Atjaov 6tj, 
 on, el Kal rijv GwovGiav g}ov nvbg d^lav Eivat, Kal rav- 
 rrjg dv ovk sXarrov rrjg d^lag dpyvpiov Enpdrrov. AiKatog 
 [lev ovv d.v eiTjg, on ovk e^anarag enl nXeovE^ia, Gocpog ds 
 OVK dv, iirjdevog ye d^ia erriGrdiievog. 13. 'O 6e liOJKpdrrjg 
 TTpbg ravra elnev • ^12 Avricpuv, Trap' rjfilv vofii^erai, r})v 
 upav Kal r7]V oocpiav, dpoiG)g pev iiaXov, dpoiG)g 6e alo^pov, 
 diariOeoOai elvai • edv rig, ov dv yvC) KaXov rs KayaOov 
 epaGrfiv bvra, rovrov (piXov tavru) noirjTai, Gcjcppova vop-i- 
 ^oixev ' Kal rrjv GO(f)Lav rovg [lev dpyvpiov tq (3ovXoij,evgj 
 TTCjXovvrag, GO^iordg dnoKaXovGiv, ogrig 6e, bv dv yvC) 
 ev(pvd bvra, diddoKGiv b n dv exxi dyaOov, (piXoviroielrai, 
 rovrov vopii^opev, a rib KaXco KdyaOu) noXirxi rrpogrjKEi, 
 ravra noieiv. 14. 'Eyw 6' ovv Kal avrog, w ^AvTKpuv, 
 ojgnEp dXXog rig, r] ittttg) dyaOo), tJ kvvi, t] bpviOi r/derct 
 
I. 6. § 15. 7. § 2.] MEMORABILIA. 31 
 
 ovTO) Kal en fidXXov ri6onai (piXoig ayaOolg • Kat, edv Tt 
 ox^J dyaOov, dLSduKO), fcal dXAOLg GvvlarrjuL, 'nap' g)v dv 
 7}y(x)jjbaL (hcpeXrjaeodaL ri avrovq elg dperrjv. Kal rovg -drj- 
 Gavpovg 7G)V ndXai oocpcov dvdpojv, ovg knelvoi KareXiTTOV 
 ev (3L6Xioig ypdtpavreg, dveXlrriov, icoiv^ gvv rolg (plXoLg 
 dtepxofiaL, tcai, dv ri bpG)ii£V dyaOov, eicXeyofieda, Kal (isya 
 voijll^o[j.£V icepSog, edv dXXr]Xoig (piXoL yLyvdjfieda. 'E/^ot 
 fjLSv drj ravra dKovovrc eSoksl avrog re p-aKapiog elvat, Kal 
 rovg dfcovovrag enl KaXoKayadiav dyeiv. 
 
 15. Kai ixdXiv ttots rov 'AvrKpcjvrog £po[j,evov avrov, 
 iTGjg dXXovg ^ev riyelrai rroXiTLKOvg noLslv, avrog 6s ov 
 Txpdrrei rd iroXiruid, dfrep erciararaL ; Ilorepwf (5' dv, 
 £07/, 0) ^AvrKjyiov, p,dXXov rd noXcriKd irpdrroLf^L, el [lovog 
 avrd TTpdrroifii, 7/ el eTnfxeXolfirjv rov G}g r^Xetarovg Uavovg 
 elvai TTpdrreiv avrd ; 
 
 CHAPTER VIL 
 
 SUMMARY. 
 
 In this chapter we are informed in what way Socrates incited his 
 friends to lay aside all habits of arrogance and vanity, and attend solely 
 to the practice of virtue. The arguments employed by him with this view 
 may be summed up as follows : 
 
 The best way of becoming eminent is, in whatever vocation one may 
 wish to appear superior, to be in that actually superior. For, if a person 
 be not intimately acquainted with a particular art, but possess only a su- 
 perficial acquaintance with the same, that individual, when a trial is ac- 
 tually made of his ability, will not only incur the disgrace of being an 
 empty pretender, but will have proved a source of injury to those who 
 have suffered themselves to be deceived and imposeci upon by him. 
 
 1. 'ETnofcsipGjjieda 66, el Kal dXa^ovetag dirorpETTWV rovg 
 Gvvovrag, dperrjg entire Xe tod at npoerpenev • del ydp eXe- 
 yev, G)g ovk elrj KaXXlcjv 66dg ett' ev6o^ia, 7/ 6i^ rjg dv rig 
 dyadbg rovro yevoiro, b Kal 6oKelv (3ovXoiro. "Ort 6' dX7\- 
 6rj eXeyev, code e6i6aGKev. 2. ^EvdvjiGyfieda ydp, e<p7], el 
 Tif, [17) Ldv dyaObg avXrirrig, 6oKelv (SovXoLro, ri dv avrG) 
 TTOiTjreov eiT] ; dp* ov rd e|(o rrjg rext^rjg fUfirireov rovg 
 
32 xenofhon's memorabilia. [I. 7. § 5. 
 
 dyadovg avXrjrd(; ; Yial Trpdrov fiev, on enelvot onevr] re 
 KaXd KefCT7]VTaL, Kal aKoXovdovg noXXoix; nepLayovraL, tcai 
 rovTG) ravra ttoltjteov • eTTsna, on efislvovg noXXol Eirat- 
 vovoi, fcal rovTG) iroXXovg eiraiVBrag Trapaonevaoreov. 
 'AAAd [Ji7]v epyov ye ovdafiov XrjrTTeov, 7/ evOvg eXeyxOrj- 
 oerai yeXolog cjv, Kal ov p,6vov avX?]rrjg KaKog, dXXd nal 
 dv6pG)TTog dXa^G)v. Kalroc noXXd p.ev danavojv, i^rjSev 6e 
 d)(peXoviievog, npbg de rovroig KaKodo^oJv, niog ova emiTd- 
 vcjg re, Kal aXvatreXc^g, Kal KarayeXdaToyg (Sz-djae-ai ; 3. 
 *i2g 6' avTG)g, el ng j3ovXolto Grparrjydg dyadog, fir] <x>v, 
 (paiVEodai, rj Kv6epv7}T7]g, evvocopEV, ri dv avro) ovfidalvot. 
 ^Ap' ovK dv, el [lev, enLdviicJv rov doKslv iKavbg elvai ravra 
 TTpdrretv, fiT] dvvairo neldeiv, ravrrj Xvnripov ; el 6e rrec- 
 oeiev, en ddXccjrepov ; ArjXov yap, on Kvdepvdv re Kara- 
 araOelg 6 iiij einordfievog^ rj orparrjyelv, drToXeoeiev dv ovg 
 rjKLora ISovXairo, Kal avrbg aloxpojg re Kal KaKoJg diraX' 
 Xd^eiev. 4. 'Qgavrojg 6e Kal ro ttXovglov, Kal rb dvdpetoVy 
 Kal rb laxvpov, p.7] bvra, Sokelv dXvGireXeg dT:e(pacve ' 
 'npogrdrreoOai ydp avrolg ecprj jLts/^w, rj Kara 6vvap,LV, Kal 
 lifj dvvajievovg ravra noielv, doKOvvrag iKavovg elvai, 
 Gvyyvcjiirjg ovk dv rvyxdveiv. 5. 'Arrarewva 6' eicdXet ov 
 pLLKpbv fiiv, el rig dpyvpiov, rj OKevog napd rov neidol Xa- 
 6u)v dnoorepoLT], iroXi) 6e p^eytorov, ogng p-rjdevbg d^Log cjv 
 e^riTTarrjKeL, TrelOdyv, (bg iKavbg elrj rrjg iroXeGyg rjyelodac, 
 'Ejuoi p,ev ovv edoKei Kal rov dXa^ovevsaOai aTTorpeneiv 
 Tovg ovvovrag, roidde diaXeyopevog. 
 
XENOPHON'S MEMORABILIA 
 
 OF 
 
 SOCRATES. 
 
 BOOK 11. 
 
 CHAPTER I. 
 
 SUMMARY. 
 
 Socrates, having suspected that a certain voluptaary, named Aristip- 
 pus, was desirous of engaging in the management of pubhc affairs, proves 
 to him that one who cultivates such an intention ought fii'st of all to be 
 under strict self-control, lest, allured by the charms of pleasure, and dis- 
 gusted at the same time by the toil and fatigue of public affairs, he may 
 prove recreant to his duty. ($ 1-7.) 
 
 On Aristippas' having confessed, however, that his inalinations did not 
 lead him to public affairs but to an inactive and pleasurable existence 
 (^ 8, 9), Socrates starts a new inquiry, namely, which of the two lead hap- 
 pier lives, they who command, or they who are subjected to the command 
 of others ; in other words, masters or slaves. ($ 10.) Aristippus, how- 
 ever, declares that he himself wishes neither to command as a master nor 
 to serve as a slave, but to be free, since freedom is the path that most of 
 all leads to a happy existence. (§ 11.) Socrates thereupon proceeds to 
 show that freedom, in the sense in which Aristippus understands the 
 term, is at war with the first principles of human society, in which state 
 the condition of either governing or being governed is a necessaiy one ; 
 and that he who is unwilling to submit to this condition either in public 
 o? private life, is eventually compelled by the more powerful to flee, as it 
 were, to slavery for refuge. (§ 12, 13.) 
 
 When Aristippus, upon this, being still unwilling to yield the point, 
 declared that he confined himself to no one commonwealth, but moved 
 about as a citizen of the world, Socrates proceeds to show both the other 
 dangers that threaten him who keeps roaming from land to land, and 
 especially the risk which he runs of falUng into slavery ; in which state, 
 as Socrates explains to him, a person like Aristippus, who wishes to do 
 nothing, and yet expects to do well, is dealt with after a very summary 
 fashion. (14-16.) 
 
 At length, driven to extremity, Aristippus charges those who engage 
 
 B 2 
 
3 1 XENOp[{o^-'s [II. 1. § 3. 
 
 in public affairs with folly, in voluntarily takirjg upon themselves a labo- 
 rious and annoying task (§ 17) ; whereupon Socrates proceeds to show 
 him that there is a wide difference between those who labor voluntarily, 
 and those who labor because compelled so to do : that the former may 
 desist whenever they please, but the latter not : and that the foi-mer, 
 moreover, undergo all labors cheerfully, both from the consciousness of 
 doing what is right and good in itself, and from the prospect of eventually 
 receiving a rich recompense from others. (§ 17-19). And, besides, a life 
 of indolent enjoyment is conducive to health neither of body nor of miud, 
 whereas active exertion, whether corporeal or intellectual, always leads 
 to the happiest results; it being a well-established rule that the gods give 
 nothing good unto mortals without labor and care. Socrates then shows, 
 both by the testimony of poets (§ 20), and that of Prodicus, also, in his 
 beautiful apologue respecting the " Choice of Hercules," that true happi- 
 ness can only be obtained by a temperate and virtuous career. (^ 21-34.) 
 
 1. 'EAOKEI ds fjioc Kot roiavra Aeywv npoTpETreiv lovg 
 ovvovrag aanelv eyfcpdreLav npog enLOvfitav f3pG)Tov, Kai 
 TTOrov, Kai vnvov, ical ptyovg, fcal -^oAtrovq, koI ttovov. 
 Tvovg 6e riva roiv ovv6vtg)v aKoXaoTorepwg exovra npog 
 rd TOiavra, 'Elrre fiOL, £</>?;, gj 'AplarLrrTTe, el deoi as nai- 
 devELV irapaXatovra duo rojv veo)v, rbv jiev^ onojg luavog 
 earac apx^tv, rbv de, oncjg ixr]6' avrLTTOLrjaeraL apx^jg, TTcbg 
 dv EKarepov naidEvotg ; BovXel aK07zo)[i£v dp^dp^EvoL drro 
 rrjg rpocfyrjg, tjgnep and rcov gtolxsi-cov', Kai 6 ^AploTLTiTrog 
 e<b7] • AoKEL yovv poi tj rpotpT] dpxr} elvat • ov6e yap ^c^r] y' 
 dv Tig, el pi] rpicpOLTO. 2. Ovkovv to psv (dovXeadai oirov 
 dTTTEodat, brav dpa rjfcrj, dp(poTEpoLg Elaog irapayiyvEaGaL ; 
 'Elubg yap, fc'0?y. To ovv -npoaipElodai rb KaTETCEcyov pdX- 
 Xov npaTTEiv, i) ttj yaarpl xapL^Eodac, iroTspov dv avru)i> 
 eOt^oipEV ; Ibv elg rb dpx^iv, scpr], v?) Ala, TraidEvopsvov, 
 bnG)g pr] rd rijg noXEGyg dnpaicra ylyvrjrai napd rrjv ekel- 
 vov dpxrjv. Ovfcovv, E(p7], Kai brav ntelv l3ovXG}vrai, rb 
 dvvaadai dtxpCjvra dvEX^oOac rip avrip npogderEov ; Udvv 
 pev ovv, e<p7]. 3. To ds vnvov syKparr] Elvai, cjgrs Svva- 
 oOai Kai dips KoiprjOrjvaL Kai npG)t dvaarrjvac, Kai dypvn- 
 V7](7ai, EL ri OEoi, no-EpG) dv npocOELvpEv ; Kai rovro, Ecprj, 
 rip avrip. Tl 6E'yE(t>7j, rb d(ppo6iai(jjv EyKpari] eIvqi, cjgre 
 p'Tj did ravra KOiXveodm npdrretv, el ri Seol ; Kai rovro. 
 
II. 1. § 8.] MEMOHABILIA. 35 
 
 e(p7], ra> avrcp. Tl ds ', to ftrj (pevyecv rovg novovg, dA/l' 
 tdeXovTriv vnofievecv, TTorepG) av 7TpogOeLr]iJ.ev ; Kal rovro, 
 £(prj, TG) apx^tv TraLSevofievG). Tl 6e ; rd ^adelv, el n ettl- 
 TTjdswv EGTi iiddi]iia TTpbg rd Kparelv rCjv avrnxaXov, no- 
 repcd av ixpoqelvai ^aXXov Trpsnot ; UoXv, vrj At', scpT], t(o 
 apx^tv iraLdevo^evcti • Kal yap rcjv aXXojv ovdev bcpeXog 
 avEV Tcov roLOVTGiv fxadrjfidrojv, 4. Ovkovv 6 ovro) Trenat- 
 dEVfisvog TjTTov av 6okeI gol vno tg)v avniraXdyv, rj to, 
 XoLTcd ^wa, aXlafCEodac ; rovrcjv yap drjTrov rd fisv yaorpi 
 deXEa^ofiEva, teal fidXa evLa dvgojnovfisva, oi^iojg r^j Enidv- 
 fila rov (paysLv dyojieva npdg rd dsXEap, dXioKErai^ rd ds. 
 Trorci) evedpEverac. TLdvv fiev ovv, ecprj. Ovkovv nal dXXa 
 vno XayvEiag, olov ol re oprvysg Kal ol nEpSiKEg, rolg drj- 
 pdrpoig EjininrovaL ; I>vv£(p7f Kal ravra. 5. Ovkovv SokeI 
 oot alaxpdv slvai dvdpc^rro), ravrd irdox^tv rolg dcppove- 
 ordroig rcbv '&7]pt(^v : Cygixep ol fioixol Elgepxovrat elg rag 
 elpicrdg, eldoreg on KivSwog rw iioLxevovri, a rs 6 vofiog 
 diTEtXel, rradslr, Kal eveSpevd/ivat, Kal XTjcpdEvra vdpiodrivaL' 
 Kal rv,XiKovrG)v jisv EmKeL(X£VG)v raj [xoLxevovri KaKwv re 
 Kal aloxP^'^i o/zo)g elg rd emKLvdvva (pEpEoOat, dp'' ovk 7J37j 
 rovTO Travranaat KaKodaqiovCdvrog eariv ; "Ejitoiys doKel, 
 £(j)?j. 6. To de elvac [isv rdg dvayKacordrag TrXELorag 
 npd^scg rolg dv6pG)T:oLg ev vnatdpG), olov rdg rs noXsfiLKdg, 
 Kal rdg yecjopycKdg, Kal rcov dXXojv ov rdg sXaxlorag, rovg 
 6e 7TO?^Xovg dyv[j,vdaro)g exblv npog re ipvx'^ Kal 'd^dX-nrj, ov 
 6okeI gol TToXXfj dfjLEXeLa slvai ; Jlvvscpr] Kal rovro. Ovk- 
 ovv doKsl gol rov iieXXovra dpx^i'^ doKelv dslv Kal ravra 
 svnsTGjg (pepsLV ; Udvv fxev ovv, scp-/]. 7. OvKovv,el rovg 
 eyKparslg rovroyv dndvrcjv elg rovg dpxtfcovg rdrroiisv^ 
 rovg ddvvdrovg ravra noislv elg rovg [i7]6^ dvrtnoiTjGOiJie- 
 vovg rov dpx^iv rd^o^sv ; Hvvscprj Kal rovro. Tt ovv ; 
 eTTetdrj Kal rovroiv eKarepov rov (pvXov ri^v rd^cv olGda, 
 Tjdr] ttot' erceGKExpcd, slg r^orspav rdv rd^scjv rovrdiv Gav- 
 rov diKatug dv rdrroig ; 8. "Eywy', e07? 6 'AptGrLnnog' 
 ml ovdajiMg ye rdrro) siiavrov elg rrjv rcjv dpx^iv (3ovXo- 
 
36 xenophon's [II. 1. § 12. 
 
 jj,ev<i)v rd^LV. K.al yap ixdw fioL Sofcel a<ppovog dvOpconov 
 elvac TO, fieydXov epyov ovrog rov kavrO) rd Ssovra rcapa- 
 OKEvd^stv, fXTj dpKslv TOVTO, dXXd TTpogavaOeoOat rd Kal 
 Tolq dXXoig TToXiraig, g)v Seovrat, iropi^eiv • Kal eavTG) fisv 
 TToXXdy Giv (3ovXErai,eXAeLTTEiv, Trjg ds noXecdg TTpoeoroJTa, 
 edv fJLT^ ndvTa, doa rj iroXig jSovXsrat, KaraTTpdrrxi, rovrov 
 dlKTjV vnix^LV, rovro nojg ov ttoXXt) dcppoovvT] kori ; 9. 
 Kat ydp d^iOVGLV al TToXsig rolg dpxovoiv, cjgnep eyo) rolg 
 olfceraig, XPV'^^^'" 'Ey65 rs ydp d^icb rovg ■dspdnovrag 
 Efioi [lEV dcpdova rd enirrjdEia TrapaanEvd^ELV, avrovg ds 
 firjdEvdg rovrG)v dirrEodai' al rs ndXEtg olovrac xpfjvai 
 rovg dpxovrag kavralg fiiv ojg nXEiora ay add rroplCFiv, 
 avrovg ds Trdvrov rovrcjv dfTEX^odai. 'Eyw ovv rovg fisv 
 PovXofiEVOvg TToXXd irpdyfiara exelv avrolg rs Kal dXXoig 
 rrapEXELV, ovrisig dv naLdEvaag el^ rovg apxinovg Karaori]- 
 oaifu • Efiavrbv rotvvv rdrroi Elg rovg (^ovXafisvovg {j 
 pdard rs Kal rjdiora (3torEV£LV. 10. Kat 6 l(x)Kpdr7}g ecprj- 
 BovXel ovv Kal rovro OKEip^iiEda, rcorepot r\dLov ^Cdoiv, ol 
 dpxovrsg, rj ol dpxofJ^EVOL ; lidvv jiev ovv, ec^-q. Ilpwrov 
 \iEV rotvvv r(x)v eOvmv, g)V ijiiElg iGfiEV, ev fiev rrj 'Kola 
 UspaaL [lEV dpxovacv, dpxovrat de ^vpoi, Kal ^pvyt^^ nal 
 Avdoi ' EV 6e rxi EvpwTi^, I^KvOai fiev dpxovai, Maicjrat de 
 apxovrai • ev 6s rrj Al6vx]j Kapx^jSovioi fisv dpxovoi, AL. 
 6vEg Se dpxovrai. Tovrcov ovv rrorepovg ridiov oIel ^iiv ; 
 r) rojv 'YiXXr]V(i)v, ev olg Kal avrdg eI, Trorspol ooi doKovatv 
 ridiov, ol Kparovvrsg, ?] ol KparovfiEvoi., ^rjv ; 11. 'AXX^ 
 eyo) rot, Ecprj 6 ^ApiarLnTTog, ov3s Elg rrjv SovXsLav av ejiav- 
 rov rdrro) • d/lA' Elvat rig fioL SokeI fieojj rovrojv odog, ?/v 
 TTEipoJfiaL [3a6L^ELV, ovrE Sl' dpxTjg, ovrs did dovXelag, dXXd 
 di' EXEvdspiag, 7]7T£p jidXiora rrpbg EvSaifiovlav dyEi. 12. 
 'AAA' EL [levroi, Ecprj 6 IcjKpdrrjg, ijgiTEp ovrs 6l^ o^px^g, 
 ovrE did dovXEtag tj odog avrrj (pepsL, ovrcdg firjde 6t' dvOpcj- 
 TTCOV, LOG)g dv n Xeyotg • eI fisvroL ev dvOpconoig u)v, p,i)rs 
 apxEiv d^icjUEig, firjrs dpxeoOai, firjrE rovg dpxovrag EKxbv 
 •^EpaTTEVGEig, ol[j.at ge bpdv, dtg EiriGravrai ol KpEirrovEg 
 
II. 1. § 17.] MEMORABILIA. 37 
 
 Tovg fiTTOvag aal koiv^ Kai Idia KXaiovrag naOcoav-Eg 
 dovAOig XPV^^(^^' 13. "H Xavddvovol oe ol, dXXojv gttei- 
 pdvTG)v Kal (bvTevadvTG)v, rov re gItov refivovreg Kai 6ev- 
 dpoKonovvTsg, Kal ndvra rponov TToXtopKovvreg rovg tjtto- 
 vag Kal [i?} deXovrag -dspaTTEveiv, eo)g dv 7TeiO0)GLV eXsadai, 
 dovXeveiv dvrl rov noXe^.slv rolg Kpelrroac ; Kal Idia av 
 ol dvdpeloL Kal dvvarol rovg dvdvSpovg Kal ddwdrovg ovk 
 olaOa on KaradovXcoadfisvot KapirovvTaL ; 'AAA' syo) roL, 
 s(f)7]y Iva fiTj 'ndaxcj ravra, ovd'' elg noXtTeiai' ifiavrov fca- 
 raKXeLG), dXXd ^evog rravraxov slfit. 14. Kai 6 I^coKpdrrjg 
 £07/' TovTo fievTOL 7j67] XejEig Selvov irdXaiGfia • rovg yap 
 ^Evovg, E^ ov b re ^ivvig, Kal 6 'LKELp(ov, Kal 6 UpoKpov- 
 Grrjg dfredavov, ovdslg etl ddiKEl • aAAd vvv ol jiev ttoXi- 
 TEVofiEvoL EV Talg TTarpLGL, Kal vofxovg TidEvrat, Iva f-ii] 
 d6tic(x)VTat, Kal (pcXovg irpog rolg dvayKaioig KaXoi^fiEvotg 
 dXXovg KTGJvrai (SorjOovg, Kal ralg ttoXeglv kpviiara nEpt- 
 6dXXovrai, Kal bnXa Krtdvrai, olg dfivvovrac rovg ddiKovv- 
 rag, Kal npog rovroig dXXovg e^cjOep Gvpfidxovg KaraGKEv- 
 d^ovrai • Kal ol ^ev ndvra ravra KEKTTjfiEvoL oficog ddc- 
 Kovvrai' 15. 2?) 6e ovSev jiev rovroyv ex(^i', £v 6e ralg 
 odolg, Evda nXELGroL dSiKOvvrac, ttoXvv xpovov dtarpldcov, 
 Eig onolav 6' dv ttoXlv d(pLKrj, roJv noXLrojv ndvrcov '?]rrcjv 
 G)v, Kal roLOvrog, oloig fidXiGra ETnridEvrai ol I3ovX6[.ievol 
 ddiKEiv, 0^6)^, did rb ^evog ELvai^ ovk dv oIel d8i,Krid7]vai ; 
 Y], dion al TToXELg gol KTipvrrovoLV dGcpdXEcav Kal npogiovrc 
 Kal dinovTL, •^appslg ; rj diort Kal dovXog dv oIel roLovrog 
 elvai, olog {xrjdEvl Segttotxi XvglteXelv ; rig ydp dv eOeXol 
 <ivdpG)7Tov EV oIklcl EX^tv, 7T0VELV fiEV iiTjdEV EdsXovra, r'Q 
 de iroXvrEXEGTdrrj dialrxf x^'^P^'^'^^'i l^- ^Kf^i^c^p-^Oa 6s 
 Kal rovro, TTCog ol dEGnorat, rolg rocovrocg olKsraig %pwy- 
 rac ' dpa ov rrjv psv Xayvsiav avrCyv rG) Xipco GGXppovi- 
 ^ovGi ; KXiirrEiv ds kcoXvovglv, dnoKXEiovrEg oOev dv rt 
 XadELV ^ ; rov Se dpaTTETEVELV dEGixolg diTELpyovoi ; t?)v 
 dpyiav 6e rrXi^yalg E^avayKd^ovGiv ; r\ gv nojg notEig, brav 
 riov oIketCjv riva roiovrov ovra Kara^iavOdyxig ; 17. Ko- 
 
38 xenophon's [II. 1. § 20. 
 
 Aa^G), e(pr}, ndoL fcanolg, ecog av dovXevsiv dvayKciao). 
 'AAAd yap, g) I,o)fipareg, ol elg rrjv (iaGiXiKTjV rexvrjv nai- 
 devofievoi, fjv doKslg fioi ov vofil^eLV ev6ai[iovLav elvai, it 
 dcacpspovGL tQ)v e^ dvdyKrjg KaKonadovvrcov, el ye neiv^- 
 
 GOVOL, fCat dllpTjGOVGl,, Kal piyG)GOVGl, Kai dypVTTVTjGOVGt, Kat 
 
 lakXa ndvra fioxQriGovGLV enovreg ; eyo) fiev yap ovfc ol6\ 
 b n diacpepec, rb avrb dep^a efcovra rj duovra fiaGriyov- 
 odat, Tj oAoyg ro avrb cCdixa irdGC rolg rocovroLg etcovra rj 
 aKOvra TroXiopK.elGdat, dX}<,o ye 7] d(ppoGvvr} npogeGTC tco 
 ■&eAovrc rd Xvirrfpd vnofievecv, 18. Tl de'jd) ^ApLGTCTrne, 
 6 ^(jitcpdrrig etpT], ov doKel gol tgjv toiovtcjv dcacpepstv rd 
 kaovGia rcov dfcovGLO)V, ^ 6 fiev eicd)v netVGJv (pdyoi dv, 
 dirdre j3ovXotTo ; Kal 6 endv dtipojv ttloi, Kal rdXXa (hgav- 
 royg • tw 6' e^ dvdyK7]g ravra udGxovn ovk e^eGriv, otto- 
 .rav (3ov?.7]Tac, TxaveGdai ; e-neira 6 fiev eKOVGtcdg raXaiTTi^- 
 pC}v ctt' dyadxi ^ATr/dt -novCdV evcppatverai, olov ol rd -drjpLa 
 •d7]pG)VTeg eXnlSc rov XrjxpeGdaL rjdecjg fioxOovGi. 19. Kai 
 rd iiev rocavra dSXa rcjv ixovcdv fiLKpov nvog d^id eGTi • 
 rovg 6s. novovPTag, Iva (plXovg dyaOovg KTTjGOJVTai., rj orrog 
 exOpovg %£ipwcrwi^rai, r/ Iva 6vvarol yevofjievoL Kal rolg gu)- 
 [laGL Kal ralg ipvxalg, Kal rbv eavrcjv oIkov Ka?^GJg oIkgjgi^ 
 Kal rovg olXovg ev ttolgjgl, Kal rrjv TrarplSa evepyercoGi., 
 7T<j)g OVK oiEGdai xp^ rovTOvg Kal novelv rjdecjg elg rd roc- 
 avra, Kal ^Tjv ev6paivoiievovg, dyap,evovg jiev eavrovg, 
 tTTaLvovjjLevovg 6e Kal ^rjXoviievovg vno rcov dXXcjv ; 20. 
 "Ert 6s at [xev padiovpyiaL, Kal eK rov napaxprjiJLa i]6ovat, 
 ovre G^jiart eve^tav iKavai eIglv svepyd^eGdaL, ug cpaGLV 
 ol yvfivaGrac, ovre ipvxzi eTTCGrrjfirjv d^ioXoyov ov6sfuar 
 eiinoLovGLv • at 6e did Kaprepiag emfieXeiaL rcov KaXaJv re 
 Kdyadidv epycjjv e^iKvsiodat ttolovgiv, ug (paatv ol dyadol 
 av6peg • Xsyet 6s nov Kal '}iGLo6og 
 
 Ttjv fj,ev yap KanoTTjTa ical /AaJov tcmv iAeadac 
 'Fi]'idl(i)g • ZciT? fiev odog, /J.u2,a 6' eyyvdc vaceL. 
 Tijg 6' apETfjg l^pcjTa -deoi TzpoTrapoidev sd/jKav 
 'Adduaroi • jxaKpog 61 koI opQiog oljxog btt' avrrjv, 
 
II. I. § 24. MEMORADILIA. 39 
 
 Kal rprjxvc to TvpuTOv ' kn?jv 6' elg uKpov inT^Tai, 
 'FrjldiT] 6?] eixsLTa Ttelei, ;^a/le7r^ irep kovaa. 
 
 Maprvpel de Kal ''ETTtxapfJ'Og ev roicJe • 
 
 TCiv TTOvuv TcoTiovoLV rjfilv ndvTa raydO' oi ■&eoL 
 Kal £V aXXo) 6e tottco (prjulv, 
 
 ^Q, TTOvyps, fiTj TO, fj-aTiaKo, fj.6eo, fif] rd OKkrip^ ^XV^' 
 21. Kal UpodLfcog Ss 6 oo(pdg ev rw Gvyypd[inaTt. ro) 
 Trepl Tov 'HpafcXeovg, orrsp 6i] Kal TrXeioTOLg eTTtSsLKVVTai, 
 (bgavToyg nepl rrjg dpeTTjg aTTocpaLveTat, G)6e tto)^ Xeycov, 
 boa ejG) fiEixvTjiiaL • <p7]al yap 'HpaKXea, enel ek TracSajv elg 
 ri^rjv (hpfidro, ev %i ol veoi ri^rj avroKpdropeg yiyvofievoc 
 driXovGLV, e'lre r7]v 6i^ dperrig oSov Tpeipovrai enl rbv (Slov^ 
 tire TTjv did KaKtag, e^eXdovra elg rjovxi-av KadrjodaL, dno- 
 povvra, OTzorepav rC)v odQv rpdnTj-aL. 22. Kal (pavrjvat 
 avrC) dvo yvvalKag irpolevai fieydXag, rTjv fiev erepav ev- 
 TTpenrj re Idelv Kal kXevdeptov, (pvoei KEK0O[j,i][ievr]v ro iiev 
 OG)}j,a KadapoTTjTi, rd 6s 6p,[j,ara aldol, ro de ox^ji^a OGXppo- 
 Gvvrf, eoOrjri 6e XevKXj • rriv 6e erepav re6paiJ,[iEV7]V pev elg 
 noXvaapKLav re Kal dijaXorrjra, KeKaXXG)7TLGpevrjv 6e ro 
 pev xp^ffCi, CL)gre XevKorepav re Kal epvOporepav rov bvrog 
 6oK.elv (paLveGdaL, ro Se GXfjpa, dgre SokeIv opdorepav rrjg 
 (pvoe<j)g elvai, rd 6e bppara exetv dvaixeirrapeva^ eGdrjra 
 de, e^ Tjg dv paXiora G)pa dtaXdpnoi, KaraGKonelGdac de 
 ■&apd eavrrjv, eTTLGKorcelv de Kat, el rig dXXog avrrjv -dedrai, 
 rroXXaKig de Kal elg rrjv eavrrjg OKidv dnodXerreiv. 23. 
 'Qg (5' eyevovro nXmialrepov rov 'HpaKXeovg, rj]V pev 
 Tvpoodev prjBeloav levac rov avrbv rpbrrov, rrjv (5' erepav, 
 oOdoai (3ovXopev7]V, npogdpapelv rip 'RpaKXel, Kal elnelv • 
 'Opu) Ge, G) 'HpdiiXeig, drropovvra, rtoiav bdbv enl rbv (Stov 
 rpdnxj • edv ovv epe cpDiTjv Troirjodpevog, enl rrjV rjdiGrrjv 
 re Kal paGrrjv bdbv a^o) Ge, Kal rcjv pev repnvcov ovdevbg 
 dyevGrog eGei, rojv de xo^Xeniov dneipog diadiGJoei. 24. 
 TJpoJrov pev ydp ov noXepcjv, ovde npaypdrojv (ppovrieig, 
 dXXd GKonovpevog dieGei, rl dv KexapiGpevov fj Girtov 7\ 
 
40 xenophon's [II. 1. § 28. 
 
 noTov evpoig, rj rt av Idcov, i) tI anovoaq, rEp(f)6ei7]g, ij rL 
 vcjv 6(T(j)paLv6u,8Vog, i) aTxroiievog rjoOEL7]g, nal irdg av fiaXa- 
 Kcjrara tcade-vdotg, Kal rrGjg av dnovcoraTa tovtg)v navroiv 
 Tvyxdvoig. 25. 'Eav 6s ttote yevrjrai ng vnoxpta ond- 
 vecjg, d(p!' g)v earai ravra, oh (p66og, f.i7] us dydyo) em ro, 
 TTOVovvra Kal raXaLnoypovvra rw acJiiarL Kal r^ i^^XV^ 
 ravra rcopL^eodaL • dXX' olg av ol dXXoi kpyd^Uivrai, rov- 
 roig Gv ;\;p?ycT£i, ovSsvbg dnsxofisvog, odev dv dvvardv xj tl 
 KspddvaL ' Txavraxodev yap (hcfysXeladai rolg ifiol ^vvovoiv 
 e^ovalav eywye 7rape;v(y. 26. Kal 6 ^'KpaKXrjg^ aKovaag 
 ravra^ ^Q yvvat, e(p7], ovofia de ooi ri eariv ; 'H de • Ol 
 fjbsv eiiol (plXoL, e&r], KaXovot [le 'Evdaifioviav, ol de ixloovv- 
 reg fis vnoKopL^oiisvoL ovofid^ovoC fie KaKcav. 27. Kal ev 
 rovrG), 7] erepa yvvi) irpogeXOovGa elne • Kal eyo) tjko) npog 
 Ge, (1) 'E-pdicXeig, eldvla rovg yevvrjoavrdg ge, Kal rrjv (pv- 
 Giv rrjv GTjv ev t^ -naidela Karafiadovaa • e^ g)v eXnli^o), el 
 rj]v npog kfie odov rpdrroio, G(p66p' dv ge rwv KaXCjv Kal 
 GEp,VG)V epydrrjv dyaObv yeveodat, Kal efis ere ttoXv evn- 
 fjiorepav, Kal stt' dyaOolg diaTTperxEorepav (pavrjvat • ovk 
 e^anarrjoo) de ge rrpooLftloLg rjdovrig, dXX\ rjrrEp ol -^eoI 6le- 
 Oeaav, rd bvra dirjyrjaoiiac fier^ dXTjdsiag, 28. Twi' yap 
 bvrodv dyadu)v Kal KaXC)v ovSsv dvEV ttovov Kal enifiEXeLag 
 '&£ol SidoaGiv dvOpioTTOig • dA/l' elre rovg -deovg IXeojg elval 
 Got (SovXei, -QepaTiEvrEov rovg ^eovg • ecre virb (piXijdv ede- 
 Xeig dyarraGdaL, rovg (piXovg evepyerrjreov • elre vnb rivog 
 TTO/.eoyg entOv^elg rtjjLaGdac, ri]v rtoXiv (bcpeXrjreov • elrs 
 v-b rrjg 'FiXXddog ndaijg d^iolg ett^ dpErfj davfid^sGdaCj rrjV 
 'EX/.dda TTEiparEOv ev ttolelv • elre yrjV (iovXei goi Kapnovg 
 d<pd6vovg (pepELv, rrjV yrjv deparrevrEOV • EcrE drrb j3ogk7]- 
 fidrcjv oIel 6eIv nXovrl^Eoda/,, rojv (3oGK7]imrG)v ETTiiieXri- 
 rsov • sire did iroXefiov bpfidg av^eGdac, Kal (SovXel dvva- 
 odai rovg rE (piXovg eXevdepovv^ Kal rovg exOpovg x^^i-pov- 
 Gdat, rag noXejiiKdg rex^ag avrdg re napd rdv eiTiGrafie- 
 vojv fiaOrjreov, Kal bnwg avralg del ;]^p7ya0at aGKrjreov • el 
 de Kal rCj GG)[ji,arc jSovXec dvvarbg elvai, ry yvcjfiy virrjpe' 
 
II. 1. § 32.] xMEMORABILIA. 41 
 
 relv kdioreov to odixa, Kal yvfivaareov avv novocg Kai 
 l6pG)Ti, 29. Kal 7] Kafcta vrroXadovoa elnev, cjg 0?/cri Upo- 
 Stfcog ' ^Fivvoelg, g) 'KpaKXeig, (hg ;^aA£T?)v Kal fxaKpdv odov 
 em rag evcppoovvag rj yvvrj aot avr?] SirjyelTaL ; syib de 
 padtav Kal (ipaxelav 66dv enl tt^v evdaifiovtav a^o) oe. 
 Kal 7] 'ApETT] elnev • 30. ^Q. rXruiov, ri 6e ov ayadbv 
 ex^Lg ; 7) rt rjdv olada, iirjdev rovrov eveKa TTpdrreiv ede- 
 Xovoa ; 'qTig ovSe ri]v rCdV rjdecjv eTTiOvfiiav dvafjisvetg, 
 dXXd, TTplv emdviirioai, rrdvTCJv efiTTLTrXaoaL, nplv fiev nei- 
 vrfv eaOiovaa, nplv de dLxl^rjv nivovaa, Kal Iva jiev rj6£G)g 
 (pdyxig, oiponoLovg iJirixcbV(^lievri, Iva de 7]6eG)g ntv^jg, oivovg 
 re noXvTeXelg napaoKevd^ei, Kal rov '&ipovg xi-ova nepi- 
 deovaa ^TjTelg • tva de Kadvnvcoorjg rjdeayg, ov fzovov rdg 
 orpwiLvdg jiaXaKdg, dXXd Kal rdg KXlvag Kal rd vnodaOpa 
 ralg KXlvaig napaoKevd^ei • ov ydp did rd novelv, dXXd did 
 rd fiTjdev exetv, 6 n noc^g, vnvov enidvfiElg. 31. ^AOdva- 
 rog de ovoa, e/c ■dedv p.ev dneppixpat, vno de dvOpconcDV 
 dyadcov drifid^ei • rov de ndvrojv jjdiorov aKovGuarog, 
 enaivov eavTTjg, dvrjKOog el, Kal rov ndvro)V i]dLGrov Sed- 
 fxarog ddearog' ovdev ydp nconore Geavrrjg epyov KaXov 
 redeaoai. Tig (5' dv ool Xeyovay ri nLarevaete ; rig d' dv 
 deofievxj rcvog enapKeoeiev ; 7] rig dv ev (ppovdjv rov gov 
 "diaGov roXfXTjGeiev elvai ; ot veoi fiev bvreg rolg cwfiaGLv 
 ddvvaroi eiGL, npeGdvrepoL de yevojievoL, ralg iLvxalg dvo- 
 TjTot, dnovGjg fiev Xtnapol did veorrjrog rpecfyop^evot, entno- 
 vwg de avxfJ'Tjpol did yrjpcjg nepojvreg, rolg fiev nenpayfie- 
 voig alGxvvoi-ievoc, rolg de nparrofievotg papwofievoL, rd 
 filv fjdea ev ry veorrjri diadpafiovreg, rd de x(^Xend elg rd 
 yrjpag dnoOefievoi. 32. 'Eyw de GvveL[ic fiev deolg, Gvveifii 
 de dvdpojnoLg rolg dyaOolg • epyov de KaXov, ovre Selov 
 ovre dvdpcontvov, %wpi^ ejiov ylyverai • rifiojiiaL de fidXt- 
 cra ndvrG)v Kal napd -deolg Kal napd dvOpoynotg olg npogfj- 
 KEi, dyanrjrr) jxev Gvvepybg rexvlratg, mGri] de (pvXa^ 01- 
 K(ov deanoraig, evfievrjg de napaGrdrig olKeratg, dyadrj de 
 GvXXrjnrpia rcov hv elprjvr) novojv, (Sedata de rCdV ev noXe- 
 
42 xenophon's [II. 1. § 34. 
 
 jWGj avjiiiaxog epyo)v, dplarr] de (piXiag KotVG)v6g. 33. "Eort 
 de rolg fiev e^olg (piXoiq rjdela fisv Kal drrpdyfjov alroyv Kat 
 7TOTC0V dTxoXavGLg ' dvexovrai ydp, ecjg dv eTTLOvfirjacjaiv 
 avTCdv. "Tfivog 6e avrolg TrdpearLv jjSlojv, rj rolg dfioxOoig, 
 Kol ovTE dnoXeLTTOvreg avrov axdovrat, ovre did rovrov 
 [ledidcTC rd deovra irpdrreLV. Kat ol fiEV veol rolg rwv 
 TTpeadvrepcdv enaivoLg Xf^'^povoLV, ol 6e yepairepoi ralg roJv 
 ve(i)v rLjialg dydXXovrac ' Kal r}dei)g fisv rC)V iraXaiCdV 
 Tipd^ecdv fiEfivTjvraL, ev 6s rdg rrapovGag ridovrai npdrrov- 
 rsg, dt' EfiE (blXoi psv -^solg ovrEg, dyanTjroi ds (jylXotg, 
 riiiLOL 6e narpiaiv • brav 6' £/l0g to n£npG)p.EVov rsXog, ov 
 [.lErd ?Lr}drjg drtj-Wi KElvrai, dXkd fierd fiVTjiJ,7]g rbv dsl xpo- 
 vov i>p,voviJLEVoL 'SdXXovGi. Totavrd aoi, d) nal roKscjv 
 dyaddjv 'HpdKXsig, E^Eon dcaTTOvrjaajiEvcp rrjv fiaKapioro- 
 rdrnv Evdaijioviav KEfcrrjodaL. 34. Ovro) ncjg didyKEL Ilpd- 
 dinog rj]v vn' 'Apsrrig 'HpaKXsovg TraidEvaLV, EfcoGfiTjas 
 pEvroi rdg yvcjfiag kri fiEyaXELorEpoig pTjiiaGiv, ^ syd) vvv. 
 lol d' ovv a^Lov, 65 'Aptcrr^TTTre, rovrG)V EvOvfiovfiEVG) ttel- 
 paGdat n nal rdjv Eig rbv psXXovra XP^'^(^^ "^^^ /3^ov 
 (ppovri^ELV. 
 
 CHAPTERII. 
 
 SUxMMARY. 
 This chapter, which contains a conversation between Socrates and his 
 eldest son, Lamprocles, who was ang^iy with his mother, treats of the 
 duty of children toward their parents. The points developed in the course 
 of it are as follows : 
 
 1. They are called ungrateful men who do not make any return for 
 favors received when able so to do. 
 
 2. Ungrateful persons must be ranked among the unjust. (§ 1, 2.) 
 
 3. The greater the benefit received, the more unjust must he be regard- 
 ed who does not make a return for it. Those benefits, however, are to be 
 viewed as the greatest, which are bestowed upon children by their pa- 
 rents, and more particularlj' by then* mothers. ($ 3-6.) Hence it clearly 
 follows that, even though a mother be violent and harsh of temper, she 
 ought still to be loved and reverenced by a son, since he knows that she 
 does not act from any evil intent, but has all the while the sincerest 
 
II. 2. § 5.] MEMORABILIA. 43 
 
 wishes for his welfare. (§ 7-12.) How great a crime,- theu, ingratitude to 
 parents is, may be seen even from this, that they wlio are guilty of the same 
 are both punished by the laws and held in contempt by men. {^ 13, 14.) 
 
 1. AloGofisvog de ttote AaiiTTpoicAia, rbv TTpeadvrarov 
 vlov eavTOv, npog r7]v fxrjrepa ^aXerraivovra, Eiire [j.oi, 
 e(p7], 0) TTal, olodd rivag dvOpcjTTOvg dxapcoTOvg KaAOhyi- 
 vovg ; Kal \idXa, ecf)?] 6 vsavioKog. KaTa[iEfj.d67]Kag ovv 
 Tovg ri TTOtovvrag ro ovofia rovro dnoKaXovaiv ; "Eycoys, 
 e<p7j • TOvg yap ev Tradovrag, orav, dwdjievoc xdptv d~o- 
 dovvai, iii] dnodcJaiv, dx^ptorovg KaXovaiv. Ovaovv 60- 
 Koval Got ev rolg ddiKOig KaraXoyt^eadai rovg dxapiorovg ; 
 "Ejaoiye, t(p7]. 2. "Hd?y ds ttot' koKstpG), el dpa, cognsp rd 
 dvdpanodl^eadaL TOvg [isv (plXovg doiKov elvai donee, rovg 
 6e TToXejiLovg dUacov, Kal ro dxc^pi-f^Telv npog [lev rovg 
 (ptXovg ddiKOV earc, irpog 6e rovg noXefjbiovg dtnaiov ; Kal 
 fidXa, e67] • Kal doKel fiot, vcp^ ov dv rig ev nadcjv, elre (pl- 
 Xov elre 7:oXep,cov, iii) Txeipdrat x^P^'^ dTrodtdovaL, ddiKog 
 elvat. 3. OvKovv, el ye ovrojg sxet rovro, elXiKpLvrjg rig 
 dv ELT] ddiKia Tj dxo^pioria ; liVvcjjioXoyei. Ovkovv, oog) 
 dv rtg fiec^G) dyadd TraOojv, [li] drrodtdG) ^apiv, roaovrcx) 
 ddiKdjrepog dv eli] ; I^vve(pr] Kal rovro. Tcvag ovv, efpT], 
 vrro rcvcov evpoifiev dv (.lel^ova evepyerrjfievovg, rj rraldag 
 Vnb yovecjjv ; ovg ol yovelg eK [lev ovk 6vro)v enoirjaav 
 elvat, roaavra de KaXd Idelv Kal roaovrojv dyaOcov fiera- 
 Gxelv, boa ol -^eol napexovoi rolg dvOpcoTTOig' a di) Kal 
 ovrcjg Tjfilv doKel navrog d^ia dvat, ugre ndvreg ro Kara- 
 ?U7Teiv avrd ndvrcjv fj,dXiara (fyevyojiev • Kal at TToXsig enl 
 rolg iMeyiaroLg ddcKrjfiaai ^rjfiiav -ddvarov rrsTTOcrjKaaiv, dig 
 OVK dv fiec^ovog KaKov (podo) rrjv ddcKtav navGovreg. 4. 
 Kal firiv ov rdv ye d(ppo6LGto)v eveKa rraLdoTroLelGdat rovg 
 dvdpd)7T0vg vnoXafibdvELg • (pavepol 6' eGfiev Kal GKorrovfie- 
 voL, e^ OTTOLMV dv yvvaiKCdv (SeXriora rifilv reKva yevotro. 
 5. Kal 6 fiev ye dvfjp rrjV re yvvaiKa rpecpei, Kal rolg 
 fieXXovGLv eaeGdat natGl TTpoirapaoKevd^ei navra, boa dv 
 olrjrai gvvolgelv avrolg -rrpbg rbv (3lov, Kal ravra dig dv 
 
44 xenophon's [II. 2. § 9. 
 
 dvvTj-ai TiXelaTa • r] 6e yvvi] vnods^afievrj re (pepei rb (pop- 
 ZLOV TovTO, (iapwoiiiv)] re, teal KLvSvvevovoa nepl rov (3lov, 
 Kal iisradiSovaa rrjg rpocprjg, ■?) Kai avrr] rpEcperaL, Kal ovv 
 •noXXix) TTOVG) dieveyKaaa Kal renovaa, rpecpei re Kai erri/ze- 
 Xelrai, ovre TTpoTTsnovdvia ovdev dyadov, ovrs yiyvCjOKOV 
 TO (3p£(pog v(p^ OTOV £v Trdax^f-, ovde aiiiiatvELV 6vvd[ievov, 
 brov delrai, dA/l' avrrj GTOxa^ofiivT] rd re cvfi^epovra Kai 
 rd Ksxapi-oiiiva -netpdrat eKTrXrjpovv, Kai rpecpei ttoXvv xpo- 
 vov, Kal r]ii£pag Kal vvKTog VTroiievovoa ttovelv, ovk elSvla, 
 riva Tovrojv %apii^ d-oXTj^psrat. 6. Kal ovk dpKel ■dpi'ipat 
 [Lovov, dXXd Kai, ETreiddv do^ojacv Uavol elvai ol TralSeg 
 fiavddvecv n, d [jlsv dv avrol exc^CFtv ol yovelg dyadd npbg 
 rov (3lov, 6i6daKovaiv • a d' dv oliovrai dXXov LKavcjrspov 
 elvai diSd^ai, 'ne[LTcovoL irpbg rovrov danavcjvrsg, Kai sm- 
 lieXovvraL, Tidvra noLovvreg, OTToyg ol Traldeg avrolg yevcdv- 
 rai d)g dvvarbv (ieXrLoroi. 7. lipbg ravra 6 veavioKog 
 ecprj • 'A/iAd tol, el Kal ndvra ravra ireTroLTjKe Kal dXXa 
 rovTCDV noXXairXdoLa, ovdelg dv dvvairo avrrjg dvaoxeodai 
 rf]v xO'^^~orTj~a. Kai 6 IcoKpdrrjg • Ildrepa de olei, £0?/, 
 ■&i]piov dypLorrjra SvgcpopGnspav elvai, rj ji7]rp6g ; 'Eyw 
 juev olnaL, ecprj, rrjg firjrpog, rrjg ye rotavrrjg. "Yidrj ncjnore 
 ovv 7j daKovaa KaKov rl ooi edojKev, 9j XaKrioaoa, ola vnb 
 ■&7jpLG)v rjdTj TcoXXol erradov ; 8. 'AA/la, vij Ala, ecprj, Xeyei, 
 d OVK dv rig eni ro) jSlo) rravri (SovXoiro dKovoai. I,v de 
 TToaa, £(pr] 6 IlcjKpdrrjg, oleu ravr^j dvgdveKra, Kal rrj (pojv^ 
 Kal rolg epyoig, ek Tratdiov dvgKoXalvcjv, Kal ijiiepag Kal 
 vvKrbg irpdyiiara napaaxelv, noaa 6e Xvirrjoai Kdfiv(jjv ; 
 'AaA' ov6e7T0)7Tore avrrjv, ecprj, ovr^ elna, ovr^ enolrjoa ov- 
 dev, ecf)' G) ijaxvvdT], 9. Ti 6e ; ohi, e(f)7], ^aAeTrwrepov el- 
 vai aoi dKOveiv, o)v avrrj Xeyeu, rj rolg vnoKpLralg, brav ev 
 ralg rpayLddiatg dXXrjXovg rd eaxara Xeyojaiv ; 'AAA', 
 dlfiai, eireidrj ovk olovrai rdv Xeyovrojv ovre rov eXey- 
 Xovra eXeyxeLV, Iva ^rjfiicjorj^ ovre rov dneiXovvra dneL- 
 Xuv, Iva KaKov rt noirjcrj, padlcjg (pepovat. I,v (5' ev elScDg, 
 w;, 6 rt Xeyei aoi ij jirjrrjp, ov [.bovov ov^ev KaKbv voovaa 
 
11. 2. § 14.] MEMORABILIA. 45 
 
 Xeyei, dXXd Kal j3ov?^o[iev7] gol dyadd elvat, oaa ovdevl 
 aAAo), x^'XenaLvetg ; rj vojiti^eLg KaKovovv t?)v firjrepa oot 
 elvat \ Ov dfiTa, ecpr], rovro ye oim oloiiat. 10. Kai 6 
 I,o)KpdT')]g , Ovuovv, ecf)?], av ravTTjv, evvovv re gol ovGav, 
 Kai emijLeko[j,ev7]V, cj^ iid?UGTa dvvarai, icdfivovrog, oncog 
 vytaCvqg re Kai OTCcjg rcjv entTTjdeicov njjdevdg ev6ei)g eGet, 
 Kai TTpog rovroig, rroXXd rolg deolg evxof^evTjv dyadd vnep 
 GOV, Kai evxdg dnodLdovGav, XQ'Xe7T7]v elvat (p'^jg ; eyo) fiev 
 olfiac, el roiavrrjv fxr] dvvaGat (pepetv p,r]Tepa, rdyadd Ge ov 
 dvvaGdat (pepetv. 11. EiTre de [lot, ecpri, norepov dXXov 
 7ivd o'let delv deparreveiv, t) napeGKevaGat [iTjSevl dvOpu- 
 rrojv neipaGdat dpeGKetv, p^rjd^ eneGdat, f.i7]6e netdeGOat fiTjre 
 Grpa-Tjyo), firjre dX/[G) dpxovrt ; Nat [id At' eywye, £0?/. 
 
 12. OvKovv, ecpT] 6 l,G)Kpdr7]g, Kai tg) yeirovt (3ovXet gv 
 dpeGKetv, tva Got Kai ixvp evavrj, orav rovrov 6exi, Kai dya- 
 6ov re Got yiyvrjTat GvXXriirroip, Kai, dv rt G^aXXofievog 
 rvxV^y £vvotKiog eyyvOev (SotjOxi Got ; "Eycjye, ecprj. Tt 6s ; 
 ovvoSotnopov, rj GvfMnXovv, rj ei ro) aXXco evrvyxdvotg, ov- 
 6ev dv Got dtatpepot <piXov i] exBpbv yeveGdat, rj Kai Tfjg 
 TTapd Tovrcov evvotag o'iet Selv eTTifieXetGdat ; "Eywys, e(p7]. 
 
 13. Etra rovrojv fiev errtjieXelGdat napEGKevaGai, rrjv 6e 
 fXTjTepa rrjv 7:dvTG)v fid?UGrd Ge (piXovGav ovk otet delv de- 
 parrevetv ; ovk oIgO' ort Kai ?} noXig dXXrjg jiev dxaptGrtag 
 ovdejitdg eTTtj^eXetrai, ovde Stfcd^et, dXXd neptopd rovg ev 
 TTeTTOvOorag %aptv ovk dnodtdovTag, edv 6e rig yoveag fiij 
 '&epaTTevrj, tovtg) dtKTjv re entrtdrjGt^ Kai dTTodoKtfid^ovGa 
 OVK ed dpx^iv rovrov, G)g ovre dv rd lepd evGedcJg d^vofieva 
 vnep rrjg 7i6XeG)g, rovrov -^vovrog, ovre dXXo KaXcJg Kai 
 6iKat(x)g ovdev dv rovrov rrpd^avrog ; Kai vi) Ala edv rtg 
 rCov yovecjv reXevrrjGdvrcjv rovg rd(povg iirj KoofX'rj, Kai 
 rovro e^erd^et rj -noXtg ev ralg rdv dpxovrcjv doKip^aGiaig. 
 
 14. I,v ovv, (b nal, dv GCdcppovyg, rovg fxev ■deovg ■Kapairijoet 
 Gvyyvcjfiovdg Got elvat, e'i rt TTap7]fieXi]Kag rrjg ii7]rp6g, fii] 
 Ge Kal ovrot vojitGavreg dxdptorov elvat, ovk eOiX(x)Gtv ev 
 TTOtelv rovg de dvOpcjnovg av (pvXd^ei, firj Ge alGd6p,evot 
 
46 xenophon's [II. 3. § 1. 
 
 TO)V yovEGW afieXovvra navTsg drifidooyGLV, tcaraev eprjfiia 
 ^iXiiiv dvacbavrjg • el yap us viroXdtoiEV rrpog rovg yovelg 
 dxdpiorov elvai, ovSelg dv vonioetev ev oe Tcoirjaag x^P^'^ 
 
 d'TToXrjipeoQai. 
 
 CHAPTER III. 
 
 SUMMARY. 
 Socrates having- observed that Chagrephou and Chaevecrates, two 
 brothers, vsdth whom he was acquainted, were at variance, wished very 
 much to reconcile them to each other, and employed for this purpose the 
 following arguments : 
 
 1. A brother ought to be dearer to one than riches (§ 1) ; for the pos- 
 session of riches is doubtful and uncertain, unless you have friends and 
 companions, through whose aid you may be enabled to retain and enjoy 
 these. {^ 2, 3.) The truest friend, moreover, is undoubtedly that one 
 who has been given to you by nature, namely, a brother. For, iu the first 
 place, the being born of the same pai-ents, and the being brought up under 
 the same roof, ought to prove a powerful bond of union ; and, in the next 
 place, he who has a brother is less exposed to attacks from others than 
 he who has none. {§ 4.) 
 
 2. This being the case, duty requires of us that, even if a brother enter- 
 tain angiy and hostile feelings toward us, still we must not imitate him in 
 this, but must strive to conciliate and appease him (^ 5-9) ; and the true 
 mode of conciUating will be by endeavoring to work upon his feelings 
 through the medium of kind words and actions {§ 10-14) ; which course it 
 will be the more incumbent upon you to pursue if you are the younger 
 brother, since it is every where an established rule that the younger show- 
 respect to the elder. (§ 15-17.) 
 
 3. Brothers ought not to be in opposition to one another, but ought to 
 live together in perfect harmony. And as, in the case of the body, two 
 pairs of limbs, &c., such as, for example, hands, legs, feet, lend mutual 
 aid ; so no situation ought to hinder brothers who live in amity from ren- 
 dering one another the most essential service. (§ 18, 19.) 
 
 1. XaipecpGJvra 66 rrore Kal XaipeKpdrrjv, d(5eX^G) fisv 
 6v7S dXXrjXoLV, iavrCd 6e yvG)pLii(D, alaOojiEVog dcacfyEpofie- 
 VG), ISg)v rbv XaipeK.pdT7]v, EtTie [iol, e(J)7]j d) Xaipeicparegj 
 ov drjTTOV Kal ov el iCov tolovtuv dvOpdjnGyv, ot XPV^^H'^^' 
 repov vofiL^ovGL xPWf^"^^ V ddeX<povg ; Kal ravra, roJv fiev 
 d(j)p6v(jjv bvTO)v, rov de cppovifwv, Kal roJv jxev jSorjOeiag 
 6eo[ievG)V, rov de (3o7]6elv 6vvajievoVy Kal npog rovroig rcjv 
 
II. 3. § 8.] MEMORABILIA. 47 
 
 fiev TcXsLovcjv vTrap^6v~G)Vy rov 6e evog. 2. Qav^iaarbv 
 6e Kal TOVTO, el rig rovg [j,ev ddeXcjyovg ^rjntav JiyelraL, on 
 ov Kal rd rcov ddeX(pC)v KetcT^jrac, rovg de TToXirag ovx 
 riyelrai ^rjfLcav, on ov Kal Ta tgjv 7ToXcTa)V ex^i-, dW kv- 
 ravda fiev dvvarai Xoyi^eodat, on Kpelrrov ovv TToXXolg 
 olKovvra docpaXaJg dpKOvvra ex^tv, 7] fiovov dLaLTG)[.i£vov 
 rd rojv TToXirCdv eniKLvdvvcog navra KSKrrjGdai, snl de rcjv 
 ddsXcjjoJv rd avrb rovro dyvoovoi. 3. Kat olKerag [lev ol 
 dvvdiievoi (hvovvrac, Iva ovvepyovg £%W(7i, Kal (piXovg 
 KTibvrai., (hg Porjdajv Seofievoi, rdv (5' ddeXcpuv diieXovGiV, 
 cogrrep ek noXiroJv i.iev ytyvofievovg (jylXovg, e^ ddeX^Cjv 6e 
 ov ytyvofievovg. 4. Kal p.'ijv rrpog (piXlav fieya fzev vndp- 
 X^i rd eK rCdV avribv cjjvvai., fieya 6e rd bp,ov rpaiprjvai, 
 euel Kal rolg drjpLoig noOog ng eyyiyverat ruv avvrpocpcov 
 TTpog 6e rovroig, Kal ol dXXoi dvOpojiroL nfiiooL re p^aXXov 
 rovg GvvadeXipovg bvrag rCdV dvadiX(j)G)v, Kal fjrrov rov- 
 roig eTTirldevrai. 5. Kal b XatpeKpdrTjg elnev • 'AA/l' el 
 (lev, G) lG)Kpareg, fir) jieya elr] rb 6td(popov, locsyg dv 6eoi 
 (pepeiv rov ddeXcpbv, Kal p,?] piKpoJv eveKa (pevyetv • dyaObv 
 yap, cjgnsp ko2 ov Xeyeig, ddeX<p6g, cov olov del' bnore 
 f.ievroL rravrbg evdeoi, Kal ndv rb evavri6rarov eh], rt dv 
 rig e-iTix^LpoiT] rolg dSvvdrotg ; 6. Kal b I^ojKpdrrjg etpr] • 
 Uorepa 6e, d) XacpeKpareg, ovdevl dpeoai dvvarai X.aipe- 
 (f)(x)v, cjgnep ov6e gol, i] eGnv olg Kal rcdvv dpeGKEi ; Aia 
 rovro yap rot, e<pr], d) lld)Kpareg, d^tov eGnv epol pioelv 
 avrbv, on dXXoig pev dpeGKeiv dvvarai, epol de, bnov dv 
 TTapxf, Tcavraxov Kal epy(x) Kal Aoyo) ^rjpia pdXXov, rj <h(pe- 
 Xeid eGnv. 7. ^Ap' ovv, ecprj b I>G)Kpdrr]g, cjgnep tnuGg rd) 
 dveTTLGrrjpovL pev, eyx^t-povvn de XPI^^^^^ ^rjpla eGriv, 
 ovrbi Kal ddeX(f)6g, brav ng avrd) pi) enLGrdaevog eyx^ipXI 
 XpTjGdaL, ^7]pia eGriv ; 8. ITaJ^ d' dv eyd), ecprj b Xaipe- 
 Kpdrrjg, d.veniGrrjpcjjv eL7]v ddeX<p(p ;\;p^a0ai, emGrduevbg 
 ye Kal ev Xeyeiv rov ev Xeyovra, Kal ev uoielv rov ev rcoi- 
 ovvra ; rbv pevroi Kal Xoyix) Kal epyo) rreipdypevov epe 
 dvidv, ovK dv dwaiprfv ovr'' ev Xeyeiv, ovr'' ev noielv, dXX 
 
48 xenophon's [II. 3. § 14. 
 
 ovde TTELpdoofiaL. 9. Ival 6 Sw/cpar?/^ ecpT] • Qavfiaord ye 
 Xeysig^ g) XaLpeKpareg, si Kvva fiev, el ool rjv eiri npodd- 
 roLg sTnrrjdetog cov, nal rovg jiev noLfievag rjGnd^ero, ool 
 de TrpogiOVTi exa^^^Traivev, dfieXfjoag dv rov opyi^eodai 
 ETTELpco £v TTOLTjoag TxpavvELv avTOV, Tov Ss ddeXipov (pxig [lev 
 \ieya dv dyadbv elvai, ovra npog gs olov del, eniGraodai 
 6s ofioXoyGJv /cat ev iroielv fcal ev Xeyeiv, ovk emxELpelg 
 [irjxcivdGdai, orrojg Got (hg (ieXriGrog eGrai ; 10. Kalo 
 XaipeKpdTTjg ^ AiSotna, £0?y, 65 H^dynpareg, ixt) ova e^w eyo) 
 roGavTrjV GOcfiLav, cjgre XatpecpGJvra noLrjGaL npog efie olov 
 del. Kal prjv ovSsv ye -noLnLXov, ecpT] 6 Ha^Kpdrrjg, ovde 
 Kaivov del en' avrov, (hg ejiol Sonel, iirjxcbvdodai, olg 6e Kal 
 Gv enioraGai avrog, olopai dv avrov aXovra nepl noXkov 
 noielGQal ge. 11. Ovii dv (pddvotg, e(f)7], Aeywv, el n rjodrj' 
 Gal {J.E (biXrpov EniGrdfiEVov, b kyd) eldcjg XeXijOa sfiavrov. 
 Keys 6r] p^ot, e^rj, el Tiva ru)V yvuptpajv fSovXoio Karepyd- 
 GaGdai, bnoTE '&vol, naXslv ge snl delnvov, rl dv noLolrjg \' 
 /\r]?i0V, on KaTdpxoifM dv tov avrog, ore dvoipi, KaXelv 
 eaelvov. 12. FA 6e jSovXoio tu)V cplXoyv nvd nporpe^paGOac, 
 bnore dnodrjpoLTjg, enipeXelGOai rCyv Gcjv, rl dv noiolrjg ; 
 AriXov, ore nporepog dv eyxEipolrjv enipeXelGOat rCjv enet- 
 vov, bnore dnoSripolT}. 13. Et ds (3ovXoio ^evov noi7]Gat 
 vnodsxEGdai Gsavrov, bnoTE sXOoLg elg tt^v ekelvov, tl dv 
 noLOLTjg ; ArjXov, on Kal rovrov nporspog vnodexoipriv dv, 
 bnore eXOol 'Adrjva^e • Kal el ye (3ovXoipr]v avrov npodv- 
 pelGdai dianpdrretv pot e0' d TJKoipi, drjXov, on Kal rovro 
 deoL dv npoTspov avrov eKelvG) notelv. 14. Jlai^r' dpa gv 
 ye rd ev dvOpconoig <plXrpa encGrdpevog ndXat dneKpvn- 
 rov ' 7] oKvelg, etpr], dp^at, pi] aiGXpbg (pav^g, edv nporepog 
 rov ddeX(l)dv ev noLrjg ; Kal pTjv nXeiGrov ye doKel dvrjp 
 enalvov d^cog elvai, bg dv (pddvrj rovg pev noXeplovg Ka- 
 KOJg noLOiV, rovg ds. (fylXovg evepyeroJv • el pev ovv edoKet 
 pot Xaipecjyiov rjyepovLKcJrepog elvai gov npog rijv (pvGiv 
 ravTTjv, eKelvov dv eneLp6p7]v neWeiv nporepov eyxEipEiv 
 Tw Gs (ptXov notelGdai, • vvv de pot gv doKslg rjyovpevog 
 
II. 3. § 19.] MEMORABILIA. 49 
 
 jwaAAov av e^epyd^eaOai rovro. 15. Kal 6 XaipeKpdTrjg 
 elnev • "Arona XejEiq^ o) I^cjupaTsg, Kai ovSafiu)^ irpog aov^ 
 bg ye KsXevEig sfie vscjTspov bvra aaOriyelaOai • nairoL rov- 
 rov ye irapd irdaiv dvOpcJTTOig rdvavTia voiii^eraL, rbv 
 TTpeabvrepov rjyeladac navrog Kal epyov Kat Xoyov. 16. 
 rXo)^ ; E(^7] b I^GJKpdrrjg • ov ydp Kal bdov T:apax(^prioa(, rbv 
 vecjTSpov npeabvTEpG) ovvrvyxdvovrt navraxov voiii^Eiaiy 
 Kal KadrjfiEvov vnavaariivat, Kal koltxi fiakaK'q rLnr]oaL, 
 Kal X6y(j)v vnel^at ; (hyaOe, [17] okvel, ecpr}, dA/l' eyxdpec 
 rbv dvdpa KaranpavvEcv, Kal ndvv raxv ooi vnaKovoerat • 
 ovx ^99'^-) ^C (ptXbrLiiog Eorc, Kal sXEvdipiog ; rd [iev ydp 
 TTOvrjpd dvdpcjTTia ovk dv dXX(jig fidXXov sXoLg, rj eI didolrjg 
 ri, rovg 6s KaXovg Kayadovg dvOpuTTOvg rrpogcfyLXcJg ;:^pW|a£- 
 vog iidXiar' dv KarEpydoato. 17. Kat 6 XaipEKpdrrjg el- 
 nev ' 'Edv ovv, sfiov ravra noiovvrog, sKslvog p.r]d£v (SsX- 
 rlG)v yiyvT]rai ; Tt ydp dXXo, £<p7] b I^ojKpdrrjg, r] klvSv- 
 VEvoEig ETTLdEi^ai, Gv UEV xpi]^'^bg re Kal ^LXddEX(pog Elvac, 
 EKELVog Se (pavXbg re Kal ovk d^tog EVEpyEoiag ; dXX* ov6ev 
 ol[.iaL rovro)v EOEodai • vojil^Cx) ydp avrbv, Eireiddv aladr]- 
 rat ae npoKaXovuevov eavrbv elg rbv dyojva rovrov, irdvv 
 (piXoveLKTjoetv, bncjg TTEpLyevqral oov Kal XbyG) Kal Epyo) 
 ev TTOLGJv. 18. Nvv iiEV ydp ovrcjg, £0?y, didKeiodov, cjgnEp 
 el rd) %e?pe, dg b ■dsbg km rb ovXXafi6dveLV dXlqXatv ettol- 
 rjOEV, d(f)EfiEVG) rovrov rpdnoivro -rrpbg rb ^laKOiXvELv dX- 
 XrjXo), 7] eI TO) TTode, -dEia iioipa iTEnoirj(.iEVG) trpbg rb avvEp- 
 yelv dXXrjXoLV, diiEXrjoavre rovrov euttocU^olev dXXrjXo). 
 19. Ovk dv ttoXXtj df^tadia eh] Kal KaKodaifiovla rolg err' 
 oxpeXeia Tre-noLrniEVOig km jSXddec xPV^Gcli- ; Ka^ i^rjv ddeA- 
 0c5 ye, G)g kfxol Sokec, b debg enotrjaev km iieI^ovl cj^eXeia 
 dXXrjXoLV, 7] %£?p£ re, real rcbde, Kal d(l)6aXfj,(ij, rdXXd re, 
 baa d6eX6d ecpvaer dvdpcjTTOig. Xelpsg fisv ydp, eI Seoc 
 avrdg rd ttXeov opyvtdg dUxovra dfia notrjoai, ovk dv 
 6vvaLvro, irbdEg Se ovd'' dv km rd opyvidv Siexovra eXOolev 
 dim, d(f)daXfj,ol 6e, ol Kal doKovvrEg km nXElarov e^lkveZ- 
 adai, ovd' dv rojv kri kyyvrkpo) bvruv rd Efjinpoudev d^a 
 
 C 
 
60 xenophon's [II. 4. § 4. 
 
 Kat rd oTnoOev Idelv dvvatvro' ddeXclxji} 6s, 0tAa) ovre, 
 Kai TToXv dieaTcore Trpdrrerov d[ia Kat en' CjcpeXeia dX- 
 
 CHAPTER IV. 
 
 SUMMARY. 
 In this chapter, as well as in many of those that follow, the theme is 
 Friendship. In the present chapter the value of friendship is considered : 
 
 1. Many persons are more intent upon any thing else rather than upon 
 the acquiring and pi'esei'ving of friends. (§ 1-4.) 
 
 2. And yet there is no possession more valuable, or more stable, or 
 more directly useful than a good friend. For he takes care of the affairs 
 and interests of another as if they were his own ; he shares with him not 
 merely prosperous, but also adverse fortune ; and he provides for the safety 
 and prosperity of another as much as, and sometimes even more than, for 
 his own. (§ 5-7.) 
 
 1. "Knovaa de nore avrov fcal nepl (ptXcjv diaXeyoiievov, 
 k^ 0)v e/zoiye eSoksi ^dXiar^ dv rig LdcpeXeladai irpog (plXcov 
 KTTJaLV re Kal jj^pemi' • rovro fiev yap 6r) ttoXXmv ecpr] dtcov- 
 ecv, (hg TTavTCJv KTrjiidroyv KparLOrov dv elr} (piXog oa^rfg 
 Kal dyadog^ e7nfi£?iOVjj.evovg de iravrdg fxdXXov bpdv e(f)7] 
 rovg TcoXXovg t] ^L?iG)v icrrjaecog. 2. Kat yap olfctag, Kal 
 dypovg, Kal dvSpdnoda, Kal (iooKriiiaTa^ Kal gkevt] KrwfJii- 
 vovg re e-mfiEXojg bpdv ecprj, Kal rd bvra ooj^eiv TTEipcjfii- 
 vovg, (f)lXov di, b fisytarov dyadbv elvat (paotv, bpdv e(p7j 
 roifg TToXXovg, ovre bncjg Krrjaovrat (fypovrl^ovrag, ovre 
 OTToyg ol bvreg eavrolg cdj^covrai. 3. 'AAAd Kai, Kajivov- 
 rcjv (piXcdv re Kal oUsrcJv, bpdv rivag e^ rolg [lev oUe- 
 raLg Kal larpovg elgdyovrag, Kal rdXXa rcpog vyieiav em- 
 [leXCig napaoKevd^ovrag, rdv 6k cplXcdv bXiyo)povvrag' dno- 
 6av6vro)v re dficporepcxtv, enl fisv rolg oUeratg axOofievovg 
 Kal ^rjiuav rjyovp,EVovg, enl 6e rolg (ptXoig ov6ev olofisvovg 
 eXarrovodai, Kal rwv fiev dXXojv KrrjfidrGiv ov6£v siovrag 
 ddspd-nevrov, ov6^ dvEnloKEnrov, ro)v de (f)LXo)v enifiEXELag 
 6eoiievo)v dfiEXovvrag. 4. "En 6e npog rovroig bpdv e^?/ 
 rovg noXXovg ru)v p,ev dXXuiv KrTjudrcov, Kal ndw ttoXXojv 
 
II. 4. § 7.] MEMORABILIA. 5l 
 
 avTolg bvTO)v, rb nXridog eldorag, rdv 6s 0/Aa)r, OALyoyv 
 ovrcov, ov fjiovov to iTArjdog dyvoovvrag, dXXd K-al rolg 
 TTVvdavofievoig rovro KaraXeysLV eyxsip'Tjoavrag, ovg ev 
 Tolg (plXoLg edeaav, -ndXiv rovrovg dvarldeoOaL • roaovrov 
 avTovg Tojv (plXiov (fypovTi^etv. 5. Kacrot rrpog nolov Krrma 
 rCdv dXXoiv 7Tapa6aXX6[jLevog (ptXog dyadog ovk dv noXXip 
 KpetTTWV (pavsLT] ; rrolog ydp imrog, ?} nolov ^evyog ovrcj 
 XP'fjotnov, (bg-nep 6 xpl^'^og (piXog^ nolov 6e dvdpdnodov 
 ovTO)g Evvovv not napafiovifiov, ^ nolov dXXo KTr^ia ovtg) 
 ndyxpTjOTOV ; 6. 'O ydp dyadog (piXog eavrbv rdrrEi npbg 
 ndv TO eXXelnov tgj (piXci), Kai TTjg tCjv idtcov KaraoKevrig, 
 Kal TU)v KOtvwv npd^eog, Kai, dv re TLva ev noirjaac Setj, 
 ovvenLOxvet, dv re Tcg (j)66og TapdTTXj, ovii6o7]6ei, Td fisv 
 ovvavaXiOKOJV, rd de ovfinpaTTOV, teal Td [lev avunecdcjVj 
 Td de (3ia^6nevog, fcal ev fiev npdTTOVTag nXeloTa eixppat' 
 VG)V, GcpaXXofievovg ds nXeloTa enavopOoJv. 7. "A 6s at 
 re %€tp£^ eKdoTCd vnrjpeTovoi, ical ol oc^OaXp^ol npoopcjai, 
 Kal Td d)Ta npoaKovovoi, Kal ol n66sg 6iavvTovm, tovtcjv 
 (plXog EvepyeTMV ov6evbg XetneTai • noXXaKig 66, a npb av- 
 Toi) Tig OVK s^sLpydaaTo, ?] ovk el6EV, rj ovk rJKOvaev, rj ov 
 6irjvvae, TavTa 6 (jylXog npb tov ^lXov e^rjpKSGev. 'AAA,' 
 oficjg evLoi 6sv6pa (isv neipcJVTat -^epaneveiv tov Kapnov 
 eveKev, tov 6e naficpopoyTdrov KTrj^iaTog, b KaXelTai (plXogj 
 dpyojg Kal dveLf.ievG)g ol nXeloTOL enLp,eXovrai. 
 
 CHAPTER V. 
 
 SUMMARY. 
 
 The main point involved in the present chapter is, that we should look 
 well into ourselves, and see in what estimation we may reasonably hope 
 that our friends are holding us, and should also strive to be of as much use 
 as possible to them. 
 
 On account of the brevity of the discussion, many things are left to be 
 concluded by the reader, rather than expressly stated by Socrates. His 
 object, however, is to reprove one of his followers for having deserted a 
 friend who was oppressed with penury. 
 
52 xenophon's [II. 5. § 5. 
 
 1. "Rfcovaa 6e nore fcat aXXov avrov Xoyov, bg edoKet 
 fioi TTporpensLV rbv duovovra i^erd^eLV eavrov, onoaov rolg 
 <piXoig d^Log £L7]. 'IdC)v yap nva rdv ^vv6vtg)v dfj^eXovvra 
 (piXov irevia TTLe^ofievov, rjpero 'Avriudevr] evavrlov rov 
 dfieXovvrog avrov, Kal dXX(ov noXXCJv • 2. ^Ap\ ecpTj, g) 
 ^AvTiadeveg, elai riveg d^iat 0iAwv, cjgnep oIkstcjv ; Twv 
 yap oIketcjv 6 fiev rcov 6vo fjLvalv d^iSg earcv, 6 6e ov6^ 
 rjfjLifivaLov, 6 de ttevts fivc^v, 6 de Kai dsKa • 'Ntfccag 6e 6 
 'NcKrjpdrov Xeyerac hTnardrrjv eig rdpyvpta Trplaadac ra- 
 XdvTOV • Gfconovnat drj rovro, e^rj, el dpa, (jgnep rC>v olice- 
 rcjv, ovTG) Kal rcov (piXcdv elalv d^tai. 3. Nat p,d Af , e0?/ 
 6 ^Avrtodevjjg • kyo) yovv (3ovXol[17]v dv rov [lev nva (plXov 
 fiot elvac fzdXXov, rj 6vo [Mvdg, rov d' ovd^ dv rjiiLjivaiov rrpo- 
 TLiiTjaaifiTjv, rov de Kal rrpb dsKa fivcjv eXoiiiriv dv, rbv 6e 
 TTpb Trdvrcjv XPW^'^^'^ '^^^ ttovov 7Tpiaip.riv dv (plXov [j,oc 
 elvai. 4. OvKOvv, eipr] 6 XcJKpdrrjg, el ye ravra roiavrd 
 eon, KaXoJg dv exoi e^erd^ecv nva eavrov, noaov dpa rvy- 
 Xdvet, rolg (l)iXoig d^Log u)v, Kal TreipdoOai (bg irXeiGrov d^tog 
 elvai, Lva TJrrov avrbv ol (piXoi TrpodcSoJOLV • eyo) yap roiy 
 e^7], TToXXaKig aKovo) rov [lev, on TrpovdcjKEV avrbv (piXog 
 dvTjp, rov 66, on [ivdv dvd' eavrov fidXXov elXero dvrjp, bv 
 G)£ro (ptXov elvai. 5. Td roiavra ndvra OKorrct), [irj, ugnep, 
 orav ng olKerrjv novrjpbv ttcjXxj, Kal dnodldoraL rov ev- 
 povrog, ovro) Kal rbv novrjpbv (ptXov, orav e^rj rb ixXelov 
 rrjg d^iag Xabelv^ enaycjybv xj npodidoadai * rovg 6e XPI' 
 OTOvg ovre oiKerag ndvv n ncoXoviJLevovg opio, ovre (piXovg 
 TrpoSidofievovg. 
 
 CHAPTER VI. 
 
 SUMMARY. 
 The subject of friendship is continued, and the following inquiries are 
 instituted with regard to it : 
 
 1. WTiat kind of persons are we to choose as friends ? (§ 1-5.) 
 
 8. la what way, before we make men our friends, ought we to put them 
 
II. 6. § 4.] MEMORABILIA. 53 
 
 to the test, iii order to ascertain whether they will make good friends or 
 not? ($ 6, 7.) 
 
 3. In what way, after a person has been ascertained to be worthy of 
 our friendship, are we to proceed to make him om- friend? (§ 8-28.) 
 
 These questions having been answered, Socrates makes the following 
 remai-ks in addition : 1. In choosing friends, we must be guided, not by 
 mere fairness of exterior, but by internal excellence. ($ 29-32.) 2. Friend- 
 ship must necessarily spring from an admiration of what is rirtuous. 
 (§ 33.) 3. This admiration inspires a kindly feeling ($ 34), and this kindly 
 feeling impels us to strive in every way to bind the individual unto us as 
 a fiiend. (§ 35.) 4. Now the basis of real friendship is truth and candor 
 {§ 36-38), and hence the shortest, and safest, and best road to friendship 
 is this, to strive to be in reality such as you may wish your friends to con- 
 sider you to be. (§ 39.) 
 
 1. 'E(56/c£i de fioi, Kal elg rb domfid^eiv (f)i?iOvg, bixoiovg 
 a^LOV KrdaSaL, (ppevovv roid6e Xkji^v Erne \loi^ ed)?], G) 
 KpcrodovXe, el deoifieda cl)l?iov dyaOov, TTcJg.dv knix^ipoLTj- 
 \iEV GKOTcelv ; dpa irpdrov [lev ^r]T7]T£ov, ogrig apx^i Jd- 
 arpog re, Kai (ptXonoaLag, Kal Xayveiaq, Kal ^nvov, Kal 
 dpyiaq ; 6 yap vno tovtcjv Kparovfievog ovt' avrbg kavrcb 
 dvvatr' av ovre 0iAa) rd diovra npaTreLV ; Md At', ov 
 SrjTa, e(f)7i. Ovkovv rov [lev vnd tovtojv dpxofievov dcpsK- 
 reov doKel gol elvai \ Udvv fisv ovv, ecprj. 2. Ti yap ; 
 |07/, ogng danavrjpbg gjv [li] avrdpKTjg egtIv, dAA' del rdiv 
 ttXtjglov delrai, Kal Xafi6dvo)v fiev, fii] dvvarai dnodLdovac, 
 fj,rj Xafj,6dvG)v de, rbv firj didovTa fiLGel, ov doKel gol Kal 
 ovTog ;^aA£7rd^ (piXog elvai ; JIdvv, ecprj. Ovkovv dcpeK. 
 reov Kal rovrov ; ^AcpeKreov fievroi, i(j)r]. 3. Tt yap ; 
 ogrtg ;)^p?y^aTt^£(T0ai fiev dvvarai^ iroXXCdv 6s XPVH'^'^^^ 
 ETnOvfiel, Kal Std rovro 6vg^vi.i6oX6g eGn, Kal Xajji6dvo}v 
 fj,ev 7]6erai, dnodtdovaL 6e ov (iovXerai ; 'E/>ot [lev doKel, 
 6(1)7], ovTog en novrjpoTepog eKeivov elvai. 4. Tt 6e ; hgrig 
 did rbv epcdra rov %p?yjLfori(^ea^at fj,7]de irpbg ev &XXo oxo- 
 Xrjv TTOcelraL, rj dnoOev avrbg Kepdavel ; ^AcpeKreov Kal 
 rovrov, oyg efiol doKel • dvcjcpeXrjg ydp dv eirj rep ;\;pa)/zei^6J. 
 Tt de ; bgrig GraGicjdrjg re eGTC, Kal ■deXcov noXXovg rolg 
 (piXoig exBpovg napexeLV ; ^evKreov, vrj Ala, Kal rovrov. 
 El 6s rig rovrcjv fiev rcov KaKoJv fi7j6ev %ot, ev 6e ndGX(»)v 
 
54 xenopiion's [II. 6. § 11. 
 
 dve;\;£rai, {j,7]Sev (ppovTi^cjv rov avrevepyerelv ; ^Avo)(f)eX7]g 
 dv sir] Kal ovrog ' dXXd nolov, w I^cjupareg, euLx^i-prjOOfiev 
 (piXov noteladai; 5. Ol(j,aL [j,ev, og rdvavria tovtcjv iy- 
 Kparrig fisv sotl tcjv Slo, lov GO)fiaTog 7]6ovC)v, evopnog 6s 
 Kal ev^v[i6o?iog (x)V rvyxdvei., Kal ^iXoveLHog rrpog ro fii) 
 eXXelneadac ev noLOJv rovg evspyeTovvrag avTOV, tjgre Xv- 
 GtTsXelv rolg xp^f^^^^oig. 6. nc5^ ovv dv ravra doKiiid- 
 aaiiisv, G) JlcjKpareg, npb rov ;^p^o0a£ ; Tovg [lev dvdpiav- 
 ronotovg, 1(1)7], doKiiid^oiiev, ov rolg Xoyoig avrojv TEKfiai- 
 ponevoi, dXV ov dv opiofiev rovg npoadev dvdpidvrag Ka- 
 Xu)g elpyaofievov, rovTG) inarsvofiev Kal rovg XoLnovg ev 
 noirjaeiv. 7. Kal dvdpa drj Xeyecg, E(f)7], og dv rovg (plXovg 
 rovg npoodsv ev ttoluv (palvqrai, dijXov elvat Kal rovg 
 varepovg evspyerrjGovra ; Kal yap iTcnoLg, E(t>7), ov dv 
 rolg npoadev bpC) KaXoJg %pc5jt/£V0V, rovrov Kal dXXoig olftai, 
 KaXibg xP'Tjf^Oai. 8. FJev, e(f)7] • bg 6' dv tj^jllv d^iog (piXiag 
 doKxi elvai, rrajg XPV ^i-Xov rovrov noLelodai, ; Upojrov fiev, 
 ecpT], rd napd ru)v d^ecjv eTTLOKenreov, el GV[j,6ovXevovaiv 
 avrbv (plXov noieladai. Ti ovv ; ecpr], ov dv rj^uv re doKy 
 Kal ol 'dsol fiTj evavrLcJvrac, ex^tg elnelv^ 6n(t)g ovrog Sr^pa- 
 reog ; 9. Md Ai', e0?/, ov Kard noSag, dgnep 6 Xaycjg, ov6^ 
 drcdrxi-, tjgnep at opvideg, ovde (Sla, ugnep ol exOpoi • aKOV- 
 ra yap cpiXov eXelv epyoJdeg • ;^aA£7r6v 6e Kal Sijoavra 
 Karex^LV, cjgnep dovXov • ex^pol ydp fidXXov rj (piXoL yiy- 
 vovrat ravra irdaxovreg. ^lXol 6e TrcJg; e(p7]. 10. 'Elvac 
 fiev nvdg (fyaaiv enGyddg, dg ol eTnord[ievoL enadovTeg olg 
 dv (3ovX(i)VTaL (plXovg kavrolg rtoiovvrau • elvat 6e Kal (plX- 
 rpa, olg ol eTnardfievoL npog ovg dv (SovXovrat XP^H'^'^^^ 
 (piXovvrai vir' avrojv. 11. Hodev ovv, ecprj, ravra fiddoL- 
 p,ev dv ; "A iiev at Iieiprjveg en^dov tw ^OSvoael, 7JK,ovoag 
 '0[j,rjpov, o)V eanv dpxrj roidde rig • 
 
 Aevp' (lye 6^, noXvai-v' 'Odvaev, fxeya Kvdog 'AxaiQv. 
 Tavr7}v ovv, ecpr], rrjv eTTGySrjv, g) IiCOKpareg, Kal rolg dX- 
 Xoig dvdpu)noLg at ^eipriveg enaSovaaL Karelxov, cogre [li] 
 dntevac drr' avriov rovg enaodevrag ; Ovk • dXXd rolg err' 
 
IL 6. § 19.] MEMORABILIA. 55 
 
 apsT'Q (ptXoTtiioviitvot^ ovTO)g ETTXjdov. 12. 2;\;e(56v rt Ae- 
 yecg roiavra j^p^vai eicdoTG) erradeiv, ola fiT] vofitsl dicovcjv 
 rbv enaivovvra narayeACyvra Xkyeiv • ovrij) fxev yap e^dt- 
 cjv r' dv elrj, Kal dneXavvoi rovg dvOpwnovg d(j)^ savrovy 
 el rbv eldora, otl iMiKpog re Kal ala^pog Kal doOevrjg kdrcv, 
 enaivoli] ?Jyo)v, on KaXog re Kal fieya^ Kal iaxvpog iorcv, 
 13. "AXXag 6e rivag olada ercioddg ; Ovk' dXX' rJKOvaa 
 fjLEV, ore nspLKXrjg noXXdg f-rrcoracro, dg endScov rrj rroXei 
 eixotei avrijv (pcXelv avrov. QsiiioroKXTjg da rcGig ettoltjos 
 rrjv TToXiv (juXeIv avrov ; Ma At' ovk Enddcjv, dXXd nepc- 
 dxpag re dyadbv avr^. 14. AoKElg fiot Xeyeiv, o) llMKpa- 
 reg^ C)g, eI (jleXXoiiiev dyaBov nva Krrjaaodat (plXov, avrovg 
 'Tji^dg dyaOovg del yevEoSat Xiyeiv re Kal rrpdrreiv. 2i) (5* 
 Gjov, £0?; 6 'ZoyKpdr'qg, olov r' Elvai, irovripov ovra xp'^l^'^ovg 
 (piXovg Krrjaaadac; 15. 'Eojpwv ydp, e<p7j 6 Kpcr66ovXog, 
 prjropdg re (pavXovg dyadolg drjfirjyopoig (biXovg ovrag, Kal 
 Grparrjyelv ovx tKavovg ndw Grparr]yLKolg dvdpdatv erai- 
 povg. 16. ""Ap' ovv, Ecpi], Kal, iTEpl ov diaXeydfieda, oladd 
 rcvag, ol dvddcpeXelg bvrsg dxpeXlixovg dvvavrai (plXovg 
 TcoLELodai ; Md At' ov 6rir\ E(pr] ' dXV el ddvvarov kari, 
 novTjpbv ovra KaXovg Kayadovg (jyiXovg Krrjoaadat, ekeIvo 
 TJdrj lle7^.eL p,ot, el eariv, avrbv KaXbv KayaObv yevdfxevoVy 
 e^ erolnov rolg KaXolg Kdyadolg (plXov elvat. 17. "0 ra- 
 pdrrei oe, <J5 Kptrb6ovXe, ore noXXdKcg dvdpag Kal KaXd 
 npdrrovrag, Kal riov alaxp^v dTTExofiEVOvg opag, dvrl rov 
 ^IXovg elvai, oraaid^ovTag d?\,XrjXoig, Kal ^a/leTrwrepov 
 Xp(^lJ'£vovg rC)v fiTjSevbg d^ioiv dvdpojnwv. 18. Kal ov {mo- 
 vov y\ E(p7] 6 KpirodovXog, ol ISiGJrai. rovro noLovacv, dXXd 
 Kal TToXeLgyalyroJv re KaXtJV fid?UGra enifieXofjieva^, Kal rd 
 alaxpd iJKiara irpogienevai, noXXaKcg noXefiCKGJg exovat 
 npbg dXXrjXag. 19. "A Xoyt^ojievog, ndvv ddvixojg e%a> 
 npbg rrjv rdv (J)lXg)v KrijaLV • ovrs ydp rovg Trovrjpovg opco 
 (jilXovg dXXrjXotg dvvafievovg elvat • 7TU>g ydp dv t] dxdpt- 
 aroty 7j dfteXelg, rj nXeovEKrai, 7] dinar ot, 7/ aKparelg dv- 
 dpoyTTOC dvvaivro (pcXoL yeveadai ; Ol p-EV ovv novjjpoi 
 
56 xexophon's [II. 6. § 25. 
 
 rrdvTCjjg efioiye Sokovolv dXXriAOLg fc-;\;0pot fiaXXov rj (pcXoi 
 TTEcpvfcevac. 20. 'AA/ld [irjv, ugnep oi) XeyEiq^ ovd' av rolg 
 ^prjarolg ol novripoL ttots ovvapjioaeiav elg cpcXcav ' uoyg 
 yap ol TO, TTOVTjpd rroLovvTsg rolg rd rotavra jjugovgl (piXoi 
 yevoivr' av ; Et 6e dij itai ol dpeTTjv doKOvvreg oraGid- 
 ^ovGL re Trepi rov TrpcDrsveiv ev ralg noXeaL, nai (pdovovv- 
 reg kavrolg [ilgovclv dXXrjXovg, riVEg en (jjlXol eaovrai, 
 Kal ev rioLV dvOpcoiroLg evvoia Kal marig ear at ; 21. 'AAA' 
 eX^^ H'^^i £0^ o ^0iKpdr7]g, TTOLniXbig TTCjg ravra, o) Kpird- 
 6ovXe ' (pvaei yap exovotv ol dvdpcjiTOL rd fiev (ptXiKa ' 
 Seovrat re yap dXXr)XG)v, Kal eXeovoL, fcal ovvepyovvreg 
 GxpeXovOL, Kal rovro ovvcivreg %apiv exovoiv dXXrjXoLg • 
 rd 6e noXep.LKd- rd re ydp avrd KaXd Kal rjdea voiii(^ovreg, 
 vnep rovrcjv [idxovrat, Kal dLXoyv(jdp,ovovvreg evavnovv- 
 rat ' TToXefziKov 6e Kal epig, Kal opyrj • Kal dygfieveg [lev 6 
 rov TrXeovEKrelv epcog, iiLGrjrov de 6 (pOovog. 22. 'AAA' 
 bfiiidg did rovroiv rrdvrcdv rj (piXia 6Ladvop,ev7] Gwdrrret 
 rovg KaXovg re KayaBovg • did ydp rrjv dperrjv alpovvrat 
 [xev dvev novov rd [lerpca KSKTrjadai, [idXXov, 7] dcd rroXe- 
 fiov Tcdvrcjv KvpLevetv, Kal dvvavrai, necvcJvreg Kal dtipCyv- 
 reg dXvncog Girov Kal norov Kotvcovelv. 23. Avvavrac Ss 
 Kal xPWdrG)v ov [lovov, rov nXeoveKrelv dnexofievoc, vojil- 
 ficjg Kotvcjvelv, dXXd Kal enapKelv dXXriXoLg ' dvvavrai 6e 
 Kal rrjv epiv ov jidvov dXvnojg, dXXd Kal Gvp.(psp6vrG)g dX- 
 ?.'f)Xoig diarideGOai, Kal rrjv opyrjv kg)Xv£LV elg rd /zera/ze- 
 XTjGOfievov rrpolevai ' rov de cpOovov rcavrdiiaGiv dcpaipovGi, 
 rd fiev eavrajv dyaOd rolg (btXoig otKela napexovreg, rd 6e 
 rdv (piXcjv, eavrcjv voiil^ovreg. 24. IIw^ ovv ovk eUdg 
 rovg KaXovg re Kayadovg Kal rdv noXcriKoJv rLfioJv [li] 
 fiovov ddXaOelg, dXXd Kal dxpeXifxovg dXXrjXotg Koivcjvovg 
 elvat ; ol {xev ydp E7n6vp,ovvreg ev ralg TToXeGi nfidGdaC re 
 Kal dpxeiv, Iva e^ovoiav ex(j^Gi ;\;p7)waTa re KXinretv, Kal 
 dvOpcjnovg Pidt^eGdai, Kal 7}6v7Tadelv, aSiKol re Kal TTOvrjpol 
 dv elev, Kal ddvvaroL dXXo) Gwapfiooac. 25. FA de ng/ev 
 ttoXel nuaGdai (SoyXofievog, oncjg avrog re [.irj ddLKrjraf., Kal 
 
II. G. § S3.] MEMORABILIA. 57 
 
 rolg (plXoig rd diKata (3o7]6etv dvvrjrac, icai dp^ag dyaOov 
 ri TTOtelv TTjv Trarplda neLpdrat, did rt 6 rotovrog aAAw 
 roLovTip ovK dv dvvatro ovvap^oaai ; UoTEpov rovg (pi- 
 Xovg G)(peXelv fierd rC)v KaXdv icdyadCdv ^rrov dwrjasrac, 
 Tj T7]v TToXiv svEpyereiv ddvvarcorepog earat, KaXovg re 
 Kayadovg £%wv ovvepyovg ; 26. 'AAAa nal ev rolg yviivt- 
 Kolg dyOtOL drjXov iorcv, ore, el e|7^v rolg Kparloroig gvv- 
 Oefievovg enl rovg ^e/poi;^ UvaL, rcavrag dv rovg dyojvag 
 ovTot eviicGjv, /cat Tcavra rd ddXa ovrot eXdfidavov. 'E7T£t 
 ovv EKel jJLEv OVK, sojGc rovro TTOielv, ev 6e rolg -noTiLTLKolg^ 
 ev olg ol naXol Kayadol KpariGrevovoiv, ovdelg kcjXvel, fied^ 
 ov dv rig jSovXrjrai, r7]v noXiv evepyerelv, nojg ovv ov Xv- 
 oireXel rovg jBeXrlarovg (piXovg tcrrjodfievov iroXireveodaL, 
 rovTOtg Kotvojvolg nal avvepyolg rCov Trpd^ecov ^dXXov rj 
 avrayoyvLoralg xp^f^^^ov ; 27. ^AXXd firjv Kanelvo StjXov, 
 OTL, Kdv TToXefi'^ rig rivi, GVfifidx(^v derjGsrai, Kat rovroyv 
 TrXeLovcov, edv naXolg ndyadolg avrtrdrrrirat. Kat jU?)v ol 
 Gv^ifia^elv edsXovreg ev ixocq-eoL, Iva '&eXg)gl TTpodvfiElGOaL' 
 TToXv 6e Kpelrrov rovg (ieXrlGrovg kXdrrovag ev ttoleIv, i] 
 rovg x^f^po'^f^? nXEtovag ovrag • ol yap novrjpol noXi) ttXel- 
 6vo)v evepyeGiCyv^ i] ol xP'^otol, deovrat. 28. 'A/l/la -dap- 
 pcjv, ecpTi, 0) KpLrodovXe, neipoj dyaOog yiyvEGOat^ Kal rot- 
 ovrog ytyvofiEvog drjpdv emxeipei rovg KaXovg re Kaya- 
 dovg. "\G(x)g (5' dv rt gol Kayco GvXXa6elv elg r7]v rCdV 
 KaXCdV re KayaOiov ^qpav exoiia, did rd epoTiKog elvat • 
 detvCjg yap, u>v dv emdyfiriGCt} dvdpcjiTGyv, oXog cjpiirjfiaL em 
 rd (pi.Xd)V re avrovg dvri(pLXelGdat vn^ avruv, Kal -noOCdV 
 dvrLTTodelGdai, Kal emdviiMV ^vvelvat Kal dvrenidviielGOac 
 rrjg ^vvovoiag. 29. 'Opw de Kal goI rovro)v derjGov, orav 
 eTndvjjLTjGrjg (piXiav ixpog nvag noLElGdai. M?) gv ovv diro- 
 KpvTTrov fiE^ olg dv (SovXoio (piXog yeveodac • did ydp rd 
 ETTLfieXelodat rov dpEGac tcj dpeoKovrl f.ioi, ovk dneCpcjg ol- 
 fiat exeiv npog drjpav dvOpG)iT(jjv. 30. Kal 6 KpLr66ov?.og 
 e(p7] ' Kal fiTjV, 0) IcjKpareg, rovruv eyd) rCdv fj,adr]iJ,drG)V 
 TtdXat emSvuC). 33. Kal 6 IcjKpdTrjg ecprj • "Orav ovv, w 
 C 2 
 
58 xenophon's [II. 6. § 38. 
 
 KpLTodovXs, (piXog nvl (3ovXy yeveadat, edaeig fis Karsi- 
 TTelv GOV npbg avrov, brt ayaoat re avrov, kol e-mOvfidg 
 ^iXoq avrov elvat ; Kar7]y6peL, ecprj 6 Kpir66ovXog, ov- 
 deva yap olda fiLOovvra rovg enatvovvrag. 34. 'Edi^ <5e 
 GOV TTpogtcarTjyopriao), ecJ)?], on, did ro ayaadai avrov^ Kal 
 evvoifccjg ex^ig Tipbg avrov, dpa fii) diadaXXeadai do^stg vtt' 
 EfJLOv ; 'A/IA« Kal avrQ fioL, ecbrj, eyyiyverai evvota, npbg 
 ovg av vTroXd6(x) evvolfCGJg ex^cv irpbg kiie. 35. Tavra jiev 
 drj, E(f)7j 6 XG)Kpdrr]g, e^sarai piOL Xeyeiv nspl aov, npbg ovg 
 av l3ovXrj (jiiXovg iroirioaGdaL • kdv ds fioi en e^ovGiav doyg 
 Xeyeiv nepl gov, on eTrL[.ieXrjg re riov (piXojv el, Kal ovdevl 
 ovro) xO't^p^i-g (^g (pt-Xoig dyadolg, Kal enl re rolg KaXolg.ep- 
 yoig rC)v (piX(x)v dydXXei ovx rjrrov, t] em rolg eavrov, Kal 
 em rolg dyadolg rtdv ^iXwv ;!^a/p£if ovdev rjrrov, rj enl 
 rolg eavrov, onojg re ravra yiyvTjrai, rolg (piXoig, ovk dirO' 
 Kdfiveig p,r]xctvG)fJ'£vog, Kal on eyvdiKag dvdpbg dperrfv elvat, 
 VLKav rovg p,ev (plXovg ev noLovvra, rovg d' exdpovg KaKcJg, 
 rrdvv av olfiai gol emrrjdetov elvat fie Gvvdrjpov rCdv dya- 
 6cx)V (plXcjv. 36. Ti ovv, ecpr] 6 Kptr66ovXog, efiol rovro 
 Xiyeig, cjgnep ovk em goI ov, o rt dv (iovXrj, nepl efiov Xe- 
 yetv ; Md At' ovx, ^^ nore eycb 'A-GnaGtag TjKovGa • ecprj 
 yap rdg dyaOdg npofiVTjGrptdag, fierd fiev dXTjOetag rdyadd 
 dtayyeXXovGag, detvdg elvat Gvvdyetv dvOpoinovg elg kt]- 
 detav, tpevdofievag 6' ovk (hcfyeXelv enaivovGag • rovg yap 
 e^anarrjOevrag djia fitGelv dXXrjXovg re Kal rijv npofivr)- 
 Gafievrjv • d di] Kal eyo) netodelg opdcog ex^i-v 7]yovp,at ovk 
 e^elvai fiot nepl gov Xeyetv enatvovvrt ovdev, o rt dv fi?) 
 dXtjdevo). 37. 2i) fxev dpa, ecprj 6 KptrodovXog, rotovrog 
 fiot ^tXog el, d) IiCOKpareg, olog, dv fxev rt avrbg exoj entr^- 
 detov elg ro (piXovg KrrjGaodai, GvXXap.6dvetv p,ot - el 6e 
 fjtrj, OVK dv eOeXoig nXaGag rt elnelv enl r^ enrj (bcpeXela. 
 Uorepa (5' dv, ecprj 6 JlcjKpdrrjg, d) Kptr66ovXe, Sokgj Got 
 fidXXov d)cf)eXelv Ge rd ijjevdrj enatvdv, rj netdcjv neipdodat 
 Ge dyaObv dvdpa yeveoOat ; 38. El 6e fii] (pavepbv ovro) 
 cot, eK rdjvde GKeipat • el ydp oe [3ovX6aevog (piXov notrjGac 
 
II. 6. § 39. 7. § 1.] MEMORABILIA. 59 
 
 vavKArjpG), ipevdofievog enaivoLTjv, <pdoKG)v ayaBbv elvac 
 KvdepvqTTjv, 6 6e fioi nsiadelg enirpsxpsie cot rriv vavv firj 
 encarafiivG) Kv6epvdv, £%£i^ rivd eX-nida, [itj dv oavrov rs 
 Kal r7]V vavv dnokeaac ; rj ec oot neioaLfjii. KOLvy ttjv noXtv, 
 ipEvdofisvog, d)g dv OTparrjyLKc^ re Kal diKaartKU) Kal 7to?u- 
 rcKcp, eavT7]V eniTpeipai,, ri dv ohi aeavrbv Kal ri]V noXiv 
 vno GOV TTadslv ; rj el rivag idla rdv ttoXltgjv TrSLoacfic, 
 ipevdojxevog, (bg bvrt olKOvoinKCd rs Kal F,nLfis?.£L, rd kavrCdv 
 ETTLTpexJjaL, dp' ovK dv nelpav diSovg dfxa re j3Xa6epdg £L7]g, 
 Kal KarayeXaarog (paivoio ; 39. 'A AAd GwrofxayrdTT] re, 
 Kal dacpaXeardrr], Kal KaXXiart] odog, w KpLTodovXs, b ri 
 dv (3ovXi^ doKELV dyaObg elvai, tovto Kal yeveadac dyadbv 
 TTStpdadai. "Ooat (5' ev dvOpcoTrotg dperal Xeyovrai^ oko- 
 TTOviisvog evprjuetg ndaag (ladrjoei re Kal fieXer'^ av^avoiie- 
 vag. 'Eyw jxev ovv, o) KpirbdovXe, olfiat delv rjiidg ravTxi 
 •drjpdodat • el de uv TTCjg dXXcjg ytyvojaKetg, didaaKS. Kal 
 6 KpiTodovXog • 'A/IA' alaxvvoiiir]V dv, ecprj, c5 I^cjKpaTEg, 
 dvTLXeyojv rovrotg- ovre yap KaXo. ovre dXrjd^ Xkyoi\i^ dv. 
 
 CHAPTER VII. 
 
 SUMMARY. 
 
 Xenophon, having in the previous chapters given the precepts of Soc- 
 rates in relation to friendship, now proceeds to show in what way the 
 latter strove to aid his friends, when they were in want or difficulty of 
 any kind; namely, both by imparting useful instruction and advice (chap- 
 ters vii.-ix.), and by exhorting them to lend aid to one another (chapter x.). 
 
 In the present chapter Socrates lays down the rule, that if a person, 
 liberally brought up, be overtaken by want, it is not only not disreputable, 
 but even honorable, in such a case, to practise those employments that 
 may bo useful for the support of existence, even though these may not be 
 what the world would call liberal, or would deem it worthy for a free man 
 to pursue. 
 
 1. Kal [ir]v rag dnoptag ye tojv (fjiXojv, rag iisv Sl' d,yvoi' 
 av, ETTEtpdro yvG^iixi aKelodai, rdg de di' Evdsiav, di6daKG)v 
 Kara dvvaiii.v dXXrjXoig EnapKelv. 'Epcj 6e Kal ev rovroig, 
 a Gvvoida avrC). ^ApcGrapxov yap nore opcJv GKvdpcdncJg 
 
60 xenophon's [II. 7. § 6. 
 
 exovra, "Eoitcag, ecpr}, w 'Aptarapxs, (3apsG)g ^epeiv tl* 
 Xpi] ^£ Tov l3dpovg fieradidovaL rolg (piXoig- looyg yap dv 
 ri GE Kal jjfjielg Kov(f)laaifiEV. 2. Kal 6 ^Apiarapxog, 'AAAd 
 fj,7]V, ecfyr], o) ^ojuparEg, sv noXXfj ye eIju diropLa • ettel yap 
 eGraoiaoEV rj noXig, iroXXtdV cjivyovrcjv Eig tov UEtpaLa, 
 GvvEX7]Xv6aaiv o)g e[j,e KaTaXEXELfifiEvac ddEX^at re, Kal 
 ddEX(f)i6al, Kal dvEipiat Toaavrat, tjgr' Elvai ev t^ OLKia 
 TEGGapEgKaidEKa rovg hXEvdipovg • XanbdvoiiEV 6e ovte ek 
 TTjg yrjg ov6ev • ol yap Evavrioi KparovGLV avTTJg • ovre 
 dno TO)V OLKiCdV ' dXiyavOpcj-rrla yap ev tw aGrsL ysyovs * 
 rd EirinXa 6s ovdslg cjVElraL, ovSs davELGaGdai ovdafiodEV 
 EGTLV dpyvpiov, dXXd irporEpov dv rig fioi. 6okel ev t^ oSio 
 
 ^7]TU)V EVpEiV, t) daVEL^OflEVOg XadElv. XaXETTOV flEV ovv 
 EGTLV, W l,0)KpaTEg, TOVg OLKELOVg TTEpLOpdv dTTO?^.Xvf^EVOVg, 
 ddvVaTOV 6e TOGOVTOVg TpE(pELV EV TOCOVTOig TTpdyfiaGLV, 
 
 3. ^AKovGag ovv TavTa 6 J!>o}KpdTT]g, Tl ttote egtlv, Ecftrj, 
 
 OTL 6 KspdlXCJV flEV TToXXovg Tp£(pG)V, OV JjbOVOV kaVTG) TS 
 
 Kal TOVTOig ra Eni.TrjdELa dvvaTai napsx^LV, dXXd Kal TTEpc- 
 TroLELTai TOGavTa, cjgTS Kal ttXovteZv, gv di rroXXovg Tps- 
 (f)G)v dsdoucag, jir] St'' EvdsLav tCjv e7tlt7]6elg)v dnavTEg dno- 
 XtjoOe ; "Otl vt] At', e^?/, 6 [iev dovXovg Tps^Ei, sycj de 
 EXsvOspovg. 4. Kal noTEpov, E(pT}, Tovg napd gol eXevOe- 
 povg ohi jSEXTLOvg slvaL, 7/ Tovg napd KEpafioyvi dovXovg ; 
 'Eyo) liEV olfiai, scprj, TOvg Trapd kfiol EXEvdspovg. Ovkovv, 
 
 ECpT], alGXpOV TOV fLEV ftTTO TOJV TTOVTJpOTEpOV EVTCOpEiV, G^ 
 
 6e ttoXXg) (SsXTLOvg EXOVTa sv drropiaig Elvai ; N?) At', E(f)7}, 
 6 fiEV yap TExvLTag Tp£(bEL, eyw 6e EXEvOEplcog TTE-naidEvjiE- 
 vovg. 5. "^Ap' ovv, E(f)r], TExvlTat eIglv ol XP'^^^P'^'^ "^^ 
 ttoleIv ETCLGTaixEVOi ; MaXiGTa y\ Ecprj. Ovkovv xp^f^t-f^d 
 y' dXfpLTa ; I,(fi66pa ye. Tt (5' dpToi. ; Ovdsv tJttov. Tl 
 ydp ; EcpT], IfidTid re dvdpsJa Kal yvvauiEla, Kal ;\;£T6)Vi- 
 GKOC, Kal %AajU?;(5ef , Kal E^Giiiidsg ; ItpoSpa ye, 8(j)7}, Kal 
 ndvTa TavTa ;^p?^crijfm. "E-rrEtTa, £(J)7], ol napd gol tovtcjv 
 ov6ev EirlGTavTaL ttoielv ; ILdvTa JjLEV ovv, (hg eyw/m^. 6. 
 Etr' ovK olGda, otl d(f>' kvog (.lev tovtcjv, dXcbiTonoLiac^ 
 
11. 7. § 9.] MEMORABILIA. 61 
 
 'NavatKvSrjg ov fwvov kavrov re Kal rovg OLKsrag rpecpei, 
 oA/ld npog rovroig Kal vq T:oXXdg nai (3ovg, tcai TrBpuroiel- 
 rai Tooavra^ cjgre Kal rxi noXec rcoXXaKig Xeirovpyelv, and 
 6e dpTonoilag KvpTj6og ttjv re oiKiav ndoav diarpecpei, Kal 
 ^Xl daxptXoJg, Arjfieag de 6 KoXXvrsvg, drrd x^f^^P'^^ovpylag, 
 Mev(x)V d\ dnd x^^^'^^^onotlag, Meyapeov 6s ol nXelaroi, 
 e(l)7j, aTTO e^cdfiidoTTOLiag 6LaTpe(f}0VTat ; N^ At', e(p7], ovtol 
 fiev ydp cjvoviievoL j3ap6dpovg dvdpcjirovg exovaLv^ L)gr^ 
 dvayKa^sLV kpyd^eodai, d KaXcog e%e£, eyd) (5' kXevOepovg re 
 Kal Gvyyevelg. 7. "E-Trefr', e^?/, on eXevdepot r' elal Kal 
 ovyyevelg col, oUi xpr\vai {irjdev avrovg noielv dXXo, rj 
 eaOlsiv Kal KadevdsLV ; lioTspov Kal rcjv dXXoyv eXevdspcjv 
 rovg ovt(a) ^ayvrag dfieivov didyovrag opag, Kal fidXXov ev- 
 dainovL^sig, rj rovg, d kniaTavrai XPV^^I^^ npog rbv (3loVj 
 rovrojv ETTLiieXo^ievovg ; "H rrjv jiev dpyiav Kal ttjv dfie- 
 Xeiav aloddvec rolg dvdpconoig npog re rd fiadelv d npogrj- 
 K£L enloraadai, Kal npog rd iivqiioveveiv d dv uddGiOi, Kal 
 npog TO vyiaivsLV re Kal loxveLV rolg acjfiaac, Kal npog rd 
 Krrjaaadal re Kal adj^etv rd ^p^crtjua npog rbv [3cov, (b(pe- 
 Xifia ovra, rfiv 6e epyaaiav Kal rrjv eniiieXeiav ovdev XPl' 
 aLfj,a; 8. "Ejjiadov 6e, a (pyg avrdg enloraadaL, norepov 
 u)g ovre ;\;p?yo"i|Lta bvra npog rbv (3lov, ovre noirjaovaai, av- 
 rcJv ovdev, rj rovvavrlov, G)g Kal enifieXrjdrjabixevai. rovrG)v, 
 Kal dxpeXrjdrjGOfievai drr' avrojv ; Uorepcjg ydp dv [xdXXov 
 dvdpcjnoL aG)(l)povolev; dpyovvrsg, ij rcov %p?y(7i/z6L)v enLfie- 
 Xovfievot ; Uorepcjg 6' dv diKatorepoL elev ; el epyd^otvro, 
 9] el dpyovvreg (iovXevoLvro nepl rCdv enLrrjdelcjJV ; 9. 'AA,- 
 Xd Kal vvv p,ev, cjg eyGyjiaL, ovre ov eKeivag (piXelg, ovre 
 eKelvat oe • ov [lev rjyov[j,evog avrdg eni^rjiitovg elvai aeav- 
 TW, EKelvat 6e oe bpCyaai dxQbiievov e(p' eavralg. 'E/c de 
 rovrcdv KivSvvog fieL^o) re dnexQeiav yiyveodat, Kal rijv 
 npoyeyovvlav x^P'-'^ fieLovaOai. 'Edv 6e npoararrjCF'qg, 
 ono)g evepyol cjoi,, ov [xev eKeivag ^tXrjaeLg, bpo)v oxpeXi- 
 [lovg Geavrio ovoag, eKelvat 6e oe dyanrjonvotv, alodbj^ievaL 
 Xaipovrd oe avralg, riov 6e npoyeyovvitov evepyeoMV ridiov 
 
62 xenophon's [II. 7. § 14. 
 
 fjLEfjLVTjfXSVOl, T7]V OTt' eK£LVG)V %apiV av^TjaeTE, Kal EfC rOVTG)V 
 
 (pLXiKGirepov re Kal olaeLOTepov dXXrjXoLg e^ere. 10. Et 
 fiev TOLvvv alaxpov n efieXXov epydaaadai, ■ddvarov dvr'' 
 avTOv TTpoaipsreov rjv • vvv de, a fiev doicel ndXXiaTa aai 
 TTpeiTCodeaTepa yvvaifci elvac, enlaravrai,, 6)g eoLKe ' navTeg 
 de, a eTTLGravrat, paard re, Kal rdxtora, Kal KdXXcora, Kal 
 ridcara epyd^ovrai. M?) ovv oKvei, ecpr}, ravra elgrjyeladai, 
 avralg, a aot re XvaireXrjaei KaKslvaig, Kal, cjg elKog, rjde- 
 (og vnaKovaovrac. 11. 'AAAa, vj] rovg ■&eovg, ecpr] 6 'Ap£- 
 orapxog, ovrog [loi doKelg KaXojg Xeyeiv, g) ^ddKpareg, dgre 
 Txpoodev [lev oh npogiefirjv davetaaadai, eldoyg, ore dvaXu)- 
 oag, ri a,v Xd6o), ovx £^w dnodovvai, vvv de [lot doKGJ elg 
 epycdv d^opiifiv vnofzeveLV avrb rroLriaai. 
 
 12. 'Ek rovrcdv de enopiGdr] [lev d(l)opfi7J, ecdvfjOr] 6e epia' 
 Kal epya^Ofievai fiev 7}piGrG)v, epyaadyLevat 6e edelnvovv, 
 IXapal 6e dvrl GKvdpG)nG)v rjGav • Kal dvrl vcpopojievov 
 kavrdg, rjdewg dXXrjXag ecjpov • Kal at fiev cog K7]6e[i6va 
 ecpiXovv, 6 6e cog cocpeXcfiovg TjydTra. TeXog 6e eXdcov npog 
 rbv l>Ci)Kpdrr]v, ;]^aipa)i' dtrjyelro ravrd re, Kal ore alricdv- 
 rat avrbv jiovov rCov ev ry oIkiu dpybv eGdieiv. 13. Kat 
 6 l,G)Kpdr7jg e(pr] • Elra ov Xeyeig avralg rbv rov Kvvbg 
 Xoyov ; (paGl ydp, ore (povrjevra ^v rd ^coa, rijv b'iv npbg 
 rbv SeGTTorTjv elnelv • QavjiaGrbv nocelg, og r}(j,lv [lev ralg 
 Kal epid Gotf Kal dpvag, Kal rvpbv napexovGacg ovdev dldcog, 
 6 n dv (17] eK rrig yrjg Xddcofiev • tw de kvvl, bg ovdev roi- 
 ovrov GOV Tiapexei, f.ieradidog ovnep avrbg e-XEig Gcrov. 
 14. Tdv Kvva ovv dKovGavra elnelv • Nat fid /Ita ' eya> 
 ydp elfii 6 Kal vfidg avrdg gco^cov, cjgre [irjre vrr' dvOpconov 
 KXenreGdaL, (jLTjre vnb Xvkov dpnd^eGdai, enel vfielg ye, el 
 fiTj eyo) TTpocjivXdrrorfjLC vjidg, ovd^ dv vefieGdac dvvaiGOe, 
 ^otovixevai iii) dnoXrjGOe. Ovro drj Xeyerai Kal rd npo- 
 6ara Gvyx(*)prioai rbv Kvva irporifmGOaL. Kal gv ovv eKEi- 
 vacg Xeye, on dvrl Kvvbg el ^vXa^ Kal eniiieXrjrrjg, Kal dcd 
 ce ovd^ v(f)^ evbg ddiKovfievat, dG(paXcog re Kal rjdecjg epya- 
 ^oiievai ^o}aLV, 
 
II. 8. § 5.] MEMORABILIA. 63 
 
 CHAPTER VII I. 
 
 SUMMARY. 
 Socrates advises his friend EutherurS, who had been obliged, in conse- 
 quence of the loss of his property by the war, to labor for his own support, 
 to seek out some employment that might enable him to lay up a little for 
 his old age. He recommends him, for instance, to endeavor to procure 
 the situation of steward or superintendent to some wealthy individual ; 
 and, on the other's objecting to the servile nature of such an employment, 
 he proceeds to point out to him that it is hard to find any situation in life 
 where one is not in some degree amenable to or controlled by othei's. He 
 shows him, therefore, that all which he has to do is to pursue whatever 
 employment he may enter upon with steadiness and alacrity. 
 
 1. "A/lAov 66 TTOTS dpxalov kralpov 6cd xpovov Idcjv, 
 Uodev, £<prj, 'Evdrjpe, (patvet ; 'Tiro jwev rrjv KaraXvatv rov 
 TToXeiiov, e<p7], a> JldjKpareg, ek TTjg dnodrj^Lag, vvvl fievroL 
 avroOev • k-netdfi yap d(pxipedr]iiev rd kv rxi vTxepopia Krrj- 
 [lara, ev 6e r^ 'Arrtft:?) 6 TraTrjp \iOi ovSev KareXirrev, dvajK- 
 d^oiiai vvv enLdrjfiTjGag, tgj ocofiaTL epya^o^evog rd Entrr]- 
 6eia iTopi^eadai ' doKel 6e p,oi rovro Kpelrrov elvai, rj dee- 
 odai Tivog dvdpcjncov, dX?io)g re kol firjdsv exovra, ecp* oro) 
 dv davEt^oLfiTjv. 2. Kal ixoaov xpovov oht aoi, £(f)rj, to 
 ffw/Lta LKavbv Elvai [itodov rd EiTLTTjdEia spyd^EodaL ; Md 
 rov Ar, £(p7], ov TcoXvv xpovov. Kai jUt/v, E(p7], brav ye 
 7Tpea6vTEpog yivxi, dijXov, ore daTrdvrjg ^ev dsriGEL, fiioOov 
 Se ovdELg GOi SeXtigel rdv rov GG)}iarog spycjv didovac, 
 'AXtjOtj XsyEcg, e(p7], 3. Ovkovv, E(p7), Kpslrrov EGriv av- 
 rodEV rolg roiovrotg rCjv spycdv EnLridEGOai, d Kal irpEGtv- 
 ripG) yEvoiiEVG) EnapfCEGEt, Kal npogEXdovra rw rcjv nXEiova 
 XP^iiara KEKrrjfxsvcjv, rC) dEOfXEVG) rov GVVE7nfiEX7]GO[iEvov, 
 Epycdv rE ETTiGrarovvra, Kal GvyKOfiL^ovra Kapnovg, Kal 
 ovficfyvXarrovra rrjv ovGtav, (hcpsXovvra dvrcdcpEXEtGdac. 
 4. XaXE7Ta)g dv, Ecpr), eyo), c5 I:CJKparEg, dovXElav vnofiEi- 
 vaifii,. Kal fiTjv ol ye ev ralg tcoXegl TrpoGrarEvovrsg Kal 
 rCiv d7]noGiGiv ettliieXoiievol ov dovXonpEnEGrEpoL EVEKa 
 rovrov, dXX' kXevOEpiuyrEpoi vo(u^ovrai. 5. "OX(j)g firiv, 
 
64 xenopiion's [IL 8. § 6. — 9. § 2. 
 
 ecpT], G) Iti^Kpareg, to vnatriov elvat tlvl ov ndvv TrpoglsixaL. 
 Kai firjv, ecfir], Yivdrjpe, ov irdw ye padtov tariv evpelv ep- 
 yov, £(/)' 0) ovK av ng alriav exoc • x^Xe-nbv yap ovtg) rt 
 TTOLTjaac, cjgrs firjSev diiaprelv, ;:^aA£7r6r 6e Kal dvafzapr'^' 
 r(i)g n TzoirjoavTa iirj dyvcjuovL KpiTrj nEpcrvxelv, enei Kal 
 olg vvv kpyd^eadai (prjg, davp^d^o) el padiov eariv dviyKXri- 
 Tov diayiyveadaL. 6. Xp57 ovv rceipdadai, rovg re (piXai- 
 TLOvg (pevyeiv, Kal rovg evyvcjjjLovag Sl^jkeiv, Kal rojv npay- 
 [idrojv, oaa fiev dvvaoat 7TOteLV,vno[j.eveLv, oaa 6e firj dvva- 
 oac, (pvXdrrsadaL, b zi d' dv rrpdrrxig, rovrcjv (hg KdXXLara 
 Kal fzpodvp.orara eTTLiieXelaOat • ovtg) yap TjKLGra fiev ae 
 olpiai ev alTLCL elvai, iidXiara 6e r^i dnopta (3orjdeiav ev- 
 pelv, pdara 6e Kal dKLvdvvorara ^7]v, Kal elg ro yripag 
 diapKeGTara, 
 
 CHAPTER IX. 
 
 SUMMARY. 
 Crito, a wealthy individual, complains to Socrates of tlie difficulty of 
 leading a quiet life at Athens, since he is constantly annoyed by lawsuits, 
 brought, apparently, for no other purpose than to extort money from him. 
 Socrates thereupon recommends him to employ the services of Archide- 
 mus, a poor man, but able and eloquent, who will protect him from inform- 
 ers and vexations litigations of every kind. This advice is followed, and 
 proves so eminently successful, that those friends of Crito, who were sim- 
 ilarly situated with himself, requested as a favor that they also might 
 avail themselves of the services of Archidemus. 
 
 1. Olda 6e nore avrov Kal Kptrovog aKovaavra, d)g xa- 
 Xenov 6 (3Log ^AOtjvtjulv elr] dvdpl l3ovXojj,evG) rd eavrov 
 TTpdrreiv. 'Nvv ydp, e<prj, ejie rtveg elg dUag dyovaiv, ovx 
 6rL ddiKovvrai vn^ Ifjiov, dXV on voju^ovaiv, 7]6iov dv p,e 
 dpyvptov reXeaai, rj -npayp-ara ex^lv. 2. Kal 6 I,G)Kpd- 
 TTjg, Elne fj,oi, e(p7], g) KptTGiv, Kvvag de rpecpeig, tva ool 
 rovg XvKovg and rC)V rcpotdrGiv aTrepvKojai ; Kal fidXa, 
 £07/ • lidXXov ydp fjtoi XvacreXel rpecpetv, rj [irj. Ovk dv 
 ovv dpe'ipaig Kal dvdpa, bgng eOeXoi re Kal dvvaLro oov 
 
II. 9. § 8.] MEMORABILIA. 65 
 
 aTTepvKEiv rovg snixsi'povvTag ddtKslv oe ; 'Rds(og y' dv, 
 ecpTj, el [XT] (f)o6oiiJi,7]v, OTTGjg (irj err' avrov fis rpdnoLTo. 3. 
 Tl d' ; £(f)7], ovx opag, ore ttoAAw rjdiov egtl, xf^pi-^oiievov 
 oLco ool dvdpL, rj dT:exOop,£vov, oxpeXelaOaL ; sv lode, on £t- 
 GLV evOdSe rdv tocovtcjv dvdpojv ot rcdw dv (pLkoTt[j,7]d£iev 
 cf)L?[.(D OOL xp'^f^dai. 
 
 4. Kal en tovtcov dvevpLOKovGLV ^ApxeSrjpiov, ndw fiev 
 inavbv elnelv re Kal irpd^ai, Trevrjra 6e • ov yap rjv olog 
 and navTog Kepdatvetv, dXXd, (piXoxp'^jordg re Kal evcpve- 
 orepog g)v, and tC)v avK0(paVTd)v Xa[i6dv£Lv. Tovtg) ovv 6 
 KpcTOJV, bnore GvyKO[iL^oi, 7/ olrov, rj eXaiov, rj olvov, t] 
 epia, 7j dXXo n roJv ev dypo) ytyvoiievcov ;!^p?ycrtjUG)i' irpog 
 rov (Slov, d(peXG)v eSojKe' Kal bnore -^vol, eKaXec, Kal rd 
 roiavra Trdvra enefieXelro. 5. 'Nofilaag 6e 6 'ApxeSrjfiog 
 dnoGrpofpriv ol rov KpcrGyvog oIkov, fidXa TreptetTTev avrov • 
 Kal svOvg rcJv GVKO<pavrovvro)v rov Kplro)va dvevprjKet 
 TToXXd [lev dSLKr][iara, noXXovg (5' ex^povg • Kal avrC)V 
 riva npogEKaXeoaro elg Slktjv drjfiOGcav, ev xf avrov edei 
 Kpcdfjvai, o n del nadelv 7] dnorloai. 6. 'O 6e, GvveiSdyg 
 avrC) TToXXd Kal novrjpd, ndvr' enolei, cogre dnaX?^.ayr]vai 
 rov 'Apx^^Tjfjiov. 'O 6e ^Apxedrjixog ovk dnrjXXdrrero, £0)g 
 rov re Kplrcjva dcfji^ice, Kal avrib XPW^'''^ edoKev. 7. 
 'Erret de rovro re Kal dXXa rotavra 6 ^Apx^67]iiog dienpd- 
 ^aro, 7J6r] rore, cjgnep, brav vofievg dyaddv Kvva exVi '^^^ 
 ol dXXoL vofielg (SovXovraL nXrjGtov avrov rdg dyeXag iGrd- 
 vat, tva rov Kvvbg dnoXavo)GLV, ovro) Kal Kplrcjjvog noXXol 
 ro)v (plXcjv edtovro Kal G<pLGL napsxetv (pvXaKa rov 'Apxe- 
 di]iMV. 8. '0 6e ^ApxeSrjixog rw Kptrcdvi, Tj6eG.)g exapt^ero, 
 Kal ovx ^"^^ P'Ovog 6 Kptrcjv ev rjovxla rfv, dXXd Kal ol (pi- 
 Xoi avrov • el 6e rig avrio rovrcov, olg dnrjxOero, dveidi^oi^ 
 cdg vnb Kplrcjvog oxpeXovnevog KoXaKevoi avrov - Uorepov 
 ovv, £(j)r] 6 'Apxe67]nog, alGXpov eoriv evepyerovfj-evov vnb 
 Xpi]GrG)V dvdpG)no}v Kal dvrevepyerovvra, rovg [lev roiov- 
 rovg (piXovg noielodai, rolg 6e novTjpolg 6ia(pepEGdaL, rj rovg 
 Hev KaXovg Kdyadovg ddiKelv -neipGi^ievov exOpovg -noLelGdai, 
 
66 xenopuon'.-^ [II. 10. § 5. 
 
 rolg OS TTOVTjpolg avvepyovvra nEipdaOat (ptXovg TTOtelodatf 
 Kal %p^(70(zi TovTOtg dvr' enetvojv ; 'E« 6e rovrov elg re 
 rC)v Kplrojvog (pi?iG)v 'Apxi^^fiog ?/v, Kal vno rojv dXX(t)v 
 KpLTCJVog (pLXG)V erLfiaTO. 
 
 CHAPTER X. 
 
 SUMMARY. 
 Socrates exhorts Diodoras, a wealthy Athenian, to lend aid to Hei-- 
 mogenes, a friend of the lattei', and an upright and honest man, but labor- 
 ing under poverty ; for he shows him that if, when a slave runs away, we 
 exert ourselves to recover possession of him by the offer of rewards ; and 
 if, when a slave is sick, we call in a physician, and endeavor to save his 
 life ; how much more ought we to strive to recover a friend, and to rescue 
 him from want, seeing that a good friend is superior in value to a thou- 
 sand slaves. 
 
 1. Ol6a de Kal AtodcJpG) avrbv eralpG) bvri roLade 6ia- 
 Xsxdevra ' Etrre fioi, £0?/, u) Aiodcops, dv rig Got rCJv oIke- 
 roJv dnoSpa, eTnfieXei, oncdg dvaKoiiiaxi ; 2. Kat dXXovg 
 JB vfj At', £0?y, napatcaXci), oajarpa rovrov dvaK7)pvaaG)V. 
 Tl yap ; Ecprj, kdv rig gol fcdfivr} rCdv olfC£rG)v, rovrov eni' 
 IieXeI, Kal napaKaXElg larpovg, oTiwf firj dixoddvxi ; l,(p6dpa 
 y\ £(p7]. 'El Se rig gol rC)v yvMpLfiojv, E(p7], rcoXi) rojv oIke- 
 rwv ;]^;p7^(Tt/z63T^pof g)v, klvSwevel 6l' svdEtav dnoXsGdac, 
 ovK oIel Got d^tov elvat ETTtfiEXrjdrjvat, bncog dtaGG)6^ ; 3. 
 Kat jtt^v olodd ye, ort ovk dyvcjucjv EGriv 'Epfioyevrjg, atG- 
 Xvvotro (5' dv, el (hclyEXovfiEVog vno gov, [li] avrcocpEXoL?] ge • 
 nalrot rb vnrjpsrrjv EKOvra rE Kal evvovv, Kal napdfiovov, 
 Kal ro KeXEVofiEvov iKavov tcoleIv, exelv, Kal fii] iiovov rb 
 KE^.EVofiEVov tKavbv bvra ttoleIv, dXXd dvvdfiEvov Kal dip"* 
 kavrov XPV^'-IJ'OV slvat, Kal TxpovoElv, Kal 7Tpo6ovXEvsGdat, 
 ttoXXgjv OLKErCiV oljxat dvrd^iov Elvat. 4. 0/ fiEvrot dya- 
 6ol olKOv6p,ot, brav rb ttoXXov d^iov fxtKpov e^xI "rrpiaGdat, 
 rore (paGl Selv cjvetGdat • vvv Se 6td rd npayfiara evcjvo- 
 rdrovg EGrt (ptXovg dyadovg Kr-fjoaodat. 5. Kal 6 AtodG)- 
 pog, 'AXXd KaXojg ye, £07/, XsyEtg, w I^uiKparEg, Kal keXsv- 
 
II. 10. § 6.] MEMORABILIA. 67 
 
 GOV eWelv a)f Ifie rbv ''Epfioysvrjv. Md At', £0?/, ovk eyw- 
 ye • vofj,l^G) yap ovre aol kclXXlov elvac rd tiaXeoai ekelvov, 
 rov avTov eXOeIv rrpog stCEtvov, ovte e/celvco iieI^ov ayadbv 
 rb TTpaxOrjvaL ravra, rj aoL 6. Ovtg) Si] 6 Acodcjpog (^x^"^^ 
 TTpbg rbv 'EpfioyEvrjVj Kat ov noXv reXiaag s/CTrjaaro (pi- 
 XoVj bg Epyov eIxs okotteIv, 6 ti dv t] Aeywv t) irpdrrcov, 
 d)(peXol7j re Kai ev(ppaivoL ALodcjpov. 
 
XENOPHON'S MEMORABILIA 
 
 OF 
 
 SOCRATES. 
 
 BOOK III. 
 
 CHAPTER I. 
 
 SUMMARY. 
 
 Xenophon now proceeds to relate in what way Socrates was useful to 
 Buch of his friends as aimed at any public employment, by exciting them 
 to the attaioment of that knowledge which alone could qualify them to 
 discharge its duties properly. 
 
 And, fii-st, the discussion turns upon the duties of a commander. 
 
 He who wishes to fill the office of a commander, must make himself 
 well acquainted with the military art, and this is the more necessary, be- 
 cause, suice in time of war the safety of the whole community is intrusted 
 to the commander, either good or evil must result to the state according 
 as he discharges his duties with ability or with unskillfulness. (§ 1-5.) 
 
 The art of aiTanging and marshalling an army, though of great import- 
 ance in itself, forms but a small part of what is required in a commander. 
 On the contrary, he who wishes to fill such a station in a becoming man- 
 ner must be possessed of many acquirements, and also of many endow- 
 ments of intellect. ($6-11.) 
 
 1. "OTI de rovg opeyofisvovg rCdV KaXdv, eirijieXelg cjv 
 opeyoivTo ttolcjv, a)0eA&Y, vvv rovro dcijyrjaofiaL • aKovaag 
 yap noTE ALovvaoSoypov elq ttjv ttoXlv t^kelv, enayyeXXone- 
 vov GT parity elv dtdd^Etv, iXs^E rcpog riva rCov ^vvovrcdv, 
 ov 'qoOdvETo (3ovX6iiEvov TTjg Tinrjg ravTrjg ev t^ tcoXel 
 rvy^dvELV • 2. Alaxpov fisvTOi, w vsavla, rov (iovXofiEvov 
 ev r^ ttoXel aTparrf/Elv, e^ov tovto fiadeiv, dfiEXTJaat av- 
 rov, not diicaLCjg dv ovroq vnb riig noXeoig ^tjimolto ttoXv 
 fxdXXov, rj EL ng dvdpidvTag EpyoXa6oL7], ju^ fiE^iadrjiccdg dv- 
 dpLavTOTTOiEiv . 3. "OXrjg yap rrjg TToXscjg ev rolg ttoXehl- 
 
III. 1. § 8.] XENOPHOn's MEiVIORABlLIA. 69 
 
 KGig Kivdvvoig eTTLrpE-iToiisvTjg tu) GrparriyQ), fieydXa rd rs 
 dyaOd, KaTopdovvrog avrov, kuI rd Kand, diaiiaprdvovToq^ 
 ELKog ytyveodai • ncjg ovv ovk dv diKaiojg 6 rov fiev p,av- 
 BdvELV TOVTO dfxsXojv, Tov 6e alpedrjvai eniiJ.sXdiJ.evog, ^tj- 
 [jbioLTO ; roiavra j-isv drj Aeyov ensioev avrov eXOovra {.lav- 
 ddvELv. 4. 'Enel 6e fiefiadrjKcbg tjke, TrpogETrai^EV avTG), 
 Asyoyv • Ov Sokel v[ilv, (b dvdpEg, ugrrep "Onripog rov 'Aya- 
 [lEfivova yspapbv EcpT] slvac, nai ovrcjg oSe GrparrjyELV 
 fiaOcjv, yEpapdorspog (patvEadat ; Kai yap (jgnsp 6 KLdapi^Eiv 
 fiadd)v, Kal kdv firj KiOapL^rj, Kidapcarrjg son, Kal b jiadcjv 
 IdoOai, fcdv jit] larpsvrj, o/xo)^ larpog Eanv, ovrcj Kal bds 
 drrd rov6E rov xpovov dtarEXEL orparrjybg u)v, adv [irjdEig 
 avrov EXrjraL ' 6 6e fir] EirtardfiEvog, ovrs orparrjyog, ovre 
 larpog eanv, ovds kdv vtto ndvrcov dvdpdjTrcjv alpEd'^. 5. 
 'Ardp, £(b7], Iva Kai, kdv ruiCdv rig ra^tapxrj, rj Xoxayzj <^ot, 
 ETnarrjiiovEGrEpoi rCdv no?i£(XLKoJv ibfisv, Xe^ov rjiilv, nodEV 
 7]p^ar6 GE diddoKELv r7]V Grparrfyiav. Kai 6g, 'E«: rov 
 avrov, E(f)r], sig onEp Kal ersXEvra • rd yap raKriKa ifis yf, 
 Kal dXXo oi'dev sdlSa^EV. 6. 'AAAd [xtjv, Ecf)?] 6 I^wKpdrrjg, 
 rovro ye iroXXoorbv fiEpog EGrl Gr parity Lag • Kal yap Ttapa- 
 GKBvaGriKbv rCJv sig rbv -koXeiiov rov Grparrjybv EivaL 
 XpTj, Kal TTOpiGrtKov r(x)V £Tnr7]6euov rolg Grpari^raig, Kal 
 fiTjXCiVtKOV, Kal EpyaoriKov, Kal EmfiEXTj, Kal KaprspiKov^ 
 Kal dyx^vovv, Kal (piXocppovd rE Kal (hfiov, Kal dnXovv re 
 Kal £7tl6ovXov, Kal (bvXaKriKOV rE Kal KXiTrr-qv, Kal rrpoerL. 
 Kov Kal dpnaya, Kal (f)iX66G)pov Kal nXEovEKrrjv, Kal dG- 
 (paXrj Kal ETTLdertKdv, Kal dXXa rcoXXd Kal (pvGEL Kal ettl- 
 Grriptxi dsl rbv ev GrparrjyrjGovra Exeiv. 7. KaXbv di Kal 
 rb raKriKbv Etvai' ttoXv ydp diacpEpEi GrpdrEVfia rsray- 
 [i£Vov drdKrov • dgixEp Xidoi rs, Kal ttXIvOol, Kal ^vXa, Kal 
 KEpa^og, drdKrcjg p.EV EppiiifiEva, ov6ev ;^p?^afjua EGrtv, 
 enEtddv 6e raxOxi tcdro) fiEV Kal ETiir^oXfig rd firjre GrjnofiEva, 
 firjrE rrjKonEva, oc re Xldoi, Kal 6 KEpafiog, ev peGG) Se at re 
 TrXivOoi, Kal rd ^vXa, (ogiTEp ev OLKoSoiiia, GvvrlOErat, rore 
 ytyverai ttoXXov d^tov Krfj[j,a, olKia. 8. 'AAAd rrdw, 'id)?] 
 
70 xenophon's [III. 1. § 11. 
 
 6 veavLGKoq, ofioLov, (h l6icpareg, elprjKag • icat yap ev tw 
 TioXeniii rovg re npcorovg dpiorovg del rdrreiv nal rovg 
 reXevratovq, ev 6e heog) rovg ;)^£ipio-TOi;^, Iva vnb fiev twv 
 aycjvrat, vnb ds av tgjv (hduvrai. 9. Et fzev roivvv, e<pr}^ 
 Kol 6iayLyvG)0KELv as rovg dyadovg Kalrovg naitovg edida- 
 ^ev ' el de {.irj, rl ool bcpeXog g)v e^adeg ; ovde yap el oe 
 dpyvpiov eKsXevas npajrov fiev Kal reXevralov rb KaXXt- 
 arov rdrreiv, ev fieaci) de rb x^i'Pf'<^'^ov, firj didd^ag dmyLy- 
 vdjanecv rb re KaXbv Kal rb Kiddrj^ov, ovdev dv gol bcpeXog 
 rjv. 'AAAd [id At', e(p7], ova edida^ev • tjgre avrovg dv 
 rji^dg deoL rovg re dyadovg Kal rovg KaKOvg Kplveiv. 10. 
 Tt ovv ov GKonovfiev, €0?/, TTojg dv avrcov [li] diajiaprdvoL- 
 fisv ; 'QovXoiiai^ etpj] 6 veavlaKog. Ovkovv, e<p7], el [lev 
 dpyvpiov deoi dpnd^eLV, rovg ^iXapyvpoirdrovg rrpdorovg 
 KaOtGrdvreg, opdojg dv rdrrotjisv ; "E^oiye doKel. Ti be 
 rovg Kivdvvevetv [leXXovrag ; dpa rovg (piXoTLfiordrovg 
 TTporaKreov ; Ovroi yovv elaiv, e(pr}, ol eveKa enatvov klv- 
 dvvevEiv eSeXovreg • ov roivvv ovroi ye ddrjXoi, dXV em- 
 (pavelg navraxov ovreg, evaiperoi dv elev. 11. 'Arap, e^?;, 
 Tcbrepd as rdrreiv fibvov ebiba^ev, i] Kal onot Kal onGyg 
 XprjGreov SKdaro) rcJv rayfidruv ; Ov ndvv, ecpT]. Kal 
 fi7]v TToXXd y' eari, npbg d ovre rdrreiv ovre dyeiv o)gav- 
 rcjg npogrjKsi. 'AA/ld fid i\V, ecprj, ov dieGacprjvi^e ravra. 
 Nt) At', e(f)7j, irdliv roivvv eXOCjv erravep^ra • rjv yap eni- 
 arrjrai, Kal firj dvaidrjg ■§, alaxweirai dpyvpiov elXrjcpcjg 
 kvSed Gs dnoTTFfiipaGdai. 
 
 CHAPTER II. 
 
 SUMMARY. 
 A GOOD commander should take care that his soldiers be in a healthful 
 condition; that they be provided with aU things necessary; and that their 
 condition be bettered, in a greater or less degree, by victory over their 
 foes. Nor does the duty of a good general consist merely in this, that he 
 alone contend bravely against the foe, but in his leading also his whole 
 army to victory, and in his striving in all things to procure advantages not 
 for himself only, but for all those under his command. 
 
III. 2. § 4.] MEMORABILIA. 71 
 
 1. 'EvTi;%wv de nors orpar'qydv fjprniEVCjd tg), To?) ez^e- 
 KEV, e(j)T]j "0[i7]pov olei rbv 'Aya[j,eiivova npogayopEvoai not- 
 Heva XaoJv ; apd ye on, ugnep rov noifiiva eniiiekElGdat 
 del, OTTGyg Gojal re eoovrat at o'ieg, Kal ra enirrjdeLa e^ov- 
 mv, Kal ov evena rpecpovrai, rovro earai, ovro} Kal rbv 
 aTparrjydv enLfxeXeladac del, oncjg ocool re ol arpanCdrat 
 eaovrai, Kal to, encT'ideia e^ovai, Kal, ov eveKa arparevov- 
 rai, rovro ear at ; arparevovrai 6e, Iva Kparovvreg rC)V 
 TToXeixlodv evdaLjiovearepr L cjatv 2. '"H rl 6r)7Tore ovrcjg 
 en'qveae rbv ^ Ay aiie^iv ova, slncjv, 
 
 'A/j^orepov, (3aai2.£v^ r' ayadoc, Kparepog r' alxfirirrj^ ; 
 
 apd ye on alxfJ'7]rrjg re Kparepbg av elr}, ovk el fidvog avrbg 
 Ev dycovL^otro npbg rovg r:oXEiiiovg, oaA' eI Kal Travrl tgj 
 orparoTTEdG) rovrov ulnog elrj ; Kal (iaoiXevg dyaOog, ovk 
 el [idvov rov eavrov [3lov KaXcJg rrpoearrjKOi,, d/l/l' el Kal, 
 cjv (iaaiXevoi, rovroig evdaiiioviag alnog elf] ; 3. Kal yap 
 (iaaiXevg alpelrai, ovx Ivcl eavrov KaXCdg eTniieXr]rai, dXX' 
 Iva Kal ol eXd^ievoL 6l' avrbv ev TTpdrrcjGL • Kal orparev- 
 ovrai 6e rrdvrEg, Iva 6 piog avrolg oyg (3eXnarog xi ' f^cu, 
 orparrjyovg alpovvrat, rovrov eveKa, Iva rcpbg rovro av- 
 rolg 7]yefj,6veg (bat. 4. Ael ovv rbv arpari-]yovvra rovro 
 TTapaaKevd^eiv rolg eXofievoig avrbv orparrjyov • Kal yap 
 ovre KaXXiov rovrov dXXo padiov evpelv, ovre alaxiov rov 
 evavriov. Yial ovrwg e7naK07TG)V, rig eirj dyaOov rjyep^ovog 
 dperrj, ra fiev dXXa Trepi^pei, KareXeine 6e rb evdalfzovag 
 TTOielv, cjv dv Tjyrirai,. 
 
 CHAPTER III. 
 
 SUMMARY. 
 The duty of a good commander of cavalry is twofold, namely, to make 
 both horses and riders better. As regards the horses, he should not leave 
 the care of them entirely to the individual horsemen, but should take an 
 active part himself in the same. ($ 1-4.) And again, as regards the 
 horsemen, he will best take care of these by making them mount their 
 
72 xeivophon's [III. 3. § 4. 
 
 horses readily, and hy exercising them in riding, not only over level, but 
 also over rugged ground, and by instructing them in the art of throwing 
 the javelin from on horseback. He will also animate their courage, and, 
 above all, will render them obedient to his authority. {§ 5-8.) 
 
 For the attainment of these ends, it will be necessary, above all things, 
 that he show himself skilful and able in the discharge of his own duties 
 (§ 9), and convince them that both their gloiy and safety depend on their 
 obedience to his commands. (§ 10.) It w'ill be requisite, also, for him to 
 add the art of speaking to his other acquirements, in order that he may 
 both animate them with the love of glory, and urge them on to the per- 
 formance of actions from which advantage may accrue to both himself and 
 the state at large. (§ 11-15.) 
 
 1. Kat LTcnapx&lv ^e tlvl rjpTjuevG) olSd ttots avrbv roi- 
 dde dtaXexOevra • "E;:^oi5* dv, ecprj, w veavla, Elnelv r]iilv, 
 OTOV evEKa ETTEdvfirjoag Innapxslv ; ov yap drj rov TTpoJrog 
 ru)v iTnTEGiv kXavvEiV • Kal yap ol 'fmroTO^orai rovrov ye 
 d^iovvrai, irpoeXavvovGi yovv Kal twv LTnrdpxf^V' ^AXrjdi] 
 Mystg, e(f)7]. 'A/LAd fi-qv ovSs rov yvitxydfivai ye, ensl Kal 
 ol jiacvofiEVOL ye vnb ndvrcjv ytyvGdo KOvraL. ^AXrjdeg; Ecprj^ 
 Kal TOVTO Xeyecq. 2. 'AAA' dpa on, ro Ittttikov olel t^ 
 TToXet, (HXtlov dv Trocfjaag napadovvai, Kal, el ng %p£ia 
 ytyvoLTO Innecov, tovtgjv 7]yovf.ievog, dyadov rivog alrcog 
 yeveadai t'q -noXei ; Kat \LdXa, ecprj. Kal ean ye, vrj Ai", 
 e(p7j 6 I,o)KpdTT]g, KaXov, edv dvv)^ ravra TtoLrjaaL. 'H 6e 
 dpx'T] nov, eej)' rig fjprjoat, Inniov re Kal d^darcjv egtlv ; 
 "EoTi yap ovv, e^ij. 3. "Idi drj Xe^ov tjj-uv npcorov tovto, 
 bncjg diavofi roijg cnTrovg (SsXriovg TTOtrjaaL ; Kal og, 
 'AXXd TOVTO pLEV, £(j)7], ovK Efiov olfiat TO Epyov elvai, dXXd 
 idia Enaarov 6eIv tov kavTOv lttttov enifXEXEladaL. 4. 'Edv 
 ovv, ECpTj 6 I.G)K.pdTr]g, 'napEX(^VTai coi rovg Lirnovg ol [jlev 
 ovTOjg KaKonodag, 7/ KaKoaKEXEig, tJ daOevElg, ol 6e ovrcjg 
 dTp6(l>ovg, cjgre firj dvvaadai dKoXovdelv, ol 6e ovTCjg dva- 
 ycjyovg, cogre fii) fxeveiv, birov dv cv Td^rjg, ol 6e ovTG)g 
 XaKTLOTag, cogre jjiTjde Td^ai dvvaTOV slvai, tl ool tov Irc- 
 TTiKOV o(pEXog EGTai ; 7] TTOJg dvvr]aei tolovtcov riyovfievog 
 dyadov tl TTOirjaai ttjv ttoXlv ; Kal og, 'AXXd KaXoJg te 
 Xeyecg, Efprj, ical Treipdaonac twv lttttcjv elg to dvvaTOv em • 
 
III. 3. § 11.] MEMORABILIA. 73 
 
 HEXeladai. 5. TL Si; rovg Imreag ovfc eTnxsLprjGSLg, ecpTj, 
 (ieXriovag rcoirjf^ai ; "Eywy', £07y. Ovkovv npcJTov fiev 
 dvadariKcjrspovg em rovg LTrrrovg TzoLTjaeig avrovg ; Aet 
 yovv, £^7} ' fcal yap, el rig avrCdV KaraireaoL, [idXXov dv 
 ovTG) GG)^OLTO. 6. Tt ydp ; edv nov KLvdvveveiv dey, no- 
 repov eTrayayelv rovg TToXeyLLOvg em rriv dfifiov neXevaeig, 
 evdansp eliijdare Irrneveiv, i] TreipdoEL rdg fieXerag ev roiov- 
 rotg TTOLelodaL xGipioig, ev otoLgnep ol rroXefxioL yiyvovrai ; 
 BsXtlov yovv, ecpTj. 7. Tt ydp ; rov (idXXeiv G)g TrXeiorovg 
 dnb TOJv L7T7TG)v emfieXeidv rcva noirjaet ; BeXriov yovv, 
 e(p7], Kal TOVTO. Qrjyetv 6e rag ipv^dg riov LTxrcecdv nal 
 e^opyi^etv irpog rovg iroXefjilovg, elfxep dXKificjrepovg irotelv, 
 diavevorjoai ; Ei 6e ixtj, dXXd vvv ye neipdaofiat, ecpT], 8. 
 "Onojg 6e ooi neldGyvrai ol l-mrelg, irecppovriKag rt ; dvev 
 ydp drj rovrov ovre tTmcov, ovrs iTTirecov dyaOoJv teat dXai- 
 [loiv ovSev 6(f)eXog. 'KXrjQr] Xeyeig, ecpr] • dXXd noyg dv rig 
 pdXiOra, G) 'EuKpareg, em rovro avrovg TrporpetpaLro ; 9. 
 'E/cea'o fxev drj-nov oloOa, on ev •navrl npdyfiari ol dvdpw- 
 TTOL rovrotg fidXiara edeXovoi Treideadai, ovg dv rjyoJvraL 
 (SeXriorovg elvat • Kal ydp ev voog), ov dv rjyojvraL larpc- 
 Kojrarov elvai, rovrcp p^dXiara neidovrat, Kal ev ttXolg) ol 
 TcXeovreg, bv dv K,v6epv7]ruiCjrarov, fcal ev yeoypyla, dv dv 
 yeoypyiiccjrarov. Kal fidXa, £0?y. Ovkovv elKog, ecbrj, Kal 
 ev lirmKfj, bg dv jidXiGra eldug (f}aLV7]rat a del -noLelv, rov- 
 ro) fidXiara eOeXeiv rovg dXXovg ireiOeoOat. 10. ^Edv ovv, 
 £077, £y65, 0) I^cjKpareg, jBeXnarog dv avruv drjXog w, dp- 
 Keaet fjoi rovro elg ro -rrelOeodai avrovg kfioi ; 'Edv ye 
 TTpdg rovrcx), e(pr], diSd^'qg avrovg, (hg ro TrelOeoOai gol KaX- 
 Xiov re Kal GG)rr]pid)repov avrolg earat. liCyg ovv, £0?/, 
 rovTO didd^i,); JloXv vrj At', £07/, paov, rj el ooi Seoc 6c- 
 ddcKetv, cjg rd KUKa rd)V dyaOoJv dp,eLVG) Kal XvatreXearepd 
 eon. 11. A£y£i^, ecpr], ov rov Imrapxov rrpog rolg dXXoig 
 emiieXeloOai delv Kal rov Xeyeiv dvvaodai ; 2i) 6' wov, 
 £07/, XP^^'^'- ^LGi-ri iTTTrapx^lv ; ?) ovk evredvfirjGai,, on, boa 
 re vouGi neuadrjKaiiev KdXXiora bvra, dC g)v ye ^tjv emard- 
 
 D 
 
74 XENOPHON^d [III. 3. § 15. 
 
 fjLEda, ravra ixavra did, Xoyov e^ddojj,ev, teal d n dAAo 
 KaXbv iiavddvei rig [idd7]fia, did Myov \iavddveL ; nal ol 
 apiara dtdduKOVTEg, fidXiara Aoyw ;^pwi'Tai, Kal ol rd 
 GTTOvdaiorara fidXiora ETTLGTaiievoL, KdXXLcra diaXeyovTai ; 
 12. ""H rods ovfc evredviirjaaij (hg brav ye x^P^^ ^^ ^f^ rrjgde 
 TTjg noXecjg yiyvTjraL, tjgnep 6 elg ArjXov TTEinTOfjievog, ov- 
 6etg dXXodev ovSaiioOev tovtg) hcpdiuXXog ylyverat, ovde 
 Evavdpia ev dXXrj ttoXel dfiota r^ Evddds avvdyEraL ; 'Aat/- 
 Bri XsyEig, E(f)7]. 13. 'A/lAd fjiT]v ov-e EV(po)via togovtov 
 6ca(f)spovGiv ^AOrjvaloL rdv aAAcov, ovre Gcjudrcov fiEyeOEC 
 Kal poj^Ltg, ooov (piXoTiiiia, rjnEp jidXiGva napo^vvsi npog rd 
 KaXd Kal EVTLjia. ^AXrjdeg, £(p7], Kal rovro. 14. Ovkovv 
 ohi, £(1)7], Kal rov Ittttlkov rov Evddds el Tig EinfiEXTjdEL?], 
 G)g TToXv dv Kal tovtg) dcsvEyKoiEv rcdv dXX(xtv, onXcov re 
 Kal Lrrncjv rrapaGKEvfj, Kal Evra^ia^ Kal tgj ETolficjg Kivdv- 
 VEVELV ixpbg rovg noXEfiLovg, eI vofUGELav ravra iroLOvvrEg 
 Enalvov Kal rijirjg rEv^soOai ; 'ElKog ye, E(p7]. 15. Mrj 
 roivvv OKVEi, E(j)7], dXXd nELpcJ rovg dvdpag km ravra Trpo- 
 rpEiTELV, d0' G)V avrog re dxj^EXrjdfjGsi, Kal ol dXXoi noXlrai 
 6id GE. 'AAAa vi] I\ia nEtpdGOfiaL, Ecprj. 
 
 CHAPTER IV. 
 
 SUMMARY. 
 
 NicoMACHiDES, wlio was well skilled in the military art, having com- 
 plained to Socrates that the Athenians had chosen, as one of their com- 
 manders, not himself, but Antisthenes, who had never distinguished him- 
 self in warfare, and who knew nothing else save how to get money, Soc- 
 rates undertakes to show unto him, that, if a person, in whatever employ- 
 ment he may have taken upon himself, knows well what is required for 
 executing that employment in a proper manner, this man will make a 
 good leader, either of a chonis, a state, or an army. 
 
 Since, then, remarks Socrates, Antisthenes is skilled in the manage- 
 ment of his private affairs, and is, at the same time, ambitious of praise ; 
 and since he has discharged successfully the duties of a choragus, there 
 can be no doubt but that he, altliough unskilled in military affairs, will 
 nevertheless make a good commander (§ 1-5) ; for a choragus, and he who 
 is skilled in managing private affairs, have very many things in common 
 with a coraraander. ($ 6-12.) 
 
III. 4. § 7.] MExMORASILI.\, T5 
 
 1. 'Idwv 66 TTore 'iiiLKOfiaxi^'rjv e^ apxcap^oiCdv ainovraf 
 TJpero ' Tlvsg, (b NiKOjLta^fd?/, arpaTTjyoi ypTjvrai ; Kai 6g, 
 Ov yap, kcpTj, G) 'EdjKpareg, tolovtol eIglv ^A67]vaL0i, cjgre 
 e/^£ i^ev ovx dXovro, og etc aaraXoyov arparevofj^evog Kara- 
 rerpLiiiiai, fcal Xox^ydv, kol ra^iapx'^v^ Kal rpavfiaTa vno 
 rcjv TToXefiLCjv roaavra e%a)V • dfia de rag ovXdg tCjv rpav- 
 paTGJV arToyviJ,vov[j,evog sneSeiKwev • ^AvriGdevqv de, e^rj^ 
 elXovto, rbv ovre oitXlttjv ncjirore GrpaTEvadfisvov, ev re 
 Tolg InrrevffLv ovdiv TTepidXeizrov TTOiTjoavra, eTnaTd[j,£v6v 
 re dXXo ovSsv rj xp^ftara avXXeyetv, 2. Ovkovv, ecj)?] 6 Hcj- 
 KpdT7]g, rovro jiev dyadov, el ys rolg orparicjTaLg iKavbg 
 earac rd kTnrrjSEia ixopi^ELV ; Kal yap ol EfinopoL, scpT] 6 
 l^iiKoiiaxidrig, xpW^"^^ GvXXsyELV tKavol eiaiv • aXX* ovx 
 Eveaa rovrov Kal o-paT7]yEiv dvvaivr^ dv. 3. Kat 6 Scj- 
 KpuTTjg E(p7] ' 'A/LAd Kai (biXovELKog 'AvTLadivrjg egtlv, o 
 GrparrjyG) npogelvat kmrrjdEidv egtiv ' ovx opdg, on naij 
 oGdnig KEXoprjyrjKE, Trdai rolg x^P^^^ vevlktjke ; Md At', 
 EcpTj 6 '^LKOfiaxi-d'rjg, dX?J ovdsv ofxoLov EGrt x^P^^ "^^ '^^^ 
 orpaTEviiarog irpoEGrdvai. 4. Kat iJLr]v, Ecpr] 6 I^cJKpdrTjg, 
 ovSs (hdrjg ys 6 ^Avriodsvrjgj ovde X^P^'^ didaoKaXiag ejj.- 
 T^ELpog o)v, oiJ,G)g EyevEro iKavbg Evpslv rovg KpartGrovg 
 ravra. Kai ev r^j Grpartd ovv, E(j)7j 6 'NiKOfiax^di^g, aX- 
 Xovg p,EV EvprjGEL rovg rd^ovrag dvd' kavrov, dXXovg 6e 
 rovg fiaxoviiEVOvg. 5. Ovkovv, £(I)7j 6 I,G)Kpdr7]g, sdv ys 
 Kai EV rolg ixoXEpiKolg rovg Kpariorovg, ijgnEp ev rolg %o- 
 piKolg, E^EvpiGKXi rE Kal rcpoaLprj-ac, slKorog dv Kal rovrov 
 viic7](l)6pog eIt] ' Kal danavdv (5' avrbv EiKbg fidXXov dv eOe- 
 Xelv Eig rrjv ^vv bXri t^ ttoXel rcJv TToXEfiLKiov vlk7]V, tj Elg 
 rrjv ^vv rxi (pvXrj rcJv xoptKoJv. 6. Asyeig gv, Ecprj, c5 26)- 
 Kpareg, (hg rov avrov dvdpog EGri xoprjyElv re KaXcjg Kal 
 orpar7]yElv ; Aeyw eywy', £0?/, (hg, orov dv rig irpoGra- 
 rEV'Q, sdv yiyvt^GKXi rE (bv 6eI, Kal ravra TTopi^EoOaL dvvrj- 
 rai, dyadbg dv ect] npoGrdrrjg, EirE x^P^^'^ ^^''"^ olkov, elts 
 TToXEGig, ELre Grparevfiarog npoGrarEvoL. 7. Kal 6 NtKO- 
 fiaxidr^g, Md At', E<p7], w I^cJKparEg, ovk dv nors d)^7jv eyoi 
 
76 xenophon's [III. 4. § 12. 
 
 GOV aKovaat, ag dyadol olfcovojioL ayadol arparriyol av 
 elev. "16c drj, Ecprj, e^STaacdnev rd epya enaripov avrwv, 
 Iva el6<I)[isv, noTEpov rd avrd eartv, 7/ diacpepBi ri. Ildvv 
 ye, ecpT]. 8. Ovuovv, s(p7], rd [lev rovg dpxofisvovg Karr]- 
 Koovg re Kal evTreidelg eavrolg TrapaoKEvd^eiv dfKporepGJV 
 earlv epyov ; Kal fidXa, ecprj. Tt 6e ; rd Trpogrdrreiv 
 eicaara rolg eTnrrjdsLOLg npdrreLV ; Kai rovr\ £(p7]. Kal 
 fifjv Kal rd rovg KaKovg tcoXd^sLV, Kal rovg dyadovg niidv, 
 diKporepoig oljiac 7TpogT]KeLV. Udvv jiev ovv, ecprj. 9. To 
 de rovg vT^rjuoovg eviievelg TroLsladat., nGJg ov KaXbv dfi^o- 
 TEpoig ; Kal rovr\ E(f)7]. liVfijiaxovg Ss Kal jSoTjOovg npog- 
 dyEoOat 6okeI aoi aviKpspetv ducporEpoig, ?] ov ; Udvv jiev 
 ovv, E(p7]. 'AAAd (f)vXaKrLKovg rcdv bvroiv ovk dii(f)orepovg 
 elvai irpogrjKEi, ; ^<p66pa y\ E(f)7j. Ovkovv Kal EnLmXElg 
 Kal (piXoTTOVOvg dii(f)orEpovg elvai TrpogrjKEL nepl rd avrcov 
 Epya. 10. Tavra fisv, Ecpr], Trdvra oiiolojg diKporipcjv ka- 
 rtv • dXXd rd jidxeodat ovKen djKpo-Epcjv. 'AAA' exOpol 
 ye roi djKporEpoLg yiyvovrai ; Kal \idXa, Ecpj], rovro ye. 
 OvKOvv rb neptyevEodac rovrcov ducporepoig oviKpipEL ; 
 Udvv ye, Ed)?]. 11. 'AAA', ekeIvo napiELg, dv derj fidxeodac, 
 ri C)(f>EXfiaei 7] oIkovoiiikt] ; ^Evravda Stjttov Kal nXelarov, 
 e(p7] • 6 yap dyadbg oiKovonog, Eidcjg, on ovdsv ovr cj Xvai- 
 reXsg re Kal KspdaXsov Eorlv, ojg rb fiaxbi^evov rovg ttoAe- 
 fitovg viKav, ovds ovro)g dXvGirsXEg re Kal ^TjfiicodEg, (bg rb 
 TjrrdadaL, TTpoQvfKjdg jxev rd rrpbg rd vtKav oviKpepovra ^rj- 
 TTjGet Kal TTapaoiiEvdaerai, ETaiiEXCog de rd npbg rb rjrrdadat 
 (pEpovra GKExperai Kal (pvXd^erai, svepyGJg d\ dv rrjv rrapa- 
 GKEvrjv bpa VLKTjrLKTiv ovoav, [laxelraL, ovx I'lmara 6e rov- 
 rcjv, sdv dnapdaicevog rf, (jivXd^erai avvdnrsiv f.idx'>]v. 12. 
 Mt] Karacppovei, E<p7], o) 'NLKOfiaxi^f], rdv olKovofMKcov dv- 
 dpGJv Tj yap rcov Idtojv EniiisXELa nXrjdet /lovov diacpEpEC 
 rrjg ribv kolvcjv, rd Ss dXXa napaTTXriata exec ' rb 6e fie- 
 jLorov, on ovre dvev dvdpu)7T0)v ovderepa yiyvErai, ovre 
 dc* aXXojv fiev dvdpcj7TG)v rd Idia rrpdrrErac, 6i' aAAwv 6e 
 rd KOLvd ' ov ydp dXXotg riolv dvdpcorroig ol riov koivcov 
 
III. 5. § 3.] MEMORABILIA. 77 
 
 e-nLfieX6[ievoL ;^poji^Tai, rj olgnep ol rd Idia olicovo[iovvTeg • 
 olg ol e7naTdjj,evoc %p^a0a£ Kal rd Idia Kal rd KOivd aa- 
 Xdq Tzpdrrovatv, ol 6e ^7] £7TLardf.ievoi d^cporspcjdc nXrjfj.- 
 [leXovaiv. 
 
 CHAPTER V. 
 
 SUMMARY. 
 In this chapter Socrates converses with Pericles the Younger (the son 
 of the celebrated statesman of the same name) on the way by which the 
 Athenians may be recalled to the gloiy and success of former days. He 
 shows him, in the first place, that the Athenians ought to be reminded of 
 the virtues and achievements of their forefathers. (§ 1-12.) In the next 
 place he points out to him the causes of their present degeneracy.' {§ 13.) 
 He then shows that the virtues and discipline of their ancestors ought to 
 be recalled by them, or, at least, the example of the Lacedtemoniaus ought 
 to be imitated. ($ 14.) That their chief care, however, should be be- 
 stowed on military affairs, and, in particular, that competent commanders 
 ought to be set over their forces, who may teach the soldiers strict disci- 
 pline and obedience to command. {§ 15-25.) He explains to him, finally, 
 how well adapted Attica is, from its situation, to resist the incursions of a 
 foe. ($ 26-28.) 
 
 1. JJepiKXel de nore, rai rov ndvv HspLKXsovg via), dca- 
 ?.sy6[jLEVog , 'Ey65 roc, £(J)7j, (b IlepLKXstg, 6?^TrL6a e%w, gov 
 Grparrjyrjaavrog dfieivw re Kal evdo^orepav rrjv noXtv elg 
 rd TToXe^LKd eaeodat, aal ruv 7roXefj,LG)v Kparrjoetv. Kal 6 
 HsptKXrjg, BovXoLfiTjv av, ecpr], c5 Jlwicpareg, d Xsyetg' bncjg 
 ds ravra yevocr'' av, ov dvvafiaL yvcdvai. BovXel ovv, ecprj 
 6 IioyKpdrrjg, 6caXoyi^6p,evoL rrepl avrcjv imaKOiTGJfiev, onov 
 rjdr] rb dvvarov eariv ; BovXonai, £4)7]. 2. Ovaovv olada, 
 EcpT], on TcXrjdeL \xev ovdiv fielovg elolv ^AdTjvaloi BoiCt)rG)v ; 
 Olda yap, £(p7j. libfzara de dyadd Kal KaXd norepov Ik 
 BoLCdrCiv ohi ttXelg) av £KX£x6rjvat, r/ £^ 'AOtjvcov ; Ovde 
 ravrrj [loi doKOvau X£LTT£adai. 'Ev[i£V£orepovg de rcorepovg 
 kavrolg elvai vo[jii^£Lg ; ^A.d7]vaiovg eywye • Botwrwv [lev 
 ydp TToXXoLf 7TX£OV£KroviJ,Evoi VTTO Q7j6aLO)v, 6vg[ievCbg av- 
 rolg exovGLV • 'AdrjvrjGL de ovdev opio roiovrov. 3. 'A/lAa 
 [ifiv (pLXoriiioraroi ye Kal (pLXocppoviararoi navruv eIglv, 
 
78 xexophon's [III. 5. § 8. 
 
 dnep ovx riKcara napo^vvet nvvovvevsLV vnep evSo^lag re 
 Kal TTarpidog. Ovde ev rovrocg 'AdrjvaloL p,£[X7TT0L. Kal 
 fiTjv TTpoyovcov ye fca?.d epya ova eotlv olg fiet^o) Kal nXsicj 
 VTcapx^i-, ri ^AdT]vaLOLg ■ g) ttoXAol enaipoLievoL Trporpeirov- 
 rat re dperrjg eircfisXelodai., Kal d^KLfiot yLyveodai. 4. 
 Tavra iiev dTiriSri Xeysig navra, cj ^coKpareg • dAA' opag, 
 ore, d(l)'' ov Tj re ovv ToA^u/d^ tojv ;\;iAiwv ev Aedadeta ovp,- 
 (popd eyevero, Kal rj iieO' 'InnoKparovg enl ArjXUp, etc rov- 
 TGJV Teran£iVG)TaL jiev r] tgjv 'AdrfvaiGiv 66^a npog rovg 
 BotcoTOvg, kirripTai de rb rCdv Q7]6aLO)v (ppovrjiia irpbg rovg 
 'Adrjvalovg • ugre BoLcorol iisv, ol npoodev ovd^ ev ry eav- 
 rCdv roXpLovreg ^ Adrjvaioig dvev AaKedaipovicjv re Kal ruv 
 'dXXo)v HeXonOWTjatov dvrirdrreodai, vvv dnecXovaiv av- 
 rol KaO^ eavrovg ep6aXeLV elg rriv ^ArrLKTjv • ^AdTjvaloi 6e, 
 ol nporepov, ore Boiwrot povoi eyevovro, nopdovvreg rrjv 
 BoLwrlav, (f)o6ovvrat, pi) BoLcorol drjuacjOL rijv ^ArriKriv. 
 5. Kal 6 'EiDKpdrrjg, 'AA/l' aloddvopai psv, ecbrj, ravra 
 ovrcjg exovra • doKsl 6e pa dvdpl dyadip dpxovrt vvv ev- 
 apeoToripcog StaKeladaL r] noXtg • rb pev yap -ddpaog dpe- 
 Xetdv re Kal paOvpiav Kal dnEidetav eptaXXei, 6 ds (p66og 
 TTpogeKrLKCJrepovg re Kal eviretdsarepovg, Kal evraKrorepovg 
 TTOiel. 6. TeKpjjpaLO d' dv rovro Kal dnd roJv ev ralg 
 vavGLV • brav pev yap drjiTov prjdev (podojvrai, peoroi eloLV 
 dra^tag, egr'' dv de rj ;\;ei//a)i'a rj noXepiovg delocjatv, ov 
 povov rd KeXevopeva ndvra noLOvotv, dXXd Kal ocyojai, 
 KapadoKovvreg rd irpograxOTjaopeva, ugnep xop^yTaL 7. 
 'AAAa prjv, e(pr] 6 TJepLKXrjg, elye vvv pdXcora ireldocvro, 
 cjpa dv eiT] Xeyeiv, Txcbg dv avrovg Trporpeipaipeda ndXtv 
 dvepedLodTjvat rrjg apxai^cig dperrjg re Kal evKXelag, Kal ev- 
 datpoviag. 8. Ovkovv, e(f)rj 6 JlcjKpdrrjg, el pev edovXopeda 
 Xprjpdr (jjv avrovg, g)v ol dXXoL elxov^ dvrLnoLelodai, drro- 
 SeiKvvvreg avrolg ravra irarpipd re bvra Kal TTpogrjKovra, 
 pdXior'' dv ovrG)g avrovg e^oppcppev dvrexeodat rovrcov • 
 enei 6e rov per* dperrjg irpwreveiv avrovg kixipeXelodaL 
 povXopeda, rovr^ av deiKieov eK naXaiov pdXiora TrpogrjKov 
 
III. 5. § 14.] MEMORABILIA. 79 
 
 avrolg, Kal wf rovrov eTn(ieXov[j.£voc, ndvrcjv dv elsv Kpd- 
 TLOTOi. 9. Ilwf ovv dv rovTo diSdoKOLiJiev ; Olfiac fiev, 
 el Tovg ye T^aXatordrovg, Giv dfcovoiiEV, -npoyovovg avrCdV 
 dvaiiiiivqaKOLiiev avrovg dKrjKoorag dpiarovg yeyovevat. 
 10. ^Apa Xeyeig rrjv rojv ■&euv Kpiaiv, tjv ol TTspt KsKpona 
 dt^ dperrjv sKptvav ; AeyG) ydp, fcal ttjv 'FipexOecog ye rpo- 
 (pTjv Kal yevEGiv, Kal rov TToXeiiov rbv ctt' ekslvov y£v6f.ie- 
 vov npdg rovg sk. rrjg sxofievrjg rj-rrELpov ndarjg, Kal rbv £0' 
 'B-paKXEidi^v npdg rovg ev Ue/i07T0vvrjaG), Kal rrdvrag rovg 
 em QrjaeGyg no/iefirjdevTag, ev olg irdoLv eKelvoi drjXoi. ye- 
 yovaoi rdv Kad^ kavrovg dvOpconcov dpiGTevaavreg. 11. 
 Et dk (SovPiEi, a vGTEpov ol EKELVojv [LEV dnoyovot, oh noXi) 
 6e TTpo rjfJLCJV yeyovoreg, eirpa^av, rd [lev avTol Kad^ kav- 
 rovg dy(x)Vi^6iievot npog rovg Kvpievovrag r^g re 'Aaiag 
 TrdGrjg Kal rrjg FivpcJnrjg [lEXpt MaKEdovcag, Kal TrXELGrTjv 
 rcjv TTpoysyovorcjv dvvafitv Kal d(popiii]V KeKrrjiXEVovg, Kal 
 lieyLGra epya Kareipyaa^evovg, rd de Kal fierd Il£?^07T0Vvr]- 
 GLCJV dptGrevovreg Kal Kara yrjv Kal Kara -^dXarrav • ol 
 Srj Kal Xeyovrat ttoXv SiEVEyKEiv rCdv Kad' kavrovg dvOpdj- 
 TTCJV. Kiyovrat ydp, Ecpij. 12. Tocyapovv ixoXXCdv fisv 
 fjteravaGrdGECjJv ev t^ 'FiXXddc yeyovvtG)v, diefieivav ev t^ 
 eavroyv, noXXol ds vnEp diKaidiv dvriXkyovrsg inErpenov 
 EKeivoig, noXXol ds vtto KpEtrrovov v6pL^6p,EVOL KarE(pEV- 
 yov TTpog EKELVovg. 13. Kat 6 JlepLKXijg^ "Kal '&avfid^G) 
 ye, E(f)7j, (b l,G)Kpareg, rj noXig oncjg nor'' em rd xelpov ekXl- 
 vev. 'Eyd) iiev, e(pr], olfJiai^, 6 I^cjKpdrrjg, cjgnep Kal ddXTjral 
 riveg, did rd noXv virepeveyKElv Kal KpariGrEvGai, Karap- 
 padvjirjGavreg vGrepi^ovGi rcov dvrLndXoyv, ovru) Kal ^Adrj- 
 vatovg noXi) dtEvsyKovrag dfieXriGai kavriov, Kal did rovro 
 XSipovg yeyovEvai. 14. 'Nvv ovv, E(p7], ri dv noiovvreg 
 dvaXd6oi£v rijv dpxaiciv dpErrjv ; Kal 6 liCJKpdrrjg • Ov6ev 
 dn6Kpv(f)0v SoKEL fioi Eivai, dXX'' el fiEV k^svpovrEg rd rcov 
 npoyovcjv EmrrjdEVfiara, firjdEV x^^P^'^ EKEivoiv enirrjdev- 
 oiev, ovSev dv x^i^povg eKeivojv yevEodai • eI 6s [it], rovg ye 
 vvv 7Tp(i)rEvovTag iiiiiovfievoi, Kal rovroig rd avrd emri]- 
 
80 xenophon's [III. 5. § 20. 
 
 dsvoVTEg, Ofioicjg fiev rolg avrolg ;^pwu£^'oi, ovdiv av ^^t- 
 
 pOVg EKELVCOV slsV ' EL (5' ETnflEXsOTEpOV, Kal (3sXTLovg, 15, 
 
 AiyEig, E(p7], rroppoj ttov elvac rrj ttoXel t?)v naXonayaOiav • 
 TTOTE yap ovrcog ^Adrjvalot, ugnsp AafCEdaLf-iovtoi, rj rcpEadv- 
 repovg aldeaovraL ; ot diro tgjv TxarEpCjdv apxovrai nara- 
 (ppovelv rojv yEpairipcjv • rj GoyfiaoKrjGovaLV ovroyg ; ot ov 
 fiovov avTol EvE^iag cliieXovolv, aXXd not tc5v EnipEXovfiE- 
 vo)v KarayEXCdGi. 10- Ildre 6e ovtco TTELOovraL rolg ap- 
 Xovoiv ; oi Kal dydXXovrac em tw Kara(ppovElv ru)V dp- 
 ^ovTGiv ' 7] TTOTE ovTcog djxovoTjaovGtv \ ol yg, dvTl fiEv rov 
 GVVEpyelv kavrolg rd GVfi^ipovTa, sinjpEd^ovGLV dXXrjXocg, 
 Kal (pdovovGLV kavrolg pdXXov, 7/ rolg dXXoig dvOpcoTTOig • 
 [idXiGra 6e rcdvriov ev re ralg ISlaLg Gwodoig Kal ralg 
 KOLvalg diacpspovrat, Kal TrXELGrag dcKag dXXrjXotg dcKa^ov- 
 rat, Kal rtpoaipovvrai fidXXov ovro) KEpdaiveiv dif dXXiy 
 Awv, 7] GvvG)(peXovvreg avrovg • rolg 6e KOivolg dg-nep dX- 
 Xorpioig ^pcofievoL, Txepl rovrcov o,v fza^ovraL, Kal ralg elg 
 rd roiavra dvvdpeoi fidXiGra xc^^povoLV. 17. 'E|' cjv ttoX- 
 Xt] pev drreipla Kal Ka^ta ry noXsc efKpveraL, noXXrj 6e 
 exOpa Kal filaog dXXrjXcjv rolg noXiraig syytyverai, 61^ a 
 eycoye pdXa (podovpat del, prj tl pel^ov, rj Cygre (pepeiv 6v- 
 vaoOai, KaKov t^ itoXel Gvptxj. 18. MrjSapGig, ecprj 6 I,g)- 
 Kpdr7]g, G) HepLKXeLg, ovrcog rjyov dvrjKEGrcd rcovqpia voGelv 
 'AOrjvaiovg • ovx opdg, (hg evraKroi piv eIglv ev rolg vav- 
 riKolg, EvraKrcjjg c5' ev rolg yvpviKolg dydoi TXEiBovrai rolg 
 eniGrdraig, ovSevov 6s KaradsEGrepov ev rolg X'^P^lg vTrrj- 
 pErovGL lolg didaGKaXoLg ; 19. Tovro yap rot, E(p7], Kal 
 ■&avpaGr6v eon, rd rovg pev roiovrovg nsidapxElv rolg 
 e(p£arG}Gt, rovg 6e dnXirag Kal rovg ImrElg, ot Sokovgl Ka- 
 XoKayadia TxpoKEKpiGdai rojv noXir ojv, duEidEGrdrovg elvac 
 iravTOV. 20. Kal 6 I^ijjKpdrrjg e<pri • 'H 6e ev ^Apelip ndycp 
 fiovXrj, G) liepLKXeig, ovk ek tc5v dedoKmaGpevojv KadiGra- 
 rai\ Kot pdXa, ecprj. OloOa ovv rivag, ecprj, KaXXiov, 77 
 vopipcjrEpov, rj oepvorepov, rj SiKaLorepov rag re diKag 
 diKa^ovrag, Kal rdXXa navra rrpdrrovrag ; Ov pepcpopat, 
 
III. 5. § 27.] MEMORABILIA. 81 
 
 £07/, TOVTOLg. Ov TOiVVV, ECpT], SeC ddv[IElv, W^ OVK EVrCLK- 
 
 r(i)v 6vTG)v 'Ad7]vaiijdv. 21. 'Kal [xrjv ev ye rolg crparLW- 
 TiKolg, £(p7}, Evda fidXiara Sel oocfypovEiv re Kal EvraKTELv, 
 fcal TTEidapx^v, ovSevI tovtcjv npogExovatv. "laog J^^Pi 
 £(f}7] 6 ^(OKpdTTjg, EV TovTOig oi rjKtOTa ETTtaTdfiEvoi apxov- 
 civ avrCdv • ovx opaq, on KiOapiGrCdv fj,ev, Kal ^opevrwv, 
 jcal opxriarCdv ovds slg ettixslpeI dpx^tv p,rj EniOTdfiEvog, 
 ovSe TTaXaiarCdv, ovds TTaynpariacrTGJv ; dXXd ndvTEg, booc 
 rovrodv dpxovoLV, exovgl dEl^ai, ottoOev sfiadov ravra, £({>* 
 olg EcpEardoc, tgjv Se G-parTjyaJv ol TiXElaroi avroGxedid- 
 ^ovGLV. 22. Oi; nEvroL as ys tolovtov syd) vo/zi^w slvaiy 
 dXX' ol[iat GE ovSev rjrrov ex^i-v eItteIv, ottote GrparrijElv, 
 7] OTTOTE naXatEiv rjp^o) fj,av6dvELv • Kal noXXd {iev oljjiai 
 GE ru)v 7xarpG}b)v GTpar7]y7]fj,dTG)v 7TapELX7](f)6Ta diaG^^Etv, 
 TToXXd 6s TTavraxodsv GvvsvTjvoxevai, dndOsv olov rs rjv 
 padslv TL (xXpsXifiov slg GTparrjyLav. 23. Olnai 66 cs iroX- 
 Xd fiEpiiivdv, 07TG)g firj Xddrjg Gsavrdv dyvocjv n tCjv slg 
 Grpa-riyiav dxpEXtixijdv • Kal sdv ri tolovtov acGd'q Gsavrbv 
 fiTj sldoTa, ^7]teIv Toi-g sinGTaiisvovg TavTa, ovte 6o)p(i)v 
 ovTE ;^apircoi' <pEi66uEvov, OTTCjg jJ^dOrjg rrap^ avTcJv d fii] 
 ETTLG-aGaL, Kal GvvEpyovg dyadovg e%^c« 24. Kal 6 Hspt- 
 KXrjg, Ov XavOdvstg fiE, w I^wKpaTsg, E(p7], otl ov6^ olofiEvog 
 ps TovTG)v ETiLpsXEiodaL TavTa XsysLg, dXX^ kyxscpoov ps 
 
 6i6dGK£LV, OTL TOV p,EXXoVTa GTpaTTjyELV TOVTOyV dndvTwv 
 
 ETTipEXELGdat (5fi ' opoXoycJ pEVTOi Kayo) Got TavTa. 25. 
 TovTO 6\ e4)7], g) HEpcKXEig, KaTavEvorjKag, otl npoKEiTaL 
 TTjg %c5pa^ r]UG)v oprj pEydXa, KaOrjKOVTa ettI T'qv BoLOJTiav, 
 dt' d)v Elg Trjv x^P^^ Elgo6oL GTEvai te Kal irpogdvTSig eIgc, 
 Kal OTL pEGT) 6L£^o)GTaL opEGLV Epvpvolg ; Kai pdXa, Ecprj. 
 26. Ti 66 ; gv ekeIvo aKTjKoag, otl MvgoI Kal IlLGldaL sv txj 
 (iaGLXEoyg x^P9' f^CLTEXovTEg kpvpvd Tzdvv %wpm, Kal Kovcpojg 
 (jjttXlgpevol, 6vvavTaL noXXd piv ttjv (3aGiX£G)g ;^65pav Ka- 
 
 TadEOVTSg KaKOTTOLELV, ttVTOl 66 ^TjV sXEvOspOL ; Kal TOVTO 
 
 y\ EcpTj, aKOVGJ. 27. ^Adrjvaiovg (5' ovk dv olsl, 6(1)7), pEXpi 
 
 TTjg kXa^pdg rjXLKiag ojTrXtGpEvovg Kov(poT6poLg birXotg, Kal 
 
 D 2 
 
82 xenophon's [III. 5. § 28.-6. § 2. 
 
 ra 7TpoiCEC[j,£va rrjg %c5pa<7 6p7] Karexovrag, (3?ia6£povg ftev 
 Tolg TxoXeiiLOi^ slvaL, fisydXrjv 6e 7Tpo6o?ifjv rolq noXiratg 
 TTjg %wpa^ fcarsaKEvdadai ; Kai 6 neptKXrjg, HavT^ oliiat^ 
 £0?/, 0) IiiOKparec, fcal ravra xP'h^f-l^^ elvai. 28. Ei rot- 
 vvv, ecprj 6 ItG)icpdrr]g, dpeoKei gol ravra, eTTLX^ipei avrolg, 
 G) dpcore- b tl [lev yap av tovtgjv Ka-aTrpd^rjg, /cat ool 
 icaXbv earai, Kai r^ iroXeL dyadov • edv de. n dSvvar^g, 
 ovTe TTjv ttoXlv (3Xdip£Lg, ovre oeavrbv Karataxwelg. 
 
 CHAPTER VI. 
 
 SUxMMARY. 
 GrLAUCO, the son of Aristo, was so strongly possessed with the desh-e 
 of being a statesman, that, althoudi not yet twenty, he was continually 
 making orations to the people, and thereby exposing himself to ridicule. 
 Socrates, therefore, endeavors to cure him of this delusion, and by a series 
 of questions succeeds in convincing him that he is altogether ignorant of 
 what appertains to the character of a true statesman ; and he then shows 
 him that, unless one be acquainted with this, he can neither prove of any 
 advantage to the state, nor acquire any reputation for himself. 
 
 1. TXavfCG)va Se rov ^ApiGToyvog, or'' kirex^ip^i Srjiirjyo- 
 pelv, e-mdviiCjv -npoarareveiv rfjg noXsojg, ovdirrG) eIkoolv 
 errj yeyovcog, bvrcdv dXXwv oIk£ig)v t£ Kai (plXo)v, ovdElg 
 edvvaro iravoai £Xk6[1£v6v re aTrd rov fSrjiiarog, Kai Kara- 
 yiXaarov ovra, I^cjKpdrrjg di, £vvovg ljv avrco did re Xap- 
 fzidrjv rov TXavK(x)vog, Kai did UXdrwva, fiovog eiTavGEv, 
 2. ^YiVrvx^v ydp avro) rrpioTOv jiev £lg ro iOEXrjGat aKOv- 
 ELV rotddE Xe^ag KarEGX£v ' ^Q. TXavKOJV, EcpT], npoGrarEVEiv 
 Tjfilv dtav£v6r]Gai rrjg -ndXEGjg ; "Eywy', £(p7], o) lojKpaTEg. 
 'Ntj At", £(p7], KaXbv ydp, EtiTEp rt Kai dXXo rdv ev dvOpoj- 
 TTOcg' dfiXov ydp, on, kdv rovro dLanpd^rj, dvvarbg pEv egel 
 avrbg rvyxdvEiv brov av £nL6v[.iyg, iKavbg ds rovg (piXovg 
 (bcpEXsLV, enapEig ds rbv narpojov oIkov, av^fjGELg Se rrjv 
 TTarptda, ovopaGrbg (5' egel, npcorov fiEv ev rrj ttoXel, enEira 
 ev rxi 'EAAddi, lG(x>g di, ugnEp QEpiGroKXrig, Kai ev rolg 
 l3ap6dpOLg, ottov c5' dv ^g, -navraxov nEpLdXenrog egel. 3. 
 
III. 6. § 9.] MEx'yiORABIHA. 83 
 
 Taur' ovv dicovcov 6 VXavicuyv s^syaJivvero, Kat rjdecjjg nap- 
 ejjbevs. Meto, 6s ravra 6 I>o)KpdT7j^, Ovuovv, £(p7j, rovro 
 [lev, G) T?^avfCG)V, dijXov, ore, elnep rifidadat (iovXei, (bcpe- 
 XrjTsa aoi tj noXig eartv ; Haw iiev ovv, ecprj. Upbg deojv^ 
 e(f)rj, {Jbfi Toivvv dnoKpvipxi, dX/J' elnov rjulv, etc rtvoq dp^et 
 r7]v iToXiv EvepyeTelv ; 4. 'ETret 6e 6 TXavKOJV dteoMnrj- 
 G£v, o)g av Tore gkottCjv, bnodev dpxotro • "^Ap', e(p7] 6 lo)- 
 KpdrTjg, cjgnsp, cpiXov olnov el av^fioat (BovXolo, nXovuLCJTe- 
 pov avTOV Entx^ipotrig dv ttoleIv, ovtcj Kal t7]v noXcv nsi- 
 pdaei 7iXovGtG)-Epav Troirjuai ; Haw fiev ovv, ecpT], 5. 
 OvKovv TrXovaicjrepa y' dv eltj, npogodoyv avx'^ nXstovcov 
 yEvofievcJv ; HlKog yovv, Ecjir]. Ae^ov 6i), £(f)r], en tIvg)v 
 vvv at npogoSot rig irdXet, Kal Tioaat riveg elat ; dTJXov ydp, 
 on EOKEipai, Lva, eI fiev rtvEg avrcjv Evdedg E^ovaiv, ac- 
 TrXrjpoJorjg, eI Se napaX^CTTOvrai, TrpognopLGrig. ^AXXd fid 
 A^, £07? 6 TXavKCjv, ravrd ye ova £7TEGKep,p-ai. 6. 'AAA', 
 el rovro, ed)?], napeXLneg, rdg ye dandvag rrjg iroXeGig 7]plv 
 elne • drjXov ydp, ore Kal rovro)v rdg Tceptrrdg dcpaipelv 
 Siavoei. 'AAAd fid rbv At', ecpr], ovde irpbg ravrd ttg) eg'^o- 
 Xaoa. OvKOvv, £(p7j, rb (.lev irXovGLOjrEpav rrjv ttoXlv noi- 
 elv dvadaXovfiEda • ncjg ydp olov re jW?) Eldbra ye rd dva- 
 Xci'i-iara Kal rdg Ttpogodovg eiTLi^EXrjdrjvaL rovro)v; 7. 'AAA', 
 G) I,G)Kpar£g, ewi] b TXavKcov, dvvarbv sGrt Kal dub ttoXe- 
 [iib)v Tv)v ttoXlv nXovrl^eiv. N17 Ala, G4)bdpa y', £0?; 6 
 l,G)Kpdr7]g, kdv rig avrdv Kpeirrov ^ • rirroiv ds o)v Kal rd 
 bvra 7TpogaiTo6dXoL dv. 'AXtjOti Xeyeig, ecpr]. 8. OvKovVy 
 ecpT], rov ye (SovXevoonevov Trpbg ovgrtvag del ttoXeiielv, rrjv 
 re rrjg nbXecog dvvafuv Kal rrjv riov evavrlcjv elSevac del, 
 lva, kdv HEV 7] rrjg rrdXEoyg KpEcrrcov xj, Gvp,6ovXevy e-nLx^L- 
 oelv ra> ttoXehw, edv ds Tjrrcjv rOtv Evavribiv, EvXadsLGdac 
 nELd'q. 'Opdojg XiyEig, Ecpr]. 9. HpMrov p,£V roivvv, Ecbrj, 
 Xe^ov 7][jllv rrjg nbXEiog rrjv rE TZE^tKrjV Kal rijv vavriKrjv 
 dvvafiiv, elra rfjv twv Evavrlcjv. 'AAAd fid rbv Ai', icprj, 
 ovK dv exomi goc ovrcog ye dirb Grofiarog eltteXv, 'AAA', 
 el yeypanral gol, eveyKe, ecprj • irdvv ydp rj6eG)g dv rovro 
 
84 xenophon's [III. 6. § 14. 
 
 cLKOvaaiiiL. 'AAAd /id rbv At', £07], oi;(5e yeypanral [loi 
 
 7TG). 10. OVKOVV, £07/, Ktti TTSpi TToAfipOV OV}l6oV?.£VeLV TTJV 
 
 ye 7TpG)T7]v eTnoxV^ofiev • ['(Tgj^ ydp /cat dta to fxsyedog av- 
 TWJ^, dprt dpxoixevog rrjg npoorareiag, ovncx) e^rjraKag. 
 'AAAd rot Trept ye (pvXaKfi^ rrjg %c5pa^ oI(5' on oot iiEiiiXr]- 
 Ke, Kal olada, birooai re cpvXaical enLKatpot eloL Kal OTrdaaL 
 I^LTj, Kal 07X0001 re cppovpoi luavoi eluL Kal brxooot fir] elat • 
 Kal rag jiev eTTLKaipovg (pvXafcdg ovii6ovXevaeLV jiel^ovag 
 TTOielv, rag 6e nepirrdg dcljaLpelv. 11. N^ Al\ e<p7] 6 
 TXavKO)v, drrdaag fiev ovv eycoye, eveKa ye rov ovrcjg av- 
 rdg (pvXdrreodai, cjgre KXeTrreodat rd eK rrjg ;\;Gjpa^. 'Edv 
 6e rig dcpeXiQ y\ £0?/, rdg c^vXaKag, ovk olei Kal dpTxo.^eiv 
 k^ovaiav eaeoOac ro) (SovAojiivo) ; drdp, e(f)7], rrorepov eXG'cbv 
 avrbg e^rjraKag rovro, tj rrCJg olada, on KaKcog (pvXdrrov- 
 rai ; 'EiKa^o), ecprj. Ovkovv, e(p7], Kal uepl rovrcjv, brav 
 lJ,7]Kert £t«;d^Ct)jLtev, dXX' 7J6rj eldoJiJLSv, rore avjjL6ovXev(Jojiev ; 
 "lacjg, e(prj b TXavKO)v, (ieXnov. 12. Ytlg ye {.irjv, £07/, 
 rdpyvpia old' on ovk dcpl^ai, cogr' ex^iv el-nelv, dton vvv 
 eXdrro), i) npbaOev, TTpogepxsrai ainodev. Ov ydp ovv 
 eX'qXvOa, £0?/. 'Kal ydp vrj At', ecprj b I>(jJKpdT7jg, Xeyerat 
 (jiapv rb x^^^P^ov elvai, Cygre, brav nepl rovrov deiQ avp.6ov- 
 Xeveiv, avrr] gol t] irpbcpaaLg dpKeoei. IlKG>mo[j,aL, ecpi] b 
 TXavKG)v. 13. 'AA/l' eKstvov ye rot, e(pr], old' on ovk 
 rjfieXrjKag, dXX' 'eoKeipat, Kal rrdoov xpo^ov uiavog eonv b 
 EK rrjg %wpac ycyvbiievog olrog diarpecpsiv rrjv rrbXiv, Kal 
 TToaov elg rbv eviavrbv npogdeeraL, Iva firj rovro ye XdO^Q 
 ce nore 7] rrbXig evderjg yevofievT), dXX' eidcjg, exxjg vixep 
 rcjv dvayKalcov ov[i6ovXevG)v r^ TxbXeu PorjOelv re Kal cu). 
 ^etv avrrjv. Aeyeig, e(f)7] b TXavKG)v, rrapneyeOeg npdyfxa, 
 tlye Kal rcov roiovrcjv emp,eXeLodat derjOEt. 14. 'AAAd 
 fjLevroL, e^Tj b iMKpdrrjg, ov6' dv rbv eavrov nore oIk.ov 
 KaXwg rig oUrjoeiev, el firj -navra fiev eloerai, ojv npogdee- 
 rai, 7TdvrG)V de e7Tip,eX6[j,£vog eKnXrip^oei • dXX' enel rj [lev 
 TToXtg eK nXei6vo)v rj fjLvptojv ohucJv ovvearrjKe, xaXenbv 66 
 iariv afia roaovrcov oIkgjv eiriiieXeloOai, najg ovx eva, rbv 
 
III. 6. § 18.] MEMORABILIA. 85 
 
 rov deiov, irpCdrov kireipdOrig av^ijaat ; desrac 6e • Kav fisv 
 rovTov dvvrj, icat nXeioatv emx^iprjoeLg • eva ds ixt) dvvd- 
 fisvog dxpe/^TjoaL, TTOJg a,v noXXovg ye dvvTjdslrjg ; ugirep el 
 TLg ev rdXavTOV jj,?] dvvairo (pepeiv, Tcu)g ov (pavepov, ore 
 TrXeld) ye (pepeiv ovd^ emx^iprjreov avrC) ; 15. 'AA/l' eywy', 
 £07/ 6 TXavKCJV, G)(f)e?.0L7]v dv Tov Tov SeCov olfiov, el [loi 
 edeXoi -neideodai. Etra, ecpi] 6 I.ojicpdT7]g, rov -delov ov 
 dwdfjievog TxeiOeiv, ^Adrjvaiovg rrdvTag [lerd rov delov vo- 
 lii^Eig dvvrioeodac noL?iaai TreWeodal ool ; 16. <^vXdrrov, 
 E(j)7], (J TXavfCG}V, bnwg fii] rov evdo^elv eTnOvfiojv elg rov- 
 vavriov eXd^fg. ''H ov^ opag, G)g 0(pa?.ep6v eon ro, a ^rj 
 olde rtg, ravra Xeyeiv rj npdrrecv ; evOvfiov de rCjv dX- 
 Xijdv, baovg oloda roLovrovg, oloi (paivovrai Kal Xeyovrsg 
 d (jLTj laaoi, Kal npdrrovreg, rtorepd cot Sokovolv enl rolg 
 roiovroig ejiaivov [idXXov, rj ipoyov rvyxdvecv ; fcal —ore- 
 pov -^aviid^eodai fidXXov, rj fcaracppoveloOai ; 17. ^EvOv- 
 [lov de fiat rCbv eldorGiv b n re Xkyovoi Kal b ri ttolovgl • 
 Kai, ^g eyo) vofil^o), evprjGetg ev ndaLv epyoig rovg jiev ev- 
 doKijJLOvvrdg re Kal Saviia^ofievovg, etc rdv fidXiGra em- 
 orajievcov bvrag, rovg de KaKodo^ovvrdg re Kal Karacppo- 
 vovfjievovg ek rCdv diiaOeardrcjv. 18. Et ovv eTciOvfielg 
 evdoKLiielv re Kal ■davfid^Eodat ev r^ noXeL, neLpo) Karep- 
 ydaaoOai G)g fidXiara ro eldevai a (iovXet irpdrreiv • edv 
 yap rovrco SteveyKag rdv dXXb)v^ emxeipfig rd rijg -noXecog 
 Tcpdrretv, ovk dv "davp^daatfjiL el irdvv padlcjg rvxoig o)v 
 enLdviielg. 
 
 CHAPTER VII. 
 
 SUMMARY. 
 Charmides, the son of Glauco, and uncle of the young man mentioned 
 in the previous cliapter, industriously declined any office in the govern- 
 ment, though a man of far greater abilities than many of those employed 
 in the administration. Socrates thereupon exhorts him to lay aside this 
 aversion to public affairs, and shows him that he who is possessed of any 
 
86 xenophon's [III. 7. § 6. 
 
 talent or acquirement, by the exercise of which he may procure reputation 
 for himself and glory for his countrj^, ought not to allow it to remain inac- 
 tive. ($ 1, 2.) And he then states how well qualified, in his opinion, Char- 
 mides is to take part in public affairs, from what he has seen of him in his 
 conferences with the leading men of the state. (§ 3-9.) 
 
 1. XapjxidTjv Se rbv VXavKdivog bpdv d^ioXoyov ^ev av- 
 6pa ovra, K.al iroXXil) dvvarcjrepov rCbv rd noXtriKd rore 
 TTparrovrwv, ofcvovvra 6s irpogisvai, rco drj^G), nal tCjv rrjg 
 TToXetjg npayiidrcjv 67n[.ieXelo6aL, Etrre fJLOt, etpr), (b Xap- 
 lildrj, e'l Tig licavdg cov rovg orecpavtrag dyuvag vrndv, Kal 
 did rovTO avTog re rtjidodaL, Kal ri^v naTpida ev rrj 'EX- 
 XdSi Evdo/CLfKoripav rroielv, iirj -deXoi, dyuvi^eodai, nolov 
 riva TovTOv vofii^oig dv rbv dvdpa elvac ; ArjXov, otl, 
 sfpi], iiaXaKov re Kal SeiXov. 2. Et 6e rig, ecp?], dvvardg 
 oji^ rojv rrjg TroXecjg npayfjLarcjv emfxeXopLevog rrjv re noXiv 
 av^ELV, Kal avrbg did rovro nixdodat, OKVoir] 67) rovro 
 TTpdrretv, ovk dv elKorwg decXbg vo[j,l^olto ; "lacjg, e(p'ri • 
 drdp npbg rl jie ravr' epcorag ; "Otl, ecpr], olfzaL oe, dvva- 
 rbv ovra, OKvelv entfisXeiadac, Kal ravra, g)v dvdyKT] aoi 
 fxerexeiv, noXlrxj ye bvrt. 3. T^v de efir/v dvva^iv, e^rj 6 
 XapiJildTjg, ev ttolg) epycp Karajiadu^v, ravrd fiov KaraytyvG)- 
 OfCELg ; 'Ev ralg ovvovalaLg, ecprj, alg ovvec rolg rd rrjg 
 TToXecjg rcpdrrovGL • Kal yap, orav n dvaKotVGJvral ool, 
 bpCi ae KaXcJg ovixCovXevovra, Kal brav n djiaprdvcdaiVj 
 opdcdg eTTtrtiiGJvra. 4. Ov ravrov eariv, ecpT], o) I^WKpareg, 
 Idea re dtaXeyeaOaL, Kal ev rep ttXtjOel dyGivi^eodac. Kal 
 in)v, ecprj, b ye dpidfxelv dwdixevog, ovdev rjrrov ev ro) nXrj' 
 Oet, 7] [lovog dpidfiel, Kal ol Kara fiovag dpiara Kidapi^ov- 
 reg, ovrot Kal ev rw nXfjOeL Kpartorevovaiv. 5. Aldco 6e 
 Kal (p66ov, e(/)rj, ovx bpdg eiicjivrd re dvOpcbnoig ovra, Kal 
 ttoAAgj fidXXov ev rolg b^Xoig 7/ ev ralg Idtaig dfiiXlatg 
 naptardfjieva ; Kal ae ye didd^oiv, ecprj, upiijuxai, on ovre 
 rovg (ppovificjrdrovg aldovfievog, ovre rovg loxvpordrovg 
 (poOovuevog, ev rolg dcppoveardroLg re Kal dodeveardroig 
 aloxvveiXeyetv. 6. liorepov yap rovg yvacpelg avrCjv, 7] 
 rovg oKvrelg, ^ rovg reKrovag, rj rovg ;\;aA/C£i^, rj rovg 
 
III. 7. § 9. 8. § 1. MEMORABILIA. 87 
 
 yecjpyovg, t] rovg sixnopovg, 7) rovg ev r^ dyopa iierataX- 
 Xofievovg, Kal ^povrc^ovrag, b re ePidrrovog nptdiievoL nXet- 
 ovog aTTodcovraL, alaxvvsc ; m yap rovrov dndvTCdv rj e/c- 
 KXrjGLa GvvLGTarai. 7. TL 6e olel dtacpEpeiv, ai) TTOielg, 
 7] TG)V aGKTjTGJv ovTtt KpELTTG) Tovg l6iO)Tag (podELodai ; ov 
 yap Tolg TrpcjTEvovacv ev r^j noXec, g)v evlol Kara(ppovovol 
 GOV, padtojg dtaXeyofievog, Kal tCjv emfiEXofxevGiv rov rirj 
 ttoXel 6ia?i£y£G6aL tzoXv TrepLCJv, ev rolg [ijjdE ttcjuote (ppov- 
 riGaGi rcjv noXcriKcJv, iirjde gov KaTaTtE(ppovriK,6Giv^ dfcvElg 
 XiyEiv, dEdidjg, [irj KarayEXaGd^g ; 8. Tt 6' ; £0?;, ov 60- 
 KovGt GOi TzoXXaKig ol EV rirj ekkXtjglcl tgjv dpdojg Xeyovrov 
 KarayeXdv ; Kat yap ol srepoi, Ecprj' did Kal ■&aviJ,d^o) gov, 
 el EKELVovg, brav rovro ttolojgl, padlcdg x^^povf^EVog, rovrotg 
 6e firjdeva rponov olel SwrjoEGQai. npogevexOrjvai. 9. ^Qya- 
 6e, 111] dyvoEL osavTOV, [itjSe dfidpTavE a ol ttXelgtol duap- 
 rdvovGLV ' ol yap -noXXol a)piJ,rjK6TEg enl to gkotteIv rd tg)V 
 dXXcjv npdynara, ov rpEnovTat em rb eavrovg k^Erd^Eiv • 
 117] ovv dTxoppadvfXEL Tovrov, dXXd diarEcvov fiaXXov npog 
 TO (jeauTO) -KpogexEiv Kal nrj d^LeXec rCjv rrjg noXecog, el 
 rt dvvarov eGTi dtd ge (BeXtwv e^elv • rovroyv yap KaXCjg 
 exbvTGiv, ov fiovov ol dXXoi -noXlrai, dXXd Kal ol goI (piXot 
 Kal avrdg gv ovk eXaxi-ora (h([)EXrjGEU 
 
 CHAPTER VIII. 
 
 SUMMARY. 
 Aristippus, being desirous of retaliating in kind for having been, on a 
 previous occasion, put to silence by Socrates, proposes some captious 
 questions to the latter concerning the good and fair. Socrates, in reply, 
 shows him that nothing is good or fair in itself, but only so as regards the 
 things for which it is intended ; and that, therefore, goodness and fairness 
 are identical with usefulness. 
 
 1. ^ApiGTlmrov (5' EinxEipovvrog sXeyxEiv rov IcoKpdrrjv, 
 tjgrcep avrdg vn^ ekelvov to nporepov 7]XEyxs'!'0, PovXofievog 
 rovg Gvvovrag (hcpEXelv 6 IjCJKpdrrjg, dnsK-pivaro, ovx (^gnsp 
 ol (pvXarr6p,EV0L, prj irr] 6 Xoyog EnaXXaxdrj, dXX' cjg dv 
 
88 xenophon's [III. 8. § 7. 
 
 TvenEiG^evoL fid?uara TrpdrroLevrdSsovTa. 2. '0 fisv yap 
 avTOV TJpETO, el Ti eldsij] dyaOov, tva, el n elttol rcov rot- 
 
 OVTiOV, oloV 7/ GLTLOV, 7] TTOTOV, 7] XPW^'^^i V ^y^'^^<3^^» ^ 
 
 ptjjiTjv, T] ToXfiav, 6elhvvol 6f] rovro Kaabv kviore bv 6 6e 
 sldcog, OTL, kdv n evo^^^ 'Hl^dg, dEOfisda rov navaovrog, 
 dnEKpLvaro, ifrxEp Kal ttolelv KparLorov • 3. ^Apd ye, e(p7]^ 
 kp(x)Tag iiE, EL n olda irvpeTov dyadov ; Ovic eycoy', scbr]. 
 'AAA' ocpdaXfiiag ; Ovde rovro. 'AAAd Xifiov ; Ovds Xl- 
 fiov. 'AAAd fiTjv, E<p7j, Ely' Ep(x>rag fiE, el n dyadov olda, o 
 fi7]dEvdg dyadov Eoriv, ovr^ olda, ecprj, ovre Seonai. 
 
 4. nd/iLV Se rov 'ApLorlmTOV Epcjriovrog avrov, el n 
 eldELTj KaXov ; Kai TroAAa, £0?y. ^Ap' ovv, scp/], rcdvra 
 biiQLa dXXf]A0Lg ; 'Q.g olov rE ^iev ovv, Ecpr], dvoiioiorara 
 EVLa. liCjg ovv, ecjirj, rd rw KaXC) dvofioLOV, naXbv dv el?] ; 
 ^'OrL, vrj At', E<p7], eari p:ev tw /caAw irpbg dpofiov dvdpdjTTG) 
 aXXog dv6[jLOLog, naXbg rcpbg TtdXrjVj EorL 6e danig, KaXi) 
 Ttpbg TO 7zpo6aXEo6aL, (hg evl dvopLOLordrrj tgj dnovrLG), KaXio 
 npbg rb Gcpodpa re Kal raxv (pEpeodaL. 5. Ovdev dLacpe- 
 povrcDc, EOT], drroKpLVEL [JLCLy 7] ore oe rjpcorrjaa, el rL dyaObv 
 eldeirig. 1v 6' oIel, ecpr], dXXo p-riv dyadov, dXXo Se tcaXbv 
 elvaL ; ovfc olaO\ otl ixpbg ravrd rrdvra KaXd re rcdyadd 
 earL ; ITpwrov fisv yap ij dperfi ov rrpbg dXXa fiev dyadov, 
 TTpbg dXXa de Ka?^6v eorLV • erreLra ol dvdpLoixoL rb avro re 
 Kal TTpbg rd avrd KaXol Kdyadol XeyovraL, npbg rd avrd 
 6e Kal rd acjuara rojv dvdpdjrcuv KaXd re Kayadd (palverai, 
 TTpbg ravrdr 6e Kal rdXXa ndvra, olg dvdpcjnoi ;;^pwvTa«, 
 KaXd re Kayadd vofiL^EraL, npbg dnsp dv evxpi^ora rj. 6. 
 "^Ap' ovv, EcpT], Kal K6<pLvog Korrpocpopog KaXov kariv ; N^ 
 Ai', E(p'-q, Kal %pva^ ys danlg alaxpbv, kdv, -rrpbg rd EavrCjv 
 Epya, 6 jJLEV KaXCog 7TEnoL7]fL£vog rj, rj ds KaKU)g. AkyELg av, 
 E(pr], KaXd re Kal alaxpd rd avrd elvaL ; 7. Kai vi) At' 
 eywy', £07/, dyadd re Kal KaKa • rroXXaKLg yap ro re Xljiov 
 dyadov, TTvperov KaKov eorL, Kal rb nvperov dyadov, Xl[iov 
 KaKOV EarL, TToXXaKig 6e rb fiev rrpbg dpofiov KaXov, TTpbg 
 TxdX^v alaxpov • rb ds rrpbg rrdXrjv KaXov, rrpbg dpojiov 
 
111. 8. § 10. 9. § 1.] MEMORABILIA. 89 
 
 alo^pov ' Travra yap ay add fjtev Kal KaXd eari, npog d dv 
 £v exxi, Katcd 6e Kal aloxpd, npog a dv KaKcog. 8. Kai olnLag 
 de Xeycjv rag avrdg fcakdg re elvai Kai xP'^'^i^fJ'Ovg natdEv- 
 Eiv EfxoLy' edoKSL, olag XPI olKodojjieladat.. ^EneoKonEL de 
 0)66 • ^Apd ye rbv fisXXovra olKiav, olav XP'^, '^X^i-v, rovro 
 del fj,7]X0''^dodaL, onoyg rjdlaTT] re evdiaiTdodat, Kal XPl^^' 
 fKordTTj earaL ; 9. Tovrov de ofioXoyoviievov ' Ovicovv 
 Tjdv pev Sepovg ipvxstvfjv ex^cv, rjdv de ;^£ijU(j^'o^ d/ieeLvrjv ; 
 'ErrsLdrj de Kal rovro avp<palev • Ovkovv ev ralg npog pe- 
 G7]p6pLav (^Xe-novaaig olKiatg rov pev x^'-P^^'^og 6 rjXiog elg 
 rag rcaorddag vnoXdpTtei, rov 6e Qepovg vrrep rjpojv avruv 
 Kal rC)v GreyQ)V iropevopevog OKidv irapsx^i' ; Ovkovv el 
 ye KaXdg e;^£t ravra ovrcj yiyveoOai, oiKodopelv del vip-q- 
 Xorepa pev rd npog pearjp6pLav, Iva 6 x^i^p^pt'^'og TJXtog pi) 
 dnoKXeLTjrai, xdapaXojrepa de rd npog dpicrov, Iva ol ipv- 
 Xpol pi] epnLnr(i)(7LV dvepoi ; 10. '^g de ovveXovn elnelv, 
 bnoL nduag cjpag avrog re dv r]dLora Kara(pevyoL, Kal rd 
 bvra dacpaXearara rtOoIro, avrr) dv euconog rjdcGr-r] re Kal 
 KaXXior?] oiKTjGLg eltj • ypacfial de Kal -noLKiXiai nXelovag 
 eixppoGvvag drroGrepovGLV, rj napexovai, 'Naolg ye prjv Kal 
 pcjpolg X^P^'^ '^^1 ^^f'VCLi' TTpencodeGrdrrfV, fjrig epcpaveordrr} 
 ovGa, dGri6eGrdrr] etr) • rjdi) pev ydp idovrag npogev^aGOac, 
 Tjdi) de dyvcjg exovrag npogievat. 
 
 CHAPTER IX. 
 
 SUMMARY. 
 In this chapter are contained various Socratic definitions, namely, of 
 fortitude, wisdom and self-control, madness, envy, idleness, command, 
 good fortune. 
 
 1. IldXiv de epcdrcopevog, r] dvdpta norepov elr] dcdaKrov, 
 rj (fyvGiKuv ; OlpaL pev, e(f)r], oygirep GGJpa GOiparog loxvpo- 
 repov npog roijg novovg (pverac, ovrcj Kal ipvx^jv ipvxijg 
 eppG)peveGrepav npog rd deivd ^vGet yiyveGdai • bpCd ydp 
 iv rolg avrolg vopotg re Kal edeGi rpe(l)opevovg, noXv dta- 
 
90 xenophon's [III. 9. § 6. 
 
 (pspovrag dXXrjXcJV roXfirj. 2. No/zt^o) (.levroi irdaav cpv- 
 Giv [xadrjasL Kal [xeXeT'q npog avdpiav av^eodai • dfjXov fjsv 
 yap, ore I^fcvdac Kal Qpatceg ovtc dv ToXfirjaeiav donidag 
 Kal dopara Xabovreg AaiceSaLfiovloLg diaixdx^odai • (pavepbv 
 6e, on Kal AaKedatfiovcoi ovr^ dv Qpafiv kv TreXratg Kal 
 aKovriOig, ovre IiKvdatg sv TO^oig sdeXocev dv diayoyvl^e- 
 odat. 3. 'OpG) d' eyoyye Kal km rdv aAAwv Travrwv 6[j.0LG)g 
 Kal (f)VOEL SiacpspovTag dXXrjXayv rovg dvOpcjirovg, Kal ettc- 
 [leXeia noXi) eTTtdiSovrag • ek de rovrcdv drjXov kariv, on 
 iravTac XPI f^o,^^ '^ovg Evcpvearspovg Kal rovg diitXvTEpovg 
 TTjv (pvoLv, Ev olg dv d^LoXoyoL (3ovXo)vrai yEviadai, ravra 
 Kal j-iavdavELV Kal fjisXErdv. 
 
 4. 1>o(j)Lav 6s Kal Goxppoavvrjv ov diO)pL^Ev^ dXXd rbv rd 
 fiEV KaXd rs Kal dyadd yLyvcooKOvra %p^a0ai avrolg, Kal 
 rbv rd alaxpd eldora evXadEladat, G0(p6v rs Kal Gc^cppova 
 EKpiVEV. UpogEpcjroyfiEvog 6s, si rovg sTTCGraiiEVOvg [isv d 
 6eI rrpdrrsLV^ rroLovvrag 6s rdvavrta, Gocpovg rs Kal syKpa- 
 rslg slvai voni^oi • Ov6ev ye fidXXov, £0?/, rj aGocpovg rs Kai 
 dwparslg • -ndvrag yap olfxai, npoaipovusvovg ek rcJv sv6s- 
 XOfiivcjv, d olovrat GV[j.(popcjrara avrolg slvai, ravra rrpdr- 
 rstv. 'NoiM^G) ovv rovg jit?) opdcjg npdrrovrag, ovrs G0(f)0vg, 
 ovrs Goxppovag slvai. 5. "E0?y 6s Kal rrjv 6cKacoGvvr]v, 
 Kal rrjv dXX7]v ndaav dpsrrjv, G0(pLav slvai • rd rs ydp 61- 
 Kaua, Kal ndvra, oGa dpsr'^ nparrsrai, KaXd rs Kal dyadd 
 elvai • Kal ovr' dv rovg ravra sl66rag dXXo dvrl rovrcdv 
 ov6sv TcpoEXsGdai,, ovrs rovg iii] EntGrafisvovg 6vvaGdai 
 TTpdrrsLV, dXXd Kal, sdv syxecpcoGLV^ djiapravscv • ovno Kal 
 rd KaXd rs Kal dyadd rovg [iev Gocpoijg npdrrsLV, rovg 6s 
 fjbT) GO(povg ov 6vvaG0aL, dXXd Kai, sdv syxEtpoJGtv, dfxap- 
 rdvEiv ' ETTsl ovv rd rs 6iKaia Kal rd dXXa KaXd rs Kal 
 dyadd ndvra dpsrxj nparrsrac, 67jXov slvai, on Kal 6iKai,o- 
 GVVT], Kal Tj dXXr] naGa dpsrr], Gocpia sGri. 6. Maviav ye 
 firjv svavriov fisv s(p7] slvai Gocpia, ov fiEvroi ye rrjv dv- 
 e7TiGrr][j,0Gvv7]v [laviav svoni^s, rb 6s dyvoslv savrov, Kal 
 afi a ol6& 6o^d^Eiv rs Kal oisGdai yiyvwGKSiv, syyvrdro) 
 
III. 9. § 11.] MEMORABILIA. 91 
 
 fiaviag EXoyi^&ro elvai • rovg [levroL noXXovg e(p7], a [lev ol 
 ttXelotol dyvoovai, rovg dLTjfJbafyrrjKOTag tovtg)v ov (pdoKEcv 
 [lalveodai, rovg 6s dcrjiiaprrjicoTag, o)v ol ttoXXol ytyvo)- 
 GKOvai, iiacvo[i£vovg KaXelv • 7. 'Eav re yap rig ^eyag 
 ovrG)g oLTjTat elvat, (ogte KvnTecv rag nvXag rov rel^ovg 
 die^LGiv, edv re ovrojg iaxvpog, cjgr' enix^Lpelv olKtag atpe- 
 odaL, 7] dXXit) TO) ETTirLOeadaL rojv ndaL drjXcov ore dSvvard 
 earc, rovrov iiatveadai (pduKELv, rovg ds fiifcpov dtafiaprd- 
 vovrag ov 6okelv rolg noXXolg fj-alvEadat, dXX\G)gv:Ep rrjv 
 laxvpdv ETTcOvfjLiav spcora KaXovaiv, ovrcj icai ri^v ixEydXrjv 
 napdvotav fiaviav avrovg KaXsiv. 8. (^Oovov Se ofconCJv, 
 b n EL7}, XvTTTjv fiEV rtva E^evpiaicEv avrbv bvra, ovre usv- 
 roi rrjv enl (ptXcjv drvxt-o,Lg, ovre Tr]v stt' ExOpcov Evrv'xtaig 
 yiyvoiiEVTjv, dXXd fiovovg, scpr], (pdovEtv rovg ettI ralg rdv 
 (piX(i)v Evnpa^laLg dvLCJfXEVOvg. Qavfia^ovrcov Ss rtVGiV, el 
 rig (f)LXG)v rtva ettl rri Evrrpa^ia avrov Xvirolro, vnEiicfivrj- 
 GKEV, on TxoXXoi ovritig npog ruvag exovolv, cjgrs KaKcbg fxsv 
 TTpdrrovrag fii] Svvaadat rcEptopav, dXXd (3orjd£lv drvxov- 
 GLv, Evrvxovvrcov ds Xvirsladai • rovro Se (ppovLucp fiEV 
 dvdpt ovK dv Gvii6r]vai, rovg rjXLdiovg ds del irdox^iv avro. 
 9. 2;^oA'^i' 6e gkottcov, ri elt], notovvrag ijlev n bX^yg dnav- 
 rag, GxoXd^ovrag fisvroi rovg TrXEiGrovg e^t] EvpioKEiv • 
 Kal yap rovg nsrrevovTag, Kal rovg yEXwroixotovvrag ttol- 
 eiv n ' ndvrag 6e rovrovg, e(f)i], GxoXd^ELV • E^Elvat ydp 
 avrolg Isvai rrpd^ovrag rd (iEXrlu) rovrcjv. 'Atto fiivrot 
 roJv (3EXri6vo}v em rd %£^'pa> Isvai, ovdsva GxoXd^Eiv • eI 
 de rig toi^rovrov, daxoXtag avrC) ovorjg, Kafcojg, scpj], rovro 
 TrpdrrsLV. 10. BaoLXslg ds Kal dpxovrag ov rovg rd oktitt- 
 rpa Exovrag E(p7] elvat, ov6e rovg vno roiv rvxovrcjv alpe- 
 Oevrag, ovSe rovg KXrjpcd Xaxbvrag, ovde rovg (3caGa[iEvovg, 
 ov6e rovg E^anarrjoavrag, dXXd rovg E-maraiiEvovg dpx£t.v. 
 11. 'Onore ydp rig biioXoyqaeie rov fiev dpxovrog elvai rd 
 rrpogrdrreiv b ri XPV "^oielv, rov de dpxofievov rd ttelOe- 
 odai, eTTESeiKvvev ev re vrfi rov hev kniordiievov, dpxovra, 
 rov de vavfcXrjpov Kal rovg dXXovg rovg ev r^ vtj'I ndvrag, 
 
92 xenophon's [III. 9. § 15. 
 
 TTEidofievovg tw eTnara{isv(i), Kal ev yeoipyta, rovg kektt]' 
 HEVovg dypovg, Kal ev voog), rovg vouovvrag, Kal ev ocoii- 
 aoKia rovg ocojiaoKovvrag, Kal rovg aXXovg TravTag, olg 
 virdpxEi 71 ETTLiieXetag Seofisvov, av p^ev avrol iiyCivrai 
 eiTLGraodat, empeXelGdai • el 6e jU?y, rolg enLarapsvocg ov 
 povov napovGL necdopevovg, dA/ld Kal aTcovrag perairepTio- 
 pevovg, OTTCjg eKelvotg netdouevoL id deovra npdmjdaiv • ev 
 6e raXaoia Kal rag yvvalKag enedeiKVvev dpxovoag rwv 
 dvdpojv, Std TO rag pev elSevai, oncjg XP^ raXaoLovpyelv, 
 rovg de pi) elSsvai. 12. E/ 6e rig npog ravra XeyoL, on 
 rip rvpdvvG) e^eori pi] netdeodai rolg opdCjg XeyovGi, Yial 
 Tciog dv, e(f)rj, e^eirj pi) neldeodai, enLKELpevTjg ye ^ripiag, edv 
 ng ru) ev Xiyovri pr\ ixEid-qrai ; kv w ydp dv rig Trpdypart 
 pi) TTetdrjrat rip ev XsyovrL, dpaprrjOErat Srjnov, dpaprd- 
 v(x)v 6e ^7]pi(A)dr}(7EraL. 13. Ei 6e (pal?] rig rip rvpdvvcp 
 E^elvai Kal dnoKrelvai rbv ev (ppovovvra, Tdv de diroKrei- 
 vovra, £(p7j, rovg Kpariarovg rCdV Gvppdx(^v olei d^rjpiov 
 yiyveaGai, ij, (hg ervxE, ^rjptovodaL ; irorspov ydp dv pdX- 
 Xov olei oo)^Eo6aL rbv ravra noiovvra, i] ovrcji) Kal rdxior'' 
 dv diToXeoBaL ; 14. ^Epopivov de rivog avrov, rl Sokolt] 
 avrip Kpdrcarov dvSpl EnirrjdEvpa elvai, dneKptvaro, Fiv- 
 Trpa^tav. 'Epopevov 6e ndXcv, el Kal rrjv evrvxtav e-mrrj- 
 devpa vopi^oi elvat , Udv pev ovv rovvavriov eycoy', £9?/, 
 rvx'Tlv Kal TTpd^LV rjyovpai • ro pev ydp pr) ^rjrovvra ettl- 
 rvxEiv rivL rcjv dEovrcjv, evrvxiav olpac elvai, ro de pa- 
 dovra re Kal peXerrjaavrd ri ev noielv, evnpa^lav vopi^d), 
 Kal ol rovro emrTjSevovreg doKOvoi poi ev npdrretv. 15. 
 Kal dpiarovg 6e Kal ■deocpiXeardrovg ecprj elvat, ev pev ye- 
 (jjpyia, roi)g rd yecjpyiKa ev irpdrrovrag^ ev d' larpeca, 
 roijc rd larptKd, ev 6e ixoXireia, rovg rd noXtriKd • rbv 6e 
 p7]dev ev nparrovra^ ovre xp'^^^'-H'OV ovdev ecprj elvat, ovre 
 deocptXi). 
 
III. 10. § 4.] MEMORABILIA. 93 
 
 CHAPTER X. 
 
 SUMMARY. 
 
 Socrates was also serviceable to artists, in the conversations which he 
 held with them concerning- their respective arts. In the first place, he 
 showed in what the chief excellence of a painting consists. The art of 
 painting, for example, is not confined to the mere representation of objects 
 that are visible in their nature, but it seeks to express also the various 
 emotions of the breast, by means of the eyes, the countenance, and the 
 gestures. (§ 1-5.) 
 
 In statuary, again, we must not merely seek to imitate the various po- 
 sitions and movements of the human frame, but we must also breathe life 
 into the statue by expressing the emotions of the soul. (^ 6-8.) 
 
 In another and third conversation, he shows in what the evpvdfzla of a 
 corslet consists. {§ 9-15.) 
 
 1. 'A/LAd [irjv Kal el nore rCdV rag t^x'^cl^ exovrov, nal 
 epyaoLag evena ;;^pa)f/£X'(x)v avralg, dLaAeyoiro tlvl, Kal rov- 
 roig (h(pe?iLaog rjv • elgeWcbv [isv yap nore npog UappdoLov 
 rbv ^o)ypd(f)ov, real dtaXeyofzevog avrcd , ^Apa, Ecprj, c5 ITajO- 
 pduLS, ypacpLicT] eariv rj SLKaoLa rojv opGyjievGyv ; rd yovv 
 KolXa Kal rd -UTprjAa, Kal rd OKoreivd Kal rd (pcjTecvd, Kal 
 rd CK^rjpd Kal rd fzaXaKa, Kal rd rpax^a Kal rd Xela, Kal 
 rd. via Kal rd 7Ta?Mid GMfiara did rC)V ;\;pa)^dra)i' dneLKd- 
 ^ovreg EKfiifiEioOe. "'AXrjdr] Xeysig, e(p7]. 2. Kal liijv rd 
 ye KaXd eldrj d(f)oi.(,otovvreg, eTxeiSi] ov padiov kvl dvOpt^nixi 
 TTEptrvxelv dfisfinra ndvra exovri, sk TxoAXCiV ovvdyovreg 
 rd e^ EKaorov KaXXtara, ovrug bXa rd GcJuara KaXd not- 
 elre (paiveadai ; Holovijev ydp, £0?;, ovrcjg. 3. Tl yap ; 
 e(f)r), rd -mdavcjrardv re Kal ijSLarov^ Kal (piXiKCjrarov, Kal 
 TTodetvorarov^ Kal epaofiLCjrarov dnofUiieloOE rrjg ipvxTjg 
 ijOog ; rj ovde fiLfirjrdv eon rovro ; Ucog ydp dv, E(pr}, fii- 
 f.ir}rdv EL7], G) l,a)Kpa7£g, b fiijrs ovfj-fierpLav, iirfre ;\;pwjacr,, 
 jUTJre G)v ov Elrrag dpri firjdev Jx^f-i [i^^e- oX(x)g bparov eotlv; 
 4. ""Ap' ouv, e(p7], yiyvEraL kv dvOpcdnG) ro re (pcXocfypovGjg 
 Kal rd exOpoJg (iXe-neiv npog rivag ; "E/zoiye doKel, edtrj. 
 OvKOvv rovro ye fiLjirjrdv ev rolg 6[ijj,aoLV ; Kal fidXa, 
 
94 xenophon's [III. 10. § 8. 
 
 £0?/. 'E/Tt ds rolg rC)V (piXcdv ayadolg Kal rolg naKolg 
 ofjLOLCjjg aoL Soicovolv ex^i-v rd npogdj-na ol rs (ppovTC^ovreg, 
 Kal ol [17] ; Md At' ov drjTa, ecj)?] ' km nev yap rolg o.ya- 
 Bolg (patdpoL, km Se rolg Kaaolg Gfcvdpcjnol yiyvovraL. 
 Ovfcovv, £077, Kal ravra Svvarov dneiKa^eiv ; Kal jxdXa, 
 ecpTj. 5. 'AA/ld firjv Kal rd p,eyaXoTTpE7Teg re Kal kXevdi- 
 ptov, Kal rd ransivov rs Kal dveXevOspov, Kal rd oo)(l)povr}- 
 riKov T£ Kal (pp6viiJ,ov, Kal rd v6pioriK6v re Kal dneipoKa- 
 Xov, Kal did rov -npogcjnov Kal did rcjv GX'r][J'dro)v Kal 
 eoTO)TG)v Kal KLvovuevojv dvdpG)7TG)v StacpaLvsL. 'AXrjdri 
 Xsyeig, ecpT], Ovkovv Kal ravra p,Li.i7]rd ; Kal fidXa, ecpr]. 
 Uo-Epov ovv, EcpT], vo(j,L^ELg i]6lov bpdv rovg dvOpionovg, d't' 
 G)v rd KaXd te Kayadd Kal dyarrTjrd rjdrj (paiveraL, rj Sl'' cjv 
 rd alaxpd rs Kal irovripd Kal iiLOrjrd j UoXi) vtj At', Ecprj, 
 diacpEpEL, u) l^cjKpareg. 
 
 6. Updg de KXeirbiva rdv dvdpLavronoidv elgeXdcJv norE, 
 Kal 6iaX£y6p.£vog avro), "On p^sv, kcfrr], g) KXelrcov, dX- 
 Xoiovg noLEig, dpopelg re Kal naXaiordg, Kal nvKrag, Kal 
 TTayKparLaardg, opoj re Kal olSa ' o 6e [idXiara i/;v;^ay6)y£t 
 did rrjg bipscjg rovg dvOpdjnovg, rd ^oriKov (paiVEGdai, niog 
 rovro EVEpyd(^Et rolg avSpidoLV ; 7. ^KtteI Se dnopcJv 6 
 ' KXeirow ov raxv dixEKpivaro, ^Ap', £0?/, rolg rdv ^ojvrcov 
 eISeolv drcEuid^ov rd epyov, ^cjriKCjrEpovg TToielg (palveodai 
 rovg dvdpidvrag ; Kal pdXa, E(j)7j. Ovkovv rd re vnd 
 rcov oxiH-idrcjv Karaoirwueva Kal rd dvaoTrcjpEva ev rolg 
 OGjpaai, Kal rd avprne^opEva, Kal rd diEXKOfisva, Kal rd 
 evrELvopEva Kal rd dviEpeva dirELKa^CjdV, bpoLorepd rs rolg 
 dXTjOivolg Kal irtdavcorEpa noislg (paivsadai ; lidvv p,EV 
 ovv, E(f)7]. 8. To Se Kal rd nddrj rdv noiovvrcjv ri acopd' 
 rcjv dTTopLiiELadat ov ttoleI riva rspiptv rolg 'dECOiievoig ; 
 FulKog yovv, kcprj. Ovkovv Kal rdv pkv paxopkvojv dnEiXr]' 
 riKd rd opiiara dnELKaorEOV, rdv dk VEVtKTjKdrcov Ev<ppac- 
 vopEvcov fj dipig iiLiiTjTEa ; X(p66pa y% e^tj. Aei dpa, £<p7], 
 rdv dvSpiavroTTOidv rd rrig rpvx'^ig kpya rd e'ISei npogsiKd' 
 ^eiv. 
 
III. 10. § 15.] MEMORABILIA. 95 
 
 9, Upog 6e Utariav ibv ^cdpaKOTTOiov elgeXOcov, k-nidei- 
 ^avTog avToif tw lodtcpdret -di^paKag ev elpyaoiievovg, N?) 
 rfiv "]lpav, E(p7], KaXov ye, o) ULoria, ro evprjiia, rio rd fiev 
 deoiieva GKinrjg rov dvOpdonov GKend^sLV ibv dtopaica, ralg 
 6s ;\;ep(7t p,?] kg)Xvelv xpV^Oai. 10. 'Ardp, e^r], Xe^ov fjtoL, 
 G) ULOTLa, did ri ovre iaxvporepovg ovre noXvreXsoTepovg 
 7G)V dX?Mv TTOLcJv Tovg '&ddpaKag nXeiovog TTCjXelg ; "On, 
 e(p7j, G) lG)KpaTsg, evpvOporepovg noioj. Tdv Ss pvOp^ov, 
 ecj)?], ixorepa perpG) 7) oraOpu) e7n6eLKVV(i)v irXeiovog ri[.id ; 
 ov ydp 6r] loovg ye irdvrag, ovde d[ioLovg olpat (T€ noielv, 
 elye apporrovrag -noielg. 'AA/ld vr) Ai', ecbr], noiu) • ovdev 
 ydp b(peX6g ean dcjpaKog dvev rovrov. 11. Ovkovv, e(})7], 
 GO)pard ye dvdpcjnov, rd pev evpvOpd eart., rd de appvOpa; 
 Udvv pev ovv, ecpTj. IlC)g ovv, ecpr], tgj appvOpG) ccjpaTL 
 dppoTTOvra rov SoypaKa evpvdpov noielg ; "^gnep Kai dp- 
 poTTovra, ecf)7]' 6 dppoTTOJV ydp eonv evpvdpog. 12. Ao- 
 Kelg poi, e(p7] 6 l^UKpdrrjg, rd evpvdpov ov Kad' eavro Xe- 
 yeiv, dXXd npog rov ;^p65jU£voi% dg-nep dv el (pairjg danLda, 
 0) dv dpporrrj, rovrcd evpvdpov elvai, Kai x^f^f^v^cb, ficti 
 rdXXa (hgavrcjg eoiKev ex^iv rw oip Aoyo). 13. "law^ 6e 
 Kai dXXo rt ov piKpov dyadbv rip dpporreiv npogeari. 
 Atda^ov, £07/, 0) lo)Kpareg, el rt exsig. ^Hrroi^, e(p7], rep 
 jSdpet Tne^ovciv ol dpporrovreg riov dvappoarcjv, rov av- 
 rbv ara6p,bv exovreg • ol pev ydp dvdppooroi, rj bXoi sk 
 rCdv u)p(A)v KpepdpevoL, 7) Kai aXXo rt rov ocjparog ocpodpa 
 TTte^ovreg, 6vg(popot Kai %aAe7rot ytyvovrat, ol 6e dppor- 
 rovreg, SteiXrjppevot rb (3dpog, rb pev vnb rcjv kXeiSmv Kat 
 enGypldojv, rb 6e vnb riov wpcjv, rb 6e vnb rov orrjdovg, rd 
 6e vnb rov vtorov, rb 6e vrrb rrjg yaarpog, oXiyov delv ov 
 (poprjpart, dXXd npogOrjpart eoucaatv. 14. 'EiprjKag, e<p7], 
 avro, 6t^ brrep eyojye rd epd epya nXeLarov d^ia vopl^(0 
 elvat ' evLot pevrot rovg noLKcXovg Kai rovg e-ntxpvoovg 
 dcopaKag pdXXov (hvovvrat. 'AXXd p,rjv, ecprj, elye dtd 
 ravra prj dpporrovrag cjvovvrat, KaKbv epotye doKovot 
 TCOtKiXov re Kai e-ixixpvaov (bveloOat. 15. 'Ardp, e(f)7], rov 
 
96 xenophon's [III. 11. § 4. 
 
 ocofzarog [iTj ^levovTOC, dXXd tots fiev fcvpTOVfievov^ tots 6s 
 dpdov[j,svov, TTcDf av dupttslg ^cjpafcsg apiiOTToisv ; Ovda- 
 uu)g, S(p7]. Asystg, scjyrj, dpiiOTTStv ov Tovg aKpidslg, dAAd 
 Tovg fiT] XvTTOvvTag sv t^ XP^'^9'- ^vTog^ ecpr], tovto "ks- 
 ysLg, (h liCJKpaTeg, ical ndvv 6p6(x)g dnodsx£C. 
 
 CHAPTER XI. 
 
 SUMMARY. 
 In a conversation with the hetaerist Theodota, Socrates discourses on 
 the value of friends, and on the art of gainings and preserving them. 
 
 1. TvvaiKog 6e ttots ovorjg sv r^ rcoXsi KaXrig, ^ ovofia 
 Tjv QsodoTTj, fivrjodsvTog avrrig tgjv nap6vTG)v Tivog, Kal 
 slnovTog, otl KpslTiov slri Xoyov to KaXXog Trjg yvvaLicog, 
 Kal ^Mypd(povg cprjoavTog slgisvai irpbg avri^v dnsiKaaofjLs- 
 vovg, 'Ireov dv sir] dsaooiisvovg, s<pr] 6 I;G)fcpdT'}-jg ' ov yap 
 6fj duovaaoi ys ro Xoyov upslTTOV sgti K.aTanadslv. Kal 
 6 6ir]y'qodii8vog , Ovu dv (pddvoiT^ s(p7j, duoXovOovvTsg. 2. 
 OvTCiJ fisv 6?) TTOpsvOsvTsg npog ttjv Qsod6r7]v, Kal KaTaXa- 
 66vT£g ^G}ypd(i)(jd tlvI TTapsOTTjKvlav, sdsdoavTo • iiavoaiis- 
 vov OS Tov ^(x)ypd<pov, ^i2 dvdpsg, scpr] 6 l,G)KpdT7jg, noTepov 
 rjjidg dsl [idXXov Geo(5dr^ X^P'-'^ ^X^^'^y ^''"^ '^p^lv Td KaXXog 
 savTfig STTsdeL^sv, i) TavTTjv rjp-lv, otl sOsaodfisOa ; dp' el 
 fiev TavTTj d)(pEXi}jiG)Tspa sotIv t] sTridsL^ig^ TavTrjV rjolv xd- 
 pLV sKTSov, el 6s rj[iLV 7] '&ea, ruidg Tavrrj ; 3. 'ElnovTog 
 6e TLvog^ OTL 6iKaca XeyoL, Ovkovv, e(pr], avrrj fiev 'ij6rj ts 
 TOV Trap'' rjfxojv enaivov Kep6aLvec, Kal e'neL6dv elg -nXdovg 
 6iayyeLXG)p,ev, -nXeiG) dxpeXrjaeTat. 'Ek 6e tovtg)v elKog, 
 rjfMdg fisv 'depaTrevsLV, TavTTjv 6s ■depa-nsvEGdai. Kal tj 
 Qeo66T7] , Nrj At', £0?;, el tolvvv TavO'' ovroyg sxsl, eiis dv 
 6eoL vjMV T7]g deag ^apiv ex^tv. 4. 'E/c 6s tovtov 6 2w- 
 KpdTrjg, bpd)v avTfjv ts noXvTsXiog KSKOGfirjfievrjv, nal {.irjTs- 
 pa TTapovGav avrfj sv sGOrjTt Kal ■depansLa ov ttj TVXovGXff 
 Kal Sspanaivag rroXXag Kal evei6elg, Kal ov6£ TavTag rjfjLe- 
 Xrjfxevcjg exovoag, Kal Tolg dXXoig ttjv olKiav d(pd6vG)g Ka^ 
 
III. 11. § 10.] MEMORABILIA. 97 
 
 TEOKevaafjievrjv, 'Elne [xoi, ecpr], w QeoSo-rj, egtl col dypo^ ; 
 OvK e[ioLy\ e<p7]. 'AaA' dpa ol/cla Tvpogodovg exovoa ; Ovds 
 olicLa, e<prj. 'AAAd //?} x^^P^tsx'^^^ rcvig ; OvSe x^i-por ex- 
 rat, £(p7]. Ilodev ovv, £(p7], rdmrfideLa exetg ; 'Eav TLg, 
 e(p7}, (piXog iioi yevofjievog, ev noielv edeX-^, ovrog fxoL (Slog 
 eoTL. 5. N?) TTiv "Kpav, e07y, 65 QeodoTT], KaXov ye rb kttj- 
 fia, Kat TToXXiii Kpelrrov olojv re icai (3ocov ical alycjv, cpiXov 
 dyeXrjv fcefcrrjadac. 'Ardp, ecp?], norepov r^j rvxV STTiTpe- 
 ireig, edv rig aoi (blXog, cognep pvla, TTpognT^raL, rj Kat avr^ 
 TL iirixO'Vd ; 6. IIcj^ (5' dv, ed)?], eyw rovrov fMTjxavrjv ev- 
 poiiu ; IIoAi' vfj At', ecpr], TTpogrjfcovrcog fidXXov, ?/ at (pa- 
 Xayyeg • oloda yap, oyg eftelvat drjpcoac rd npog rov (3iov • 
 cpa;^vm yap STjnov Xenrd v(f)7]vdfi£vai, o tl dv evravOa 
 efi-neairi, tovtco Tpo(prj xp(^yTai. 7. Kat kjiol ovv, e(f)7], ovfi- 
 tovXevEig v(pr]vaodaL n d^rjparpov ; Ov yap dfj ovTG)g ye 
 drexvdg oleoOai XP^ "^o TrXeiarov d^cov dypevfxa, (piXovg 
 drjpdoELV • ovx opag, on Kai rd {lucpov d^tov, rovg Xaycjg, 
 ■dripC)vreg ixoXXd rexvd^ovaiv ; 8. 'On [lev yap r7]g vvk- 
 rbg VEfiovrai, tivvag vvurepEvriKag rropLudfievoi, ravratg 
 avTovg '&7]pu)OLV • on ds [leO' rjfiEpav d-nodLdpaoKOVGiv, dX- 
 Xag KroJvraL avvag, alnveg, rj dv ek rrjg vofirjg Elg rriv ev- 
 V7jv dnsXdcoai, rfi oajirj aladavoaEvai, EvpioKovaiv avrovg • 
 on 6e TTodcjKEcg elaiv, l^gre Kai ek rov (pavspov rpexovrsg 
 aTTocpevyEiv, dXXag av nvvag raxeiag rrapaaKEvd^ovrac, tva 
 Kara irodag dXtandivrat ' on ds Kai ravrag avrojv nvEg 
 d7TO(f)Evyovai., dUrva iardatv Eig rdg drpanovg, ^ (pEvyov- 
 GLV, iV Elg ravra EfmtTTrovrEg ovfinodi^ayvrac, 9. Tlvc 
 ovv, E(p7], roLovrci) cpiXovg dv eyo) ■d7]pG)7]v ; 'Edv vi] At', 
 e0?7, dvrl Kvvbg Krrjarj, bgng gol Ixvevg)v fisv rovg (jytXoKa- 
 ?i.ovg Kat nXovGLOvg EvprjOEt, Evpcbv ds ii7]xavrjGEraL, oncog 
 EjLi6d?irj avrovg Elg rd od dcKrva. 10. Kat vola, E(I)7j, eyo) 
 diKrva EX(^ ; "Ei^ [^^v drjTTOv, Ecpr], Kat fidXa ev ttepittXeko- 
 [lEvov, rrjv ipvx^jv, rj KaraiiavddvEtg, Kai G)g dv EfidXinovGa 
 Xdpi^oio, Kai b n dv XiyovGa EV(ppalvoig, Kat brt SeI rbv 
 fiEV ETTifiEXbi-iEVov dG^jbEVOjg vnodEXf^oOat, rbv 6e rpvcpCJvra 
 
 E 
 
98 xenophon's [III. 11. § 15. 
 
 aTxoKAeietv, Hal appixtari^aavrog ye tpiXov (ppovTtOTttioJg 
 ETrtGKei[)aG6at, K,al KaXov ri irpd^avTog o<p66pa GvvTjadrjvatf 
 Kal TO) 0(p66pa oov (jypovTL^ovTL oX'^ rrj ipv^'^ KS^apLodai. 
 Md rov Al\ £(pr] 7} OeodoTTj, eyib tovtchv ovdsv p7]xavGJfiai, 
 11. Kat p?]v, £(p7], TToXv diacpspei ro Kara (pvoiv re Kal dp- 
 dcog dvOpG)7TCi) npogcpepeaOaL • Kal yap 6?) (Ha p,ev ovr^ dv 
 eXoig, ovTE Kardaxoig (piXov, svepyeaia ds Kal rjdov^ to 
 ■drjplov TOVTo dXo)oip6v re Kal napapovti^iov eariv. ^KXtjOt] 
 Xeyetg, ecprj. 12. Kal rj Qeodor?], Tt ovv oh ov iioi, e(f>7], 
 0) HcjKpareg, kyevov ovvOrjparrjg rCyv (pL?.G}v ; 'Edv ye vfj 
 At', £0^) ireidxig fie ov. Ilibg ovv dv, ecprj, rcelaaipi oe ; 
 Zrjrrjoeig, e(pi-i, rovro avrrj Kal pTj^avrjaeL, edv ri pov dey. 
 'Elgidc roivvv, ecbrj, d^apivd. 13. Kat 6 l^coKpdrrjg entOKd)- 
 irrcjv r7]V avrov dnpaypoovvrjv, 'AXX\ (b Qeodorrj, e(p7], ov 
 rrdvv pot paSiov ean oxoXdaai • Kal yap Idia rcpdypara 
 TToXXd, Kal drjpoaia, napex^i pot daxoXlav • elal de Kal 
 (piXai pot, at ovre rjpepag, ovre vvKrbg dtp'' avrCdv edoovat 
 pe dnievai, fplXrpa re pavOdvovoai nap^ epov, Kal inuddg. 
 
 14. ^EnLorauat ydp, ecprj, Kal ravra, g) l^G}Kpareg ; 'kXXd 
 did rl olei, ecprj, ^ K.'KoXXodbipov re rovde Kal ^AvriaOevrjv 
 ovdeTTore pov dnoXelireodaL ; Sid rl 6e Kal Ke6rjra Kal 
 liippiav Qr]6?]dev rrapayiyveoOat ; ev ladi, ore ravra ovk 
 avev TToXXCdv (biXrpcjv re Kal encpdCjv Kal Ivyyojv earl. 
 
 15. Xprjoov roivvv pot, ecpr], rrjv 'ivyya, tva enl ool npo)- 
 rov eXKO) avrrjv. 'AAAd pa I\i\ ecprj, ovk avrbg eXKeodai 
 irpog oe (3ovXopat, dXXd ae npog epe TTopeveodai. 'AAAd 
 TTopevGopat, ecprj • povov vnoSexpv. 'AAA' vnode^opai oe, 
 ecjiT], edv pi] rig (ptXcjrepa oov evdov tj. 
 
III. 12. § 4.J MEMORABILIA. 99 
 
 CHAPTERXII. 
 
 SUMMARY. 
 The value of gymnastic exercises in not only strengthening the body, 
 but also impaiting a healthy tone to the mind. 
 
 1. 'Einyevrjv ds rCJv ^vvovrov rtvd, veov re bvra nal- 
 TO crw^ua Karciog e^ovra, Mwv, 'Qg IdLOjriKoJg, ecpri^ rd <7w//a 
 eX^ig, 0) 'ErcLyeveg. Kal og, 'IdiojrTjg fiev, e^Tj, eliiL, c5 Hw- 
 Kpareg. Ovdiv ye iidXXov, ecbrj, rdv- ev ^OkvfiTTLa fieXXov- 
 rojv dycdvi^eoQai • 7/ 6okeI ool fiLKpog slvaL 6 rrspi rrjg ipv- 
 X^ig TTpbg Tovg rcoXeiUovg dydjv, bv ^AdrjvaloL '&rjaovoiv, 
 brav Tvxi^oiv ; 2. Kat pf]v ova oXlyoi p-ev did ttjv rwv 
 ocjpdrcjv Kax^^iCLV dTcodvrjOKOvoi re ev rolg noXepucolg kiv- 
 dvvotg, Kal alaxpojg Gcj^ovrai, txoXXoI 6e di" avrb tovto 
 ^cJvreg dXiaKovrac, Kal dXovreg 7]tol dovXevovat rdv Xoi- 
 ixbv (3lov^ edv ovtcj Tv%cj(Ti, ttjv ;^aAe7r6i)TaT?yi' dovXeiav, rj 
 eig rdg dvdyKag rag dXysLVordrag einxeaovreg, Kal ektl- 
 GavTsg evtore irXeLO) roJv v7Tapxbvro}v avrolg, rdv Xolttov 
 (3lov evdeelg rCdv dvayKalcov bvreg Kal KaKonaOovvreg dia- 
 ^CJOL, TToXXol 6e 66^av alaxpdv KTcjvrai, did ttjv rov ccj/ia- 
 Tog ddwaptav, doKovvjeg dnodetXidv • 3. ""K Kara<ppoveig 
 t(a)v eTTLTifucjv TTjg Kax^^iCLg TOVTGJV, Kal padicjg dv olel 0£- 
 pEiv rd roiavra ; Kal prjv olpai ye ttoAAo) pcud Kal rjdio) 
 TOVTG)v elvat, d del viropevetv rbv eTTipeXoiiEVOV rr^g rov 
 GG)p,arog eve^lag • ?/ vyietvorepdv re Kal elg rdXXa XPV^'-' 
 ficJrepov vopi^Eig elvai ttjv KaxE^iav rrjg evE^iag ; i] rCjv 
 did rrjv eve^tav yt.yvofievG)v Ka-a<ppov£lg ; 4. Kal prjv 
 Trdvra ye rdvaviia Gvpbaivei rolg ev rd od^iiara exovGiv, 
 rj rolg KaKoJg • Kal yap vyiaivovoLV ol rd Gcjp,ara ev e%ov- 
 reg, Kal Igxvovgl, Kal ttoXXoI pev did rovro eK rCjv 7toX€- 
 (UKOjv dyojvcjv oc^^ovrac re evGxrjpovcog, Kal rd deuvd Trdv- 
 ra 6ia(f)evyovGi^ noXXol 6e tpiXoig re (3o7]dovGL, Kal r7]v 
 TTarpida evepyerovGL, Kal did ravra x^P'-'^'bg tc d^LOvvrai^ 
 ical do^av peydXtjv KrCjvrat, Kal rqvJJv KaXXlGruv rvyxd- 
 
100 xenophon's [HI. 12. § 8. 
 
 vovoi, Kal did ravra rov re Xolttov jSlov t^Slov nal kclXXlov 
 dia^Cyai, Kal rolg eavrcov rcaiol icaXXiovg dcpopfidg elq rov 
 (iiov KaraXeiTTOVOLV. 5. Ovroi xp'rj, ore rj noXig ovn doKel 
 driiJLoota rd npdg rov noXeiiov, did tovto Kal Idia djieXelv, 
 a A Ad f.irj6ev ^rrov enifieXelodaL • ev ydp iadi, on ovde kv 
 aXX(jd ovSevl dyCjvi, ov6s kv irpd^ec ovdenid p^elov e^eig, did 
 TO jSsXriov rd OMfia TrapsGKsvdodaL • npog ndvra ydp, boa 
 Txpdrrovoiv dvOpcjnoL, ;:^p7](7i/xov to crw/ia eariv • ev Trdoaig 
 ds ralg rov acjfiarog XP^^^^^ noXij diacpepei wf (SsXriara 
 TO acofia sxetv. 6. 'Bnel Kal ev g) doKelg eXaxi-arrjv acjua- 
 roQ ;^p£mv elvai, ev ro) dLavoeladai, rig ovk oldev, on Kal 
 ev rovru) ttoXXoI fieydXa acpaXXovrau, did rd //?) vyialveLv 
 TO GG)na ; Kal Xrjdrj di, Kal dOvfuu, Kal dvgKoXla, Kal iiavi-a 
 TToXXaKig TToXXolg, did rriv rov acofiarog Kax^^cav, elg rfjv 
 didvoiav efiTTinrovaiv ovrG)g, ugre Kal rdg eTnorrif.Lag eK- 
 bdXXeiv. 7. Tolg 6e rd ocjfiara ev exovoc ttoXXj] do(f)d- 
 Xeia, Kal ovdelg KLvSvvog did ye rrfv rov oo)^arog Kax^^lav 
 roLOvrov ri TraOelv, eiKog 6e fidXXov irpbg rd evavria rCdV 
 did rrjv Kax^^iav yiyvofievcjv Kal rffv eve^tav ;\;p7^(Ti^ov el- 
 vat ' Kairoi rojv ye rolg elprjfievoig evavrlcjv eveKa ri ovk 
 av rig vovv ex(ov vnofieiveLev ; 8. Alaxpov 6e Kal rd did 
 rijv djieXeiav yr]pdaaL, nplv Idelv eavrov, rxolog av KdXXi- 
 Grog Kal Kpdnorog ro) Gcojuan yevoiro. Tavra 6e ovk eG- 
 Tiv Idelv djieXovvra • ov ydp edeXu avrofxara yiyveGdai. 
 
 CHAPTER XIII. 
 
 SUMMARY. 
 This chapter contains various pithy remarks of Socrates to various in- 
 dividuals. 
 
 1. We should not be offended at want of civility in another, any more 
 than at persona] deformity. ($ 1.) 
 
 2. The best remedy for a want of relish in eating, is to stop eating be- 
 fore satiety supervenes. ($ 2.) 
 
 3. In eating and drinking, be not too hard to please. ($ 3.) 
 
 4. If you wish to punish a slave for any faults or vices, first see whether 
 yea yourself may not be laboi-ing under similar ones. ($ 4.) 
 
III. 13. § 5.] MEMORABILIA. 101 
 
 5. He who can walk about during one or more days in succession, can 
 likewise perform a journey of one or more daj'S. When you undertake 
 a journey, moreover, it is best to get out in time, so as not to be too much 
 humed in the coui-se of it. (§ 5.) 
 
 6. It is disgraceful for a man who has gone through all gymnastic exer- 
 cises, and been well trained in these, to be surpassed in enduiing fatigue 
 and labor by his slave. ($ 6.) 
 
 1. ^Opyi^ojievov de nore rivog, ore npogeLncjv riva %ai- 
 peLV, ovfc dvrLnpogepprjdT]^ TeXolov, ecpTj, ro, el jxev rb aiofia 
 Kdmov exovTL dnrjvTTjodg rw, firj dv opyi^eadaL, otl 6e rriv 
 ipvx'riv ^ypoiKorepcjg dtaKetfxeviM) TrepiervxE^, rovro as Xv- 
 nel. 
 
 2. "AXaov 6e ?.eyovrog ore drjdojg eodloi, ^AKOvfxevogj 
 £(f)7], rovTOV ^dp\JLaKov dyadbv diddcKei, ''Eipofievov de, 
 Holov ; Uavaaodai eadlovra, ecf)?] • Kal 'tjSlov re Kal evre- 
 XioTepov^ Kal vyLeivoTspov (prjoc dtd^ecv navadf^svov. 
 
 3. "AXXov (5' av Xeyovrog, ore '&epfj,dv elt] nap^ eavTcp ro 
 vdcop, b TTLvoL^ "Orav dp\ £<p7], (SovX'q dep^ix) Xovoaodac, 
 ETOLiLOV Eorai ooi. 'AA/ld ipvxpov, ecpr], cjgre Xovaaadat, 
 EOTLV. ^kp' ovv, ecprj, Kal ol OiKErai gov dxQovrai ntvov- 
 reg re avrb Kal Xovofievoi avrC) ; Ma rbv Ai', E<pri • dXXd 
 Kal TToXXdKig TEdavnaKa, cjg rjdsojg avrip irpbg dii(f>6rEpa 
 ravra ;\;paJi'Tai. UoTEpov 6e, £(p7], rb ixapd col vdwp dep- 
 f-WTEpov ttleIv eanv, i) rb ev ^AGKXrjrTiov ; To ev ^AgkXtj- 
 7TL0V, E^i). Uorepov de XovaaaOai. ipvxpbrspov, rb napd 
 Got, t) rb EV ^A[j,(pLapdov ; To ev 'Ap,(f)Lapdov, e^t]. 'Ev- 
 Ovfiov ovv, E(j)7], OTL KLvdvvEVEig 6vgap£Gr6rEpog elvat ra>v 
 re OLKerCyv Kal rCjv dppcoGrovvriov. 
 
 4. KoXdGavrog de rivog laxvpc^g aKoXovdov, ijpEro, ri 
 XaXeTTatvoL tgj ■dspdnovri. "OrL, scprj, d\l)0(f)ayLGrar6g re 
 LdV, pXaKLorarog egtl, Kal (piXapyvpbirarog wv, dpyorarog. 
 "Hf^Ty Ttore ovv eneGKeijjG), norepog kXelovcov TrXrjyiov del- 
 rai, Gv, rj 6 depdncov ; 
 
 5. ^otovfievov 6e rtvog rrjv elg^OXvjjLniav d66v, Tl, e^tj, 
 (poOEL GV rrjv TTopelav ; ov Kal olkol Gxe^bv bXrjv r7]v rjfie- 
 pav TTFpLTTarEig ; Kal ekelge rropevopsvog, rrepmar'^Gag dpC' 
 
102 xenophon's [III. 13. § 6.— 14. § 1. 
 
 Grrjoetc;, rrspLTTarTjaag SeLTrvrjaetg Kal avafiavoei • ovic olada, 
 OTLj el enTELvacg Tovg irepLTrdrovg, ovg ev ttsv-e t] e^ tjue- 
 paig TTEpinaTElg, padlcjg dv 'A.df]vi^OEV Etg ^OXvfiTTLav d<pi- 
 Koio ; XapLEGTEpov 6e Kal -npoe^opiidv rifispa fiid yidXXov, 
 7] vGrepi^Eiv • to fiEV yap dvayfcd^sadai nepacTEpG) rov fie- 
 rpiov firjtcvvELV rag odovg x^^^'^ov, rb Ss iiid rjiispa ttXel- 
 ovag TTopEvOrjvaL ttoXXtjv paarG)V7jV Trape^ei • Kpelrrov ovv 
 ev rfi opiirj aTrevdsLV, rj ev rrj odu). 
 
 6. "AaXov 6e Xeyovrog, w^ TraperdOr] fiafcpdv bdbv nopev- 
 Selg, fjpero avrov^ el Kal (popriov ecpepe. Ma Ai', ovii eycjy', 
 e(b7], d?iXd TO liidrLov. Movog 6' e-rropEvov, Efprj, rj Kal dK.6- 
 
 Xovdog GOi T]KoXovdEt ; 'RkoXovOeL, £(p7}. ILOTEpOV Ksvog, 
 
 e(p7}, 7J (f)EpG)v Ti ; ^ipcov vrj At', ed)rj, rd te GrpciyfiaTa Kal 
 rdXXa gkevt]. Kal ircog drj, scpr], aTrrjXXaxev eK rrjg 66ov ; 
 'E,aoi {lEV doKel, Ecprj, (3eXtiov Ep,ov. Tt ovv ; e<pri, eI to 
 EKELVov (popTLov edst GE (jiEpELV, TTGJg dv OLEL dcaTeOrjvat ; 
 KaKGjg vq At', E(f)7j • fidXXov ds ovS' dv Tjdvvrjdrjv KOfUGai. 
 To ovv TOGovTG) TjTTOV Tov TTatdog SvvaGdac novelv ncjg 
 TjGKrjfjiEVOv doKEL GOI dvdpog Eivat ; 
 
 CHAPTER XIV. 
 
 SUMMARY. 
 In this chapter are contained various remarks of Socrates in praise of 
 frugality. 
 
 1. In the first place we are informed in what way he brought it about 
 that, at feasts of conti-ibutiou, no one of the pai'ty should strive to surpass 
 another in abundance of supply. (§ 1.) 
 
 2. Definition of an otpocpdyog. (§ 2-4.) 
 
 3. Remarks of Socrates on a person who tasted of various dishes, and 
 employed, at the same time, but a single piece of bread. {§ 5, 6.) 
 
 4. Explanation of the term evuxecadac. (^ 7.) 
 
 1. 'Ottote de Tiov ^vvl6vto)v ettI dslnvov ol fiEV fiutpov 
 oifjov, ol Se TToXi) (jiipoLEv, ekeXevev 6 IwKpdTTfg TOV naida 
 rb fiiKpbv 7} Elg Tb KOLvbv Tidivac, ?/ dcavsnEiv EKaGTCo Tb 
 
 llEpOg. Ol ovv Tb TTOXv (pEpOVTSg ijGXVVOVTO TO TE {J,rj KOI' 
 
III. 14. § 6.] MEMOHABILIA. 103 
 
 vcjvEiv rov elg ro kolvov ride^isvov, real to [irj avrtridivai 
 TO eavrojv * krlOeoav ovv K.ai to £avT(x)V elg to kolvov • nai 
 enel ovdev ttXeov eIxov tu)v [iLKpov (jispofiivcov^ snavovTO 
 
 itoXaov GlpOVOVVTCg. 
 
 2. K.aTaf.iaOcjv di riva twv ^vvSemvovvTOiv tov fiev gl- 
 Tov TiSnavfievov, to 6s bipov avTO aad^ avTO eadiovTa, Ad- 
 yov bvTog nepl dvofiaTCJv, £©' olg) spyoi skugtov elrj, "E%of- 
 f.iev av, E<p7], w dvdpeg, eIit£lv, ettI tcolco ttote spyii) avOpG)- 
 nog 6iho(pdyog KaXslTai ; EodiovGL [iev yap drj TtavTsg ettI 
 ru) GLTcp oxpov, OTav Tiaprj • dAA' ovk, olfial ttw knl ye tovtg) 
 oipocpdyot fcaXovvTai. Ov yap ovv, £(p7j Tig tgjv TrapovTCJv. 
 3. Tl yap ; E<p7], kdv Tig dvEV tov gitov to oxJjov avTO 
 EGOl'd, fi7] dGKTjGEcog, dX/C Tjdovrjg EVEica, noTEpov 6ipo(pdyog 
 elvai doKEi, i] ov ; 2%oA^ y' dv, Ecprj, dXXog Tig oipo^dyog 
 eiTj. Kai Tig dXXog tgjv napovToyv, 'O 6s p,iK,pCi gitg), scpr], 
 
 TToXv bxpOV EnSGdiGJV ; 'EfiOi fJLEV, E(p7j 6 I^GJKpaTTjg, Kal ov- 
 
 Tog 6oK£L 6iK,aiijjg dv dipo(pdyog KaXsiGdai • Kal OTav ye ol 
 dXXoi dvdpay-ot Tolg -dsolg svxf^vrai rroXvKapniav, siKOTixig 
 dv ovTog TToXvoiplav evxoito. 4^ TavTa 6£ tov HoiKpd- 
 Tovg slTTOVTog, vofiioag 6 vsaviGKog slg avTOV slprjaOai rd 
 Ae^^ei^ra, to fiEv bxpov ovk, EuavGaTO EGdicjv, dpTOV de 
 npogEXaSev. Kal ^6 l,o)KpdT7]g KaTafiaduiv, UapaTTjpEiT^ 
 ecpT], TOVTov ol ttXtjgiov^ onoTEpa tg> gitg) oipG), rj tG) oipG) 
 GiTG) ;^p7ycreTa£. 
 
 5. "AXXOV 6£ TtOTE TO)V GVvSeLTTVGJV l6<x)V ETTI Tip EVl 
 
 ipo)p,G) ttXelovcov oipcjv yEvonEvov^ ^Apa ysvoiT'' dv, £(f)7]^ 
 TToXvTEXEGTEpa oihonoila, i) fidXXov Ta 6xf)a XvfjiaivofZEVT], rj 
 Tjv dxjjonoiElTai 6 dfia TroX?<.d £GdiG)v, Kal dfia 7TavTo6and 
 rj6vGfj.aTa eig to GTOjia Xap^ddvcjv ; ttXeig) [iev ye tgjv oxpo- 
 
 TTOIGJV GVfJifUyVVG)V, TToXvTeXsGTEpa TTOlEl, & 6e EKSIVOI fjl?) 
 
 GVfjbfiiyvvovGiv, G)g ovx dpiioTTovTa, 6 Gvp,iiiyvvG}v , einep 
 EKEivoi opdCdg noLovGiv, diiapTavEi ts Kal KaTaXvsi Trjv 
 TExvTjv avTG)v. 6. KaiTOi 7T0)g ov yEXolov egti, rcapaGKsv- 
 di^EGdai fiEV oijjoTOLOvg Tovg dpiGTa ETriGTafiEVovg, avTOV 
 Je jLiT^d' dvTnToiov[i£vov Trig '^^X^^^ TavTTjg, Ta vtt' SKEivGyv 
 
104 xenophon's memorabilia. [III. 14. § 7. 
 
 TTOLOVfieva iieraridivai ; Kal aXko Se re TcpoqyiyveTai rib 
 d[j,a TroAAd Ensodleiv kdLodevri ' htj 7:ap6vT0)v yap uoXXdv 
 fiELOvEnrelv dv n Sokoltj, -noduiv to ovvijOeg • 6 6e gweOl- 
 adEig Tov eva ijjooi^dv kvl bxpcd npoiTEixTrELV, ote p,?] napELTj 
 noXXd, dvvaiT^ dv d?LvnG)g tgj kvl xp^^^^cl^- 
 
 7. "EAsye Se nat, o)g rb eviox^lodac ev ry ^Adrjvaluyv 
 yXojTT'o EodiEiv KaXoiTO ' TO 6s ev -npogiislodai, e(p7], enl 
 Tw Tavra egOlelv, driva prjTE ttjv "^v^rjv prjTE to oiopa 
 Xvnoirj, jjLtjte dvgEvpsTa eltj • ugre Kal to Evcj^Eiadat Tolq 
 Koaiilcjg diaLTG)pivoig dvsTldEt. 
 
XENOPHOxN'S MEMORABILIA 
 
 OF 
 
 SOCRATES. 
 
 BOOK IV. 
 
 CHAPTER I. 
 
 SUMMARY. 
 This chapter contains an account of the various modes by which Soc- 
 rates drew the young unto him, and, while he studied their various char- 
 acters, excited them all to the love and practice of virtue. 
 
 1. OvTG) ds 6 I.G)Kpdr7]g 7]v ev navrt Trpdyfiart Kai ndv- 
 ra rpoTTOv (h(peALf.Log, dqre tg) CKOTTOVfiivcd rovro, Kai ei 
 fiETpiog aladavop.EVCd, (pavspbv elvai., bn ovdsv cj0£Af|Uc5re- 
 pov 7]v rov lojKpdTSi Gvvelvai, Kai p,er' ekelvov dLarpitEiV 
 onovovv, Kai ev orcoovv npdynarL • ettel Kai to ekelvov 
 pEfivrjoOaL fij) TTapovTog ov fUKpd (hcbs/iEL rovg ElcodoTag re 
 avT(D avvELvat, Kai aTTodExoftEvovg ekelvov • Kai yap -rxai^oyv 
 ovdsv ^TTOV 7] OTTOvSd^cjv eavolteXel Toig GwdLaTpldovoL. 
 2. UoXXdKLg yap E(pr] f^isv dv tlvoc Epdv, (pavspbq cJ' 7]v ov 
 Twv rd owfiara rrpoc upav, dXXd rcov rag ipvxdg npdg dpE- 
 rrjv EV TTEcpvKOTCJv E(f)L£U£Vog • STEKfiaLpETo 6e Tag dyaddg 
 (pvoELg EK Tov Taxv TE ftavddvELV olg TTpogsxoiEv, Kai p-vrj- 
 povEVELV a dv pddoLEv, Kai ettlQviieIv tgjv fiadrjpdTCJV Tzdv- 
 T(x)v, 6C G)v EGTLV olKLav TE KaXCjg oIkeIv, Kai ttoXlv, Kai to 
 bXov dv6pG)7T0ig te Kai dvdpwntvoLg -rrpdypaatv ev xP'^^^daL' 
 Toijg yap TOLOvTovg rjyELTO TraidEvdEVTag ovk dv fiovov av- 
 Tovg TE Evdaipovag ElvaL, Kai Tovg kavTCdV oLKOvg KaXcJg 
 oIkelv, dXXd Kai dXXovg dvdpcjnovg Kai noXELg dvvaaOat 
 Evdai^iovag ttolelv. 3. Ov tov av-bv 6e Tpoirov etxI ndv- 
 rag ^si, dXXd Tovg [lev olofisvovg (l>vaEi dyadovg slvaiy 
 
 E 2 
 
lOG XENOpiio\'s [lY. 1. § 5. 
 
 p,a6rjGEG)g 6s Karacppovovvrag, eStSaaicsv, on at apcaraL do- 
 Kovaat Eivai (bvoeig fid?iLara naLdeiag deovraL, emdeLKvijcov 
 rC)V re lTXTi(j)v rovg evcpveordrovg, ■&Vf.w£LdeLg re nal ocpo- 
 dpovg ovrag, el fiev etc vsojv dajiaaOelev, evxpfjaro-drovg 
 Kal dpiarovg yiyvofievovg, el 6e dddjiaaTOL yevoLvro, 6vg- 
 KadeKTordrovg Kal (pavXordrovg • Kal tcjv kvvcjv tgjv ev- 
 (pveardrijdv, (pcXonovcov re ovacJv, Kal eniderLKoJv rolg drj- 
 plotg, rag [lev KaXdg dxO^ioag dpiorag yiyveadai rrpog rag 
 Srjpag, Kal ;\;p?/cri//6i)Td-af, dvayd)yovg 6e yiyvofjJvag, ^la- 
 raiovg re Kal fiavuhdeig Kal Svgneideurdrag. 4. 'Oiioloyg 
 6e Kal rcov dvdpG)irix)v rovg evcpveardrovg, eppcjiisveardrovg 
 re ralg ipvxalg ovrag, Kal e^£pyaarLKG}rd.rovg ljv dv ey- 
 X^LpCyGi, TTaidevdevrag fiev Kal f.ia66vrag, a del irpdrreiv 
 dpiarovg re Kal d)(pe?LL[JLG)rdrovg ylyveoOat • (jrXelara yap 
 Kal fieytora dyaOd epyd^eodat •) dnaidevrovg 6e Kal dfia- 
 Oelg yevoftevovg, KaKiOTOvg re Kal (3Xa6£p(i)rdro\jg ylyve- 
 adaf Kplveiv yap ovk eTnaraiiivovg, d del lipdrreiv, iroX. 
 XdKig TTOVTjpolg errixeipelv rrpdyjiaGL, iieyaXeiovg 6e Kal 
 G(po6povg ovrag, SvgKaOeKrovg re Kal dvgaixorpeTrrovg el- 
 vat • did nXelara Kal fxeytara Kawd epyd^ovrai. 5. Tovg 
 6' eirt TTAovro) fieya (ppovovvrag, Kal vo[iL^ovrag ovdev 
 Tcpogdelodai naideiag, e^apKeoeiv 6e ocpioiv olojievovg rbv 
 TrXovrov rrpog ro diaTrpdrreadal re 6 ri dv l3ov?^G)vraL, Kal 
 rijidadac vnb rdjv dvdpd)7XG)v, ecppsvov, At-ywv, ort pcopbg 
 fxev EL7], el rig olerai iifj iiaOdjv rd re (hcpeXina Kal rd [3Xa- 
 6epd rC)v rrpayfidrcov dLayvcjaeadac, ficopbg d\ el ng jirj dca- 
 yiyvd)OKU)v yiev ravra, did 6e rbv nXovrov o n dv (3ovatj- 
 rai iropi^ojjLevog, olerai 6vv7]oeo(Jai Kal rd GVfKpEpovra 
 TTpdrretv • rjXldLog 6', el rig firj dwdjievog rd GVfKpepovra 
 TrpdrreLV, ev re irpdrreiv olerat Kal rd irpbg rbv fSlov avrip 
 7/ KaXcJg 7j LKavCyg TzapeGKevdadai • 7]Xldiog 6e Kal, el rig 
 olerat did rbv irXovrov, p,7]6ev eniGrdfievog, do^eiv rt dya- 
 6bg elvai, r) jirjdev dyaObg elvai Sokoov evdoKi^riGeiv. 
 
IV. 2. § 3.] MEMORABILIA. 107 
 
 • CHAPTER II. 
 
 SUMMARY. 
 The same subject continued, and illustrated still farther by the case of 
 Eutbydemus, a young man who fancied himself far superior in wisdom 
 and acquirements to all others of the same age with himself. Socrates, 
 in the course of a conversation with him, compels him to confess his. igno- 
 rance of the very things on the knowledge of which he had previously 
 prided himself so much. 
 
 1. Tolg ds vo[iL^ovut Traidslag rs rrjg dpLCJTTjg rerv)(r]Ki-- 
 vat, Kal fieya (ppovovaiv ettI oocpla, (hg irpogecpepero, vvv 
 Sirjyrjaofiat. KarafiaOcbv yap 'EivdvSrjfiov rbv K.aXbv ypdfi- 
 liara TToA/ld ovveiXeyfievov notrjrcjv rs Kal oocptorCdV tQ)V 
 evdoKCfKjjrdrcjv, Kal ek rovrojv ijdrj rs vojii^ovra diacpipeiv 
 ro)v 7]XiKi(x)rG)v enl oocpLcv, Kal fisydXag EX-nidag Exovra 
 7TdvTG)v dtoLOELV TG) dvvaoOai XsyELV rs Kal npdrrEiv, npco- 
 rov fJ-EV, alodavofiEVog avrov did VEOTrjra ovTru) slg rriv 
 dyopdv slgtovTa, si 6s n (3ovXot70 SiaTtpd^aodaL, Kadl^ovra 
 elg TjVioTTOislov rt tCjv syyvg r^jg dyopdg, slg rovro Kal av- 
 rog ^Ei T(x)V fieO^ kavrov rcvag ex(^v. 2. Kal npCjrov fisv 
 TTVvdavofiEvov Tivog, TTorspov QEfiLOTOKXrig did Gvvovaiav 
 rivbg roJv oocpiov, ?] <pv<7Ei rooovrov 6i7]VEyKS rojv TToXirCdV^ 
 Ldgrs TTpbg ekelvov aTiodXETTELV rrjv ttoXiv, ottote Gnovdatov 
 dvdpbg SetjOeltj, 6 IcjKpdrrjg f3ovX6fi£vog klveXv rbv Evdv- 
 dtjfiov, EV7]d£g £(pr] slvai rb oleodai, rag {j,ev oXcyov d^lag 
 rsxvag ^fi yLyvsadai oTTOv6aiovg dvsv didaoKaXcov iKavCjv, 
 rb 6e TTpoEordvai noXsojg, Tidvruv spycov f-isycorov 6v, and 
 ravroyidrov TrapayLyvEoQaL rolg dvdpcjnotg, 3. UdXiv 6e 
 TTors Tcapovrog rov ¥jvdv6r]jj,ov, opojv avrbv duoxf^povvra 
 rrjg avvEdplag, Kal (pyXarrofisvov, p) 66^rj rbv l>0)Kpdr7]V 
 ■davfid^Etv ettI GO(l)La, "Ore [lev, £0?/, w dvdpsg, 'EvOvdrjuog 
 ovrool EV rjXiKLa yEv6[j,Evog, rrjg noXEOjg Xoyov nEpC nvog 
 TTporidEiarjg, ovk d(pE^Erai rov oviidovXsvECV^ EvdrjXov soriv 
 el" G)v smrrjdEVEL • SokeI 66 [iol KaXbv TTpooifiLov roJv 6r]^T}' 
 yopiojv napaGKEvdaaoQat, (pvXarrofZEVog, f^rj 66^%i navddveiv 
 
108 xenophon's [IV. 2. § 7. 
 
 TL TTapd Tov ' drjXov yap, otl Xeyeiv dpx6[J.evog g)3£ Txpooi- 
 fjLidaeraL • 4. II cp' ovSevbg fisv ttcjttote, c5 avdpsg 'Adrj- 
 valoL, ovdev eiiadov, ovd' duovcov nvag elvat Aeystv re Kai 
 TTpdrreiv iKavovg, e^rjrrjaa rovroiq evrvxelv, ovd' sneiieXrj- 
 Otjv tov diddoKaXov fiol riva yeveadai rtdv encaraiJLSvcjv, 
 dXXd Kal rdvavria • diarereXeica yap (pevy(jiv ov [zovov to 
 [lavOdvELV TL irapd Ttvog, dA/ld fcal to do^au • bjiGyg ds 6 tl 
 dv dTTO TavTOf-iaTov eirlrj {j,ol, avn6ovXevaG) viilv. 5. 'Ap- 
 fioaeLE (J' dv ovrco TcpooipLLd^Eodai Kal Tolg (3ovAoiJ,svoig irapd 
 TTjg TToXecjg iaTptrcdv epyov Xabelv • eTnTTjdeiov y' dv avToIg 
 SLT}, TOV Xoyov dpx^odat evTevOev • Hap'' ovSevog fxev ttg)- 
 7T0TS, C) dvdpeg Kdrjvaloi, ttiv laTpinrjv tsxvtjv 'ifiadov, ovd^ 
 e^rjTTjaa dtddoKaXov efiavTCx) yeveodai tCjv laTpdv ovdev a ' 
 dcaTETeXsKa yap (j)vXaTT6[.iEvog ov fiovov to p,ad£lv tl irapd 
 TU)v laTpcJv, dXXd Kal to So^aL fiEfiadrjKEvaL ttjv texvtjv 
 TavTTjv ' o[iG)g 6s [iol to laTpLnov spyov 66t£ • uELpdaofiaL 
 yap ev vpZv dnoiCLvdvvEvcjv fiavddvEiv. HavTsg ovv ol 
 TrapovTEg kyeXaaav ettI tg) npooLfiLG). 6. 'EtteI Se (pavEpog 
 Tjv 6 'Evdvdrjfiog tjStj ixev, olg 6 liWKpaTTjg Xsyot, rrpogEXf^v, 
 STL ds (pvXaTTOixEvog a.vTog tl (pdsyyEadai, Kal voiu^o)v r^ 
 GLG)TT'^ Gcjcppoavvrjg do^av TTEpLdaXXEodat, tote 6 IiOKpaTTjg, 
 (SovXSfievog avTOv iravaaL tovtov, QavfiaGTOv ydp, Ecp-q, tl 
 7T0TE ol (3ovX6[j.EVOL KidapL^ELv, fj avXelv, rj lttttevelv, 7] dXXo 
 TL tC)V tolovtojv LKavol yevsaOaL, ixEipCdvrai C)g ovvexsoTa- 
 Ta TTOiEiv TL dv f3ovX(i)VTaL SvvaTOL yEveodaL, Kal ov Kad^ 
 kavTovg, dXXd irapd Tolg dpLoToic Sokovglv slvai, ndvTa 
 
 TCOLOVVTEg Kal VTTOfXEVOVTEg, EVEKa TOV IXT]6ev dvEV TTjg EKEL- 
 
 VG)v yvcofiTjg ttolelv, ojg ovk dv dXXoig d^LoXoyoL yevopEvoL • 
 TCJv Se (3ovXo[j,evg)v dvvaTOJv yEVsodaL XkyELV te Kal irpaT- 
 TELV Ta TToXLTLKa, vofiL^ovGL TLvsg dvEV irapauKEVTig '^^^ £^^- 
 fieXelag avTOfiaTOL e^aicpvrjg dvvaTol TavTa ttolelv EasodaL. 
 7. KaLTOL •)'£ ToaovTCd TavTa ekelvcjv dvgKaTspyaaroTEpa 
 (paivETaL, ba(x> T^Ep ttXelovov ixEpl TavTa TTpayfiaTEVoiiEVGyv, 
 kXaTTOvg ol KaTEpya^ofisvoL ytyvovTaL' dijXov ovv, otl Kal 
 enLfieXELag dsovTaL TcXelovog Kal IcrxvpOTspag ol T0VT(f)v 
 
IV. 2. § 11.] MEMORABILIA. 109 
 
 ecpiifxevoL, i) ol ekslvcjv. 8. Kar' dpxdg i^sv ovv, dfcovov- 
 rog Kvdvdrjuov, roLOvrovg Xoyovg eXeys luytcpdrrjg • d)g d' 
 ^odero avrbv STOLfiorepov vTrofisvovTa, ore diaXeyoLTO, koI 
 rrpoOvfiorepov dKovovra^ jiovog tjXOsv elg ro rjvionoielov • 
 TrapaKaOe^ofxevov c5' avro) rov HvOvdrjfxov, EtTte (jlol, ecpi], 
 0) Fivdvdrjfis, TG) bvTt, ugnep eya) dKovo), noXXd ypdfinara 
 Gvvrjxo-g rcjv Xeyofisvcjv GO(f)tdv dvdpCdv yEyovevat ; N^ 
 rbv At', ecpT], w 'LCyKpareg' Kal stl ye ovvdyo), ecog dv kttj- 
 GG)fiaL, Gjg dv dvvG)fiaL, TrXeloTa. 9. N^ t?)v "Hpav, £(f)7] 6 
 l^(t)KpdT7]g, dyafiai ye gov, dton ovk dpyvpiov Kot ;\;pi;aiov 
 TrpoelXov -^rjaavpovg KeKTrjGOai fidXXov, 7/ Gocfytag ■ drjXov 
 ydp, OTL vofiL^eig dpyvpiov Kal xP'^<^^ov ovdev (SeXrlovg not- 
 eiv Tovg dvdpG)7T0vg, rdg 6e rCdV Gocpwv dvdpiov yvG)(jtag 
 dpsT'q nXovTc^eLV rovg KeKTrjiievovg. Kal 6 'Evdvdrjfiog 
 e^dt-p^v dtcovcjv ravra, vofiL^cjv doaelv to) liCOKpdrec opdojg 
 psTLevat TTjv Gocfttav. 10. '0 Se KaTafiaOdyv avrbv rjGdevTa 
 TU) enaivG) tovtg)^ Ti 6e 6?] (3ovX6p,evog dyadbg yeveGdat^ 
 e^7], G) F.vdvdrjfie, GvXXeyeig rd ypdniiara ; 'Errfit 6e SieGt- 
 cjTTrjGev 6 'EvOvdrjfxog, gkottcjv b n dTTOKpLvairo, ndXiv 6 
 I!,o)tcpdr7]gj ^Apa p,rj larpdg ; e<pr] • TToAAd ydp nal larpojv 
 EGTL GvyypdfxiiaTa. Kat 6 'Evdvdrniog^ Md At', e^?/, ovic 
 eycjye. 'AXXd firj dp^iTenTOV (BovXei yevEGdai ; yvofiovc- 
 Kov ydp dvSpbg Kal rovro del. Ovkovv eyG)y\ £(f)rj. 'A/lAd 
 firj yeojfxerprjg enLOvfielg, ecprj, yevsGdaL dyadog, ugnep 6 
 QeodiDpog ; Ovde y£iA)[j.eTp7)g, £0?/. 'AXXd [li) dGrpoXoyog, 
 8(1)7], (SovXel yevEGdai ; 'Qg 6e Kal rovro r]pvElro^ 'AAAd 
 lii) paip(x)66g ; £(/>?/• Kal ydp rd 'Op^rjpov Ge (paGiv etttj ndvra 
 KEKrrjodai. Md At' ovk eywy', E(p7j • rovg ydp roc paipG)- 
 dovg olSa rd [lev ettt) dKpidovvrag, avrovg 6e irdvv 7]XLdi- 
 ovg bvrag, 11. Kat 6 l>G)Kpdr7jg Ecprj' Ov drj-nov, d) 'EvOv- 
 6r]p.E, ravrrjg rrig dperrig k(pLEGat, (5t' 7]V dvdpGjnoL noXirLKol 
 ytyvovrat, Kal oIkovoijLIkol, Kal apx^iv iKavoi, Kal dxpeXinoL 
 rolg re dXXotg dv6pd)7roig Kal kavrolg ; Kot 6 Fjvdvdrifxog, 
 I.(p6dpa y\ ecpr], d) IcJKparEg, ravrrjg rrjg dpErrjg 6£op,ai. 
 N77 At', £c()r} 6 'LG)Kpdr7]g, rijg KaXXiorTjg dperrjg Kal [leyi- 
 
110 xenophon's [IV. 2. §16. 
 
 ar7]g £<pLS(7ai rexvrjg • sort yap rC)V PaoiXsoyv avr?], kol 
 KaXelrai (SaoLXmrj • CLTap, e(f)-q, KaravevorjKag, el olov r' 
 earl, fii] ovra dltiacov, ayadov ravra yevsodai ; Kai fidXaj 
 t(pri, nal ovx olov re ye avev dtKaLoavvfjg ayadov itoXlttjv 
 yeveodat. 12. Tt ovv ; ecjyr], Gv Si] tovto Kareipyaaai ; 
 (Jlfiat ye, etpi], o) l^npareg^ ovdevog av rjTTov (pavrjvat 61- 
 uaLog. ^Kp' ovv, e^r], rcJv dmaMv eorlv epya, cdgnep rdv 
 reicrovcov ; "Eari, fievrot, e(f)r]. ^Ap' ovv, e0?y, Cygixep ol 
 refCToveg exovoi rd eavribv epya e-mdel^aL, ovrcjg ol dlKaioi 
 rd eavrCiv exotev dv die^rjyrjaaadat ; M^ ovv, ecj)?] 6 Kv- 
 Ovdrjiiog, ov dvvafiat eyo) rd rrjg diKaioovvrjg epya e^7]yrj- 
 oaodat ; Kal vi) At' ey^ys rd rrjg dSiKiag • ercel ovk dXiya 
 eorl KaO^ e/cdarrjv r][j,epav rotavra bpdv te Kal duovELV. 
 13. BovXei OVV, ecpT] 6 I>o)Kpdrrig, ypdtpGJfiev evravOol fiev 
 A, EvravOol 6e A ; elra b n fiev dv Sokxi rjulv ri^g SiHato- 
 Gvvrjg epyov elvac, irpog rd A ridwiiev, 6 n c5' dv rrjg ddt- 
 fciag, rrpdg rd A; Et re aoi donel, e(p7], npogSelv rovroyv, 
 noiei ravra. 14. Kal 6 EcJKpdrrjg ypdipag, (ognep elnev, 
 OvKovv, e(p7], eoriv ev dvdpibiroig rd ijjevdeGdac ; "EGrc 
 fjiivroL, e(p7]. Jlorepcjoe ovv, ecpr], 'ddiiev rovro ; AtjXov, 
 e(p7], on npbg rffv ddiKiav^ Ovicovv, ecprj, Kal rd e^anardv 
 eon ; Kat fidXa, ecprj. Tovro ovv norepG)Ge dCyfiev ; Kat 
 rovTO drjXov on, ecprj, Tipbg rijv dSifCiav. Tl Se ; rd Ka- 
 Kovpyelv ; Kal rovro, ecprj. To 6e avSpaTcodl^eodai ; Kal 
 rovro. Updg 6e r^ diKatoovvxj ovdev rj^ilv rovrcjv Keiae- 
 rat, G) EvOvdrjiie; AeLvdv ydp av elrj, ecprj. 15. Tt d' ; 
 edv rig Grparrjydg alpedecg, ddiKOV re Kal exOpav ttoXlv 
 e^avdpanodlGrjrai, (prjoojaev rovrov ddiKelv ; Oi; Srjra, ecprj. 
 AiKaia 6e noLelv ov cprjoofiev ; Kal fidXa. Tc 6' ; edv 
 e^anara TToXefiCyv avrolg ; AcKatov^ ecprj, Kal rovro. 'Eav 
 6e KXeirrxj re Kal dp-nd^rj rd rovrcjv, ov diKata noLrjoei ; 
 Kal fxdXa, ecprj • aA/l' eyc5 Ge rd npcorov vrreXdiibavov npdg 
 rovg cpiXovg [lovov ravra epcordv. Ovkovv, ecprj, OGa rcpdg 
 rxj dSiKta e6rjKafj,£v, irdvra Kal rrpdg rxj diKaioGvvq dereov 
 dv elrj ; "EoiKev, ecprj. 16. BovXec ovv, ecprj, ravra ovtoj 
 
ly. 2. § 20.] MEMORAErUA. Ill 
 
 ^evTsg, diopiacjiieOa irdXiv^ vpbg fiev rovg noXsfiiovg di- 
 naiov elvai rd roiavra ttoleIv, rrpbg 6e rovg (piXovg ddtnov, 
 dAAd Sslv rrpog ye rovrovg ojg dirXovorarov elvat ; lidvv 
 p,ev ovv, e(p7] 6 Kvdvdrjfiog. 17. Tl ovv ; ecprj 6 I.G)iipdT7]g, 
 edv rig arparrjydg bpibv ddviioyg exov rd arpdrev]ia, ipev- 
 odfisvog (jyrjG'q ovfifidxovg npogisvai, ical rC) xpEvdeL rovro) 
 Travoxi rdg ddvixi.ag rov arparevfj^arog, Trorepudi, rrjv dnd- 
 r7]v ravrrjv drjoofiev ; Aokel fiot, E(prj, npog rrjv dtnaioav- 
 VTjV. 'Edv 6e rig vlbv havrov dEOfiEVov (papfiafCEiag, Kal 
 p-rj TTpogiipevov (pdppaKOV, e^airarrjoag, cjg oiriov rd (pdp- 
 paKOV 6g), fcal ru) ipsvdEi xPV^^f^^^^^ ovrwg vyid noirjori, 
 ravrrjv av rrjv d-ndrrjv nol SsrEov ; AokeI poi, E(f)7], Kal 
 ravTTjv eig rb avro. Tl d' ; edv rig, kv dOvpia bvrog <pL- 
 Xov, dEcaag pi] 6iaxp'f]oriraL eavrov, fcXexprj rj dpTrdarj rj ^i(j>og 
 ?) aPt/lo ri roiovrov, rovro av TzorEpcoaE -^srEOV ; Kal rov- 
 To VTj At', £07/, npbg ri^v SiKaioavvTjv. 18. Aeyeig, E(f)7], ov 
 ohds rrpbg rovg (piXovg drravra SeIv dnXot^EodaL ; Md At' 
 ov d/jra, E<p7] ' dXXd psrarldEpai rd ElpijuEva, EiTTep e^eari. 
 I^eZ ye roi, E(pi] 6 IcoKpdrrjg, EgEtvat rroXv pdXXov, rj p,7j 
 opOojg ridevat. 19. TCjv 6e drj rovg (piXovg E^a-narcovrodv 
 em l3Xd6r}, tva prjde rovro TTapaXiTTGjpEv daKsnrov^ norepog 
 ddifccjrepog eoriv, 6 ekcjv, rj 6 aKCJV ; 'AAA', g) IcjKparegy 
 oviiiri pEV Eyoye TTiarsvcj, olg dnoKpivopai • Kal yap rd 
 TTpoadEV ndvra vvv dXXcog ex^lv SokeI poi, rj cjg syd) rore 
 (hoprjv • ouog ds elprjada) pot dSiKCjrEpov Eivai rbv EKOvra 
 iJjEvdopEVov rov aKovrog. 20. Ao/ret 66 goi pdOrjoig Kal 
 ETnarrjpr] rov diKaiov elvai, cjgnEp rojv ypappdrcov ; "Epot- 
 ye. JlorEpov ds ypappariKcorspov npivEig, bg dv ekcjv pi) 
 opdcjg ypdiprj Kal dvayiyvcocJKr], 7) og dv aKcov ; "O^ dv 
 EKcov, EyoyE' Svvairo ydp dv, dnore (3oijXoiro, Kal opOdJg 
 avrd TTOLEIV. Ovkovv 6 psv EKd)v pi] dp6(x)g ypd(p(jjv ypap- 
 pariK.bg dv elt], 6 (5e aKCJV, dypdpparog ; ILcJg ydp ov ; Td 
 diKaia 6e rcorEpov 6 ekcjv ipEvdopEvog Kal i^anarciJv olSsv, 
 T] 6 dKG)v ; ^rjXov, on 6 eKG)V. OvKoiJv ypapp^ariKCjrepov 
 pev rbv eniardpevov ypdppara rov prj e-jTiarapivov (pi]g 
 
112~ xenophon's [IV. 2. § 25. 
 
 slvac ; Nai. Aifiaiorepov Se rov E—iardiievov rd dinaia 
 rov fiTj ETCLOrajj-svov ; ^aivoiiat • dofccj de [iol ical ravra, 
 ovfc old' OTTCog, Xejelv. 21. Tl de 6fj, og dv fSovXofievog 
 rdXrjOr} XiyELv, fiTjdsnoTE rd avrd rrspl ru)V avrCjv Xiyxf, 
 d/lA' 666v re (ppd^cov ttjv avTTjv, tots fisv npog ew, tote ds 
 TTpbg eanspav (jypd^xi^ ^^^^ XoyLOiibv d7TO(paLv6iievog rov av- 
 rov, TOTS fiEv nXelcj, tote 6' eXaTTW dno(paLvriTaL, tl gol 
 dofCEL 6 TOLovrog ; /IrjXog vt) Ai' slvat, otl, d gjeto Eldivai, 
 ovK oldsv. 22. Oloda 6e Tivag dvdpanodcjdeLg itaXoviiE- 
 vovg ; "Eywye. JloTSpov did oocpiav, 7/ di' dfiadLav ; Arj- 
 Xov, OTL 6l^ dfJiaOiav. ^Ap' ovv did t7]v tov xa^f^^y^tv dfia- 
 OLav TOV ovofiaTog tovtov TvyxdvovoLv ; Ov drira. 'AAA' 
 dpa dLd TTjv tov TEKTaLVEoOaL ; Ovde did ravTTjv. 'AAAd 
 
 did TTjv TOV GKVTEVELV, OvSs 6l' £V TOVTGiV, E(f)7], dAAd 
 
 Kai TovvavTLOv • ol ydp ttXeIgtol tcjv ye Td TOiavTa ettl- 
 araixEVddv avSpa-rrodcodELg eIolv. ^Ap' ovv tCjv Td KaXd Kai 
 dyaOd Kai dlKaia fxrj eISotcjv to ovojia tovt'' eotlv ; "EjUOi- 
 ye doKEL, £(f)7]. 23. Ovkovv Sel uavTi TponG) diaTEivaiiEVovg 
 ^EvyELV, OTTwg fXT] dvdpdnoda (hfisv. 'AAAd vi] Tovg dEOvg, 
 e(f>rj, 0) I,G)KpaTEg, rrdvv co^rjv (ptXoaofpelv (piXoGOcbtav, di' 
 ^g dv fidXiGTa svofxi^ov -naidEvOfivai Td npogrjKOVTa dvSpt 
 KaXoKayaOiag opeyofiEvcd • vvv 6e ncog o'lel fis ddvfiwg ex^lv, 
 bpC)VTa EfiavTov did fisv Td -npoTXETTOvrjUEva ov6e Td epcorcj- 
 p,£vov dTTOKplvEGdaL SwdfiEVov, vTTEp G)v [idXLGTa XPV £^^£- 
 vac, a?iXr]v ds bddv ovdefilav ExovTa, rjv dv rcopsvofiEVog 
 j3e?.tlg)v yevoLiiTjv ; 24. Kai 6 I^oyKpdTrjgy 'EItte fioi, scprj, 
 G) 'EvdvdrjUE, Elg Ae'XcfiOvg de. rjdrj 7to)itote dcpUov ; Kai dig 
 ye VTj Ala, ecprj. KarijiadEg ovv npbg tg) vaC) nov yeypafi- 
 fievov TO rN£20I 2ATT0N ; "Eyuye. UoTEpov ovv ov- 
 dsv GOL TOV ypdnfiaTog efieXrjGEV, i] rcpogiox^g te Kai ins- 
 X^lpTjGag GavTbv ETnGKonEcv, ogTig elTjg ; Md At' ov drjTaj 
 EcpT] • Kai ydp di] irdvv tovto ye u)jj,7]v EldsvaL • gxoa-^ ydp 
 dv dXXo TL ^dELv, ELys fiTjd^ EfiavTbv eylyvoGKov. 25. 
 TloTepa de gol doKel yLyvcjGKeLV eavTov, ogTLg rovvofia to 
 kavTov fibvov oldev, t] bgrig, u)gnep ol TOvg cnnovg Cjvovue- 
 
IV. 2. §29.] MEMORABILIA. 113 
 
 VOL ov npoTspov OLOvrat yiyvcjOKEiv, bv av (3ovAO)vrat jvCd- 
 vai, nplv av emoKe^povrai, norepov evT:etdfi<; eariv, i] 6vg- 
 TTeidTjg, fcal noTspov laxvpoc eanv^ rj dadevrig, Kal -norepov 
 rax.vg, t) j3pa6vg, Kal rdXXa rd irpoq rijv rov Innov %p£mv 
 ETnrrjdsid re Kal dvsTnTrjdeia oncjg e%ef, ovro)g, 6 eavrov 
 enLGKexpdijLevog, onolog earc npog rriv dvdp(i)7TLV7jV jj^pemv, 
 eyvcjKE rrjv avrov 6vvap,tv ; OvTG)g ep^oLye doKel, e(p7], 6 
 pi] sldGjg Trfv eavrov dvvapiv, dyvoelv eavrov. 26. ^FaKeIvo 
 6e ov (pavepov, ecpT], on did pev rd elSevat eavrovg, nXElara 
 dyadd ndaxovmv ol dvdpcjnoi, did 6e rd e^evadaL savrcjv, 
 rcXElora KaKa ; ol psv ydp slSoreg kavrovg, rd re EmrrjdEia 
 eavrolg Loaoi, Kal diayiyvcjOKOvaLV, a rs dvvavrac, Kal d 
 pij • Kal d piv ETTtaravrat rrpdrrovrEg, TTopi^ovrai re o)v 
 deovrai, Kal ev npdrrovGiv, g)v 6e pi) EniaravraL drcE^opE- 
 voL, dvapdpr7]roL ytyvovrai, Kal dtacpEvyovoL rd KaKGJg 
 rrpdrreiv ' did rovro 6e Kal rovg dXXovg dvdpcjnovg dvvd- 
 pEvoL doKipd^Eiv, Kal did rrig rCjv dXXov ;^p£m^ rd re 
 dyadd TTopi^ovrat, Kal rd KaKd (pvXdrrovrai. 27. 0/ 6e pi] 
 ElSorsg, dXXd diEipevapivoc rr]g kavrcbv dvvdpEog^ npog rs 
 rovg dXXovg dvOpuircovg Kal rdXXa dvdpdJrcLva rrpdypara 
 opoLOig didKELvrai • Kal ovrE o)v deovrai taaoiv, ovre o n 
 TTpdrrovoLV, ovrs olg ;^pa)yTai, d?iXd iravrcov rovr(x)v dia- 
 paprdvovrEg, rojv rs dyadoJv aTTorvyxdvovoc, Kal rolg Ka- 
 Kolg nEpLTTLTcrovoi. 28. Kal ol pev EldorEg o n rroiovoLv, 
 ETTtrvyxdvovrEg o)v irpdrrovGLV, Evdo^ot rE Kal rlpioi yiy- 
 vovrai ' Kal ol rE bpotoL rovrotg 7]6e(ji)g ;^pa)i'-ai, ol re dno- 
 rvyxdvovrEg rCyv npaypdrojv emdvpovoi rovrovg vnep av- 
 rojv (SovXeveoOat, Kal Tcpotaraodai. re eavrcov rovrovg, Kal 
 rdg eXnidag rdv dyadojv ev rovroig exovoi, Kal did ndvra 
 ravra irdvrcjv pdXiora rovrovg dyanGJOLV. 29. 0/ de pi] 
 eldoreg o re ttolovgl, KaKc^g de alpovpevoi, Kal olg dv em- 
 X^LpijOCJOLV dnorvyxdvovreg, ov povov ev avrolg rovroig 
 ^TjpLovvral re Kal KoXdi^ovrat, dXXd Kal ddo^oijoi did rav- 
 ra^ Kal KaraysXaaroL yiyvovrac, Kal KaracppovovpEvot, Kal 
 dripa^opEvoL i^Cyaiv • bpag de Kal rcjv ttoXeov ore ooai dv 
 
114 xenophon's [IV. 2. § 33. 
 
 dyvorjoaaai rrjv eavrcov dvvaiuv KpsirroGt iroXefiTjacdOLV, 
 at f-LBV dvdoraroL yiyvovraL, at d' e^ eXevOepdyv dovXat. 
 
 30. Kat 6 ILvdvdqiJiog, 'Qg ndvv fioi dotcovv, t:(p?], d) 2dj- 
 Kpareg, irept ttoXXov TToirjriov elvat ro kavrbv yLyvd)Ofcecv, 
 ovrojg ladi • onodsv 6e XPV dp^aadat STiioicoTxelv kavrov, 
 TOVTO Tcpog Gs dTToSXeTTG) 61 fioL kdeX-qoaiq dv k^TjyrjGaadai. 
 
 31. Ovfiovv, scpT] 6 l^GJKpdrTjC, rd fzev a-yaOd fcai rd fcaKa 
 OTTOid eart, iravrcdg nov ytyvdiGKeiq. N?) Ai', e(pri * el ydp 
 fiTjde ravra olSa, teal rdjv dvdpanodcjv (pavXorepog dv el7]v. 
 "Wi 6?], e(f>ri, Kat ejiol k^rjyrjoat avrd. 'AAA,' ov ;^aAe7r6v, 
 £</)?/ ' rrpoJTOv fiev ydp, avrd rd vyLaiveiv dyadbv Eivai vo- 
 fiL^G), rd 6s voaelv, naKOv • eTretra rd atrta kfcarspov av- 
 rd)v, Kat rrord, Kat (3po}-d, Kal entrTjdsvfiara, rd jisv rcpbg 
 rd vytaivetv (pepovra, dyaOd, rd 6e npdg rd voaelv, KUKa. 
 
 32. OvKovv, e(p7], Kal rd vyialveLV Kal rd voaelv, orav fj.ev 
 dyaOov rivog alna yiyvTyrai, dyadd dv elTj, drav de KaKov, 
 KaKd. VLore d' dv, ecpTj, rd {xev vyiaLvetv KaKov alnov ye- 
 vocro, rd Se voaelv, dyadov ; "Orav vrj At', ecpr], arparelag 
 re alaxpdc, Kal vavrOuag (3Xa6epdg, Kal d/.Xcjv rroXXcJv 
 roiovrov ol fisv did pd)fj.7]v fieraaxovreg drroXcjvrai, ol 6e 
 dC dadevetav d.iroXeL4>devreg acjOcJatv. ^AXtjOtj Xeyeig • 
 dXX'* bpdg, e<p7j, ore Kal riov dxpeXiyLGiv ol fiev did pujirjv 
 fxerexovaiv, ol 6e St' dadsvecav drcoXeircovrai. Tavra ovv, 
 e<prj, TTore [lev (hcpeXovvra, nore 6e (SXarrrovra fidXXov dya- 
 dd 7] KaKa eariv ; Ovdev fid Ilia <^aiverai, Kara ye rovrov 
 rdv Xbyov. 33. 'A/l/l' 7] ye rot ao(pia, d) 'LdyKpareg, dvafi- 
 (piadrjrrjrcjg dyadov eartv • ttoIov ydp dv ng rcpdyua ov 
 ^eXnov TTpdrroi aocpdg ddv, r\ diiadr\g ; Ti bai ; rdv Hal- 
 daXov, e(f)-i], ovfc aKTjKoag, on Xrj(p6elg vrcd Mlvo) Sid rrjV 
 Gocplav, TivayKa^ero eKetvo) dovXeveiv, Kal rijg re na^plSog 
 dfia Kal r7]g eXevdepiag earep^rjOj], Kal e7nxeipd)v dnodtdpd- 
 OKeiv fierd rov vlov, rbv re nalda dndyXeae, Kal avrdg ovtc 
 TjdvvfjOri GGjdTjvat, dXX direvexOelg elgrovg l3ap6dpovg, rcd- 
 Xlv eKel edovXevev ; Aeyerat vrj At', ecprj, ravra. Td de 
 IlaXa[j,7j6ovg ovk dKTjKoag rrddr] ; rovrov ydp dij navreg 
 
IV. 2. § 38.] MEMORABILIA. 115 
 
 VfivovGLV, (jjg 6ia oo(f)Lav cpdovi^Oelg vtto rov ^OdvoaeGyg 
 aTToXXvrai. Aeyerai Kal ravra, ec^r]. "AAAoi;^ ds. -noaovg 
 oIel did aotpCav dvapTrdorovg rrpog (SaoiXea yeyovivai, Kal 
 ekeI Sovaevelv ; 34. KlvSwevel, £0?/, u) IldoKpaTEg, dvaii- 
 (pLXoyoyrarov dyadbv Eivai rb EvdaLfiovELV. Ei'ye firj rtg 
 avTo, Ecf)?], G) ^vdvd-qjiE, e^ dficbiXoycov dyadojv GvvTLdEL?]. 
 Tl d' dv, E(f)7], Twv EvdaiiiovLKCdV diKpiXoyov eIj] ; OvSev, 
 E(p?], EtyE [iTj TTpogdrjaof.isv avrcb fcdXXoc, ?] laxvv, ^] ttXov- 
 rov, rj 66^av, rj Kai tl dXXo rdv tolovtojv. 'AAAa vrj Ala 
 TTpogdrjOOfiEV, scpT] • ncog yap dv rcg dvEV tovtcjv EvSatfio- 
 voirj; 35. N?) At', Ecpr], rrpogdrjOoiiEv dpa, k^ d)v noXXd Kal 
 ^aXETrd ovfidaivEL rolg dvOpcJirocg ■ rroXXol fiEV yap Sid rb 
 KaXXog dLacpdELpovrai, ttoXXoI 6s did rrjv laxvv fiEL^omv 
 Epyoig E-nixEipovvTEg, ov fiiKpoIg naKolg TTEpLirlnTOvai, no?,,' 
 Xol ds 6td Tov ixXovTOv dtadpvnTOfLEvoi te Kal ettiBovXevo- 
 [lEvoi dnoXXvvrac, ttoXXoI ds did do^av Kal 7ToXiTtK7)v 6v- 
 vajiLV jiEydXa KaKd ■nE-novOaaiv. 36. 'A/lAd ii7]v, E(p7j, .Ecye 
 lirjds rb EvdaipovELV srcatvcjv opOcog Xsycj, opboXoyoJ fiTjds 6 
 TL Txpbg Tovg 'dEovg EvxEodat XP'^I ElSsvat. 'AXXd ravra 
 l-iEV, E^i] 6 I,G)Kpdr7]g, lacog did rb G<p66pa ntorEVELV eISe- 
 vai, ovd' EOKEipat • etteI 6s ttoAsw^ drjfioKparovf^Evrjg napa- 
 GKEvd^SL TTposardvac, 6tjXov, on 6riiioKpaTiav ys olada rt 
 Eori. lidvrcjdg 67}7tov, scprj. 37. AoksI ovv gol 6vvarbv 
 slvat 67]noKparLav sldivaL, firj El66ra 6rj[iov ; Md At' ovk 
 Ep,OLyE. Kal ri vofiL^Ecg 67]p,ov slvai ; Tovg TTSVTjrag rcov 
 'rTO?urGJv sycoys. Kal rovg nsvrjrag dpa oiGda ; Hdg ydp 
 ov ; 'Ap' ovv Kal rovg -rrXovGLovg olada ; Ov6ev ye 7]! rov 
 7] Kal rovg TTEvrjrag. HoLovg 6s 7TEv?]rag, Kal noiovg nXov- 
 GLovg KaXslg ; Tovg fiiv, ol[iaL, ji?) cKavd s^ovrag slg a 6eI 
 teXeIv, TCEVTjrag, rovg 6s ttXeUo rojv 'iKavCJv, frXovaiovg. 
 38. KarafisiiddriKag ovv, ore svioig fisv rcdvv oXiya sxov- 
 Gtv ov iiovov dpKsl ravra, dXXd Kal nspinoLOvvraL dn' av- 
 rCiv, Evioig 6e rrdvv TToXXd ovx ucavd sari ; Kal vrj At', 
 £0?; 6 F.vdv6rji.iog, {opOcJ^ ydp [is dvafxiiivriGKELg,) ol6a ydp 
 Kal rvpdvvovg rivdg, ot dt' h'6Etav, Ljgnsp ol diropoyraroi^ 
 
116 xenophon's [IV. 2. § 40.— 3. § 3. 
 
 dvayKd^ovrai ddifceLV. 39. Ovkovv, ecbr] 6 I>G)Kpdr7]g, etys 
 ravra ovTcog ex^i, rovg [lev rvpdvvovg eig rov drjuov drjao- 
 fisv, Tovg ds bXlya KenTTifievovg, edv oiKovoiitKol ojotv, elg 
 rovg ixXovoiovg ; Kat 6 F,vdvd7]^og ecprj • 'AvayKd^ec jie 
 KoX ravra o^oXoyslv drjXovoTL r] efjbrj (pavXoTTjg • Kai (ppov- 
 rl^G), fjtT) Kpdnarov § fioc oiydv • KLvdvvevo) yap dnXCdg ov- 
 6sv eldsvac. Kal ndvv ddv[j,G}g e^wv dnrj/Me, Kal Kara- 
 (ppov'fjoag eavrov, Kai voiitaag ru) bvn dvdpdnodov elvaL. 
 40. HoXXol fx,£V ovv rC)V ovroi diaredivrcov vno 1,G)Kpd- 
 rovg ovKsri avrCd Trpog^jsaav, ovg Kal (3XaK(>)rspovg evoni- 
 ^ev ' 6 6e 'EvOvdrjiiog vneXadev ovk av dXX(x)g dvrjp d^ioXo- 
 yog yeveodai, el jirj on fidXtora loyKpdrei gvvslt] • Kai ovk 
 aTTeXelnero en avrov, el [ir] n dvayKalov eltj • evta 6s Kai 
 eiiLfielro g)v eKslvog enerrjSevev • 6 ds (bg syvw avrov ov- 
 roig Exovra, TjKiara [isv disrdparrsv, dirXovarara 6s Kal 
 oa(f)Earara e^Tjyslro, a re svoiiL^ev eldsvai dslv, Kal entrr]- 
 dsvELV Kpdnara elvai. 
 
 CHAPTER III. 
 
 SUMMARY. 
 It was a settled rule with Socrates, that the young should never be 
 urged to engage in public alFairs, or in any other vocation whatsoever, 
 until their minds had been moulded by virtuous precepts, and especially 
 until they had been inspired with piety toward the gods. He therefore 
 shows unto Euthydemus, in the present chapter, that the gods consult for 
 the welfare of men, and ought therefore to be worshipped by them. 
 
 1. To fiev ovv XsKTiKOvg, Kai npaKriKovg, Kai fxrjxavi- 
 Kovg yiyvEodai rovg avvovrag ovk eotxsv6ev, dXXd Trpors- 
 pov rovTGiv Gisro XPV^^^ ocjcppoavvrjv avTolg kyyEVEodai • 
 rovg yap avsv rov oojcppovslv ravra dvvafxsvovg, ddiKCJre- 
 povg re Kal dwarcdjepovg KaKOvpyelv evoiil^ev Etvai. 2. 
 TIpojrQV [jLEV di] irspl -deovg sneLpdro OMcppovag Trotelv rovg 
 avvovrag. "AXXoc (lev ovv avrip npog aXXovg ovrog o^l- 
 Xovvri napayevoiiEVot dtriyovvro • eyib 6e, ore npog EvOv- 
 drjfiov roLade dLEXiyEro, TrapeyEv6[j,7jv. 3. 'EItte [loi, t'077, 
 
IV. 3, § 8.] MEMORABILIA. 117 
 
 (b Evdvdrjpie, rfdri rcori aoi kirriXdev evdvfiTjdiivaL, (l)g enifjis- 
 Xg)^ ol ■deoL, G)v ol avdpojnoL deovrai, KarsoKEvaKaai ; Kai 
 Of, Md rov Al\ s(p7], ovfc t'/zotyg. 'AA/l' oladd y\ e<p7], on 
 iTpGJTOv iiev (pcorog deofieda, b fnilv ol ■deoi TrapsxovGLV ; 
 Nt) Al\ £0?7, y' el [ii] elxofisv, bfioLoi. rolg TV<^Xolg av rjiiev, 
 tvsKa ye tc5v rjjierEpcjv ocjyOaX^oJv. 'AXXd fi'^v Kal dva- 
 rravaeddg ye deofievoLg rjimlv vvKra irapexovai, kclXXlotov 
 dvairavTTjpLov. Udvv y', ecpr], Kal rovro X'^P'-'^og d^LOV. 4. 
 OvKovv Kai, eneLdfi 6 fiev rjXiog (poyretvog o)V rag re cjpag 
 rTJg Tjiiepag rjfjilv Kal rdXXa ndvTa cacprjvl^sL, rj 6e vv^, did 
 TO GKOTELvrj elvat daacpearepa eotlv, darpa ev rxj vvktI 
 dvEcpTivav, a Tjplv Tag copag rrjg vvKrog ificpavl^ec, Kal did 
 TovTO TToXXd, G)V deofisda, TTpdrrofiev. "FiUtl ravra, ecpT}. 
 'AA/ld [irjv Tj ye aeXrjv?] ov fiovov rrjg vvKrog, dXXd Kal rov 
 fiTjvbg rd p-epr] (fyavepd rjplv tcoleI. 5. Udvv pev ovv, e(p7]. 
 To 6', enel rpo(j)rjg Seopeda, ravrrjv rjplv ek rrjg yrjg dvadc' 
 dovai, Kal upag dpporrovoag npog rovro TtapexELV, at rjplv 
 ov povov, o)v dEopeda, TToXXd Kal Tvavrola napaoKEvd^ov- 
 GLV, dXXd Kal olg Ev<ppaLv6pE6a ; Udvv, E(f)r], Kal ravra 
 (piXdvdpdy-ra. 6. To 6e Kal vdop rjplv napex^tv, ovro) txoX- 
 Xov d^LOv, cjgre Kal (pvreveiv re Kal ovvav^Eiv r^j yq Kai 
 ralg G)paig ndvra rd ;^p?ycr^jua rjplv, avvrpEcpeiv 6e Kal av- 
 rovg rjpdg, Kal piyvvpevov ndoc rolg rpecpovaiv ijpdg, EVKar- 
 epyaarorEpd re Kal (l)(f)EXLpG)TEpa, Kal 7j6lg) ttoleXv avrd, 
 Kal, ETTEidri nXELGrov dEopEda rovrov, dcpOoviararov avrb 
 TxapEXEiv Tjplv ; Kal rovro, ecpT], irpovoTjriKov. 7. To 6e 
 Kal TO TTvp TTopiaaL rjplv, sniKOvpov psv i/j?;;\;or;f, STTiKOvpov 
 6e OKorovg, avvepyov Se npog nduav rsxvrjv, Kal ndvra, 
 oaa (b(f)eXeiag eveKa dvdpcjnoL KaraoKevd^ovraL ; G)g ydp 
 avveXovri einelv, ovdev d^ioXoyov dvev nvpog dvdpunoc 
 rojv npog rov (3iov ;\;p?yai'/i6)v KaraoKevd^ovrai. 'TnEp6dX- 
 Xel, EcfyT], Kal rovro (^iXavOpi^nla. 8. To de Kal depa rjplv 
 d(})d6vG)g ovro) navraxov diaxvaai, ov povov npopaxov Kal 
 ovvrpo(f)ov ^(jJTjgj dXXd Kal nEXdyi] nEpdv dt' avrov, Kal rd 
 emrrideLa dXXovg dXXaxodi Kal ev aXXodan^j areXXopevovg 
 
118 xenophon's [IV. 3. § 11. 
 
 TTopi^soOaL, TToJg ovx VTrep Xoyov j ^AveKcppaorov. To 6e 
 rbv rjXLOv^ kiretddv ev ;\;£i//wyi rpdTTijraL, TrpogievaL rd [lev 
 ddpvvovTa, rd 6e ^ripalvovra, o)v Katpbg 6LeXr]Xvdev, Kal 
 ravra dtaTrpa^dfievov [irjfcsTL eyyvrepo) Trpogievai, dA/l' 
 dnorpeneodaL, <})VAarr6ii£vov, iirj rt -^fidg p,dXXov rov deov- 
 rog '&epfj,aLV(i)v (SXdxpxi ' hclI orav av irdXiV aTciibv yEvrjrac, 
 evda Kal r][2lv StjXov kariv, on, el irpogMrepG) dneiOLV, dno- 
 nayrjuofieda inxb rov ipvxovg, ndXiv av rpeneGdat Kal npog- 
 ^(^pelv, Kal evravda rov ovpavov dvaorp£(psGdaL, evda cjv 
 lidXiora rjiidg (l)(j)£Xoi7j ; N?) rov At', e0?/, Kal ravra nav- 
 rdiraatv eocKev dv6po)nG)v eveKa ytyvofievoig. 9. To 6' av, 
 eneLdrj Kal rovro (pavepov, on ovk dv vneviyKaLfiev ovre 
 rd Kavpa, ovre rd tpvxo^f ^^ e^aTTLVfjg yiyvoiro, ovrid fiev 
 Kard [iLKpdv npogievai. rbv tjXlov, ovro) de Kara fUKpbv 
 dmevaL, togre XavOdvsLV rjiidg elg eKarspa rd iaxvpbrara 
 Kadtaraiievovg ', 'Eyw fiev, e(J)7] 6 'Ev6vd7]iJi.og, TJdr] rovio 
 OKOTTGJ, el dpa rt. ean rolg ■deolg epyov, -^ dvOpcjirovg depa- 
 TTeveiv • eKelvo de povov epnodl^eL pe, on Kal rdXXa ^oja 
 rovrcjv perexei. 10. Ov ydp Kal rovr', e(p7] 6 I^coKpdrTjg, 
 (pavepov, on Kal ravra dvOpcjircov eveKa ylyverac re Kal 
 dvarpscperai ; rt ydp dXXo ^u)0v alyoJv re Kal glgjv, Kal 
 iTTTTGJv, Kal (3ou)V, Kal 6vG)v, Kal rCyv dXXcov ^g)Cl>v rooavra 
 ay add d-noXavei, boa dvOpconoc ; e^ol pev ydp doKel TrXeiG) 
 rCjv (pvrCdV • rpecpovrai yovv Kal ;\;p?yjaari^oyTat ovdev rir- 
 rov dnb rovrojv, rj dn^ eKelvo)v ' noXv 6e yevog dvdpMTccov 
 rolg pev eK rrjg yrjg (pvopevoig elg rpo^i]V ov xP^'^'^o.l, and 
 6e (BoaKTjpdrov ydXaKn, Kal rvpcp, Kal Kpeaai rpecpdpevoc 
 ^GJOL ' irdvreg 6e ndaaoevovreg Kal Sapd^ovreg rd XP'h^^'P'f^ 
 rCjv ^G)(x)v, elg re noXepov Kal elg dXXa noXXd Gvvepyolg 
 XpoJvrat. 'OpoyvG}pov(x) ool Kal rovr', ecprj • bpd) ydp av- 
 rC)V Kal rd rroXv lox^pbrepa ijpMV, ovrcog vnoxelpia ycyvo- 
 peva rolg dvOpoynoig, oigre xp^(^dai avrolg b n dv (iovXcdV- 
 rat. 11. To 6\ e-necdrj iroXXd pev KaXd Kal dxpeXipa, 6ia- 
 (pepovra de dXXr]XG)V eorl, npogdeivai rolg dvOpc^noig ala- 
 Orjaeig dpporrovaag irpbg tKaora, 6l' dv dnoXavopev rrav- 
 
IV. 3. § 14.] MEMORABILIA. 119 
 
 ro)v rcov dyadojv • rb de Kal XoyiGfibv Tjfjblv ef^tpvaai, o) 
 TTEpi o)v aladavoiisda, XoyL(^6yievoi re Kal iivijfiovevovTeg, 
 Karafiavddvo^ev, on?] enaora ovucpspei, fcat -noXXd iirixavG)- 
 fieOa, c5i' g)v rojv re dyaddv dnoXavoiiev^ Kal ra KaKa oXe- 
 ^o/ieda- TO 6e Kal epu7)vsiav Sovvat, di' TJg irdvTWV to}v 
 dyaOCjv fieradldofjbev re dXXrjAoig diSdoKovreg Kal koivcjv- 
 ovfiev, Kal vofiovg rLdefisOa, Kal TroXirevofieda ; Uavrd- 
 rraatv eoLKaOLV, cj l,G)Kpareg, ol deol ttoXXt]v roJv dv6pG)TT(i)v 
 eiTLiieXeiav TroieloOai. 12. To 6e Kal, el ddvvaroviiev rd 
 aviKpepovra npovoelodaL vrrep rojv jieXXovrcdv, ravrxj av- 
 rovg rjfilv ovvepyeiv, did ^avrcKrig rolg nvvOavojjLEVOLg 
 (j)pd^ovrag rd dnodrjadfieva, Kal StddoKovrag, irj dv dptara 
 yiyvoLvro ; lot 6\ e<pr], o) l,coKpareg, eoLKaacv en cpiXiKG)- 
 repov rj rolg dXXoig xpr\aQai, el ye \Lr\6e eTrepcordoi-ievoL vixo 
 GOV TTpoarjfiaivovaL gol, d re xP'k "^oielv, Kal a firj. 13. 
 "On 6e ye dXTjOrj Aeyw, Kal gv yvcjGet, dv f.irj dvafiev^jg, eojg 
 dv rdg [j,opc{)dg ru)V 'decJv Idyg, dAA' e^apK'Q gol, rd epya 
 av-C)v opojvn gedeGdai Kal rijidv rovg -Beovg. 'Evvdet 6e, 
 on Kal avrol ol -dsol ovrcjg vnodeiKvvovGcv • ol re yap aX- 
 XoL rjfilv rdyadd diSovreg ovdev rovrcov elg rovp,(paveg 
 Lovreg didoaGi, Kal 6 rbv bXov KOGfiov Gvvrdrro)v re Kal 
 Gvvex(^v, ev a> ndvra KaXd Kal dyadd eon, Kal del fiev 
 Xpc^l-ievoig drpidrj re Kal vyid, Kal dyr]parov7:apex(^v , ddr- 
 rov 6e vorjfjiarog dva[j,aprrjrii)g vnrjperovvray ovrog rd lie- 
 yiGra fiev Trpdrrov bpdrat, rdde 6e otKOVofxCyv dbparog 
 Tjiilv EGrLV. 14. ^EvvbeL d\ on Kal 6 TraGt (pavepbg doKOJV 
 elvai TjXiog, ovk einrpEnEL rolg dvOpconoig kavrbv dKptdojg 
 opdv, dXX\ kdv rig avrbv dvatdcjg eyx^ipxj -BeaGdai, rriv 
 bxpLV d(j)atpelrat. Kal rovg vTiTjperag 6e rcjv -deQv evpr]- 
 GEig d(pavelg bvrag • Kepavvbg rs yap on fisv dvcjOsv dcpl- 
 Erai, drjXov, Kal on olg dv kvrvxVi "^dvrcov KparEc, bpdrac 
 (5' ovr^ emcjv, ovre KaraGK7]ijjag, ovre dindjv' Kal dve[j,oc 
 avrol [lev ovx bpojvrai, d 6e noiovGc (pavepd rnuv sGri, Kal 
 TTpogiovroiv avrcov alGOavo^Eda. 'AXXd firjv Kal dv6p6- 
 TTOV ye fjJVX'T}, ^, elnep n Kal dXXo rcov dvOpoinlvGyVj rev 
 
120 xenophon's [IV. 3. § 18. — 4. § 2. 
 
 ^SLOV fierexsi, on, fisv (SaaiXevsL iv rifilv, (bavEpov, opdrai 
 61 ov6' avTT]. "A XPI fcaravoovvra fii] KaracppovElv rcjv 
 dopdrG)v, dA/l' etc rcov yLyvofievojv rrjv dvvafj,iv avrojv Ka- 
 rafiavddvovra, rifidv to daifxoviov. 15. 'Eyw fj-ev, c5 2a3- 
 Kpareg, e(p7] 6 EvOvdrjuog, on fiev ovde iiiKpbv dfjie?i7ja(jj rov 
 daLfzovLov, oacpojg ol6a • ekeIvo 6e ddvfjcGJ, on fiat 6okeI rdg 
 TGJv dsGJV EVEpyEGtag ovd' dv slg ttote dv6pG)7TG)v d^taig 
 XdpiGiv dfiEidEodai. 16. 'AAAd fii] rovro dOvfiEL, scprj, g) 
 'EvOvdrjuE • bpag yap, otl 6 ev AEX(p0Lg dEog, orav ng av- 
 rbv EnEpG)Td, iT(^g dv rolg ■dEolg x^P^^^'^'^^i aTTOKpivEraL • 
 NOMSi nOAEQH • voiiog 6e drjirov Ttavraxov egtl, Kara 
 dvvafj,tv LEpolg dEOvg dpEGHEoOai • irCdg ovv dv ng KaXXiov 
 Kal EVGEtEGTEpov nfiGiT] -^Eovg, 7], G)g avTol keXevovgiv, OVTG) 
 TTOiiJv ; 17. 'AAAd XPI ~V^ i^^^ dvvdfjLECjg p^rfdEV {xpiEGdai * 
 brav yap Ttg rovro noirj, (pavEpdg drjirov EOrl rors ov rLfiCdV 
 •dEovg ' XPV ^^^ 117]6ev EXXEi-novra Kard 6vva[j,LV rifidv 
 rovg -dsovg -^appEcv rE Kal eXtti^elv rd iiiyiGra dyaOd • ov 
 ydp TTap* dXX(jdv y' dv ng [iel^g) eXttl^cjv GoxppovoLT], rj napd 
 rC)v rd [lEyiGra ojcPeXeIv dwafisvajv, ovd' dv dX?Mg fidX- 
 Xov, 7] EL rovroig dpEGKOt • dpsGfcoi. Se nojg dv fidXXov, rj eI 
 (bg fidXiGra TTSidotro avrotg ; 18. Toiavra fisv drj Xsycov 
 rs Kal avrbg ttolcjv, EVGEdsGrspovg rE Kal GGicppovEGripovg 
 rovg Gvvovrag napEGKEva^Ev. 
 
 CHAPTER IV. 
 
 SUMMARY. 
 Discourse of Socrates with Hippias the Sophist, in which the former 
 opens up the fountain heads of the Law of Nature and of Nations. 
 
 1. 'A A/Id jXTjv Kal TTspl rov diKalov ye ovk dnEKpvnrEro 
 7]V £?%£ yvG)[i7jv, dXXd Kal Epyco drcEdELKwro, Idea rE ndGt 
 voiiiii<j)g rE Kal dxpEXlficog xp(^fJ'^'^og, Kal KOLvrj, dpxovGi rs 
 d ol voiioL TvpogrdrroiEV TrEtdofiEvog, Kal Kard ttoXlv Kal iv 
 ralg GrparElatg ovrcjg, cogrE dLaSrjXog Eivat napd rovg dX- 
 Xovg EvraKruv • 2. Kal ors ev ralg EKKX7}atacg Ent.GrdrT]g 
 
IV. 4. § 7.] MEMORABILIA. 121 
 
 yevoiiEvog, ovk eTrerpexpe roj SrjfiG) napd rovg vofiovg ifjrjcj)!^' 
 daoOai, d/iXd ovv rolg vofioig r^vavruodrj roto.vT'q opfi'^ rov 
 drj^wv, rjv ovfc dv oluac dXXov ovdeva dvdp(x)~ov vnofiELvaL. 
 
 3. Kal OTS ol rpidfcovra ixpogirarrov avrib napd rovg v6- 
 iwvg Ti, ovK, ineldero • rolg re ydp veoig dnayopevovTCjjv 
 avTuv firj diaXeyeaOaL, nai Trpogra^avrdiv efceivG) re Kal 
 dXXoig TLol TGJv -noXiTdv dyayelv riva enl '&avdr(^, fibvog 
 OVK ETTeioOr], did to napd rovg vofiovg avrc^ npogrdrrEodac. 
 
 4. Kal ore rrjv vno MeXtjtov ypa<prjv £(p£vy£, rojv dXXcjv 
 elcjdoriov ev rolg diiiaarrjpi.oig npdg x^P^'^ '^^ '^olg dcKaGralg 
 dLaXEjEodai, Kal noXaKEVELv, Kal dslodaL napd rovg vofiovg, 
 Kal did rd roiavra noXXdJv no?^XdKLg vno tgjv SiKaarcJv 
 
 d(pl£IJEVG}V, EKELVOg Ov6eV 7)0£X7]G£ TCJV £Ig)66t(i)V EV TO) 
 
 StKaarT^ptG) napd rovg v6[iovg noirjaai, dXXd padioig dv 
 dcpEdEig vno rHov dcKaorCjv, el Kal fi£rpLO)g rt rovrcjv inoi- 
 7]G£, npoeiXero [idXXov rolg vojioig kfifiEVoyv dnodavELv, 7) 
 napavofiwv ^i^v, 5. Kal e'Asye 6e ovrcjg Kal npdg dXXovg 
 fiEV noXXaKLg • olda dS nor£ avrbv Kal npdg 'Innlav rov 
 'RXelov nepl rov diKalov roiddE diaXExOevra • did xpovov 
 ydp d(pLK6i.i£Vog 6 'Inniag ^kd7]va^E, napEysvsro to) I,G)Kpd- 
 ret Xiyovrt npdg rcvag, (hg ■&avp,aardv elt) ro, el [iev rig 
 (iovXoLTO OKvrEa didd^aaOaL riva, rj rsKrova, i] ;^aAft;£a, rj 
 Innsa, fjLrj dnopslv, onot dv nEfxipag rovrov rvxoi ' (paol di 
 nveg Kal Innov Kal (3ovv tw (SovXojiEvcp diKaiovg noirjoa- 
 oOai, ndvra uEord Elvat rojv 6i6a^6vro)v • hdv ds rig f3ov- 
 X7]rai 7] avTog naOelv rd diKatov, 1] vldv 77 oIkettjv diSd^a- 
 oOai, firj Eidivai, onoi dv eXOiov rvx^i rovrov. 6. Kal 6 
 pkv 'Inniag aKOvoag ravra, cjgnEp EniGK^nrcjv avrov, 
 "En ydp ov, Ecprj, g) 'LoyKparEg, SKECva rd avrd XiyEig, d 
 iyG) ndXai nors gov rJKOVGa ; Kal 6 I^cJKpdrrjg, "O 6s ye 
 rovrov deivdrepov, Ecpr], O) 'Innia, ov [xovov dsl rd avrd 
 Aeyo), dXXd Kal nepl rCdv avru)v • gv (5' tawc, 6id rd noXv- 
 fiaOrjg elvai, n£pl rdv avrCjv ovSsnorE rd avrd XdyEig. 
 ^AiieXei, E(f)7], nELpu)f.mi Kaivov rt XsyEiv del. 7. Uorspov, 
 sd)?)^ Kal nepl g)v sniGraGai ; olov nepl ypaiiiidro)V, edv rig 
 
 F 
 
122 xenophon's [IV. 4. § 12. 
 
 Ep7)Tal as, TToaa Kal nola I^WKpdrovg iarlv, aXXa [isv irpo- 
 Tspov, aXXa ds vvv iretpa XsysLV ; rj irepi dpidfXGJV rolq epw- 
 TGJGLV, el TO, dig 7T£vr£ deutt eoTLv, ov TO, avrd vvv^ a Kal 
 TrpoTEpov, dnoKpLVEi ; Hepl jiev rovrcdv, e(p7], g) ^(xiKpareq, 
 cognep Gv, Kal syu) del rd avrd Aeyw • Trepl iievroi rov di- 
 Kaiov Txdvv oliiai vvv e^sLV elnelv, npog a ovre ov, ovr^ dv 
 dXXog ovdelg dvvair' dvrefnElv. 8. N^ ttjv "Upav, ecprj, 
 [isya Xeyeig dyadbv evprjicevai,, el navaovrai p,ev ol hKa- 
 GTal dt^a tp7}(f)i^6(i£voi, iravoovrat 6e ol noXlrai TTspl rC)V 
 diKaiGiV dvTLXeyovTeg re Kal dvridiKovvreg Kal OTaoid^ov- 
 reg, rcavGovrai 6e at TTOAeig dtacpepofievai nepl rojv diKaiix)V^ 
 Kal TToTieixovoai • Kal syo) fiev ovk ol6\ oncjg dv dnoXEKpOEC- 
 rjv GOV, npb rov dKovoat rrjliKovrov dyadbv EvprjKorog. 9. 
 'AAAd fj,d Al\ s(f)7], ovk dKovoei, Trplv y' dv avrbg d7T0(p7]vxi^ 
 b n vofjLL^eig rb dUatov elvat • dpKEt yap, on rojv dXXcjv 
 KarayeXdg, epayrcJv fiev Kal eXsy^c^v ndvrag, avrbg (5' ov- 
 6evl ^eXo)v vttexelv Xoyov, ovSe yvoyfiriv dnocbalveodaL 
 nepl ovdevog. 10. Tl ds ; d) 'Inrcla, scprj, ovk fioOrjaai,^ ore 
 eyd), a doKel jiol dcKaia elvat, ovdsv navoj^ai dirodeLKVviJie- 
 vog; Kal irolog dr] ooi, stprj, ovrog 6 Xoyog eorlv ; Et 6e 
 lifj X6y(x>, ecpri, dXX' epyo) dnodELKW^ac • rj ov doKsl gol 
 d^LorsKfiaprorepov rov Xoyov rb epyov elvat ; IJoXv ye 
 VTj Ai\ s(p7]' dcKata fisv yap Xsyovrsg iroXXol dStKa notov- 
 01, dUaia 6s. Trpdrrov ov6' dv slg dSiKog etrj. 11. "RtoOrj- 
 oat ovv 7Td)nore fiov rj ipevdofzaprvpovvrog, ?/ ovKocpav- 
 rovvrog, rj (jiiXovg rj rrbXtv elg ordotv e[i6dXXovrog, i) dXXo 
 Tt ddtKov irpdrrovrog ; Ovk fiytoye, e(f>r]. To de rd)v ddi- 
 KO)v dTTExeodat ov dUatov rjyel ; ArjXog st, E(p7}, d) lojKpa- 
 reg, Kal vvv dtacpevyetv syxeLpC^v rb dnodEucvvGOat yvd- 
 \ir\v, o rt voixt^sig rb dUatov • ov yap d npdrrovoiv ol 6t- 
 Katot, dXX' a /x?) npdrrovGt, ravra Xeyeig. 12. 'AAA' cpinrjv 
 eyoyys, scfyrj 6 ^ojKpaTTjg, rb p^ij -deXstv ddtiielv, Uavbv dtKat- 
 OGvvrig enldetyfia elvat- el 6e Got prj SokeI, OKsipat, edv 
 rode Got pdXXov dpeoKiQ • cprjpl yap eycb rb voptfiov ducaiov 
 etvat. ^Apa rb avrb Xeyeig, d> IcjKpareg, vofupov re Kal 
 
IV. 4. § 16.] MEMORABILIA. 128 
 
 diKaiov elvai ; "Eycjye, £(p7]. 13. Ov yap aladdvof.iat cov, 
 onoLov v6[^ifj,ov, rj ttoIov diicaLov Xeyeig. 'Nojiovg 6s no- 
 Xeo)g, £(l)7], yiyvLoatCEig ; "Eywye, £0?/. Kal rivaq rovrovq 
 vop/i^eig ; "A ol TToXlrai, ecfyrj, ovvdeiievoi a re del ttoieIv, 
 Kal o)v airex^odat, eypdipavro. Ovkovv, E<p7j, voiiiiiog fisv 
 av SL7] 6 Kara ravra noXLTSVOixevog, dvofiog ds 6 ravra 
 7Tapa6aLVG)v ; lidvv jiev ovv, e^r]. Ovkovv Kal dcKaia 
 [LEV av rrpdrrot 6 rovroig TTEidofisvog, ddiKa 6' 6 rovroig 
 duELdcJv ; Udvv fisv ovv. Ovkovv 6 [lev rd diKaia rrpdr- 
 Twv, diKaiog, 6 ds rd ddiKa, ddiKog ; HCog yap ov ; 'O 
 liEV dpa voiiLiiog ScKaiog eotlv, 6 ds dvofiog ddiKog. 14. 
 Kal 6 'Innlag, 'Nop.ovg d\ scj)?], w liCJKparsg, ncjg av rig 
 i]yr]oairo onovdalov -npdyiia slvai, rj to irEtdEodai avTolg, 
 ovg ye iToXXdKig avrol ol ■&£fi£Voc dTrodoKiiddaavTEg iisrari- 
 BEvrai ; Kal yap ttoXeijlov, E(p7] 6 l(x)KpdT7}g, TcoXXdKig 
 dpafjiEvai at iroXEig, irdXiv Elprjvrjv noLovvrai, Kal jJidXa, 
 
 E<p7], AtdcpOpOV ovv Tt, OLEl TTOLELV, E<p7], TOVg TOlg VOjjLOLg 
 
 TTEidoiiEvovg (j)avXL^(t)v, OTC KaraXvdEiEV av ol vofioL, rj si 
 Tovg EV Tolg noXefiOLg evTanTovvrag ipsyoig, otl ysvoir^ dv 
 ElprjvT] ; 7] Kal rovg ev rolg TToXsi^oig ralg irarptoi rcpoOv- 
 ficjg (SoTjOovvTag [lEiKpEt ; Md At' ovk eywy', Ecfyr}. 15. Av- 
 Kovpyov 6e tov AaKEdaifiovLOv, scpri 6 1(x>KpdT7]g, KarapEpd- 
 Orjicag, on ovdsv dv dLdcjyopov rcjv dXXojv ttoXecjv ttjv 
 I,ndpT7]v ETTOtriGEV, EL pi] rd nEidEodac rolg vopotg pdXiara 
 EVEipydaaro avr^ ; rCjv 6e dpxovrcov ev ralg ttoXeglv ovk, 
 oloda, on, OLTLVEg dv rolg TToXiraig aindiraroi d)Oi rov rolg 
 vopotg TTEldEudaL, ovroL dpiorol eIol ; Kal noXig, ev xi pd- 
 Xiora ol -noXlrai rolg vopotg TTEiOovrai, ev Eiprjvxi re dpiara 
 StdysL, Kal kv noXEpG) dvvnoararog sanv ; 16. 'AXXd prjv 
 Kal bpovoid ye psyLorov re dyadov Sokel ralg iroXsaLv sl- 
 vai, Kal -nXsiGraKig ev avralg at rs yEpovalat Kal ol dpi- 
 orol dvdpsg TTapaKsXEvovrai rolg rroXiraig bpovoslv, Kal 
 na.vraxov ev rxj 'EXXddi vopog Kslrai, rovg rroXirag opvv- 
 vai opovoTjOEiv, Kal navraxov opvvovai rbv opKov rovrov • 
 olpai d' eyw ravra yiyvsodai, ovx 0TCG)g roiig avrovg x^~ 
 
124 XENOPHO^v's [IV. 4. § 19. 
 
 pov^ KptvG)atv ol iroXlrac, ov6^ oncog rovg avrovg avXrjrdg 
 EiraivcdGiV^ ov6' bnug rovg avrovg Troir]Tdg alpCyvrai, ovd^ 
 iva Tolg avTolg 7]6G}VTai, dXX Iva rolg vofzoLg neidcjvrat ' 
 rovTOLg yap roJv itoXltcjv e[xp,ev6vrG)v, at noXetg laxvpora- 
 rai rs Kai EvdaiiioviaTarai ytyvovrai • dvev 6e ofiovocag, 
 OVT* av iToXig sv TToXiTsvdeiri, ovr^ olKog fcaXcJg oI/ctjOsltj. 
 17. ^Idia Se nojg iiev av rig rjrrov vnb 7T6XEG)g ^7][jLiolro, 
 TTcog (5' av fidXXov rifi(x)ro, t) el rolg vofzoig TreldoLro ; TTOJg 
 6' dv rjrrov ev rolg dtfcaorrjpLOLg rjrri^ro ; r) TTWf dv [.idX- 
 Xov viKG)7] ; rlvL (5' dv rig pdXXov TTiarsvaeie Trapaicarade- 
 odai rj xP'fJl^o.ra, 7/ vlovg, rj dvyarepag ; riva 6' dv rj noAig 
 oXt] d^LOTTiurorEpov rjyrjoairo rov voiiijiov ; rrapd rivog 6^ 
 av fidXXov riov difcaicjv rvxoisv rj yovelg, rj ohceloi, rj olice- 
 rai, 7] (piXoi, fj TcoXlrai, rj ^evoi ; rivi (5' dv ^dXXov noXs- 
 fiLoi TTiarsvaeiav rj dvoxdg, rj anovddg, rj Gvv67]fcag Trepl el- 
 prjV7]g; rivt 6\dv p,dXXov, i] ru) vo^iixco, avfxfiaxoi eOeXoiev 
 yiyveodai ; raj (5' dv ^dXXov ol cvixiiaxoi TTiorevaeiav t] 
 Tjysfjioviav, rj (ppovpapxlav, rj TToXeig ; riva d' dv rig evep- 
 ysrrjaag vnoXd6oL ;^apiv KOfJiielodai fidXXov, rj rov vofiifjLov; 
 rj riva fiaXXov dv rig evepyerrjoeiev, rj Trap' ov X^P^'^ dno- 
 Xrj'ipEodai vo[iL^Ei ; rai 6' dv rig jSovXoiro fidXXov (piXog 
 elvai, 7] TW roiovro), TJ rw rjrrov sxOpog ; rw 6' dv rig ^r- 
 rov noXEfiTjGEiev, rj ^ dv fidXiora fiev (plXog elvai (3ovXoiro, 
 TJKiara 6' exdpog, Kal o) itXeIotoi [zev (piXoi Kai avjip^axoi 
 (3ovXoivro Eivai, eXdxioroi 6' exQpoi Kal noX£[j,ioi ; 18. 
 'Eyw fiEV ovv, G) 'Innia, ro avrb eniSEiicvvfii v6[ilii6v re 
 Kal StKaiov Eivai • oi) (5' el rdvavria yiyvcoGKEig, dldaaKe. 
 Kal 6 'Inniag, 'A/L/la, fid rov Aia, £(f)rj, d) I^cjKpareg, ov 
 fxoi SoKGJ rdvavria yiyvdyoKEiv oig eiprjKag irepl rov SiKaiov. 
 19. ^k.ypd(povg 6e rivag oloOa, ecpr], d> 'Innia, vofiovg ; Tovg 
 y' ev -ndoxi, ec^r], X^P?' i^ci'd ravrd vofxi^ofJLEvovg. "Kxoig 
 dv ovv elirelv, Ecpr], on ol dvdpojnoi avrovg edEvro ; Kal 
 ncjg av, E(pri, ol ye ovre ovveXBelv dnavreg dv Svvrjdelev, 
 ovre djiocpojvoi eIgi ; Tivag ovv, ecprj, voiii^Eig redeiKevai 
 TOvg v6[iovg rovrovg ; 'Eyd) fiev, ecprj, -deovg olfiai rovg 
 
IV. 4. § 23.] MEMORABILIA. 125 
 
 vofiovg TOVTOvg rolg dvdpdjnoLg ■delvai • jcal yap napd nd- 
 GLV dvdpcjnoLg 7Tp(x>Tov vo[iL^erai 'deovg oedeiv. 20. Ovk- 
 ovv Kal yoveag TLfJidv navTaxov vofit^eraL ; Kai rovro, 
 £(j)r]. OvKETL fiot doKsl, £<p7], G) EdJKpareg, cvrog d^sov v6[j.og 
 elvai. Ti dr] ; e^-q. "On aloddvoiiai rivag, e^rj, irapatai- 
 vovrag avrov. 21. Kat yap dXXa noXXd, e(f)7], 7Tapavo[iov- 
 GLV • aXV ovv dlKTjv ye rot dcdoaaiv ol -napatatvovjeg rovg 
 vrro TGJv -decov Kstiisvovg vofiovg, 7]v ovdevl rpdrcG) dvvarbv 
 dv6pG)7TCo dia^vyslv, cognsp rovg vn^ dv6pG)n(ov KSLfjievovg 
 vofiovg evLOi Txapataivovreg Siacjievyovai to dlfcrjv dLdovai, 
 ol iiEV Xavddvovreg, ol ds j3ta^6[jL£voL. 22. Tl de ; rovg ev 
 Txoiovvrag dvrEVEpyerelv oh navraxov v6[j,lij,6v sgti ; N6- 
 liLfiov, e(j)7j • TiapadaiveraL de Kal rovro. Ovfcovv Kal ol 
 rovro Tcapa6aLVovreg 6lk7]v dtdoaoi, (piXijdv fiev dyaScov 
 eprji-ioi yLyv6[jLevot, rovg 6e [.uoovvrag eavrovg dvayKa^ofie- 
 vot diG)KELV ' fi ovx ol fiEV EV TTOiovvreg rovg xp^l^^'^ovg 
 kavrolg dyaOol (pLXoi elaiv, ol 6e [irj dvrEvspyerovvreg rovg 
 roiovrovg, did fiiv rT]v dx^'Pif^T Lav fnaovvrac vn^ avrcjv^ 
 did Se rb fidXtora XvoLrsXEiv rolg roiovroig %p^(70ai, rov- 
 rovg fidXiara SicjKovac ; 'Nrj rbv At', w I^cjKparEg, Ecprj, 
 ■deoig ravra ndvra eolke • rb ydp rovg vojxovg avrovg rolg 
 TcapadaLvovGL rdg rLfxcjptag exeiv, (SsXTiovog 7/ Kar^ dvOpo- 
 TTOV vofiodsrov doKEl [lOL ELvai. 23. liorEpov ovv, G) 'iTXTcia, 
 rovg -dEovg rjyel rd diKaia vofiodsrelv, rj dXXa rC)V diKaicov ; 
 OvK dXka \Ld At', E<^r\ • oxoXfi ydp dv dXXog ye rig rd di- 
 Kaia vofioderrjOEiEV, el firj -dEog. Kal rolg ■&Eoig dpa, w 
 'Imrla, rb avrb SiKaiov re Kal v6[j,ifiov Eivai dpeoKEi. 
 
 Toiavra Aeywv re Kal npdrrojv diKaiorepovg iixoiei rovg 
 irXfjaid^ovrag. 
 
126 xenophon's [IV. 5. § 6. 
 
 CHAPTER V. 
 
 SUMMARY. 
 The advantages resulting from habits of self-control, and tlie evils at- 
 tendant upon an opposite course of life. 
 
 1. 'Qg ds Kal TTpaKTiKoyrepovg enotei rovg ovvovrag eav- 
 TG), vvv av TOVTO Xe^d) ' vo[iL^o}V yap eyKparetav virdpxsiv 
 ayadbv slvat rep fiE^Xovri KaXov n npd^sLV, npcJTOv fiev 
 avTog (pavepbg ^v rolg gvvovglv 7j(7K7]fCG)g eavrbv ndXtara 
 ndvTOV dvdpcjTTCOV, eireira diaXeyofievog rrpoerpsnero ndv- 
 Tiiiv fidXcora rovg Gvvovrag irpog synpdreLav. 2. 'Ast fiev 
 ovv TTspl tCjv rpbg dpErrjv xpr]OL[ici)V avrog re diereXsL 
 {isfivrjuevog, Kal rovg ovvovrag iravrag vnouLfj,V7]aKGJV • olda 
 ds TTOTE avrbv Kal npbg 'EvdvSrj^ov vEpl syKparElag rocdSs 
 SLaXexdEvra • Eirre jitoi, icpr], g) 'EvOvdrjiie, dpa KaXbv Kal 
 uEyaXELov vo[j,i^Eig Elvai Kal dvdpl Kal rroXsi KTr^ia eXev- 
 Osplav ; 'Q.g olov rs ye fidXtara, e^?/. 3. "Ogng ovv dp- 
 XErai vnb tcjv did tov GCJjiaTog rjdovGjv, kuI did ravrag fii] 
 dvvarai -rrpdrTECv rd piXTiGTa, vofit^Ecg tovtov kXEvdepov 
 elvat ; "HKiGra, Ecpr]. "lGG)g ydp eXevOspov (paiverai gol 
 rb irpdrTELV rd (ieXTLGra, elra to ex^lv rovg KOiXvGovrag 
 rd rotavra ttolelv dvEXEvdEpov vo[iL^Eig. liavrdr^aGi ye, 
 ecpT]. 4. liavrd-naGiv dpa gov 6okovglv ol dKparEtg dvE- 
 XsvOEpoL Eivai ; N?) rbv Ai*, ecpr], elKorcjg. Horepov 6e 
 COL doKovGLV 01 dKparslg KwXvtodaL fiovov rd KdXXiGra 
 TTpdrretVj rj Kal dvayKa^eGdai rd. aiGxcGra TTOtelv ; Ovdev 
 7)rrov E[j,oiy\ EcpTj^ Sokovgc ravra dvayKd^EodaCj r/ EKEiva 
 KoyXvEodaL. 5. Iloiovg 6e rtvag deGuorag r]yel rovg rd nev 
 dpiGra KcoXvovrag, rd ds KdKiGra dvayKa^ovrag ; 'Qg 6v- 
 varbv vq At', £0?/, KaKiGrovg. b^ovXEiav de nolav KaKLGrrfv 
 vofil^Eig elvai ; 'Eyo) [jlev, Ecprj, rrjv irapd rolg KaKiGroig 
 dEGTroratg Tfjv KaKtGrrjv dpa dovXEtav ol aKparEcg 6ov- 
 XevovGiV ', "Efj,0LyE 6okeI, Ecprj. 6. I>o(plav 6e rb ^dyiGrov 
 dyaOov ov 6okeI gol dnEcpyovoa ru)v dvdpdjncov rj dKpaGia 
 
IV. 5. § 10.] MEMORABILIA, 127 
 
 elg TovvavTLOV ainovg e[j,6d?iXELV ; i] ov doKsl aoi npogexscv 
 re rolg b)(peXov(Ji Kal KaraiiavddveLV avrd Koy^vsLV, d0e/l- 
 Kovaa em rd rj3ea, aal rroXXdKig alodavo[j,evovg rCJv dya- 
 dC)v re Kal rCdv Kancjv eKirXfj^aaa, irotelv rd x^^P^^'^ dvrt 
 rov (ieXrtovog alpelodat ; Tlyverac rovr\ e^rj. 7. Hw- 
 (ppoovvTjg 6e, c5 FivdvdTjfie, rlvt dv <paL7jfj,ev TJrroVf i] tg> 
 UKparel, TrpogrjKSLV ; avrd yap d-qnov rd evavrta GO)(ppoov- 
 V7]g Kal aKpaatag epya eariv. '0[wXoyG) Kal rovro, ecpT], 
 Tov 6' eTnfieXeladat, o)v TTpogrjKei, olec n KCjXvriKOjrepov 
 aKpaaiag elvai ; Ovkovv eyojye, ecpTj. Tov 6e dvrt rCdV 
 dxpeXovvrcjv rd. (BXdnrovra TxpoaLpeladai rrocovvrog, Kal 
 rovrcjv fiev eniiieXelodai, eKeivcjv Se d[.ieXelv TxeiOovrog, 
 Kal rolg aoj^povovac rd evavrta noielv dvayKa^ovrog, oiei 
 re dvOpdj-TTG) KaKLOV elvai ; Ovdev, e(p7]. 8. Ovkovv rrjv 
 lyKpareiav rCov evavricjv t] rrjv aKpaoiav elKog rolg dvdpu)- 
 TTOig alriav elvat, ; ILdvv p,ev ovv, ecprj, Ovkovv Kal rC)V 
 evavrCcjv rd air tov etKog dpiarov elvat ; 'ElKog yap, ecprj. 
 ''EotKev dpa, e(f}i], g) Evdv67]ne, dpiarov dv6pu)n(x) tj eyKpd- 
 reta elvat ; 'ElKorojg yap, ecprj, o) loiKpareg. 9. ^^Kelvo 
 6e, G) FivdvSrjiie, TJdr] ncjnore evedvii7]di]g ; Holov ; e0?y. 
 "On Kal enl rd Tjdea, e^' drcep [lova doKel rj aKpaata rovg 
 dvdpojTTOvg dyetv, avrrj jiev ov dvvarac dyetv, rj 6' eyKpd- 
 reta navroiv fidXtara TjSeadat notet. Uojg ; £0?;. "^gnep 
 7] fiev aKpaata, ovk ecjaa Kaprepetv ovre Xtiiov, ovre dtipav, 
 ovre dypvnviav, dt' g)V fiovcjv eartv rjdecjg fiev (jyayelv re 
 Kal TTtetv, rjdeojg (5' dvanavaaadat re Kal K0t[ir]dr}vat, Kal 
 Txeptiieivavrag Kal dvaaxofJtevovg, e(jjg dv ravra (bg evt rjSt- 
 ara yevTjrat, KG)Xvet rolg dvayKatordrotg re Kal ovvexe- 
 ardrotg d^toXoywg Tjdeodat • rj 6' eyKpdreia fiovTj TTOtovaa 
 Kaprepetv rd elpTjfieva, [iovtj Kal ijdeadat rcotet d^tojg [ivt]- 
 fjirjg em rolg elpr]p,evotg. Uavrdiraatv, ecprj, dXTjOij Xeyetg, 
 10. 'A A Ad firiv rov \iadelv rt KaXdv Kal dyadov, Kal rov 
 enijj,eX7j67]vat rcjv rotovrdiv rivog, 6t' o)V dv rig Kal rd 
 kavrov OGJfjba KaXoJg dtotKrjaete, Kal rov eavrov oIkov Ka- 
 Xidg olKOVO[ir}aeie, Kal (ptXotg Kal ixoXet ui^eXtixog yevotro. 
 
128 xenophon's [IY. 5. § 12.— 6. § 1. 
 
 Kal kx^povg KparrjcfeLSVy do' cov ov fiovov (hcpeXeLai, aAXd 
 Kal TjSoval iieyLGTai yiyvovrai, ol jisv eyKparelg dixoXav- 
 ovat, rrpaTTOvreg avrd, ol d' duparelg ovdevbg fisrExovac • 
 rcd yap dv tjttov (prjaaifiev tgjv tolovto)v TrpogrjKeiv, ?] cS 
 riKLora e^ean ravra rrpdrreLv, KarexousvG) em tgj ottov- 
 Sd^etv Tcepl rag eyyvTaro) rjdovdg ; 11. Kat 6 'Ev6v67]iiog , 
 AoKelg [LOi, e(p7], c5 I^cofcpareg, AeysLv, ihg dvSpi 7]ttovl tgjv 
 did Tov aG)fjLaTog 7]6ovC)V ndf-nrav oviSejiLag dpSTrjg TTpogrjfcet. 
 Tl yap dia<pEpEi, £(f)7], O) KvOvStjiie, dvdpoonog duparrig di]- 
 piov TOV diiadeardrov ; ogng yap rd fiEV Kpdriara fii] gko- 
 7TEL, rd 7]dLGra 6' etc iravrdg rponoc ^v^rel ttolelv, rl dv dta- 
 (pspoc rcov dcppovEordrojv (Soanrjiidrcjv ; dXXd rolg kyupa- 
 rioL fiovoig e^Eon okottelv rd Kpanora roJv rcpayjidroiv, 
 Kal epyw K-al Aoyw StaAEyovrag Kard ysvrj, rd fiev dyadd 
 TTpoaLpslodai, r(ov 6e Kanojv d-Ex&adai. 12. Kai ovroig, 
 ecpT], dpiorovg re Kal evdaifioveardrovg dvdpag ylyvEoOaL, 
 Kal dtaXEyEodaL dwaroyrdrovg • E(j)7] 6e Kal rd dtaXiyeodai 
 dvojjLaGdrivat eK rov ovvtovrag Kocvfj (SovleveoOat, SiaXe- 
 yovrag Kara yivrj rd npdyjiara ' delv ovv TTELpdadaL on 
 fidAtara rrpbg rovro kavrbv erot/jov rcapaoKevd^eiv, Kal 
 rovrov [.idXcora ErcLHEXElodai • ek rovrov ydp yiyveaOat 
 dvdpag dpiorovg re Kal r]y£[iovLKG)rdrovg, Kal 6ia?<.eKriKG)- 
 rdrovg. 
 
 CHAPTER VI. 
 
 SUMMARY. 
 SocKATES Strove to teach those who associated with him the true art 
 of reasoning, since he always held that whoever had acquired clear ideas 
 hinaself of any matter, could, with equal clearness, explain those ideas to 
 others ; while, on the other hand, it was not to be wondered at if such as 
 were deficient in that particular should not only be led into eiTor them- 
 selves, but likewise mislead others. 
 
 1. 'Qg de Kal diaXeKrinc^rEpovg enoLEt rovg ovvovrag, 
 neipdooiiai Kal rovro XiyEiv. JlcoKpdrrjg ydp rovg fisv el- 
 dorag, rl eKaarov elrj roJv bvrcov, evojic^e Kal rolg dXXoig 
 
IV. 6. § 6.] MEMORABILIA. 129 
 
 dv k^riyeiadai dvvaadai, rovg 6e fii] sldorag, ovdsv scprj -dav- 
 liaorbv elvat avrovg re ocpaXXeoOai, aal dXXovg GcpdXXsLV • 
 o)V evEKa CKOirdv avv rolg gvvovgl, tl enaorov elt] tgjv 6v- 
 rwv, ovdeTxor'' eXriye. Hdvja jj^ev ovv, xj dioypi^eTo, ttoXv 
 epyov dv elf] die^eXdelv, ev oootg 6e Kal rov rponov rrjg 
 eTnaKEifjeog drjXcjOEiv oliiai, rooavra Xe^ij^. 2. Updorov ds 
 
 TCEpl EVGEdEtag CjSe TTGjg EGKOTTEL ' EiTTC flOL, E(p?], 0) Ilvdv- 
 
 drjiiE, Tcolov TL voiii^Eig EVGEbEiav elvai ; Kal 6g, KdXXc- 
 
 GTOV Vrj At', E(p7]. "'Ex£l'g ovv eItTELV, OTTolog Tig 6 EVGE6fjg 
 EGTLV ; 'E/iOi IJ.EV dofCEl, £(p7], 6 TOVg -dEOVg TijUGJV. "E^EGTL 
 
 de, bu dv ng f3ovX7]TaL Tpdnov, rovg dsovg rifidv ; Ovic- 
 dXXd vofioL ELGi, Kad' ovg 6el tovto ttoielv. 3. Ovkovv 6 
 rovg v6[j.ovg rovrovg Etdcog, e16£L7] dv, (hg 6eI rovg dEovg 
 Tifidv ; Olfiai fi'ywy', ecp?]. ^Ap' ovv 6 ElSoyg rovg '&EOvg 
 TLfjLdv, ovK dXXoyg ohrai SeIv rovro noiEtv, t] Cjg o16ev ; Oi) 
 ydp ovv, £(p7]. "AXXiog 6e rig -dsovg rifid, i] (hg ohrai 6elv ; 
 Ovtc olfiai, E(p7]. 4. '0 dpa rd nspl rovg -dsovg v6nL\ia sU 
 do)g, vofUjjLoyg dv rovg -dsovg rifiGyq ; Udvv fisv ovv. Ovk- 
 ovv o ye vof.un(x)g rifiCJv, cjg dsl n^id ; HCyg ydp ov ; 'O 
 de ys, G)g del rifiojv, EVGsbfjg SGrt ; VLdvv fisv ovv^ scp-q. 
 '0 dpa rd ixspi rovg dsovg vopifia sldiog, opOoJg dv rjulv 
 £-vos6rjg (hptousvog sir] ; 'E|UOi yovv, E(pr], doicsl. 
 
 5. ^Avdpd)ixoLg ds dpa s^soriv, dv dv rig rponov (iov?^7]- 
 rai, XPI^^^^ 5 0^^ ' dXXd nal TTspi rovrovg 6 sldojg, a 
 EGri vojiLfta, Kad^ d dsl ncjg dXXrjXoLg %p^a0ai, vojiiiiog dv 
 siTj. Ovkovv ol Kard ravra XP^^^H-^'^O'' dXXrjXocg, cjg Sec, 
 Xpd)vrat ; UcJg ydp ov ; O-vkovv ol ye, (hg dsl, %pc5jLtei^oi, 
 naXCig xpd>vrai ; Udvv jj,ev ovv, sc})?]. Ovkovv ol ye rotg 
 dvOpcjuoig KaXbJg xpf^fi'^'^'OL, KaXQg TrpdrrovGL rdvOpdonsia 
 Txpdyimra ; Eko^- y\ £(f)7]. Ovkovv ol rolg vofiotg Trsido- 
 fxEVoi, diKaia ovroi noiovGi ; Udvv psv ovv, E(f)7]. 6. At- 
 Kaia 6e oloda, sfprj, onola KaXslrai ; "A ol vofxoi ksXe-vov- 
 OLV, EcpT]. ol dpa TTOtovvrsg a ol vofxoi keXevovgi, dLKaid 
 re TTOLovGi, Kal a Ssl ; HCjg ydp ov ; Ovkovv ol ye rd di- 
 Kaia TTOiovvrsg, diKaiot sIgiv ; Oijuat eywy', £0^. Ohi 
 F 2 
 
130 xenophon's [IV. 6. § 9. 
 
 ovv TLvag neldeadac rolg voixocg, firj eldorag a oi vofiot ke- 
 XevovoLV ; Ovfc eywy', £</>?/. EMdra^ 6e a del ttoleIv ohi 
 Ttvdg oleaOai 6slv iii) jtoleIv ravra ; Ovk olfiai, e0?y. Ol- 
 dag ds nvag akXa notovvrag, t) a olovrat 6elv ; Ovk 
 £yo)y\ E(f)7}. Ot apa rd nepl dvdpcjnovg vofiiiia eidoreg, rd 
 dittaia ovroi noLOvaiv ; Haw [ihv ovv, e(p7]. Ovicovv oi 
 •ye rd 6ticai.a Troiovvreg, dtnaioi eloc ; Tiveg ydp aXkoi\ 
 Ecprj, ^OpOoJg dv ttote dpa bpi^oiiiEda, dpt^6[ievoc dtnaiovg 
 elvai rovg eldorag rd ixEpl dvdpcJirovg vofjiiiia ; "EjxoLye 
 doicet, E^7]. 
 
 7. 'Locpiav de rl dv (prjaatfisv ELvai ; eltte ftot, noTEpd aot 
 doKovoLV ol ao(f)ot, d eirLaravrai, ravra GO(pol elvai, rj eIol 
 TCVBg, a firj Eiriaravrai, oocpoi ; "A ETTioravrai 6'f]Xov on., 
 £(j)rj ' TCG)g ydp dv rig, a ye fxrj Eiriorairo, ravra Go<p6g elt] ; 
 '^Ap' ovv ol oo(f)ol ETnorfifJiXj oocpoi eIol ; TtVt ydp, e<p7j, 
 dXX(jd rig dv eIt] G0(j)6g, el ye firj ETnarrjfxrj ; "AA/lo de n 
 oocpiav o'iei Elvai, rj g) oocpoi eIoiv ; Ovk EycjyE. ^Eniarrjfir] 
 dpa oocpia eariv ; "EjUOiye donel. ^Ap' ovv 6okeI ool dv- 
 OpcoTTO) dvvarov Elvai rd bvra ndvra Enioraodai ; Ovde 
 fid At' Efioiye iroXXoorbv [xepog avrdv. Udvra fiEV dpa 
 Gocpov ovx olov rE dvdpojTTOv Eivai ; Md At' ov drfra, Ecbi]. 
 "O dpa ETTiorarai Enaarog, rovro Kal oocpog eotlv ; "Ejioiye 
 doKEi. 
 
 8. ^Ap' ovv, cj 'EvdvSrjiJie, Kal rdyadbv ovrcj ^r^rrjrEov 
 eori ; Ilojf ; Ecprj. Aokei ool rb avrb ndoiv (bcpeXifiov El- 
 vai ; Ovk Efjiotys. Ti 6e ; rb dXXcxi (hcpiXifiov ov Sokel ooi 
 EvlorE dXXci) (3Xa6epbv Elvai ; Kal fidXa, Ecpi]. "AA/lo (5' 
 dv ri (pairjg dyaObv elvai, rj rb (h(pEXi[JL0V ; Ovk eywy', Ecprj. 
 To dpa dxpiXiiiov , dyaOov kariv, brcd dv cjcpiXip^ov ^ ; Ao- 
 keI fJLOi, Ecprj. 
 
 9. Tb 6e KaXbv ExoifiEV dv ncog dXXc^g eItteIv, tj, eI eo- 
 riv, dvojid^eig KaXbv t) ocdiia, rj OKsvog, r/ dXX'' briovv, b 
 oloda TTpbg rcavra K.aXbv bv ; Md At' ovk eyojy', ecprj. 
 ^Ap^ ovv, Ttpbg b dv Enaoiov xP'h^t-l^ov rj, -npbg rovro EKa- 
 arcx> KaXCjg Ex^t %p7}(70at ; Haw [lev ovv, ecprj, KaXbv 6s 
 
IV. 6. § 12.] MEMORABILIA. 131 
 
 iTpbg dXXo Ti eOTiV efcaarov, t) rrpog o eKdara) KaXcJg I'xje.i 
 XP'^icfOcLt ; Ov6e npog ev aXXo, ecprj. To xP'^^^^-l^ov dpa Ka- 
 Aov kajL, TTpbg o dv xi XprjoLiiov ; "EjUOiye donel, ecprj. 
 
 10. 'Avdptav 6e, a> EvOvSrjfjLe, dpa rCjv KaXC)v voiil^eiy 
 elvai ; 'KaXXiarov [xev ovv eyoij'', ecprj. Xprjoiiiov dpa 
 oh npog rd eXdxifyra vofil^eig rrjv dvdptav ; Md At', ecj)?], 
 TTpdg rd fieyKJra fiev ovv. ^Ap' ovv doKsl gol npog rd 
 dsLvd TS /cat eniKLvdwa xp'^<^''[^ov elvat rd dyvoelv avrd ; 
 "HKiard y', £07/. 0/ dpa [lij (po6ov[j,evoc rd roiavra^ did 
 TO iiri eldsvat ri eariv, ovk dvdpeloL elatv ; N?) At', e0?y, 
 TToXXoi ydp dv ovroj ye rCiv re fiacvoiievGiv Kal riov deiXc^v 
 dvdpeloL elev. Tt de ol Kal rd fifj deivd dedoiKoreg; "Ere 
 ye, V7] Ilia, rjrrov, ecprj. ^Ap' ovv rovg fiev dyaOovg npog 
 rd detvd Kal eniKLvdwa ovrag, dvdpelovg rjyel elvat, rovg 
 6e KttKovg, deiXovg ; Udvv fiev ovv, ecp?]. 11. ^AyaOovg 
 6e npog rd roiavra vofii^ecg dXXovg rivdg, rj rovg 6vvafj,e- 
 vovg avrolg KaXcJg XPV^^^'- 5 Ovk, dXXd rovrovg, e(p7]. 
 KaKovg de dpa rovg otovg rovrotg KaKCog xp^^^dai ; Tlvag 
 ydp dXXovg ; ecprj. ^Ap' ovv eKaoroc XP^'^^'^^^i ^C oiovrai, 
 delv ; Hojg ydp dXXwg ; e(f)7]. ^Apa ovv ol firj 6vvdp.evoc 
 KaXoJg %p?)(70at luaGiv, G)g del xP^^^^i- '■> O^ drjnov ye, 
 ecbrj. Ol dpa eldoreg, (hg del ;\;p7/a0at, ovroL Kal dvvavrai ; 
 Movot y\ e(pr}. Tt 6e ; ol pi] di7]fiapr7jK6Teg dpa KaKuyg 
 Xp(^vraL rolg roiovroig ; Ovk olojiaL, e(p7]. Ol dpa KaKOJg 
 Xpcjp'SvoL 6i7]iJ,apr7)Ka(7LV ; ElKog y\ e(pr]. Ol jiev dpa em- 
 GrdfievoL rolg deivolg re Kal eniKivdvvoig KaXoJg XPV^^^^ 
 dvdpeloi elGtv, ol 6e diaiiaprdvovreg rovrov decXoi ; "Eftot- 
 ye doKovGiv, e<pr]. 
 
 12. 'QaGiXeiav 6e Kal rvpavvlSa, dpxdg pev dp,(f)orepag 
 rjyelro elvai, dtacpepeiv de dXXr]X(t)v evoia^e • rrjv per ydp 
 eKovrov re rdv dvdpcjnojv Kal Kard vofxovg rcJv noXeoiv 
 dpxrjv, (iaGiXeiav rjyelro, rrjv de aKOvrGiv re Kal prj Kara 
 vofiovg, dXX' dno)g 6 dpx(^y (3ovXotro, rvpavvida • Kal onov 
 pev e/c rwv rd vopipa enireXovvrojv al dpxO'l KadtGravrai, 
 ravrrjv rrjv noXireiav dpiaroKpariav ivopi^ev elvat, onov 
 
132 xenophon's [IV. 6. § 15. 
 
 d' EK ri^7]iidT(x>v, -nXovTOKpartav, onov (5' eic ndvrcjv, drjixo- 
 Kpariav. 
 
 13. El 6i rig avrib nepL tov dvriXeyoi, firjdev e^wv oa- 
 ^sg XeysLV, dXV dvev drrodEL^ecjjg, ijroi oo(pG)TEpov (pdoKdyv 
 slvai, bv avTog XeyoL, rj noXLTticojTepov, rj dvdpeiorepov, 7] 
 
 dXko Tl TGJV TOLOVTCdV, ETTL TTjV VTTodeaiV ETTaVT^ySV dv TTttV- 
 
 To TOV Xoyov o)6e iro^g. 14. $^^ av di^eivG) -noXLTrjV Eivai, 
 bv Gv EiraivElg, ?) bv eyw ; ^7][j2 yap ovv. Tl ovv ; ovtc 
 ekeIvo TTpGJTOV ETTEGfCEipdiiEda, TL EOTLV Epyov dyadov rroXl- 
 rov; UoLGJusv tovto. Ovkovv ev ^lev xPW^'^'^ Sloikt}- 
 
 GEi KpaTOLT] dv 6 XPW^^^'^ EVTTOpGiTSpaV TT^V TToXiV 7TOLC0V ; 
 
 ILdvv [lEV OVV, E(p7]. 'Ev ds. ys tto?J[j,g), 6 KaOvTrspTepav 
 rCdV dvTLndXojv ; IIw^ yap ov ; ^Ev ds npEGdELa dpa, bg 
 dv (jyiXovg dvTC ttoXejjLLgjv napaGKEvd^x} \ Ekorw^ ye. 
 OvKOVv Kal EV 6r}ii7]yopia, 6 GTaGsig te navcov, nal ofio- 
 voLav Eii-noiCdV ; "Ef^oiye 6okeI. OvTGi Ss tg)v Xoycjv Ena- 
 vayojiEVUv, Kal Tolg dvTiXEyovGiv avTolg (pavEpbv iyiyvETO 
 TdXr]dEg. 15. 'Ottots (5s avTog tl tw Xoycd Sle^lol, did 
 
 TU)V lldXlGTa d[I,oXoyOV[Z£V(x)V ETTOpEVSrO, VOfll^CJV TaVTTjV 
 
 TTjV aGipdXELav ELvaL Xoyov ' TOLyapovv noXv [idXiGTa, g)V 
 ky(b olSa, OTE XEyoL, Tovg daovovTag ojioXoyovvTag irapel- 
 X,EV • £(f)7j Se Kal "OfiTjpov TU) 'OdvGGEL dvadELvaL TO do<pa- 
 Xt] prjTopa ELvaLy 6)g iKavbv avTov bvTa did tCjv doKovvToyv 
 Tolg dvdpcjTTOLg dyEiv Tovg Xoyovg. 
 
 CHAPTER VII. 
 
 SUMMARY. 
 Socrates always showed himself solicitous to have his friends become 
 capable of performing^ their own business, that they might not stand in 
 need of others to perform it for them. For this reason, be made it his 
 study, more than any other man, to find out wherein any of his followers 
 were likely to excel in things not unbecoming a wise and good man ; and 
 in such points as he himself could give them any instruction about, he did 
 so with the utmost readiness, and where he could not, he was always 
 ready to carry them to some more skilful master. Yet was he careful to 
 
IV. 7. § 5.] MEMORABILIA. 133 
 
 fix the boands in the case of every science, having in view merely v^hat 
 was useful for the practical purposes of life. 
 
 1. "Ort [lev ovv dnXoJg rriv kavrov yvcjfirjv dnecpatvero 
 lG)KpdT7]g TTpog Toijg djicXovvrag avrco, SokeI fioL drjXov etc 
 rCdV elprjfievwv elvai • on 6e Kot avrapKEug kv ralq npogrj- 
 Kovoaig TTpd^eoLV avrovq elvai inefxeXelro, vvv rovro Xe^o) • 
 Trdvrcov [lev yap, g)V ejC) ol6a, fidXiara e/isAev avrixi slde- 
 vat, orov rig £ni(7rrjj.iG)v eltj tc5v ovvovtcjv avrC) • wv de 
 7Tpoq7]KEL dvdpl KaXc,) KdyadC) EidevaL, 6 tl p,EV avrog eISelt], 
 TrdvTOJV TTpodviioraTa edcdaaKEV, brov de avrog aTTEiporepog 
 £17], irpbg rovg E-marafiEVovg rj-ysv avrovg. 2. ''EdidaGne 
 6e Kal liEXpi brov deoc ei^TTELpov Elvai EKaarov Txpdynarog 
 rbv opdCjg TTEnatdeviievov • avrina y£0)[j,eTpiav {jtexpi fJ-ev 
 TOVTOV £(p7} 6eIv fiavddvELv, Ecjg itiavog rig yivoiTO, el ttote 
 derjOEiEj yrjv jiErpcp opdiog rj napaXadelv, t) napadovvac, rj 
 dtavELfj-ai, rj epyov dirodei^aodaL • ovtg) 6e rovro padiov 
 elvai [ladelv, cjgrE rbv -npogexovra rbv vovv rxj (.lErpipEt, 
 dfia ri]v rE yrjv, dnooT] Eortv, Eldevai, Kal u)g fiErpEirac 
 ETTiardfXEVOv dmEvai. 3. To de (J'SXpi tgjv dvg^vvErcov 
 diaypafjpdrcov yEcofierpiav [lavOdveiv dnEdonifia^ev • 6 re 
 j.iev yap (hcpEAoir] ravra, ovu £(f>7j bpdv • Kairoi ovfc aixELpog 
 y£ avru)v 7]v • Ecpr] Se ravra Uavd Elvai dv6pd)nov (3iov 
 KararpidEiv, Kal dXX(i)v rcoXXCyv re Kal CxpEXipL^v fj,a67]ij,d- 
 rcov dnoKioXvEiv. 4. ^KkeXeve de Kal dorpoXoytag Efj,Tr£L- 
 povg ylyvEodai, Kal ravrrjg pLEvroi P'EXPf' "^ov vvKrog re 
 cjpav, Kal firjvog, Kal eviavrov dvvaadai yiyvcjoKetv, EVEKa 
 TTopEiag rE Kal ttXov, Kal (f)vXaKr]g, Kal baa dXXa rj vvKrog, 
 rj firjvog, rj EViavrov npdrrErai, npbg ravr^ exelv rEKjirjploig 
 Xprjodai, rag copag ru)V ElprjiiEVCJv diayiyvdjOKOvrag • Kal 
 ravra Se padia Elvai (.laddv napd rE rojv vvKrod7]pojv, Kal 
 Kv6epvr)ru)V, Kal aAAwv noXXcJv, olg Emi^EXEg ravra eISe- 
 vai. 5. To (5e p^expi rovrov darpovofjiiav iiavddvEiv, jtie^pt 
 rov Kal rd p,rj ev r'q avrirj uEpicpopa bvra, Kal rovg nXdvj]- 
 rdg re Kal daradfirjrovg darepag yvcjvat, Kal rag dnooTd- 
 oeig avrojv dirb rijg yrjg Kal rag rrEpLodovg, Kal rag alrlag 
 
134 xenophon's [IV. 7. § 10. 
 
 avTCJV ^TjTovvrag Kararpibeadai, loxvpojg direTpenev • <h^e- 
 Xeiav [lev yap ovSefiiav ovd^ ev rovrotg e(p7] bpdv • Kalroc 
 ov6e Tovrcjv ye dvrjfcoog rjv • e0?y 6e Kat ravra iKavd elvai 
 KaraTpiteLV dvdpdJnov (Stov, Kat ttoAAwj^ Kal G)(f>eXl[iG)v 
 dnoKG)AV£LV. 6. "OAwf de rCdV ovpavlG)v, xi etcaara 6 d^edg 
 jiTjxavdrai, (ppovTiarrjv ycyveadai,, dTTErpenev ' ovre yap 
 evperd dvOpconoig avrd evofit^ev elvai, ovre ;!^op£^e(70at 
 •deoig dv rjyelTo rbv ^rjrovvra, d etcelvoL uacprjvlGaL ovk, 
 idovATjOrjaav • fcivdwevaai 6' dv ecprj Kal 7:apa(f>pov7]Gai 
 rov ravra fiepifxvcjvra, ovdev rirrov t] ^Ava^ayopag nape- 
 (ppovTjaev, 6 p,sycarov (ppovrjaag em ru) rag rcov -^eCdv p,?]- 
 XO't^dg e^TjyelGdai. 7. 'EKelvog yap, Xiycjv fxev ro avrd 
 elvat TTvp re Kal riXiov^ rjyvoei, (hg ro pev rcvp ol dvdpcjnoi, 
 ba8i(x)g KadopCdOiv, elg 6e rbv 'ijXtov ov dvvavrat avribXe- 
 TTEiv, Kal vno pev rov ^Xlov KaraXapiropevot rd ;^;p65//<XTa 
 peXdvrepa e^ovacv, vno de rov nvpog ov • rjyvoec de, on 
 Kal rCdv etc rrjg yrjg (pvopevcov dvev pev rjXtov avyrig ovdev 
 dvvarai KakcJg av^eodat, vno 6e rov nvpog deppaivopeva 
 ndvra dnoXXvrai • cpdoKCJV 6e rov rfXiov Xidov dtdnvpov 
 elvat, Kal rovro rjyvoec, ore XlOog pev ev nvpl cjv ovre Xdp- 
 net, ovre noXvv xpovov dvrex^t, d de 'ijXtog rov ndvra 
 Xpovov ndvTojv Xapnporarog cctv dtapevei. 8. ^EKeXeve de 
 Kal Xoyiopovg pavOdveiv, Kal rovrcjv de opoiojg rolg dX- 
 Xoig eKeXeve ^vXdrreadai ri)v pdraiov npaypareiav, pe^pi 
 de rov dxpeXlpov ndvra Kal avrbg ovveneoKonei, Kal gvv- 
 die^'det rolg gvvovgl. 9. Upoerpene de G(p6dpa Kal vyielag 
 empeXelGdai rovg Gvvovrag, napd re ru)V eldorcdv pavdd- 
 vovrag boa evdexoiro, Kal eavrcp eKaorov npogexovra did 
 navrbg rov (Slov, rl (Bpcopa, 7] rt nbpa, ?] nolog novog Gvp- 
 (pepoi avrG), Kal nojg rovrotg ;^p65|W£i'o^ vytetvorar' dv did- 
 yot ' rov ydp ovro) npogexovrog eavraj, epyov ecpr] elvat 
 Evpelv larpbv rd npbg vyteiav Gvp(j)epovra avrGi pdXXov 
 dtaytyvG)GKOvra eavrov. 10. Ei de rig pdXXov, rj Kara 
 rriv dvOpojntvTjv Gocptav, oxpeXetGdat (3ovXotro, GvvedovXeve 
 pavriKrjg enipeXelodai • rbv ydp eldora, di' cjv ol deol rolg 
 
IV. 8. § 3.] MEMORABILIA. 135 
 
 dvdpwnoLg nept rdv Trpayfidrcjjv Grjfjbatvovaiv, ovdenor' eprj- 
 jiov, e(p7], yiyveodau avfiBov^rjg -deCiv, 
 
 CHAPTER VIII. 
 
 SUMMARY. 
 
 Xenophon proceeds to show in this concluding chapter that the death 
 of Socrates was no proof of his having been guilty of falsehood in relation 
 to the internal monitor, under whose guidance he professed to act. 
 
 The work concludes with a brief recapitulation of the arguments that 
 have been advanced throughout it. 
 
 1. Ei 6e TL^, on (pdoKOVTog avrov to daifiovtov eavru) 
 TrpoGTjfiaivEtv, a re deot, Kal a fir) deot ttoielv, vno ru)v 6t- 
 KaarCiv KO.TsyvcjadT) -^dvaTog, olerai avrov eXeyx^odat 
 TTEpL rov daifioviov xpevdofievov, evvorjodro) npioTov fj,EV, on 
 ovTOiq TJdr] rore rroppG) rrjg TiXiKiag rjv, w^r' el Kal iit) rore, 
 ovK av tcoXXg) vorepov reXevrrjaai rov [Slov • elra, on ro 
 [Lev dxdeLvorarov rov (Slov, Kal ev g) navreg rrjv dcdvoiav 
 jieLovvrai, dneAecnev, dvn 6e rovrov rrjg 'ipvxv^ t^^ pconrjv 
 ercLdei^dfiEVog, evKXeiav TTpogeKrrjuaro, ttjv re 6iK7]v rxdv- 
 rov dvOpiijTTCjv dXrjdiarara Kal eXev6epLG)rara Kal SiKato- 
 rara eItt6v, Kal rrjv KardyvcjdLV rov -davdrov Trpaorara 
 Kal dvSpcjdearara eveyKCJV. 2. 'OjioXoyelraL yap, ovdeva 
 TTG) rC)v fj,v7jfj,ovevofjievG)v dv6p(ono)v KdXXiov ddvarov evejK- 
 elv ' dvdyKTj fiev yap kyivero avrC), fierd rrjv KploLv rpid- 
 Kovra Tjfiepag (iiCdvai^ did ro ArjXia fiev EKeivov rov iirjvog 
 elvat, rov 6e v6fj,ov ^rjdsva edv drj^oaia dnodvrjaKELV, Ecjg 
 dv fj -deopla ek AtjXov enavEXOrj • Kal rov xpovov rovrov 
 aTTaoL rolg GvvrjdsoL ^avEpbq iyevero ovdev dXXotorEpov 
 dtadiovg, 7/ rov EfinpOGdev xpovov • Kairoi rov EjinpoGdev 
 ye 'ndvro)v dvdpdoTTG)v jidXiGra edavfjid^Ero, ettI tw Evdvficog 
 rE Kal evKoXcjg ^rjv. 3. Kal ttwc dv ng KdXXiov rj ovrdig 
 dTToOdvoL ; 7] nolog dv eitj ■ddvarog KaXXlcjv, rf bv dv KdX- 
 XiGrd ng dnoOdvoc ; irolog d' dv yevoiro -ddvarog Evdai- 
 fiovEGrEpog rov KaXXiGrov ; rj rcolog -dEOcpLXsorEpog rov ev- 
 
136 - xenophon's [IV. 8. § 8. 
 
 dai^oveordrov ; 4. Ae^o) ds Kal a 'Epiioyevovg tov 'Itt- 
 TTOvLfcov TJKOvaa Tvepl avTOv • ecpr] J dp, rjdrj ME?^rjTov ysypaii- 
 fisvov avTov T7]V ypa(p7]V, avrbq aKOvcdv avrov navra juaA- 
 Aov, 7] TTEpl TTjg 6iK7]g dtaXeyoiiEVov, Xiyeiv avTco, (bg XPI 
 gkotteIv 6 Ti dnoXoyrjGETaL • rbv 6e to {j,£v TrpcJrov eItteIv • 
 Ov yap doKGJ aot rovro iieXetcjv dia6E6tG)ic£vai ; etzel 6e 
 avrbv TJpETO, onG)g ; sItieIv avrov, ore ovSev dXXo ttocojv 
 6tayEyEV7]raL, t) StaaKonoJv fisv rd rs dUaia Kal rd dScKa, 
 TTpdrrojv 6s rd dUata Kal roJv dSlKCov diTExbiiEvog, ■^vnEp 
 vofiL^oL KaXXtaTTjv p,EXErrjv diroXoytag Eivai. 5. AvTog 6s 
 irdXiv slnslv • Ov^ opdg, g) HoiKparsg, on ol ^Ad'^vrjai 6c- 
 Kaoral TToXXovg fXEv 7J67] p,7]6£v d6LKovvTag, Xoyci) nap- 
 axOivrsg aTTEKTSivav, noXXovg 6e d6LKovvrag dnsXvaav ; 
 'AA/ld VT] rbv Ata, (pdvaL avrbv, c5 'Fipfioysvsg, '^67] fiov 
 STtiXEipovvrog (ppovrloat rrjg rcpbg rovg 6LKaardg aTToXoytag, 
 7]vavrL0)d7] rb 6aL\xbvLov. 6. 'Kal avrbg elnslv • Qavfiaard 
 Xsysig • rbv 6s • Qavpid^sLg, (pdvai, si rw i9ea> 6oksI (SsXrtov 
 Eivai, sjis rsXsvrdv rbv (3lov 7J67] ; ovk oloB\ on. p-sxpi- ftsv 
 rov6s rov xpo'i^ov syu) ov6svl dv6pu)iTG)v v(f)£tfi7]v dv, ovrs 
 0eXnov, ovQ' 7]6lov s^ov l3e6tG)KsvaL ; dpiora iisv yap oljiai. 
 ^Tjv rovg dpiara sTTLfieXonsvovg rov (bg fSeXriarovg ylyvs- 
 adat, 7]6LGra 6s, rovg \idXiara aladavofisvovg, on (dsXriovg 
 yiyvovrai. 7. "A syo) lisxpi- rov6s rov xpovov rio6av6ii7]v 
 EjjLavrG) avfj-dalvovra, Kal rolg dXXocg dvOpconoig svrvyxd- 
 Vbiv, Kal TTpbg rovg dXXovg napadsojpojv sjiavrov, ovro) 
 6iarsrsXsKa Txspl sfzavrov yiyvcJOKoyv ■ Kal ov fiovov syoj, 
 dXXd Kal ol sfiol (piXoc ovrcjg sxovrsg nspl sf^ov 6iarsXov' 
 GLV, ov 6id rb (piXslv sfis, Kal yap ol rovg dXXovg (piXovv- 
 reg ovrcdg dv slxov irpbg rovg kavrcjv (piXovg, dAAd 6L6nsp 
 Kal avrol dv olovrai sfiol avvovrsg (isXnaroi yiyvsadai. 
 8. Ei 6s (SLCjaofiaL nXslo) xpovov, lacdg dvayKalov sarat rd 
 rov yripoyg STarsXsloOaL, Kal opdv rs Kal dKovsiv rjrrov, 
 Kal 6iavoslodai x^lpov, Kal 6vgp,adsorspov Kal sTTtX7](y[.iovs- 
 orepov dnodaivECV, Kal g)v nporspov (SsXrlcjv rjv, rovroiv 
 X^^p(*> ytyvsodaL • dXXd iitjv ravrd ye jJLi] aladavo^sv(x> fiev 
 
IV. 8. § 11.] MEMORABILIA. 137 
 
 d6L(i}Tog av eltj 6 (Slog, alodavo^evov de ircijg oim dvdyicT] 
 Xelpov re Kai drjdeorepov ^rjv ; 9. 'AAAd iJ,7jv el ye ddlfccjg 
 drrodavovfiac, rolg jiev ddcfccog sfie aTTOKTecvaaLV ala^pdv dv 
 elr] TOVTO ' el yap ro ddtKelv aloxpov eart, ncjg ova aloxpov 
 Kal ro ddlfcoyg oriovv notelv ; e^oi de ri alaxpov, ro ere- 
 povg 111) dvvaodai nepl efiov rd diicaia iirjre yvcjvat, jn'^rs 
 TTOLTioai ; 10. 'OpQ) d' eycjye nai rrjv do^av rCdv Tvpoyeyo- 
 voTCov dvdpG)TTOV ev rolg e7nytyvo[ievoLg ovx biioiav aara- 
 XeLTrofievTjv rdv re d6cK7]odvro)v Kal rCdv ddiKTjdevrcjv • 
 olSa de, on Kal eyo) e-mfieXetag rev^ojiat. vn^ dvdpconcjv^ Kal 
 edv vvv dnodavG), ovx o^oLoog rolg ejie drcokreivaoLv • ol6a 
 yap del fiaprvprjaeadac [iol, on eyd) TjdlKTjoa aev ovdeva 
 TTCUTTore dvdpdoTTCJV, ovSe ^e^pw enolrjaa, (^eXrCovg 6e rroLelv 
 eneLpcjfjLTjV del rovg epuol ovvovrag. Toiavra iiev irpog 'Ep- 
 fioyevTjv re SieXexOr], Kal npog rovg dXXovg. 11. Twv 6e 
 l,G)Kpdr7]v yLyviooKovnov, olog tjv, ol dperrjg ecpiefievoi, ndv- 
 reg en Kal vvv dtareXovot ndvrcov jidXiora Tcodovvreg 
 eKELVov, G)g dxpeXificorarov bvra rrpbg dperrjg eniiieXecav. 
 'E/zoi [lev St], roLovrog cov, olov eyd> diTjyrjiiac, evoe6rig fiev 
 ovrcog, ugre [irjdev dvev rrjg roJv -decov yvc^jiTjg TTOtelv, 61- 
 Kaiog 6e, o)gre (SXanreLV [lev jirjde fxiKpbv fMrjdeva, dxpeXelv 
 6e rd neyiara rovg xp^l^'^^ovg avrC) , eyKparrjg de^ cogre 
 liTjdenore Trpoaipeladac ro ijdiov dvrl rov jSeXrcovog, (ppovL- 
 fiog 6e, cjgrs [irj dtaiiaprdveiv Kplvcjv rd (SeXrccj Kal rd 
 ;\;£ipcj, [j,7]6e dXXov npogdeeadaL, dXV avrdpKrjg elvat npog 
 rrjv rovrcov yvcboLV, LKavdg de Kal Xoycd elnslv re Kal Sto- 
 pioaadat rd roiavra, iKavbg 6e Kal dXXovg doKifidaat re 
 Kal djiaprdvovrag e^eXey^at, Kal npoTpexpaodat en' dperrfv 
 Kal KaXoKayaOiav, eSoKet roiovrog elvai, olog dv elrj dpi- 
 arog re dvrjp, Kal evdaLfioveGrarog * el 6e ro) firj dpeoKec 
 ravra, napa6dXX(i)V ro dXXcjv rjOog npog ravra, ovtg) 
 KpLvercj. 
 
NOTES, 
 
NOTES. 
 
 The Greek title of this work is 'ATTOfj.vr]fiovevfiaTa, that is, narra- 
 tions from memory of sayings and doings, which we have either 
 heard or seen ourselves, or else have learned from others who have 
 been ear or eye witnesses of the same. It corresponds, therefore, 
 strictly to the Latin term Commentarii, and the English " Memoirs ;" 
 for XenophoQ's object in writing the work was not to act the philos- 
 opher, but to support the character of a simple narrator, and, in de- 
 scribing the life and teaching of his master, to defend him against 
 the accusations of his enemies. Hence the remark ascribed to 
 Xenophon in one of the Epistles of the Socratics {Ep. xv., p. 38, 
 ed. Leo Allat.) : 6oksc /xevroi xP^'^o.t- W^Q cv/ypd^eiv a ttots elnev dvTjp 
 Kol ETTpa^ev • Kol avTTj hno'Xoyia yivoL-' dv avTov (SeXTtarri elg to vvv 
 re Kal elg ro eireLTa. 
 
 The term Memorabilia, " things worthy of being remembered," 
 which has for a long time back been given to the present work, is 
 by no means a correct translation of dTio/j,vrifxovEVftaTa ; still, how- 
 ever, its employment in the present case is so sanctioned by cus- 
 tom, that it appears pedantic to change it. Besides, although it does 
 not give an accurate idea of the Greek title, it still expresses very 
 well the general scope and spirit of the work. 
 
 It may be asked whether Xenophon merely inscribed this work 
 'ArrofivTjfiovev/LiaTa, or whether (what would be more usual with us at 
 the present day) something was added by him in farther explana- 
 tion of the term, as, for example, luKpariKa, or luKparovg. It is 
 more than probable, both from the simple titles given by this writer 
 to his other works, and Vviiich promise much less than the works 
 themselves actually contain, and from the circumstance of the term 
 dn-ofivTjfiovEVfzaTa alone being employed by tiie Greek writers in des- 
 ignating the present work, that this latter appellation was used by 
 Xenophon without any appendage. {Dionys. Hal., Art. Rhet., p. 57. 
 Compare Diog. Lacrt., iii., 34. Weiske, ad h. I.) 
 
BOOK 1. 
 
 CHAPTER I. 
 
 H. 
 TcGi 7T0TS ?Myoig. "By what arguments in the world," i. e., by 
 what possible arguments. Observe the intensive force which irori 
 here gives to the interrogative, and, moreover, that ticjc is here put 
 for olgTLGL, since sometimes, in indirect questions, the simple inter- 
 rogative forms are used for the compound, when the indirect ques- 
 tion assumes the character of the direct. (Kuhner, § 877, Obs. 2, 
 Jelf.) — ol ypaipdfiEvoi luKpaTTjv. "They who accused Socrates." 
 Observe the force of the middle voice. The expression ypdfeadaL 
 Tiva properly means, to cause the name of an accused person to be 
 written down before a magistrate, and, as this was virtually done 
 by the accuser's handing in a written indictment, the full form of 
 expression is ■ypa(p}jv ypu<pecdai tlvq, the verb governing, in fact, a 
 double accusative. But -ypacp^v is commonly omitted. {Siallb. ad 
 Plat., Euthyphr., c. 1, B. Schomami, de Comit. Athcn., p. 179.) The 
 accusers of Socrates were Meletus, a young tragic poet ; Lycon, a 
 public orator ; and Anytus, a tanner, but a man of great influence 
 in the state. (Consult Wiggers' Life of Socrates, p. 407 of this vol- 
 ume.) — wc aftof EiT] ■&avuTov r^ iroXei. " That he was deserving of 
 death with regard to the state," i. e., at the hands of the state. The 
 dative is here employed to express a general reference. {Matthice, 
 ^ 387.) — drj. Observe the employment of the optative to indicate 
 what others asserted, not what the writer himself believed. {Kiih- 
 tier, (^ 802, 3, h., Jclf) 
 
 7) fiev yap ypacprj. " For the accusation." The particle f/iu is here 
 what the grammarians term solitary, that is, without its usual con- 
 comitant di. {Kuhner, (} 766, Jelf) — ypacprj. The accusation, as 
 the word imports, was in writing, which was always the case in 
 public actions. The term ypacj)!} means properly nothing more than 
 a writ. It was necessary, in the first place, that the date should be 
 affixed, then the name of the magistrate before whom it was brought, 
 then those of the accused and the accuser, or accusers, then the 
 heads of the indictment, and, lastly, the names of the witnesses. 
 {Schomann, de Comit. Athen., p. 179.) — TOidde nf tjv. "Was some 
 such a one (as this)," i. e., was in substance as follows. Xenophon 
 
NOTES TO BOOK I. CHAPTER I. 143 
 
 gives here merely a general summary of the indictment, divested 
 of*all technicalities. Observe the indefinite air which rig imparts 
 to Totdde. (Kuhner, § 659, 4, Jelf.) 
 
 adiKEi. " Is a wrong-doer," i. e., does wrong in the eye of the 
 law. — ovc fi€v 7] TToAif vofil^et, k. t. a. " In not acknowledging (as 
 such) those whom the state acknowledges as gods," i. e., in not ac- 
 knowledging by acts of worship, or, in other words, in not worship- 
 ping according to the vouol, or established usages of the state. This 
 part of the charge then meant, that Socrates neglected the accus- 
 tomed worship of his country. As regards this peculiar employ- 
 ment of vo/iii^co, consult Siallb. ad Plat., Euthyjphr., c. 11, B., and 
 Abresch. ad ^sch., Choiiph., 994; ad Pers., 4:97. — erepa Katva dac/uo- 
 via. " Other strange divinities." The allusion here is principally 
 to what was called the genius, or daiiiovcov, of Socrates. — adiKei 6e 
 Kai. " Moreover, he is a wrong-doer also." 
 
 irpuTov jiEv ovv. "In the first place, then," i. e., as regards the 
 first charge. Observe that iiiv here stands opposed in fact to 6e 
 in the commencement of chap. ii. — (if. In the sense of on. ( Viger, 
 viii., {) 10, 7.) — TTo/w 77or' expv(^avTo TeK/nTjpic} ; "WTiat possible kind 
 of proof did they make use of]" i. e., where in the world did they 
 find any proof in support of this 1 Observe the indefinite force of 
 TTorc, and compare note on Ttac Tro-e, <$> 1. — -d^vuv te jap ^avepb^ fjv. 
 "For he was both openly seen sacrificing." Instead of the imper- 
 sonal forms dqlov kart, (pavepuv eart, &c., the Greeks use the per- 
 sonal, as (5/}A6f elfit, (I)avep6^ dfii, &c., and the participle is construed 
 with the subject thus created. {KuJmer, ^ 684, Obs. 1, Jelf.)—olKoi. 
 The domestic sacrifices of the Greeks were performed in the avTirj, 
 an open and airy court, around which were arranged the apart- 
 ments of the male members of the family. The Romans, on the 
 other hand, had their domestic altar in the compluvium, which form- 
 ed an open square in the centre of the atrium. — fiavTLKrj. " Divina- 
 tion." The Greek term ixavTiKfj is much more extended in mean- 
 ing than the Latin dicinatio, since it signifies any means by which 
 the decrees of the gods can be discovered, the natural as well as 
 the artificial ; that is, the seers, and the oracles, &c., where the will 
 of the gods is revealed by inspiration, as well as the signs which 
 the gods throw in the way of man. (Diet. Ant., s. v. Divinatio.) 
 
 dteTeOpvTiTjTo. " It was commonly reported," i. e., it was a matter 
 of common conversation. The reading of the ordinary text, Slete- 
 6pv/iXi]To, is now deservedly rejected by the best editors. (Cora- 
 
144 NOTES TO BOOK 1. CHAPTER I. 
 
 pare Bornemann, ad he.) — ug. <'How that."^-^a<'77. The optative 
 in the indirect narration (oratio obliqua), to denote the assertion 'of 
 another. {Kuhner, ^ 885, 2, Jelf.) — to daifioviov eavTU) a?]fiaivecv. 
 "That the deity gave intimations unto him." The term 6aifj,6vLQv, 
 in general, signifies the same as ■&eiov, i. e., " divine," or whatso- 
 ever proceeds from the gods. Hence the expression to daifioviov 
 (with the article) has the same meaning as to ■d-elov, " the deity," 
 "the divinity." (Compare ProZe^.,ch. v.) — avTov alridaaadaL dg^ip- 
 etv. <' To have accused him of introducing." The verb airmo^ai 
 is often construed, as here, with an accusative and an infinitive. 
 (Compare ii., 7, 12.) 
 
 KacvoTEpov Tuv dlTicjv. Observe that u7,2.o)v here takes the place 
 of ^ ol oD^oL. The Greeks are so fond of the genitive with the com- 
 parative, that they even put in the genitive an object to which the 
 comparison does not directly refer. [Buttmann, ^ 132, note 5, ed. 
 Rob.) — (xavTiKTju vofj-l^ovTsg. "Acknowledging the existence of an 
 art of divination," i. e., believing in divination. — oiovotg re kqI ^^- 
 fiatg, K. r. A. " Omens from birds, and voices, and signs, and sac- 
 rifices." By (pfj/iai, are meant omens taken from the voices of men, 
 and hence some supply dvOpuiruv here. By avjuCoXa are meant 
 signs of various kinds, such as thunder, lightning, the meeting a 
 person, &c. By d-valat are indicated the omens and presages de- 
 rived from inspecting the entrails of victims. — oirol ts. The par- 
 ticle re here stands opposed to the Kac in KuKslvog, so that ovtol re 
 yap .... KuKELvog is the same, in fact, as saying ug yap ovtol .... 
 ovT(j) Kol hKEtvog. — Tovg opvidag ovSe Tovg dnavTuvTag. " That the 
 birds (which they see), or the persons that meet them." — Tocg fiav- 
 TEvofiivoLg. "To those who consult by divination." — KUKelvog 61 
 ovrug ev6/j,i^ev. " And SO, likewise, did he think." (Compare note 
 on OVTOL re.) 
 
 H- 
 dlV ol fiev TzT^ELGTOL. "The majority of persons, however." The 
 particle dXkd here introduces a limitation to the preceding clause, 
 the writer now proceeding to show how it was that Socrates, 
 though entertaining these sentiments respecting divination in com- 
 mon with the multitude, yet incurred the accusation of impiety. 
 {Herbst, ad loc.) — uKOTpenEadai re Kal irpoTpsTrEadai. " That they 
 are both diverted (from some things) and urged on (to others)." — 
 ipgnep iyiyvucKcv. "As he really thought," i. e., as he really be- 
 
NOTES TO BOOK I. CHAPTER I. 145 
 
 lieved. — Kal 7roA/lo?f tuv ^wovtuv nporiyop^vE. " And he used to 
 forewarn many of those who associated with him." Socrates never 
 established any particular school, and hence had no disciples, strict- 
 ly so called. A circle of inquisitive men and youths, however, were 
 soon assembled around him, and, charmed with his conversation 
 and instruction, were attached to him with incredible affection. 
 These are Xenophon's qI ^vvovreg l<JKpdT€i. (Consult Wiggers' 
 Life of Socrates, c. iv., p. 387 of this volum.e.) 
 
 6g Tov daifiovtov irpoaT^ftatvovTo^^. <' Asserting that the deity had 
 given him a previous intimation on the subject." Equivalent to 
 Xeyuv TO daL[x6vLov irpoarifiaLvetv. When we assign or suggest some 
 reason in the mind of another person why he does any thing, it is 
 usually expressed by ug with an accusative or genitive absolute ; and 
 then, in translating, some explanatory term or clause must be insert- 
 ed. {Buttmann, ^ 145, note 5, ed. Rob.) Xenophon, in the present 
 passage, and in many others, asserts that Socrates was not only pre- 
 vented by his so-called genius from undertaking himself, or recom- 
 mending in others any act, but was also urged to undertake or rec- 
 ommend certain acts. Plato, on the other hand, expressly declares 
 that the genius had only a dissuasive power, never a persuasive. 
 This extraordinary discrepancy may be removed, if, with Tenne- 
 mann, we suppose that Xenophon did not accurately distinguish 
 between the results to which the divine voice referred, and those 
 which Socrates himself inferred from its silence. If this voice, 
 whenever it was heard by Socrates, was a sign of discouragement, 
 it follows, of necessity, that, as often as the voice was silent, its 
 silence was a sign of encouragement and exhortation, {Kiihner, ad 
 loc. Consult Proleg, ch. v.) 
 
 Tocg 6e fjj] neido/j.ivoic fxe-£fj.£?^,s. " While it repented them if any 
 did not obey him," i. e., while, if any disobeyed his warnings, they 
 had reason to repent of this. Observe the force of the conditional 
 negative /z^. This negative is joined with a participle when they 
 can be resolved into a conditional clause. Thus the Latin here 
 would be si qui autem noti parebant. {Kuhner, ^ 746, 2, Jelf.) 
 
 fcacToi. "And yet." Xenophon here departs from the immediate 
 subject of discussion, and turns to a new statement, not referred to 
 in the accusation. The charge was that Socrates introduced new 
 deities, not that he wholly disbelieved in the gods. — edoKst 6' dv dfi- 
 iporepa ravTa. " Now he would have appeared (to be) both of these.'* 
 Imperfect for the pluperfect, to indicate the repetition of an action. 
 
 G 
 
146 NOTES TO BOOK I. CHAPTER I, 
 
 That is, as often as the circumstances mentioned in the succeeding 
 clause occurred, so often would he have appeared, &c. {Kuhnerf 
 ad loc. Kuhner, G. G., ^ 424, /3., Jelf.) — el Trpoayopevtov uq vtto ■&eov, 
 &c. ♦' If, in forewarning them of things as shown (unto him) by 
 some deity, he were thereupon even openly uttering what was 
 false." Observe the employment of ecpalvero with a participle, and 
 its supplying in this way the place of an adverb, while the participle 
 is to be rendered by a tense. {Buttmann, ^ 144, note 8, ed. Rob.) — 
 K^Ta. Contracted for nal dra. The forms K&ra and KaireiTa {koI 
 Ineira) are ofteri introduced before participles where we would ex- 
 pect the simple eha and iiTELra. In such cases kul is not expletive, 
 as some imagine, but has the force of " even." {Heindorf ad Plat., 
 Phczd., 89, D. Stallb. ad Plat., Gorg.,A57, B.)— ori ovk dv TrpoeXs- 
 ■ysv. The imperfect, again, of an action often repeated. — el [ir] ettc- 
 arevev alr]6ei)(3ELv. "If he had not believed that he was about to 
 speak the truth," i. e., that these predictions of his would actually 
 come to pass. 
 
 TavTa ds. " Now with regard to these things," i. e., his believing 
 that he was about to foretell what would come to pass. The train 
 of ideas is as follows : A sure knowledge of the future is an attribute 
 of deity alone. If, then, any man believes that he is going to pre- 
 dict the future truly, he must, of course, refer this to the inspiration 
 of deity, that is, he must, of course, believe in the existence of deity. 
 {Kuhner, ad Ioc.)—t7lgtevuv Se t^eoIc. " Now, if he trusted in gods," 
 i. e., if he were sure that his predictions would com.e to pass, be- 
 cause they were foreshown unto him by the deity. — ncj^ hS/xi^Ev. 
 "How did he believe," i. e., how could he possibly think. 
 
 a7Jka fir]v EitoLEL KOL TaSe. " But, in truth, he did this also." The 
 particles alld fi^v are here employed to express a strong affirmation 
 or asseveration, and serve to introduce a new argument, and that, 
 too, a very weighty one, for the purpose of proving that Socrates 
 believed in the existence of gods. The adversative uXM is aimed 
 at the calumnies of his accusers, while fi^v serves to show the con- 
 fidence of his defender. — tu [iev avajKala. "The things that were 
 necessary to be done," i. c, whatever might be their issue. The 
 reference is to things tliat must be done, as a matter of course, and 
 which are required either by duty, or sound reason, or necessity. 
 These follow fixed and certain rules, without which they can not be 
 performed. — Kal -npaTTEiv. " Even (so) to do." Equivalent to ovtu 
 Kai TrpuTTeiv. — hofiL^sv. Ernesti reads hofii^ov, the conjecture of 
 
NOTES TO BOOK I. CHAPTER I. 147 
 
 Leunclavius ; but, as Weiske correctly remarks, if this word referred 
 to the friends of Socrates, it should have been vo/xlCocev. — iTspl de tCjv 
 a6ri7\,uv, k. t. A. " With regard, however, to things that were un- 
 certain in their nature how they would eventuate," i. e., with regard 
 to things of uncertain event. — /lavrevao/xevovc- " To consult the 
 oracles." — d KoiTjria. "Whether they were to be done (or not)." 
 
 Kal "Accordingly." The particle Kai is here explanatory, and 
 introduces examples to illustrate the foregoing paragraph. — rove juiX- 
 Xovrag KaAug oiKTJaetv. " That they who intend to regulate advan- 
 tageously." The verb okew here has very nearly the same force 
 as StotKeo). Leunclavius prefers oIkL^^elv to oUrjaeiv, and Ernesti ac- 
 tually edits oLKtaeLv. The reference, however, is not to mere build- 
 ing, for in this no oracle would be needed, but to occupancy after 
 building. — KpogSeladai. " Stand in need, besides other things." Ob- 
 serve the force of irpog in composition. — TenTovLnbv fj.ev yap, k. t. 1. 
 " For, as to a man's becoming a good builder, or smith," &c. Sup- 
 ply uudpcjTTov as the accusative before jeveadai, and observe the force 
 of the termination ikoc in denoting ability or fitness. — tuv toiovtuv 
 Epyuv e^eraariKov. "An accurate investigator of such pursuits as 
 these." Adjectives denoting capability, fitness, skill, including 
 those in tKog, are construed with a genitive. {MatthicB, () 344.) By 
 k^ETaoTLKoc is meant one who can discover and demonstrate the ex- 
 cellences or defects of different works or pursuits, although he never 
 personally engaged in them : one, in other words, who is occupied 
 in ^ecjpia (speculation), not in irpa^sL (action, or work). 
 
 "XoyicsTLiiov. "An able reasoner." Less correctly referred by 
 some to mere ability in reckoning or computation. — navra to, Toiavra 
 fiadri/uaTa, k. t. A. " He thought that all such things as these were 
 results of learning, and were to be attained to by the understanding 
 of man," i. e., by the mere exercise of human understanding, without 
 our seeking for or expecting any aid from on high. Observe here 
 the force of aiperia, which refers to the grasping or mastering of a 
 thing, not as some suppose, to the mere choosing of it. We have 
 placed a comma after /xad^/naTa, supplying uvai from the subsequent 
 clause. Kiihner and others, however, have no comma here, and 
 give Kai the force of "even," which makes a much less natural ar- 
 rangement, and one not in accordance with the usual simplicity of 
 Xenophon's style. 
 
148 NOTES TO BOOK I.— CHAPTER I. 
 
 TO, 6e [ih/Lara tuv kv tovtolc, k. t. A. " He said, however, that 
 the gods reserved unto themselves the most important of the things 
 connected with these pursuits," i. e., the more important results 
 arising from their exercise. Supply after tovtolq the words Tolg 
 (xadfjuaGLv ovTCJv. — 6rj2.ov elvai. "Was manifest." In Greek, any 
 dependent clause, in an oratio obliqua, may stand in the accusative 
 and infinitive, depending on a verb of saying. In Latin, this is re- 
 stricted to such clauses of the oratio obliqua as are introduced by 
 relative pronouns or relative conjunctions. {Kuhner, <^ 889, Jelf.) 
 — (bvTsvoafiivu. Observe the force of the middle in this word and in 
 olKodo/i7]GafiEV({), as referring to the doing of a thing for one's self 
 
 ei GVfi(j)epEL. " Whether it be advantageous (or not)." The par- 
 ticle el is neither affirmative nor negative, but we must always as- 
 certain from the context whether affirmation or negation is to be 
 implied. — Iva evcppaivrjraL. " In order that he may be gladdened," 
 i. e., that he may enjoy happiness. Observe the employment of the 
 subjunctive after the aorist participle, to indicate an event continued 
 into present time. {Heindorf ad Plat., Protag., p. 29.) — d Slo. tuvttjv 
 avidaerai. "Whether he shall not be grieved on her account." 
 Observe the negative force of el as required by the context ; and, 
 moreover, that dvuiaeTai, the future middle, is to be taken in a pass- 
 ive sense. {Kuhner, ad loc.) — icfjdeardg. "Relatives." Connex- 
 ions by marriage. — el arepriaeTai. " "Wliether he shall not be de- 
 prived." The future middle again in a passive sense. 
 
 ^9. 
 ELvai daifjLovLov. " Appertains to the deity." Observe that 6aL- 
 fioviQv (literally " divine") is here opposed to all that springs from 
 the operation of the human intellect. — rrig uvOptjktvrjg yvufiT^g. " Are 
 within the reach of human intellect." Supply elvat.—6ai/j.ovuv. 
 ." Are mad." The primary meaning is, " to be possessed by an evil 
 spirit," and hence " to be driven to madness." As Sai^ovdv, then, 
 is equivalent to vtto daljuovog Kartx^adai, observe the oxymoron im- 
 plied by it as opposed to 6aL/i6viov. — a rolq dvOpunoig eSuKav, k. t. A. 
 " (Respecting those things) which the gods have given unto men to 
 discern by learning," i. e., by exerting their own reasoning powers. 
 The participle here expresses the means, and is put in the same 
 case with dvdpunoig. So in Latin, nobis dedit esse beaiis. In other 
 words, fiadovai, though it does not belong immediately to uvdpuTroc^, 
 but to dioKptvetv, stands in the dative by a species of attraction. 
 {Butimann, ^ 144, note 5, ed. Rob.) 
 
NOTES TO BOOK I. CHAPTER I. 149 
 
 olov. "As for example." Compare ii., 1, 4. — ETrepcor^rj. The 
 optative in -oi/nt, particularly in contracted verbs, has also in Attic 
 the termination -oltiv, -utjv. {Matthicz, «5> 198, 2.) — IttI i^evyog. " To 
 drive a chariot," or, more freely, "for driving." Equivalent, as 
 Kiihner remarks, to ad vehendum, on account of the absence of the 
 article ; whereas, in £7ri tt]v vavv, immediately after, the article ex- 
 pressed has the force of a possessive pronoun, and we must trans- 
 late, " onboard his ship," equivalent to " in navem quam quis habet.'^ 
 {Kuhner, ad loc.) — fj a e^eartv uptOfLTJaavrac, k. t. /I. "Or, (as re- 
 gards those matters), which it is permitted us to become acquainted 
 with by having counted, or measured, or weighed them." Here the 
 participle is in the accusative, because the dative dydpuTzoic is not 
 expressed. (MatthicB, () 536.) Even when the dative is expressed, 
 an accusative sometimes follows, as in Latin, ''vobis expedit esse 
 bonos. — rovg tu Tocavra, k. t. 7.. The insertion of these words con- 
 verts the preceding clause, ?; a i^sanv, k. t. ?.., into an anacoluthon. 
 (Herm. ad Vig., p. 894.) 
 
 a fj.£v fiadovrag, k. t. A. The participle is again put in the accu- 
 sative, because the dative avdpcJTroig is not expressed. — rovg T^Eovg 
 yap olg av, k. t. 1. An answer in effect to those, who complained 
 that the gods did not signify the future to all men without distinc- 
 tion. — iAecj. Attic for l7.aot. On the accentuation, consult ilfa«^i<r, 
 ^70,6. 
 
 ^ 10. 
 
 uTJm fiT/v kKELvog ye. " But certainly he at least." Compare note 
 on a7ila fxriv, in <§ 6. — ueI {xev. The particle y-iv is here opposed to 
 6e at the commencement of ^ 11, and the whole passage is worthy 
 of notice on account of another (iiv and (5e intervening, namely, eTleje 
 
 p-Ev Tolq 6e f3ov7i.ofi£voig. — TovQ "KEpLTcuTovg. " Thc public 
 
 walks." The term TCEpi-KaTOQ properly means " a walking about ;" 
 here, however, by TrEpirraToi are meant porticoes, or covered places 
 for walking, built for the use of the public, to take air and exercise 
 in, and intended especially for those who walked for the benefit of 
 their health. The school of Aristotle was called the peripatetic, be- 
 cause he taught walking in a neplTraTog of the Lyceum at Athens. — 
 yvf^vdota. The Greek gymnasia were not only schools of exercise, 
 but also places of meeting for philosophers, and all persons who 
 sought intellectual amusements. — TT7.7]dov(jr]g uyopug. " At the time 
 of full market," i. e., at the time of day when the market-place was 
 usually crowded. The expression rcATjOovaa ayopd was employed 
 to signify the time from about nine to twelve o'clock. The earlier 
 
150 NOTES TO BOOK I. CHAPTER I. 
 
 part of the morning, previous to this, was termed rrputf or Trpw Trjg 
 Vfiepac. Compare Anab., i., 8, 1. 
 
 b-nov "KleiaroLg jj.e7:lot avveaeadai. " "Where he would be likely to 
 hold intercourse with the greatest number of persons," i. e., where 
 he thought he would meet with most. Sometimes the oratio obliqua 
 is used in the dependent clauses of an oratio recta, when it is to be 
 marked, that a statement is made, not as by the speaker himself, 
 but as passing in another person's mind. {Kuhner, ^ 585, Ohs., Jelf.) 
 — Kai lAeye [jlev cjc to ttoIv. " And he was for the most part engaged 
 in conversation." Socrates never delivered any complete discourse, 
 but conversed with his hearers in a friendly manner, on topics just 
 as they were suggested by the occasion. 
 
 HI. 
 
 'LijiKpa.Tovr ovTZ TrpaTTOvTog eidsv, ovre Xiyovroc rjnovGev. 
 
 *' Either saw Socrates doing, or heard him saying." Verbs of seeing 
 are not properly construed with the genitive except in poetry. Here, 
 however, eUev is construed with Trparrovrog, in order t-o preserve 
 the symmetry of expression, since liyovTog fjKovaev immediately fol- 
 lows. {Kuhner, 528, Anm., 3, Germ, ed.) — rfjq tuv ttuvtuv (pvaeug. 
 " The nature of the universe." The inquiries of Socrates were 
 turned away from the speculative questions which had engaged pre- 
 vious philosophers, such as the origin and formation of the world, 
 the unity of the first cause and the variety of its operations, in short, 
 from divine to human affairs. 
 
 yKep. "As." Literally, ("in the way) in which." Supply o(56j. 
 — OTTcjg 6 KaTiovfievog, k. t. X. " How that which was called Kocjxog 
 by the professors of wisdom was brought into being." By Koa/xog is 
 here meant " the world," or " universe," so called from its perfect 
 arrangement and order, and hence opposed to the indigesla moles of 
 Chaos. The term is said to have been first employed in this sense 
 by Pythagoras. The Latin mundus corresponds exactly to this. 
 {Phot., Biblioth., cod. 659. Compare Bentley, Phal, p. 391, ed. Dyce.) 
 — ao^iaribv. Employed herein the sense of ^iAo(76^uv. The earlier 
 philosophers were all called aocpLorai, in the better sense of the term. 
 Pythagoras first modestly styled himself 4>iA6ao<pog, or a lover of 
 knowledge or wisdom for its own sake, an amateur. "VVe must not 
 confound these aoipLorat with the later sophists in the time of Soc- 
 rates. — e(pv. This reading occurs in one MS., and in the early edi- 
 tions. Most of the MSS. have txec, which Zeune, Schneider, Bor- 
 nemann, Dindorf, and others have adopted. Consult, however, 
 Kiihner's note. 
 
NOTES TO BOOK I. CHAPTER I. 151 
 
 riaiv cvdyKaig. " By what fixed laws." By avdyKi] is meant 
 *' fated necessity," and by audyxai, in the plural, parts of that neces- 
 sity, i. e., fixed laws, or, as we say, " laws of nature." — tcjv ovpav- 
 iuv. " Of the heavenly phaenomena," i. e., of the appearances and 
 movements in the heavens, namely, the changes of day and night, 
 the courses of the stars, sun, and moon, &c. — Tovg (^povrlCpvTa^, 
 *' That they who scrutinized into," i, e., busied themselves about. 
 
 ij 12. 
 
 Kw. irpcJTov fiiv. The particle ^tv is here opposed to 6s in the com- 
 mencement of ^ 15, eaiiOTzei Si, k. t. /I. — avruv kaKOTrec '* He used 
 to consider with regard to them," i. e., he used in their case to in- 
 dulge in the following train of reflection and inquiry. The refer- 
 ence in avTLJv is to ol (ppovri^ovreg rd Toiavra, mentioned at the close 
 of the preceding section. The genitive avTcJv itself is not, however, 
 a partitive one, as Seyffert explains it, but is to be taken in its gen- 
 eral sense of " with regard to," " in respect of" (Matthice, <J 337.) 
 Sometimes this idea is expressed still more clearly by the addition 
 of TTept, as at the beginning of <$> 15. (Compare Kuhier, § 48G, Obs. 
 I, Jelf.) — TTorepa ttots. " Whether possibly." — rdvOpcoTrtva. "Hu- 
 man affairs," i. e., the things relating to man as a moral and social 
 being, his duties, &c. Schneider and others read rdvOpuneia, from 
 some MSS., but without any necessity, since dvdpuinva and dvOpu- 
 Tceta are often used the one for the other. (Kuhner, ad loc.) The 
 strict distinction between the two forms, though very seldom ob- 
 served, and neglected also in the present instance, is as follows: 
 dvdpuTTLva means things done by man ; and dvOpuneia, things that 
 belong to, or benefit man's nature. 
 
 ipXovTGi km TO Tvepl ruv toiovtuv (ppovTi^eiv. " They enter upon 
 the investigation of such topics as these," i. c, they proceed to spec- 
 ulate on physical phaenomena. — Trapevrec. " By having neglected," 
 t. c, by having considered them unworthy their notice. — rd Satfiovca. 
 " Celestial matters," i. e., the pba?nomena of the heavens, the 
 changes of seasons, &c. Compare the latter part of ^ 15, iroiijaeiv, 
 orav (3ov?io)VTat, Koi dvefiovc, k. t. 1. — tu TrpogrjicovTa. " Their duty." 
 More literally, " the things that become them," i. c, as men and 
 moral beings. 
 
 § 13. 
 
 EC 1X1] (pavepbv avTolg sariv. " If it is not manifest unto them." 
 The particle el is commonly said to be employed, in such construc- 
 tions as the present, after ^avfidl^u, and some other verbs expressing 
 
152 NOTES TO BOOK I. CHAPTER I. 
 
 emotions of the mind, in place of oti. Strictly speaking, however 
 "ei is purposely used in such cases, to carry with it an expression 
 of uncertainty and doubt. The Attic custom of avoiding a tone of 
 decision in discourse was the occasion of this and, in accordance 
 with this custom, el is used of things not only highly probable, but, 
 as in the present instance, entirely certain. {Buttmann, () 149, Rob.) 
 — enel Kal Tovg fiiyiarov (jtpovovvTag, k. t. 7i. " Since that even they 
 who pride themselves most upon discoursing concerning such mat- 
 ters as these." For the construction here with the infinitive 6o^d- 
 ^etv, consult note on dfjlov elvat, (^ 8. The verb (ppovelv, with kixi 
 and a dative, signifies " to pride one's self upon something." It is 
 usually accompanied by the adverb [xsya. (Compare Malthicz, 6 585, 
 I.) — dcaKeladai. " Are affected," i. e., act. 
 
 ^ 14. 
 
 Tcjv re yap fiatvofievuv. The particle te here corresponds to re in 
 the words tCjv re f^epL/j,v6uT0)v, and the two sentences are to be re- 
 garded as parallel to one another. The re in the first sentence is 
 to be rendered " as," and in the second " so." Xenophon rarely 
 connects by means of re ... . re. Such an arrangement occurs 
 more frequently in poetry ; whereas, in prose, we generally find it 
 only when whole sentences, or, at least, complete portions of sen- 
 tences, are to be connected. {Kiiliner, 754, 3, Jelf.) — tu /lltj (podepa 
 fodecadai. Compare Horal., Sai., ii., 3, 53 : " Est genus unum StuW 
 titicB nihilum metuenda ti7nentis." — ev ox^Kp- "Amid a crowd," i. e., 
 before a large concourse. — ov6' k^LTrjTeov elg avOpuizovg elvqi. " That 
 they must not even go out among men," i. e., go into public. With 
 e^tTTjTEov supply avTolq. Neuter verbals in reov denote necessity, 
 and answer to the Latin gerund in dum. 
 
 TiWovg Kal ^vXa to. Tvxovra. " Stones and common pieces of 
 wood," i. e., stocks and stones. The participle tvxcjv is often used 
 to signify any thing common or comparatively worthless ; any thing 
 which may be met with any where. Hence fiUa rd Tvxovra will 
 mean literally "pieces of v/ood that meet us, (i. c, with which we 
 meet), any where and at any time ;" in which observe the force of 
 the aorist. Schneider thinks that by MOovg and ^vXa statues of 
 stone or wood are here meant, but the epithet to. rvxovra clearly 
 disproves this. Xenophon, on the contrary, alludes, as Kiihner cor- 
 rectly remarks, to the principle of Fetichism, that is, the worship of 
 material substances, such as stones, plants, weapons, &c., a species 
 of idolatry still common among the negro tribes in some of the west- 
 ern parts of Africa. 
 
NOTES TO BOOK I.- — CHAPTER I. 153 
 
 TiJv fiEpijivcdVTojv. " Of those who speculate," i. e., who seek to 
 pry narrowly into. The verb iiepiuvC) is much stronger than (bpov- 
 Tc^o), and means, properly, " to take anxious thought" about any 
 thing, "to think earnestly upon," and hence, "to scan minutely," 
 (Sec. — ev jiovov TO bv elvat. " That there is one world alone." More 
 literally, " that whatever exists is one alone." The meaning is, 
 that all parts of nature form one grand whole, one world or universe, 
 or, as Cicero expresses it {Acad., ii., 37), " unum esse omnia.'" This 
 was the doctrine of Thales, Pythagoras, Empedocles, Xenophanes, 
 Parmenides, Heraclitus, Anaxagoras, and others, namely, h-a top 
 k6(7/j.ov elvai, or ev elvat Ta irdvTa Kokov^eva. — uneipa to Tx7<.7]dog. 
 "That there are worlds infinite in number." More literally, "that 
 the things which exist are infinite in number." Supply to, 6vt& 
 elvai. As to 6v in the previous clause is equivalent to Koafiov, sc 
 ra bvTa here will be the same as Koajxovg. This was the doctrine 
 of Anaximander, Anaximenes, Archelaus, &c. Compare Siobceus, 
 
 Eclog. Phys., i., 22 : 'Ava^tjuavdpo^, 'Ava^tfzevijg, 'Apx^^aog 
 
 uTceipovg Koafiovg kv rw uTretpCf). 
 
 ueI KLveladat Tcuvra. "That all things are in a state of constant 
 motion." This was, in particular, the doctrine of Heraclitus, who 
 maintained that there was no such thing as rest in the universe, 
 but that all things were involved in constant vicissitude and change, 
 which he, called ttjv tC)v ttuvtuv ()Qr]v. Compare Stobczus, Eel. Phys., 
 i., 20 : 'Hpa/cAcirof r/pe/utav /isv aal aTaatv ek to)v 6?mv avjjpei, KcvTjatv 
 6s Tolg TTucnv airESiSov. — ovdev av ttote KLviidTjvat. " That nothing 
 could ever have been set in motion." This was, in particular, the 
 doctrine of Zeno of Helea or Veha, in southern Italy, and the found- 
 er of the Eleatic sect. He is said to have argued with great 
 subtlety against the possibility of motion. Observe here the em- 
 ployment of uv with the infinitive, giving to tlmt mood the same sig- 
 nification as the optative with uv would have in the resolution by 
 means of the finite verb. {Matthicc, <$i 597, 1, a.) — iruvTa yiyvEadai 
 TE Kal a-KolTivGdai. "That all things are both produced and de- 
 stroyed," i. e., have an origin and consequent destruction. The al- 
 lusion is to the doctrine of Leucippus, the author of the Atomic 
 theory, and his pupil Democritus, who maintained that all things 
 were produced from the concourse {avyKpiatg) of atoms, and de- 
 stroyed again by their separation from one another, or decomposition 
 ((Jtd/cpfcTif). — Tolg 6e out' uv yEviaOai, K. r. ?i. " Unto others, that 
 notliing ever could have been produced or will perish," i. e., ever 
 could have had a beginning or will have an end. This was the 
 doctrine of Zeno, the founder of the Eleatic sect, already referred to. 
 G2 
 
154 NOTES TO BOOK I. CHAPTER I. 
 
 ^ 15. 
 
 kcKOTcet Se nepl avruv, k. r. /I. Compare note on the commence- 
 ment of <5 12. — up'. "Whether." — r' avdpuTreia. "Human arts." 
 Literally, "the things appertaining to man." — tovO', 6 tl av fidOuaLv, 
 'KOLTjaeiv. " That they will practice that, whatsoever they may have 
 learned." — oi tu -d-ela ^rjTovvreg. " They who seek to investigate 
 celestial things." — alg avdyKat^. Compare ^ 11. — vdara. "Rains." 
 — upa^. "Seasons." — koI otov 6' aWov. "And whatever else 
 also." Observe the force of Je. — ^ rutv toiovtuv eKaara. " In what 
 way each of such things as these." Supply oScp after y. 
 
 ^ 16. 
 
 ruv ravra Tvpay/j.arevonEvou. "Those who busied themselves 
 about these things." The verb Trpay/naTevofxai properly means " to 
 make any thing one's business," "to work at it," "to take it in 
 hand." — avroc di nepl tuv drdpunecuv av del 6u7ieyeTo. " He him- 
 self, however, was always, as often as an opportunity occurred, 
 conversing on subjects relative to man." We have given dv here, 
 with the imperfect indicative, the meaning assigned to it by Her- 
 mann {ad Vig., p. 820. Compare Reisig, de vi et usti dv particulcB, 
 p. 115). Our common English idiom, however, would answer just 
 as well, and would, besides, harmonize better with del, "He himself, 
 however, would always be conversing," &c. — tCov dvOpuTreiuv. Soc- 
 rates, as we have already observed, strove to turn the attention of 
 his countrymen from speculative questions of a physical nature to 
 the subject of moral duties, and to the love of virtue ; and hence 
 Cicero might well say of him that he was the first who called down 
 philosophy from heaven to earth, and introduced her into the cities 
 and habitations of men, that she might instruct them concerning 
 life and manners, concerning good and evil things. {Tusc. Qucest., 
 v., 4.) 
 
 oiiOTTtJv. "Considering," i. e., investigating. — tc cGxppoavvrj, tl 
 fiavia. "What self-control, what mad desire." Mavia here stands 
 opposed to aoxppoGvvTj, as in Plato's Protagoras (323, B.) : o eKel cu- 
 <j)poavv7]v TjyovvTO elvai, evravda fiaviav. — dvdpela. "Manli- 
 ness." For dvdpeia in this place, Stephens and Zeune write dv6piay 
 contrary to all the MSS. 'Avdpia is properly " fortitude," whereas 
 here the idea of courage is required, in opposition to cowardice or 
 dsLkia. (Consult Kuhner, ad loc, and compare iv., 6, 10.) — tvoIltl- 
 Kog. "A statesman." Literally, "one skilled in regulating the 
 affairs of a state." — dpxmbg dvOpuiruv. " One skilled in governing 
 men." — Ka2,ovg udyadovg. " Honorable and worthy." The ethical 
 
NOTES TO BOOK I. CHAPTER I. 155 
 
 meaning of this well-known form of expression must of course be 
 here adopted, as required by the context. As regards its political 
 meaning, consult Gr ale's Hislonj of Greece, vol. iii., p. 62, note, 
 where some excellent remarks will be found on the frequent con- 
 founding of the two significations. — av6paT:o&id6£iq av dticalug kekI^- 
 odai. "Might justly be called slavish," i. e., of servile spirit, low 
 minded, and hence unable to appreciate the beauties of moral ex- 
 cellence. 
 
 9 17. 
 oaa [lev ovv jxi] (pavepoc yv, k. r. /I. "■ With regard, then, to as 
 many things as it was not manifest how he thought respecting 
 them," i. e., with respect to things about which it was not clear 
 what the sentiments of Socrates were. Observe the employment 
 of the personal (pavepog for the impersonal (j)avepdv, and compare 
 note on i9-vcjv re yap (pavepog ^v, ^ 2. — vTvep tovtcjv. For Trepl rov' 
 T*ijv, because Trepl avrov immediately follows. — TrapayvcJvac rovg 
 StKaardg. "That his judges gave a wrong judgment." The verb 
 napajiyvuaKu means properly "to decide beside the right," i e., not 
 in a line, or in accordance with it. — dcKaaTiig. The trial of Socrates 
 took place in the court called Heliaja ('HXiata), where all the more 
 important cases were tried. The v/hole number of dicasts present 
 at any one time was usually about five hundred ; on some occa- 
 sions, however, it was diminished to two hundred, or four hundred, 
 while on others it rose to one thousand or one thousand five hund- 
 red. — el firj TovTcov kvedvfirjOrjaav. The verb hdv/ieladac is construed 
 with the genitive of the thing, with or without the preposition Tvept,' 
 in the sense of "to think upon;" whereas with an accusative, it 
 signifies " to lay to heart," " to consider well," "to weigh any thing 
 in the mind." 
 
 (J 18. 
 [Sovlevaag yap irore. " For having, on one occasion, been chosen 
 a senator." Observe here the force of the aorist ; jSovT^evaag being 
 equivalent to senator f actus, whereas (SovTievuv would mean " being 
 a senator." The Athenian senators {(SovXevrai) were chosen by lot. 
 The senate itself consisted of five hundred members, chosen in 
 fifties from each of the ten tribes. These five hundred were divid- 
 ed, according to their tribes, into ten bodies of fifty each, called 
 ■KpvTaveZac. Each prytaneia presided over the state for thirty-five 
 or thirty-six days, and from them were elected by lot ten ivpoedpoi, 
 for each seven days, whose oflice it was to preside in the senate. 
 One of these npoedpot was chosen daily, by lot, to sit as km<jTdT7igy 
 
156 NOTES TO BOOK 1. CHAPTER I. 
 
 or '* presiding officer," in both the senate and the assembly of the 
 people, and he had the power of passing or rejecting any thing that 
 was proposed to him. He had also the key of the treasury. As his 
 office involved very important powers, it lasted for only a single day. 
 
 Tov (^ovlevTLKov opKov. "The senatorial oath." — ouSaag 
 
 yevojievog. Observe the asyndeton. Two or more participles often 
 stand in the same sentence without being connected by a copulative 
 conjunction Kai or re. This is the case when the participles are 
 opposed to each other, or in a climax, or where (as in the present 
 instance) two or more single actions are brought forward in rapid 
 succession. (Kuhner, § 706, Jelf.) 
 
 Ev u r]v Kara rove vo/xovg [3ov?iEvaeLv. " In which it was (contain- 
 ed), that he will discharge the duties of a senator according to the 
 laws," i. e., in which there w^as a clause to that effect. The ex- 
 pression Kara rovg vopLovg (SovTievaetv is the subject of ^v. — kv tcj 
 diifxCf). *' Over the people," i. e., in the assembly of the people. 
 Literally, " among the people." — Tzapu rovg vo/novg hvvia arparr^yovg, 
 K. r. A. " To put to death by a single vote, in violation of the laws, 
 all the nine commanders, namely, Thrasyllus and Erasinides, with 
 their colleagues." The Athenian commanders here referred to had 
 gained a brilliant naval victory over the Lacedaemonians, near the 
 islands called Arginusae, B.C. 406. After the battle, however, a 
 tempest arose, which prevented the Athenian leaders from saving 
 the shipwrecked sailors and soldiers, and from taking up and bury- 
 ing the dead. For this omission they were publicly accused, and 
 six of them, who had returned to Athens, were put to death. A 
 discrepancy, however, exists with regard to the number of these 
 commanders. The text here says nine (hvea), but Xenophon him- 
 self, elsewhere, makes the number only eight {Hist. Gr., i., 7), and 
 this last would appear to be the more correct sum. (Compare 
 Kuhn ad JEL, V. H., iii., 17.) The whole number of commanders 
 was originally ten {Diod. Sic, xiii., 74) ; but one of them, Arches- 
 tratus, died at Mytilene, and Conon, another, was not present at 
 the fight. {Xen., Hist. Gr., i., 6, seqq.) 
 
 /lid i/;^^cj. This was illegal, because, according to law, each 
 commander ought to have been tried separately. {Xen., Hist. Gr., 
 i., 7, 37.) Observe, moreover, that these words are placed imme- 
 diately after hvea orparrjyovg, to render the opposition more strik- 
 ing. — rovg d/KJ)! QpdavlTiov icat 'EpaaivLdijv. A well-known Greek 
 idiom. {MatthicE, ^ 583.) Thrasyllus and Erasinides are here spe- 
 cially named, because they were the two most prominent objects of 
 attack. It seems that after the victory the Athenian commanders 
 
NOTES TO BOOK I.— CHAPTER I. 157 
 
 spent very little, if any time, in pursuit of the flying enemy, but, hav- 
 ing returned to their station at the Arginusae, held a council on the 
 course to be next adopted. On this occasion, Diomedon, one of 
 their number, thought that their first care should be to save as many 
 as they could of their own people and of the disabled vessels, and 
 that the whole fleet ought for this purpose to sail immediately to 
 the scene of the action. Erasinides, however, contended that it was 
 of greater importance to proceed directly with the utmost speed to 
 Mytilene, that they might surprise and overpow^er the enemy's 
 squadron, which was still blockading it. But Thrasyllus suggested 
 that both these objects might be accomplished, if they detached a 
 squadron sufficient to take care of the wrecks, and sailed with the 
 rest of their forces to Mytilene. His advice was adopted. Erasin- 
 ides and Thrasyllus, therefore, became particularly obnoxious to 
 popular resentment. {Xen., Hist. Gr., I, 7, 31, seqq. ThirlwaWs 
 Hist, of Greece, vol. iv., p. 123, 12moed.) 
 
 ovii ridiXfiaev k-Kf^ri^iaai. "He refused to put it to vote." As 
 kTziaTUTT]^, he had full power to pursue such a course, and his refusal 
 saved the accused for that day. The other npoedpoi, however, did 
 not dare to imitate his noble firmness. — bp-vL^ofXEvov fisv rod drjjiov. 
 "Although the people were incensed against him." — dwarCiv. In 
 particular, Theramenes and Callixenus. (Compare Xen., Hist. Gr., 
 i., 7. Plat., ApoL, c. 20.) — irepl 'K7ieLovog k-KOLrjcaTo. "He deemed 
 it of far more importance to himself" Literally, " he made it for 
 himself a thing above more (than ordinary)." Observe the force of 
 the middle voice. — Kal <pv7M^ac6aL ruvq d7t£i?\,ovvTar. " And to take 
 heed of those who threatened," i. e., to consult his personal safety 
 by obeying their behests. Literally, "to guard himself against 
 those who threatened." Observe again the force of the middle. 
 
 (J 19. 
 Kal yap tvofjiLl^ev. "And (no wonder he acted thus), fur he thought." 
 Observe the elliptical force of kol yap, like that of the Latin etenim. 
 — kirtfieleladat dvdpuTzuv. " Exercise a superintendence over men." 
 — ovx ov rpoTTov. "Not in the way in which." The accusative is 
 here employed absolutely, with a kind of adverbial force. (Com- 
 pare MatthicE, ^ 425.) — tu. fxeu eldevai, rd (5' ovk ddevat.. Some of 
 the ancient philosophers thought that the gods took notice merely 
 of the more important class of actions, and neglected those of minor 
 importance. Compare Cicero, N. D., ii., 66 : " Magna dii curant, 
 parva negligunt •''' and again (iii., 35): ^^ At enim minora dii negli- 
 guntf neque agellos singulorum nee viticulas persequuntur.^^ — Kal to, 
 
158 NOTES TO BOOK I. CHAPTER II. 
 
 (TLyf, j3ov?isv6fXEva. '' And those that are planned by us in silence," 
 i. e., and our most secret thoughts. Observe that ra cnyrj (SovXsvo- 
 fieva are here opposed to the combined idea in ra Aeyoneva and 
 TTparrofisva, since if these two latter expressions were not intended 
 to form one united idea, 7rpaTT6/j.eva would have the article. (Herbst, 
 ad Igc.) — arjualvecv. " Give indications," i. e., signs and omens. 
 
 § 20. 
 oTTCJC TTOTt-. " How in thc world." — rrepc rovg d^eovg fj.y ao}(j)poveiv. 
 "Was not sound in his belief respecting the gods." Literally, 
 "was not sound of mind with respect to the gods." — ttote. "At 
 any time." — old ng dv koI ?Jy(jv, k. t. A. "As, were one both to 
 say and do, he would both be in reality, and would be considered to 
 be, a most pious man." Literally, "as one both saying and doing 
 would both be," &c. Observe that uv belongs here in construction 
 to the optative coming after. The position of this particle in a sen- 
 tence depends wholly on euphony, or perhaps, also, on the need of 
 making the uncertainty expressed by it earlier or later perceptible. 
 {Buttmann, ^ 139, note 4, Rob.) 
 
 CHAPTER n. 
 
 Kol TO 7CELG9fjvo.L Tivog. " Thc circumstancc, also, that certain 
 persons were persuaded." This is taken as the subject to (paiverac, 
 the infinitive with the neuter of the article having the force of a 
 substantive. {MaithitiB, ^ 539.) — -npog rolg ElprjiiivoLg. "In addition 
 to the things that have been mentioned," i. e., to what has been al- 
 ready said of him in the preceding chapter. — dcppoSiacuv, kqI yacrTpog, 
 K. T. A. "Was the most temperate of all men as regarded sensual 
 pleasures and appetite." Kiihner observes that dcppoSiaiov and 
 yaarpoc, being without the articles, have the force of verbs, a remark 
 altogether out of place here, and only calculated to mislead. — Trpoj- 
 Xei/icJva. On Socrates' endurance of cold, consult Wiggers' life of 
 him, p. 397 of this volume. — npog to fiETpiuv Seladai, k. t. ?^. " So 
 trained to want but hltle." Literally, "to the wanting of moderate 
 things." The infinitive with the neuter of the article again em- 
 ployed as a noun. — rrai'i' fj.cKpd KCKTy/ievog. " Although possessing 
 very trifling means." In the QEconomicus of Xenophon (ii., 3), 
 Socrates remarks to Critobulus, that, if he could find a reasonable 
 purchaser, he should perhaps get five minaj for all his property, in- 
 cluding his house. Five minae are equal to $88, the mina being 
 
NOTES TO BOOK I. CHAPTER II. 159 
 
 equivalent to 817 60. Observe the construction here of the nom- 
 inative KeK.TriiJ.6vog with the infinitive ex^lv. The particles wf and 
 u(;t£, with an infinitive, are joined with a nominative, when the 
 verb on which the particle depends is one referring to the same 
 thing of person as that nominative. {Kukner, ^ 863, Obs. 5, Jelf.) 
 — upaovvTa. " A sufficiency." Literally, " sufficient things." 
 
 avTog <jv TOLovrog. "Being such a one himself," i. e., when such 
 was his own character. — av k-Kohiaev. " Could he have made^" i. e., 
 could he have been likely to make. — -rcpog to rrovetu ualaKovg. " Ef- 
 feminate with regard to undergoing labor." — iiTik' sTravae fiev tovtov 
 TTo/./ioiig. "(He did not do this), on the contrary, he caused many 
 to cease from these (habits)." Observe, that aTiXd here refers to 
 the answer of the foregoing question in the negative. The verb 
 Travu, in the active voice, is, "to cause another to cease;" in the 
 middle, " to cause one's self to cease," or simply, " to cease." The 
 particle fiev refers to ^ 3. — av eavTcJv h-mneluvTat. " If they take 
 care of themselves." Observe that av is here the conditional par- 
 ticle contracted from kav, which usually begins a proposition or 
 clause, and is thus distinguished from the potential or radical av, 
 which commonly stands after one or more words in a clause. — /ca/l- 
 ovr Kal ayadovg. Compare notes on 9 16. 
 
 ^3. 
 KaLTOL •/£. " Although indeed." Equivalent to the Latin q^mnquam 
 quidem. Compare iv., 2, 7. — tC) (pavepbg elvat TocovTog uv. " By 
 his being manifest that he was such a person," i. e., by its being 
 manifest that he was, &c. The nominative with the infinitive by 
 attraction. Compare Kuhncr, <5> 672, 2, Jclf. — avv(iLaTpi6ovTag. Soc- 
 rates never called his followers fjadrjTtig, but cwSv-ag, cwdiaTpitov- 
 Tag, yvupi/j.ovg, krrtTTjdecovg. {Weiske, ad loc.) In this way he placed 
 himself in direct opposition to the sophists, who vainly boasted that 
 they could effect all things by their pretended lessons of wisdom. 
 {Kuhner, ad loc.) — sKetvov. In place of avrov. This change of 
 EKeivog for avTog often takes place, but always where strong oppo- 
 sition is to be marked, an idea which avrog itself does not express. 
 {Kuhner, ad loc.) — TOLovgds. " Such as he was," i. e., of similar 
 character. 
 
 a7^Aa fiTjv Knl tov aufiaTog, k. t. 7.. " But, in truth, he was both 
 himself not neglectful of the body also," &c. The idea is, that he 
 
160 NOTES TO BOOK I. CHAPTER IF. 
 
 attended not only to the mind, but also to the body. With regard to 
 aAAa ^Tjv, consult notes on i., 1, 6.— to fxtv ovv vnepeodlovTa, k. t. A. 
 "He did not approve, accordingly, that one eating above measure 
 labor above measure," i. e., he did not approve of over-exercise 
 in connection with over-eating. The allusion appears to be to the 
 ancient Athlete, whose voracity was as proverbial as their exer- 
 cises and training were severe. Compare Athenaeus, !x., 5 : itdv- 
 reg o'l aOTiOvvTeg, fiera ruv yvfivaa/^druv, kuI sadieLv tvoTJm diddanovrai, 
 and also Ufion ad Epictet., Diss, iii., 15, 3. — to de, baa / rjSecog, ic. 
 T. X. " But he approved of duly digesting by sufficient exercise 
 those things, as many as the appetite receives with pleasure." Ob- 
 serve that ipvxv denotes not only the soul, but also its desires, pro- 
 pensities, appetites, &c. A similar usage prevails in the case of 
 the Latin animus. — eKnovElv. Literally, " to work off," i. e., to di- 
 gest by labor. — e^Lv. "Habit," i. e., mode of life. — vycsiv^v re Iko- 
 vwf elvai. "Was both conducive to health in a sufficient degree." 
 Adverbs placed after adjectives, like Uavug in the present instance, 
 are intended to have an emphatic force. {Stallb. ad Plat., Phcedr., 
 -p. 256, 'E.)—T7jv T7)g iivxfig sTn/u-iTieLav. "The proper care of the 
 intellect," i. e., its due cultivation. 
 
 dAA' ov firjv 7]v. "But yet, most assuredly, he was not." The 
 particles ov fir/v are often employed when something is opposed, 
 with a strong assertive force, to what has gone before. It was 
 stated in the previous section that Socrates was neither neglect- 
 ful of the body himself, nor commended those who were ; still, how- 
 ever, it is here remarked, he was by no means an effeminate man. 
 {Kuhner, ad loc.)—u?M(^ovtK6g. A covert hit at the Sophists, who 
 were famed for ostentatious display of all kinds. — afiTrexovri. " In 
 bis upper garment." The djUTrsxovTj was a robe, or fine upper gar- 
 ment, worn by women and eflTeminate men. The terms dii-Kexovri 
 and vn66eGLg comprehend, as Heindorf remarks, the whole ordinary 
 attire of the Greeks, as far as externals were concerned. {Heind. 
 ad Plat., Hipp. Maj., p. 291.) On the form vnodeatg, with the short 
 penult, consult Lobeck ad Phryn., p. 445. — dialTy. " Habits of life." 
 
 oi) fiTjv owV ETTocEL. " No, truly, nor did he make." — enave. " He 
 caused them to cease." Observe the force of the active here, as 
 contrasted with that of the middle, ETravero, " he caused himself to 
 cease," i. e., he ceased. — rovg 6e savrov, k. r. 2.. "And he exacted 
 no compensation from those who desired his instruction." Liter- 
 ally, " who were desirous of him." This whole passage is remark- 
 
NOTES TO BOOK I. CHAPTER II. 161 
 
 ably concise. As Socrates endeavored to restrain his pupils from 
 all desires, he checked the passion of cupidity on their part by 
 showing himself to be above the ruling desire for money. Here 
 too, therefore, there is a covert allusion to the contrary practice of 
 the- Sophists. The verb irpdaGo), and more particularly the mid- 
 dle voice, is often used in the sense of exacting from another a 
 fine, compensation, &c. The literal meaning is " to work out," and 
 hence the literal rendering here would be, "and he w^s not ac- 
 customed to work out money from those who," &c., the construc- 
 tion being with the double accusative. {Blomf. ad jEsck., Pers., 482.) 
 
 fovTov (5' aTTexo/J'£vog, k. t. /i. " By refraining, moreover, from 
 this, he considered that he was securing his own freedom," i. e., by 
 refraining from exacting any compensation for his instructions. 
 The old editions have uKexof^evov^. The present reading is found 
 in six MSS., and in the margin of Stephens's edition ; it is followed, 
 also, in the version of Leunclavius. — rfjg 6fii7uag. " For their in- 
 struction," i. e., for their lectures. More literally, " for their inter- 
 course (with their disciples)." — uvSpaTcoSiaTcig eavrCJv d7TeKu?>.ei. 
 "He stigmatized as enslavers of themselves," i. e., as sellers of 
 their own independence. The term dydpanoSLarfig properly denotes 
 a slave-dealer, one who kidnaps free men or slaves to sell them 
 again. Hence, generally, an enslaver. — SLa/iiyeadac. " To con- 
 verse with those." — uv kujSoiev. The optative with dv has the force 
 of a potential, and is used as well in direct as in indirect narration. 
 {Kuhner, <J 832, Jelf.) 
 
 kdavfxal^e d' el. On this usage of el after a verb of wondering, con- 
 sult notes on i., 1, 13. — ng dperrjv enayyelloixevog. "Any one pro- 
 fessing (to teach) virtue." The verb enayyeXXoijiat. in this sense, 
 namely, to make a show of, to profess, &.C., is especially said of the 
 Sophists. Compare Plato, Protag., 319, A. ; and Gorg., 447, C— 
 dpyvpLov TvpuTToiTo. Supply TLvd, tho verb being, as already re- 
 marked {() 5), construed with a double accusative. — KTrjadjievog. 
 "On having acquired," i. c, by having secured for himself — /xt] 6 
 yevofiEvog, k. t. X. " Lest he who thus became excellent and worthy 
 might not entertain the liveliest gratitude toward the one who had 
 most essentially benefited him," i. e., toward his greatest benefac- 
 tor. The usual construction after a verb of fearing, like (podolro 
 here, is with /xrj ov. In the present case, however, we have //^ . . . . 
 
IQ2 NOTES TO BOOK I. CHAPTER II. 
 
 jK7, SO that the former fi?} is a conjunction (" lest)," and the latter a 
 repetition of the negative notion in the principal clause. {Kuhner, 
 ^ 750, Obs. 2.) 
 
 ruv ^vvovTuv eavTu), k. t. 1. " That those of the persons, who as- 
 sociated with him, that received the opinions which he himself 
 maintained," i. e., that those of his followers who listened to and 
 acted upon his instructions. Literally, " who received the things 
 which he himself approved of" — el [xr] apa. "Unless forsooth." 
 Observe the ironical use of apa. {Kuhner, ^ 788, 5, Jelf. ) 
 
 d/l/l(2, vTj Ala, 6 KUTTiyopog hjrj. " But, in very truth, said the ac- 
 cuser," i. e., but, said the accuser, it is a positive fact, that, &c. 
 Literally, "but, by Jove," &c. N^ is a particle of affirmative adju- 
 ration, and the accusative Ma depends on some verb, such as oji- 
 vv/xt, &c., which is readily supplied by the mind. {Kuhner, ^ 566, 
 2, Jelf.) Some commentators regard vt^ Ma here as coming from 
 Xenophon, not from the accuser, and give it an ironical force. This, 
 however, is decidedly inferior. Compare the explanation of Heinze : 
 " Ja, allerdings ist Sokrates ein Verfvhrer der Jugend^ — 6 Karfiyopog 
 edT}. The more usual order w^ould have been e^?? 6 Karrjyopog, since 
 £^j] is commonly placed before its nominative. The same remark 
 applies to the Latin inquit. The accuser referred to here is probably 
 Meletus, who first laid the charge before the king-archon.— iTrepopai; 
 rwv KadearuTuv vofiov. " To despise the established laws." — wf fiopov 
 elrj, K. T. 7i. " That it was a foolish thing (for a people) to appoint 
 the rulers of their state by means of a bean." Observe the employ- 
 ment of the optative in the oratio oUiqua, as indicating the alleged 
 sentiments of Socrates. The force of the middle, also, in Kadcara- 
 oOac, must be particularly noted. The active, KadtaTavai tlvu, would 
 be, to appoint one over another ; whereas the middle, icadtaraodaC 
 TLva, is to appoint one over one's self, and is here employed with 
 reference to a people appointing their own rulers. In place of Kad- 
 iaraadai, Bornemann, Dindorf, and Sauppe read Kadiardvat, with- 
 out any propriety. Most of the old editions, moreover, have /xupuv, 
 "that it was the part of fools." — and kvu/j-ov. The Athenian mag- 
 istrates were elected by lot, the lots employed being white and black 
 beans. The names of the candidates were placed in one urn, and 
 black and white beans in another. Those whose names were drawn 
 out with the white beans were elected. {Hermann, Folit. Ant., $ 
 149.) 
 
NOTES TO BOOK I. CHAPTER JI. 163 
 
 KvSepvrJTrj Ksxpfjadai Kvafxsvru. "To keep using a bean-choseu 
 pilot," i. e., a pilot chosen by lot. Observe the employment here of 
 the perfect to denote continuance, so that KExPVf^dai has nearly the 
 force of the Latin habere. {Kuhner, ^ 399, Obs., 2, Jelf.) — iir]6' 
 avlrjTri. Omitted by Kuhner without remark. — iir]6' kir uXka roiavra. 
 Kuhner supplies Kexpr/cdat KvajuevTu tlvl. — a ttoXXu) eXdrTovag (iTidSag, 
 K. T. 7i. " Which, when erred in, produce far less injury than those 
 things erred in respecting the state," i. e., which, when mismanaged, 
 cause less injury than errors in the management of the state.— e^^. 
 Referring to the Karrjyopog. — rfjg KadeaTuarjg TroTitTeiag. "The es- 
 tablished form of government." — [^caluvg. " Violent," i. e., lawless. 
 
 ^ 10. 
 
 Tovg ^povrjaLv auKovvTaq. " That they who cultivate the intellect." 
 We have followed here the explanation of Kuhner : " eos, qui animi 
 cullui operam danty — cKavovq eaecOai. " That they will be able even- 
 tually." The future is here very elegantly employed to indicate a 
 matter that will take place on certain conditions, that is, if time and 
 circumstance permit. Compare the explanation of Kuhner : " si 
 tempora vel res ita ferant futures esse." Schneider and Dindorf read 
 elvat. — Ttpogetaiv. " Are always attached," i. e., always accompany. 
 — ravrd yh/veTai. " The same results are produced," i. c, are 
 gained. — ol fiev yap Pcaadivreg, />. r. A. " For they who have been 
 forced by compulsion, hate as if they had been robbed, whereas, 
 they who have been led by persuasion, love as if grateful for servi- 
 ces received." Literally, " love as if affected by favors (received)." 
 Observe that (3taadtvTeg is here taken in a passive sense. Deponent 
 verbs which have the aorist as well of the passive as the middle 
 form, employ the passive aorist generally, though not always, in a 
 passive signification. In /Sm^o/zai, however, this distinction regu- 
 larly obtains. Thus, k()iaadnrjv is cocgi, but E6idad;]v, coactus sum. 
 {Kuhner, <J 368, b. Jelf.) — icsxapttjfievoi. In a passive sense. Com- 
 pare Herod., yUl, 5: tolctl EvSoeeaac eKexdpiaro. " It was done to 
 please the Eubceans." 
 
 ovK ovv ruv <pp6v7]Giv, k. t. a. "To employ violence, therefore, is 
 not the part," &c. It is generally laid down that ovkow means 
 "not therefore," and ovkqvv "therefore," the accent being placed 
 over that part of the word the sense of which prevails ; more accu- 
 rately, perhaps, when the meaning is " not therefore," we should write 
 OVK OVV separately. {Kuhner, <S> 791, Obs., Jelf.) — laxvv dvev yvuurjg. 
 " Brute force without intellect." — rd rotavra TvpuTTeiv. This is the 
 reading of all the MSS. and old editions. Bornemann gives to toi- 
 
164 NOTES TO BOOK I. CHAPTER II. 
 
 avra TrpuTTsiv, from a conjecture of Schsefer's {ad Dion. Hal, p. Ill), 
 but in his note proposes -o ra rotavTa -irpdrTeiv. Kiihner, however, 
 successfully defends the ordinary reading. 
 
 §11. 
 0,2.2,0, fiTjv KOI avfi[j.dxo)v, k. t. A. "But, in very truth, the man 
 that dares to employ open force would need allies not a few." 
 With regard to alia iiriv, consult notes on i., 1, 6. — ov6sv6^. " Not 
 a single one." The full construction w^ould be ovdevbg ov^fiuxov 
 deoLT' av. — kol yap [lovog rjyolr' av, k. t. 2,. "For he would think 
 himself, even though unaided, able to persuade." More literally, 
 " even though all alone." Observe the construction of the nomina- 
 tive with the infinitive, the reference being to the same person that 
 forms the subject of the verb. Observe also the force of kul in con- 
 nection with fiofog. — Kal (poveveiv 6h Tocg tolovtolq, k. t. 2,. " More- 
 over, it least of all accords with the character of such persons as 
 these to slay a man." — // (i^uvrc iretdofievo) xP^^Go.>- " Than to have 
 him living and voluntarily obedient." Literally, "than to use him 
 a Hving persuaded one." 
 
 <^ 12, 13. 
 alTJ e(j)T] ye 6 Kar^yopoc- " But, said the accuser in particular." 
 The force of ye here must be noted, and the idea intended to be 
 conveyed may be stated thus : "What you say is well enough on 
 general grounds ; I will mention, however, a particular instance, as 
 regards two of the followers of Socrates, w^hich will show how in- 
 applicable your remarks are to the case of that philosopher." — 6/j.c- 
 7i7]Ta ysvofievcj. "After having been intimate companions," i. e., 
 intimate as followers. Observe the employment of the dual to give 
 more precision to the sense. 'OfLi?i7]Td is the nominative dual of 
 
 Kptriag. Critias, the son of Callaeschrus, was a follower of Socra- 
 tes, by whose instructions he profited but little in a moral point of 
 view, and, together with Alcibiades, gave a color by his life to the 
 charge against the philosopher of corrupting the youth of the day. 
 He became eventually one of the thirty tyrants, and was conspicu- 
 ous above all his colleagues for rapacity and cruelty. He was slain 
 at the battle of Munychia, fighting against Thrasybulus and the ex- 
 iles. He is said to have been a vigorous speaker {Cic, de Orat., ii., 
 22), and he composed, also, some elegies and dramatic pieces. In 
 philosophy he was but a dabbler and dilettante. {Smith, Diet. Biogr., 
 s. V.) — 'A2.KiSid67jg. Alcibiades was the son of Clinias, and nephew 
 
NOTES TO BOOK I. CHAPTER II. 165 
 
 of Pericles. He v/as remarkable for intelligence and sagacity as a 
 statesman, and great ability as a commander, but was characterized 
 by a total want of principle. In early life he was the favorite fol- 
 lower of Socrates, who saved his life at the battle of Potidaea. 
 
 irlelaTa kuku ttjv ■k67uv e-oiTjGuTTjv. To do good or evil is ex- 
 pressed, in Greek, by Troulv and two accusatives, one of the person 
 and another of the thing ; or with an accusative of the person and 
 ev or KQKug. (Maithice, ^ 415, a, /?.) — kv Ty bltyapxta. The allusion 
 is to the government of the thirty tyrants, which the term 6?uyapxta 
 is often employed in Xenophon to denote. {Siurz, Lex. Xen., s. v.) 
 — -n/.eoveKTidTaTog. On this form of the superlative, consult Matthice, 
 f} 129. Dindorf and Bornemann read here K?<.s'!rTlGTaT6g re Kat jSiat- 
 braroq Kol ooiviKurarug kycvero. — 'A/.KiSidSjjg 6s av. " While Alci- 
 biades, on the other hand." From the notion of repetition and op- 
 position implied in av is derived its copulative force, whereby it can 
 join together two clauses, and place them in opposition, like di. In 
 this case it is usually strengthened, as here, by the addition of 6e. 
 {Kilhner, <J 771, 2, Jelf.) — iGpiaroraTog. On this form, consult the 
 remarks of Lobeck, Paralip., p. 40, seq. — ScaLorarog. "Most reck- 
 less." 
 
 ovK anoloyfjGOjxaL. " Will not make any defence for them." — ttjv 
 de TTpbc ^(jKp6,TT]v, K. T. A. " I will relate, however, the intercourse 
 of both of them with Socrates, how it was." For rj awovaia avrocv 
 ug kyivETo dcnyrjaoLtac. An idiom of common occurrence. 
 
 Hi. 
 eyevEodrjv fiev yap 6rj, k. t. Tl. " Now these two men, indeed, were 
 by nature," &c. The particle yup is here explanatory, while 6^ is 
 to be connected, not with yap, but with what follows, and serves to 
 add emphasis to this. (Compare Hartwig, i., p. 287.) — bvojuaaTordTu 
 TTuvTuv. "Most celebrated of all." — 'HiSeaav, i. e., ySeaav.- — utt' 
 ilaxloTtiv filv xpvi^<'i'~^v, K. T. A. " As one living most contentedly 
 on the most trifling means," i. e., they knew that he lived, &c. Ob- 
 serve the participial construction here after a verb signifying « to 
 know," where in Latin we would have the accusative with the in- 
 finitive. {Matthicz, () 548, 2.) The preposition cnzb, moreover, is 
 often employed with ils case to denote the means or instrument by 
 which any thing is effected. {Kuhner, ^ 620, Jelf.) — bvra. "As 
 being." — Toig 6s 6La?.syouEvocg avrC) ttucji, k. t. A. "And as swaying, 
 in the discourses (which took place), all those who held converse 
 with him, (exactly) as he would," i. c, as swaying at pleasure, &c- 
 This is well explained by the following passage from the Laches of 
 
166 NOTES TO BOOK I. CHAPTER II. 
 
 Plato (187, E.) : ov /xoi doKilg eldhai uti, Of dv lyyvTarci 'S^uKparovc 
 71 2,6y(f), Koi TrXTjaiu^ri dta?.ey6/xevo^, avayKT] avru, kav dpa koI wepl 
 oXkov Tov TTpdrepov dp^rjrai dtaTisysadai, fj.7] iravGaadaL vtto tovtov 
 TTepcayofiEvov rq) \6yi^, rrplv dv kuTveay elg to didovai Trepi avrov 7\.6yov, 
 
 K. T. A. 
 
 ^ 15. 
 opuvre. It is neater to make opcbvTe and ovre nominatives abso- 
 lute, the construction changing in the accusative avTu before bpi^a- 
 adat, than to construe them as accusatives after avru and agreeing 
 with it. — ovTe oZw ■npoeipriadov. " Being such as they have before 
 this been said to be."— Trorepdv TLg avri) (py. The subjunctive here 
 stands alone and independent, in a question implying doubt, and, 
 thus forms what is technically termed the deliberative subjunctive. 
 {Matthicz, ^ 515, 2. Kfchner, ^ 417, Jelf.) — tov (3lov tov 'Zunpu.Tovg 
 eTTidv/LLTJaavTE. " Because they desired (to lead) the life of Socrates." 
 Literally, " having become desirous of the life of Socrates." The 
 participle is here employed to denote the cause or reason. {Kuhner, 
 ^ 697, a., Jelf.) — Kal T7}f Gu^pocvvrjg. "And (to possess) the self- 
 control." Literally, " and of the self-control." With regard to the 
 Socratic aoxppoavvrj, compare iv., 3, 1. — bpe^aodai ttjc; dfnTiiac avTov. 
 "Were eager for his intimacy." The verb bpeyu, in the middle 
 voice, means properly " to stretch one's self out after a thing," " to 
 desire a thing with outstretched hands," and is construed with a 
 genitive of the object desired. {Matthicz, ^ 350.) Compare § 16: 
 liUKpuTovg upexdr/TTjv. — vojiiaavTE. " Because they thought." Com- 
 pare note on kTTLdvfj.fjaavTE, above. 
 
 (J 16. 
 ■&eov didovTog avTolv. " That, if the deity had granted unto them 
 both." Literally, "the deity giving unto them two." — kT^eoQat dv 
 avTO), K. T. A. "They two would, without any hesitation, have 
 chosen rather to die." Observe the force of the aorist here in de- 
 noting rapidity of determination, and the absence of all hesitation. 
 — (5^Aw (J' kyevEaOrjv, k. t. 1. " Now they both became manifest (in 
 this respect) from the things which they (subsequently) did," i. e., 
 now this was rendered manifest by their subsequent conduct ; they 
 proved the truth of this remark by the acts which they subsequent- 
 ly perpetrated. Compare, as regards the construction of (J^/Aw here, 
 the notes on i., 1, 2, -dvuv te yap <bavEpbg fjv. — tjq TuxioTa. "As 
 soon as." — tuv avyyiyvojxevujv. Their fellow-disciples are meant. — 
 uTzoTTTjdf/aavTE. "Having bounded away from." A strong expres- 
 sion in place oi ui:o<^oLTr)aavT£. Jacobs {Socr., p. 19) compares Phi- 
 
NOTES TO BOOK I. CHAPTER II. 167 
 
 lostratus, Vit. ApolL, iv., 38 : eI rtg Sta tovto ano-Kri&a ^ikoc!o^io,qy 
 and also vi., 16 : deiaavreg fir] a-!roT^r]6r]C!a^ avrdv 'ix7^evGaLfiL kg ttjv 
 'EpvOpdv. — eKpaT-Errjv. " They began to engage in." — lopexd'jTTjv. 
 " They had eagerly sought after." Compare note on bpi^aodai rijg 
 6jUL?uag, ^15. 
 
 ^ 17. 
 Tu TToXcTiKd. " The science of public life." Literally, " the things 
 appertaining to tlie state or government." — aox^poveZv. "To prac- 
 tice self-restraint." — ovk avnlEyco. "Make no reply at present." 
 This accusation Xenophon does not now answer. It is fully met, 
 however, in book iv., 3, 1. — opu 6s. "I see, however." — avTovg. 
 In the old editions avrovg, which is far inferior. — fiTzep avrol irowv- 
 ctv. " In what way they themselves practice." — ru Xoyu) irpogBtSd^- 
 ovrag. " Bringing them over (to the same line of conduct) by their 
 arguments," i. e., training them up to similar conduct by arguments. 
 The common editions have Trpo6t6u^ovrag. Our present reading is 
 Schneider's emendation, from some of the MSS. The idea implied 
 is a leading toward the things that are taught. 
 
 ^ 18. 
 olda Cs Kol l^iCjKpaTTjv, k. r. /I. " I know, too, of Socrates also 
 showing himself unto those who associated with him as being," &c. 
 Observe the force of kuI, the idea being, " As I know this of other 
 teachers, so also do I know it of Socrates ;" and hence kql has here 
 a force very like that of" accordingly." — chcKviivra .... 6ia?^eyu/iE- 
 vov. These are both imperfect participles, and have reference to 
 an oft-repeated action. As regards the participial construction 
 here, consult notes on <J l^.—oUa 6e kukeivu ou^povovvTe, k. t. A. 
 " I know, too, of those two men also practicing self-control as long 
 as they associated with Socrates."— egre. Not eg re, since it stands 
 
 for eg oTe, Dorice sgre. — ^odovfievco otofxivu. " Because they 
 
 feared because they thought." 
 
 <J 19. 
 Tu)v (paoKovTuv ^iTioaoipzlv. " Of those who say that they are phi- 
 losophers." He appears to allude to the Sophists. — vSpiar^g. " Li- 
 centious." This meaning is here deduced from its being placed in 
 direct opposition to the idea implied by aw^pwv. — ovSe aXko ov^iv^ 
 K. r. "k. " Nor could he, who had once become acquainted with it, 
 ever become ignorant of any other one of those things of which 
 there is a learning," i. e., which are capable of being acquired from 
 the teaching of others. Observe that aXko ovdiv depends on uv- 
 
168 NOTES TO BOOK I. CHAPTER II. 
 
 eTnoTT^juuv ; and on this construction of the accusative with verbal 
 adjectives, consult Matthice, <J 346, Ohs. 3. — ovtu yiyvcJaKO). This 
 question, whether virtue could be obtained by learning, and was 
 not a natural quality, was frequently discussed by the ancient phi- 
 losophers. The opinion of Socrates was, that virtue could be ac- 
 quired by instruction and improved by practice. (Consult iii., 9, 1, 
 and iv., 1, and also Bornemann ad Xen., Conviv., ii.-, 6.) — opCJ yap, 
 ugirep ra rod acofiaroc, k. r. A. " For I see that, even as (I perceive) 
 that they who do not exercise their bodies," &c. After ugivep we 
 must supply opu from the previous clause. This simple process 
 will entirely obviate the necessity of our having recourse, with 
 Kiihner, to' the doctrine of attraction, by which the structure of the 
 secondary clause is made to conform to that of the primary. The 
 natural arrangement, however, M^ould be ugizep . . . ol [ir] ra cu^ara 
 uaiiovvTeg ov dvvavrai Tvoielu, ovtcj kgl, k. t. 2. 
 
 Kav uac. " Even though they be." — dg ryv /xev tuv xpv^~<^^i <<■■ ■>"• •^• 
 " Because (as they are convinced) their intercourse with the virtu- 
 ous is a practice of virtue, whereas that with the bad is a destruc- 
 tion (of the same)." Observe here the employment of the accusa- 
 tive absolute with ug. This particle is joined to the simple partici- 
 ple, or the genitive or accusative absolute, when we assign or sug- 
 gest some reason, in the mind of another person, why he does a 
 certain thing. {Bultmann, § 145, note 5, Rob.) — kod/iibv [iev yap, 
 K. T. 7i. This distich is taken from Tiieognis (v. 35, 36). Socrates 
 appears to have been fond of quoting it. Compare Xen., Conviv., 
 ii.,4. Plat., Men., 95, T). The first line of the couplet is a hexam- 
 eter, the second a pentameter.— ^tt'. Observe the anastrophe. — 
 didu^eai. "You will learn." Literally, "you will cause yourself 
 to be taught." Observe the force of the middle. — a-nroXelg Kal tov 
 kovra voov. "You will destroy even the intellect you have." — kuI 
 6 leyuv. The author of the hexameter, which follows after this, is 
 unknown. — avrap avrjp ayadoQ, ii. r. Z. " The good man, however, 
 is at one time erring, at another time excellent." The object of 
 this last quotation is to show the necessity of the constant and un- 
 remitting exercise of virtue, since even the good man, if he neglect 
 this for a moment, is liable to be surprised by the inroads of vice. 
 
 I) 21. 
 Acayw 61. Compare i., 1, 3. — opCo yap, ugtrep, k. t. 2,. Compare 
 notes on <J 19. — tuv h fiETpci) TrsTcoiTjuevuv kiruv, k. t. A. " That they 
 
NOTES TO BOOK I. CHAPTER II. 169 
 
 who do not keep up their practice, forget the metrical composition 
 of verses." Literally, " forget verses composed in accordance with 
 (regular) metre." — tuv 6cSaGKa?iiKC)v TiSyuv. " Of the precepts of 
 instruction." The genitive here depends on h'/drjv, and afxelovai 
 governs avrcjv understood. — tCjv vovOetlkuv "koyuv. " The words of 
 admonition." — binAilrjaTaL koL ^v, k. t. 2.. " He forgets, also, (those 
 emotions) under the influence of which the soul became desirous 
 of moderation." Literally, " which the soul suffering," i. e., by 
 which being affected. Observe that o>v is by attraction for a, the 
 regular construction being hiviXiTiriaTai kqI tovtuv a, k. t. A. 
 
 <5 22. 
 Tovg TrpoaxBevrac- "That those who are led on." — rovg elg epu- 
 TOf eyKvlLcdevrag. " Those who are involved in love-affairs." 
 The common text has eKKvTitadsvTac, " plunged headlong," but MS. 
 authority is in favor of the former. — tuv Seovruv. " Of the things 
 that ought to be done," i. e., their necessary duties. — kpaadevreg. 
 " On having become enamored of it." The prose writers employ 
 the passive aorist rjpaadTjv, of epdu, exactly in an active significa- 
 tion. — Karava^-uaavreg. " After having spent." The participle is 
 used to express the time which is defined by some action or state. 
 (Kuhner, § 696, Jelf.) — Kepduv. " Sources of gain." — aioxpa vo/ni- 
 ^nvreg elvai. " Because they thought that these were disgrace- 
 ful." Another instance of the employment of the participle to as- 
 sign a reason. 
 
 ^ 23. 
 
 TTug ovv ovK iv6ex£TaL. "How, then, is it not possible." — aGKrjTo, 
 elvat. " Are attainable by exercise." Observe that uaKrjTog, in this 
 sense, is opposed to SiiaKTog. Weiske reads uaKTjTia, which Schnei- 
 der and Kuhner very properly condemn. We must first ascertain 
 that a thing is attainable by exercise, before we say that it ought to 
 be made a subject of exercise. — ovx vmora 6i. " And not least," 
 i. e., and especially. — ev to yap avr^ aufian, k. t. A. "For voluptu- 
 ous pleasures, implanted in the same body with the soul." Observe 
 here the employment of ?/Sovai, like voluplates in Latin, to denote 
 the desires of pleasure. 
 
 ^ 24. 
 
 Kai KpiTiac 6?] koX 'A7iKc6td6ric- " Both Critias, accordingly, and 
 Alcibiades." The particle drj is often thus employed in resuming 
 an interrupted discourse ; and hence Ktihner paraphrases it here 
 
 H 
 
170 NOTES TO BOOK I. CHAPTER II. 
 
 by jam, ut rem paucis complectar . — avfifidx(p- " As an ally." — eKecvov 
 d' a-KaWaykvre. "But when they had departed from him." Ob- 
 serve here the anomalous construction of the participle in the nom- 
 inative dual, as indicating the whole, while the two subjects follow 
 separately, each with its own adjuncts and verb. Grammarians ex- 
 plain this by the figure called to oxv[J.a Kad' blov kol fispog. {Kuhner, 
 § 478, ^ 708, 2, Jelf.)—(l)vyd)v elg QerTaliav. This was in B.C. 406 
 probably (the year in which the generals who had conquered at the 
 Arginusae w^ere put to death), for we find him at that time in Thes- 
 saly, fomenting a sedition of the Penestae, or serfs, against their 
 lords. According to Xenophon, in his Grecian History (ii., 3, 15, 
 36), he had been banished by a decree of the people, and this it was 
 Vvhich afterward made him so rancorous in his tyranny, when one 
 of the thirty, in B.C. 404. — avojiLa iiu?ilov fj dcKaiocrvvri xp^^fJ-^^oig. 
 " Living in lawlessness rather than just-dealing." Literally, " mak- 
 ing use of lavviessness," &c. The Thessalians were proverbial for 
 their licentiousness, perfidy, and treachery. Compare Plato, Crit., 
 53, D. 
 
 ' kTiKiBLadrjg 6' av. " But Alcibiades, on the other hand." Com- 
 pare <^ 12.— (Jia jUey Ku/i?iog. Alcibiades was remarkable at every 
 period of his life for the extraordinary beauty of his person. — vno 
 TzollCjv KOL ae/Liv(ov yvvamuv. " By many and respectable females." 
 The Greeks regularly join -no'kvg with another adjective, expressing 
 praise or blame. {Matthicz, (^ 444.) — vtto iroXkibv koI Svvarciv koTmk- 
 eveiv, K. T. 1. " Being corrupted by many men, and these skilled 
 in flattery," i. c, by the arts of many adroit and skillful flatterers. 
 We have given dwaribv Ko?MKev£Lv its natural signification here, with 
 Jacobs {Socr., p. 23). Compare iv., 2, 6, where o n uv (3ov7iuvTai 
 dvvaTol yev^adai is made to correspond in meaning to iKavol yevicdai 
 TteipuvTaL. Kuhner is clearly wrong when he makes dwaruv KolaK- 
 Evetv refer here to those whose flattery had weight with Alcibiades ; 
 on the contrary, 6vvaTCjv is precisely equivalent to 6elvC)v. Compare 
 Schneider, ad loc, and Fischer, hid. ad Thcophrast. Char act., s. v. 
 dwarog dtaKovJioat. — tuv yv/^viKcJv uyuvcov. " In the gymnastic con- 
 tests." — ovTcj KUKeivog, k. t. "K. The demonstrative pronoun is often 
 repeated, for the sake of emphasis, in the second member of a com- 
 parison. {Kuhner, ^ 658, Jelf.) 
 
 {) 25. 
 
 uyKufiivu. "Being swelled with pride." — eTrTjpfievo 66. "Being 
 
 elated too." — TTE^vcrjiiho) 6s. " Being puffed up, moreover." dia- 
 
 TcdpvufjLivu 6i. " Being corrupted likewise." — tm 6e tzugl Tovroig 
 
NOTES TO BOOK I. CHAPTER 11. 171 
 
 6te(j)6apfzevo). "And being completely spoiled by all these means," 
 — Kal yeyovort. "And having also been." — alto loKpaTovg. Bor- 
 nemann writes aTro, as if put for dirudEv ; but consult Kuhner, ad loc. 
 
 ^ 26. 
 
 elrd. Expressive here, as often elsewhere, of mingled surprise 
 and indignation. — el fiev tl kirlrjiiixeTirjaaTriv. " If they two did any 
 thing wrong," i. e., were guilty of any outrage. The verb 'Klrmnt- 
 Mti means, properly, " to make a false note in music," and hence 
 "to err," "to do wrong," &c. — ori 61 viut bvre avrtj. "But be- 
 cause Socrates rendered them both discreet when they were young," 
 dec. Observe that Tvapeaxe (literally "afforded") is here nearly 
 equivalent to ed;]Ke, or the Latin reddidit. 
 
 ^27. 
 
 ov fj,7/v TO. ye uXka ovtu KptveTai. "The other things (in life) 
 surely are not judged of in this way." Observe the strong and in- 
 dignant affirmation expressed by the particle fj.7]v. — rig 6e KLdaptarfjq. 
 Render de in this clause " too," and in the succeeding one " or." — 
 iKavovg. " Proficients." — ^avuaiv. " They appear." — airiav exst 
 TovTov. " Has blame for this." — avvdcaTpi6o}v tco. " On passing his 
 time with any one," i. e., with any instructor. Observe that Tcp is 
 the Attic contracted form for tlvL With awdLaTpiBuv we may un- 
 derstand jjodvoi^. {Bos, Ellips., ed. Sch., p. 550.) — cvyyevofievoc- " On 
 having been with." — tov irpoadev. "The former," i. e., the master 
 who taught him previously. — aXX' ovx oac^ uv, k. t. A. " But does 
 not, by how much the worse he may appear with the latter, by so 
 much the more praise the previous one V — uXV ol ye Tvarepeg avroi, 
 K. T. A. " Nay, even those fathers themselves who are always with 
 their sons," i. e., who take charge themselves of the education of 
 their sons. Compare Heinze, " die Vdter, die ihre Sdhne selbst er- 
 ziehen,^^ and also Sturz, Lex. Xen., s. v., " Nulla alio magistro ad- 
 hihito.'''' Commentators, in general, make this clause refer merely 
 to fathers as being so much more in company with, and connected 
 by so much closer a tie with their sons, than mere instructors are. 
 But they overlook in this the peculiar force of the article with the 
 participle. The argument is as follow^s : if even those fathers who 
 educate their own sons, and between whom and their children there 
 is, therefore, the closest connection, are not blamed if those chil- 
 dren subsequently err, provided they themselves be sober-minded, 
 why blame an instructor, between whom and his pupil the connec- 
 tion is so much less intimate 1 
 
172 NOTES TO BOOK I. CHAPTER II. 
 
 <^ 28. 
 ovTu 6e. "In this same way, too." — el fxev avroc e-notsi, k. t. A. 
 " If he himself were accustomed to do any thing evil, he would nat- 
 urally have appeared on all such occasions to be an evil man." Ob- 
 serve the employment of the imperfect to denote the repetition of 
 an action, and also the peculiar arrangement of the protasis and 
 apodosis to express impossibility or disbelief, that is, el with the im- 
 perfect in the former, and av with the same tense in the latter ; so 
 .hat it is necessarily implied, " but he was not accustomed to do 
 any thing evil." (Buttmann, ^ 139, 9, 4, Rob.) — el 6' avrog cjufpovcJv 
 diereXei. " If, however, he himself was always practicing self-con- 
 trol." Here we have el v/ith the indicative, in the protasis, to in- 
 dicate a condition that is certain, followed by uv v.ath the optative 
 in the apodosis, to mark a result as utterly uncertain. {Kuhner, 
 ^ 853, Jelf.) 
 
 ^29. 
 a7JJ el Kai, k. t. 1. " But if, even though doing nothing evil him- 
 self," &c. This period forms part of the previous section in the 
 old editions. — Kpirlav fiev. The particle ^iv is added, because Xen- 
 ophon had intended to mention Alcibiades also ; and the particle 
 roivvv is here, as often elsewhere, used to mark a transition to 
 the example or instance which the writer is proceeding to adduce. 
 (Hartung, ii., p. 348, scq.) — Evdvd^fzov. This was Euthydemus, sur- 
 named 6 Kalog, the son of Diodes. (Compare Plato, Sympos., § 37.) 
 Mention is again made of him in iv., 2, 1 ; nor does he appear dif- 
 ferent from the one who is spoken of in the third and fifth chapters 
 of the same book. He must not be confounded, however, with 
 Euthydemus, the brother of Dionysodorus mentioned in iii., 1, 1. 
 — airerpe-Ke leyuv. " He endeavored to dissuade him by saying." 
 Literally, " endeavored to turn him away," i. e., from his object. 
 Observe the force of the imperfect. 
 
 ^30. 
 Toi' 6e KptTiov, K. T. X. " But he, Critias, not hearkening to such 
 admonitions as these." Supply vovdeT^/^aat, or something equiva- 
 lent. Observe, moreover, the presence of the article with the proper 
 name, for the purpose of making the opposition a stronger one. — Kal 
 Tov Ev6vdTJij.ov. " And, in particular, Euthydemus." The conjunc- 
 tion Kal has here an incressive or emphatic force. {Kuhner, ^ 759, 
 Jelf.) — viKov ndaxetv. " To be swinishly affected." One MS. gives 
 Tc before vlkov, which some few editions, without any necessity, 
 
NOTES TO BOOK I. CHAPTER II. 173 
 
 adopt. Consult Fritzsche, QucBst. Lucian., p. 92, seq., who shows 
 that TL is often thus omitted. — doKoirj. The optative in the oratio 
 obiiqua, as indicating the sentiments of the speaker, 
 
 $31. 
 
 f^ uv 6ri. " On account of which same things." The particle 6^ 
 is here appended, to add explicitness to the relative. — ore rcjv rpi- 
 oKovra uv, k. t. A. " When, being one of the thirty, he had become 
 nomothete along with Charicles." Under the regular constitution 
 of Athens, the vo/wderai were a legislative committee, who inquired 
 into the defects of the existing code, and the alterations proposed 
 thereto, and who also examined into every bill before it became a 
 law. When the thirty tyrants subsequently came into power, it 
 was by virtue of a regulation, which ordained that the supreme 
 power should for the present be lodged with thirty persons, who 
 should be authorized to draw up a new code of laws. {Xen., Hist. 
 Gr., ii., 3, 2.) Strictly speaking, therefore, the thirty tyrants were 
 all vo/xoderai., but the legislative power, or, in other words, the chief 
 authority, soon centered in Critias, next in power to whom was 
 Charicles, and hence these two are alone mentioned here. Jacobs 
 regards du kyevero as equivalent here to ^v, and refers to MatthicB, 
 ^ 559 ; but this is quite unnecessary. 
 
 aKSf^vTjfxovevaev avru). " He bore it in mind against him." Ob- 
 serve that airofivrj/iiovEvstv rtvC tl is, " to bear a thing in mind for 
 one," either for good or for evil, and hence is said both of a person 
 intending to do a kindness, and of one determined to do an injury. 
 The latter meaning prevails here. — loyuv texi'tjv. " The art of 
 disputation." This does not mean rhetoric merely, but the art of 
 disputing on all questions, public or private, which had reference to 
 philosophy or general literature. Hence, as Socrates alone is not 
 meant, but all philosophers of this class generally, the article is 
 omitted. The law here referred to was abrogated on the expulsion 
 of the thirty. — fj.7j diddaKeiv. " That no one teach." 
 
 eTTTjpEdCcov eKecv(p. " Seeking to cast contumely upon him." Com- 
 pare the explanation of Morus (ad Isocr., Paneg., 31, p. 62) : ^^inso' 
 lenter eum tractare cupiens.^^ On the general meaning of kTTijped^Ut 
 consult Wasse, ad Thucyd., i., 26, and Schleusner, Lex. N. T., s. v. — 
 KoL ovK ?;\;wv otttj ETrtTidSoLTo. •' And not having where he might take 
 hold of him," i. e., and having no pretext for seizing him. — to Kotvy 
 Tolg (piloao^oL^, K. T. A. " The taunt uttered in common by the 
 multitude against the philosophers," i. e., uttered against all philos- 
 ophers. The taunt here referred to was their making the worse 
 
174 NOTES TO BOOK I. CHAPTER 11. 
 
 appear the better side, or, in other words, black appear white. 
 {Stallb. ad Plat., Apol, 18, B. ; Aristoph., Nub., 95, seqq.) The 
 charge, however, was only just against the Sophists. (Conipare 
 Wiggers^ Life of Socrates, p. 418 of this volume.) — ov6e yap syojye, 
 ovTE avTog, k. t. a. " For neither did I, for my part, either myself 
 ever hear this from Socrates, or learn it from another, who said that 
 he had heard it (from him)," i. e., for neither did I, &c., ever hear 
 Socrates himself profess to teach the art of disputation, &c. The 
 common text has ovte yap, which Bornemann adopts ; but the true 
 form is ovde yap, which corresponds, in negative propositions, to nal 
 yap in affirmative ones. 
 
 ^ 32. 
 
 e6^7iu(je 6s. " But it soon appeared evident (that Socrates was 
 the person aimed at)." Observe here the force of the aorist in de- 
 noting quickness of result ; and, moreover, that IS^Xuae itself is 
 taken in an intransitive sense, as equivalent to 6^?iov eyevETo. 
 (Compare MatthicB, ^ 360, 2, and Kuhner, <^ 373, 1, Jelf.) Lange, 
 with less correctness, makes kdijluaE transitive, and refers it to 
 Critias. — Kal ov rovg ;^;fipiVroi»f. "And these not the worst," i. e., 
 not persons of the lowest or common stamp. A litotes, for " per- 
 sons of high standing." Gompare Seneca, de Tranq. An., c. 3 : 
 " Triginta tyranni mille trecentos cives, optimum quemque, occiderant.''* 
 The persons who were now singled out for destruction were men 
 of unblemished character, without any strong political bias, who 
 had gained the confidence of the people by their merits or services, 
 and might be suspected of preferring a popular government to the 
 ohgarchy under which they were living. {Thirlwall, iv., p. 184.) — 
 TzoX/MVQ 61 TTpoETpenovTo adiKEcv. "And impelled many to be guilty 
 of injustice." Observe here the employment of the middle in an 
 apparently active sense, but in reality with a full middle force, " im- 
 pelled for themselves," i. e., to gratify their own base views, by 
 making others accomplices in their wickedness. An illustration of 
 the text is afforded by Plato, Apol, 32, C, where Socrates tells the 
 story of his having been ordered by the thirty, along with four oth- 
 ers, to bring Leon of Salamis to Athens. " That government," he 
 adds, " though it was so powerful, did not frighten me into doing 
 any thing unjust ; but, when we came out of the Tholos, the four 
 went to Salamis and took Leon, but I went away home." 
 
 elTri 7T0V. " Casually observed." — 6oKot7]. The optative again, 
 as expressing the sentiments of the speaker. — vofXEvg. " A keeper." 
 — {17] byLoloyoLT] elvac "Would not confess that he was." The 
 
NOTES TO BOOK I. CHAPTER II. 175 
 
 Cptative is here employed because the case addiiced is a mere sup- 
 position ; but in alaxvveTai, farther on, the indicative is used, be- 
 cause there Socrates refers to what is passing under his own eyes. 
 {Kichner, ad loc.) — [irj aLax^vsraL, firj6' olcvat. The common text has 
 fj,rj alaxvvoiTo, /itjS' oIolto ; but the optative is wrong, for the reason 
 just stated. (Compare Kuhner, ^ 855, JeJf.) 
 
 ^ 33. 
 
 KaTiiaavTEc ■ ■ ■ ■ hSetKvvTriv. A plural participle with a dual verb. 
 {Kuhner, ^ 387, Jelf.) — airenzeTrjv fir/ SiaMyeGdaL. " Forbade him to 
 hold any converse." With verbs of prohibition as well as those of 
 denial, preventing, &c., the infinitive is used with firj. This is not 
 a pleonasm, but the negative notion of the verb is increased thereby. 
 {Kuhner, ^ 749, 1, Jelf. Compare Hermami ad Vig., ^ 371, p. 811.) 
 — TxvvddveadaL. "To ask a question," i. e., to ask for information. 
 We have here a specimen of the Socratic elpuveca, to which that 
 philosopher was accustomed to have recourse, whenever he had to 
 deal with those who were puffed up with erroneous ideas of their 
 own consequence or wisdom. (Compare Wiggers^ Life of Socrates, 
 p. 388 of this volume.) — el rt dyvoolro tuv npoajopevofievuv. "In 
 case any one of the things proclaimed (by them) should not be clear 
 (to him)," i. e., any one of their enactments. — rw 6' kcpdrTjv. "And 
 they said (that it Was allowed)," i. e., that he might. Observe that 
 £{pdT7]v is equivalent here to k^uvac eXe^av. {Jacobs, ad loc.) 
 
 §34. 
 kyb Toivvv, £(j)t], K. T. ?L. " Well, then, said he, I am prepared," 
 &c. Observe that toIwv is a particle of transition, and is often 
 used in answers, especially when one replies promptly to the dis- 
 course of another. (Compare Hartung, p. 350, 3.) — oTruf 6e firj dC 
 dyvoLav Iddu, K. r. A. " But, in order that I may not in any respect 
 unconsciously transgress them through ignorance." The verb 2av- 
 6dvu is construed with a participle, which participle may be trans- 
 lated as a verb, and the verb as an adverb, in the signification of 
 the Latin clam. {Kuhner, § 694, Jelf.) — Trorepov ttjv tuv Tioytjv rex- 
 V7]v, K. T. ?.. " Whether considering the art of disputation to be 
 auxiliary to those things that are rightly said, or to those that are 
 not rightly (said), you order me to refrain from it," i. e., whether 
 you order me to refrain from the art of disputation because you con- 
 sider it to be auxiliary to reasoning rightly or not rightly. Observe 
 that (jvv TLVL elvat signifies " to be auxiliary to," " to assist any 
 thing." {Kuhner, § 623, Jelf.) 
 
176 NOTES TO BOOK I. CHAPTEE II. 
 
 ' (5^Aov oTi. Examples are extremely rare of a present tense {^rj- 
 Tiov eoTL), followed by ore and an optative {cKpeKreov eir]) in place of 
 an indicative. The true employment of the optative is when the 
 words of another are given in past time or in the oratio obliqua. 
 (Compare Kuhner, ad loc.) — 6fi?\,ov on TTEipariov opdug "XijELv. The 
 meaning of the whole passage is given as follows by Kuhner : " You 
 interdict the art of speaking. The question then presents itself, 
 whether you mean^he art of speaking rightly or not rightly. If 
 you interdict the art of speaking rightly, such as I practice, then 
 one must abstain from speaking rightly, which is absurd. If, on the 
 other hand, you interdict the art of not speaking rightly, such as the 
 Sophists practice, we must strive to speak rightly, and, consequent- 
 ly, my mode of speaking, w^hich teaches how to speak rightly, must 
 be approved of; for it can not be imagined that you interdict the 
 art of speaking both rightly and not rightly. Your interdict, there- 
 fore, can have no reference to me, who teach to those who asso- 
 ciate with me the art of speaking rightly." 
 
 ^ 35. 
 
 h-KBidrj. The common text has eTzetddv, but the indicative ayvoslg 
 with eTzetddv would be solecistic. (Compare Matthi(E, ^ 521, Obs. 1.) 
 — rddc COL evfj-adeGTepa, k. t. 1. " We proclaim the following things 
 unto you as being more easy to understand : not to converse with 
 the young at all," i. e., we give you now an order more easy to un- 
 derstand, &c. Compare iv., 4, 3, where it is stated that Socrates 
 paid no obedience to this order. — u^ uXko ti ttoloj, k. t. 2,. "As I 
 may do something else than the things which have been ordered." 
 We have given ug here the force of a comparative conjunction, 
 with Kiihner, making it equivalent to the German wie, " as." Ja- 
 cobs, however, explains it by ucte fie uXKo tl noietv, and Sauppe by 
 " adeo utfaciam.''^ — f^^xpc ttocjcjv etuv. " To what number of years," 
 i. e., until what age. Compare the Latin " intra qxiot annos.'' — oaov 
 TTsp, ecTve, xpovov, k. t. A. " For even as long a time, replied he, as 
 it is not permitted one to be a senator." Citizens could not be 
 elected to the office of senator until they were thirty years old. 
 Observe here the employment of the genitive of time. A space of 
 time is put in the genitive, when it is regarded as the necessary 
 condition of the notion of the verb. (Kuhner, ^ 523, Jelf.) — veute- 
 poLQ TpcuKovra ETuv. " With persons younger than thirty years." 
 
 ^ 36. 
 av Tl uvufiat. " If I am inclined to buy any thing." Observe 
 the conditional dv beginning, as usual, a clause — ^v -KuT^y. The 
 
NOTES TO BOOK I. CHAPTER II. 177 
 
 conditional av appears here again under the form tjv, which is more 
 usual with the Attic writers, except Plato, and is always employed 
 by the tragedians. {Ellendt, Lex. Soph., s. v.) Schneider, offended 
 at the employment here of the two forms of this particle so near 
 each other, proposes to read kqi for yv, unless uv be referred to 
 time, and ^v be taken as implying a condition. There is no need, 
 however, of any change. Compare Kuhner, ad loc, ; and observe, 
 also, that rrcj?.?] in this clause, and tzuXsI in the succeeding one, de- 
 note wilhngness to sell. — vai -d ye roiavTa. "Yes, such things as 
 these (you may ask about)." — a2Ad tol crv ys, k. t. \. " But, in very 
 truth, you yourself are accustomed, although knowing how they are 
 constituted, to ask questions respecting the most of them." This 
 seems to have reference to Socrates' method of disputation, that is, 
 of interrogating his hearers, and appearing to instruct himself, 
 rather than pretending to instruct others ; in other words, of calling 
 forth ideas rather than communicating them. (Compare Wiggers' 
 Life of Socrates, p. 390 of this volume.) — euv eldCb, olov. " If I know, 
 for example." Compare, as regards the force of olov here, Viger^ 
 iii., 9, 12. 
 
 § 37. 
 Tuvih dnix^cdai, Tuv GKVTtuv, K. T. A. " To refrain from those 
 people, the leather-dressers, namely, and carpenters, and smiths." 
 Observe here, in ruvde, what is called the prospective use of the 
 demonstrative pronoun, that is, it directs the reader's attention to 
 some substantive or substantives that are to follow, and serves to 
 prepare the way for them. {Kuhner, i) 657, Jelf.) In his disputa- 
 tions, Socrates was wont to derive illustrations for his statements 
 from common life, from fullers, leather-dressers, cobblers, &c., and 
 was often accustomed, moreover, to engage in converse with this 
 very class of persons. The Sophists pursued a directly contrary 
 method, being fond of expressing themselves in dazzling theses and 
 antitheses, and frequently ridiculed what they considered the phi- 
 losopher's vulgar taste in this respect. (Compare Plat., Symp., 221, 
 E. ; Gorg., 491, A.) — Kai yap olfiai avrovg, k. t. A. "And with good 
 reason, for I think that they are, by this time, quite worn out, being 
 continually had in your mouth," i. e., that they are talked deaf by 
 your loquacity. Properly speaking, the illustrations ought to be 
 said to be worn threadbare ; here, however, the persons themselves 
 who afforded them are said to be worn out, by a half-sneering, half- 
 jocular form of expression. 
 
 OVKOVV, i<p7] 6 "ZuKpUTTJC, KUL TCJV ^TTOfXEVUV T0VT0i£ " (Will It be 
 
 H 2 
 
178 NOTES TO BOOK I. CHAPTER II. 
 
 incumbent on me), then, said Socrates, (to refrain) also from the 
 things that follow these (examples)," i. e., to refrain from all rea- 
 sonings which follow from these illustrations, namely, on justice, 
 &c. — Tuv ak7Mv tCjv ToiovTuv. After TO, aX/ia, or ol uXXoi, the arti- 
 cle is often repeated. The common text has rcjv uXkcov ruv 6u(atuv, 
 which Schiitz interprets " de Us, quce justis sunt opposita;'^ but the 
 true reading is towvtuv, the reference being to the other virtues, 
 namely, wisdom, temperance, fortitude, &c. — nal tuv jSovKoTiOv ye. 
 <' And in particular from herdsmen." Compare ^ 32, in explanation 
 of this allusion. — owuc [ii] 'KOirjayq. So in all the MSS. and printed 
 editions. This is one of the many passages which are cited against 
 Dawes' canon, ^'■that the particles ottuq [itj are not joined, with the 1st 
 aor. subjunctive active or middle, but that in place thereof the future in- 
 dicative is usedy As this canon rests on no grammatical or logical 
 grounds, so it is shaken by the fact that in many passages, by the 
 agreement of the MSS., o-nog is joined with the 1st aor. subj. active ; 
 for, since a change of HI into EI, and of Q. into O, is all that is re- 
 quired to make the 1st aor. subj. a future indicative, great opportuni- 
 ties were thereby opened to the inaccuracy of transcribers. {Kuh- 
 ner, <^ 812, 1, Jelf.) — kMrrovg rug j3ovg. Some think this refers to 
 an Athenian coin, having on it the figure of an ox, as if Charicles 
 had threatened Socrates with a fine. (Compare Rasche, Lex. R. N., 
 i., col. 1587.) Others translate (3ovg "cattle," supposing that Soc- 
 rates is here threatened with death. This is certainly the better 
 view of the subject. Compare ^ 32. 
 
 ^ 38, 39. 
 
 rov nepl tuv (3ocJv loyov. "His remark respecting the cattle," 
 i. e., the simile he had uttered respecting them. Compare ^ 32. — 
 o'ia fiev ovv ?] cvvovaia, k. t. 1. " Of what nature, then, was the in- 
 tercourse of Critias with Socrates," &c. — fairiv 6' uv lyoye, k. t. A. 
 " I indeed, for my part, would say, that no one ever derived any in- 
 struction from a person that did not please him," i. e., any thing 
 that exercised a lasting effect on his subsequent conduct.— oti/c dpia- 
 KovToq avTolg 'LuKpdrovg u^LT^rjaaTrjv. " Did not, because Socrates 
 pleased them, associate (with him)." — EvOvg k^ dpxvg- The same 
 with the Latin " statim ab initio.^'' — ovk uITiolq tlgI ndAAov, k. t. A. 
 " They strove to hold discussions with none others but those most 
 versed in state affairs." Literally, " with not any others rather 
 than with those," &c. As regards the expression TcpdrrovaL rd no- 
 "KiTLKd, compare i., 6, 15. 
 
NOTES TO BOOK I. CHAPTER 11. 179 
 
 Tcplv eIkoclv etuv elvai. The conversation here detailed coincides 
 with the time of Plato's First Alcibiades. Compare chapter xli. of 
 that dialogue. — TlepLKlel, cTrirpoTro filv ovtl iavTov, k. t. A. " Held 
 a conversation such as this with Pericles, who was his guardian, 
 and chief minister of the state, on the subject of law." On the 
 death of his father, Alcibiades was left to the guardianship of his 
 relations, Pericles and Ariphron. Agariste, the mother of Pericles 
 and Ariphron, was the daughter of Hippocrates, whose brother Clei- 
 sthenes was the grandfather of Deinomache, the mother of Alcibi- 
 ades. {Herod., vi., 131. Isocr., dc Big., 10. Bdckh ad Find., Pyth., 
 vii., p. 302.) At the age of eighteen his minority ceased, and he 
 entered upon the possession of his fortune. 
 
 ^41. 
 odvat. As the verb drjui has not the second aorist, the imperfect 
 Edrjv is used in its stead, with the force of the aorist. In a contin- 
 ued narrative ecprji', and, in the oblique structure, its infinitive (pdvac, 
 both with the power of an aorist, are often introduced parentheti- 
 cally, the latter especially, like the English " said he." {Kuhner, 
 ^ 263, 7, Jclf.) — ■ndvTug d^rrov. " Certainly, I think (I could)." In 
 the form drjirov, both particles, 6^ and tzov, preserve their natural 
 force, the assertion implied by the former being blended with the 
 doubt expressed by the latter, and hence the two combined are em- 
 ployed when one distrusts, or affects to distrust, his own opinion. 
 So that here wdvrug is qualified by drJTrov, in the sense of " I think," 
 «' if I mistake not," &c.—cUda^ov 6^. " Teach me, then." The 
 particle dtj is very frequently added to imperatives, in the sense of 
 "now," " then," and indicates haste and impatience. (Kuhner, ^ 
 721, 1, Jelf.) — vojunoL. "Observant of law." — oliiaL ^tj &v dtKacug, 
 K. T. A. " Think that one could not justly obtain this praise wlio 
 knows not what law is." 
 
 $42. 
 
 Qvdiv TL ;\;a?ie7roii Trpdjfj.aTog eKidvfj.eic- " You desire nothing at all 
 of a diflicult matter," i. e., no very difficult matter. Observe that 
 ovSev Tt is equivalent to the Latin nihil quicquam. (Herbst, ad loc. 
 Jacobs, ad Achill. Tat., p. 728.) On the construction of tI with ovdiv, 
 consult Matthia, <J 487, 4. — (SovXofievo^. " In wishing," i. e., by your 
 wish. — TrdvTcg yap ovtol vofzot elaiv. Attraction, for iravra yap ravrd 
 tart v6p.oi. So we have in ^ 43, ravra vonog kari. — avveWbv koI 6ok- 
 iHdaav, K. T. A. " Having assembled and approved of, enact, de- 
 
180 NOTES TO BOOK I. CHAPTER II. 
 
 daring thereby," &c. Literally, " write down,'' i. e., cause to be 
 written down or enrolled. The middle voice {eypdiparo) would be 
 more regular here, since ypd^stv vojiov, in the active, is properly ap- 
 plied to those who propose or enact laws for others, not for them- 
 selves. Compare Sturz, Lex. Xen., s. v. ypafeiv, l, 9. Observe, 
 moreover, the employment of the aorist here to denote what is cus- 
 tomarily done, and which requires it to be rendered by a present. — 
 TTOTspov 6e Tayada vofxtaav delv ttoleIv. " But whether (do they so 
 enact), after having made up their minds that we ought to do the 
 things that are good." The common text has kvSjULGav, but the best 
 editions now admit in place of it the elegant emendation of Reiske, 
 namely, vofzlaav. The participle apparently stands by itself, but the 
 finite verb is, in reality, to be supplied from the previous sentence. 
 For other instances of this construction, consult Matthice, <J 556, Obs. 
 1. — (5 fieipuKcov. " My boy." 
 
 * M3. 
 
 ucTTsp oTcov. " As (happens) where." Supply yiyvErai after c5f Trcp. 
 — Tavra t'l kariv ; "what are these (enactments)?' — oaa uv to Kpar- 
 ovv, K. T. 1. " Whatsoever the controlling power of the state, after 
 having deliberated, what it is incumbent to do," i. e., what the sev- 
 eral members of the state ought to do. — Kparuv. " Ruling over." — 
 Kal ravra. i' These things also," i. e., these enactments. 
 
 avoiiia. " Lawlessness." — ap' ovx orav. " Is it not when." — 6 
 KpstTTuv .... Tov rjTTCd. " Thc Stronger, .... the weaker." — ava- 
 rWeiiaL yap, k. t. A. "For I retract (the assertion), that whatever 
 things a tyrant prescribes, without having persuaded (the citizens), 
 is a law." Observe that the article to belongs here to the whole 
 phrase following after. Kuhner, ^ 457, 1, Jelf.) The old editions 
 less correctly have tol in place of it. Observe, moreover, that ava- 
 Tidefcac is a metaphor from the game of draughts, in which avadelvat 
 TTSTTov signifies "to take up," i. e., "to remove" or "withdraw a 
 man," and place it elsewhere. Compare ii., 4, 4, and iv., 2, 33. 
 The verb f^eTaTcdeadaL occurs, in the same sense, in iv., 2, 18. 
 
 ^ 45, 46. 
 
 KpaTovvTcg. " By the strong hand." Literally, "exercising au- 
 thority." — dTe ypd^cov, ehe nfj. "Whether making it the subject 
 of a written enactment or not." Supply ypu(l)Qv in the second clause. 
 — Kparovv Tuv to, xpw^'''^ exovtuv- " Lording it over these having 
 
NOTES TO BOOK I. CHArTER II. 181 
 
 wealth," i. e., over the wealthy classes. — pidXa roi. "Most as- 
 suredly." The enclitic particle toI lays a particular emphasis on 
 the word to which it is attached. It is often equivalent to the Latin 
 sane, " truly," " verily." {Kuhner, ^ 736, Jelf.) Coray changes the 
 colon after 'AXKiSiudri into a comma, and connects fxdXa rot with 
 deivoc ; but, in the first place, fxdXa toc is naturally required as an 
 answer to the question of Alcibiades, and, in the next, fj.d2.a is 
 too far removed from deivoi here to be neatly connected with it. 
 {Kuhner, ad loc.) — Kal v/xecg, T7]7uKovroi, k. t. A. "We also, when 
 of your age, were skilled in such things as these," i. e., in the art 
 of disputing on such topics as these ; in investigating such matters 
 as these. Many adjectives expressing ability, fitness, &c., are con- 
 strued with an accusative, which, however, is sometimes more ac- 
 curately defined by a preposition, elg, -Kpog, &c. {Kuhner, ^ 579, 1, 
 Jelf.) The expression kol rjfielg is a modest use of the plural, conce- 
 ding a participation in merit to his equals in age. Compare ii., 7, 
 1. — E/j.£2,€TUfLev Kal kao(^i^ofi£da. "We discussed and philosophized 
 upon." — eWe aoL. If a wish relate to any thing past, the indicative 
 aorist is used with el ydp, or eWe, without dv. Compare Matthice, 
 (j 513, Obs. 2. — OTE dELvoTarog aavTov, k. t. 2.. " When you surpassed 
 yourself in these things." The superlative is frequently accompa- 
 nied, not by the genitive plural of a class of objects, but by the gen- 
 itive of the reflective pronoun, by which, in this case, is" expressed 
 the highest degree to which a thing or person attains. {Matthicc, (j 
 460.) Fritzsche proposes to read ^EtvoTEpog, " when you were more 
 powerful in these studies than now." {ad Aristoph., Thcsmoph., 838.) 
 
 etteI tolvvv TdxLcra, k. t. 1. " As soon, therefore, as they thought 
 themselves to be superior to those who were at the head of public 
 affairs," i. e., superior to the statesmen of the day. On this mean- 
 ing of TToXiTEVEadai, consult Sturz, Lex. Xen., s. v. The narrative 
 now returns to Critias and Alcibiades, and the particle tolvvv is 
 therefore employed, since it serves to resume an interrupted dis- 
 course. (Compare <J 29.) — ovte ydp avrolg, k. t. A. "For neither 
 did he please them in other respects ; and, in case they did approach 
 him, they were chagrined at being reproved for the things in which 
 they were accustomed to err," i. e., at being reproved for their er- 
 rors and vicious conduct. The verb kMjxf^ properly carries with it 
 the idea of putting to shame, and hence of confuting, reproving, 
 &c. Observe, moreover, that verbs which, like ^x^ovto, denote a 
 state of feeling, are construed with a participle. {Kuhner, ^ 685, 
 
18^ NOTES TO BOOK I. CHAPTER IT. 
 
 Jelf.) — vnep uv. The preposition vn^p, in a causal sense, mostly co- 
 incides with Tcepl, although more rarely thus employed. (Compare 
 Buttmann, Ind. ad Midiam, p. 188.) — uvirep 'evEKtv nac. The Greeks 
 frequently insert Kat (" even," " also") after relative pronouns, to 
 mark a certain gradation. {Hartung, i., p. 136.) 
 
 ^ 48. 
 
 KpcTcjv. Crito was a wealthy Athenian, who became an intimate 
 friend and disciple of Socrates, having discovered his eminent tal- 
 ents, and who induced him to give up the profession of his father, 
 namely, sculpture. ( Wiggers' Life of Socrates, p. 374 of this vol- 
 ume.) — Xaipecpcjv, Kal XaLpEKpdT7]c. Chaerephon and Chaerecrates 
 were brothers, natives of x\thens, and followers of Socrates. (Com- 
 pare ii., 3, 1 and 15. Schol. ad Aristoph., Nub., 104, 144, 146, 504.) 
 — Kal 'Ep[jL0KpaT7]g. These words have been inserted by Schneider 
 from two MSS. Who this Hermocrates was, however, is unknown. 
 He certainly ought not to be confounded with the Syracusan gen- 
 eral of that name, who fought against Nicias, the Athenian, during 
 the Peloponnesian war. Van Prinsterer thinks that we ought to 
 read 'Epixoyevrjg, Hermogenes having been a friend and follower of 
 Socrates. (Prosopogr. Plat., p. 225, seq.) — I,cfj.fiiag. Simmias was 
 a native of Thebes, who went to Athens to study under Socrates. — 
 KeBrjg. Cebes Was a Theban philosopher, and a follower of Socra- 
 tes, with whom he was connected by intimate friendship. He is 
 introduced by Plato as one of the interlocutors in the Phaedo, and 
 as having been present at the death of the philosopher. One of his 
 works, the Uiva^, or Picture of Human Life, is still extant, and 
 much admired. — ^atdojvSrjg. Thus in several MSS. This Phaedon- 
 des was a Cyrenean, according to Ruhnken {ad loc.) ; but, accord- 
 ing to HeindorfF (acZ Plat., Pkczd., p. 13) and Wyttenbach {ad Phced., 
 p. 118), a Theban. The common text has (^alduv di, where 6e has 
 the force of en. 
 
 6rijiT]yopiKol fj diKavcKoi. "Able popular speaker* or skillful ad- 
 vocates." — Kal oLKCf), Kal oLKETaic, K. T. "k. " They might be able to 
 conduct themselves in a becoming manner toward their families, 
 and domestics, and relations," &c. Literally, " to make a becom- 
 ing use of family," &c. Observe that olKeTrjg strictly means an in- 
 mate of one's house, but most usually a house-slave or domestic. 
 On the other hand, oUsloc means a relation, and answers to the 
 Latin propinquus or cognatus. — ovre veurepog ovre npea^vTepog uv. 
 «' Either iin youth or in more advanced age." As regards veurepog 
 here, where we would expect veog, compare Kuhner, <§ 784, Jelf. 
 
NOTES TO BOOK I. CHAPTER II. 183 
 
 aXku 'EuKpuTTjc y£- Compare ^ 12. — TrpoTrrjTiaKc^Eiv. " To treat 
 with contumely." The verb Tzpoirrjlaid^w means properly "to be- 
 spatter with mud," or, as Buttmann prefers {LexiL, p. 497, Fishl), 
 "to trample in the mire ;" and hence "to treat with contumely," 
 " to insult," &c. (Compare Aristoph., Nub., 1407.) Those persons 
 who were condemned to drifzia were exposed to such treatment as 
 is indicated by the literal meaning of irpoTrTjXaKc^cj. (Compare Bremi 
 ad Demosth. de Cor., p. 229, 12.) — avrcj. Bornemann reads eavTu, 
 but there is no need whatever of any change, since either pronoun 
 will answer. The distinction between them appears to be this, 
 namely, that the reflexive pronoun refers to what is passing in the 
 mind of the person spoken of, but avrog to what is passing in the 
 mind of the speaker. (Compare Kuhner, ad loc.) — (pdaKuv 6e Kara 
 vofiov E^elvai, k. t. A. " And also by asserting that it was allow- 
 able, according to law, for a person who had convicted him of de- 
 rangement even to bind his father," i. e., to consign him to safe 
 keeping. The main object of this law was to enable those next of 
 kin to get the control of the property and prevent its being squan- 
 dered. The process was a public one, and a regular trial ensued. 
 (Compare Meier, and Schomann, der Alt. Proc, p. 296, seqq.) — tekiitj- 
 piu TovTu xP'^H-^'^o^- " Using this as a sure argument," i. e., making 
 use of the fact that such a law existed as a sure proof, &c. — deSs- 
 cdaL. "To be kept bound." Observe the continued action indi- 
 cated by the perfect, and compare the explanation of Kiihner, "m're- 
 ciri vinctumque teneri.'''' 
 
 () 50, 51. 
 rov fiEv Sea/iEvovTa. " That he who consigned another to bonds." 
 — ■Ko/JidKi^ kaKOTTEt, TL 6La<pEpEL, K. T. A. " Hc oftcn madc it a subject 
 of investigation in what respect ignorance differs from madness." 
 Though the nature of the oratio obliqua would seem to require the op- 
 tative, as the proper expression of a supposition, yet it is not always 
 used, and the indicative (as here dta^ipEL) is employed far more fre- 
 quently ; so that objects are brought before the mind not as mere 
 conceptions, but as facts, which gives great power of representation 
 to the language. {Kuhner, () 88Q, Jelf.) — avii^Epovrug. " With ad- 
 vantage." — £1^ d-Lfiia Elvai. " To be held in dishonor." — rovg SikU' 
 i^njdvovg. "Those who are involved in law-suits." Observe here 
 the force of the middle voice, ^he active, 6lku(^eiv, is " to dispense 
 justice -," the middle, diKu^Eadat, "to cause justice to be dispensed 
 unto one's self," " to go to law." — ol avvdiKEcu kKiaTUfievoi. "Those 
 
184 NOTES TO BOOK I. CHAPTER II. 
 
 who know how to act as advocates." The verb cwdtKeu means, 
 properly, to be a avv&LKog or advocate ; and cvv6LKog itself, one who 
 takes hold of a case along with another {cvv, Slktj), an assistant in 
 a cause, &c. (Compare Hermann, Pol. Ant., (^ 142, 14.) 
 
 ^ 52. 
 
 £(p7] 6e. Supply 6 KaT/jyopog. — wf ovSev oipsTiog, k. t. 7,. ''That it 
 is no advantage for them to be well disposed." Supply eari after 
 o^e/lof. — fdaKELv de avrov. " And that he frequently remarked." 
 Observe the frequentative force of (pdcKO). — epfiTjvsvaai. " To ex- 
 plain them," i. e., to teach them clearly unto others. Compare 
 Sturz, Lex. Xen., s. v. — ovtu ScandevaL. "So disposed," i. e., suc- 
 ceeded in exerting such an iniiuence over. — u^Te fxrjdafiov irap' avrolg, 
 K. T. Ti. " That all others were in no estimation with them in com- 
 parison with himself," i. e., w^ere held in no account by them, &c. 
 "With fiTjdafiov Weiske supplies 2,6-yov or Tifi^/J-arog, of which Kiihner 
 approves. It is much neater, however, to regard fi7]6afiov as the 
 simple adverb ; literally, " were no where in comparison with him." 
 Compare the remark of Hermann on ov and avrov. (De Ellips. et 
 Pleon. in Ling. Gr., p. 151.) — Tcpog eavrov. A similar construction 
 occurs in Latin. Thus, Tcrent., Eun., ii., 3, 69 : " At nihil ad nos- 
 tramy 
 
 ^ 53. 
 
 Kol Tuv uXk(jdv cvyyevcjv. The common text has re after avyye- 
 vuv, which, as Herbst remarks, can not be endured. We have 
 thrown it out, therefore, with Weiske, Herbst, and other editors. 
 Kiihner seeks to defend it, but on very feeble grounds, making 
 avyyevcJv and cpL/Mv to be in apposition with d?i?itjv, and attempting 
 to account for the presence of Trspi. before ^[?iuv by the circumstance 
 of the latter word's denoting a class of persons distinct from both 
 Trarepuv and avyyevuv. — /cat irpog Tovrotg ye 6fj. "And in addition 
 to these things in very truth," i. e., and besides, what is still more 
 to the purpose. Xenophon here concedes even more than the ac- 
 cuser alleges, and proceeds to adduce other instances of apparent 
 paradoxes in the remarks of Socrates ; from all which, however, he 
 deduced sound and useful conclusions. Observe the strengthening 
 effect of (5^. (Kithner, § 722, Jelf.) The editions prior to that of 
 Weiske have Trpof Tovroig ye 6l6tl. Our present reading is the con- 
 jectural emendation of that scholar. — yiyveraL (ppovTjcng. " Intelli- 
 gence exists." The general idea intended to be conveyed here is 
 more fully developed in ^ 55. — k^eveyKavreg. The second aorist of 
 
NOTES TO BOOK 1. CHAPTER II. 185 
 
 this verb is more usual with the Attics. The first aorist, however, 
 occurs again, ii., 2, 5; iii., 6, 18; iv., 8, 1. {Kiihner, ad loc.) — 
 d<pavl^ov(jtv. " Inter." The literal meaning of a^avl^u is " to make 
 unseen," " to hide from sight," and hence " to inter," " to bury," &c. 
 
 ^ 54. 
 
 e/ifye de, on Kal fuv, k. t. 1. " He used to say, also, that each 
 one, while living, both himself removes, and affords unto another 
 (to remove), whatever may be useless or unavailable of his own 
 body, which he loves most of all." Kiihner removes the comma 
 after iavrov, and explains as follows : eKaorog acpaipel (tovtov) 6 ndv- 
 Tuv iiakLora iavrov (j)l2.el (tov adjiaroQ Tieyu) o tl dv d^petov ^. This, 
 however, is much less natural. — avrol re yap. The common text 
 has avTol re ye, for which we have given Ernesti's correction, 
 sanctioned by one of the MSS. There can be no doubt but that ydp 
 is the true reading here, since, as Buttmann remarks {ad Demosth., 
 Mid., ($> 21, w. 7), an example or illustration is adduced, not an ar- 
 gument. Ernesti's correction is adopted by Schneider, Bornemann, 
 Herbst, and in the Paris edition of Xenophon from the press of Didot. 
 Kuhner, however, retains and seeks to defend the common reading. 
 — TuAovg. "Callosities." — koI dTrorefivetv Kal diroiideLV. " Both to 
 cut off and burn away." After verbs of giving, &c., the infinitive 
 active is commonly found, where we would expect the passive. 
 {Kuhner, ^ 669, Obs. 2, Jelf.) This, however, must not be regarded 
 as the active used for the passive merely, but as an attempt to ex- 
 press by means of the active a more distinct and emphatic idea of 
 the action of the verb, and one brought more immediately into pres- 
 ent view. — Evov. " While within." — fSXdirTeL 6e iroXv fidXTiov. " But 
 rather does considerable harm." 
 
 (J 55. 
 
 01) didduKuv. "Not teaching (thereby)," i. c, not for the purpose 
 of teaching. — iavrov Se Kararefivecv. " Or to cut one's self in pieces." 
 Observe the strengthening force of Kard in composition. — 8rL ro 
 d<ppov dri/iov earc " That what is without intelligence is without 
 honor," i. e., that no honor or respect is paid to want of understand- 
 ing. — TcapEKdTiEL £nt/^e?i£to6at, k. t. /I. "He exhorted (each one) to 
 be careful to become as discreet and as useful as possible," i. e., 
 to study to become. Observe here the peculiar employment of the 
 article, which belongs, not to elvai alone, but to the whole clause, 
 of which elvai merely forms part. — kdv re . . . *. idv re. " If either 
 .... or if." Like the Latin sive .... sive {Kuhner, <J 778, Jelf.) 
 
186 NOTES TO BOOK I. CHAPTER II. 
 
 — fj,^, TO) oUeloQ elvai TCLarevov, k. t. 2.. " He be not neglectful of 
 them, relying upon the circumstance of his being a relation, but en- 
 deavor," &c. Observe that the subject of discourse from ^ 54 on- 
 ward is EKaarog, and compare the remark of Kiihner : " Dictum est, 
 quasi antecesserit 7rapeKd?.et '^Kaarov trnfLeXeladai.'" — ireipaTai. Sub- 
 junctive present. 
 
 f) 56. 
 
 ra TTovTjpoTara. " The worst passages." Supply fxept] or ettt/. — 
 rovToic fxapTvpiocc XP^H'^'^^^- " Using these as proofs." Compare 
 ^49. — 'Hatodov fiEv TO. " That the line of Hesiod, for instance." The 
 apodosis is found at the commencement of ^ 58, the particle [isv 
 here marking the first instance cited, and 6e, in to 6e 'Op-ripov, the 
 second. Observe, moreover, that to in the present passage (with 
 which supply eTrof) is the accusative, and was intended to depend 
 on Myeiv coming after, but, in consequence of the line's intervening, 
 TovTo is inserted for perspicuty' sake, which takes the place of to, 
 and the particle 6fi serves to mark this change of construction. We 
 have, therefore, an anacoluthon in 'B-gloSov fiev to. Hesiod was an 
 ancient Greek poet, whose name is often mentioned by the ancients 
 in connection with that of Homer. He was a native of Ascra in 
 Boeotia, whence he is often called the Ascrean bard. 
 
 epyov 6' ovdev ovetdog, k. r. A. " For work is no disgrace, but idle- 
 ness, on the other hand, is a disgrace." On the peculiar force of 
 the particles 6e tc, when in jaxtaposition, consult Hartung, i., p. 71. 
 The line of Hesiod here quoted is from the Works and Days, v. 311. 
 The poet is treating of agriculture, and by epyov means labor in the 
 fields, which, he says, is no disgrace. The enemies of Socrates, 
 however, understood, or pretended to understand, epyov as signify- 
 ing any action whatever, and joined ov6ev with it, although it be- 
 longs to 6v£i.6og. According to this view, the meaning of the hue 
 would be, " no work is a disgrace, but idleness (of any kind) is a 
 disgrace." The measure of the verse is hexameter. — tovto 6rj M- 
 y£Lv avTov, ug, k. t. A, " That this line, then, he explained (in such 
 a way), as if the poet bids us," &c. Supply ovT<j)g in the first clause, 
 to which wf becomes opposed in the second. There is no need, 
 therefore, of our giving At'ye^v, with SeyfFert, a double object, name- 
 ly, TovTo and (jf, " diesen Vers nennen, und sagen dass,''^ &c. — koX 
 ravTu. " Even these." 
 
 ^ 57. 
 2cjKpdr7?f 6' h-Keidrj buoloyrjaaLTo, k. t. A. " Now, whenever Soc- 
 rates allowed that the being a worker was both useful and good for 
 
NOTES TO BOOK 1. CHAPTER II. 187 
 
 a man." The optative is used after temporal particles (as here 
 after eK6i6r/), to express, not an individual circumstance, but a case 
 of frequent recurrence. Hence krcecd^ has here the force of " when- 
 ever," or " as often as." {Kiihner, § 843, b.) — to 6e apyov. " But 
 that the being idle." Observe that elvac is twice to be supplied in 
 this clause, once after apyov, and again after /ca/cdv. — kpyd^eadai re 
 Koi epyd-ag ayaOovg elvac. "Both worked and were good w^ork- 
 men." Weiske objects to dyadovg as superfluous here, and that the 
 notion of good is already imphed here in hpyu^Eodai and kpyuTag, and 
 Schneider, agreeing with Weiske, incloses it in brackets, which 
 Bornemann allows to remain. But dyadovg here carries with it an 
 air of energy and emphasis which the context seems naturally to 
 demand. — dpyovc d-KSKdTiU. " He stigmatized as idle." — e/c 61 rov- 
 TO)v. "And in accordance with these sentiments." — to. "The 
 line." Supply enog. 
 
 §58. 
 TO 6e 'OiiTjpov. " The following passage, also, of Homer." — Ae- 
 jELv. " Quoted." The passage referred to occurs in the Iliad, ii., 
 188, seqq. — otl. " How that." — KtxetT]. " He chanced to find," i. e., 
 as often as he met with any king, &c. The optative with the rela- 
 tive is used to indicate the recurrence or repetition of an act. 
 {Kuliner, ^ 831, 4, Jelf.) — tov 6\ "This one thereupon." Observe 
 the Homeric demonstrative pronoun tov, which became the later 
 article. The particle 6e here is not in the apodosis to fiiv in the 
 preceding hne. This apodosis occurs in bv 6' av drjfxov, farther on. 
 — hpTjTvaacKE. 3d sing, of the iterative form (Epic and Ionic) of the 
 1st aor. ind. act. of epTjTvu, " to restrain," and, consequently, for 
 ijpTjTvae. The iterative form is employed to denote a repeated ac- 
 tion, which is at the same time momentary in its nature. Thus, in 
 the present instance, the meaning is, as often as he met such a per- 
 son so often he restrained him. Compare the remarks of Buttmann, 
 Ausf. Gr. Spr., vol. i., p. 395, note.) — daifiovL'. "Strange man." 
 The term dai/ioviog always carries with it, in Homer, some degree 
 of objurgation, and is to be translated according to the rank or con- 
 dition of the party addressed. — kqkov (jg. "Coward like." Ob- 
 serve the accentuation of ug, which particle takes the accent here 
 because coming after the word {kukov) with which it is connected 
 in construction. — koI d'XTi.ovg Upve laovg. "And cause the rest of 
 the people to take seats." Observe the force of the active in Upve. 
 Tiie middle, IdpveaOai, means "to cause one's self to take a seat," 
 " to sit." — Idoc .... e(pevpoi. Compare note on ntx^ii], in the first 
 
188 NOTES TO BOOK I. CHAPTER II. 
 
 verse of the extract. — tov hTiaaaaKsv. "This one he smote." The 
 form kldaaaKEv is iterative for fjlaaev, from e?Mvvo). The reference 
 is properly to a driving back by blows. — 6fioK?ivaaaKe. Iterative form 
 for d)fj.6K?,'>](7e, from ofioKliu, " to reprove," " to chide." 
 
 Saifiovt'. " Fellow." Consult note on dai/xovL' in verse 3. — arpt- 
 /xag 7]ao. "Sit quietly," i. e.^ take a seat and be quiet. — gv 6e. 
 "For thou art." Supply elg. — ovre ■kot' h TroAe/zw, k. t. A. "Nei- 
 ther at any time counted in war nor in council," i. e., neither num- 
 bered among the brave in war, nor admitted to the council of chief- 
 tains. — E^TfjEcadat. "Interpreted." — o)g 6 Troirirrj^ kTratvoiij. "As if 
 the poet recommended." — drj/xordg. " The common people." Ac- 
 cording to the lexicon of Zonaras, as quoted by Ruhnken, drjfiOTrjc, 
 in the sense in which it is here employed, is peculiar to the Ionic 
 writers, and Xenophon is the only one of the Attic authors who 
 uses it in this meaning. The regular Attic term is drjuoTiKog, 
 
 ^59. 
 KoL yap kavTov ovtu, k. t. "k. "And (no wonder), for in this way 
 he would have inferred," &c., i. e., by this same train of reasoning 
 he must have inferred, &c. — aklug r' kdv rzpbg tovtu. " Especially 
 if, in addition to this." The expression aXkug re is here of the 
 same force as aXkug te kuL (Kuhner, ad loc.) The Kat after rovTCfi 
 belongs to ■&paaEig. — d-pacEig. "Bold of deportment," i. e., of insolent 
 ■spirit. — Kdv Tvyxdvuaiv ovrsg. " Even though they happen to bo." 
 
 ^60. 
 d2.2.d luKpdvTjg ye, /c. r. A. " Socrates, how^ever, for his part, in 
 opposition to all this, was evidently both a friend of the common 
 people and a lover of mankind." The particle dAAa refers to the 
 negation, ov tuvt' eIeje, in <^ 59. Observe also the peculiar force 
 of ye, and compare the explanation of Kuhner, " Socrates tamen, si 
 quis alius,'''' &c. — (pavspbg tjv uv. Literally, " was manifest as be- 
 ing." — TToTiXovg E7ndvfj,rjTdg koI darovg, k. t. 2,. "Although he re- 
 ceived numbers of persons desirous of hearing him, both citizens 
 and strangers." Observe here the force of kmdvfiTjTdg, and com- 
 pare Apol. Socr., {) 28 : 'ATroXTiodupog sTridvfXTjTTjg [lev laxvpcjg avrov^ 
 (Consult notes on ^ 5.) — jiiaQov eirpd^aTo. Compare <$» 5. — dTCkd vrd- 
 oLv d(pd6vcjg, K. T. X " But ungrudgingly bestowed a share of his 
 instructions upon all." Observe that tuv is here the partitive geni- 
 tive. {Kuhner, i) 535, Jclf.) — uv riveg, fiiKpa fiEprj, k. t. A. He hints 
 at Aristippus and some others of Socrates' followers, who taught for 
 pay. Aristippus was the first that did this. {Ruhnk., ad loc. Com- 
 
NOTES TO BOOK I. CHAPTER II. 189 
 
 pare Diog. Laert., ii., 65.) — ttoTiXov eiruTiovv. " Sold them at a high 
 price." The price of any thing is put in the genitive. {Matthice, 
 ^ 364.) 
 
 ^61. 
 
 TTpbg Tovg aXlovg avOpuTtovg. "Among foreigners," i. e., in other 
 lands. Literally, "with respect to the rest of men." — ^ Aixag ry 
 AaKE6ai/j,ovtuv. Lichas, the Lacedaemonian, and son of Arcesilaus, 
 is meant, who was contemporary with Socrates. — em tovtu. " On 
 the following account." The pronoun ovrog generally refers to 
 something that goes before. Occasionally, however, as in the pres- 
 ent instance, it has relation to what follows. {Kuhner, ad loc. Com- 
 pare i., 2, 3 ; ii., 2, 27.) — ralg yvjuvoTcatdiaig Tovg EKtdrjfiovvTag, k. t. 2.. 
 " Banqueted at the Gymnopsedia all the strangers then sojourning 
 in Lacedaemon." The Gymnopsedia, or the festival of the " naked 
 youths," was celebrated at Sparta every year in honor of Apollo 
 Pythaeus, Diana, and Latona. The festival lasted for several, per- 
 haps for ten days, and the whole season of its celebration was one 
 of great merriment and rejoicing, during which Sparta was visited 
 by large numbers of strangers. (Consult Diet. Ant., s. v.) It was 
 for his hospitality on this occasion that Lichas became renowned 
 throughout Greece. (Compare Plut., Vit. Cim., 10.) Observe, 
 moreover, that -yvfivoTraLdlaig is here the dative of time. {Kuhner, 
 ^ 606, Jelf.) — TO. ixiyiara mivTag. According to the analogy of it ol- 
 eiv Tiva KUKa, " to do any one harm," the verbs cocpeTislv, fSMTrreiv, 
 and others in which the idea of doing is implied, take, besides the 
 accusative of the person, another accusative neuter plural of an 
 adjective, where the English language employs the adverbs tnore, 
 very, &c. {Matthice, ^ 415, Obs. 3.) 
 
 ij 62. 
 
 hjiol (jLEv 6rj. When 6tj follows /zev, it refers to something previ- 
 ously mentioned, and maybe rendered "then," "therefore," "ac- 
 cordingly." {Matthice, <J 603.) The <5e clause is omitted, which 
 may be explained thus: "To me, therefore, he seemed, &c., but 
 to some perhaps otherwise." — koI Kara Tovg vofiovg, k. t. A. "And 
 if one were to consider the subject with reference to the existing 
 laws." — Kara yap rovg vo/novg. " For, according to the laws."— 
 ^avEpbq yEVTjrai. "Be openly caught." Literally, "may have be- 
 come manifest." — yiu-aoduTibv. " Stealing garments." The verb 
 T^uTToSvTECj is properly applicable to the stealing of the garments of 
 bathers from the thermae or public baths. In a more general sense, 
 
190 NOTES TO BOOK I. CHAPTER II. 
 
 however, it refers to the operations of thieves and highwaymen of 
 all classes. The offence was published with death if the articles 
 stolen or taken were of the value of ten drachmae. (Meier wid 
 Schdm., Att. Proc, iii., 1, p. 229, 359, seqq.) — tovtoi^. " For these 
 offenders." The pronoun is here in the plural, after the collect- 
 ive Tif, because a whole class of offenders are referred to. {Matthice, 
 ^ 434.) — cjv TzavTuv. " From all which offences." 
 
 ^ 63. 
 
 u?i/M [XTjv. Compare i., 1, 10. — gv/hBuvtoc- " Having resulted." — 
 irpodoalag. " Of treason." — uv6e iifjv. Compare i., 2, 5. — iSLa ye. 
 " In a private capacity." — ovte KaKolg Trspu6aXev. " Or involve him 
 in evils." Compare Demosth., de Fals. Leg., p. 216, 9 : tov (pavepov 
 Ti TTOtTJaai jSovXrjdevTa .... TrjTiLKavTij Kal Toiavry ovfKpopa TrepiduX- 
 TiECv. Id. c. Timocr., p. 740, 22 : tolovtov 7' bvra koL ovtu^ aiaxpolq 
 bvEideaL 7vepL6d7i7[,ovTa sKecvov. — a/l/l' ovd' a'tTcav, k. t, Z. "Nay, he 
 never even was charged with any one of the acts that have been 
 mentioned." 
 
 ^ 64. 
 
 TTWf ovv IvoxoQ uv eIt] t^ JpO'^V '1 "How, then, could he be liable to 
 the indictment (brought against him)'l" — bg uvtI iiev. After an in- 
 terrogative clause, the relative pronoun is often put for the demon- 
 strative ovTog, or ovTog yap. {Kuhner, § 834, Jelf.) And sometimes 
 without a preceding interrogation, as in iii., 5, 11, With the par- 
 ticle ys it becomes m.ore emphatic. Compare iii., 5, 16. — yeypaTzro. 
 This is Bornemann's reading, from one of the best MSS., in place 
 of the common lection tyeypairro. Grashof, cited by Kuhner, has 
 satisfactorily proved, that the second or syllabic augment of the 
 pluperfect is often omitted, not only by the poets, but also by prose 
 writers, for the sake of euphony, when, in the case of simple verbs, 
 a vowel precedes which can not be elided ; and when, in the case 
 of compound ones, the preposition with which they are compounded 
 ends in a vowel. (Kuhner, ad loc. Matth., ^ 165.) — davepog r]v d-ep' 
 airevuv. Compare i., 1, 2. — yrturo. According to Kuhner, yiypa-KTo 
 refers to what was stated in the written indictment, and yndro to 
 the time when the verbal accusation was made, on which the writ- 
 ten one was founded. The distinction, however, does not appear to 
 be a tenable one. 
 
 TovTuv fiev Tvavuv. Verbs signifying "to cause to cease," "to 
 cease," &c., such as iravo), Travofiai, X^yu, are construed with a gen- 
 itive. (Matthia, <^ 355.) — r^f 6e KalMarrig, k. t. A. Verbs signify- 
 
NOTES TO BOOK I. CHAPTER III. 191 
 
 ing *' to desire," " to long after," take a genitive of that whence the 
 desire arises. (Kuhner, § 498, Jelf.) — ev olkovgl. "Men regulate 
 well."— TTporpeTTCJv. Compare i., 7, 1 ; ii., 1, 1 ; iii., 3, 15. The 
 middle form occurs in the same sense in i., 2, 32 ; ii., 3, 12 ; iii., 3, 
 8, &c. Compare MatthicB, ^ 496, 497. — ry ttoIel. Compare i., 1, 1. 
 
 CHAPTER III. 
 <J1. 
 
 wf 6e 6fi, K. T. A. " But how, indeed, he also seemed to me," &c. 
 We have seen that Socrates did not injure his pupils ; we are now 
 to consider whether he did not greatly benefit them. Hence kui 
 refers here to a suppressed clause, " how he not only did not cor- 
 rupt," but also, &CC. — ra f^iv . . . . to, 6e. " Partly .... partly." — 
 epyu. " By example." — 6elkvv(jv eavrbv olog fjv. For detKvvuv olog 
 avTog Tjv. — dtaleyo/jLevo^. " By his discourses." — onoaa av 6iafj.v7}/xov- 
 evaco. "As many as I may have held in remembrance." _Observe 
 that 6cafivr]fj.ovevcyu is not the future, but the aorist subjunctive. — to. 
 fXEv Toivvv irpdg Tovg ■&£ovg. " The things then appertaining to the 
 gods." — ^TTEp r] Tivdla vTionpivETat. " In the way in which the Py- 
 thoness answers unto those," &c., i. e., in the way which the Py- 
 thoness mentions in her answers, &c. Eight MSS. and the early 
 editions have viioKpivETat, as we here give it. The modern editions, 
 on the other hand, have diroKpivErai. Kiihner has brought back 
 vTTOKpivETat, which is used in this sense not only by the Ionic writ- 
 ters (as, for example, Herodotus, i., 78, 91, &c.), but also in Thucyd- 
 ides, vii., 44, 5. — npoyovuv -d-EpaTVElag. " The worship of ancestors." 
 — 7/ TE yap Uvdca, k. t. X. " For both the Pythoness answers, that 
 men, if they act (on these occasions) in conformity with the law of 
 the state, will act with piety." Observe here the peculiar force of 
 uvatpEO), properly " to take up a matter, and give an answer there- 
 on," and usually said in this sense of oracles. 
 
 ovTug KQL. "In this way also." This is the reading of Borne- 
 mann, from several MSS. and early editions, and is adopted also by 
 Kiihner. The common text has ovto Kai, but the Attic writers use 
 ovTcjg even before a consonant when emphasis is required. {Kuhner, 
 ad, loc.) — naprivEL. Supply ovtu noulv. — a^Awf Tvug. " In any other 
 way." — TTEpupyovg Kal (xaraiovg. " Over-busy and wasting their 
 labor." 
 
 Kal EvxETo 6e, K. T. A. " Farthermore, also, he prayed unto the 
 gods simply to give (unto him) the things that were good, since he 
 
192 NOTES TO BOOK T. CHAPTER III. 
 
 thought that the gods knew best what kinds of things are good," i. g., 
 are real blessings. With regard to the combination Kai 6e, compare 
 i., 1, 3. Observe, too, the employment of ug with the accusative 
 absolute, as indicating a reason existing in the mind of another. 
 Compare note on i., 2, 20. — u-?Mg rayada didovat. As regards the 
 Socratic precept here involved, consult Plato, Alcib., ii., c. 9, where 
 are found the following well known and beautifully-expressed lines : 
 
 Zev f^aai/iev, ra fiep kcOla Kai £vxo/j.evoic: Kal avEVKTOig 
 'Afiut dlSov, ra cJe deiva koL evxo[iEvoig anaM^eiv. 
 
 ovdev diuoopov evxeadai, k. t. Ti. " Prayed for nothing different 
 than if they should pray for a gambling affair," &c., i. e., prayed as 
 unreasonably as if they should pray for success in a gambling affair, 
 &c. — (pavepug a6rjXo)v oircjg u-no6fjaoLro. " Manifestly uncertain in 
 what way they would be likely to result." Compare i., 1, 6. 
 
 ■d-vGiag 6e d-vuv, k. t. 1. " In offering up, moreover, humble sac- 
 rifices from humble means," i. e., and when, moreover, from his hum- 
 ble means he offered up humble sacrifices. The means or m^aterial, 
 by or from which any thing is done or made, is often expressed in 
 Greek, for the sake of greater distinctness, by airo and a genitive. 
 Compare i., 2, 14. — ov6ev (letovadai. "That he was in no respect 
 inferior to." Verbs derived from comparatives are construed with 
 a genitive, as here, ruv -dvov-uv. {MatthicB, <$> 357.) — ovte yap roZg 
 ■&£OLg, K. T. ?i. " For he said that it would neither be becoming in 
 the gods if they took delight," &c. Literally, " that it would neither 
 have itself becomingly for the gods," &c. The particle uv is omit- 
 ted here before the infinitive ex^iv. In such expressions as indi- 
 cate propriety, duty, necessity, &c., that is, in clauses where Ka?\,cjg 
 EiXE, eSel, xPVv, &c., are employed, it accorded with the genius of 
 the Greeks as well as Latins to represent that' which was becom- 
 ing, necessary, &c., as unconditionally true, its not happening be- 
 ing partially kept out of sight. {Kuhner, <J 858, 3, Jelf.) 
 
 uv eIvql fxu?i.?iov KExapia/j.Eva. "Would be more acceptable." — ovr' 
 av Tolg avdpuTToig, k. t. \. Kiihner thinks that av might also have 
 been omitted here. It seems, however, to be required by the con- 
 text : " nor would it in all likelihood be," &c. The idea intended 
 to be conveyed by the v/hole clause is simply this, that if the gods 
 take more delight in the offerings of the bad than those of the good, 
 life becomes unto the good not worth leading, since the bad, in that 
 event, will be the recipients of all the more important favors of the 
 
NOTES TO BOOK I. CHAPTER III. 193 
 
 gods. — Tov tTTOvg TovTov. " Of this verse." The verse that follows 
 is taken from the Works and Days of Hesiod {v. 336). — kuS Svvafiiv 
 (5' epdeiv, K. T. 1. " Offer up sacrifices, moreover, to the immortal 
 gods, according to your ability." The infinitive is here used for 
 the imperative, as is frequently the case with the poets. This is 
 probably a remnant of the ancient simplicity of the language, the 
 action required being expressed by means of the verb taken abso- 
 lutely. {Matthicz, ^ 546.) Some, however, explain it by supposing 
 the infinitive to depend on a verb of " bidding," " directing," &c., in 
 the mind of the speaker. {Kuhner, <J 671, Jelf.) Observe that Kud 
 is Epic for Kara. — aal -rrpog (piTiovi; 6e, ic. r. X. "And he said that 
 ' the doing according to one's ability' was an excellent exhortation 
 as regarded friends, and those connected with us by the ties of hos- 
 pitality, and as regarded the regulation of the rest of life," i. e., and 
 as regarded the other relations of life. The expression tt^v Kud 6v- 
 vafj-cv epdcLv is for to ku6 dvvQfitv epdecv, the article being attracted 
 into the gender of rcapaivEaiv. (Compare MattMcz, ^ 280, and Kuh- 
 ner, ^ 457, 3, Jclf.) 
 
 el de re do^etev, k. t. 1. " But, whenever any thing appeared to 
 him to be intimated from the gods, he could less be persuaded, &:c., 
 than if one were to strive to persuade him," &c. Observe here the 
 employment of the optative in the protasis with el, to denote an 
 indefinite frequency of action. {Kuhner, ij 855, /?., Jelf.) — Tzapa to. 
 G7]tiaLv6fiEva. Observe here the meaning of Trapd with the accusa- 
 tive, as indicating " against," " contrary to," &c., and being directly 
 opposed to Kara with the same case. — avrl (^Xenovrog koI eldorog. 
 Supply avT^v. — Kal tlov u7Jluv 6e fiupiav KaTTjyopei. "And he charged 
 fully against the rest of men," i. e., he censured the folly of others. 
 — Tzapa Tu napci rdv d-euv, k. t. A. There is a species oi KaKo^uvia 
 here, as Herbst remarks, by no means infrequent among the Greek 
 writers. The idea intended to be conveyed, however, is borrowed 
 from the early lyric poet Ibycus, as referred to by Plato, Phcedr., 
 242, C. : KaL irug k6vguTzovj.iriv Kar' 'ISvkov iifj tl Trapd -^eolg u/j.-?iaiicjv 
 Tifiuv Tzpbg uvOpuiruv afiEiibu. (Compare Ruhnk. ad Tim., Lex., p. 
 90.) — d)v?ia-T6fLevot ttjv irapa rolg avdpuTotc uSo^tav. " Guarding 
 against ill repute with their fellow-men," i. e., lest they meet with 
 the derisive sneers of mankind." — irpog ttjv izapa tcov -^euv cvfiBov- 
 ?uav. " In comparison with the counsel received from the gods," 
 i. e., given him from on high, as he thought, by his so-called 
 genius. 
 
 I 
 
194 NOTES TO BOOK I. CHAPTER Ifl. 
 
 diolTTi 6e, K. r. X There appears to be a want of connection be* 
 tween this section and the previous one ; the transition from piety 
 toward the gods to every-day life appears harsh. Kuhner thinks 
 that Xenophon naturally passes from the duties of men toward the 
 deity to their duties toward their fellow-men. — kiiaidEvaE. "He 
 trained." — el fifj ti 6aip.6vLov dr]. " Unless there were some divine 
 interference," i. e., unless some obstacle were opposed from on 
 high. More literally, '< unless there w^ere something proceeding 
 from the deity." — roaavrrig daTrdvTjg. " So much money" (as would 
 suffice to lead such a life as that of Socrates). Observe that daKavij 
 has here the signification of " money for spending." — ovruc: av oXiya 
 kpyu^otTo. " Could obtain so little by his labor." Observe here the 
 peculiar force of epydCeadai, " to earn by one's exertions," and com- 
 pare Herod., i., 24, epyaoduevov 6e xRVfJ-^TCi' fisydXa. — hxpvro. "He 
 consumed." — r]6iug. " With pleasure," i. e., with an appetite. — km 
 7ovT(f). " For this," i. e., that he might eat with an appetite. Din- 
 dorf reads em tovtov, i. e., clrov. — otpov avTu slvai. " Served as a 
 relish for him." Any thing eaten with bread was called d'^ovf and 
 even without bread, as flesh-meat, fish, &c., and hence every sort 
 of more delicate food, sauces, condiments, &c. Compare Cicero, 
 Tusc. Disp., v., 34, 97 : " Socratem ferunt, qiium usque ad vesperum 
 contentus ambularet, qucBsittimque esset ex eo, quare id faceret, respond- 
 isse, se, quo melius coznaret, opsonare ambulando famem.^' 
 
 el 6e -kote KyiTjdElc EdE2.rjaEt£v, k. t. a. Compare § 4. — wfre (jrvT^d^a- 
 cdat, K. T. A. " Namely, so as to guard against the being filled above 
 measure," i. e., the being surfeited. A simple infinitive, or, what 
 is more forcible, an infinitive with wfre, is often added, to explain 
 an antecedent word, or clause, more accurately and fully. {Mat- 
 thice, i) 531, Ohs. 2. Kuhner, ^ 669, Jelf.)—vmp rov Kaipov. The 
 term KaipSg is often employed to denote the measure of a thing. 
 Compare Ages., Vit., 5, 1 : cituv (5' VTrsp naipov dTZEXEodai u)eto jp?;- 
 vat. — TO. TTEWovra firf iTELvcJvTag kaduLv. " Those viands which per- 
 suade men to eat w^hen not hungry." — ra ?ivjuaiv6fiEva yaarepag, 
 K. T. 7i. " Which ruin stomachs, and heads, and minds." Observe 
 here the employment of the plural, the reference being to the case 
 of many individuals. {Kuhner, ad too.) 
 
 emoKcJTTTuv. " In sportive mood," i. e., jocularly. Literally, 
 "joking." — ual ttjv KipKrjv vg -koieIv. "That Circe also made (men'^ 
 
NOTES TO BOOK I. CHAPTER IV. 195 
 
 swine." Alluding to the Homeric fable of Circe's transforming 
 those who feasted at her table into filthy swine. (Od., x., 230, 
 seqq.) — Totovroig Tto?,Xotg. "With many such (incentives)," i. e., 
 things which persuade us, when not hungry, to eat, &c. — vizodrjiuo- 
 CVV7J. " By the suggestion." Ulysses, according to the legend, 
 was fortified against the enchantments of Circe by an herb called 
 moly, which he received from Mercury ; but his companions were 
 changed into swine. — nal avrbv kyKpaTfj ovra. "And being himself 
 under the influence of self-control," i. e., and through his own self- 
 restraint. — TO vTzep TOP Kaipov, K. T. "k. Ernesti reads tov in place 
 of TO, after Brodaeus and others. A rash change, however ; for 
 those verbs in Greek which are usually construed with a simple 
 infinitive, are sometimes joined with an accusative of the article 
 and an infinitive. This construction, as being emphatic, is very 
 often used in antithesis. {Kuhner, ^ 670, Jelf. Compare iii., 6, 6 ; 
 iv., 3, 1 ; iv., 7, 5.) 
 
 CHAPTER IV. 
 
 H- 
 TeKfiaipofievoi. "Forming mere conjectures," i. e., from mere 
 conjecture. Not knowing, namely, the nature of his doctrine and 
 sentiments, but forming opinions from mere conjecture. — TrpoTpiip' 
 aadac fxtv .... KpaTtaTov yeyovivaL. " Was very influential in ex- 
 horting." — Trpoayayetv. " To lead the way." Socrates was sup- 
 posed, by the persons here alluded to, merely to have been able to 
 excite in his followers a love of virtue, but not to show the path to 
 it practically. — (jKeipd/xevoi .... doKi/^a^ovruv. " Let them, after 
 having considered, &c., determine." Observe that doKi/na^ovTuv is 
 the abbreviated form of the imperative for SoKifxa^eTuaav. This 
 being especially and almost exclusively adopted from the old Ho- 
 meric language by the Attic writers, is called the Attic imperative, 
 though it is found frequently in the other dialects. (^Kuhner, ^ 196, 
 Obs. 3, Jelf.) — /27i fiovov a. " Not only the things in which." Ob- 
 serve that ^T], not ov, is here employed, on account of the impera- 
 tive doKi/j.a^6vTO)v. — Ko?ia(jTTjpiov eveKa. " For the sake of chastise- 
 ment," i. e., in order to check them. — rovf Truvr' olofiivovg ddevau 
 Alluding to the Sophists, who laid claim to universal knowledge. — 
 kpo)TO)v rfktyxtv. " Confuted by his interrogations." Literally, " in- 
 terrogating confuted." The allusion is to the Socratic mode of ar- 
 guing by question and answer. — u Ae'ywv avvTj/xepeve. "(Those) 
 about which he daily conversed." Literally, "about which con- 
 versing he spent the day with." 
 
196 NOTES TO BOOK I. CHAPTER IV. 
 
 'Trepi Tov Saifiovtov. " Concerning the deity." — 'Apiarodrifiov tov 
 "M-LKpov ETCLKokoviievov. " Aristodemus, sumauied the Little." Aris- 
 todemus was a most devoted friend, and constant companion of 
 Socrates. He is described as an austere man, and always walking 
 barefoot, which he seems to have done in imitation of Socrates, 
 {Plat., Symp., 173, B. Compare Davis, ad Max. Tyr., diss. 3, p. 
 504.) — narafiadidv o.vt6v. *' Having observed him." — ovr' eixofj^evov. 
 The editions previous to that of Ernesti have fiTjxavunEvov, " when 
 undertaking any thing." Leunclavius, however, ingeniously con- 
 jectured ovt' evxofievov, which Ernesti introduced into the text. — 
 EGTiv oiignva^ avdpuTcovg, k. t. /I. "Do you admire any men for 
 their intelligence." The form sarcv ol was so firmly established, 
 that neither the number of the relative had any influence on the 
 verb EGTt, nor is the tense changed, though the time spoken of be 
 past or future ; hence this form assumed the character of the sub- 
 stantival pronoun evlol, and by means of the cases of the relative has 
 a complete inflexion. And then, as a question, eotlv ocTiveg is em- 
 ployed. (Kuhner, <$> 817, 5, Jelf.) — TedavfiOKag. Observe the con- 
 tinued meaning implied by this tense : "have you admired and do 
 you still admire," i. e., do you admire 1 {MatthicE, (j 497.) — eyuye. 
 Supply TsdavfiaKa. 
 
 $3. 
 
 Kal 6g. " And he." The pronoun of, of the same origin as ovrog, 
 is used as a demonstrative or personal pronoun, frequently in Homer, 
 and also by the Attics, at the beginning of a proposition. {Kuhner, 
 ^ 816, 3, a., Jelf.) — hnl fisv tolvvv knuv iTOLTjaet. " For the compo- 
 sition, then, of epic verse," i. e., in epic poetry, then. Observe that 
 cTTi here with the dative has a causal signification, answering to 
 the Latin propter. — ettuv iroiijaEL. Homer every where applies the 
 term aoidrj to the delivery of poems, while eutj merely denotes the 
 every-day conversation of ordinary life. On the other hand, later 
 authors, from Pindar downward, use the term etctj frequently to 
 designate poetry, and especially epic, in contradistinction to lyric, 
 OT fiiXt]. {Midler, Hist. Gr. Lit., iv., B.)—£Trl Se didvpdjuBo). "For 
 the dithryamb, on the other hand." The dithyramb was a kind of 
 choral song, of a lofty but usually inflated style, originally in honor 
 of Bacchus, afterward also of other gods. Cobet conjectures that 
 we ought to read dLdvpa/iSuv, understanding ttoltjcel, because, ac- 
 cording to him, (hdvpaixSog, like sirog and fxiXog, is not used in the 
 singular when expressive of poetry, but in the plural. Dithyrambic 
 
NOTES TO BOOK I. CHAPTER IV, 197 
 
 poetry, however, can very well be implied here in the term didvpa/j,- 
 6og. — 'M.e/iavt'mri.Srjv. Melanippides was a native of Melos, and one 
 of the most celebrated lyric poets in the department of the dithy- 
 ramb. His date can only be fixed within rather uncertain limits. 
 He may be said, somewhat indefinitely, to have flourished about 
 the middle of the fifth century B.C.— So^o/cXea. Sophocles, as has 
 been well remarked, is the summit of Grecian art ; but one must 
 have scaled many a steep before one can estimate his height. It 
 is because of his classical perfection that he has generally been the 
 least admired of the great ancient poets. (Theatre of the Greeks, p. 
 78, 4th ed.) — UoXvKXetTov. Polycletus was a celebrated statuary of 
 Sicyon, and flourished about B.C. 430. — Zev^tv. Zeuxis, a native 
 of Heraclea, was the most celebrated painter of antiquity. He 
 flourished at the same time with Polycletus. 
 
 H- 
 eldo)?ia acppovd re kol uKLvrjTa. " Representations devoid of both 
 intelligence and the power of self-motion." — ejicppovd re kol evepyd. 
 *' Possessed of reason and activity." — ol ^ua. Supply direp-ya^o/xevoi 
 — ecrrep ye fiTj Tvxy, «• t. A. " If, at least, these results are in real- 
 ity brought about, not from any chance, but through actual design." 
 Observe the force of elirep, "if, in reality." The cases are beauti- 
 fully varied here, tvxv the dative denoting the instrument or means, 
 and vTTo yvuiirjq referring to an eflecting cause. (Kuhner, ad loc.) — 
 Twv 6e drsK/xapTog exovTuv, k. t. \. " But of those things which af- 
 ford us no sure indication on what account they exist." Literally, 
 *' which have themselves in a condition without sure indication." 
 — kr^ li^zkda. " For a useful purpose." — -iroTepa. "Which." — 
 -rrperret, fisv. "It is right (to think)." — yvuftTjg Ipya elvai. "Are 
 works of design." 
 
 ovKovv doKEt aoi, K. T. A. " Does not then he who made men from 
 the very first," &c. For the difference in signification between 
 OVKOVV and ovkovv, compare note i., 2, 10. — ■KpogOelvaL. "To add," 
 i. e., in every case to add. Observe the employment of the aorist 
 to indicate what is accustomed to take place. — 6C uv nladdvovrac 
 ^Kaara. "Each (of those members) by means of which they ob- 
 tain a perception (of external objects)." — dryfxiJv ye f^r/v, k. t. "k. 
 " What advantage, in very truth, would there have been unto us 
 from odors at least, if nostrils had not been added 1" The combi- 
 nation yi fxyv differs from the simple nrjv merely in this, that ye adds 
 
198 NOTES TO BOOK I. CHAPTER IV. 
 
 emphasis to the word which precedes it. {Hartung, ii., p. 383.) — 
 TrpogeTedrjoav. The aorist again refers to what is customary in the 
 case of each one of our species. So also evEtpydadrj, farther on. — 
 Tuv Sict GTOfjLaTog Tjdecov. " The pleasant things procured by means 
 of the mouth." Literally, " by means of a mouth ;" and hence the 
 absence of the article in the Greek, the reference being a general 
 one to the whole species. So ylihTTa immediately after, not jy 
 yTiUTTa. — EL [IT] y/lwrra, k. r. A. " If a tongue had not been formed 
 within as an indicator of these." 
 
 npovoLag epyu hiKevat. " To resemble a work of prescience.'' 
 "We have not hesitated to recall epyo), the reading of the modem 
 editions. Kuhner adopts epyov, which appears in many MSS. and 
 several early editions, and gives koiKevai the force of haberi, or putari. 
 This, however, appears extremely far-fetched, and wanting in en- 
 ergy. — TO, eTcel aadevTjr, k. t. "k. " (Namely), since the sight is del- 
 icate, the guarding it with eye-lids like doors." The verb -dvpoat 
 properly denotes, " to furnish with doors." Observe, again, the em- 
 ployment of the aorist to denote what is customary. — avrr) xpv^^o.'' 
 TL. " To use it in any respect." — avaTXETavvvTai .... ovyK?i£iETai. 
 Middle voice. — ijd/iidv (ileipapidag e/x^vaat. " The implanting of eye- 
 lashes as a sieve." The ijdfiog properly was a kind of sieve or 
 strainer, used by the Greeks to strain or percolate their wine. We 
 have given rjdf^og the rough breathing with Ernesti and others, on 
 the authority of the scholiast to Apollonius Rhodius (i., 1294) and 
 the Sigaean inscription. {Bdckh, Corp. Inscr. Grac, i., p. 19, seyy.) 
 Ruhnken prefers -^piyKov, " a fence," the conjecture of Victorius, 
 but the allusion to the winds in the previous clause suits better the 
 idea conveyed by rjdfiov, namely, the shielding of the eye from the 
 fine particles of dust, &;c. — 'o(j)pvaL te uTroyeLouaaL, k. t. X. " And 
 the causing the parts above the eyes to jut out with eye-brows like 
 the eaves of a house." The verb inzoyEiaou is to make to jut out 
 like a cornice or coping, or like eaves. The root yslaov is said to be 
 of Carian origin, the term yiaoa in the Carian language being equiv- 
 alent to Xldog in Greek. {Steph. Byz., s. v. Movoyiaaa. Ruhnk. ad 
 Tim., Lex., p. 65.) 
 
 TO (Je, T7]v atiOTjv Sexeadat. " And, again, this circumstance, (name- 
 ly), that the hearing receives." We have placed a comma after 
 TO 6e with Weiske, as making a neater construction than joining 
 TO at once with ttjv ukotjv dixEadai. Observe that we have now a 
 succession of independent clauses, forming, as it were, so many nom- 
 
NOTES TO BOOK L CHAPTER IV. 109 
 
 inatiTCs, until we reach ravra, when this last takes the place of all 
 of them, and thus converts what precedes into an anacoluthon. — 
 Kal Tovg [lev Tzpocdev oSovTag, k. r- X. "And that the front teeth in all 
 animals are adapted for cutting (the food)." Observe that to 6e is, 
 in fact, understood after «-ai, literally, "and this other circumstance, 
 that the front teeth," &c. The full construction in oiovg is roiovrovg 
 clovg, literally, " such as." {KuTiner, ^ 823, Obs. 3, Jel/.)—Kai OTOfia 
 fiev KaraOelvat, " And the placing of a mouth." — to, uTroxijpovvTa. 
 *' The faeces." — Sv^x^P'^- Supply karlv. The. ellipsis of elvai is 
 comparatively rare after conjunctions, as here after 6e. {Kuhner^ 
 
 ad loc.) — uTToaTpeipai aTrevEyKEcv. " The turning away 
 
 the removing." — ovto) Trpovo^TiKuc^ "With so much forethought." 
 — TTOTepa. " Whether," 
 
 4 7, 
 ovTCd ye. "In this particular light," i. e., with reference to the 
 principle of utility. — ndw eoike ravra, k. t. ?.. " These things alto- 
 gether resemble a contrivance of some wise architect, and one be- 
 nevolent to living things." — to Se, s/xcpvGai, k. t. A. We have here 
 a construction similar to that in the previous section, namely, to 
 Se, TTjv uKorjv ^sxeadac, k. t. ?,., excepting that, when we reach the 
 end of the clause, /xiyiaTov 6e <p66ov ■d-avdrov, the words TavTa ovtcj 
 ■KpovorjTiKug TreTrpayfiEva, /c- r. A., are not again added, but are left to 
 be implied. — EpuTa ttj^ TeKvoiroiia^. " A love of progeny." — Tal^ 
 ■yELvafiEvat^, " In mothers." The 1st aor. mid. of the deponent ye/- 
 vouat is used in an active sense. — dfxiTiEt. "Certainly." This is 
 the beginning of the answer of Aristodemus. Socrates recom- 
 mences his interrogatories with the next section. 'AjieIel is prop- 
 erly the imperative of afiEXso), and therefore signifies, primarily, 
 "never mind," "do not trouble yourself" (Compare Aristoph.y 
 Nub., 488, 875.) Thence, like other imperatives, it takes the nature 
 of a particle of exhortation or encouragement, and is also affirm- 
 ative. It may therefore be rendered, according to circumstances, 
 "doubtless," "certainly," "truly," &c. — /j.TJxav7]fj.aai. TLvog, k. t. X. 
 " The ingenious devices of one who had resolved within himself 
 that animals should exist." 
 
 4 8. 
 ail Se aavTov (Jo/cetf, k. t. 1. " And do you think that you your- 
 self possess a certain portion of intelligence V i, e., that you are 
 endowed with reason. According to the general rule, when the 
 same person is both the subject of the infinitive and of the govern- 
 
 k 
 
200 NOTES TO BOOK I. CHAPTER IV. 
 
 ing verb, the subject of the infinitive is omitted, and is in the nom- 
 inative. But, whenever an emphasis is required, the subject of the 
 infinitive is expressed, and is then in the accusative, as here, aavTov. 
 (Buttmann, ^ 142, Rob.) — kpura yovv Kdl anoKpLvovfxac These words 
 are omitted by Bessario (in his version) and by Ernesti, on the 
 suggestion of Ruhnken. They were first thrown out of the Greek 
 text by Schiitz, whom Schneider and others follow. The objection 
 against them is, that they mar the regular flow of the passage ; but 
 they are found in all the MSS., without a single exception, and 
 could hardly, therefore, have proceeded from any other than Xeno- 
 phon himself. Lange gives the following explanation of the words 
 in question : " Since modesty prevented Aristodemus from express- 
 ly affirming, and truth prevented his denial, he answers guardedly 
 and cautiously thus : ' Interrogate then, and I will answer,' i. e., by 
 my answers you will know that I cppovc/Lcov tl e;^"-" 
 
 Koi ravTC eldug. " And that, too, when )^ou know." — -Ko^Ckriq ov- 
 criQ. " While, at the same time, there is much of it," i. e., while, at 
 the same time, it is so boundless in extent. — kqI tuv u?i?\,o)v dfjirov, 
 K. T. A. " And that your body has been compacted for you by your 
 having received a scanty portion of each of the other elements, that 
 are, as is well known, immense in their nature." Observe the force 
 of S^Tcov here, answering to the Latin ut notum est, or scilicet, and 
 consult Sturz, Lex. Xen., s. v. — vovv 6s fiovov dpa, k. t. A. " And do 
 you think that you alone have, by some lucky chance or other, 
 caught a mind, existing noivhere else?' Compare Cicero, N. D., 
 11, 6 : " Unde enim hanc (mentem) homo arripuit ? ut ait apud Xeno- 
 j)hontem Socrates." — -ae avvapndaai. The accusative with the infin- 
 itive, not the nominative, because emphasis is required. Compare 
 note on av 61 cavrov SoKetg, k. t. A., at the commencement of this 
 section. — Kal tuSe rd. Thus in three MSS., in place of the common 
 reading Kal rd. — dc' u(ppocvvrjv tlvu, k. t. 'k. "Hold on in their 
 course of order through some idle folly, as you suppose." 
 
 <J9. 
 /^a Ai". " Certainly." Ma is a particle of swearing, like the Latin 
 •per, and by itself neither affirms nor denies, but simply exercises a 
 strengthening influence. Hence it is used in both affirmation and 
 negation. In affirmation it is joined with vai, as vol [id Am, and in 
 negations, with ov, as ov jxd Aia. But when jud Aia is used simply, 
 without ov, a negative either precedes or follows. In the present 
 instance it refers to what has gone before, namely, dlTiodt de ovda- 
 fiov ovdev fpovifiov elvai, and ov ydp belongs to what follows. — tovc 
 
NOTES TO BOOK I. CHAPTER IV^ 201 
 
 Kvpiovg. *' The lords (of the universe)," i. e., its creators and gov- 
 ernors. — 67]/j,Lovf)yovg. " The makers." — ovde ydp. This form of 
 expression, in response and dialogue, refers to something under- 
 stood, as bpdC)Q liyeig, ov d^avfLaaTov, or something similar. In the 
 present passage it has an ironical force : " (Quite right), for neither 
 do you see," &c. — savrov. Several MSS. have aeavrov, a few aav- 
 Tov, but eavTov is here, by a usage not unfrequent in Attic, employ- 
 ed itself for the second person. This occurs in cases where the 
 reference is easily determined from the context. In like manner, 
 iavTov is also not unfrequently employed for the first person. 
 {MatthicB, ^ 489, 2. Kuhner, ^ 653, Jelf.)—K.vpia. " The mistress." 
 — Kara ye tovto. " As far, at least, as this point is concerned," i. e.^ 
 by parity of reasoning. — yvu^y. " By reason." 
 
 ^ 10. 
 ovTot eyu, u Sw/cparf^, k. t. /I. " Indeed, Socrates, I do not de- 
 spise the deity." — ixeyaTio-irpeneaTepov f) 0)g irpogdeladai. " Too glo- 
 rious to need." Literally, "more glorious than so as to need." 
 Observe that r} ug is for ?} ugTs ; and mark, also, the force of npog in 
 Ti-pogdetGdat, literally, " to need in addition,^' i. e., in addition to that 
 of the rest of his creatures. — oatp /j.eya'XoirpeKeaTepov a^coi. " By 
 how much more glorious he is, and yet deigns." Literally, " by 
 how much more glorious being he deigns." Supply 6u after fieya- 
 XoTvpETteaTepov. Wyttenbach, indeed {ad Plut., de S. N. V., p. 36), 
 wishes 6u to be added here to the text, but the participle of elvac 
 is often omitted. (Compare Lobeck ad Phryn., p. 277.) 
 
 Ml. 
 
 erreira. Compare i. 2, 26. — at rcpcJTov fiiv. After an interroga- 
 tive clause, the relative pronoun is often put for the demonstrative 
 ovTog, or ovTog yap. (Compare i., 2, 64.) — bpdov avearrjaav. The 
 aorist, as before, refers here to what is customary or always takes 
 place, and hence has the force of a present. As regards the idea 
 itself, compare Cic, N. D., 11, 56: '' Qucb primum eos humo exci- 
 tatos celsos ct erectos consliLuit, ut deorum cognitionem caelum intuentes 
 capere possenty — j? 6e bpdoTrjg. "And this uprightness of stature." 
 — liuXTiov. "With more convenience." — koL t/ttov KaKonaOeiv, olg, 
 K. T. 7i. "And that those parts suffer less injury, in which they 
 (the gods) have constructed a faculty of vision, and of hearing, and 
 of speaking." The true reading here is extremely doubtful. Al- 
 most all the MSS. and editions have Kanonadelv • Kal oxptv, k. t. A., 
 omitting olg. We have inserted this last-mentioned word, in ac- 
 
 12 
 
202 NOTES TO BOOK I. CHAPTER IV. 
 
 cordance with the ingenious emendation of Kiihner, and have placed 
 a comma after KaKoiradelv instead of a colon. — eneira. " In the 
 next place." More commonly sneLTa 6e. (Compare Viger, viii., 8, 
 10.) — Tot^ fiev uTiXotg ipireToig. " To the rest of animals." Observe 
 that kpnerd is here employed in its general sense of things that 
 move upon the earth, since 'ipiza means " to walk" as well as 
 "creep." This, however, is rather its poetical usage ; in prose, it 
 commonly means " reptiles." — rb nopEveffdat. " The power of pro- 
 ceeding," i. e., the faculty of motion. — irpogedeaav. " They add." 
 Observe the force of the aorist. 
 
 ^ 13. 
 Koc /Lifjv. " And in truth." These are particles here of transition. 
 Compare ii., 3, 10. — fxovrjv ttjv tcov avdpuTriov, k. t. "k. " They have 
 made that alone of men such, as, by touching the mouth at different 
 times in different parts, both to articulate the voice," &c., i. e., to 
 utter articulate sounds. Before olav, supply, as before, Toiavrrjv. 
 Compare ^ 6. — kqI a/jfiatvetv navTa, k. t. A. The same as ical dig. 
 Tjfj.dc aTjfiacvetv Tcavra, k. t. 2,. When there are two or more adjec- 
 tival clauses in succession, depending on the same verb, or on differ- 
 ent verbs, but in the same government, the relative is generally 
 used but once, and thereby the two sentences are united into one. 
 Compare (Kuhner, ^ 833, Jelf.) 
 
 <J 13. 
 ov TOLvvv [lovov rjpKEGE. " Still farther, it was not sufficient merely," 
 i. e., and yet this alone was not sufficient. The particle toLwv here 
 has merely the effect of continuing the discourse, and marks no in- 
 ference or conclusion from what precedes. Compare Sturz, Lex. 
 Xen., s. V. 2, and Schaefer ad Demosth., Olynth., i., p. 222. — tTrifie- 
 Xjjdrjvai. For the middle k-Kip-eATjaaadaL. — kqI rrjv ipvxvv KparlaTTjv, 
 K. T. 2. " He has also implanted in man the soul, which is most 
 excellent in its nature," i. e., which is his lordliest part. The ad- 
 jective KpaTcaTTjv here forms the predicate, and is equivalent to ij 
 Kpariarrj karlv. In such cases it is without the article. (MatthicEy 
 ^ 277, b.) — Tivog yap oKkov ^uov, k. t. A. " For what other animal's 
 soul, in the first place, has perceived the gods, who have arranged 
 these most stupendous and beautiful works, that they exist 1" i. e., 
 has perceived that the gods exist, who have arranged, &c. By a 
 very elegant idiom, a noun, which, if the sense only were regarded, 
 should be the subject of a verb subsequent in the construction of 
 the sentence, is made to depend on some other verb preceding in 
 
NOTES TO BOOK I. CHAPTER IV. 203 
 
 the construction. Thus -d^euv is here governed by yadnrai, when 
 the regular construction would have been •^aOrjrai on ^eol elot, ol to. 
 fieyiGTa koI KdJCkiOTa avvera^av. Compare MatthicB, ^ 349 ; Kuhner, 
 f) 898, Jelf; and, as regards the sentiment itself expressed in the 
 text, consult Cicero, N. D., ii., 61. — ra fceyiGra Kal KaTiTiiara. The 
 reference is to the universe. Compare Plato, Leg., x., Op., vol. x., 
 p. 74, ed. Bip. 
 
 ■depaTzevovai. Here the verb agrees in number, not with (pvlov, 
 but, by attraction, with avdpuTToi. Kiihner refers, in illustration, to 
 Sallust, Jug., c. 50 : " Sin opportunior fugce collis, quam campi fue- 
 rant,''^ and also to Cicero, Phil., iv., 4: " Quis igitur ilium consulem, 
 nisi latrones putant.'" — r} ^jjiixv V ■&d?i7TTj. Observe here the employ- 
 ment of the plural, as indicating different degrees or varieties of cold 
 and heat. (Compare Kiihner, § 355, y., Jelf.) — p6p.Tjv aaKjjaai. "To 
 acquire strength by exercise." Literally, "to exercise strength." 
 — irpdg {xudrjacv eKnovfjaaL. " To toil after instruction," i. e., to toil 
 to acquire instruction. Observe that eKnoveu is here used intran- 
 sitively. Its more common employment is that of a transitive verb 
 with the accusative. {Kiihner, ad loc.) — 6ta/j,e/j.v7jadac. "To keep 
 in memory." 
 
 ^ 14. 
 ov yap. "Is it not then." These particles are interrogative in 
 demonstration and argument, and are equivalent to the Latin nonne 
 igitur. — irapd rd aXKa i^iba. " In comparison with the rest of ani- 
 mals." {MatthicB, ^ 588, c.) — (pvasL KpaTLGTEvovreg. " Naturally ex- 
 celling them." — ovTE yap j3od^ dv exuv cufia. " For neither would 
 one if he had an ox's body." From the plural dvOpuiroi, which pre- 
 cedes, we may supply uvOpcoTvog or rig with tx(-)v. (Kuhner, ad loc.) 
 Observe, moreover, that the particle uv is sometimes found repeated 
 in a sentence, as here, where it is first attached to the word (Soogy 
 on which the greatest emphasis is laid, and is again placed after the 
 verb which it modifies. {Kuhner, () 432, h.)—baa. Supply t^Qa. 
 The reference is to what we would term quadrumanous animals, or 
 the monkey tribe. — nTihv ovdev ex^.i. " Possess any advantage (over 
 the rest)." Supply fj rd aAAa. — dfKpoTcpov tuv tzTielcitov d^tuv tetv- 
 XriKU)g. " Who have obtained both of these in the greatest excel- 
 lence." Literally, " worthy of most." The reference is to the body 
 and the mind. — dTJC brav ri TtoirjauaL, k. t. \. " But, whenever they 
 shall have done what, will you think that they care for you V i. e., 
 but what must the gods do to make you believe that they care for 
 you 1 A dependent clause, introduced by a conjunction, often as- 
 
204 NOTES TO BOOK I. CHAPTER IV. 
 
 sumes a direct interrogatory form, still retaining the conjunction. 
 Numerous instances of this construction are given by Fritzsche, 
 QucBst. Luc, p. 134, seqq. (Compare Kuhner, ^ 882, Jelf.)—vo[jLLug. 
 Attic for vo/xtaeig. 
 
 aviJ.5ov?iovc. "Advisers." This is the reply of Aristodernus, 
 who alludes particularly to the so-called genius of Socrates. — orav 
 6s 'Adrjvaloig, k. t. 2,. The answer of Socrates. — 'jTvv-&avo/u,hoig ti 
 (Slo. (jLavTLK^c;. " Inquiring about any thing by means of divination." 
 This refers not only to the consulting of omens, but also of oracles. 
 — oi) doKeZg. " Do you not think." — repara. " Portents." — aX/la 
 fiSvov ae k^acpovvTsr, k. t. A. " But picking you alone out (from all 
 mankind), do they hold you in neglect?' Literally, "do they put 
 you down in neglect," i. e., put you down and have done with you. 
 
 ^ 16. 
 oUl 6' av Tovg -^eovq e^ucpvaat. "Do you think, moreover, that the 
 gods would have engendered." — el juy dwarol Tjaav. That is, ev ifal 
 KaKug TToiEiv.—k^a'n-aTUf^evovg. That is, in the opinion they had 
 formed, that the gods were able to benefit and to injure.— ra xpo- 
 VLurara koL aocpurara tcov uvOpunlvuv. " The most abiding and the 
 wisest of human institutions." — at (ppovLfLUTaraL TjTiLniai. "The most 
 discreet periods of life." Compare Cicero, N. D., ii., 3. — -d-euv kni- 
 fzeTiiararac. The adjective here governs the genitive, because the 
 verb to which it corresponds {sTrifte/ieLadac) governs the same case. 
 {MatthicB, ^ 348, Obs. 1.) 
 
 ioyade. " My good friend." Contracted from d) ayade. This ex- 
 pression has always a slight shade of irony or sarcasm, like bone 
 in Latin. (Compare Viger, iii., 3, 1, and Hermann, ad loc.) — hvuv. 
 "While it is within you."— /cat Trjv hv Traurl (jypovrjatv, k, t. 2.. "That 
 the intelligence, also, which pervades every part of the universe, 
 disposes that universe in such a way as may be pleasing unto it." 
 — Kal fiTj. "And (you ought) not (to suppose)." Supply oleadat 
 XpTJ- — dvvaadai tnl Tco7Jut arddia s^iKvetadai.. " Can reach the length 
 of many stadia." The stadium was 600 Greek, or 606| English 
 feet. The preposition enl is employed in definitions of place, an- 
 swering to the question " how far T'' (Matthiie, ^ 586, c.) — nepl tuv 
 kvddde. Observe that (ppovTcCu is also construed w^ith the simple 
 genitive. The present arrangement, however, carries with it an 
 air of greater precision. {Matthice, ^ 348, Obs. 2.) 
 
NOTES TO BOOK I. CHAPTER V. 205 
 
 4 18. 
 jju [levTOL. "If, indeed." Observe that fzevToc is a confirmative 
 particle, and is often used to make a new sentence more emphatic. 
 (Kuhner, ^ 730, Jelf.) — cognep avOpunovg ^epairevav, k. t. A. "Even 
 as by paying attentions unto men you discover those who are inclined 
 to pay you attentions in return." — av/j,6ov?iEvdju,evog. " By consulting 
 along with others." — ovtco koL tuv -^euv, k. t. X. " So, by serving 
 them, you make trial of the gods, as to whether," &c. — yvuaei to 
 ■&etov, dri koTLv. " You will know the godhead, that it is," i. e., you 
 will know that the godhead is. This construction has already been 
 alluded to in ^ 13. — avrovg. The gods implied in to ■&eIov. There 
 is no need, therefore, of our omitting avTovg with Ernesti, or of 
 reading avTo, with others, from a few MSS. Observe, moreover, 
 the air of emphasis which the pronoun avTovg carries with it at the 
 close of the sentence ; so that its presence is far from being ple- 
 onastic. 
 
 § 19. 
 f/zot fiiv. " Unto me, I confess." Observe the employment of 
 the emphatic form of the personal pronoun, and its position at the 
 beginning of the sentence. Schneider and Dindorf read h(j,ol /xiv 
 ovv, from one MS. — ottote opuvTo. "Whenever they might be 
 seen." (Compare i., 2, 57.) — h kpriiua. "In solitude." — ixrjdEv av 
 TTOTE, K. T. A. "That no one, at any time, of those things which 
 they might be doing, would escape for an instant the observation of 
 the gods." Observe the force of the aorist in dialadelv. 
 
 CHAPTER V. 
 
 U- 
 el 6e 6ri, k. t. A. " Since, moreover, in very truth, self-control, 
 also, is both an honorable and an excellent possession for a man." 
 The particle el has here the force oi eTTEidrj, the reference being to 
 a case that admits of no doubt ; and this case is made still clearer 
 by the addition of 6f], which is often employed in this way for the 
 purpose of imparting more explicitness to the clause, and then an- 
 swers to the Latin vera. — el tl 7rpov6i.6a^E Isyiov, k. t.X " Whether 
 he in any degree urged on others to its attainment by saying such 
 things as follows." — up ovtlv' dv ala6avoi/j,E6a, k. t. X " Whether, 
 whomsoever we should perceive subservient to gluttony or wine, or 
 incapable of enduring labor, or given to sleep, this one would we 
 select?' i. e., whether, if we should perceive any one subservient, 
 
206 NOTES TO BOOK I. CHAPTER V. 
 
 &c. The genitives yacrpo^, olvov, &c., are genitives of comparison, 
 and 7/TTu yaarpog, &c., means, literally, " inferior to," or "less than 
 gkiltony," &c. (MatthicB, ^ 361, a.) So in Latin we have ''inferior 
 voluptatibus.^^ Observe, moreover, the absence of ovra after t/ttcj, 
 the omission of the participle of elfzi being common in such cases, 
 where the adjective has a predicative force. (Kuhner, i) 682, 3, 
 Jelf.) — Tovg noXefilovg KpariiaaL. The verb Kpareu has the meaning 
 of " to subdue," " to master," when joined with the accusative ; 
 whereas, when it governs the genitive, it means " to rule over," &c. 
 
 ei 61 yevS/xevoi. "And if, on having arrived." — tcj ETrtrpitpai, 
 AC. r. ?i. " To commit unto any one either male children to educate, 
 or maiden daughters to protect, or money to preserve." Observe 
 that the infinitive is used frequently after verbs in themselves of 
 complete meaning, but which would not be sufficiently defined with- 
 out such an addition, to express a purpose ; as here, naLdevGat, Stacpv- 
 Xd^aL, dcaacjaai. {MatthicR, () 522.) — d^iOTnarov elg ravra. "Worthy 
 of confidence for these things," i. e., in these matters. — rjyriaojxeda. 
 Observe the indicative in the apodosis, after eI with the optative in 
 the protasis, and hence expressing a positive certainty that we will 
 not regard him as such. {Kichner, § 855, b., Jelf.) — Tabula. " Our 
 granaries." — epyuv sTriaTaatv. " The superintendence of agricul- 
 tural labors." Observe that epyov, like the Latin opus, is often used 
 to denote agricultural operations, or laboring in the fields. (Com- 
 pare Ruhnken ad Ter., Eun., ii., 1, 14.) — dtaKovou kol dyopaarrjv tol- 
 ovTov. " An agent and purveyor of such a character." The dyopa- 
 oTTJg was a slave who purchased provisions for the family; a family 
 purveyor. Zeune and Bornemann read rdv tolovtov, from Stobaeus 
 and Athenaeus. The article, however, is added to this word only 
 when it refers to a person already known. (Compare ii., 8, 3, and 
 Matthicc, ^ 265, 7.) 
 
 ^3. 
 
 uKpaTTj. " If intemperate." — ttwc ovk u^lov, k. r. A. "How is it 
 rot worth one's while that he himself guard against becoming such." 
 Observe the effect of the particle yi on avTov, giving the pronoun a 
 species of reflexive force. — Kal yap, ovx tocTzep, k. t. A. The order 
 is, Kal yap, ugirep at TrXeoveKrai., k. t. A., ovrug 6 ctKpaTTjc ov rolg fiev 
 aJ\.?i,oic, K. T. A. — TiJv uTiTiuv iK^atpovfievot ;fp?7,uara. The verb dcpaip- 
 eladai is usually construed with two accusatives. {MatthicB, ^ 418.) 
 An example of its construction with a genitive of the person occurs 
 
NOTES TO BOOK I.- — -CHAPTER V. 207 
 
 in Thucydides, iii., 5S. — KaKovpyog. *' An injurer." Taken sub- 
 stantively. — EL ys KaKovpyorarov kart. '* Since it is (as all must ad- 
 mit) most injurious." Observe the employment of the indicative 
 with e'c to express positive certainty, which we have indicated, in 
 translating, by a parenthetical clause ; and compare the explanation 
 of Ernesti: *' Siquidem perniciosissimum est, ut nemo duhitat.'''' — tov 
 oIkov tov kavTov. " One's own substance." Observe here the repe- 
 tition of the article. The common form of expression would be 
 rbv kavTov oIkov ; but when the adjunct of the substantive is placed 
 after it, either for emphasis or perspicuity, the article must be re- 
 peated. {Buttmann, ^ 125, 3, Rob.) 
 
 M, 5. 
 hv cvvovGia de. " In society, too." — upd ye ov xp^- " Does it not, 
 in short, behoove." Hartung and Klihner give the particle ye in 
 such constructions as the present the meaning of am Ende ; it an- 
 swers rather, however, to our "in short." — KprinlSa. "The foun- 
 dation." — f/ Tig oi'K dv, Talq 7]6ovalQ 6ov%evuv, k. t. \. " Or who 
 would not, by being a slave to his pleasures, be basely disposed as 
 to both his body and his mind," i. e., be degraded both in body and 
 mind. — vrj ttjv "Hpav. " By Juno." This form of swearing or ad- 
 juration, almost peculiar to women, was often used by Socrates. 
 Compare Menag. ad Diog. Laert., ii., 40. — kXevdspcj fi.lv dvSpl cvktov 
 elvai. " That a freeman should pray." Literally, " that it is a thing 
 to be prayed for by a free man." By a free man is here meant one 
 in the truest sense of the term, as free from the influence of all de- 
 grading propensities. — iKeTevetv. " Should supplicate." The con- 
 struction with verbal adjectives often changes to the infinitive alone. 
 (Kikhner, ^ 613, Obs. 5, Jelf.) — dsGTTOTuv dyaduv. " Good masters," 
 i. e., who would by their manner of living show good examples, and 
 exercise a salutary influence in reclaiming the vicious. 
 
 ToiavTa 6e liyuv, k. t. A. " And yet, while accustomed to say 
 such things, he exhibited himself as still more continent in his acts 
 than in his words," i. e., while these w^ere his expressed sentiments, 
 he exhibited his own continence still more forcibly by his life and 
 actions than by his mere words. — 6td tov aufiaTog. " Enjoyed 
 through the agency of the body," i. e., of the bodily senses. — irapd 
 TOV TvxovTog. " From every casual person." Compare note on 
 rd TvxovTa, i., 1, 14. — (hairoTrjv kavTov KadtaTuvai. "Made (that 
 person) a master over himself." Compare i., 2, G. — ovdefiidg tjttov 
 
208 NOTES TO BOOK I. CHAPTER VI. 
 
 alaxpu-v- " Not less disg-raceful than any other." For ovx t/ttov 
 alaxpuv 7j aA7.ru> tlvu, compare iii., 5, 18 ; iv., 2, 12. 
 
 CHAPTER VI. 
 
 M- 
 u^iov 6' avTov, K. T. A. " It is worth while, also, not to omit those 
 things, that were likewise said by him, in the course of conversation 
 with Antiphon the Sophist." The genitive avrov does not depend 
 on a^tov, but on the relative clause a dielexdr], and it is the same as 
 saying d^Lov avrov rrpdg 'AvnipcovTa Tioyovg [iri TrapaTiiTTelv. (Kuhner. 
 ad loc.) — 'AvTLduvra. The Antiphon here meant was an Athenian 
 Sophist. He must be distinguished from the orator of the same 
 name, and also from Antiphon the tragic poet, although the ancients 
 themselves appear to have been doubtful as to who the Antiphon 
 here mentioned by Xenophon really was. {Ruhnken, Opusc, i., p. 
 148, seqq.) — rovg ovvovaiaaTag avrov TtapeAecdaL. " To draw off from 
 him those who associated with him," i. e., his followers. Observe 
 that avvovaiaardg here is equivalent to avvovrag or avv6iarp[6ovrag 
 elsewhere. (Compare Heusing. ad Plut., de lib. ed., p. 90.) 
 
 ravavria rfig (l>c/.o(TO(l>tag u7:o7.e"AaviisvaL. " To have enjoyed the 
 opposite from your philosophy," i. c, to have reaped fruits of a 
 directly opposite kind, namely, hardship and wretchedness. Ob- 
 serve that anoXavcj is construed with the accusative and genitive. 
 {MatthicB, <$i 327.) — C^f yovv ovrug. "At any rate, you live in such 
 a way." The component parts of yovv, namely, ye and ovv, are both 
 perceptible here, " at least, for the matter of that," i. e., at any rate. 
 — ov6' uv elg. More emphatic than ovdelg dv. — dtatrcJuevog. " Being 
 kept." — ru dav/uorara. " That are of the worst description." Ob- 
 serve the force of the article. — ijidnov rjiKpieaaL. " You are clad in 
 an outer garment." The Ifidrcov was an outer garment, cloak, or 
 mantle, worn above the x'-'''"^ or tunic. It was, in fact, a square 
 piece of cloth, thrown over the left, and brought round over or under 
 the right shoulder. — uwTTodTjrog. At the siege of Potidaea, in par- 
 ticular, he is said to have walked barefoot through snow and ice. 
 (Diog. Laert., ii., 12.) — uxlrav. This must not be so understood as 
 if he covered his naked body with only the outer cloak or ijudnov. 
 Socrates usually wore only the shirt, vTrevdvrrjg, but not the second 
 covering over that, namely, the kTZEvdirriq, which Kar'' h^oxrjv the an- 
 cients called the " tunic" or xi-~<^v. {Ernesti, ad loc.) 
 
NOTES TO BOOK I. CHAPTER VI. 209 
 
 ^ 3, 4. 
 Kal [xfiv. Compare i., 4, 12. — a Koi KTujj.evovg Eixppaivei, k. t. 1. 
 " Which both gladden men on acquiring them, and cause them, on 
 having become possessed of them," &c. Observe the force of the 
 perfect in Kenrri^evovg. — ovtu kol gv dLadfjceig. " In this same way, 
 also, you vsrill dispose," i. e., will inspire them with the desire of 
 imitating your comfortless mode of life. — vd/ztCe dvai. " Consider 
 yourself to be," i. e., you must regard yourself as being. — SoKelg fioc, 
 e(prj. Some MSS. and early editions omit l^?/. The Greeks, how- 
 ever, often insert ^t], even when a verb of saying has preceded. 
 In like manner, inquam is sometimes redundant in Latin. (Com- 
 pare Kuhner ad Cic, Tusc, V., 36, 105.) — vTTeL?iTj<pivat. "To have 
 concluded." — cogre TTETretafiac. " That I am persuaded." — ugKep kyw. 
 *' As I do." For ug-Kep kyu l^ib. In the construction with ^, the word 
 with which another is compared is usually put in the same case 
 with the word compared, or subject of the comparison. Sometimes, 
 however, after ?/, the nominative is used, as in the present instance, 
 if another verb can be supplied. {Matthice, ^ 448, 1, a.) — rl x^'^^'^ov 
 yadr]<yat rovfiov (3cov. "What particular hardship you have discov- 
 ered in this life of mine." (MatthicB, <§ 317.) 
 
 iTorepov, oTi, k. t. A. " Have you perceived this hardship in my 
 mode of life, in that, &c. Supply, for a full construction, ;^;aAe7rov 
 yadrjoai tovto rovfiov (3lov. — aTrepyd^eadac. "To work out." — efj.ol 
 de. " While unto me, on the other hand." The more regular, but 
 less emphatic form of enunciating the whole clause would have 
 been as follows : EKslvotg ?iafx6uvovai.v apyvpiov dvaynalov 6v . . . . 
 hiiol fir/ ?iau6dvovTt ovk uvuyKrj SLoXiyeadai, k. t. X. Two clauses, 
 however, of the same construction are sometimes, as here, opposed 
 to each other by [xiv and Je, in order to connect the former, which 
 ought to have been expressed by a clause dependent on the context, 
 by putting it in contrast with the latter. And it is this opposition 
 of aev and Je, and this independent enunciation of the two clauses, 
 which imparts an air of greater energy and vigor to the whole sen- 
 tence. {Dissen ad Dcmosth., de Cor., c. 97. Matthicz, § 622, 4. 
 Kuhner, ^ 764, e., Jelf.) 
 
 T7]v diairdv ^ov. " This diet of mine." — ug fjTTov fxev vyieivd, k. 
 T. A. " Because I eat, as you think, less wholesome things than 
 you do." Observe, as before, the construction of ug with the geni- 
 tive absolute, to indicate, not a fact, but a supposition or idea oc- 
 curring to another ; and compare i., 1, 4. — ?) ug ;taA£7rw7-£/3a iroplaa- 
 
210 NOTES TO BOOK I. CHAPTER VI. 
 
 adat, K. r. A. " Or because my viands are, as you suppose, more 
 difficult to supply one's self with, in consequence of their being," 
 &c. We have here, again, with ojg, a construction similar to that 
 in the preceding clause, bvTa being understood after ;^^aAe7rcj7£pa, 
 except that we have now the accusative absolute instead of the 
 genitive absolute. — Tzopiaaadai. An active or middle infinitive is 
 often used in Greek, where a passive supine would be expected in 
 Latin. This occurs particularly after adjectives, and more espe- 
 cially after /3a(5tof and ;j;a/l£7r6f . {MattkicB, ^535.) — k[ioi a ky6. A 
 correction of Ernesti's, confirmed by two MSS. The common text 
 has efiol ?Jyu. — otl 6 ^ev rjdiaTa eadlcjv, k. t. A. " That he who eats 
 with the greatest relish requires condiments least." — tov /xtj napovTog 
 TTOTov. "Drink difficult to procure." Literally, " drink that is not 
 present," i. e., not ready at hand. 
 
 IfiaTLa. Governed by fieraSaXTio/ievoi. — Kal VTrodrjfiara vTrodovvrai. 
 "And bind sandals under their feet." More freely, "put on san- 
 dals." The vTTodTjfjia was merely a sole bound to the foot. Observe 
 the force of the middle in vnodovvrai. — 6cu to, TiVKovvra rovg ndSac. 
 " By the things which annoy the feet." — ^djj ovv tcote yadov. " Now, 
 then, have you ever perceived." — ytuXkov tov ev6ov fihovTa. " Re- 
 maining at home more than any other," i. e., more than any other 
 who was more seasonably clad. Observe that tov is Attic for 
 Tivog. So, presently, rcj for tlvL — Sia to d?i,yeiv Tovg nodag. " On 
 account of any annoyance to my feet." 
 
 <J7, 8. 
 HeTieTrjaavTeg. "On having practiced," i. e., by dint of exercise. 
 — ufit'krjadvTtiv. "Who neglect (exercise)." — Trpof av fieTieTcJac. 
 Observe that dv is for a dv. The common reading is irpog a fiE^e- 
 Tuac — £/z£ Se dpa ovk olei, k. t. A. " And do you not think that I, 
 by constantly practicing to endure with my body every thing that 
 may befall it," &c. — rov 6e /nr/ dovTievetv -yaaTpt, k. t. "K. "Think 
 you, moreover, that there is any more effectual cause of my not 
 being a slave to appetite, &c., than my regarding those other things 
 as more pleasing than these, which (other) things," &c. — hv XP^*-^ 
 ovTa. " When used." — dAld Kal DuTridac, k. t. A. " But also (de- 
 light) as affording hopes," &,c. Observe that ev(ppacveL belongs also 
 to this clause, being understood with it. — Kal iirjv tovto ye. Com- 
 pare i., 4, 12. — oTi ol fiev olofzevot, k. t. %. "That they who think 
 they are in no respect prosperous are not delighted." — /caAwf Trpo- 
 
NOTES TO BOOK I. CHAPTER VI. 211 
 
 Xupetv. "Succeeds favorably." — ug ev irpaTTOvrec- "As being 
 happy in their efforts." 
 
 yiyveadai. " That one is becoming." — kqi (plTiovg afieivovq KTdadac. 
 "And is acquiring friends of superior character." — kyu roivvv 6ta- 
 reAw, K. T. ?i. " I accordingly will continue to hold to these opin- 
 ions." — TTorepo) Tj TrXecuv axo?iy, k. t. A. "Which of the two will 
 have the more leisure to concern himself about these things'?" With 
 TTorepcj supply dv elrj, which actually appears in one MS., and is in- 
 troduced into several editions. — hKTvoTiLopKTjdeirj dv ■&dTTov. " Would 
 sooner be captured." The verb eKKoXtopKeu is here taken in a some- 
 what subdued sense. It properly means " to take a city, or strong 
 place, by storm." In its application to persons, however, it ap- 
 proximates to the meaning of alpeu. — ^;t'a/le7r6)rdrwv evpeiv. Com- 
 pare § 5. — dpKovvTug xP'^f^^'^'^C- " Using contentedly," i. e., con- 
 tented with, and equivalent to dpKovfisvog. 
 
 ^ 10. 
 eoiKac oio[xev(f). " You seem to think." Literally, " you appear 
 like one thinking." The participle is often put for the infinitive. 
 In many cases it is quite indifferent which construction is chosen. 
 'EotKEvat, "to appear," takes the infinitive; but since it signifies, 
 also, "to resemble," it may take the same action, which is other- 
 wise in the infinitive, in the dative of the participle. (Matthice, 
 ^ 555, Obs. 2. Kuhner, ^ 682, 2 ; () 684, Jelf.) — Tpvdrjv Kai ivolvTileLav. 
 " Mere luxury and extravagance."— Jeecr^/ai. Two MSS. have 6el- 
 odai, but without any necessity, since Xenophon, in this verb, is 
 fond of the open or uncontracted forms. Compare Matthicz, ^ 52, 
 and Kriiger ad Anab., vii., 4, 8. — i^elov. " A divine attribute." We 
 have here one of the most celebrated maxims of the Socratic school. 
 It is copiously illustrated by Ruhnken, ad loc. — to 6' ug kXaxioTov, 
 K. T. "k. " And that, to be in want of the fewest things possible, is 
 nearest to the divine nature," i. e., resembles it most closely. — /cat 
 TO fiev '&elov. Weiske reads, from conjecture, kqItoi to (jlev, render- 
 ing Kairoi by the Latin particle atqui. 
 
 HI. 
 kyu Tot. " I, for my part." Compare note on fidTia rot, i., 2, 46. 
 — <70(l>bv de ov6' onugTiovv. " But not even in any way whatsoever 
 wise," i. e., but not in the least wise. — ovdeva yovv Tijg avvovaiag, 
 K. T. 1. " At least, for the matter of that, you exact no fee for the 
 holding converse with you." On the force oiyovv, consult note l^yg 
 
212 NOTES TO BOOK I. CHAPTER VI. 
 
 yovv, ^ 2, and with regard to TrpurrT?, compare note on Tovg 6e iavrov, 
 K. T. A., i., 2, 5. — KairoL. " And yet." — vo/j-I^uv. " If you considered 
 it." — ovSevl av jxrj on, k. t. Tl. " You would not only not give to 
 any person gratis, but not, indeed, if you received any thing less 
 than the value," i. e., so far from giving to any one gratuitously, 
 you would not part with it unless you received its full equivalent. 
 The construction here is elliptical, the full form being fiTj Izya on, 
 K. T. \. "Not to say that you wauld not give," &c., as in Latin, 
 we dicam. {MatthicB, ^ 610, 2. Kuhner, () 762, 2, Jelf.)—E'kaTTov t^c 
 a^cag. The regular construction would be sXatTov rj ij a^ca tovtuv 
 ruv ;^p?7/xarwv eoTi : oftentimes, however, when, as here, we ought to 
 have ^ followed by an entire proposition, the substantive of this is 
 alone employed, and put in the genitive. {MatthicB, ^ 451. Kuhner, 
 i} 783, h., J elf.) 
 
 () 12. 
 SijTiov drj. "It is evident, then." — ei KaL Observe that Kai does 
 not belong to cl, but to awovaiav in the signification of also. (Com- 
 pare Kuhner, ^ 861, Jelf.) — woi), 2d sing, imperf. ind. of olonat. — Kai 
 ravTrjg av ova ekarrov, k. t. X. " You would exact for this, likewise, 
 no less money than it is worth." — dcKaiog fiev ovv av etrjg. "You 
 may, perchance, then be," &c. — tnl ■Kleove^ia. " For your own ad- 
 vantage." — co<i)bg 6e ova av. "A wise man, however, you can not 
 in all likelihood be." Supply Etrjg after av. (Kuhner, <$) 430, 1, Jelf.) 
 — fj,Tjdev6g ye d^ta. " Things worthy of nothing, indeed," i. e., worth 
 nothing at all ; of no practical value. Observe the emphasis which 
 ye imparts here to fzrjdevog. 
 
 ^ 13. 
 Trap' 7]juLv vofxi^erai, k. t. 2,. " With us it is thought that it is alike 
 honorable and alike disgraceful to dispose of one's beauty and wis- 
 dom (unto others)." More freely, "that beauty and wisdom may 
 be disposed of alike honorably and alike disgracefully," i. e., it is 
 disgraceful to sell either for lucre's sake ; it is honorable to employ 
 either in gaining a firm friend. The verb dLarldeadac is properly 
 used of merchants who expose their goods for sale ; here, however, 
 it is applied in part to the Sophists, who sold their knowledge to all 
 who could afford to pay. Observe the force of the middle in this 
 verb : " to set forth or arrange as one likes,^' i. e., as he thinks may 
 tempt others to buy. — Ka?i6v te Kayadbv epaar^v. " Both an honor- 
 able and worthy admirer." — ical ttjv ao<ptav rovg fiiv, k. t. A. " And 
 they stigmatize as Sophists those who sell wisdom for money to 
 whosoever wishes (to buy)." Socrates means, that from their inor- 
 
NOTES TO BOOK I. CHAPTER VI. 213 
 
 dinate love of gain, the name of Sophist was marked with the infa- 
 mous idea of the grossest venality ; in other words, they were so 
 many prostitutors of wisdom. Observe that the words in the text, 
 TT/v aoiptav Tovq fiev TrcjlovvTa^, are so placed as to strengthen the op- 
 position, instead of tov^ fxev rrjv aotpiav iruTiovvTag. A substantive 
 which depends on an article and participle, in place of being put be- 
 tween them, is often set before the article, for greater emphasis. 
 (Compare iv., 4, 7, and Bornemann ad Anab., v., 6, 7.) — evcpvd. " Of 
 a noble disposition." Three MSS. and the old editions have cvfvT]. 
 Both forms, however, as Kiihner remarks, are found in Plato, al- 
 though the termination in u is the more frequent of the two. — otl 
 av Exv ayadov. "Whatever good thing he may know." Observe 
 that exct), from its signification " to possess," is used sometimes in 
 the sense of " to know," " to be skilled in." (Compare Herbst, ad 
 he. Stallb. ad Plat., Euthyphr., p. 18.) — (blTiov Troisirat. We have 
 given ToielTat with Dindorf from two MSS. The common text has 
 (plXov KoirjTai, where Matthiae endeavors, though not very success- 
 fully, to account for the absence of uv, by supposing that the pre- 
 ceding uv belongs to Tvocf/Tai also. {Matthm, ^ 527, Obs. 2.) 
 
 ^ 14. 
 kyo) (5' ovv Kol avTug. "And, therefore, I myself also." — opvidi. 
 "Falcon." — kgl uXXoig cvv[(7T7jui. "And I recommend them to 
 others," i. e., for farther instruction. In illustration of the force of 
 GvviaTrjfiL here, Kuhner refers to Bornemann in Ind. ad Anab., p. 
 673, &.c.—cj(j)e?iTjaeadai. Future middle in a passive sense. Com-, 
 pare avidaerai and oTepijacrai in i., 1, 8. Dindorf reads lofsXTjOi/ae- 
 c6ai. — TU)v Tid'XaL ao<l)uv uv6puv. " Of the wise men of old." C. F. 
 Hermann refers this to the poets, but it may mean, also, the earlier 
 philosophers, whose works were studied by Socrates, in order to 
 select any good thing he might find contained in them. Observe 
 that the adverb -rvuTiai, thus placed between the article and its clause, 
 has an adjectival force. (Idatlhice, ^ 272, a.) — ev (iiOTiioig ypdipavreg. 
 "Having written them in volumes." — kuv hTJJfkoiq ^ikoi yiyvufxeda. 
 "If (thus) we become (dearer) friends to one another," i. e., we 
 were before this bound to one another by the ties of amity, and this 
 communion of studies renders us still more so. {Kuhner, ad loc.) — 
 avToq. "Himself" Referring to Socrates. — km KaloKdyadLav. "To 
 all that was good and honorable." 
 
 <J 15. 
 TTorc. " On one occasion." — nug ^yeiTac ttouiv. "How he thinks 
 of making," i. e., how he thinks he can make^ AVe have given here 
 
214 NOTES TO BOOK I. CHAPTER VII. 
 
 in TjyELTat the reading of most MSS. In three MSS. and some old 
 editions we have riyelTo. Ernesti and other more recent editors 
 
 read r/yolTo Ttpdrroi, from three MSS. — avrdg 6e ov irpaTTEi, 
 
 K. T. X " And yet does not himself engage in public affairs, if, in- 
 deed, he knows (aught about them)." Observe the air of sarcasm 
 in etKep eTviaraTai. For SKiaTaTaL some have eniaracTO, others t^ttiu- 
 raro. — norepcdg 6e. •' But whether." The particle 6e iii interroga- 
 tions often refers to something to be supplied by the imagination. 
 Thus, in the present instance, the full form of expression would be, 
 Aeyeif fj.lv k/ue ra TtoTuriKa [it] Trpdrrecv • Ttorepug de, k. t. "k. — fj el tirc- 
 fxeXotfiriv tov, k. t. X. " Or if I should exercise care about the mak- 
 ing as many as possible fit to engage in them,"?, e., if I should endeav- 
 or to train as many as possible to a fitness for engaging in them. 
 
 CHAPTER VII. 
 
 M- 
 d Kat. Compare i., 6, 12. — aXa^ovelac- "From arrogant assump- 
 tion." — TTpoETpsTzev. Comparc i., 2, 64. — en' evdofia. " To a fair 
 reputation." Schneider, Reiske, Dindorf, and Ernesti read er' cv- 
 do^tav, but the dative denotes more of what is abiding and perma- 
 nent. — dyadog tovto, 6, k. t. 1. " Actually good in that, in which," 
 &c. Observe that tovto and o are accusatives of nearer definition. 
 —o)6e edtdaoKev. " He proved in the following way." 
 
 ^2. 
 Evdvfj,cJfiE6a yap. The particle yap refers to the previous discourse 
 of Socrates, in which incidental mention was made of arrogance 
 and ostentation. — dp' ov ra e^u Tfjg rexvTjg, k. t. A. '* Must he not 
 imitate good flute-players in all the external appendages of their 
 arti" Literally, "with reference to the things without their art." 
 — oKEVTi Kald. " Splendid attire." Some think that instruments 
 are meant ; but these are not t'fw t^q rex^m- The musicians of 
 ancient Greece were accustomed to go about dressed in the most 
 splendid and costly habiliments. — eireiTa. For enetTa Se. Compare 
 i., 2, 1. — d/l/la fXTjv epyov, k. t. X. " But yet he must nowhere under- 
 take any open performance (of skill)." — yeXococ. " A fit subject of 
 ridicule." — dvBpwirog dXa^^uv. "A vain-boaster." — KaiToi. "And 
 yet." — Kaiwdo^uv. " Being in bad repute." 
 
 (I)f 6' avTO)g. " In this same way, moreover." So in several 
 MSS., in place of the common reading ugavTug. — kvvoufiev, tL d,v 
 
NOTES TO BOOK I. CHAPTER VII. 215 
 
 avtC) avfiSacvoi. " Let us consider what would happen unto him," 
 i. e., what would be the natural result in his case. — dp' ovk av. 
 Compare i., 2, 4. — ravry Tivirrjpov. With ravrrj supply odw, and elr] 
 after IvTrrjpov. For Tavrr}, Heindorf reads tovt' elrj. — KvBepvdv re 
 KaTaoTadeig. For the infinitive after verbs signifying " to ap- 
 point," "to choose," &c., consult MatthicE, ^ 532, b. Dindorf omits 
 the conjunction re. — kcc avrog alaxpco^, «• r- A. " And he himself 
 would come off both disgracefully and with loss," i. e., would have 
 to retreat from, or abandon, his post. Literally, " would depart." 
 The Latins use male discedere nearly in the same sense. 
 
 ^ 4. 
 dgavTuc de, k. t. a. "In like manner, also, he showed that both 
 for one to appear to be rich," &,c. With doKetv supply elvai. — uAw- 
 aiTeTieg. "Was productive of no advantage." Supply ov. After 
 verbs of declaring, showing, &c., the participle of the verb elvai. is 
 often omitted. {Kuhner, (j 682, 3, Jclf.) — Trpo^TdTTEadai ydp avrolg, 
 K. T. X. "For he said that duties were (thus) imposed upon them 
 greater than accorded with their strength." As regards fiel^u, t] 
 Kara SCvafitv, consult Matthice, () 449. A similar construction occurs 
 at iv., 4, 24, and iv., 7, 10. — doKavvrag Uavovg elvai. " While ap- 
 pearing to be capable." — ovic av rvyxdvecv. "Would not be likely 
 to meet with." Observe the force of dv in denoting mere contin- 
 gency or possibility. 
 
 uTzaTcuva 6' hKalet, k. t. A. " He called him, moreover, no trifling 
 impostor, in case one having obtained money or equipment from 
 any person by dint of persuasion, should defraud him of these." 
 Supply avTov ravra after d-Koarepoii]. — ttoAv de /ueyiaTov. " But by 
 far the greatest (impostor he pronounced him to be)." — fxrjdevdg 
 d^iog uv. " Being a good-for-nothing feIlow."-l^777rar^/c£i. Supply 
 Trjv TToXiv, and translate r^c TroXewg in the succeeding clause as 
 equivalent to avrrjg. Weiske conjectures h^TjTraTrjKoi, and Schneider 
 k^anuTUTj ; but, as Kuhner correctly remarks, Socrates apparently 
 states a case as having actually occurred, and therefore the indica- 
 tive is employed. — rocuSe ^LaTicyonnvog. " By such discourses as 
 these (just mentioned)." As Kuhner remarks, we would expect 
 Toiavra here ; but rou'ide has here a more graphic force, and places 
 the narrative, as it were, before the very eyes of the reader ; hence 
 roidds diaXeyo/ievog becomes equivalent to " durch die vorliegenden 
 Rcden^ {Kuhner, ad loc.) 
 
BOOK 11. 
 
 CHAPTER I. 
 
 H. 
 
 Totavra Aeywv. " By the following arguments." Literally, "by 
 saying such things" as follow. — TrpoTpircecv. Compare i., 2, 64. — 
 a-GKELv h/Kpdrscav, k. t. 2,. '' To practice continence as regarded the 
 desire of food, and drink, and sleep, and (to exercise) endurance of 
 cold, and heat, and toil." The original contains some difficulty here, 
 for, though we may correctly say eyKpureca rrpog kindvficav ^purov, 
 Kol TiOTov, Kol vKvov, jet wc cau not so well explain the connected 
 words kyKpuTEia npog €Tn6vfj.lav pLyovg, koL -&d7.7zovg, kol ttovov. 
 Sauppe supposes Xenophon to have negligently blended together 
 two constructions, intending to say doKelv eyKpareLav npoc hTCLdvfiiav 
 ^pioTov, K. T. 7i., and then, as if Tzpog kindvfitav did not precede, to 
 add ucKELv syKpureiav piyovg, k. r. A. This is the simplest explana- 
 tion, and is adopted also by Ktihner. Similar instances of neglect 
 of strictness in style occur in the best authors. Dindorf, however, 
 reads koI plyog, kol d^uTiTcog, kol ttovov, but, if Xenophon had intended 
 this, he would undoubtedly have repeated the preposition irpog, and 
 would have said koI -nphg ^tyog, k. t. \. {Wheeler, ad lac.) 
 
 yvovQ 6e. Observe that 6e has here the force of ydp. — aico/iaaTo- 
 ripug txovra, k. t. \. " Was disposed, after a more intemperate 
 manner than usual, toward such things as these." Literally, "as 
 having himself," &e. — 'KpiarLinrE. This was tl>e celebrated Aris- 
 tlppus, a native of Cyrene, and the subsequent founder of the Cyre- 
 naic school. He remained with Socrates almost up to the time of 
 bis execution. Though a disciple of the philosopher, he wandered 
 both in principle and practice very far from the teaching and ex- 
 ample of his great master. He was luxurious in his mode of living, 
 indulged in sensual gratifications, and was the first of the followers 
 of Socrates who afterward took money for his teaching. The doc- 
 trine of his school was, that pleasure formed the chief good, and 
 pain the chief evil. The anecdotes which are told of him, however, 
 by no means give us the notion of a person who was the mere slave 
 of his passions, but rather of one who took a pride in extracting en- 
 joyment from all circumstances of every kind, and in controlhng 
 adversity and prosperity alike. (Smith, Diet. Biogr., vol. i., p. 298.) 
 
NOTES TO BOOK 11. CHAPTER I. 217 
 
 Tuv vEuv. ''Of the young men of the day." Observe the force 
 of the article.— oTTWf. "In what way," i. e., in such a way that. — 
 IJ.T]6' avTiKoirjosTai dpxvc- " He shall not even seek after authority." 
 Observe the force of the middle. — ^ovIel gkottuhev, k. t. X " Do 
 you wish that we consider the subject by having commenced with 
 their nutriment." The subjunctive is used without a conjunction, 
 and without uv after I3ov?iei in interrogations. (Matthice, (J 516, 3.) — 
 up^ujiiEvoL a-rzo Tijg Tpo^fjg. With this verb, the genitive, without a 
 preposition, marks the action, or condition itself, which is commen- 
 cing ; but the genitive with and marks the individual point which 
 is the first in a continued action or condition. Hence rpocpTJ, and, 
 after it, GToixela, mark the point whence the inquiry commences. 
 Compare Matthice, () 336, Obs., 2. — SokeI yovv fioi, k. t. A. " Nutri- 
 ment certainly appears to me to be the first rudiment." Observe 
 the force of yovv. Literally, " at least, for the matter of that." 
 
 § 2. 
 ovKovv TO fiEv ^ov'AEodaL, K. T. 1. " Is it uot natural, then, that the 
 desire to partake of food be present unto both, whenever the proper 
 time may have come % (You are right), for it is natural, replied the 
 other." Observe the elliptical construction of yap, and compare i., 4, 
 9. — TO ovv TrpoacpEiadat, k. t. 'A. " Which one of them, then, should, 
 we habituate to the preferring to accomplish that which is urgent, 
 rather than to gratify the appetite 1" The adverb ixullov is often 
 added, by pleonasm, to the verb izpoaipEladai. (Compare iii., 5, 16 ; 
 iv., 2, 9.) Observe, moreover, that the verb kdi^ELv is here construed 
 with two accusatives, one of the person, and the other of the thing ; 
 but the latter accusative consists in the present case of an article 
 with the infinitive. Compare Hist. Gr., vi., 1, 4, where the accusa- 
 tive of the thing is a pronoun. Elsewhere the thing is in the dative. 
 (Compare Kuhncr, ^ 583, 56, Jelf.) — vt} ACa. " Certainly."— ottwc 
 fiT} Tu TTjg ttoXeuc, k. t. A. " lu ordcr that the affairs of the state 
 may not be left undone during his government," i. e., be left neg- 
 lected. Compare Kiihner, " ne res publicce infectce vel neglectce relin- 
 qiiantur.'" Observe, moreover, that izapd is here temporal, and re- 
 fers to extension in time. {Knhner, (} 637, iii., 2, B., Jelf.)— to 6v- 
 vaadai (hfuvTa dvixeoOaL. " The being able, when thirsting, to en- 
 dure it," i. c, to endure thirsting, or, in other words, the power of 
 enduring thirst.— Trdyv [xev ovv. " Most assuredly." 
 
 K 
 
218 NOTES TO BOOK II. CHAPTER I. 
 
 vTTvov kyKpaTTj. " Temperate in sleep." Adjectives, derived from 
 verbs which govern a genitive, are construed also v^ith the same 
 case. Compare i., 5, 6 ; ii., 6, 1 ; and MatthicB, <J 361. — Koifirjdfji^ai. 
 **■ To lie dovi^n." Passive iii^ a middle sense. — dypvnvriGai. " To 
 remain av^^ake (all night long)." — tl 6e. "But v^^hatl" i. e., but 
 further. This combination of particles serves for the purpose of 
 passing on quickly to a fresh point, and is analogous to the Latin 
 quid vero. — rw avrip. Supply irpogdETEov. — to a^podLolcjv kyKparfj 
 elvac, K. T. 1. At the end of this clause we must mentally supply 
 TzoTEpG) av TTpogdelrifxev. — upxeiv. "For governing." Observe the 
 employment of the infinitive to express a purpose, and compare 
 Matthice, (} 532, a. — to padtlv, d tl e-CTT^Ssiov egti, k. t. 7i. " If there 
 be any branch of instruction adapted to the mastering of our antag- 
 onists, unto which of the two would it be more proper that the learn- 
 ing of this be added?' — avev tuv rotovTuv nadrj^aTuv. "Without 
 instruction of this kind." 
 
 rjTTov av u/ilaKeadai. "Would be less likely to be ensnared." — 
 TovTuv yap d^nov, k. r. A. " For some of these, namely, being al- 
 lured by appetite, and certain ones (of this number), though very shy, 
 being yet attracted to the bait by the desire of gratifying their glut- 
 tony, are captured, while others are entrapped by drink." The 
 words evLa dvgcjTrovfzsva are subjoined to the preceding words tu /llsv 
 'yaaTpl 6E2.ea^6/j.Eva by the figure called by grammarians oxv[ia KaO' 
 oTiov Kol [MEpoq. Thus, tu. fiev yaaTpl dE^-sa^ofXEva refer to the whole, 
 of which Evia SyguTrovjUEva indicate a part, and the verb uTilcKETai is 
 joined to the clause which denotes the part, while the clause that 
 refers to the w^hole is left without any verb. {Kuhner, (} 708, 3, 
 Jelf.)—olov. '' As, for instance.'"— aw EipT] Kai TavTa. "Heassent- 
 ■ed to these things also." 
 
 TavTu ndaxeiv, k. t.\. " To be aifected in the same way with 
 the most senseless of wild creatures." Literally, " to suffer the 
 same things with," &c. Observe that raira here is for tu. auTu. 
 All words denoting coincidence, equality, similarity, &c., take the 
 dative. (Kuhner, () 594, 2, JeZ/.)— wc^rep. " As, to cite an instance." 
 — Eig Tag EipKTag. " Into the private apartments (of dwellings)." 
 By EipKTac are here meant the ywacKEla, or women's apartments, 
 where, in accordance with Grecian custom, the females of the fam- 
 
I 
 
 NOTES TO BOOK II.— CHAPTER I. 219 
 
 ily were kept secluded ; for elpKTTJ properly denotes a shut place or 
 inclosure. — KcvSwog. Supply can. — a re 6 v6/Ltog, k. t. 1. As re- 
 gards the punishment inflicted for this otTence by the Athenian law, 
 consult Smith, Diet. Ant., s. v. Adulterium. — vbpiadfjvaL. "Of being 
 most violently treated." — bfiug elg to, eirtKivdwa <f>epeadai. " For one, 
 nevertheless, to be borne headlong into the midst of those things 
 that are fraught with danger." In the editions before that of 
 Schneider, we have kT^avveTac o/iug, k. t. A., but klavverai is now 
 omitted on the authority of two MSS. — dp' ovk Tjdr] tovto, k. t. A. 
 "Is not this now the part of one altogether possessed "?" i. e., of an 
 utter madman. The verb KaKoSai/iovdco means, properly, to be tor- 
 mented by an evil genius. 
 
 ^ 6, 7. 
 TO de elvat fi^u, K. r. X. *' Again, does it not appear to you to be 
 gross neglect, that the greatest number of the most necessary em- 
 ployments of men are performed in the open air 1" &c. — rovg de nol- 
 /ioiif, K. T. 1. "And yet, that the majority of mankind are untrain- 
 ed to bear cold and heat." As regards the plural forms ipvxv and 
 ■dd'XTzr], vid. note on i., 4, ^ 13. — aaKelv delv koI ravra, k. t. 1. " Should 
 practice to endure with ease these hardships also." — ovkovv el rovg 
 h/KpaTetc, K. T. 1. " Shall we not, then, if we class those who are 
 disciplined in all these points with men fitted to command, class 
 those incapable of doing these things with those," &c. — dvTnroiTjGo- 
 uevovg. The common text has uvTnrotj}aaiievovc, for which we have 
 given the future participle with Schneider. — h-rzELdri kuc tovtuv tKa- 
 Tepov, K. T. 2,. " Since you even know the rank of each class of 
 these men, have you ever yet considered with yourself," &c. 
 
 ovdafiug ye. " By no means, I can assure you." — to, [leyakov epyov 
 ovToc, K. T. A. "When it is a great trouble to procure for one's 
 self the necessaries of life, that this occupation does not prove suf- 
 ficient for him, but that he impose upon himself the additional task 
 of procuring," &c. The substantive epyov is omitted in one MS. 
 Kuhner incloses it in brackets. "With dpKeiv supply cvtC). The 
 verb apKeo) is often found without the dative of the person, as in ii., 
 2, 6 ; iv., 4, 9. Nothing is of more frequent occurrence in the Greek 
 writers than for the subject of the preceding clause to become the 
 object in the succeeding, and that, too, in such a way as not even 
 to be indicated by the pronoun. {Kixhner, ad loc.) — koX iavTu) fxlv 
 kXXeiTzeiv. "And to deny himself" — uv jSovTieToi. The subject of 
 
220 NOTES TO BOOK II. CHAPTER I. 
 
 BovleraL is to be deduced from the words u<ppovog avOpuirov which 
 precede. Observe, moreover, that wi; is by attraction for tovtuv a. 
 — TTpoeaTcJTa. " On becoming the presiding officer." — tovtov diKrjv 
 virexeiv. " To have to give an account of this," i. e., to render him- 
 self liable to punishment for this. 
 
 Kal yap u^lovglv at TToletg. " And, (no wonder), for states think it 
 right." — kyu TE . . . . al re. Compare i., 1, 14. — u<pdova. " In abun- 
 dance." Marking the predicate, as is shown by the position of the 
 article with kniTTjSeLa. {Matthics, ^ 277, b.) — wf Tr/leicrra ayaOd. " As 
 many advantages as possible." — TroAAa Trpdy/Ltara exsi-v, «. r. X. "■ To 
 have much trouble for themselves, and to affi^rd it unto others." 
 Many alterations of the text have been proposed here, but without 
 any necessity ; for those engaged in official duties are of necessity 
 obliged to impose their respective duties on their subordinates, and 
 to excite in them a spirit of activity and energy. (Wheeler, ad loc.) 
 — ovTCic Tratdevaag. "After having thus trained them," i. e., after 
 they had been thus trained. — y pdard re Kal T^diaTa f^iorsveiv. " To 
 pass their lives in the way in which (it is) both most easy and agree- 
 able." With 71 supply 66u). 
 
 § 10, II. 
 (3ov?iEL aKeijjujLieda. Compare ^ 1. — Trorepoi. Some read irorepov. 
 — rj ol apx^H-evoi. So in five MSS. The article is omitted in the 
 common editions. — uv 7](j.dg lo/xeu. Observe that uv is here by at- 
 traction for oijg. — I,vpoc, Kal (^pvysQ, Kal AvSoi Jacobs aptly re- 
 marks, that Socrates designedly mentions, out of several nations, 
 those held in the greatest contempt among the Greeks. — Maiurai. 
 The Maeotians dwelt near the Palus Maeotis, or Sea of Asoph. They 
 are distinguished from the Scythians by Herodotus, iv., 123. — KiSveg. 
 By the libyans are here meant the roving tribes in the interior of 
 Africa. — all' eyu toi. "Nay, I indeed." A formula of objection 
 in reply. — ovS'e slg ttjv dovleiav, k. t. A. " Neither, on the other hand, 
 do I consign myself unto slavery," i. e., assign myself to the class 
 of those who are ruled over by others. The av in this clause refers 
 back to, and connects itself with the commencement of ^ 8. The 
 meaning is, as I am not inclined, on the one hand, to assign myself 
 a place among those desirous of ruhng, so, on the other, am I as 
 little inclined to belong to the class of the subjugated. — rlc [itarj 
 TovTcdv 666g. "A middle kind of path." The pronoun rig is often 
 separated from its substantive by the interposition of several words. 
 — ovre di' dpxrjg. Supply dyovaa. 
 
I 
 
 NOTES TO BOOK II. CHAPTER I. 221 
 
 ^ 12. 
 
 a/lA' el fievToi, k. t. A. *' But if, in very truth, replied Socrates, 
 even as this same path (of ours) leads neither through command 
 nor subjection, so it were to lead through human society, you would, 
 perhaps, be saying something to the same purpose," i. e., something 
 that carried weight with it. After dc' uvOpuiruv supply cpepoi, and 
 observe, moreover, that /xevtol has here a confirmative force. The 
 /LiivToc, however, which commences the next clause, has an adver- 
 sative force, and must be rendered "iiowever." (Kuhner, ad loc.) 
 — L)v. " While you are." — (j,r)T£ u^ccoaeir, k. t. X. " You will neither 
 think it meet to command yourself, or be commanded, nor will will- 
 ingly show respect to those in authority." We have given a^iuoeig 
 and ■&epaiv£va£Lg with Bornemann and others, in place of the com- 
 mon reading a^Luarig and '&Epai:evarig. The latter, indeed, has all 
 the MSS. in its favor ; but as the terminations cetg and crig are often 
 confounded by the copyists, and as the sense evidently requires the 
 indicative here (the reference being to an express and definite opin- 
 ion avowed before this by Aristippus), the old reading must yield to 
 the new. {Kuhner, ad loc.) 
 
 d)g hmaravTai ol KpelTToveg, k. t. A. *' That the powerful know, 
 by having made their inferiors both publicly and privately to weep, 
 how to treat them as slaves." We have given Kadlaavreg with 
 Schneider, from Xen., Cyrop., ii., 2, 14, in place of KadiaTavreg, the 
 reading of other editors. Consult Plato, Ion, 505, E., and Stallhaum, 
 ad loc. The verb KaOc^o properly means "to set down," "to make 
 to sit down," and hence, " to put into a state or condition," or sim- 
 ply "to make," "to render," and hence KTialovTag KadiaavTeg is here 
 equivalent, as Coray remarks, to Klakcv irotijaavTeg. — dovTiocg XPV- 
 adai. Zeune and others read ug SovTiotg xpwOai- This, however, 
 changes the meaning, for it renders the slavery doubtful, whereas 
 the omission of ug makes it real. {Kuhner, ad loc.) 
 
 7] lavddvovai, k. r. A. " Do those escape your observation, who, 
 after others have sown and planted, cut down their corn, and fell 
 their trees, and harass in every way their inferiors," &c., i. e., have 
 you never seen persons, who, after others have sown and planted, 
 have cut down their corn, &c. — ivoXiopKovvTeg. The verb iroTiiopKio 
 properly means "to besiege," &c., and is then applied to all other 
 violent and oppressive conduct. {Jacobs, ad loc.) — kqI ISla av. " And 
 again in private life." — ol avdptloc koI Swaroi, k. t. A. The order 
 is, ova olada on ol avdpdoi, k. t. A. — Kapnovvrac " Reap the fruit 
 
222 NOTES TO BOOK II. CHAPTER I. 
 
 of the latter's labor." — ov6' dg 7ro?uTelav k^avrbv KaTaK7i€L0). "Do 
 not shut myself up in any one state." — ^evog. " A temporary guest." 
 
 () 14. 
 TovTo fiEVToi f]6T], K. T. "k. " Now, truly, you mention in this an 
 admirable artifice." Ironical. By 'nakaiaiia is properly meant a 
 trick or artifice peculiar to wrestlers, by which they endeavored to 
 trip up their antagonists. Here, however, it denotes any cunning 
 and artful device in general. — ef ov. " Since." — 'Zlvvig, kqI 6 'Lkel- 
 pcjv, &c. These were celebrated robbers destroyed by Theseus. 
 There is a pleasant irony in this speech of Socrates. He means, in 
 fact, to say, although such cruel robbers as Sinnis, Sciron, and Pro- 
 crustes no longer infest the public roads, yet there are not wanting 
 other men to injure you. Hence, though he uses the expression 
 ovSelc en dSmec, he means directly the reverse. We have retained 
 the ordinary orthography in the name I-ivvcg, although the more 
 correct form would appear to be 'Elvig. Compare Valck. ad Eurip., 
 HippoL, 977. — ol fj.£v 7ro?uT£v6fievoL kv ralg narpiaL. " They who live 
 as free citizens in their native states." The idea intended to be 
 conveyed is this : If the most careful endeavors, on the part of the 
 citizens of states, to repress wrong-doing, are nevertheless insnffi- 
 cient, how little can unprotected strangers reckon on personal se- 
 curity. — npog role avayKaloig KaTiov/aevoig. "In addition to those 
 who are called relations by blood." The term dvayKaiot answers 
 to the Latin necessarii, and denotes those that are connected with 
 us by necessary or natural ties, or, in other words, those related by 
 blood. — olg anvvovrai. " By which they seek to repel." — o/zuj- ddiK- 
 ovvTac. "Are nev,ertheless wronged." 
 
 ^ 15. 
 kv Se Talc odolg. This and elg oiTotav Se are opposed to ovdev p-sv, 
 &c. Hence the double 6e. — TroXvv xpoi^ov dcaTplSuv. " Spending 
 much time," i. e., in passing from state to state, and from city to 
 city. — TjTTuv. "Inferior," i. e., as being a mere stranger. — Kai tol- 
 ovTog, oiocg, k. t. 1. " And that, too, when you are such a character 
 as," &c. Observe the employment of the plural in oloig after the 
 singular roiov-og, the reference in oloig being to an entire class, and 
 not to any definite individual. (Kuhner, ^ 819, 2, a., Jelf.) The ref- 
 erence, moreover, in TotovTog is to one who is a mere vagrant, who 
 roams about without any settled abode, who is the citizen of no one 
 state, and is, therefore, unprotected by any. (Kuhner, ad loc.)—Sid 
 TO ^evog elvai. Observe the nominative with the infinitive, the ref- 
 
NOTES TO BOOK II. CHAPTER I. 223 
 
 erence being to the same person who is the subject of the finite verb. 
 — ^ dtoTi Koi dovXog, k. t. 1. " Or is it because you think that you 
 would be such a slave as to be profitable to no master 1" The mode 
 of life led by Aristippus was most costly and expensive, nor had he 
 any inclination to work ; hence he imagined that no one would be 
 likely to reduce him to slavery, as his maintenance would cost more 
 than his earnings were worth. Socrates soon shows the futility of 
 this idea. — ry ds noTivTsXearaTri, /c. r. A. " And yet, delighting in 
 the most sumptuous fare." 
 
 ^ 16. 
 xptjvrai. " Manage."— dpa ov. These particles, like the Latin 
 nonne, require an answer in the affirmative ; while dpa firj, like 
 numne, require an answer in the negative. {Kuhner, ^ 873, 3, Jelf.) 
 — acocppovi^ovGi. "Check," i. e., cool down. — aTroKTieiovTs^ odev. 
 ''By detaining them (from all places) whence." — ?}. In the sense 
 of efT?. "It may be possible." — tov dpaireTevEiv. "From rui^iii^g 
 away." — k^avaynd^ovaiv. "They drive out." 
 
 TTciai KUKOLC- " With all kinds of punishments." — dovTieijeiv. " To 
 act as becomes a slave." Compare the explanation of Jacobs : 
 " sick als Sklaven henehmeny — aTiTid yap. " But then." Answering to 
 the Latin at enim. (Compare Kuhner, ^ 786, Obs. 6, Jelf.)—TcJv k^ 
 avdyKTjg KaKoiradovvTuv. "From those who suffer hardships of ne- 
 cessity." — el ye -KeLvrjdovGL, k. t. 1. "Since they will have volun- 
 tarily to endure hunger, and thirst," &c , i. e., since they are des- 
 tined to endure, &c. The future is here employed to express not 
 merely a future action, but one which is considered as predetermined 
 by circumstances and the state of affairs. Compare Matthicz, <J 498, 
 b. — eyi) yap ovk old', k. t. A. " Since I do not know in Avhat respect 
 it differs, for a person willing or unwilling to be lashed as to the 
 same skin," i. e., what difference it makes, when the same skin is 
 lashed, whether it is lashed voluntarily or involuntarily. Observe 
 that depiia is the accusative of nearer definition. — Tto2,iopKetadai. 
 " To be harassed." — aA/lo ye t/ ddpoavvrj, k. t. ?„. " Other, indeed, 
 than that folly attaches to the person," &c. On the adverbial em- 
 ployment here of aAAo, consult Kuhner, ^ 895, Jelf, and Malthice, 
 i) 635. 
 
 § 18. 
 oi) SoKEi Goi, K. T. "k. The construction is ov SokeI aot ra kxovaia 
 tC)v TOtovTuv dia<pepeiv ruv aKOvaluv, k. t. A. — y. " Inasmuch as," 
 
224 NOTES TO BOOK II. CHAPTER I. 
 
 i. e., so far forth as this, that. Analogous to the Latin quatenus. — 
 6 (lev £Kuv ttelvCjv. "He who, from choice, suffers hunger." — Tzioi. 
 Supply dv. Compare MatthicR, § 515, Obs. — oiroTav (SovlrjTaL. In 
 the previous clause we had o-ore f3ov?.GiTo, the optative being em- 
 ployed because an uncertain doubtful condition was implied : here, 
 however, we have the subjunctive, because the present s^eartv pre- 
 cedes. {MatthicB, ^ 521, Obs. 2 ; Kuhner, <^ 844, a., Jelf.) — err' ayddtj 
 e?>.Tridc TzovcJv evcppaiverai. "Relying on a good hope, takes delight 
 in laboring." The preposition t-Tri with the dative is employed here 
 to denote the ground of mental affection. {Kuhner, ^ 634, e., Jelf.) 
 The reading tzovuv is a conjectural emendation of Taylor on Lysias, 
 p. 491, confirmed by MSS. The old editions have (ppovuv. — tov /I7- 
 Tpeadai. "Of being about to seize the prey." 
 
 ^ 19. 
 Koi ra /J.EV TOiavra, k. t. A. "And yet, such rewards of toil are 
 worth but little." The indefinite tIq, when joined with adjectives, 
 &c., brings the notion of these words more prominently forward, by 
 either increasing or weakening that notion, according as the mean- 
 ing of the word or the context requires. Here the effect is a weak- 
 ening one. {Kuhner, ^ 659, 4, Jelf.) — oTrwf x^'-P^^^"'^''''^'- Schneider 
 reads, from two MSS., x£^P<^<^ovTai, in compliance with Dawes' can- 
 on. But compare i., 2, 37. — Ka?M^ oUucc. " They may regulate 
 well." Compare i., 1, 17. — flXovg ev noiijai. To do a person good 
 or evil is construed in Greek with two accusatives, or with an ac- 
 cusative of the person and the adverb ei or KaKug. 'EvepyereZv and 
 KUKovp-yelv are construed with an accusative of the person. Com- 
 pare iv., 4, 17. — ek TO, TOLavra. " For such objects as these." — ev- 
 (ppatvouEvovc. "Full of happiness." More literally, "gladdened (in 
 feeling)." — uya^ivovg. " Admiring." — ^7]?iov/x£vovg. " Emulated." 
 
 ^ 20. 
 at ixEV ^adiovpyiat. "Slothful habits." — ek tov TrapaxpvfJ-a rjdovai. 
 " Easily obtained pleasures," i. e., obtained at the moment of desire. 
 Such is the interpretation of Straub, adopted by Kuhner, and sup- 
 ported by the whole connection of the passage. " Voluptates cjus- 
 modi, quas, ubi concvpiveris, slatim, utpote sine ullo labore parabiles, 
 percipere liceat.^^ The old interpretation was " pleasures of moment- 
 ary duration," and so Schneider, " eas voluptates, qua; statim percipi- 
 untur, et quarum usus breve tempus durat.''^ {Wheeler, ad loc.) — cru- 
 uaTL eve^iav kvEpyd^Eodai. " To work out a good habit for the body," 
 t. e., a good habit or condition of body. The old editions have Ep- 
 
NOTES TO BOOK II. CHAPTER I. 225 
 
 ■yuCeadat, for which Zeane gives hepjd^eadai, from four MSS. — a^c- 
 6?^oyov. " Worth mentioning." The epithet a^ioXojov is here added, 
 because at irapavTcua rjdoval can not be said to convey no knowledge 
 whatever to the mind. For who denies that music, paintings, and 
 other pleasures of the same kind give us some sort of knowledge '^ 
 {Kuhner, ad loc. — Wheeler, ad loc.)—al Se 6iu Kaprepiac eni/neTiEtai, 
 K. T. 1. " Whereas pursuits requiring constant perseverance cause 
 us eventually to reach all that is beautiful and good." The verb 
 k^LKvetadai, like Ti»y;^;uv£:iv, Aayj^^aveii', &:c., is construed with a geni- 
 tive. — 7T0V. "Somewhere." The passage occurs in the "Works 
 and Days" ('Epya Kal 'Huipai), v. 285, seqq., or 287, seqq., ed. Gbttl. 
 
 TTjv fiev yap KaKOTrjTa, k. t. A. " You may easily obtain vice for 
 yourself even in one dense mass," i. e., you may easily get it all at 
 once. We have adopted here the explanation of Buttmann, {Lexil. 
 s. V. elTiELv, p. 270, Fishl.), who derives the force of iXadov in the 
 present passage, not from the idea of crowds or troops, but from 
 that of a dense compressed mass. The explanation of GottHng, 
 which is as follows, is very unsatisfactory : " Diat, sunt comissatio- 
 num antiqiKB sodalilalcs {Find., Nem.,\., 86). Hoc igitur voluit poeta : 
 si vitio potiri vis, facilis est aditus, neque opus est ut solus vitii 
 viam ineas, sed multos habebis socios comissationura amantes." — 
 XeIi]. "Level." The common editions of Hesiod have bXLjrj.—TTig 
 aperrjg npo~ilpoi6ev. " In fi'ont of virtue," i. e., before virtue's thresh- 
 old. — e7Tr]i> d' clg uKpov 'iKrjTaL. " But when one shall have reached 
 the summit," i. e., the summit of the hill of virtue, unto which the 
 steep and rugged path leads. The subject of iKijTai is contained in 
 the verb itself, and refers to him who shall have selected this path. 
 (Gdttling, ad loc.) — ;^;a?.£7r^ nsp kovoa. ' "Though difficult before." 
 Observe that here, and in prjldirj, at the commencement of the line, 
 there is a sudden transition from the masculine to the feminine 
 This arises, not from the circumstance of oIfj.og being of both gen- 
 ders, as Kuhner maintains, but because the reference now becomes 
 a direct one to aperfj, as SeyfFert more correctly supposes. 
 
 fjLnpTvpel. " Bears testimony to the same effect." — 'E-Kcxapfioc 
 Epicharmus was the chief comic poet among the Dorians, and a 
 native of the island of Cos, having been born there about B.C. 540. 
 He subsequently resided at Syracuse, and spent there the remainder 
 of his hfe. Hence he is often called the Sicilian. — tuv ttovuv ttuXov- 
 cnv, K. T. A. " The gods sell unto us all the good things of life for 
 our labors," i. e., it is a law of heaven that happiness is to be pur- 
 chased only by toil. Observe that novuv is the genitive of price. 
 K2 
 
226 NOTES TO BOOK II. CHAPTER I. 
 
 {Matthiii, § 364.) The line here quoted is a trochg,ic tetrameter 
 catalectic, and scanned as follows : 
 
 tQv 7rov|wv 7Tu7i\\ovalv j tju'lv II Travra [ rdyaO'Wol i?f[oi. 
 
 w TTovTjpe, fiTi Tct, K. T. 1. " Ah ! wretched one, seek not after the 
 things that are soft, lest thou mayest obtain those that are hard," 
 i. e., seek not after an easy life, lest you may only obtain a hard one. 
 Observe that fiueo (contracted fxuov) is the present imperative of 
 fiuofiac, an Epic lengthened form of fidofxai. This line is also a tro- 
 chaic tetrameter catalectic, and scanned as follows : 
 
 CO 7TOv\7)pe, II jut) to. 1 /udXaKU II fLCJed, \ fi^ rd II aKT^rjp'' £x\v^- 
 
 The entire clause, from Kal h dAAw 6e tottw to the end of the line, 
 is regarded as an interpolation by Valckenaer {ad Herod, ii., 117), 
 because the ancient writers are not accustomed to employ roTrof 
 when speaking of a passage of any book or writer. Schiitz and 
 Schneider concur in this opinion, and Dindorf even goes so far as 
 to regard the whole passage in the light of a spurious addition, from 
 fzapTvpel 6e kqI 'Emxap(iog. Voigtlaender, however, has successfully 
 defended the ordinary text. {Obs., pt. 1, p. 13.) 
 
 () 21. 
 
 Kal UpodiKoc 6s 6 cra^of, k. r. A. " Moreover, Prodicus the wise 
 also, in the work which he has composed concerning Hercules." 
 Observe the force of the article as repeated after GVYypdfi/naTc, and 
 here rendered for perspicuty' sake by an entire clause, as if jeypa/a- 
 fj.iv(f>, or something equivalent, were understood. Pi'odicus was a 
 native of lulis, in the island of Ceos, and was eminent as a Sophist 
 and rhetorician ; although here, as Welcker observes, Xenophon 
 separates him from the rest of the Sophists by the more honorable 
 appellation of o go(^6^. {Welcker, Kleine Schriften, ii., p. 466.) Pro- 
 dicus visited Athens frequently, for the purpose of transacting busi- 
 ness on behalf of his native city. Socrates was one of his pupils 
 in rhetoric. {Plato, Mcno, 96, D.) — crvy-ypuju/xaTi,. Xenophon merely 
 refers to the work in question under the general appellation of Gvy- 
 ypafijza. Its true title, however, was 'Qpat, which Welcker refers 
 to the youthful bloom of Hercules. {Suidas, s. v. 'fipci, Welcker, 
 I. c.) The apologue itself is generally known, at the present day, 
 by the title of" The Choice of Hercules." 
 
 oirep dri Kal nTielcTToic eTrideUvvTai. "Which, as is well known, 
 he is accustomed to read unto very many." Literally, " he ex- 
 hibits." The verb kircdeUvv/xt is properly employed in the sense of 
 
NOTES TO BOOK II. CHAPTER I. 227 
 
 making an exhibition of skill, or giving a specimen of one's art. 
 The exhibition, in the present instance, consisted in reading the 
 work aloud unto others. Declamations or recitations held by the 
 Sophists and others, in order to show their power of language, skill, 
 and invention, were called kTZLdei^sLg. (Kuhner, ad loc.) Obsei^ve 
 the force ofdrj in this clause, and compare the explanation of Kuhner, 
 " uti constat inter omnesy — ugavTO)^ cnzoipaivETaL. " Declares his 
 sentiments in a similar manner." Literally, "shows himself" 
 Thucydides (ii., 42) uses the active voice in the same sense, but 
 the middle is more usual. — kiTEl upfiaro. " "WTien he was advanc- 
 ing." — kv y. "At which period." Supply upa. — avTOKparopeq. 
 " Their own masters." — ehe ttjv 6t' ipETTjg odov, k. t. A. " Whether 
 they will turn themselves toward life along the path leading through 
 virtue," &c., i. e., whether they will enter on the course of actual 
 life by the path of virtue, &c. — etc rjovxiav. " Into a solitary place." 
 Compare Cic, Off., i., 32. — rpdTrrjTai. "He shall turn himself" 
 The deliberative subjunctive. Compare notes on i., 2, 15. 
 
 ^ 22. 
 HEyakaq. " Large of form." — ev-irpe-Kr) re idelv kqI e?^cv6£ptov. 
 "Both engaging to behold and lady-like," i. e., of an engaging and 
 lady-like appearance. Gaisford reads elevdepiav, from a MS. of 
 Stobseus. Xenophon, however, uses in the feminine both klevdepiog 
 and P^evdepia. Compare Conviv., ii., 4; Greg. Cor., p. 62, seqq., ed. 
 Schaef. — irpoUvai. "To come forward." Schneider, Dindorf, and 
 Bornemann give Trpogcevai, "to come toward," from a single MS. 
 The idea, however, implied in TrpoUvac, is well expressed by Kuhner, 
 " ex occulta prodire." — (pvaei K€Ka?i?i(j'7rta/Lcevriv, k. t. A. " Adorned by 
 nature as to her person with purity, as to her eyes with modesty, 
 as to her demeanor with becoming reserve, and in white attire." 
 We have rendered kad^rt de Ievk^ as a simple and independent 
 clause. Jacobs, Kuhner, and others, make it depend on kekog- 
 firif^evTjv, and miss from the sentence some word corresponding to 
 ou/xa, o/Lt/iara, and cxviia, and then ground upon this alleged omis- 
 sion a charge of want of elegance against Xenophon, than which 
 nothing can be more unjust. — Tedpaiip-evr^v pev Ecg 7vo7ivaapKlav, k.. r. 
 A. " Pampered into a full and enervated habit of body." — KSKaTi- 
 ?iU7n(ypev7]v 6e to p£v xp^l'^^i i^- f- ^- " Set off, moreover, as to her 
 complexion, so as to seem to appear both fairer and more florid 
 than the reality," i. c., than she really was. Lange thinks doKecv 
 (patvEadac pleonastic, and, as Sokelv follows immediately after, he 
 regards (^aivsadat, as alone correct here. But Sokecv (jKiiveadac is 
 
228 NOTES TO BOOK II. CHAPTER I. 
 
 well explained by Kiilmer, "ut . . . . jprcz se ferre {^aivecdai) videre- 
 tur (SoKeiv).'" 
 
 TO. de ofifiara exetv avaireTrTafisva. " That she had her eyes, more- 
 over, opened widely." This is the bold, immodest stare, opposed 
 to the modest and retiring look. — kadfjra 6s, k^ Tjg, k. t. 1. " And an 
 attire, through which youthful beauty might most shine forth," i. e., 
 attire, the texture of which allowed the youthful beauty of her limbs 
 to be clearly apparent. The reference is to what was termed the 
 Coan robe or attire, and which had a great degree of transparency. 
 Consult Diet. Ant., s. v. Coa vestis. — KaracrKOTTeladaL de ■&afj.a eavrfjv. 
 "That she frequently, also, looked down at herself," i. e., survey- 
 ing her dress and person. — avrrjv d-euTac. If the optative were here 
 emplayed in the place of the indicative, we would have avr^v. 
 (Kuhner, ad loc.) Compare i., 3, 49. — aTrGBAsnetv. " She looked 
 back." 
 
 <§ 23, 
 ■nltjaLaiTEpov. Thus in several MSS. and early editions. The 
 common reading is ixTiriGiiaTepov. — levai rov avrbv rpoTvov. " Pro- 
 ceeded in the same manner (as before)," i. e., with the same quiet 
 gait, neither slower nor faster. Observe here the construction of 
 the accusative {tyjv fxev Trpoadsv ^jjdscaav) with the infinitive, the 
 reference being still to what Prodicus says. — (pddaai. " To get be- 
 fore her," i. e., to anticipate her. — anopovvTa. " At a loss." — mv 
 ovv Efie (l>il7]v TTOLrjadfievog. " If, then, (you shall turn yourself thither) 
 after having made me your friend." Supply, from the previous 
 clause, knl tov (3iov Tpuirri. Compare Hermann, ad Vig., ^ 227, p. 
 776, seqq. Five MSS. give Tzoifjari, and two Tvoifjaei. The common 
 text has T^oifjarig. We have given TTOLrjacip.evoQ, on good MS. au- 
 thority, with Bornemann, Kuhner, and others.— Koi tuv ^ev tepttvcjv 
 ovdEvor, K. T. "K. " And you shall taste of every pleasure." Liter- 
 ally, " and you shall be without tasting of no one of the things that 
 are delightful." Observe that uyEvaroq takes the genitive on the 
 same principle that jEVEadaL, " to taste," is construed with it. — rwy 
 XaTiETTuv diTEipog. "Without any experience of troubles." 
 
 ^ 24, 25. 
 ov <ppovTulg. "You shall not concern yourself about." Observe 
 that fpovTLecc is the Attic form of the future for (ppovrioEic. — npay- 
 fidruv. "Public affairs." — aKonovjuevog Sieoec. "You shall be al- 
 ways considering." There is some doubt about the true reading 
 here. We have given diiaei (with the more Attic termination) from 
 
NOTES TO BOOK II. CHAPTER I. 229 
 
 almost all the MSS. Jacobs, however, conjectures ael ecj^, and 
 Budeeus 6tj eaiy. One MS. has dcd^scg, which is evidently a mere 
 gloss. — Kexapiofievov. " Gratifying to the taste." — TjaOet?]^. "You 
 may experience pleasure." — dirovuTaTa. " With the least degree 
 of trouble." — rig viroipla airdvEuc, K. r. 1. "Any suspicion of a 
 scarcity of the means whence these (blessings) are to arise." Ob- 
 serve that oTzdvEuc: dcj)' 6)v is for ctzuvsu^ tovtuv df uv, and compare 
 i., 2, 14. — ov (poSog. " There is no fear." Supply eari', and compare 
 SeyfFert, "no7i est quod metuasy — e-kI to Trovovvra, k. t. /I. "To 
 the procuring of these things by laboring and undergoing privations," 
 &c.— uAA' oZf du 01 dA?ioi, K. T. A. Observe that olg is here for 11, 
 being attracted by tovtol^. — av epyd^iovrat. " May obtain by their 
 labor." — TravraxodEv u^EleladaL k^ovacav. "Authority to benefit 
 themselves from every side," i. e., from every possible source. 
 
 (J 26. 
 e<j)Tj. The verb E(prj, like inquit in Latin, is commonly separated 
 from its subject by some of the words quoted. {MatthicE, ^ 306, 
 Ohs.)—6vona di aoi rL egtiv. The particle Je in interrogations often 
 refers to something to be supplied by the imagination. Thus, in 
 the present instance, we may suppose the full sentence to run as 
 follows : " All this sounds fairly enough, O lady, bui what is your 
 namel" — 'Ev^aifiovt.av. "Happiness." — vnoKopt^6/j.£voi. "Nick- 
 naming." The verb vTroKopH^ofiat means, properly, "to play the 
 child," and especially, "to talk child's language," i. e., to use terms 
 of endearment, such as diminutives. Then reversely, "to call 
 something good by a bad name," " to disparage," " to nickname," 
 &c. — KOKtav. "Vice." 
 
 ^27. 
 Ev TovTu. Supply rw ;^;p6i'cj. " During this time." — /cat eyw. ,. " I, 
 too." — Eldvca. " Because I know." Observe here and in Kara/xa- 
 dovaa the causal force of the participle. {Kuhner, i^ 697, a., Jelf.) — 
 ^vaiv. "Disposition." — hv tti naLdela. " During your early train- 
 ing," i. e., in the training of your youth. — G<p66p' dv ce tuv kuTiuv, 
 K. T. "k. " You would assuredly become a noble doer of the things 
 that are honorable and dignified." Observe that a<p66pa has here 
 the force of profecto or omnino, and consult Sturz, Lex. Xen., s. v. 
 3. — ETC TToXv EVTi/xoTepav, K. T. A. " Still far more held in honor, 
 and more illustrious on account of the advantages (which I shall 
 obtain for you)." — irpooif/ioig T]6oviig. " With any preludes regard- 
 ing pleasure," i. e., by any introductory remarks, holding out to you. 
 
S30 NOTES TO BOOK II. CHAPTER I. 
 
 for the purpose of securing your attention, the promise of pleasur- 
 able enjoyment. Observe that Trpooi/ita ijdovfjc stands here opposed 
 to TO, bvra, that is, ra alrjdfj, just as //er' aTiTjdelag stands opposed 
 here to e^airaT^ao). — rd ovra. " The things that are," i. e., the ex- 
 isting state of things. — riTrep ol -dsol dtedeaav. "Even as the gods 
 have ordained (them to be)." 
 
 § 28. 
 Tcjv ovruv ayadcjv Kal koaCjv ovSiv. "No one of the things that 
 are good and honorable." — iAe^f. Attic for iXdov^. — T^epairevreov 
 Tovg ■&Eovg. " You must worship the gods." Supply aoi earc Ver- 
 bals in Teov are construed like the Latin gerund in dum, with the 
 substantive verb and the dative of the personal pronoun ; and though 
 passive in derivation, they nevertheless govern the cases of the 
 verbs from which they are derived, like actives. {MatthicB, () 447, 
 2.) — afioif err' apery ■&avfx.d^£(7dai. "You claim to be admired for 
 virtue." Compare Itt' dyadolg, <J 27. — ttjv yjiv ■d-epaKevreov. "You 
 must till the earth." — 6p[iag av^eadac. "You are eager to increase 
 your means." Observe the force of the middle. — rag irolEfxiKag 
 Tsxvag avTug re, k. t. 1. " You must both learn the arts of war 
 themselves from those who are acquainted with them, and must 
 practice how you ought to use them," i. e., you must not only learn, 
 but must practice them. — el Se Kai. After a succession of members 
 of a discourse, beginning with elre, the concluding member, which 
 is the most important one, commences with el de. (Compare 
 Kuhner, <$> 778, Ohs., Jelf.) So in Latin, after a repetition of sive, 
 the final member begins with si vera. (Kuhner, ad Cic. Tusc, i., 
 41, 97.) — ry yvu/j.r} VTvqperelv edtart'ov rb acbfjia. "You must accus- 
 tom your body to render obedience to your mind." Cicero gives the 
 explanation of this passage in the De Officiis (i., 23), as cited by Vic- 
 torius : '■'■ Exercendum corpus, et ita afficiendum est, ut obedire consilio 
 et rationi possity — gvv irovoig Kal Idpuri. The preposition avv with 
 the dative of the instrument is of rare occurrence. (Compare 
 Kuhner, ^ 623, Jclf.) 
 
 ^ 29. 
 cjf ;^a/le7r^v Kal fiuKpav 666v, k. r. "K. " How painful and tedious 
 a road to her joys this woman tells you of" Observe the force of 
 the article in rag ev^poavvag, the joys which she promises. — tnl rrjv 
 evdaLjxoviav. " Unto the happiness which I have in store," i. e., uiito 
 my happiness. Observe again the force of the article. 
 
NOTES TO BOOK II. CHAPTER I. 231 
 
 ^ 30. 
 
 Tt de ai) ayadbv ex£i^ ; " But what good thing dost thou possess 1" 
 Compare <J 26. — kOeXovaa. " Since thou art willing." — tt]v tuv 7j6euv 
 kmdv/Ltcav. "The desire for the things that are pleasing," i. e., the 
 natural desire of pleasures. — iravruv k/LLTriTT/iaaai.. " Sate yourself 
 with all things." Observe the force of the middle. — bijjoTrotovg p;- 
 XavufiEvri. " Contriving (to procure) skillful cooks." For the tran- 
 sition here from the finite verb to the participle, consult Matthice, 
 § 632, 4 ; Kuhner, ^ 705, 4, Jelf. The regular mode of expression 
 would have been as follows : Kai, Iva juev ijdEcjg (pdyrig, biponoiovg /Ltrj- 
 Xdv^i tva 6e rjSecjg ncvrj^, oivov^ . . . .''TrapaaKEvd^ei. {Kuhner, ad loc.) 
 — Xtova. Snow was used by the ancients to cool their wines. They 
 frequently preserved it in subterranean caverns. {Plin., H. N., ix., 
 4; Athen., iii., p. 124; Martial, xiv., 115.) — rdc Grpcj/avug fia'kaKdg. 
 " Your soft beds," i. e., your beds of down. Observe the force of 
 the article here, the reference being to things accustomed to be em- 
 ployed by the effeminate and luxurious.— rdf KVivag. " Your couch- 
 es," i. e., those costly couches of yours, on which the beds of down 
 were placed. — ra vTvoSaOpa raic Kllvaig. " The rockers beneath 
 your couches." By vKoSadpa ralg KMvaig commentators generally 
 suppose that Xenophon means carpets spread under the feet of 
 couches, to prevent noise when the latter are moved or disturbed in 
 any way. The true explanation, however, is the one which we have 
 adopted, and is due to Schneider, who compares three passages of 
 the physician Antyllus {Frag. Medic. Oribas., ed. Matlh., p. 114, 170, 
 172), from which it appears that by vTvoSaOpa are here meant a kind 
 of diagonal rockers attached to the feet of couches, for the purpose 
 of producing a gentle motion and thus inviting repose. (Kuhner, 
 ad loc.) — Ti TTotf/r. The deliberative subjunctive. In other words, 
 the subjunctive is used, in such cases as the present, to express a 
 question implying doubt or deliberation, where the speaker considers 
 with himself what, under present circumstances, is best for him to 
 do. {Matthicz, <J 516 ; Kuhner, <J 417, Jelf.) 
 
 ^ 31. 
 dddvarog dh ovaa. *' Moreover, though immortal." — tov 6s ttuvtuv 
 rtdloTov aKovGfiaToc, k. t. A. " The sweetest strain, too, of all that 
 the ear takes in, thy own praise, thou never hast heard." Literally, 
 "in respect of the sweetest thing heard of all, the praise of your- 
 self, you are without hearing." As regards the employment of 
 iavTTjg for the pronoun of the second person, consult MatthicB, (j 489, 
 11. — TOV aov ■&iu(Tov ToTi/xyaeiEv eIvul- "Would dare to be one of 
 
232 NOTES TO BOOK II. — CHAPTER I. 
 
 thy train of revelers." By ■&iaaoc is properly meant a band or com- 
 pany engaged in celebrating some festival, chiefly of Bacchus, with 
 dancing, singing, &c. It is here employed in an ironical sense, to 
 denote a noisy and licentious crew of the votaries of vicious indul- 
 gence. Observe that ■&i.daov is the partitive genitive. — ot veol fiev 
 6vT-£Q. The plural here refers to -^Laaurai, as implied in -Siaaov. — 
 rate -ipvxalg avorjTOL. " Mere dotards in their intellects," i. e., en- 
 feebled to dotage by licentious excesses. — inrova^ [lev Titivapoi, k. t. 
 X " Maintained throughout early life in idleness amid abundance 
 of all kinds," i. c, maintained by the labors of others, such as pa- 
 rents or relations. We have given T^tTzapoL here the meaning as- 
 signed to it by Klihner, "m omnium, rerum affluentia.'''' — TpetpojjLevoL. 
 In place of this, which is the reading of all MSS. and early editions, 
 many later editors have given (pspojuevoc, the conjecture of Ruhnken. 
 The emendation, however, is altogether unnecessary. The votaries 
 of vicious pleasure are described as being maintained by others in 
 their youth, and being compelled to maintain themselves in age, at 
 w'hich latter period their previous excesses have left them broken 
 down in body and mind, and little able to do any thing for their own 
 support. {Xichner, ad loc.) 
 
 eTZLTTovug 6e avxfcrjpoi, k. t.1. " And passing through old age with 
 heavy toil, amid all the squalidness of penury." Observe the op- 
 position between avxfJ-vpoc and Xinapoi, and also between uttovo^ and 
 k-KLTTovug. — Totg /j,Ev TTeTrpayfievoLg. " On account of the things done 
 by them," i. e., their past excesses. Observe the employment of 
 the dative to express the cause of the action. {Matthia, ^ 399.) — 
 Tocg 6e TrpaTTOfiEvotg jSapwonevoi. " And weighed down by the things 
 that are at present getting done," i. e., oppressed and broken down 
 by the weight of their present labors. — tu /j.sv rjdea. " Pleasures." 
 — TU xo-'^^nd. " Hardships." 
 
 <J 32. 
 ai'veifiL. "Associate with." — Kal napd dvdpuTvoig olg npog^Kei. 
 " And by men by whom it is becoming to be honored," i. e., by the 
 good among men. Supply Trap' before olg, and TcfiuodaL after npogrj- 
 KEi. This omission of the preposition is common in both Greek and 
 Latin. Thus, iii., 7, 3: h ralg avvovatatg, alg avvei, and Conviv., 
 iv., 1 : kv tC) xP^^Vi V vfiCjv ukovo). So in Latin, Corn. Nep., Cim., 
 3, 1 : " Incidit in eamdem invidiam, quam pater suus,''^ &c. 
 
 ^ 33. 
 7]6Ela fj.Eu Kal unpdyiiuv dixoXavaig. "A sweet and simple enjoy- 
 ment." The term dnpdy(j.uv refers to the absence of all labored 
 
NOTES TO BOOK II. CHAPTER II. 233 
 
 preparations, and all incentives to a jaded appetite. — airoTietirovrec. 
 Verbs whiefi, like axdovrac, denote a state of feeling, are construed 
 with a participle. {Kuliner, <J 685, Jelf. Compare i., 2, 47.) — raZg 
 tC)v veo)v Tifialg. "With the honors shown them by the young." 
 Observe here the employm-ent of the genitive to denote the authors 
 of a thing, so that the genitive is taken, as the grammarians term 
 it, in an active sense. {Matthia,, ^ 375.) — ribv 'Ka\aiuv Trpu^suv. 
 " Their former actions," i. e., their past course of life. — ev 6s rag irap- 
 ovaag, k. t. \. "And take delight in the successful performance 
 of the business of the present." Literally, " in performing well 
 their present ones." — ro Tzsirpofiivov relog. " The destined end." 
 — uTLjioL. " Unhonored." — dAAa fiera fivrjfiTjg, k. t. A. " But, being 
 celebrated in song, they bloom in memory throughout all time." Ob- 
 serve the adjectival force of aei as placed between the article and 
 noxm.—M'klovGL. Cicero uses a similar word ( Tusc, i., 49) : " Har- 
 modius in ore et Aristogiton, Lacedcemonius Leonidas, Thehanus Epam- 
 inondas vigent.''^ — fj,aKapi(7T0TuT7]v. This form of the superlative is 
 to be assigned to a positive fzanapiaTog, from the verb juaKapcCo). It 
 is a form peculiar to Xenophon. Compare ApoL, c. 33. 
 
 § 34. 
 
 SiuKei TT]v TzaidevaLv. " Relates the instruction," i. e., the train- 
 ing. — EKoaiirjae [ievtol Tag yvu/xag. " He ornamented, however, his 
 sentiments." — Tzeipdodai n koI tuv, k. r. "k. " To endeavor in some 
 degree to bethink yourself of those things also which relate to the 
 future period of your life." 
 
 CHAPTER n. 
 
 M- 
 KaiiTzpoKlea. Socrates had three sons by his wife Xanthippe, 
 namely, Lamprocles, Sophroniscus, and Menexenus. — x^^'^^'^^.'-'^ov- 
 ra. Verbs signifying "to perceive," " observe," &c., are construed 
 with a participle. {MatOiia, ^ 549,.)— /cci iiaka. " Certainly (I do)." 
 The expression koX p-uXa is equivalent to the Latin " maxime" " vel 
 maxime,''^ ^^ maxime vero,^^ "omnino.^^ Compare iii., 3, 9. — Kara/biefid- 
 OfjKag ovv Tovg rt noiovvTag, k. r. "k. " Have you ascertained, then, 
 those who do what men stigmatize by this namel" i. e., have you 
 ascertained, then, whom men stigmatize by this name, and what 
 they do whom they thus stigmatize 1 Observe here the conciseness 
 of the Greek form of expression. The full mode of enunciating the 
 clause would be as follows : /ca^a//^/zu07?/cac ovv, rivag to ouofia tovto 
 
234 NOTES TO BOOK II. CHAPTER II. 
 
 UTTOKaTiovcrcv, Koi ri ttocovgcv ovtoi, ovg to bvojia tovto aTcoKaXovatv ; 
 (Compare MatthicE, ^ 567 ; Kuhner, § 883, 2, Jelf.) For the double 
 accusative after u7TOKa?<,ovacv, consult Matthice, <$» 420, Obs. 2, b. — 
 Tovg ev Tradovrac- " Those who have received a kindness." — ovkovv 
 doKoval cot, K. T. A. " Do they not, then, deem it right to class the 
 ungrateful among the unjust 1" Zeune thinks that delv ought to be 
 supplied after doKovai. But this is quite unnecessary, since doKomt 
 itself implies the notion of what is fit or becoming. {Kuhner, ad loc. 
 Compare Kuhner, ^ 665, Jelf.) 
 
 $2. 
 7]6t] 6e ttot' e(TK£ipo). "And have you ever hitherto considered." 
 — el upa .... uSlkov karc. In case of reality, el is used with an 
 indicative ; but in case of a future event, yet to be investigated, 
 idv with the subjunctive is employed after aKstpaaOai. {Matthice, 
 ^ 526.) — Kal TO axapiGTElv Tcpbg fiev Tovg (pi\ovg, k. r. A. " So the act- 
 ing with ingratitude toward our friends is unjust." — Kal doKcl fioi, 
 t)0' oi av, K. T. 1. " And from whomsoever, whether friend or foe, 
 one, on having received a favor, does hot try to make a grateful re- 
 turn, (that one) appears to me to be an unjust person." The pe- 
 culiar construction of this sentence arises from a species of attrac- 
 tion, the relative clause being in construction with the dependent 
 clause. {Kuhner, ^ 825, 1, Jelf.) The more simple arrangement 
 "would have been as follows : Kal SokbI fioi, ogrig dv, vtto TLvog ev 
 7:ad6v, fir] TTeLpdrac x^P'-'^ inrodidovai, adiKog elvat. A similar struc- 
 ture occurs in Cicero {Tusc, i., 34.) 
 
 ^3. 
 el ye ovTog exec tovto. " If, indeed, this be so." The particle el 
 with an indicative is often followed by an optative with uv in the 
 apodosis, when the result is to be represented as uncertain, as only 
 possible, not decided upon in the speaker's mind ; and hence, this 
 is a less decided way of expressing the notion of the future indica- 
 tive, av referring to the condition of the former sentence. {Kuhner, 
 ^ 853, b., Jelf)—el?iiKpivTJ^ Tig adiKca. "A kind of sheer injustice." 
 The primitive meaning of el?uKpLvi]c is, " examined by the sun's 
 light" {e'LXT], Kptvu), "tested," "found genuine." Hence arise the 
 significations of "unmixed," "pure," "clear," "palpable," "sheer," 
 &c. The common form is elTicKpiv^g, for which we have not hesi- 
 tated to substitute eLAtKptvrjg, with the initial aspirate, as more in 
 accordance with etymology, and as usually found in the best MSS. 
 of Plato. — 6a(f) Ttg fiu^u dyada naduv. " By how much one having 
 
NOTES TO BOOK II. CHAPTER II. 235 
 
 received greater favors." (Compare MatthicB, <$» 599, d.) Observe 
 that TidaxEi-v properly means "to be affected" by external objects 
 or circumstances, either good or bad. — tlvq^ ovv, scprj, vrro rivuv, k. 
 T. 1. "Whom then, said he, could we find benefited in greater 
 things by whom, than children by parents 1" i. e., whom then could 
 we find more benefited, and by whom, &c. In Greek, two, or even 
 more interrogative words may be attached to the same verb, so that 
 two or more questions on different points are expressed in one sen- 
 tence. {Kuhner, ^ 883, 1, Jelf.) — e/c fj-ev oim bvruv. "From not 
 being," ^. e., from non-existence. 
 
 a 6f]. " Which, it is well known." Observe the force of (5^, and 
 compare the explanation of Kuhner : " Qw/e, uti satis constat.''^ — ovrtog 
 TvavTog u^ta. " So valuable in every point of view." Literally, " so 
 worthy of every thing."— erri rolg jueyioroic adiK^fiaei. "For the 
 greatest offences." — ug ovk uv /lel^ovog kukov, k. t. A. "Thinking 
 that they will not, in all likelihood, cause wrong-doing to cease by 
 the fear of any greater evil." Observe that navaovreg agrees with 
 noTiirai, implied in TvoXei-g, and also that cjg here with the participle 
 refers to an opinion formed or something thought of (Kuhner, 
 ^701, Jelf.) — av iravaovreg. The particle dv is joined with infini- 
 tives and participles, and gives to them the same signification that 
 the optative, subjunctive, or indicative with dv would have in the 
 resolution by means of the finite verb. (MatthiiB, ^ 598 ; Kuhner^ 
 ^ 429, Jelf.) 
 
 Tuv ye d(ppo6L(jio)v 'ivEKa naiSoTToietadac. " Beget children through 
 mere sensuality." — ckottov/ievoi. "Carefully considering." — jSe?.- 
 Tiara. " The most robust." — koX 6 fiiv ye. Thus in several MSS. 
 In some early editions we find Kal 6 fiev yap. The common text 
 omits ye. — koI ravra c)g dv 6vv7]Tat nleiara. " And these in as great 
 abundance as he may be able." — v-n-oSe^aftivr}. "Having both re- 
 ceived it within herself" — kcI fiETadiSovaa Trig Tpo(j)?ig, k. t. 2,. " And 
 imparting a portion of the nourishment by which she herself is even 
 supported." Many MSS. and all the early editions give Tjg kuI air?}, 
 but the attraction of the pronoun in the dative is so rare that we 
 have preferred following Stobaeus, and the edition of H. Stephens, 
 with Bornemann, Dindorf, and other recent editors, and giving y 
 Kal avTTj. On the attraction of the dative of the relative, consult 
 Kiihner, (J 822, Obs. 4, Jelf. — dieveyKaaa. " Having carried it her 
 full time." — ovTe irpoTrenovdvla ovdev dyadov. " Having neither ex- 
 perienced as yet a single advantage " — ovre ycyvucnov to [ipi(pog, k. 
 
236 NOTES TO BOOK II. CHAPTER II. 
 
 T. "K. *' Nor the infant knowing by whom it is fondly tended." 
 The best view of this much-contested clause is to regard yiyvuaKov 
 TO l3pE(f)og as a nominative absolute. (Compare Wannowski, de 
 . Construct. qucB dicitur absoluta, p. 6.) Kiihner, with much less pro- 
 priety, regards it as a sort of oratorical anacoluthon, and that Xen- 
 ophon used the nominative instead of the genitive, " memhrorum 
 concinnitatis servandce causal — aToxa^ofievij. " Guessing." A beau- 
 tifully appropriate term to denote a mother's fond sagacity. — hK-Klrjp- 
 ovv. " To satisfy it." — rlva x<ipi-v- " What return." 
 
 a ixev av avTol exuatv, k. t. "k. "Whatever good rules for the 
 conduct of life the parents themselves may have, they teach unto 
 them." Observe the employment here oi 'ix^tv in the sense of pos- 
 sessing, and compare i., 6, \Z.—6a-KavO)vreQ. " Incurring expense.' 
 EKLiiE'kovvTai. "Exercise an anxious care." — ug Svuardv (SiXnarot 
 "As far as possible the best." In order to strengthen the sig 
 nification of superlatives, particles and clauses are often added 
 {MattUcE, § 461.) 
 
 n. 
 oXkd roi, el Kai. "But, in truth, although." — TzsTzocTjKe. Supply 
 57 kfiT/ fxfiTrjp, which Lamprocles had in his mind, the whole previous 
 discourse being in reference to her. — ttjv x^^'^^'^orriTa. " Her harsh- 
 ness of temper." Xanthippe, the wife of Socrates, was notorious 
 for her violent temper. Consult Wiggers' Life of Socrates, p.398 
 of this volume. — ayptoTrjTa. " The wild temper." — tj firjTpog. The 
 article is not added, because Socrates speaks of mothers in general. 
 Lamprocles, however, uses the article in the succeeding clause, Tfjg 
 fi-nrpog, because he means his own mother. — Tfjg fir/Tp6g, Tfjg ye tol- 
 avTTjg. " That of my mother, at least of such a mother as she is." 
 — ^ daKovoa, 7} XaKTcaaaa. "By having either bitten or kicked you." 
 
 a'XTid, V7] AiG, e^ri, k. t. 1. " (No), but in very truth she utters, 
 replied the other, things which one would not wish to hear for his 
 whole life," i. e., though he must lose his life unless he be willing to 
 hear them. Observe that kTrL here marks condition. (MatthicB, 
 () 585, 13.) The particle aAAa at the beginning of the present clause 
 is elliptical, the full idea being, 011 kukov tl fzoc eduKcv, kXkd, k. t. A. 
 — av de TToaa, e<pr} 6 IcoKpari^g, k. t. /I. " And yet, 1k)W much trouble, 
 replied Socrates, difficult to endure, do you think you have caused 
 
NOTES TO BOOK II. CHAPTER II. 237 
 
 unto this (mother)." — -noaa ^e T^VKijaat ko-hvuv. " And how much 
 sorrow (do you think) you have occasioned her by your illness." 
 Literally, " when laboring (under sickness)." Observe the em- 
 ployment of the nominative with the infinitive, the reference being 
 to the same individual that forms the subject of the leading verb. — 
 £0' S) yaxvvdrj. " At which she blushed," i. e., that could call the 
 blush to her cheeks. 
 
 idv avTT] liyec. Observe the attraction of uv for a. — ?) rolg vtvo- 
 Kpiralg. " Than it is for stage-players." — to. euxara. "The worst 
 reproaches." Literally, "the last," i. e., in degree of reproaching. 
 Observe in this clause the construction of Xeyuatv with the double 
 accusative, and compare Matthice, <$> 416, Obs. 2, fS. — eneidrf ovk olov- 
 rai, K. T. X. " Since they do not think that either he of the speak- 
 ers, who reviles, reviles that he may injure," 6cc.—voovaa. " In- 
 tending." — a/l^d Kal iSovAofiEVT], k. t. A. " But even wishing that 
 there be for you (so many) blessings, as many as (she wishes that 
 there may be) for no one else," i. e., wishing you to have blessings 
 more numerous than any other person. Observe that before ayada 
 we are to supply rooa, the correlative of oaa. — ov SfjTa. "No, as- 
 suredly." 
 
 HO. 
 iTTifzeXo/iivTjv Ka/nvovroc. " Taking care of you when sick." — ottcoc 
 vyiatvrj.c, K. r. A. Schneider, Herbst, and Dindorf read vytavelg, on 
 account of ecret following, in order that the two moods may agree, 
 but no change of the kind is needed. The subjunctive vyiaivrig, as 
 Kuhner well remarks, has reference to that the issue of which is in 
 the hands of the gods, and therefore altogether uncertain ; whereas 
 the indicative eoel is employed to express what is more within a 
 mother's control, and therefore of more certain issue. — iToXka tolq 
 ■&EOig eixofievT], k. t. A. " Praying in thy behalf unto the gods for 
 many blessings." The dative here is expressed elsewhere by Trpog 
 Toiig ■&eovg. Sauppe makes ■&eoig equivalent to napa tuv ■&eC)v, " a 
 Diis,'" in which Kuhner concurs. The version, however, which we 
 have given, is decidedly superior to this. — evxfig a-nodidovaav. " Pay- 
 ing the oblations she has vowed." — rayadd. "Any thing that is 
 good." Literally, "the things that are good." 
 
 ^ 11, 12. 
 ■&epaTrevecv. " To pay respect to." — ?} rrapecTKevaaai. " Or are you 
 prepared." Observe the continued action denoted by the perfect. 
 
238 NOTES TO BOOK II. CHAPTER II. 
 
 Literally, " have you been prepared," and are you still prepared. — 
 €yuy£. "I would, indeed, endeavor to please." Supply dv 7r£ip6J//7?v 
 apEOKEiv. — ayadov avTilrjnTop. "An assistant in the acquisition of 
 good." — Kai, av ri ccpaXTiOfievog rvxyg, k. t. "k. " And, if you may have 
 chanced to stumble in any respect, may kindly lend aid to you from 
 near at hand." — ovvodon^opov, fj avfj-irXovv, k. r. A. " Would it-make 
 no difference to you, that a fellow-traveler, or fellow-passenger, or 
 if you should meet with any one else, (in any other station of life, 
 that such an one) be a friend or an enemy ?' i. e., or whatever person 
 you should come in contact with. — Ttjg Tvapa tovtuv ebvoiag. "Of the 
 benevolence proceeding from these." — ejuje. Supply olofiat Seiv. 
 
 ^ 13. 
 elra. Compare i., 2, 26. — alTijjg /j,ev axapcarlac ovdefiiug etzlp-eTieZ- 
 rai, K. T. 1. "Takes no cognizance of any other species of ingrat- 
 itude, nor gives judgment against (any other)." After diKd^EL supply 
 u7i7ir]v. — ■KEpiopa. " Overlooks." — ev TVETvovdoTag. Compare <$> 3. — 
 yoviag p}j -^epaTTEvij. An action was allowable for any neglect or 
 insult toward a parent, and was termed ypa(pri KaKuasug yovsuv. 
 Compare Meier und Schomann, Att. Proc, p. 288, segq. ; and Her- 
 mann, Gr. Ant., § 133, 11. — Suctjv. "A fine." — kqI aTrodoKi/xd^ovaa, 
 K. T. A. " And, rejecting, does not permit this one to be an archon, 
 thinking that the sacrifices in behalf of the state would neither be 
 duly offered if this one were to offer them," &c. Observe again 
 the employment of w^ with the absolute case of the participle, with 
 reference to something thought of, &c. — ovte uXko Kokuq koX diKaiuc, 
 K. T. A. Complete the sentence as follows : ovte uXXo KaTiug koi 
 diKaicog ovSsv dv TcpaTTo/uEvov, tovtov Tvpu^avrog, so as to correspond 
 with OVTE dv -Qvofj-Eva, tovtov -d-vovTor. Compare Matthice, ^ 568, 3. 
 — Kal TOVTO k^ETd(,EL 7] T^okiq EV Toiq Tuv dp^ovTuv doi(ifj.aaiaic- " The 
 state examines into this also in the scrutinies of candidates for 
 offices of magistracy." More literally, " in the scrutinies of magis- 
 trates." By 6oKtixaaia at Athens was meant an examination or 
 scrutiny into the life and character of candidates for magisterial 
 offices. If the examination took place in the senate, it was called 
 avdKpiaig ; if in the forum, before the regular court of investigation, 
 doKLjiaata. In either case, however, the investigation was held after 
 the election, and before the candidate elect entered upon office. 
 {Diet. Ant., s. V. Docimasia and Anacrisis.) 
 
 (J 14. 
 av cru(l)povfig. " If you are wise." — Traprjfie^ir/Kac Trie fiV'poc- Verbs 
 signifying "to neglect," or " be careless about" any thing, are fol- 
 
NOTES TO BOOK II. CHAPTER III. 239 
 
 lowed by a genitive. (Matihice, § 348.) — rovg ds uvdpomovg av (pv- 
 Id^EL. "And, on the other hand, you will have respect for the 
 opinion of mankind." More literally, "you will take care of men." 
 — Kara. The common text has dra, which is too abrupt. We have 
 adopted Zeune's conjectural emendation Kara, deduced from koI 
 eha, the reading of eight Parisian MSS. — rovg yov£ig. Thus in eight 
 MSS., in Stobseus, and also in the older editions. Zeune and 
 Schneider read rovg yoveag, but the accusative in slg is not unusual 
 in Xenophon. Compare iii., 5, 19 ; iii., 7, 16 ; iv., 4, 20. (Kuhner, 
 § 96, Obs. 3, Jelf.) — ev ae TrocTjaac x^P'-'^ dnoXTJipeadaL. "That he, 
 after having done you a kindness, will obtain from you a grateful re- 
 turn." Observe the employment of the nominative with the infini- 
 tive, the reference being to the subject of the previous verb. 
 
 CHAPTER III. 
 
 M. 
 Xaipe<l)U)VTa. Compare i., 2, 48. Plato, in his Charmides (153, 
 B), describes Chaerephon as a violent and passionate man. — ■yvupifiu. 
 "Well known." — diacpepo/uevu. "At variance with each other." 
 Observe the force of the middle. — ov drj-nrov koI av, k. t. X. " You, 
 too, surely, are not one of such men as those." The particles ov 
 drJTTOv are thus used in ironical interrogation, when a negative an- 
 swer is expected. (Kuhner, () 724, 2, ^ 874, 3, Jelf.)—ol xpv^i-f^<^T£- 
 pov, K. T. "k. "Who consider property a more useful thing than 
 brethren." An adjective, as a predicate, not as an epithet, of things 
 and persons, often stands in the neuter singular, although the sub- 
 ject is masculine, or feminine, and in the plural. It is usual in such 
 cases to supply XPW°- ^^ kt^H-O" — xPWo-Ta. Compare the explana- 
 tion given in the Lex. Seg. (Bekker, Anec. Gr., i., p. 316) : oTjfiacvec 
 KoX TO dpyvptov, KoL TO. xpr//J,aTa, Kul ttjv oTltjv ovaiav. — koI ravra, tuv 
 uEv d<l>p6vuv ovTuv, K. T. /I. " Aud that, too, though the former are 
 devoid of reason, while the latter, (a brother), has reason." — /Sotj- 
 deiag deofxevtov. Socrates means that property requires care on the 
 part of the possessors to guard and preserve it. — tvIelovov. " Man- 
 ifold." — hog. " But one." 
 
 ^ 2, 3. 
 Tovg fxev adE2.(j)ovg ^Tj/atav rjyElrat. "Thinks his brothers a det- 
 riment to him." — rd ruv u6eX(J)uv. "The property of these brothers.' ' 
 — EVTavda. " In the latter case." — dacpaTiug dpKovvra ex^iv. " To 
 enjoy a competency with security." — fiovov diairiJuevov. " By lead- 
 
240 NOTES TO BOOK II. CHAPTER III. 
 
 ing a solitary life.''—£TnKtvdvvo)c. "In an insecure state."— e^ri de 
 Tcjv uSeTitpcbv, K. T. A. " While in the case of brothers men are ig- 
 norant of this same thing." The construction often changes from 
 singular to plural, as here, and vice versa. We may here supply 
 avdpuTcoi. (Matthicc, <$i 293. Kuhner, <$» 390, 1, a., Jelf.) — ol dvvu/ie- 
 vot. " The rich." Literally, " they who are able (so to do)." — tuv 
 6' adE?i(l)cJv a/xEAovatv. Compare ii., 2, 14 ; iv., 3, 15. — iogirep ek ttoX- 
 iTcJv, K. T. 1. "As if friends were made from citizens only." The 
 absolute case is often put by the Attics in the accusative, with ugirsp, 
 when it marks the motive of an action. (Compare Matthia, ^ 568, 
 569. Kuhner, ^ 704, Jelf.) 
 
 M, 5- 
 Kat [ifiv. "And yet." In a simple sentence, iml nrjv would merely 
 signify, " and in very truth," &c. ; here, however, it is employed to 
 mark an opposition to what precedes, and the meaning changes in 
 consequence. {Kuhner, § 728, Jelf.) — [liya fiEv virdpxet- " Greatly 
 conduces." — etteI koI rolg ^ripioig, k. t. a. " Since even among wild 
 animals there springs up a sort of affection toward those that are 
 fostered with them." The genitive is here used objectively. Com- 
 pare MatthicB, ^ 367. — uaX' el fj,£v, w I^oiKpaxEg, k. t. 1. "Why, my 
 good Socrates, if the difference between us were not great," &c. — 
 Kol 117] (pEvysLv. "And not to avoid him." — uyadov. "Is a good 
 thing." Supply egtl, and consult note on xRV'^'-f^'^T^pov, § 1. — (oi^ 
 olov Sel. " Provided he is such as he ought to be." — ottote /xev- 
 Toi TTavTog EvdeoL, k. t. 1. " But when he might fail in every par- 
 ticular, and might be in every respect the very opposite (to what 
 he ought to be), why should one attempt impossibilities'?" The 
 common version renders ottote jxevtol Tvavrdg hdEot by " at si plane 
 desit officio,''^ which is opposed to the usage of the verb. The true 
 idea is given by Weiske, and approved of by Kuhner : " When as 
 yet he is infinitely in fault ; when he is the direct opposite of a broth- 
 er." {Wheeler, ad loc.) 
 
 ^6. 
 TTOTEpa (U. Compare i., 6, 15, and Matthice, ^ 446. — 57 egtiv olg 
 KOL ■Kcivv apecKEc. " Or are there some whom he even altogether 
 pleases." Observe in sanv olg the peculiar idiom that prevails, and 
 that eari, not eIcjc, is employed, though the relative following be in 
 the plural. {MatthicB, () 482.) This is imitated in Latin. Thus we 
 have in Propertius (iii., 9, 17) the following : 
 
 " Est quibus ElecB concurrit palma quadriga : 
 Est quibus in celeres gloria nata pedes.^' 
 
NOTES TO BOOK II. CHAPTER III. 241 
 
 Compare also the note on eanv ovcTivac;, i., 4, 2. — 6ta tovto ydp toij 
 K. T. A. " (Yes), replied he, for on this very account, O Socrates, 
 is it right for me to hate him." Observe the elliptical employment 
 of yap. — C^/zi'a iiaXlov, r) u^£7<.ud kcrtv. " He is an injury rather than 
 a benefit." 
 
 ^ 7, 8. 
 ap' ovv. *' Pray, then." — ugirep iTTTrog tu) dveinaTrjiiovi, k. t. 2. 
 "As a horse is an injury to him who is unskillful indeed, and yet 
 undertakes," &c., i. e., who, not knowing how, yet tries to manage 
 him. — TTtJf (5' dv kyu, K. T. A. " But how, replied Chaerecrates, should 
 I be ignorant of the mode of conducting myself toward my brother." 
 — £v Aeyeiv tov ev leyovra. Compare ii., 1, 19. — dAA' ov6e rreipdao- 
 fiai. "Nay, I will not even try." Literally, "(I not only will not 
 do this), but I will not even try." 
 
 el Kvva fiEv, el aot fjv, k. t. "k. " If, with respect to a dog, in case 
 you had one well fitted for (guarding) flocks, and he fawned upon 
 the shepherds," &c. Kuhner points out the elegant collocation of 
 the particles filv .... (.tiv, 6e . . . . 6e, fiev .... Si. Compare i., 2, 
 3. — atieTiriaaq dv tov opyt^eGdat k-rzeLpC). " Having foregone the getting 
 angry, you would endeavor."-— airov. Schiitz and Schneider im- 
 properly reject avrov. It is added, however, for perspicuity' sake, 
 because Kvva is too far away from the governing verb, and this 
 latter, therefore, becomes the accusative absolute, while avrov takes 
 its place. Compare MatthicE, ^ 472, 1, a. — tov 6e dde^^ov frig fiev, 
 K. T. A. " While, on the other hand, you acknowledge that your 
 brother would be a great advantage, if he were such toward you as 
 he ought to be, and yet, although confessing that you know how 
 both to act and to speak kindly, you do not try to contrive in what 
 way he shall be for you as excellent as possible." The more regu- 
 lar arrangement and form of expression would have been with the 
 participle 0af instead of the indicative fyg, but it would also have 
 been less forcible. {Kuhner, ad loc.) 
 
 ^ 10. 
 SeSocKa, Lj "EwKpareg, fir] ovk exo) eyu. *' I am afraid, O Socrates, 
 lest I may not have," i. e., I fear I hardly have. After verbs of 
 fearing, &c., jut/ in /z^ ovk expresses suspicion or doubt as to what 
 is feared. (Kuhner, ^ 750, 1, Jelf.) — npog efie. "Toward me." 
 {MaUhifE, i) 591, e.) — Koi firjv ovdiv ye ttoikiXov, k. t. X. " Yet, truly, 
 there is no need of contriving, as appears to me, any nice or novel 
 
 L 
 
242 N0TE3 TO BOOK II. CHAPTER III. 
 
 plan against him." By tcolklJiov is here meant something nicely 
 planned, or carefully and skillfully arranged. Compare Bremi, and 
 Jacobs, ad Demosth. c. Phil, iii., p. 120, 37, and Stallbaum, ad Plat., 
 Sympos., 182, B. {Kichner, ad loc.) — olg 6e kol av. By attraction, 
 for TovTOiQ a Kul Gv. — dlovra. "On having been gained over." — 
 ■n-epl TToXXov av noLeladac ce. "Would esteem you very highly." 
 Literally, "w^ould make you for himself (something) above much." 
 Observe the force of the middle, and consult Matthm, ^ 589. 
 
 HI. 
 ovK av (pddvoig, E(p7], Tiiyuv, k. t. A. " You could not tell me too 
 soon, said he, whether you have perceived me acquainted with some 
 love-charm, with which I have been ignorant that I am acquainted," 
 i. e., possessing some love-charm which I have been ignorant of hav- 
 ing. The expression ovk Hv (pdavotg liyuv means literally, "you 
 could not anticipate by telling me," and hence more freely, "now 
 do tell me at once, without any hesitation." Compare Matthice, 
 i) 553, 2. Kuhner, § 694, Jelf. So, again, o kyU) eldcog ?.ehjda Ifiav- 
 Tov means literally, " which I have escaped my own observation in 
 'knowing.''^— Karepydaaadat. " To bring it about," i. e., to cause. On 
 the construction Karepydaaodai riva Ka7.nv as, consult Matthicz, ^ 531. 
 — oTvoTe -dvoi. A banquet usually followed a sacrifice. (Diet. Ant., 
 s. V. Sacri:Rcmm.)—KaTdpxoifj.c dv rov avrog, k. t. "k. " I would my- 
 self begin with inviting him," &c. Verbs signifying "to begin," 
 such as dpxnv, upxeadac, vTrdpxEtv, Kardpxetv, &c., are construed with 
 a genitive. Compare Matthice, § 335, 9. 
 
 ^ 12, 13. 
 Trporpefaadai. " To urge." — OTrore d7ToSr}fj.otr]g. "Whenever 3^0U 
 might be going abroad." — ^ivov TroiTjaac virodexeadat aeavrSv. " To 
 cause any host to receive you under his roof," i. e., to give you a 
 hospitable reception. Observe the force of v~6 in composition. — slg 
 TTjv EKEivov. Supply TToliv.—'AOfjva^e. For 'Ad/jvaadE, the final let- 
 ter a coalescing with the 6e into ^e. (Kuhner, (j 332, Obs. 5, Jelf.) 
 — EL ys (3ov?iotfXT]v avrbv npoOvfieiodai, k. t. 2. "If, indeed, I should 
 wish him to be desirous of accomplishing for me the things for which 
 I might have come," i. e., the objects of my journey thither. — avTov 
 
 eKELVU ITOLELV. With aVTOV supply EflE. 
 
 ^ 14, 
 Tcdvf dpa av ye, k. t. A. " Then, (according to your own showing), 
 you, for your part, though acquainted with all the love-charms among 
 
NOTES TO BOOK II. CHAPTER III. 243 
 
 mankind, were accustomed for a long time back to conceal your 
 acquirements from them," i. e., you, for your part, were all along, 
 without their knowing it, acquainted with all the love-charms among 
 mankind. Observe the force of the middle in dneKpv-n-Tov, and also 
 the reference in the imperfect to something customary and contin- 
 ued. Compare also, as regards uTroKpyirreodat, the explanation of 
 Sturz, Lex. Xen., s. v. " OccuUare scientiam suam," &c. — 7} oKvtl^, 
 £(pr], up^at, K. T. A. " Or do you hesitate, said he, to make the first 
 advance, lest you seem degraded in case you take the lead in ben- 
 efiting a brother?' As the particle ?), like the Latin an, is never, 
 properly speaking, employed save in the second clause of an inter- 
 rogative sentence, we must suppose ttuvt^ apa, at the commence- 
 ment of the section, as equivalent in effect to ?) ttuvt' apa, or, in 
 other words, clpa as standing for t} apa. {Kuhner, ad loc.) — koI fi^v. 
 "And yet, indeed." — og &v (pddvei. Compare ^11. 
 
 el fXEv ovv kdoKEL fioL, K. T. A. " If, thcu, Chaercphon had appeared 
 to me to be more inclined to take the lead unto this frame of mind, 
 I would have endeavored to persuade him to attempt the making 
 you his friend first ; but, as the case now stands, you appear to me, 
 by taking the lead, more likely to effect this." The connection of 
 ideas in the whole passage is as follows : " Chserephon is the elder, 
 and you, Chaerecrates, are the younger. But in all countries it is 
 the established usage that the juniors should pay reverence and 
 render respect to their seniors. From this it results that you should 
 show your respect for your elder brother by anticipating him in 
 kindly offices ;" in other words, it was the duty of Chaerecrates, 
 though junior, so to regulate his temper and conduct as to be the 
 first to court the favor of his brother, by anticipating him in perform- 
 ing services, and, by so doing, conciliate him. {Kuhner, ad loc. 
 Wheeler, ad loc.) 
 
 (J 15. 
 
 uTona. "Things quite out of place." — Kal ov6a/.icJg npoc aov. 
 "And by no means in accordance with your usual manner." Supply 
 ovra, and compare Maithice, ^ 590, a. — Kadrj-yelGdac. " To take the 
 lead in this matter."-^ro?;rot> ye rdvavTia vofic^erat. "The very 
 reverse of this, indeed, is established by custom," i. e., established 
 custom on this particular head is quite the reverse. 
 
 (J 16. 
 ov yap. Answering to the Latin " nonne igitur.'" The particle 
 iterrogations, has a conclusive signification. Compare ^ 17, 
 i Aid AAr,-r, TrnnnvfAnfirrni " Should stcD aslde from the 
 
 yap, in in 
 
 and also i., 4, U.—ddov Trapaxupv^at. " Should step aside from the 
 
244 NOTES TO BOOK II. CHAPTER III. 
 
 path," i. e., should make way for. — vwavauT^vai. The genitive ■&d- 
 Kuv, which is otherwise usually added, is omitted here on account 
 of the presence of the participle Kadfifisvov. — koX koItti [ia7iaKy Ti/Li?iaai. 
 "And should honor him with a soft seat." Compare Horn., II., ix., 
 617, 659 ; Od., xxiv., 254. — kuI ?.6yo)v vnel^aL. "And should yield 
 to him in conversation." More literally, " should draw back from," 
 &c.— wya^e. " My good friend." Compare i., 4, 17. — {irjoKvei. "Be 
 not averse." — rbv avdpa. "This man." Much more emphatic 
 than eKelvov would have been. Kiihner thinks that the term is per- 
 haps intended to indicate the full-grown manhood of Chaerephon, 
 as opposed to the youth of Chaerecrates. — aol vTraKovoETai. The 
 verb vnaKovu is construed with a genitive or dative. So, also, /ca- 
 raKovo). (MatthicB, ^ 362, ^ 392.) — (ptTiort^iog. "Fond of honorable 
 distinction." Taken here in a good sense. — hlEvO^piog. "Liberal 
 of spirit." — Ta /aev yap Tzovnpa avdpuizLa, k. t. X. "For worthless 
 wretches you could not in any other way more effectually allure," 
 &c. The particle yap gives a reason here for what went before, 
 namely, kgI ttuw raxv, k. t. A. — ardpuTria. The term uvdpuTttov, like 
 the Latin homuncio, is always indicative of contempt or inferiority. — 
 ad7\,Laf av Karspydaaco. " You could most effectually gain over." 
 
 t(. yap aXko, l^ri o luKpurrjg, k. t. Z. "Why, what else Vv'ill result, 
 said Socrates, save that you will stand a chance of showing," &c., i. 
 e., save that you will perhaps show. The verb icn-dwevu signifies, 
 " to run a risk," " to stand a chance," dec. A negation is often more 
 strongly expressed by a question. So r/ d/,?.o, ?j is used with a finite 
 verb for ovdev u?.7io, where we must not repeat the preceding or fol- 
 lowing verb with -/ u?J.o, but supply in the mind a general verb, such 
 as ylyvojiaL, ttolu, ndaxu- Compare Matlh'm, 9 488, 11. Hence, the 
 full expression here would be n yap alio yevr/aerac—k-nidel^ac, av 
 [lev xPV^Tog, K. T. 1. The verb (5eiKvvfj.t. and its compounds sTrtSeuc- 
 vv/ii, &c., in the sense of " to show," take properly a participle, and 
 in the sense of "to teach," an infinitive. But they also take the 
 infinitive when the object of the verb indicates something not clearly 
 perceived, but merely thought of as possible. {Kuhner, ad lac.}— tig 
 rbv dyuva tovtov. " To this (fraternal) contest." — irdw (^UioveLKr]- 
 aeiv. "Will strive most emulously." 
 
 <J 18. 
 ovTug dcaKeicOov. "You two are so affected (toward one an- 
 other)," i. e., are as unnaturally affected.— rw x^f^P^- A feminme 
 
NOTES TO BOOK II. CHAPTER IV. 245 
 
 substantive, in Attic, in the dual is often joined with a masculine 
 article, adjective, &c. {Matthicz, <5> 436.) — dcpejuevo) tovtov. " Having 
 ceased from this office." — ■Qsia /^oipa. " By divine appointment." — 
 TO avvepyelv. " The co-operating." 
 
 (^19. 
 oiiK av TzolTiT] ui-iaOia, k. t. 2. " Would it not be great folly and 
 madness," &c. Observe here the asyndeton, giving an abrupt air 
 to the commencement of the paragraph, and leading Zeune to sus- 
 pect that we ought to read ovuovv for ovk dv. There is no need, 
 however, of any change, as Schneider and Bornemann have shown 
 by a comparison of other passages of Xenophon. — ett' td^tleia .... 
 km (3?M6€t. "For benefit . . . .- for injury." — oaa udeXcpd E<pvaev dv- 
 dpuTTotg. "As many as he has formed in pairs for men." — ei deot 
 avrdg to, txIeov bpyvidc, k. t. X. " If it should behoove them to do 
 at one and the same time things farther apart than a fathom." The 
 bpyvid was equal to six feet one inch, and therefore about one fathom. 
 It was so called from bpiycj, and strictly denotes the length of the 
 outstretched arms, including the space across the breast. — ol kuI Sok- 
 ovvreg. "Which even seem." The article and participle are equiv- 
 alent to the relative and indicative in our idiom. — ovd' dv tuv en 
 kyyvTepo) ovtuv, k. t. X. " Would not be able to see, at one and the 
 same time, those before and those behind of the things that are still 
 nearer." — Kal ttoAv dieaTcbre. "Even though far apart," i. e., even 
 though widely severed. — irpaTTcrov a/na, k. t. 1. "Act in concert, 
 and that, too, for the benefit of one another," i. e., and that, too, for 
 mutual aid. Socrates means to say, that two brothers, even though 
 separated by a wide interval of space, can unite their strength to 
 accomplish any object, and that, too, in such a way, that each can 
 assist and promote the welfare of the other. 
 
 CHAPTER IV. 
 
 V 
 
 TTEpl <pt?iuv dLalsyojievov. " Making certain remarks, in the course 
 of conversation, about friends." — £/j.otye kdoKCL iid\iGT\ k. r. A. " One 
 appeared to me, I confess, likely to be very essentially benefited," 
 &c. Observe the force of dv with the infinitive, as denoting what 
 is likely, &c. — rovro fj.ev drj. " This very thing." Observe that 6fi 
 increases the force of rovro. — dv eir]. "Would be." Observe the 
 employment of the optative here, as referring to a latent condition 
 in aa(j)T}g kqI dyadoc;, equivalent to el ca^rjg Kal dyadog drj. — enijj.£?,0V' 
 
246 NOTES TO BOOK II. CHAPTER IV. 
 
 fiivovc- Dindorf reads e'nifi6?.ouevovg. But the shorter form of this 
 verb is less frequent in Attic. 
 
 Kol yap oiKLag, k. t. ?i. Compare Cicero, de Am., xv., 55 : " Quid 
 autem stuUius, quam, cum plurim.um copiis, facultalibus, opibus possifit, 
 cetera parare, quce parantur pecunia, equos, f amnios, vestem egregiam, 
 vasa pretiosa ; amicos non parare, optimam et pulcherrimam vita:, ut ita 
 dicam, supellectilem ?" Cicero has here evidently imitated the Greek 
 of Xenophon. — opuv ^tj. Although l^jj has just preceded, yet it is 
 here repeated, in accordance v/ith a very ordinary Greek usage, 
 arising from the language of daily converse. {Kuh^er, ad loc.) — 
 (piTiov 6i, 0. The neuter 6 is put here by a species of attraction for 
 6v. — ovTE oTTug KTrjaovrac (bpovTiCovrag. " Neither caring how they 
 shall acquire." For Kr^aovrac, which is supported by MS. authority, 
 the common text has KrfjauvraL. — ovre ottuq ol-ovreg, k. r. A. " Nor 
 in what way those who are (already their friends) m.ay be preserved 
 so for themselves." The old editions, with four Paris MSS., have 
 OTTCjf oiov re eavrolg au^oprag. 
 
 alia Kai. " Nay, more." — Tdl?ia rrpbg vyielav. " The other 
 things conducive to health," i. e., to convalescence. Some recent 
 editions have, with one MS., ra}Jia rd. — erri ylv rolq oiKiraLg. "In 
 the case of their domestics." More literally, "on account of their 
 domestics." — ^rjucav Tjyovfievovg. " Thinking it a loss." — ovSev klar- 
 Tovadat. "That they were in no respect worse off (than before)." 
 — ddepaTTEVTov ovd' dvETzCcKeKTOv. " To be unattended to, or not 
 looked after." 
 
 M- 
 Kol TTuvv 'no2.7Mv avTolg ovTuv. " Although they had very many." 
 • — TcJv 6e (biluv, ic. r. A. Compare Cicero, de Am., xvii., 62 : " Scepe 
 (Scipio) querebatur, quod omnibus in rebus homines diligentiores esscnt, 
 ut capras et oves quot quisque haberet, dicere posset ; amicos quot haberct, 
 non posset dicere.'''' — d7i7M kcI voir TcvvdavojievoLg, k. t. "k. " But that, 
 even on having attempted to recount this to those making the inquiry, 
 (the persons) whom they placed among their friends, these they take 
 up again." They enumerate persons at first, but correct them.selves, 
 and reject them on second thoughts. The allusion in avaTLdeadai, 
 is to the movements on a draught-board, when, after having put 
 down a piece, we take it up again, and alter or take back our move. 
 Observe, moreover, that the infinitive dvartdeadaL is put here for 
 
NOTES TO BOOK II. CHAPTER IV. 247 
 
 the participle avaTtdefiivovg, on account of the preceding hyx^ipvcav- 
 rag. — tocovtov. " So much," i. e., so little. Observe that togovtoq 
 here, like tantus occasionally in Latin, is employed to denote a qual- 
 ity merely, without any accompanying idea of enlargement or in- 
 crease. 
 
 KairoL Trpbg ttolov Ktrjiia, k. t. /I. " And yet, with what possession 
 of all others being compared, would not a good friend appear far 
 more valuable"?" Literally, "with what possession of the rest." — 
 ovTtj xpv^^i'f^ov, ugizsp 6 ;^fp??o-rdf (piXog. " Is so useful as the useful 
 friend," i. e., as the true or good friend. Observe the alliteration in 
 XPVGLiJLov .... xPV(^~oc- — Trapa/iiovi/iov. " Constant in his attach- 
 ment." — TvdyxPV<^Tog. "Useful in every respect." 
 
 iavTov TciTTet irpog ttuv, k. t. 2. " Adapts himself to every thing 
 that is deficient in his friend, both as regards the furnishing of pri- 
 vate means and the discharge of public duties." We have not hes- 
 itated to adopt, with Sauppe, Dindorf's correction of Tvpdieug, for the 
 common reading irpd^suv. If we read npa^euv, we must supply kc- 
 raoKEvfig. — avveTTtaxvei. " He helps him with the means." — avuBoij- 
 6ec. " He lends his aid." — rd /j.ev avvavaliaKuv. " In some things 
 sharing his expenses." Literally, " spending some things along with 
 him." — avfiTTsiduv. "Helping to persuade." Compare Heinze : 
 " hilft er zureden." — (Sca^onevog. "Urging," i. e., employing gentle 
 violence. — ev juev irpuTTovTac, k. t. 1. " Most (of all) gladdening the 
 prosperous, and most (of aU) setting upright again those who are 
 thrown down," i. e., prostrated by misfortune. Thomas Magister 
 (p. 333) says, kiravopdovjj.ac kuXTiiov i] eiravopdC) ; but consult Fritsche, 
 ad Aristoph., Thesjnoph., p. 619. 
 
 ^ 7. 
 TTpoopuat. " See beforehand." The Latin prospicmnt. — irpo- 
 aKovovai. " Hear beforehand." "VVeiske maintains that npoaKoveLv 
 here means, " sonos e remoto loco percipere,^^ and he is followed in 
 this by Herbst. But Kuhner correctly remarks, that as irpoopuv is 
 to see beforehand, so irpoaKoveLv is used of him who hears any thing 
 before another. Observe, moreover, that wra, the neuter plural, is 
 here joined with a plural verb. This is done, as Bornemann re- 
 marks, for the sake of concinnity, since a plural verb precedes. — 
 TovTuv (j>i?iog evepyeruv ovdevbg XeiTrerai. "In no one of these does 
 
248 NOTES TO BOOK II. CHAPTER V. 
 
 a friend fail to prove kindly serviceable." For the construction of 
 lelTTEaQat with the participle, consult Matthice, § 554, g., and, as re- 
 gards ovdevog in the genitive, ^ 317. — Trpd avrov. "For himself" 
 Compare MatthicE, <J 575. — ravra 6 (piXo^ Trpd tov <piXov h^ripnecev. 
 " These things the friend is wont to supply amply for his friend." 
 Observe here the force of the aorist in denoting what is habitual. 
 Commentators generally supply participles here from the finite verbs 
 which precede, such as k^epya^o/Lcevoc, &c., but Kiihner considers 
 this quite unnecessary, since the idea implied by k^^pKeaev is sutfi- 
 ciently full without them. — 5 KaXelrai (^lTioq. Here the neuter rela- 
 tive agrees with the antecedent KTrj/xaro^, as being the most em- 
 phatic word. Compare ^ 2. 
 
 CHAPTER V. 
 
 M- 
 aXTiOv avTov loyov. "Another conversation of his." — e^eru^etv 
 eavTov. " To examine himself," i. e., excited him to the task of self- 
 examination. — onSaov rolq ftloig a^iog eirj. " As to of how much 
 value he might be unto his friends," i. e., in the estimation of his 
 friends. — nevta Trte^ofievov. "When pinched by poverty."— 'A t-ri- 
 cdevTj. Antisthenes, a follower of Socrates, and after his death the 
 founder of the Cynic sect. This form of the accusative is more 
 common with Plato than with Xenophon, who generally employs 
 the form ending in tjv. Thus we have 'AvTiadevrjv, iii., 11, 17, and 
 S]/mp., 11, 12. So luKpdTT] in Plato, but J.uKpdrrjv in Xenophon. 
 (Kuhner, ad loc) — kvavriov tov dfxsXovvTo^ avTov. " In the presence 
 of the neglectful person himself" 
 
 up', e(pri, u 'AvTiodevec, dot TLveg d^tat ^LTiuv, k. t. A. "Are there, 
 said he, O Antisthenes, any values of friends, even as (there are) of 
 domestics'?" i. e., is there any standard of value for friends, as there 
 is for domestics 1 — 6 fiiv irov. " One, perhaps." — dvo {xvalv. The 
 Attic mina (//va) was equivalent to one hundred drachmae, or sev- 
 enteen dollars sixty cents of our currency. Sixty minae made the 
 ordinary talent. The market-price of slaves at Athens, exclusively 
 of the variations caused by the greater or less demand and supply, 
 was very different according to their age, health, strength, beauty, 
 natural abilities, mechanical ingenuity, and moral qualities. Com- 
 pare Bockh, Publ. Econ. of Athens, vol. i., p. 92.— -Ni/fiaf. Nicias, 
 the son of Niceratus, whose life has been written by Plutarch. His 
 
NOTES TO BOOK II. CHAPTER V. 249 
 
 wealth is alluded to by Thucydides, vii., 86. — kiriGTdTTjv elg rapyvpta, 
 K. T. X. " To have purchased an overseer for the silver mines for 
 a talent," i. e., to have given no less than a talent for an overseer, 
 &c. The Athenian silver mines were at Laurium ; they were 
 farmed out to private individuals, and produced a considerable in- 
 come to the state. Nicias is said by Xenophon elsewhere {de 
 Vectig., iv., 14), to have had a thousand slaves employed in these 
 mines, and to have hired these out to Sosias the Thracian at an 
 obolus a day each. — Ta2,dvTov. The ordinary Attic talent, which is 
 here meant, was equal to one thousand and fifty-six dollars sixty 
 cents. — (jKonovfiai 6r] rovro. " I proceed now to investigate this 
 question." 
 
 vat fia Ata. ""Certainly, indeed, there are." Supply elai — eyo 
 yovv j3ov2.oifirjv dv, k. t. ?i. " At any rate, I would wish some one 
 person to be my friend rather than have two minae, while, on the 
 other hand, I would not prefer some other one even to half a mina ; 
 and some other one again I would choose even before ten minae ; 
 and some other one I would purchase to be a friend unto me for all 
 my means and all my labor." Observe the peculiar force of Tipo 
 here, which we have endeavored to adapt to our own idiom. For 
 novuv some read nopov, the notion of which is already included in 
 XpniJ-druv, besides izopoL could not be used in reference to Antisthe- 
 nes, who was known to be exceedingly poor. {Weiske, ad loc.) 
 
 ^ 4, 5. 
 /ca/lwf uv exoL. " It would be well." Literally, " it would have 
 itself well." — ug TrXelaTov d^tog elvai. This might have been d^cov, 
 as e^erdl^eiv TLvd eavTov had gone before. But it is attracted into the 
 case of d^ioc uv, next preceding it. — ^ttov avrbv TrpoScdcJaiv. " May 
 be less inclined to abandon him." — sycj yap tol. " For I indeed." — 
 aKovcj Tov fiev. " Hear from one," i. c, hear one say. — /j,vdv uv6' tav- 
 Tov ndTCkov efXeTo. " Preferred a mina to his friendship." Literally, 
 " chose a mina instead of himself" — rd roiavra ttuvtu oKoncj, fu.7J, 
 K. T. Z. " Taking into consideration all such points as these, I ana 
 apprehensive lest," &c. The verb gkotto here contains in it the 
 additional idea of a verb of fearing, as is indicated by the particle fi^y 
 and is equivalent, therefore, to gkottuv <j)o6ov/j.aL. {Seyffert, ad loc.) — 
 Kal dTTo6t6o)Tai tov evpovrog. " And parts with him for what he will 
 bring." Literally, " for that which he (the slave) finds (in the shape 
 of a price)." Compare the explanation of Kuhner : " Scilicet to 
 ^L3 
 
250 NOTES TO BOOK II. CHAPTER VI. 
 
 evpov est id (pretium), quod res venalis reperit {TvuTietv rt rov evpovTo^, 
 Etwas verkaufen fur das was es findet)." Some editions have airo- 
 dldorat, but the subjunctive is preferable. — kirayoj-ydv y. " There 
 may be an inducement." — to ttTveZov rfjg a^iag. "More than his 
 value." Observe the force of the article in rrig a^tag, literally, " the 
 value (i e., which he estimates him at)." — npodido/j.evovg. "Parted 
 with," i. e., forsaken. 
 
 CHAPTER VI. 
 
 ^pEvovv. " To give wise instruction." More literally, " to make 
 wise." — KptToSovXs. Critobulus was the son of Crito, and a follower 
 of Socrates. Compare i., 2, 48 ; ii., 9, 1. — irug uv eTrtxeipoir/fiEv gko- 
 netv. "How should we undertake to look out for onel" i. e., how 
 should we proceed to search for one 1 The Attic form of the opta- 
 tive of verbs in eo) is rarely used in the plural. {Rost, ^ 77, p. 227.) 
 — dpa TzpuTov fxev ^tjttjteov, k. t. ?.. " Must we, in the first place, 
 seek for one who," &c. Many commentators consider dpa, in cases 
 like the present, equivalent to dp' ov, or the Latin nonne. This, how- 
 ever, is not correct. It is true, dpa implies doubt, and hence is for 
 the most part used negatively, or, in other words, prepares one for 
 a negative answer, being then equivalent to the Latin num. Attic 
 urbanity, however, employs this particle even in interrogations 
 where no doubt whatever is implied, that is, where, as in the present 
 instance, the interrogator knows for certain that the person interro- 
 gated will give an affirmative answer. Hence it thus often sub- 
 serves the purposes of delicate irony. (Kuhner, ad loc.) — dpxEi. 
 "Holds in subjection." — vnvov. "Love of sleep." — 6 Kparovjuevog. 
 "He who is subjugated." — fid Al', ov Si^Ta. "No, surely, he could 
 not indeed." — Supply dvvatf uv. — tov fxEv vtto tovtuv, k. t. A. The 
 particle /uev is solitary here, as in ?7 /lcev yap ypacprj, in i., 1, L — uc^ek- 
 TEov elvai. " That we must refrain from," i. e., must avoid. Supply 
 
 7]fXlV. 
 
 <J2. 
 Ti yap ; " "What then "?" Observe that tI is found in many com- 
 binations, especially with particles, to give greater animation to the 
 discourse. The literal force of tC yap appears to be " what, for (we 
 have not yet done with the subject) 1" In the previous section we 
 have TTpuTov /j.ev, and would here naturally expect sha 6t; but the 
 place of this last is supplied by the more animated and impressive 
 
NOTES TO BOOK 11. CHAPTER VI. 251 
 
 Tc yap. — b^Ti^ daTvavrjpbg uv, k. r. A. " He who, being extravagant 
 in his expenditures, has not sufficient resources of his own (to sup- 
 ply those expenditures)." Before o^tlq supply kKetvog, which be- 
 comes a nominative absolute, its place being supphed by ovrog, far- 
 ther on in the sentence. — rcbv nTiTjGiov delrai. "Needs his neigh- 
 bors' aid." Literally, " needs those that are near," i. e., his neigh- 
 bors. Supply bvTuv. — ov 60KEC aoL kol ovrog, k. t. Ti. " Does not 
 this one also appear to you to be a troublesome friend 1" — cKpeKxeov. 
 Supply r^jxlv kariv. 
 
 XpriixaTL^eaQai. " To make money." More literally, " to enrich 
 himself" — Svg^vfiBo'Xog eari. "Is hard to have dealings with." 
 Compare the explanation of Sturz, Lex. Xen., s. v. : " In pactis facu 
 endis, in amicitia, &c., se dijicilem prcebens.''^ — uTrodtdSvaL (5e ov (3ov7ie- 
 rai ; After these words we must mentally supply, though not trans- 
 late, ov 6oK£t GOL Kol ovTog ;^;aAf7rof (piTiog tlvai ; — ekuvov. " Than 
 that other," i. e., than the one mentioned in the previous section. 
 
 M. 
 Tide; "But what 1" Equivalent, in fact, to " still farther." The 
 combinations tc yap and ri, 'di often succeed each other in continua- 
 tion of a discourse, and denote transition. — jurids irpog eu aklo, k. t. 2. 
 " Does not even afford leisure unto himself for any one thing else." 
 Observe that fiTjde ev alio is more emphatic than firjdev dPi/lo would 
 have been. — KepSavei. " Shall be a gainer," i. e., hopes to gain some- 
 thing. We have the indicative here in an indirect interrogation, 
 where in Latin the subjunctive would be employed. This is owing 
 to the idea of something actually existing as implied in KcpdaveL 
 Compare MatthicB, ^ 507, 2. — oTaaLudrjg. " Quarrelsome." — Trapexetv. 
 " To raise up." — tovtuv tuv kukcov. " Of these evil qualities." — 
 avExerai. " Endures it." — (l)clov rroLelaOai. " To make a friend unto 
 ourselves." Observe the force of the middle. 
 
 olfiai fiEV, K. T. 1. " (Him), I think indeed, who, directly contrary 
 to this," &c. Observe the force of n6v here, " I think indeed,'' but 
 it may be otherwise. — kyKparTjg [xiv tart tCjv dia tov aufiaroc rjdovuv, 
 " Is master over the pleasures (enjoyed) through the agency of the 
 body," i. e., over all corporeal gratifications. — evopKog. "Just." 
 Literally, " a person adhering to his oath." Ruhnken ingeniously 
 conjectures eijopyog, " good tempered," "easy to be appeased." But, 
 
252 NOTES TO BOOK II. CHAPTER VI. 
 
 as Kuhner remarks, cvopKog is used in opposition to the character of 
 the avaricious man, <$> 4, who, in his eagerness for gain, cares neither 
 for justice nor for his covenants, and who, in <$> 19, is called ainaTog. 
 — Koi (piXovEiKog wpoc TO [iTj, K. T. A. " And emulous as regards the 
 not being behind-hand in doing good," &c. Verbs signifying " to 
 be inferior," or " to fail," are construed with a participle. {Matthicz, 
 ij 554, g.) — Tolg xp^l^^voLg. " Unto those who make use of him," 
 i. e., unto those friends who avail themselves of his services. 
 
 ^ 6, 7. 
 ov TOLQ 2.6yoig avTcJv TSK/^aipofievot. " Not drawing an inference 
 from their words." The dative is used with some verbs, with which, 
 in Latin, no instrument or means is signified. The verb TEKfialpo- 
 /jiat is sometimes construed with and, or ek and a genitive. Cora- 
 pare MatthicB, (j 396. — eipyaa/nivov. "To have made." Literally, 
 " as having made." — tovtcj TTiarEvo/xev. " In this one we place con- 
 fidence." We have here a kind of attraction, for tovtov inaTevofiev 
 TTOLTiaeLv. — Koi avSpa 6r] 7^ey£ig, k. t. A. " And do you mean, then, 
 said he, that a man who is seen benefiting his former friends, is 
 manifest as intending to serve his subsequent ones 1" i. e., that the 
 man who has openly benefited his previous friends will clearly be 
 inclined also to serve his future friends. Many verbs, and verbal 
 expressions, which are used impersonally in other languages, par- 
 ticularly in the construction of the accusative with the infinitive, 
 in Greek usually take the chief w^ord of the following proposition 
 as a subject. The expressions J^/ldv ean, "it is clear ;" dUatov 
 kaTL, " it is right," &c., are most usually thus construed. {Matthice, 
 (j 297.) — Koi yap iTnroig, k. t. X. " I do, replied Socrates, for whom- 
 soever I see using even former horses well, I think that this one 
 uses others also well." Observe that yap is here elliptical, referring 
 to Tieyo), or something equivalent understood, while Kal, on the other 
 hand, is to be construed with iTnroig. There is no need, moreover, 
 as the context plainly shows, of our reading xpnoeadai, instead of 
 XprjodaL, with Valckenaer. * 
 
 elev. "Well, be it so." Attic for ECTjaav, but used adverbially 
 as a mere particle of transition. — c^??. " Said Critobulus." — irpurov 
 fiEv, E(j)T}, K. T. X. "In the first place, replied Socrates, we must 
 look to the omens from the gods, whether," &c. Literally, " to the 
 things from the gods." — ov dv ii/uv te doKy, k. t. A. "As regards 
 him whom it may appear good unto us (to make our friend), and 
 
NOTES TO BOOK II. CHAPTER VI. 253 
 
 (the making whom our friend) the gods may not oppose," i. e., by- 
 sending unfavorable omens. The full form of expression will be as 
 follows : dv (piAov noteladai dv 7jfj.tv re 6ok7j, kol bv ^Laov Tvotelodai ol 
 ■&Eoi fiij evavTiCovraL. 
 
 (J 9, 10. 
 Ha At', E(pjj, 01) Kara TTodag. " Assuredly, replied Socrates, not by 
 tracking his footsteps."' The expression Kara nodac is rendered by 
 Herbst, '^ velocitate pedum,^^ ^^cursu.''^ This, however, is erroneous, 
 although retained in Didot's edition. The true idea is better given 
 in the version of Leunclavius, ^^insistendo vestigiis ejus.^' Cora- 
 pare iii., 11, 8, and Livy, xxvii., 2 : " Marcellus .... vestigiis institit 
 sequiy {Kiihner, ad loc.) — ol kxOpol. The same here as ol tcoae^lol. 
 The strict distinction is, that kxQpog means a private enemy, but ■ko- 
 Tiifiiog a public enemy, in arms. There is the same difference in 
 Latin between inimicus and hostis. — ukovtu yap (pDMv, k. t. 2. " For 
 to seize a friend against his inclination is troublesome." — Tav-a irda- 
 Xovreq. " On being treated in this way." — <I)l7ml 6s Trug. " (Yes), 
 but how do they become friends'?" Supply yiyvovTaL. — eTcuddq. 
 " Incantations," i. e., charms in verse. — kTzadovTeg. " Chanting." — 
 ^ilrpa. " Love-spells." The idea intended to be conveyed by the 
 w^hole passage down to, and including ^ 14, is simply this : If you 
 wash any one to become your friend, first show" attachment to him 
 in words, and then indicate the same also by deeds. 
 
 ^1. 
 a fiev. With this corresponds u7.'kag 6e tivuc, ^ 12. — ijKovcag 
 '0/x^pov. "You have heard from Homer." The poems of Homer 
 were accustomed to be recited ; hence the employment here of 
 ^Kovaag. The passage referred to occurs in Od., xii., 184. — rotuSe 
 TLg. " Is some such a one as this." Xenophon seems to have cited 
 the verse that follows from memory. i\.ll the known copies of 
 Homer have Aevp' dy' iuv instead of chvp' dye drj. Hence the force 
 of Toidde Tig. — TavTT]v ovv, e(pr], njv eirud^v, k. t.'K. " Did the Sirens, 
 then, Socrates, said he, by chanting this same charm unto the 
 rest of men also, detain them so effectually, that those once charmed 
 never departed from theml" — ovk- dlld. Thus in all the MSS., 
 contrary to the rule of the grammarians, which says, that ov at the 
 end of a sentence does not take /c, whether followed by a vowel or 
 consonant. Many similar instances occur, equally supported by 
 MS. authority, as, for example, ^ 13, <^ 36, and those collected by Bor- 
 nemann, ad Symp., p 168, scq. In all these cases there appears to 
 
254 NOTES TO BOOK 11. CHAPTER VI. 
 
 be a rapid transition from one clause to the other, especially when 
 the second clause begins, as in the present instance, with uXKd. 
 {Killnier, ad loc.)—TGig stv' apsTri (j)i?MTifiovfj.Evotg. " To those (only) 
 who were ambitious after virtue," i. e., who were eager in the pur- 
 suit of virtue. 
 
 ^ 12, 13. 
 (TxeSov Tt Tih/ei^, k. t. 1. " You seem to say nearly (as follows), 
 that we ought to use, as charms unto each, such expressions, as 
 one, on hearing him that praises, will not think that he utters laugh- 
 ing at him all the while," i. e., that we ought to use, as charms to 
 each, such praises, as that when one hears them he will not think 
 himself mocked. — ovtu fzev yap. That is, if he thought he were 
 ridieuled. — top elSoTa. "The one that was conscious." — Ae/wv. 
 "By telling him." — ovk • uXk' i/Kovaa. Compare note on ovk • a/iAa, 
 ^ 11. — 7/Kovaa fisv. "I, for my part, have heard." Observe the 
 force of fiEv, and com.pare note on oljuai /usv, ^ 5. — enLoTaLro. The 
 optative, as Kuhner remarks, is aptly employed here, because the 
 reference is to something which Socrates had heard from others, 
 but did not know of himself, and hence Bornemann makes the clause 
 equivalent to rjKovaa TisyovTuv, on HepiKX^^ eKcuTatTo. — ettolel. Ob- 
 serve the sudden change to the indicative, occasioned by the tran- 
 sition from the oratio ohliqua to the recta, that is, from the indirect 
 narration to the direct. — TTEptaipag ti ayadbv avry. " By having at- 
 tached some advantage to it." 
 
 H4. . 
 el iiEXkoLjiev. " If we should be about." Schneider, following the 
 conjecture of Heindorf, reads el [xeTilo/xEv, "if we are about," im- 
 plying certainty ; but the optative is preferable, as leaving it unde- 
 cided whether the thing is about to take place or not. — TieyEiv re 
 Kal TrpuTTELv. " Both in speaking and in acting." Herbst considers 
 TiEyELv to refer to the oratorical powers of Pericles, and TrpdrTEtv to 
 the illustrious deeds of Themistocles ; but both statesmen were re- 
 markable for these qualities united. Socrates had already compared 
 the oratory of Pericles with the music of the Sirens, to show the 
 power of language ; he now introduces, in the exploits of Themis- 
 tocles (Trpdrretv), and in his admirable counsels for the state (TiEyEiv), 
 the effect of both in gaining affection. (Ktihner, ad loc. Wheeler, 
 ad loc.) — cv 6' o)ov. " And did you think." — olov t' elvat. " That 
 it was possible." 
 
NOTES TO BOOK II. CHAPTER VI. 255 
 
 ^15,16. 
 eupuv yap, k. t. 2,. " (Yes), for I saw, said Critobulus, both worth- 
 less rhetoricians to be friends unto worthy public speakers." Ob- 
 serve the elliptical employment of jdp, and supply the simple par- 
 ticle of affirmation, val, or the fuller form of expression, ufxr/v oUv 
 re elvai. — nuvv oTparrjyiKolg uvdpuacv ETaipovg. " Companions unto 
 men admirably skilled in military tactics." — Tcepl ov dta?.Ey6fiE6a. 
 " As regards the point about which we are discoursing." Socrates 
 wishes to turn attention to the original subject of investigation. — 
 avo)(pe2.Elg ovreg. "Though useless themselves." — u?l/1' eI. "But 
 since." — ekeIvo rj^-q /ze'Zei fioi, k. t. 7i. "This is now a subject of 
 concern unto me, whether it is possible for a man who has become 
 honorable and worthy himself, easily to be a friend," &c. On the 
 force of ef irotfxov, which answers to the Latin facile, consult Vigery 
 p. 91. 
 
 § 17, 18. 
 
 TapuTTEc ce. Supply tovto eotlv. The common editions have 
 7j TapuTTEt aE. The reading which we have given is that of Borne- 
 mann, Kiihner, and others, and rests on good MS. authority. — Kal 
 Xals-KUTEpov xpi^fJ-^vovc, K. T. 1. "And acting with more harshness 
 toward one another than toward the worthless of men." Liter- 
 ally, " using one another with more harshness than the worthless 
 of men." Supply d/lA^Aoif after xp^/^ei'ovf, and observe, moreover, 
 that rC)v fi7]6£vdg a^Luv avdpuiruv is a concise form of expression for 
 7 Tolg /j.TjdEvdg a^LOig dvdpuTiOV. — u?Jid Kal 7r6?iEig ai, K. r. A. " But 
 cities also, which, although both having the highest concern for the 
 things that are becoming," &c. Observe the force of the article 
 after tzoIelq. We have given in E'KLUE7\.6iiEvai the reading of four 
 MSS. The common editions have ETri/LiE?MVfi£vai. Compare Kuh- 
 ner, ad 1, 2, 22, and with him Lobeck, Addend, to Buttman, Gr. Gr., 
 ii., p. 242. — fjinGTa TrnogLE/j.£vai. "Tolerating least." — TroAe^i/cwf 
 EXovai. " Are hostilely disposed." Adverbs are often put with the 
 verb Ex^'-'^ ^^ ^he same sense as the adjectives corresponding to 
 those adverbs would be with the verb Eivat. For izoy^efiiKug Ernesti 
 would read no/iE/iLug. The strict distinction between the two forms 
 is certainly in favor of the change, although probably the one is used 
 here in the sense of the other. The form rcoXEfUKug is used in praise, 
 and is equivalent strictly to "bellicose,'' " fortUer ;'" whereas -koIeh- 
 iCc-g is used in dispraise, " hostiliter.'" 
 
256 NOTES TO BOOK II. CHAPTER VI. 
 
 <J 19, 20. 
 Tcdw advfiug exo). " I am altogether despondent." Compare note 
 on TToTiEiiiKug ExovGL, ^ 18. — ovTE yup Tovg TTovTjpovg, K. T. ?[,. An an- 
 acoluthon, for in ^ 20 there ought to follow, ovr' uv Tolg, &c. — ttAc- 
 ovEKTai. "Avaricious." — aKparelg. "Incontinent." — Trdirwc- The 
 common text has navTeg. — ^(pvKevaL. " To be by their very nature." 
 oKTia n^v. Compare i., 1, 0. — ov6' Uv rolg xPV^Tok^ k- "i"- ^- "The 
 bad could never harmonize with the worthy for friendship." — eI 6e 
 dfj. " But if then, (as you say)." Compare <J 18. — aTaoul^ovac re 
 Tzepl Tov Trpcorevetv. " Are both at variance (with each other) for 
 pre-eminence." — odovovvTeg iavTolg. "From mutual envy." — 
 
 iavTolg u?iX7]?Mvg. The reflexive and reciprocal pronouns 
 
 are often used promiscuously, merely for the purpose of varying the 
 language. {Kvliner, ^ 654, 2, Jelf.) — rlvEg eti. "Who any longer," 
 i. e., who after this. 
 
 «J 21. 
 a?.A' Ex^t- fJ-Ev, E(j)T] 6 luKodrrjg, k. t. A. " These things, however, 
 my good Critobulus, replied Socrates, are somewhat diversified in 
 their character," i. e., do not all follow one and the same rule. Com- 
 pare the explanation of Ernesti : " In hoc genere qucEdam varietas 
 deprehenditur^^ The question here arises as to what Socrates 
 means by ravra, whether he has in view the d>i.?uKa and -noTvE^iLKd, 
 or whether he refers to the difference existing between the really 
 good among men and the pretendedly so. The latter is undoubtedly 
 the m.ore correct viev/, and the point which he wishes to establish 
 is this, that although differences and dissensions may arise among 
 the really good, because the (piXtKu are by the very constitution of 
 our nature intermingled with ■n:o?.£fj,iKd, yet these differences are 
 soon allayed by the influence of correct and virtuous principles. 
 {Lange, ad loc.) — rd /xev (piTuKa. "Principles of love." — avvEpyovv- 
 TEg. "By co-operating." — kol tovto ovvcEVTEg, k. t. A. "And, un- 
 derstanding this, entertain a grateful feeling toward one another," 
 i. e., feel mutual gratitude. — rd dk TroTiefiLKd. "And also principles 
 of hostility." — Evavriovvrai. "Oppose one another." Observe the 
 force of the middle. — TvolEixLudv. " Are productive of hostility." 
 Literally, " are a hostile thing." Observe that ttoTle/liikou is a neuter 
 adjective without a substantive in the predicate. Compare ii., 3, 
 1. — dvgfiEvig. "Begets ill will." — LccarjTuv. "Is deserving of ha- 
 tred." We have followed Kuhner in rendering this. Commenta- 
 tors generally, but less correctly, explain it by "producing," or 
 " causin-T hatred " 
 
NOTES TO BOOK II. CHAPTER VI. 257 
 
 ^22. 
 
 Slu, tovtuv iravTuv SiaSvousvT]. " Insinuating itself through all 
 these obstacles." — dut ttjv apETi]v. " Through virtuous principles." 
 — TrdvTov KvpievELv. " To be masters over all things." — nal dvvav- 
 rat Tzeivcjvreg, k. t. A. " And they are able, by enduring hunger and 
 thirst patiently, to share in food and drink without occasioning any 
 pain unto others." Some editions less correctly have Trdrou. Com- 
 pare Arcad. de Accerit., p. 78, cd. Bark. : rroTog to cvfiKoacov, Ttorog 6s 
 TO TTivofj.ei'Ov: 
 
 ^ 23. 
 
 Tov w?.eoveKTecv. " From exercising a grasping spirit." — XPW^- 
 Tuv vofiL/Lccjg KOLvovELv. " To participate in pecuniary matters as far 
 as justice allows," i. e., lawfully, justly. Kuhner, whom we have 
 followed, correctly explains voutixug by diKalug. Compare iv., 4, 1. 
 Bornemann less correctly thinks, that Socrates meant to express 
 the lending of money at legal interest, legitimis usuris. — t?jv Ipiv ov 
 fiovcv a7.v'nuc, K. T. 1. " To settle strife, not only without giving 
 pain, but even with advantage to each other." — elg to fieTQfxe?.i]a6i2e- 
 vov irpoisvai. "From proceeding to what shall be repented of" 
 Participles are used substantively when they have the article joined 
 with them. {MatthicB, ^ 570.) — tav-uv. "Their own." 
 
 ^24. 
 TTWf ovv ovK EiKog. " How, then, is it not natural." — tu>v 'ko7.ltl- 
 Kuv Tifiuv. These genitives depend on Kocvuvovg eIvol. The ad- 
 jectives d6?M6£cg and io(p£/u/j.ovg are used here adverbially, " without 
 injury," "with advantage." — ol [jev yap emOvixovvTEg. "For they 
 who desire." — xPW^'i'o- K?>.£7rTEtv. "To peculate." — rjdvKaOuv. "To 
 indulge in luxury." — hdvvaTOL uklu cvvapiioaaL. "Incapable of 
 friendly union with another." 
 
 (J 25. 
 
 el 6i Tig. Join this with -nELparac. It should have been, as Mat- 
 thiee remarks, eI Se Tig .... j3ov?i6fXEvog, oirug .... nEipuTai, ovtcj 
 TTpd-Toi, but this conclusion of the conditional proposition, on ac- 
 count of the parenthesis, and because ov-u -npuTToi expresses only 
 generally what was previously declared more definitely, is omitted. 
 (MatthicB, () 556, Obs. 2.)—Toig (piTioig to. dUaia (3oT]dEiv. " To assist 
 his friends in just things." — dp^ag. "Having been elected an ar- 
 chon." — dyadov tl -koleiv tt/v naTplda. Compare i., 2, 12. — aA/lw 
 ToiovTCf). "With another ot similar disposition." — fj,ETd tuv KaXuv 
 Kdyaduv. " If united with the honorable and worthy." 
 
258 N0TE3 TO BOOK II. CHAPTER VI. 
 
 ^26. 
 cvvde/Lievovc em rovg ;^;etpovf levac. " To unite together and ad- 
 vance against the weaker." Construe the participle and infinitive 
 as two infinitives united by the copulative KaL — Travrag av Tovg 
 dyuvag, k. t. A. " The former would conquer in all the contests, 
 and they would obtain all the prizes." When the condition and 
 consequence are both past actions, whose relation to each other 
 shows that any action w^ould have taken place if another had hap- 
 pened, the indicative of past time is used twice, in the protasis with 
 el alone (hence here el e^fjv), and in the apodosis with uv (hence 
 here av k?i,dfi6avop). — eKel [jlev. Equivalent to kv Tolg yvfj-vLKolg aycbaLv. 
 — kv 6e Toig 7ro2,cTiKolg. "In those political contests," i. e., in those 
 states. Supply ayuaLv.—ovcklg Kulvei, k. t. Z. "No one prevents 
 a man from benefiting the state in concert with whomsoever he may 
 please." — KTTjadfievov. "For a person who has acquired." — Tro?u- 
 reveaOai. " To conduct public affairs." — noivtjvolg kqI avvepyolg tCjv 
 irpd^suv. "As sharers and co-operators in his proceedings." 
 
 ^ 27. 
 aA?M fiTJv. Compare i-, 1, 6. — kuI tovtuv 7r7iet,6vuv kuv avTC'clrrj]- 
 rai. "And these in greater numbers if he oppose." — -ev -KoirjTeou 
 "Ought to be well treated." — Ttpodv/ieLadat. "To be zealous in 
 their exertions." — rovg ^ElTiarovg eXdrrovag ev Tvocelv, k. t. A. " To 
 treat well the most deserving, although fewer in number, than the 
 worse, being more in number," i. e., to treat well a few of the more 
 deserving class rather than a large number of the worse. — evep- 
 yeoLuv. This is the reading of Ernesti, in accordance with the ver- 
 sion of Bessario, " beneficiis.^'' The previous editions had evepyeruv. 
 
 «J28. 
 Kol TotovTog ytyvofiEvog. " And in endeavoring to become such." 
 Compare the explanation of Kiihner : " dam talis fieri studes.'" Bor- 
 nemann and others, from three MSS., read yevS/uevog. — av?,Xa6elv 
 exoijjLL. The verb Ixetv with an infinitive is equivalent to 6vvaadai. 
 — (5m TO hpuTLKog elvai. " From my being prone to love." He 
 means the love of real loveliness, namely, of truth, virtue, and honor, 
 with which he endeavored also to inspire his followers. — Setvug ydp, 
 o)v uv eTTidvjw^cyu dvOpuiruv, k. t. X. " For with regard to whatsoever 
 persons I may desire, I am all impelled in a powerful degree to the 
 being loved in turn by them, because loving them ; and to the being 
 longed for, because longing for ; and to the being even desired in 
 turn for the sake of my intercourse, because desirous of holding in- 
 
NOTES TO BOOK II. CHAPTER VI. 259 
 
 tercourse," i. e., impelled to love, that I may be loved in turn ; and 
 to long for, that I may be longed for in return, &c. We have given 
 §vvovalag here the explanation assigned to it by Kuhner, who makes 
 it the genitive of cause, and equivalent to consuctudinis causa. 
 
 ^ 29. 
 opw 6s KoX aol TovTcjv defjGov. " And I see that even to you there 
 will be a need of these characteristics." Observe the employment 
 of the participle where the Latins employ the infinitive : " Quibus ct 
 iibi opus fore video.^' — fj,7j av ovv diTOKpvTrTuv jue. Verbs signifying 
 " to conceal" are construed with two accusatives, as in Latin, one 
 of the thing, and the other of the person from whom it is concealed. 
 The accusative of the thing is not expressed here, but understood. 
 — ovK aireipug olfxat ex^iv, k. r. X. "I do not think I am inexperi- 
 enced as regards a hunting after men," i. e., after friends. Compare 
 note on no/>,e/j.iKO)g ex^vai, ii., 6, 18. 
 
 ^ 30-33. 
 Kot [ifjv. Compare ii., 3, 4. — tovtuv lyC) tuv fiadrjudTuv, k. t. A. 
 " I have long been desirous of these same branches of learning," 
 2. e., of this same science of acquiring friends, in all its ramifica- 
 tions. — kdoetc lis KaTEiTrelv aov, k. r. A. " Will you permit me to ac- 
 cuse you unto him (by saying)," &c. Observe that KaretTzeiv is here 
 indicative of playful irony ; the meaning being, in fact, " will you 
 permit me to say of you unto him," &c. The idea intended to be 
 conveyed by Socrates is this : " Will you so think, speak, and act, 
 that I may say all this with truth concerning you"?" — on ayaaai rt 
 avTov. "That you both admire him." Compare Matthice, § 317, 
 Obs. Weiske calls attention to the gradation in the means of ob- 
 taining friendship that are here enumerated by Socrates : 1. Admi- 
 ratio {ayaaaL avrov) : 2. Benevolentia {evvo'iKCJg ex£cg Trpog avrov) : 3. 
 Studium promerendi (cTri/ze/l^f tCjv (piXuv). 
 
 (^34. 
 kdv 6i aov TrpocKan^yopf/ao). " If, however, I shall bring this ad- 
 ditional accusation against you." Observe the force of rrpSg in com- 
 position. — Kal evvoUibg exetg. "You also feel well disposed." — upa 
 UT/ do^eig. "Will you not think." — dLa6d?i?^ea6at.. Another speci- 
 men of Socratic irony. — u?,?m Kal avru fj,oc, k. t. "k. " (No), on the 
 contrary, said he, there arises," &c. Observe the elliptical employ- 
 ment of aAAd, as referring to a negative understood. — i:pog ovg dv 
 vTToXdSu, K. T. A. For irpog Tovrovg, ovg, k. t. A. This is the sim- 
 
260 NOTES TO BOOK II. CHAPTER VI. 
 
 plest form of attraction, the relative depending on a preposition, and 
 yet being in the same case as is required by the verb. {Kuhner, 
 ^ 822, 2, Jdf.) 
 
 ^35. 
 TavTafxev 6fj. "These things, then." — rrpogov^. For irpbg tovtov^, 
 ovg. — 6i/iov^ iroiTjaaadai. " To make friends unto yourself" Ob- 
 serve the force of the middle. — kol kirt re rolg ndXolg epyoi^, k. t. A. 
 "And exult at the noble actions of your friends no less than at your 
 own." Observe that eavrov has here the force of asavrov. {Matthice, 
 ^ 489, 2.) — kirl Tolg ayaQolq. "At the prosperity." — ovk airoKafiveLg 
 fn]Xav6fi£voc. "Are not weary in contriving." — kgI on eyvuKag, 
 K. T. 1. " And that you consider it to be a manly virtue." Kiihner 
 is offended with the repetition of the conjunction otl here, and as- 
 cribes it to negligence on the part of the writer. For the employ- 
 ment of the infinitive after eyvuKag, consult Matthia, ^ 530, 2. — 
 Tzdvv kTnTfjdEiov. Observe that -kuw is separated from its adjec- 
 tive for the purpose of making it more emphatic. Compare Kuh- 
 ner, <$> 904, 1, Jelf. — olfxac elvat fzs. Observe here the accusative 
 with the infinitive, where we would regularly expect the nomina- 
 tive, the subject being the same with that of the preceding verb. 
 This is done, however, because emphasis is required. Compare 
 Matthia, ^ 536, Obs. 
 
 ^36. 
 
 wfTTfp ovK km aol 6v. " As if it were not in your own power." 
 The case absolute is often put by the Attics in the accusative with 
 (^gnep when it marks the motive of an action, &c. {Matthicz, «$» 568.) 
 — lj.a 1\l' ovx, tog tcote, k. t. Z. " No, indeed, (it is not in my power), 
 as I once heard Aspasia (say)." Literally, " as I once heard from 
 Aspasia." With ovx supply cTri jioi, Igtl. The allusion is to the 
 celebrated Aspasia, the mistress of Pericles, who is said by some to 
 have been the preceptress of Socrates in the art of speaking. This 
 story, however, is most probably untrue, and has arisen from a mis- 
 conception of a passage in the Menexenus of Plato, p. 235, E. (Con- 
 sult Wiggers^ Life of Socrates, p. 377 of this volume.) Weiske 
 maintains that Socrates praises this female as his teacher solely on 
 the principle of irony, and that he never intended to mean that he 
 really heard the lessons of Aspasia. The same point is ably argued 
 by C. F. Hermann {Disp. de Socr. Mag., &c., p. 19, seqq.). 
 
 ayadag TrpofivrjaTpldag. " That upright match-makers." — rayadd. 
 *' The good qualities (of individuals)." — 6avag elvat avvuyecv, k. t- yl. 
 
NOTES TO BOOK II. CHAPTER VI. 261 
 
 " Are very influential in bringing together persons into affinity ; 
 but that, uttering falsehoods, they proved of no service when they 
 praised," i. e., proved of no service when uttering false praises. — 
 TTjv ■Kponv7j(ya[x.£vr]v. "Her that brought about the match." — a 6r] 
 Kol h/C), K. T. A. " With regard to which things, then, I, being per- 
 suaded that they were correct, think," &c., i. e., I then being per- 
 suaded that her views with regard to these things were correct, &,c. 
 
 olog .... Gv7ilafj,6dv£iv [mol. " As to aid me." Compare MatthicB, 
 () 533, 3. — ovK av edeXotc, k. t. 2,. " You would not be inclined, 
 having feigned any thing, to utter it for my advantage," i. e., to 
 feign any thing and utter it, &c. — tu fsydrj knaLvtbv. " By praising 
 you falsely." Literally, " by praising (you) with reference to the 
 things that are false." Observe the accentuation of ipevS^, showing 
 it to be the adjective from ipevdi^c. Had it been the noun, from 
 ijjevdog, the accentuation would have been ipevdrj. 
 
 ^ 38. 
 £K TtJvSe GKttjjat. " Consider it from the following illustrations," 
 i. e., consider it still farther from the following points of view. — ei 
 ■yap. The particle ydp, like the Latin nempe, serves for the explana- 
 tion of a preceding proposition, in which was contained a demon- 
 strative proposition, preparing the way for that which follows. 
 (3Iatthi(2, (} 615.) — xpevdo/isvog knaLvoiriv. "I should falsely praise 
 you." Compare -ipEvdofiivag .... ktvaLvovaa^, () 36. — TTjvvavv. "His 
 ship." Observe the force of the article. — iirj av diroXeaai. " That 
 you would not soon destroy." Observe the force of the aorist in de- 
 noting a rapid result. — Koivrj. "In its public capacity." — fevdofce- 
 vof. "Being guilty of falsehood all the while." — ug av aTpaT?]yiK€), 
 K. T. A. " As if qualified to conduct an army, as well as to dispense 
 justice, and to manage the affairs of the state." Observe that ovn 
 is to be supplied from the following sentence. We must not, how- 
 ever, refer av to this participle, but to ireiaetev also understood, and 
 which we are to elicit from Tzdaai/at that precedes ; so that the full 
 form of expression would be, el ttjv t^oKw ipevdofxevog aot kavrrjv eirt- 
 Tpeijjat neiaatfii, wf dv Tig avrrjv Trsiaeiev, el ci) elrjg OTparijyiKog. 
 Weiske conjectured ojg 6vtl GvparriycKib, in opposition to all the MSS., 
 and has been followed by most recent editors. — (jg ovn oUovofiiKiJ 
 re. " As being both a skillful manager of domestic affairs." — nelpav 
 didovg. " On affording a trial (.of your qualifications)." 
 
262 NOTES TO BOOK II. CHAPTER VII. 
 
 ^39. 
 uXXil avvTOfiuTaTTj T6, K. T. 1. Compare Cicero, de Off., ii., 12 : 
 " Prtcdarc Socrates hanc viam ad gloriam prozimam et quasi comperidi' 
 ariain diccbat esse, si quis id ageret, ut, qualis kaberi vellet, talis essec." 
 — o Ti. '• In whatever." — tovto kuI yeviadai, k. t. \. " Is in this 
 even to endeavor to be actually good." — aKOTrov/Lievoc. " On consid- 
 eration." Both aKOTr£Ofj.ai, the deponent, and cKoneu, the active 
 verb, are in use ; for an explanation of which, consult Kuhner, <J 363, 
 5, Jelf.) — av^avojiEvag. " Capable of being increased." Literally, 
 ''getting increased." — ravrri. " In this way," i. e., the way which 
 I have unfolded. We have given in the text the reading drawn by 
 Schutz from the margin of the Roman edition, and adopted by Kuhner 
 and other editors. The common editions have ovrug oIj^ul 6elv vfiu-c 
 Tavrag ■&r}puadai. Most MSS. omit ovTug. Simpson and Edwards 
 have olfj.ai ^eiv 7]fiug ravrag d-qpaadai ; Ernesti gives ovnog olfiat (hlv 
 ■&7]puv 7]uug. — ■&?]pucOaL. "To hunt (for friends)." In the middle, 
 ■&rtpdo[icu is used just like the active. Compare Kuhner, § 363, 5, 
 Jelf, and the note on aKonov/nevog above. — nug d/iAug. " (How to do 
 this) in any other way." Supply '&7]pdadai. 
 
 CHAPTER VII. 
 
 Kal iJ.T]v rag unopiag ye, K. r. 2. " And, indeed, as regarded the diffi- 
 culties of his friends, those which arose through ignorance he en- 
 deavored to remedy by advice." — dcduaKuv. "By teaching (his 
 followers)." — ypu 6e koL kv Tovrag, k. r. A. "And, among these, I 
 will mention those instances to which I am privy from having been 
 with him." Literally, " which I know along with him." Compare 
 Kuhner : " Dicam ea, quibus, cum ab eo diccrentur, interfui, sive quo- 
 rum testis auritus sum.'''' — ^Apiarapxov. Of this Aristarchus nothing 
 is known. He must not, however, be confounded with the oligarch- 
 ical leader of that name, who is mentioned by Thucydides, viii., 
 90. — oKvdpcjTTLJg exovra. " Having a gloomy countenance." Com- 
 pare ii., 6, 18, and 36. — rov j3upovg fieradcdovai. "To impart the 
 cause of your heaviness." Verbs signifying " to impart," or " com- 
 municate," are construed with a genitive of the thing, and a dative 
 of the person. {MatthicE, «$> 326, 3.) — 7]fielg. He modestly refers to 
 others along with himself, though, in fact, he himself alone is meant. 
 
NOTES TO BOOK II. CHAPTER VII. 263 
 
 oXka fifjv. "Why, to be candid." — ETvei yap karaciaaev rj iroTic^. 
 ♦' For ever since the state broke out into revolt," i. e., ever since the 
 insurrection in the state against the power of the thirty tyrants- 
 After Lysander had captured Athens, and established the thirty ty- 
 rants, the Athenian refugees and liberal party, under Thrasybulus, 
 arose, and seized on the Piraeus, or harbor of Athens, a town, in fact, 
 in itself Observe the employment here of vroAif , as indicating the 
 state, whereas aarv is used farther on to denote the city itself —£<V 
 TOP Usipata. Thus in several MSS., in place of the old reading ug 
 rbv Ustpaiu. The preposition wc, or, as some term it, uc for ek, is 
 used only of persons and the names of towns when standing for the 
 inhabitants thereof {Kuhncr, ^ 626, Jelf.)—ug tjxe. "Unto me." — 
 KaTa?it/iEt/uixivaL. " Left behind," i. e., by their more immediate pro- 
 tectors. — urr' elvai h ry o'tKca, k. t. ?.. " That there are in my house 
 fourteen free-born persons." The infinitive is employed here with 
 wfre, not the indicative, because ug-e refers to roaavra. Compare 
 Kuhncr, <$» 863. Observe the force of the article in roig kTievdepovg, 
 literally, " fourteen who are free-born persons," i. e., fourteen, and 
 these free-born persons, to say nothing of slaves. {Ernesti, ad loc.) 
 In kTievdepovg, moreover, the worthier gender prevails. {MatthicE., 
 {) 436, 2.) 
 
 £/c Tfjg yfjg. " From the country," i. e., from our possessions in 
 the country. — aird tCjv olmCbv. "From the rents of our houses." — 
 bXiyavOpuTzia. For many of the citizens had been put to death by 
 the thirty tyrants, and some had fled into the Piraeus, others to Me- 
 gara and Thebes. Compare Xen., Hist. Gr., ii., 4. Sailust, Cat.^ 
 c. 51. — Ta ETCLnla. "Our furniture." — davsLaaodac Observe that 
 Savet^io, in the active, is to lend money at interest ; but davsL^eaOai, 
 in the middle, to borrow money at interest, that is, to cause money to 
 be lent unto one's self — irporepov. " Sooner." — Tovg o'lKeiovg Trepi- 
 opuv a-!To7J\.viitvovg. "To suffer ray relatives to perish." The verb 
 TTspLopuv, in the sense of " to overlook, " to neglect," and hence " to 
 suffer" or " permit" any thing through negligence, is construed with 
 a participle expressing the result of that negligence. {Matthia, 
 (} 550. Kuhner, ^ 687, Jclf.) — ev TOiovroig Ttpuyfxaaiv. "In such a 
 state of affairs (as the present)," i. e., in times like these. 
 
 ^3. 
 TL TTore EGTLv. " What possibly is the cause," i. e., what can possi- 
 bly be the reason. — 6 Kepu/iov. "That Ceramon." The article 
 here indicates him as a well-known person, and is analogous to the 
 
264 NOTES TO BOOK II. CHAPTER VII. 
 
 Latin ilk. Of the individual in question, however, we at the 
 present day know nothing. — rpecixov. "Though supporting." — 
 TO, eTTiTTJdeia. "The necessaries of hfe." — d?iXa koI TcepnroietTai 
 Toaavra. " But also makes so much." More literally, "makes so 
 much over and above (this) for himself," i e., lays up so much. — 
 noTCkovg rpidcjv. " Supporting many," i. c, who support many. — 
 OTL V7) Ai'. "Yes, because." 
 
 rov fiev and tuv Tcovrjporepuv eviropelv. " That he should become 
 wealthy by means of the more worthless." — vrj At', ecpr]. " Certain- 
 ly, (it is disgraceful), replied Aristarchus." The connection in the 
 train of ideas is this : Certainly it is disgraceful that I should be in 
 poverty, for I have to support free citizens, well brought up and 
 tenderly reared, who ought to live in a manner superior to common 
 slaves. {Kuhner, ad loc.) — eXevdepicjg TrenacSevfievovg. " Persons 
 liberally educated." 
 
 dp' ovv. For dp' ovv oi). Just as the simple dpa is sometimes put 
 for dp' ov. Consult Heindorf, ad Plat., Cratyl., p. 388, B. ; Herm., 
 ad Soph., Antig., 628. — al^ira. " Barley meal." — tl d' dproi ; "But 
 what of bread V—tL yap ; ^rj, k. t. 1. " What then \ said he ; are 
 both male and female articles of apparel (useful), and inner vests, 
 and cloaks, and sleeveless tunics'?" Several species of garments 
 are here mentioned. The Iiiutlov was, properly speaking, an upper 
 garment, outer robe, or gown, worn above the ;i;fr6;v, and answering 
 in the case of males nearly to the Roman toga. Here, however, 
 the term is used in the plural of clothes or articles of apparel gen- 
 erally. The ;fircjyi(T/fOf was a small ;:(;ircjv, or tunic, worn next the 
 body. The ;t;/la/z?;f was a thick, warm cloak, worn loosely, and chiefly 
 by soldiers. {Poll, x., 124. D'Orville, ad Charit., p. 384.) The 
 t^ufxig was a man's tunic, without sleeves, leaving the shoulders 
 bare. Sometimes the efo/i/f had one sleeve, and left one shoulder 
 bare ; this last, however, was usually the dress of slaves, poor men, 
 cynics, &c. The first kind is here meant. — ETretTa, e<prj, oi Tvapu aoi, 
 K. T. X " Then, said he, do those with you know how to make no 
 one of these things'? Nay rather, all, as I think." Observe that 
 yikv ovv, or fxevovv, seems to answer to the Latin immo, and is almost 
 entirely confined to replies, affirmative, negative, or corrective. 
 {Kuhner, () 730, b. ; () 880, 9.) — 'eycj/iai. For kyco oljiai. 
 
I 
 
 NOTES TO BOOK II.— CHArTER VII. 265 
 
 ' eh' ovK olada. "Do you not know, then." The particle elra is 
 thus used in questions of impatience or sarcasm. Compare i., 2, 
 26. — 6,6' hur. The way, means, or instrument, is often expressed 
 by the preposition utto with the genitive. {Kuhner, ^ 620,/.) — Ncv- 
 <nicv6>]c- All we know of this person is, that he was an Athenian 
 miller, and became rich by the manufacture of barley-meal. He is 
 called a'X^LTa[ioL66g, " a barley-meal merchant," by the scholiast on 
 Aristophanes, EccL, 426. — ?.£iTovpyeiv. This verb signifies here "to 
 lend money" to the state in order to relieve the public wants. Com- 
 pare Xen., CEcon., ii., 6 ; de Rep.,- i., 3, and 13. For its more gen- 
 eral meaning, consult Diet. Ant., s. v. Leitourgia. — KvprjBo^. Noth- 
 ing farther is known of this person. We have given the form of 
 the name as restored by Bornemann, v/ho regards it as one coined 
 from Kvp^Oia, " bran," " husks," &c. Something like Bentley's em- 
 endation of Nummidius for Ummidius, from Nummus. ( WJieeler, ad, 
 loc.) 
 
 Arjuiag 6s 6 KoTilvrevg. "And Demeas, of the borough of CoUy- 
 tus." This borough, the name of which is variously spelled, belong- 
 ed to the tribe ^geis {Myrjtg). The person here referred to is un- 
 known.— Meyapeov. " Of the Megarians." Megaris was a small 
 territory of Greece, lying to the west and northwest of Attica. Its 
 capital was Megara. The IMegarians paid considerable attention to 
 woollen manufactures, which they used to carry to the Athenian 
 market. Compare Elmshy, ad Aristoph., Acharn., 493. — ovrot jusv 
 ■yap tjvovfievoi, k. t. 1. " For these have with them barbarians, ob- 
 taining them by purchase, so that they can compel them to work 
 at the things which are advantageous for themselves." More freely, 
 " these hold barbarians by purchase." — hyo) 6s. " I, however, have 
 with me." Supply ex(J. . 
 
 ^^- . 
 
 TTOTepov ical tuv aAAwy, fir. r. A. " Do you see those of the re- 
 mainder of free persons also, who live in this (idle) way, passing 
 their time more pleasantly, and do you deem them happier," &c. — 
 iiTrjv fiev apylav, k. t- X. " Or do you imagine that idleness and care- 
 lessness are useful unto men as regards both," &c. Observe that 
 (.)(j)i?it,p.a is neuter here, because apyiav and ujieleLav denote things 
 without life. So ;i;p/7cri^a, farther on, as referring to kpyaciav and 
 kTnjjbtlecav. — laxveLv tolq' oujxaGL. The dative is used after certain 
 verbs in answer to the question wherein? Compare Matthice, ^ 400, 
 7. The preposition erri is expressed with the dative, iv., 2, 1. 
 
 M 
 
266 NOTES TO BOOK II. CHAPTER VII. 
 
 ^[ladov Si, a 07?f, k. t. 2,. The verb efiadov is here placed before 
 the interrogative particle Trorepov for the sake of greater emphasis. 
 {Kuhner, (J 903, Jelf.) — ug ovre xpW'-l^'^ bvra, k. t. A. " Because they 
 thought that they v^ere neither useful for life, nor that they them- 
 selves would ever practice any of them." Literally, "as being 
 
 neither useful nor as being (themselves) about to practice," 
 
 &c. — e7niJ.EXTj6Tja6fj.evai. One MS. has eTn/je2,Ti(T6/jevaL, which is the 
 common form of the future of this verb. — iroTEpug -yap av fjaXlov, k. 
 T. A. " For in which case would men be more likely to be under the 
 influence of self-controH when idle 1 or," &;c. 
 
 akla Kol vvv /lev. " But now, too." Schneider incloses Kat here 
 in brackets, as savoring of interpolation. It is well defended, how- 
 ever, by Bornemann and Kiihner. The train of ideas is as follows : 
 You and the other members of your family not only are stinted in 
 the means of subsistence, but now, too, as I imagine, you entertain 
 unfriendly feelings toward one another. — EKelvaL 6e ce opuaac, k. r. 
 yl. "And they, seeing you annoyed with them." — ek 6e tovtov klv- 
 Svvoc, K. T. A. " And from these feehngs there is danger that both 
 (present) hostility be increased, and previous affection be diminish- 
 ed." Observe that kIvSwo^ is usually construed with firj and a sub- 
 junctive or an optative. Schneider {ad Anal., vi., 1, 21) has col- 
 lected some examples of its construction with an infinitive. — kav 6s 
 irpoGTaTTicyQ, k. t. A. " But if you shall take care that they be em- 
 ployed," i. €., shall make arrangements to provide them active em- 
 ployment. — opdv. "On seeing." — alodo/nEvai. "On having per- 
 ceived." — TTjv ctt' EKEivuv x^P'-'^ av^fjaETE. " You will increase the 
 kind feeling resulting from these (services)." With ekeivuv supply 
 evepyeaiiov. — (pi2.cKcJT£pov e^ete. Compare ii., 6, 18, and 36. 
 
 ^ 10. 
 '&dvaTov uvt' avTov irpoaipETEov rjv. " Death were preferable to 
 it." Observe here the omission of av. This ellipsis is most usual 
 in expressions of necessity, duty, propriety, &c., as here with the 
 verbal adjective in rioq, since it accorded with the genius of the 
 Greeks as well as Latins to represent that which was necessary, 
 &c., as unconditionally true, its not happening being partially kept 
 out of sight. {Kuhner, {^SbQ, 2, Jelf.) It will be borne in mind here 
 that TrpoacpETEov is the neuter singular, governing -ddva-ov in the ac- 
 cusative, — KdTJkLCTa KoX TvpeTvudeaTEpa yvvaiKc. "Most honorable 
 
NOTES TO BOOK II.— CHAPTER VII. 267 
 
 and more becoming a woman (than any other art)." For TrpeTtudec 
 Tepa some read, from tliree MSS., TrpeTTudiaraTa. — ravTa eigrjyeZadaL 
 avral^. "To recommend this course unto them." — T]6eo)g vnaKov^ 
 aovrac. " They will with pleasure obey your suggestion." 
 
 HI. 
 d^Aa VTj Tovc T^eovf. Compare i., 2, 9. — wfre irpoadev ftiv, k. t. A. 
 ♦' That before this, indeed, I was not inclined to borrow," i. e., that 
 whereas I did not heretofore permit myself to borrow. — ovx e^o 
 diroSovvat. " I would not have wherewith to pay back." Compare 
 ii., 6, 28. — vvv 6e fioi doKu, k. t. X. "Now, however, I think I can 
 endure to do this for a means of commencing my works," i. e., in 
 order to gain means, &c. Observe that a.(popft^ properly means that 
 point whence one sets out to do any thing ; and hence it is applied 
 to the means by which he can commence any undertaking. 
 
 ^ 12. 
 EK TovTuv de. "Upon this, then." — huvridrj 6e epta. "And wool 
 was purchased." Several deponents have, besides a first aorist 
 middle, a first aorist passive also. Compare Kuhner, ^ 368, 3, Jelf. 
 — epya^ofievat. "While engaged in working," i. e., in the daytime. 
 — Ipyaad/ievac. "After having finished their work," i. e., in the 
 evening. — avrl ixpopufievuv eavrdg. " Instead of eyeing one another 
 with suspicious looks." More literally, " instead of persons eyeing," 
 &c. — wf KT]6e/yL6va . . . . ug oxbeT^L/iiovc- Supply avrov to the former 
 clause, and avrdg to the latter. — otl alrLuvrat. The indicative for 
 the optative, the direct narration being substituted for the indirect. 
 — upyov kadieiv. " Eats the bread of idleness." Literally, " eats as 
 an idle one." 
 
 (J 13. 
 Tov Tov Kvvbc loyov. "The fable of the dog," i. e., the story told 
 of the dog. It may also be rendered "the speech of the dog," i. e., 
 what the dog said to the sheep. But the former is preferable. — ore 
 <^o)VTjEVTa f]v TO. ^wa. " That (once upon a time), when the animals 
 were endowed with speech." — bg didi^g. "Who give," i.e., in 
 that you give. Compare Kuhner, ^ 836, 3, Jelf. — ralg irapexovaatg. 
 " Who afford." — ovnep avrdg ^x^ig oirov. Attraction for ovTzep avrdg 
 iX^ig alrov. 
 
 ^ 14. 
 va\ fia diia. "Yes, indeed, (he acts rightly)." Supply bpdug 
 iroul, as Ernesti directs. — tyw ydp elfxc 6 nal v/idg, k. t. A. " For I 
 
208 NOTES TO BOOK II. CHAPTER VIII. 
 
 am he who preserves you yourselves also," i. e., you yourselves as 
 well as your wool, lambs, cheese, &,c. This is Weiske's explanation. 
 Schneider, however, refers Kal to ical avrov, ^' ei dominum,^^ which 
 he makes to be understood. This, however, is inferior to the former. 
 — ■Kpo^v'kdTTOi[j,L vfzdg. Stephens for v/id^ would read here {'//wv, but 
 Hindenburg opposes to this the passage in the Homeric Hymn to 
 Apollo, 539 ; vtjov 6e Trpo(j)v?iax6e-—(po6ovfj.Evat jxr] a-Ko^rjade. When 
 the principal verb is in the optative, with or without uv, the de- 
 pendent verb is generally in the optative, if the aim proposed is 
 merely a supposition, without any notion of its realization ; but if 
 this notion does .come in, the subjunctive is employed. Here, then, 
 the dog insinuates, that if he himself did not guard the sheep, they 
 would most certainly have reason to fear lest they might perish. 
 Compare Kuhner, § 808, Jelf. — otl avrl Kvvog, k. t X. " That you are 
 a guardian and protector unto them as valuable as a dog." — ovd^ v(p' 
 hog. "Not even by any one." — epya^ofievai. " Plying their tasks." 
 
 CHAPTER Vni. 
 §1. 
 dca xpovov. "After some interval of time." Like the Latin 
 " inter jccto aliquo tempore^ Com.pare Matthice, ^ 580. — irodev (^atvec. 
 " Whence do you show yourself," i. e., whence come you. A fa- 
 miliar mode of addressing an old friend. Compare Plato, Protag., 
 init: ixodev, w 2w«-paref, <patvEL, which Cicero {ap. Prise, vi., p. 106) 
 renders by " Quid tu 1 unde tandem appares, Socrate ?" — Eiidrjpe. 
 Nothing farther is known of this individual. — vno fxh Trjv KaraXvaiv 
 Tov 7ro?i£fiov, K. r. "K. "Just before the close of the war, said he, O 
 Socrates, (I came) from abroad ; now, however, (I come) from the 
 city here," i. e., at present, however, I am dwelling in the city here. 
 In speaking of the termination of the war, Eutherus very probably 
 alludes to the peace of Theramenes, by which the Athenians lost all 
 their possessions beyond the confines of Attica. Compare Hist. Gr. 
 ii., 2; Plut., Vit. Lys., c. 14. This was in B.C. 406. Simpson, 
 however, refers it to the fifty years' peace, B.C. 4t22.—d^rip£enfiEv. 
 The passive uc^aipetadat, " to be deprived," is construed with an ac- 
 cusative of the thing taken away. — kv ry virepopca. " In the country 
 beyond the confines (of Attica)." Observe that vTrepopia has a gen- 
 eral reference to all foreign parts both within Greece and without. 
 ■ — e7rt6r][X7JGag. " Sojourning here." — rw cufzarc epya^ofievog. " By 
 bodily labor." Literally, " by laboring with my body." — Jo/ce? ^i 
 01 ... . exovra. Compare note on ?} a E^eanv apidfiTJaavrag, I, 1,9. 
 
NOTES TO BOOK II. CHAPTER VIII. 269 
 
 —deeadai. "To ask aid." So in several MSS. and old editions. 
 The common text has deladac. — ullcdg re Kai. Compare i., 2, 59.-— 
 k^' 070). " Upon which," i. e., as a pledge. 
 
 <5 2. 
 TO atofza Uavov elvai, k. t. 1. " That your body will be sufficiently 
 strong to earn by hire the necessaries of life." Ernesti, Weiske, 
 and Schneider have inclosed ra h-KirribEia in brackets as an interpo- 
 lation, denying that ra hnLTrjdeia epyu^eodat, is Greek. But Hinden- 
 burg and more recent editors have successfully defended the ordi- 
 nary reading, by a comparison with Hesiod, Op. et D., 43 ; Andoci- 
 des, Myst., 144, Bckk. ; and Herod., l, 24. — Kal ^rjv. " And yet, in- 
 deed." — Tuv Tov Gtofxarog epyov. " For your bodily labors." 
 
 ^ 3, 4. 
 avrodev. " Forth v^'ith." — eTnrWeadai. "To apply yourself" — 
 STrapKeaei. "Will assist you." — nat TtpogeTiQovTa tcj tCjv irXeiova, k. 
 T. /I. "And that you, having gone to some one of those who pos- 
 sess more abundant means, who is in need of one that will aid him 
 in taking care of them, both superintending (for him) agricultural 
 labors," &c. The verb kircGTaTiu is more usually construed with a 
 dative. — ucpelovvTa avrucpeXetaOaL. " By benefiting him, be benefited 
 yourself in turn." — dovXetav. " Slavery (such as this)." — koI firjv ol 
 ye, K. T. A. "And yet they, who in the different states act as pre- 
 siding officers, and take care of the public moneys," &c. 
 
 oTiug fiTjv, e^rj, o) 'EuKpareg, k. t. A. "Nevertheless, in short, said 
 he, Socrates, I do not at all like the being liable to censure from 
 any one." Five MSS. omit oAwf, and it is also suspected by Schnei- 
 der. But Bornemann correctly defends it, explaining the passage 
 as follows : " Although I can not deny what you say, nevertheless 
 (ji^v), to be brief (oXcog), I greatly dislike any situation in which I 
 may be subject to the will of another." — evpeTv epyov, k. t. 1. " To 
 find any occupation in which one would not have blame," i. e., in 
 which one would not be exposed to censure. — fXTf uyvufzovt Kpir^ 
 TTepLTvxelv. " To meet with a judge who is not harsh (in his de- 
 cisions)." — olg vvv epyu^eadac. For ev toXq a epyd^eadat. — aviyKTiij' 
 TOV diaytyveadat, " To go through them without blame." 
 
 TovQ ^L7MLTiovg. " Thosc who are fond of blaming," i. e., the cen- 
 sorious. — diuKeiv. " To seek after." — viro/x^veiv. " To take upon- 
 
270 NOTES TO BOOK II. CHAPTER IX. 
 
 you." — ^vTiaTTEadat. " To avoid." — oiJrw yap rjKLara, k. t. 1. " For 
 in this way I think that you will be least involved in censure, and 
 will most effectually find aid in your poverty." — dtapKearara. *' Most 
 independently." 
 
 CHAPTER IX. 
 
 olda Se ttots avrov, k. t. 1. " I know, also, of his having once 
 heard from Crito," i. e., I remember, also, his having once heard 
 Crito say. — to, iavrov Trpdrrecv. " To attend to his own affairs." 
 All the orators and comedians prove the truth of Crito's complaint. 
 Life, indeed, was harassmg and full of trouble at Athens, on ac- 
 count of the swarm of sycophants or informers, whom the people 
 permitted to accuse and harass the better class, erroneously think- 
 ing that it tended to preserve the purity of their democracy. A 
 peculiar term aeietv was used to denote the assaults of these calum- 
 niators upon the rich. {Schneider, ad loc. Wheeler, ad loc.) — e//e elc 
 ScKa^ ayovatv. "Are bringing actions against me." Literally, "are 
 leading me into actions." — ?/ Tzpayiiara exeiv. "Than have any 
 trouble (about the matter)," i. e., than be involved in the trouble of 
 a lawsuit. 
 
 ^ 2, 3. 
 
 Kvvac Se Tpe<f)eig ; The particle de in interrogations often refers to 
 something to be supplied by the imagination. So here, " (what you 
 say is bad enough), but do you keep dogs," &c. Compare i., 6, 15. 
 — OTTO Tuv TTpo6dTO)v. Thc Grecks, as well as the Latins, often re- 
 peat the preposition of a compound word before the case of the sub- 
 stantive. — ovK av ovv ^peipaig kqI uvdpa, k. t. /I. " Would you not, 
 then, support a man also," &c. — el /xjj <po6oifxrjv, oirug jxrj, k. t. A. 
 " If I were not afraid that he might in some way turn upon myself" 
 Literally, " how he might turn," &c. After verbs of fearing we 
 sometimes find, in Attic, orrwf fj.^ instead of the simple fi^, with the 
 force of the Latin quomodo non. {Kuhner, ^814, Obs. 4, Jelf.)—xap- 
 i^ofievov oi(j) aoi dvdpi, k. t. Z. " For a person gratifying such a man 
 as you are, rather than being hated by him, to be benefited." Ob- 
 serve that oi(f) col dvdpt is for dvdpl tocovtg) olog av el. — ruv tolovtuv 
 dvSpuv. These genitives, according to Schneider, depend on tiv^c 
 understood. But KUhner more correctly makes them depend on 
 01. — mivv av ^iXonfiTjOecev. " Would deem it a great honor." 
 
NOTES TO BOOK II. CHAPTER IX. 271 
 
 Kal EK TovTcjv avevpiGKovcLv 'ApxE67]jj.ov. "Now, after this conver- 
 sation, they discover, by inquiry, one Archedemus." This is the 
 person who accused the generals for not saving the shipwrecked 
 sailors and soldiers, and burying the dead after the battle of Argi- 
 nusae. (Compare Thirlwall's account of his movements on that 
 occasion, Hist. Gr., vol. iv., p. 129, 12mo ed.) — ov yap fjv olog, k. 
 T. 2.. " For he was not such a person as to make gain by every 
 means." Literally, " from every thing." Supply tolovtoq before 
 oiog. — uTJid, (piTiSxpvoTOi ts, k. t. 1. "But, being both a lover of 
 honesty, and possessed of a larger share of keen ready wit than or- 
 dinary, just the man to make money out of the informers them- 
 selves," i. e., by bringing actions against them for false accusations 
 of individuals, and compelling them to pay a sum of money to him 
 for being allowed to escape. Observe that ?ia/j.6dveLv depends on 
 olog, at the beginning of the sentence. We have referred eixpvea- 
 repog to acuteness of intellect, not, as Kuhner does, to elevation of 
 character, which is already implied in ^iloxprjaTog. The common 
 text, in the place of evcpviarepog uv, has e^jy ^darov dvai. Observe, 
 moreover, that dirb tuv ovKocpavTuv can not refer, as some think, to 
 a receiving of bribes from informers, for then the preposition napd 
 would have been employed instead of uttS. 
 
 onoTe avyKOfic^oL. " Whenever he gathered in." Observe here 
 the employment of the optative with oTrdre, to denote indefinite fre- 
 quency. {Kuhner, <J 843, a., Jelf.) — cKpelciiv tduKe. "Having taken 
 a portion, gave it." Kuhner reads from conjecture acpeXuv av eduKSf 
 which forms no bad emendation. — kKaXei. " Invited him." After 
 the performance of a sacrifice, an entertainment was usually pre- 
 pared, to which relations and friends were invited. 
 
 vofiiaag Se 6 'Apxi^rjfioc, k. t. A. "Now Archedemus, having 
 concluded (from all this) that the house of Crito was a (sure) 
 refuge unto him," i. e., that he would always have a refuge in the 
 house of Crito. — fiuT^a TTEpielirev avrov. " Paid great attention to 
 him." Compare TimcEus, Lex. Plat. : ttepleittov • iTEpt riva rjaav 
 ^EpaTTEVTtKcJg Kal ^vTiaKTLKUQ, aud consult Ruhnken, ad loc. — avew- 
 prjKEt,. Castalio and Dindorf, with four Parisian MSS., read avev- 
 picKEL, but the pluperfect denotes the celerity of Archedemus's pro- 
 ceedings. — tig 6cKT]v 67]fio(yiav. "To a public suit." The summons 
 in such cases was called irpogK^rjaig, or simply Klfjaig. The verb is 
 npogKaXeladac, or KalEladat. {Meier u. Schdmann, Att. Proc, p. 576.) 
 
2^72' NOTES TO BOOK II.— CHAPTER IX. 
 
 — h Tj avTov edet KpcdijvaL, k. t. 1. "In which he must, (if found 
 guilty), be condemned (to the punishment) which he must suifer, 
 or (to the line) which he must pay," i. e., in which it would be de- 
 cided what bodily or pecuniary mulct he should render as atone- 
 ment. Observe that n-aOetv and airorlaat are technical terms, pe- 
 culiar to the formula employed in i^thenian trials, the first having 
 reference to bodily punishment, the second to a pecuniary fine. 
 (Compare Att. Proc, p. 739.) 
 
 "5 6, 7. 
 Tcolla Kol TxovTjpd. The Greeks regularly join iroJivg V7iih. another 
 adjective expressing praise^ or blame. {Matthicz, ^ 444.) — -kuvt' 
 ETToieL, K. r. 7i. " Did every thing in bis power to get rid of Arche- 
 demus." — ova aixrfkM-TtTQ. " Did not leave him alone." More lit- 
 erally, "did not depart from him." — eugrov re Kpiruva iKpfjne. 
 "Until he had both ceased to annoy Crito." — avTu. "To (Arche- 
 demus) himself" — jjSr] tote. " Then, indeed." The Latin /lim vcro. 
 — Iva Tov Kvvog d7co?MvoGiv. " That they may have the benefit of 
 liis dog." — (pv?iaKa. "As a protector." 
 
 rcj KpcTovL TjSiug Ixapi^eTo. " Gladly gratified Crito (in this)," 
 {. e., acceded to his wishes in protecting his friends also. — kuI ovx 
 oTi fiovoc, K. T. A. "And I do not say that Crito alone was left in 
 tranquillity, but also his friends." Equivalent to Koi ov 7Ayd ore 
 fiovog, K. T. A. A more emphatic mode of expression than Kal ov 
 fxovov 6 KpcTcjv, K. T. A. These are the words of Xenopbon.^Ei 6^ 
 Tig avToj TovTov, K. r. A. " And if any one of those by whom he was 
 hated, sought to make it a source of reproach unto him, that he, 
 being benefited by Crito, fawned upon him." Observe here the em- 
 ployment of the optative, as denoting the sentiments of those who 
 made the charge in question. The common reading is decidedly 
 inferior. — Toig 6e Tzovrjpolg dLa^epsadai. " And to be at variance with 
 the bad." — Treipuadai. This infinitive is objected to by Kiihner ; but 
 it is found in all the MSS. and printed editions. 
 
NOTES TO BOOK II. CHAPTER X. 273 
 
 CHAPTER X. 
 §1. 
 ALoSupo. "Who this person was is not known. — av rig aoi tQv 
 oIketQv, k. r. A. " If any one of your domestics runs away, do you 
 take care in what way you may recover himl" Observe that aoL 
 here is governed by aTtoSpg, and not connected with oIketuv, liter- 
 ally, "runs av/ay for you." It is in fact, therefore, the dativus in- 
 commodi. {Matthm, ^ 412, 9.) 
 
 ^ 2. 
 Kol uTCkovc ye vjj AT, k. t. A. " (Yes), by Jove, and, indeed," &c. 
 Observe that Kac here implies an answer in the affirmative ; and the 
 particle ye is added for the sake of emphasis. — auarpa tovtov. "A 
 reward for bringing this one back." — mv rlg^aoc Kafivy, k. t. 1. Ob- 
 serve that here again gql depends on Kdfivti, not on oUeTuv. — kiv- 
 SvveveL diTo?.iadai. "Runs a risk of perishing." — aoi u^cov elvai. 
 " That it is worth your while." — k-miielrjOfivai. For the middle 
 kuLixeXfjaaadaL. Compare i., 4, 13, and ii., 7, 8. 
 
 Kol lujv olada ye. Compare ii., 3, 4. These words to <$> 5 belong 
 to Socrates, though otherwise marked in the edition of Bornemann. 
 — ayvufiuv. "Insensible (to favors)." — 'Epfioyev?}^. Hermogenes 
 was the son of a wealthy citizen of Athens, named Hipponicus. 
 His brother Callias inherited all the property of his father, so that 
 he himself was in very great poverty. He was a faithful friend of 
 Socrates. — to viTTjpeTrjv .... txeiv. "The having an agent." — ira- 
 pduovov. Valckenaer conjectured 7rapafi6vt/xov, which actually oc- 
 curs at ii., 4, 6, and iii., 11, 11. The present, however, is the rarer 
 form, and is found also in Pindar, Nem., viii., 28. As Xenophon is 
 fond of introducing occasionally poetic forms of expression into his 
 prose, we have allowed the text to remain unaltered, with Kiihner 
 and others. — kqI to Ke?iev6f.(.evov Uavdv tvoieIv. Schneider and Din- 
 dorf put these words in brackets. Weiske and Schiitz reject them. 
 
 ^4,5. 
 ol fiivToc dyadol olnovofiot. " Good economists, forsooth." Ob- 
 serve that ixevTOL is here ironical. Compare Hermann, ad Vig., p. 
 844. — oTav TO tko'KXov a^iov, k. t. A. "When you have it in your 
 M JS 
 
274 NOTES TO BOOK II. CHAPTER X. 
 
 power to purchase for a small sum what is worth a large one." 
 Literally, " to buy for little what is worth much." — 6ta ra Trpajfiara. 
 <' In consequence of the present state of affairs," i. e., in such times 
 as the present. — vofzl^u -yap ovre ooi, k. t. "k. "For I think that 
 neither is your inviting him to come more honorable to you than 
 your going yourself unto him, nor is your doing these things a 
 greater boon to him than to yourself," i. e., while the making him 
 your friend is not more for his advantage than for your own. — tov 
 avTov £?i.delv. Here, the attraction being neglected, avrov is for 
 avTu. {Kuhncr, $ 675, Jelf.) 
 
 ov noTiv TeXsaa^. " Without much expense." Literally, " having 
 not expended much." — oj- epyov eIx£- "Who made it his employ- 
 ment, that," &c. Compare Kuhner : " Qui sedulo id agebat, et pro 
 officii sui parte ducebat, ut,^' &c. 
 
BOOK III. 
 
 CHAPTER I. 
 
 M- 
 Tovc bpeyofiivovc tuv kuTiuv. " Those who were desirous of pub- 
 lic honors," i. e., the high offices in the state. Observe here the 
 pecuhar force of ra Kald, and compare the explanation of Weiske : 
 Ka7.a hie sunt munera publica, ho7iorcs. — eTrifxeXelg uv bpeyoivro iroccjv. 
 " By making them diligent with regard to the offices which they 
 might desire," i. e., careful in qualifying themselves to fill these sta- 
 tions properly. The optative here expresses indefinite frequency, 
 and hence the reference is to whatever offices they might desire, 
 at whatever time. — ALowaodupov. Dionysodorus was a native of 
 Chios, and brother of the Euthydemus after whom one of Plato's 
 dialogues is entitled. He first assumed the office of a professed 
 teacher of military tactics at Athens, but afterward turned Sophist. 
 Compare Cobet, Prosopogr. Xen., p. 38, as cited by Kuhner. — cTray- 
 yElTionevov. "Professing." — urparTiyetv. "The art of generalship." 
 Literally, "to be a general." — riig Tifj,7jg Tavfqq, "This employ- 
 ment," i, c, that of general. 
 
 ^ 2, 3. 
 
 alcxpbv fievToi. "It was disgraceful, indeed." The particle 
 fievTot has here a confirmatory force, like the Latin vera. — arparTj' 
 yelv. " To be a general." — k^ov. " When he has it in his power.'* 
 Accusative absolute. {Kuhner, () 700, Jelf.) — avSpcavrag epyoTiaSoitj. 
 " Should contract to make statues." In Latin, " statuas conduceret 
 facicndasy — \iEyaka to, re ay add, k. t. 7i. " It is natural that both 
 the advantages should be great, if he be successful, and the evils 
 great, if he totally fail."— rovro. So in several MSS. The common 
 text has TovTov.—hTn[iel6nEvoQ. Thus in four Parisian MSS., in 
 place of the common reading knifieXoviiEvog. — eXOovra fiavddveiv, 
 " To go and learn." 
 
 TrpofeTTOfCev avTu. " He used to sport with him." The imperfect 
 here is correct, as it marks a repetition. Stephens reads from the 
 Aldine edition, and four MSS., Tt-poginai^ev, a form not used by tho 
 
276 NOTES TO BOOK III.— CIIAPTER I. 
 
 Attics. For the dative after Trpog-rrai^cd, consult Loleck ad Phryn., 
 p. 463. In the signification of deriding, it is construed with an ac- 
 cusative in Plato, Menex., p. 235, C, and Phczdr., p. 265, C. — uQTcep 
 "O/fT/pof, K. T. A. The passage occurs in 11, iii., 169, seq. — yspapov. 
 « Of stately bearing." — koI ovTug ode. " Even in this same way, our 
 friend here." — (yrpa-Tj-yelv fiado)v. A little before we have fie/xadi]- 
 Kug 7]KE. The aorist participle signifies that a person has learned ; 
 the perfect, however, signifies more, namely, that he has learned 
 and understands, i. e., is master of his subject.^^/cat kdv. "Even 
 if." — 6LaTE?i£l uv. " Continues to be." The verb 6iaT€?Jci, in place 
 of an infinitive, is construed with a participle. Compare Kuhner, 
 ^ 694, Jelf. 
 
 ^5. 
 • iva Kai. Supply 37/zeif from the following rjjiuv, i. e., Iva Koi ijfxeic, 
 kav, K. T. ?i. — Ta^tapxy, v "^-oxayrf coi. " Command a company or 
 section under your command." Literally, " for you." The rd^ig, 
 in Xenophon, is a body of infantry containing usually one hundred 
 and twenty-eight men. Once, in the Cyropeedia, however (ii., 1, 
 14), it is made to consist of one hundred men. The ;'Lo;^oc was a 
 subdivision of the rdfif. Consult the commentators on Anab., i., 2, 
 25. — TTodev rip^aro ce diddaKeiv, k. t. A. " Vv'ith what did he begin 
 to teach you generalship]" The verb upxeadat is used with an in- 
 finitive when the notion of the dependent verb is only in intention, 
 not in act. {Kuhner, ^ 688, Jelf.) — ical bg. Consult note on i., 4, 3. 
 — e/c Tov avrov, etc oirsp, k. t. /I. " With the same thing with which 
 be even concluded."— ra raKTiKu. "Tactics." The art of arran- 
 ging and disposing the men and the ranks on all occasions and 
 under all circumstances. 
 
 lilla fif/v, e^ri 6 ItoKparric, k. t. ?.. " Yet assuredly, said Socra- 
 tes, this, indeed, is the smallest part of strategy." The adjective 
 ■7roA2.oaT6g means, properly, " one of many," answering to the Latin 
 multesimus ; hence, generally, " very little," " smallest," " least." — 
 'KapaanevaaTLKov tuv. Adjectives denoting capability, fitness, skill, 
 including those in lkoq, are construed with a genitive. {Malthia, 
 $ 344.) — /xj^xaviKov. "Quick in contrivances," i. c, inventive. — 
 kpyauTLKov. "Hard-working." — dyxtvovv. "Shrev/d." — Kal (^v7^aK- 
 TLKov re Kal K?jTrT7]v. " And both conservative and a thief," i. e., both 
 well qualified to guard and take care of his own, and yet, at the 
 same time, craftily to deprive hi3 adversaries of what is theirs.— /cat 
 
NOTES TO BOOK III. CHAPTER I. S77~' 
 
 TrpoETiKov, Kal upTvaya. " Both giving lavishly and yet rapacious." 
 -^<j)i7M6Qpov. "Liberal." — Kal aaipa/.?], Kal e7:i.6etik6v. "Both secure 
 (from attack) himself, and able to attack others." 
 
 Ka7ibv 6s Kal to tuktikov elvat. <' The being a tactician, moreover, 
 is also advantageous." — Terayjuevov. "Properly marshalled." — 
 draKTov. " From one in disorder." — Kepafiog. "Tiles." The sin- 
 gular for the plural. The singular, thus used, has a collective force. 
 This arose from a poetical way of looking at plurality as unity. 
 {Kiihncr, ^ 254:, Jelf.) — uraKTuc fiev eppifjfiEva. " \^lien flung to- 
 gether in disorder." With the names of several inanimate things, 
 the neuter plural is frequently used without any regard to the gender 
 of the subjects. {Kuhner, ^ 391, 2, Jelf.)—kTrLTTo7.7jg. "At top."— 
 c5f7rep ovvTideTai. "Just as they are put together." Stephens has 
 avvrWevTai, which Dindorf adopts. But the verb, when there are 
 x--several subjects, is often made to conform to the number of the 
 nearest one. — tote jlyveraL. "Then there results." More literally, 
 " there is produced." 
 
 : ^8. 
 
 Tzdw ofzoiov elpriKag. " You have adduced a very exact parallel." 
 Literally, " you- have mentioned a thing altogether similar." — rovg 
 TE TcpuTovg, K. T. A. " We must form both the front and rear of the 
 bravest." Observe that, in this sentence, Tovg Ttpurovg and rovg -e- 
 ?.EVTaiovg are the subjects, and dpiarovg is the predicate. — inzb ixev 
 TLJv. "By the former," 2. e., by the van. — vrrbruv. "By the latter," 
 i. e., by those in the rear. 
 
 EL fiev Toivvv, K. T. X. At tho close of this sentence, after k6tSa^£Vf 
 supply KaTiug exec " It' is well." — rt aoc ocpElog uv Efxadsg. " What 
 advantage has accrued to you from the things which you have 
 learned." Observe that Civ EfiadEg is by attraction for tovtuv a Efia- 
 Osg. — eI as dpyvpiov £K£?<.evge, k. t. 1. " If he had ordered you to 
 range the purest silver first and last," i. e., in the foremost and hinder- 
 ftiost row. — uAld, jid At", Ut]. The reply of the young man. — ugrs 
 avTovg dv ?j/j.dg, k. r.'K. " So that it would be incumbent for our- 
 selves to separate," &c. The optative with dv is used after w^re, 
 when the result is to be represented as a supposition or possibility 
 depending on conditions. {Kuhner, <J 865, Jelf.) 
 
278 NOTES TO BOOK III. CHAPTER II. 
 
 ^ 10. 
 
 H ovv ov aKOTTov/nev. "Why, then, do we not consider." A for- 
 mula of exhortation, by way of question, for aKOTrufiev ovv. — Trwf 
 av avTuv, k. t. A. " By what means we may not fall into error with 
 regard to them," i. e., by what means we may be free from mistake 
 on these points. — (3ovXoij.ai. "I am desirous (that we should)." — 
 dpTTu^etv. " To seize upon." — rovg (j)i7iapjvpo)TdTovg. " The most 
 covetous." — Tc de tov^ KivSvveveiv ^liXkovraQ ; " But what must we 
 do with regard to those who are about to encounter danger?' i. e., 
 but how must we arrange the soldiers if they are about to brave 
 some perilous enterprise \ With n de supply xpv '^oleXv. — dpa. The 
 Latin nonne. — ovtol yovv elolv. "For these, indeed, are they." 
 Compare i., 6, 2. — ddrjloi. " Concealed from notice." The idea is, 
 that they who are eager after praise and distinction can not lie con- 
 cealed, but are every where conspicuous, and may therefore easily 
 be selected. 
 
 HI. 
 
 TaTTELv. " To arrange your troops." — b-rroi koI oTTug. " For what 
 object, and in what way." Compare the explanation of Kiihner : 
 " oTToi, quo, significat consilium, ad quod singulis ordinibus utendum 
 sit : oTTuc rationem, qua singulis ordinibus utendum sit ad consilium 
 exsequendum." — tuv Tajfidruv. " Of your divisions." — irpog d ovre 
 rdrrEtv, k. t. "k. "Against which it is not fitting either to draw up 
 or lead your troops in one and the same way." — sTravEpura. " Ques- 
 tion him anew." — alaxwEirai,. Observe that aicxvvEcdaL and al6El- 
 odac take an infinitive, when the feelings prevent the person from 
 acting ; the participle, when the person has done something which 
 causes them. Compare Kuhner,^ 685; in., Obs. — hdeu. "In want 
 (of proper information)," i. e., uninstructed. Herbst supplies after 
 evSed the words tuv eIc cTparriyiav. 
 
 CHAPTER 11. 
 
 H. 
 kvTvx^v 6e noTE, k. t. X. " Having met, moreover, on one occa- 
 sion, with a certain person who had been chosen to be a general." 
 Observe that rw is here Attic for the indefinite rivL — tov 'ivEKEv. 
 " On what account." The form tov is here Attic for the interroga- 
 tive TLvog. — "O/iTipov. Compare II. , l, 263 ; ii., 243.— apa ye on. 
 " Is it not, indeed, because." The particle ye, added to an inter- 
 
NOTES TO BOOK III. CHAPTER II. 279 
 
 rogative particle, belongs to the whole proposition. (Kuhner, () 735, 
 2, Jelf.) — oTTwf auac re eaovrai al oleg. "In what way the sheep 
 shall both be safe." The indicative of the future is construed with 
 oTTCjg, when something is to be signified which is contemplated as 
 future, at the time denoted by the principal verb. — Kai, ov evena rpi- 
 ^ovrai, K. T. X. " And (in what way) that result shall be brought 
 about, for the sake of which they are kept." This whole clause is 
 omitted in several MSS. It is found, on the other hand, in all the 
 MSS. of Stobaeus, in five MSS. of Xenophon, and in the Juntine edi- 
 tion, except that in place of rpecjiovTat we find oTparevovTaL. — orpa- 
 TEvovTai 6e. "Now they serve." Observe here the explanatory 
 force of 6e. 
 
 $ 2, 3. 
 7 TL drj-KOTE, K. T. A. " Or why, pray, has he thus lauded Agamem- 
 non, saying (of him)." — uficpSrepoi^, k. t. 2,. This line occurs in the 
 third book of the Iliad, 179th verse. — upd ye on, k. t. X. " Is it not 
 because one would be both a puissant warrior, not if he himself 
 alone should contend," &c. Observe that apa has here the force of 
 nonne, as in ^ 1. — ova el fiovov tov eavrov, k. t. /I. " Not if he should 
 merely direct his own life well." — dc' avrov ev TrpdrTuai. "May 
 prosper through his means." — GrpaTevovTai. " Take the field." — 
 (jf fi^TiTLGTog. "As happy as possible." — Tvpog tovto. "For this 
 very purpose." Compare Kuhner, ^ 638, 111, Jelf. Several MSS. 
 and printed editions have irpdg rovroig, 
 
 TOVTO TrapacKEvd^eiv. "To provide this happiness." — Kal ovtcjc 
 ernGKOTTuv, /c. r. /I. And considering, in this point of view, what 
 should be the virtue of a good leader." Observe that Tig eItj is here 
 for r/Tig eIt]. — TO. /lev oXKa TTEpLypEi, k. t. A. " He used to reject all 
 other characteristics, and to leave merely the rendering of those 
 happy whom he may lead." More literally, " he used to take away." 
 We would expect here regularly wv tjjoIto, since a historic tense 
 {KaTE^EiTVE) precedes. Very often, however, the subjunctive in such 
 a case is employed in place of the optative, in order to impart a cer- 
 tain vigor to the style, and bring the action at once before the eyes. 
 {Kuhner, ^ 797, Jelf.) 
 
280 AZOTES TO BOOK III. CHAPTER III. 
 
 CHAPTER III. 
 
 H. 
 Kat LTtTtapxelv 6e tlvi, k. t. 2,. "I know, too, of his having con- 
 versed on one occasion, to the following effect, with a certain per- 
 son who had been chosen to be a hipparch," i. e., a general of cav- 
 alry. At Athens there were two liTTrapxot, or generals of cavalry, 
 who had supreme command over the cavahy force of the state, but 
 yet were themselves under the authority of the ten crpaTriyoi, oi 
 generals of infantry. Xenophon has described the duties of the 
 hipparch in a separate tract, entitled 'iTznapxinoq. — ov yap 6rj rot 
 TrpuTog, K. T. "K. " For it is not surely for the sake of riding as first 
 of the horsemen." Observe that tov klavvuv depends on eveaa un- 
 derstood. So TOV yvoadijvac a little after. Compare MatlMcB, ^ 496, 
 1. — TTpuTog. Attraction. Compare t(o (pavepog slvat, 1, 2, 3. — ol Itc- 
 TToro^orac. " The horse-archers." A species of light cavalry. — 
 yovv. "At any rate." Compare notes on 1, 6, 2. — tov yvuad^vat 
 ye. " For the sake of being knov/n, at least." Supply ^vsKa. — ol 
 fiaivSfxevoc. Compare the explanation of V/eiske ; " Furiosi quidem 
 facile in vulgus innotescunt ut a pueris etiam rideanlur.'" 
 
 ^2. 
 u?i?i upa ore, k. t. ?.. " But is it then because you think that you 
 could deliver over to the state the cavalry, after having rendered it 
 more efficient "?" Kuhner conjectures aAA' upa, " but perhaps it is," 
 &c., without any interrogation ; being guided to this by one of the 
 Parisian MSS., which has uv upa. Observe that the particle uv in 
 our text, which belongs to napadovvai,, is put after jSeXtlov to make 
 that word more emphatic. Compare Kuhner, (J 431, 2. — yeviaOai,. 
 ** You might become." Supply av with this verb from the previous 
 clause. — Kul fidT^a. Compare ii., 2, 1. — kuI ean ye, vrj AC, koXov. 
 "And it is a noble thing, indeed." — ^ 6e upxh '^oi^, «• t. \. "But 
 the command to which you have been chosen, extends, unless I am 
 mistaken, to horses as vvell as riders'?" There is here a half sup- 
 pressed interrogation, and we have pointed the sentence accord- 
 ingly. The expression kdf tjq may be rendered more literally, " for 
 which," since eTvL here denotes, in fact, the object. {Kuhner, ^ 633, 
 3, Jelf.) — ecTi yap ovv. " Yes, for it is really so." Compare Kuhner ^ 
 fy 737. 2 .Teff. 
 
NOTES TO BOOK III. CHAPTER IIL 281 
 
 Wt 6tj. "Come, then." — b-Kug dcavoy. <' How do you intend." — 
 Koi Of. Compare i., 4, 3. — tovto jjlev, £(pri, k. r. 1. Here the words 
 kiiov elvai. are the predicate. Construe, therefore, as follows : tovto 
 TO epyov olfiac ovk e/iov elvat. Valckenaer would change the article 
 before tpyov into yi. But this is refuted by Schneider, who com- 
 pares Ci/rop., ii., 1, 11. Herod., v., 1. — idia. "Separately." 
 
 eav ovv, £(j)7] 6 'ZuKpuTTjc, «■• ■'"• ^- " Ifj then, said Socrates, some 
 (of your men) exhibit to you their horses so weak in foot, or bad in 
 legs," &c. I'o each soldier his own horse was given, and each led 
 his own steed out for review ; hence the middle voice. Schneider 
 thinks Goi redundant here, and that -irapexeGdaL cttkov is used of 
 those who e/c KaTa/ioyov lTTTcoTpo(povGi, i. e., are obliged to support 
 horses for the state at their own expense ; a duty usually imposed 
 on the richer class of citizens. But it is hardly probable that the 
 hipparchs would take steeds, if in such bad condition, from these 
 persons. {Lange, ad Ice.) — oiiTwg uTpodovc- "So ill-conditioned." 
 P. Victorius thinks the author means such horses as are naturally 
 lean, and always look ill, however well fed. — wrre /nrj Svvacdat. 
 Compare notes on ii., 7, 2. — avayijyovg. "Unmanageable." — Aa«;- 
 TLGTug. " Given to kicking." — tov ltxttlkov. " From your cavalry." 
 Supply GTpaTEVfiaTog. 
 
 ^ 5, 6. 
 Tc 6e. Compare ii., 6, 4. — syuy'. " Indeed will T." Supply em- 
 XEtprJGu. — ava6aTiK0)Tepovc.- "More expert in mounting." Compare 
 Hipparch., i., 5. — del yovv. " I certainly ought." Compare ii., 1, 1. 
 — liaKkov. "More readily." — Kivdweveiv. "To risk an engage- 
 ment." — TzoTEpov tizayayelv Tovg Tiole/ilovg, k. T.?i. "Will you direct 
 the enemy to lead their forces against you, upon the sand where 
 you and your men are accustomed to exercise your horses." The 
 Athenian cavalry were usually exercised on level ground covered 
 with sand. Hence such places of exercise were called dfinoSpofioi. 
 — Tiig fisXeTa^ TtotecGdai. " To go through your exercises." — yiy- 
 vovTat. " Show themselves." Comipare the remark of Ktihner : 
 " Verbum^ yiyveGdat nunquam simpliciter versari significare potest, at 
 potest significare apparere, in conspectum venire." — fteTiTiov yovv. 
 '■■'■ It would be better, indeed, (to exercise in such places)." 
 
282 NOTES TO BOOK III. CHAPTER III. 
 
 ^ 7, 8. 
 Tov l3d?Jiecv ug TrXEtaTovg, K. r. A. " Will you entertain any con- 
 cern that your troops, from their steeds, may spear as many (foes) 
 as possible?' Observe that j3dA?iecv here has the same force as 
 aKovTi^Eiv. Compare the explanation of Ktihner : ^^ Ut quam flurimi 
 ah equis jaculentur" — ■&^yEiv rug ipvxdg- " Of whetting the courage." 
 — ELTrep akKi[i(j>Tepovg tcoleZv. "If you do, indeed, (think) of render- 
 ing them more valiant." Supply 6t,avori, and compare the explana- 
 tion of Morus : " Si quidcm eos fortiores reddere cogitas.'''' — el 6e ii-q. 
 " If I have not hitherto." Supply diavevoTj/iaL. — OTTug de crot TvetdiJV' 
 Tai, K. T. 1. " But have you taken any thought as to the means by 
 v?hich your cavalry are to be made to obey you." — ayaduv kol uXkl- 
 fiuv. " Valiant and spirited." 
 
 ^ 9, 10. 
 EKEivo fiEv Stjtvov ohda. "You are doubtless aware of this." — (SeTl- 
 Tiarovg. " Most skillful." — laTpiKuraTov. " The best physician." — 
 Kul fidXa, E^rj. " Certainly, replied he, and they are very obedient." 
 Supply tteWovtcl after /idAa. — [idlLara siSug. " To know best." — 
 (Se'kTiaTog uv avriov, k. r.X. " Shall clearly appear to be the best 
 among them." Literally, " shall be manifest as being the best." 
 Compare ii., 6, 7. — Eig to izEidEadai, avrovg kfzol. "As regards their 
 obeying me," i. e., to make them obey me. — ttoXv vt] A/', Icpr], paov, 
 K. T. "k. " Far more easily, indeed, than if it were incumbent on 
 you to prove that evil is better and more profitable than good." 
 
 HI- 
 7<.iytLg av. "Do you mean." — -npog rolg uXTioig. " In addition to 
 his other duties." — tov MyEcv dvvaadac. "Of being able to ha- 
 rangue." — av 6' uov, E(p-r], k. t. /I. "And did you suppose, said Soc- 
 rates, that one must needs command cavalry by silence?' Com- 
 pare i., 6, 15. — V0//6J. " According to the institutions of the state." 
 In this clause Socrates speaks of the training of youth, &c., as ap- 
 pointed and regulated by the institutions of the state ; in the next 
 member {el tc uXko Ka7i6v, k. t. X.), he speaks of those arts which 
 one learns by his own inclination, although usually not classed with 
 the regular instruction of a freeman in a free state. (Wheeler, ad 
 loc. Schutz, ad loc.) — 6t' uv ye C^v ETrtoTunEda. "By which we 
 know how to lead a well-regulated life," i. e., by which we enjoy 
 civilized life. Observe that by l^fjv is meant here a life well regu- 
 lated by order, and under the laws and customs estabhshed by the 
 state, as opposed to a rude and uncivilized existence. — 610. Tibyov. 
 
NOTES TO BOOK III. CHAPTER III. 283 
 
 " Through the medium of speech." — koL ol ra oizovdaLoTaTa ixalLara 
 imcTafxevoc, k. t. 7i. "■ And that they who best know the most im- 
 portant doctrines, most eloquently discourse upon them ?' 
 
 ^ 12. 
 orav ye x^pog elg, k. t. Z. " Whenever any one single chorus is 
 formed from this very city ; as, for example, the one accustomed to 
 be sent to Delos." The force of xopdg etc is vrell explained by Lange, 
 namely, one single chorus out of the entire state, and consisting, of 
 course, of the best performers. The Delian chorus here referred 
 to was connected with the celebration of the festival called Qeopla. 
 Consult notes on iv., 8, 2. The idea intended to be conveyed by 
 the whole clause is as follows : " Although the Athenians excel 
 other people in very many respects, yet in none do they excel so 
 much as in their love of praise. Wherefore, if you desire to render 
 your cavalry troops superior to others, you must honor them with 
 praise and approbation, if they well perform their duty." {Lange, 
 ad loc.) — TovTco EipafiiXloc- "A match for this." — evavdpla. "An 
 abundance of well-made men." This alludes to the custom of se- 
 lecting, at the festival of Minerva called Uavadrivaia, the hand- 
 somest men and youths as ■QaklocpopoL, that is, to carry green boughs 
 in procession. {Schneider, ad loc. Schol. ad Aristoph., Vesp., p. 524.) 
 
 ^ 13, 14. 
 £v<pcovta. " By sweetness of voice," i. e., in singing. The fol- 
 lowing words, fieyidet Kal pcjfiy, refer to evavdpla. — (l)t?ioTifiia. "In 
 ambition." Compare iii., 5, 3 : a/lAa fxr^v (piTioTifioTaroi, k. t. A. — ug 
 noXi) dv Kal tovtu, k. t. A. " That the Athenians would far excel 
 other nations in this (kind offeree) also." As the preposition ev is 
 properly required here before tovtu, Stephens conjectured rcoTiV kclv 
 TovT(f). Kiihner would prefer tzoTiv uv kqI ev tovtu. Leunclavius 
 altered it to koI Kara tovto. — rcapaaKevy. *' By equipments." — elKog 
 ye. " It is likely, indeed." 
 
 {) 15. 
 Trporperreiv. Compare note on TrpoTpinuv, i., 2, 64. — ukTia vrj Ala 
 neipdaofiai. "Well, then, by Jove, I will try." Observe the force 
 of d?iM. Literally, " (I have no objections whatever to such a 
 course), lut, by Jove, I will try." 
 
^84 
 
 NOTES TO BOOK III.— CHAPTER IV. 
 
 CHAPTER IV. 
 
 M. 
 'NiKopiaxiSrjv. Who this person was is not known. — k^ apxatpe- 
 GcQv uTTLovra. *' Coming away from the election of public officers." 
 By apxai'P£(yi-aL are meant the assemblies of the people which were 
 held for the election of those public officers at Athens who were 
 not chosen by lot. Consult Diet. Ant., s. v. — arparriyoL Of the 
 public officers chosen by these general assemblies of the people, the 
 most important were the strategi, taxiarchi, hipparchi, and phylar- 
 chi. The strategi, or generals, were ten in number, one for each 
 of the ten tribes. — ov yap, cj ^uKparec, k. t. 1. " (You may well ask 
 this question), for are not the Athenians, Socrates, just the same 
 as ever," i. e., just as ungrateful as they have ever shown them- 
 selves to be. Compare the explanation of Kuhner : " nonne tales 
 sese exhihuetunt, quales in omnibus rebus sese exhibent.^^ — of e/c nara- 
 ?i6yov aTpaTEvofiEvoq, k. t. A. " Who am worn out in serving from 
 the list both as a commander of a company and of a brigade." 
 The Tioxayoc v/as the commander at Athens of one hundred men ; 
 so, again, the ra^iapxoc at Athens commanded the rafff, or quota of 
 infantry furnished by a (j)v7irj. The like cavalry officers were called 
 (bvXapxoi,. By Karakoyoq is here meant the list of those persons who 
 possessed a certain amount of property, and were therefore liable to 
 regular military service. These persons alone were allowed to 
 serve in the regular infantry, while the lower class had not this 
 privilege. The former were called ol kn KaraXoyov arpaTsvovTer, 
 and the latter ol e^o) rov KaraXoyov. — aTvoyvfivovfievog. <* Baring him- 
 self," i. e., taking off his robe. 
 
 ^ 2, 3. 
 ayadov. "An advantage." — el ye. " Since, indeed." — Kal yap ol 
 EfiTTopoc, K. r. A. " (Certainly not), for even the merchants," &c. — 
 o GTparrjyC) Trpogsivai, k. t. A. " Which is a proper characteristic to 
 be added to a general," i. e., a proper characteristic for a general. — 
 KExopTJyrjKE. " He has been a choragus." It was customary for the 
 wealthiest Athenians to be called upon in turn by the state, to bear 
 the expenses of a chorus. Consult Diet. Ant., s. v. Choragus. — jraat 
 rolg x'^P^^^ veviKTjKE. " He has proved victorious with all his cho- 
 ruses." — /^ci At', E(j)T] 6 'NtKOfj.axt.67jc, k. t. X. " Yes, indeed," replied 
 Nicomachides, " but to lead a chorus and an army is in no respect 
 
NOTES TO BOOK III.— CHAPTEE IV. 285 
 
 a similar thing." More freely, " but there is no analogy between 
 leading a chorus and an army." As regards the expression ^ua At', 
 compare notes on i., 4, 9. 
 
 ^4,5. 
 ovds udfjc ys, oi(U xopCdv, k. r. A. "Though being experienced 
 neither in singing nor instruction of choruses, yet became able to 
 find out the best (artists) in these things." It was the' duty of the 
 choragus to instruct, by means of the best musical artists, the mem- 
 bers of the chorus under his charge. The head instructor of the 
 chorus was termed xopo^LddaKa/iog, and he had numerous subordi- 
 nate Si(5daKaXoc. — rovg rd^ovrag .... rovg /naxovusvovg. "Who will 
 
 marshal (his troops) who will fight." Observe the force of 
 
 the article with the participle, required to be rendered into our idiom 
 by the relative and indicative. — kv roig TroleftiKotg . . . . ev rotg x^' 
 ptKolg. " In the transactions of war .... in the things appertaining 
 to choruses." — t^evplaKy re. This is a conjecture of Valckenaer, 
 in place of the old reading e^evplaKjjTai.. The middle is inadmissible 
 here. Compare Valck. ad Herod., Hi., 148.— /cai tovtov. "In this 
 also," i. e., in war. Observe that tovtov is here put for tzoIehlkuv, 
 the singular for the plural. — elg ttjv ^vv olij ttj n6?iet, k. t. A. " For 
 victory in warlike matters, in conjunction with the whole state," 
 i. e., to honor the whole state.— fw r^ (pvly. The victory belonged 
 not to the individual, but to his tribe ; in the name of the latter the 
 chorus was introduced. 
 
 •J 6, 7. 
 XoprjyELv TE Ka?Mg Kal aTpaTr]yElv. "To lead both a chorus and an 
 army skillfully." — 6tov dv Tig irpooTaTEwj. " Over whatsoever one 
 may preside." — dv eItj. " He will, in all likelihood, be." Observe 
 the force of dv with the optative. — TvpoaTaTEvoi. Thus in several 
 Parisian and other MSS., in place of the common reading irpocTa- 
 TEVEL. The optative is required in consequence of the preceding 
 dyadbg dv eltj. — /id Al'. " By Jove." Compare i., 4, 9. — aov dicovaau 
 " To hear from you," i. c, to hear you assert. — obcovofioi. " House- 
 managers." — m Ipya. "The doings." — tu amd. "Identical." — 
 irdvv ys. " By all means." 
 
 § 8, 9. 
 Tovg upxofiEvovg. " Those under their authority." Literally, 
 "those who are governed." — Kal fxdXa. Compare ii., 2, 1. — to irpog- 
 tuttelv, k. t. X " The ordering of persons to discharge the several 
 
286 NOTES TO BOOK III. CHAPTER IV. 
 
 duties, who are competent (to discharge them)." This is the read- 
 ing of Stobaeus, and is adopted by Bornemann, Dindorf, and KUhner. 
 The old editions have to TrpograTTetv eKaarovg ETTLrrjSeiovc TrpdrreLV. 
 — Kol tovt\ "This, likewise, is so." — 6,fj.(poTepoi^ Trpog^Keiv. "Is 
 incumbent on both." — -Kpogdyecdat. " To gain for themselves." — 
 afxfoTepovg elvac ttpo^tjkec. In ^ 8 the construction is different, a/n- 
 ^oTepoic ol/iai TvpogrjKeLv. The dative is here the personal object of 
 the verb ; the accusative, on the other hand, is to be construed w^ith 
 the infinitive. Compare Kuhner, ^ 674, Jelf. — Tcepl to, avTuv epya. 
 " In their oM^n operations." 
 
 ^ 10, 11. 
 
 ravTa fih, scpij, T^dvra, k. r. A. "All these points, said he, belong 
 equally to both ; to fight, however, no longer to both," i. e., is no 
 longer a common trait. — akX exdpoi ye rot, k. r. A. " Both, how- 
 ever, have enemies, at least." — kKslvo Tzapteig. "Waving that, tell 
 me." Supply M^ov after napucc, an ellipsis which suits the eager 
 and impatient character of Nicomachides. — tj olKovofitKTJ. " Skill in 
 economy." Literally, " the art of economy." — hvravda drjKov koI 
 TxleZaTov. "Here, doubtless, it will benefit most essentially." Sup- 
 ply io(i>e'kr]G£i. — uq to fiaxofievov Tovg Tcolefilovg vckuv. " As for one 
 when fighting to conquer his enemies." Supply Ttvd with (laxofxe- 
 vov. — TO, cvfj.(pepovra. "The things that conduce." — to. fipovra. 
 " The things that tend." — vlktjtlktjv oiaav. " To be likely to ensure 
 victory." — ovx TjKLGTa 6e, k. t. A. " And, what is not the least of 
 these things, if he be unprepared, he will avoid joining battle," i. e., 
 and, above all, if he be unprepared, &c. Herbst, less correctly, 
 makes tovtuv depend on d-rrapdaKcvog, and alters the punctuation 
 accordingly. 
 
 ij 12. 
 lu] KaTa(pp6v£L. After these words ovv seems to have been omit- 
 ted, because Socrates finishes his discourse with this paragraph. — 
 Tuv oUovofxtKcJv uv^pcjv. *' Those men that are skilled in household 
 management." — TrX^dec fiovov. "Only in amount." — tuv kolvuv. 
 "Of those of a public nature." — rs 6s aXka TrapanlricLa ex^c. 
 " While it has all else exactly similar." — to de fisyiaTov, otc, k. r. ?,. 
 "But the most important point is this, that," &c. Supply tovto 
 eart after fxeyLCTov, and consult, on this construction, MatthicB, <5> 432, 
 
 p. 711. — ylyveTut. "Is managed." — 6t' dXXuv fieu dvdpuTruv 
 
 di' dlXuv di. " By men of one nature .... by men of another." — 
 a^Aoif Tialv dvdpconoic. "A different kind of men." — ol oLKOvofxovv- 
 
NOTES TO BOOK III. CHAPTER V. 287 
 
 Teg. "They who manage." — KaXug npaTTovaiv. "Successfully 
 conduct." — afi(j)OT€pudL TrXrjfifceXovffiv. " Commit errors in both." 
 Literally, " on both sides." 
 
 ' CHAPTER V. 
 
 TlepLKlel. The natural son of the celebrated Pericles. When 
 Pericles had lost his sons Xanthippus and Paralus, born in lawful 
 wedlock, by the pestilence which ravaged Athens, the Athenians, 
 to gratify him, repealed the law which he had himself caused to be 
 passed against spurious children, and allowed him to call this son, 
 by the celebrated Aspasia, after his own name. This younger Per- 
 icles was one of the ten generals who succeeded Alcibiades in the 
 administration of atfairs, and was put to death, together with his 
 colleagues, by the Athenians after the battle of Arginusag. Compare 
 i., 1, 18. — tC) rod ttuvv UepiKXiovg vi(p. "The son of the celebrated 
 Pericles." The article here gives ttuw the force of an adjective. — 
 aov cTpaTTjyTjaavTog. " When you are elected general." More lit- 
 erally, "you having become a general." — afxeivu. " Better (than it 
 now is)." — (iovloLnr]v uv, a Xsyeic- " I could wish (that these things 
 were so) w^hich you mention." — ov dvva/nat yvuvai. "I am unable 
 to discover." — f3ov2,ei eTTLOKOTTUfxev. Compare ii., 1, 1. — ottov ydij 
 TO dvvarov kariv. " Where now the possibility of (effecting this) 
 abides," i. e., by what means there is a possibility of effecting this, 
 under present circumstances. 
 
 olda yap. Compare i., 4, 9. — nu/xara ayada koX Kald. " Vigorous 
 and beautiful frames." — av eK?\.exdJ?vat. " Could be selected." — 
 oii(5e ravrri fioi doKovai Tis'fKeadaL. " Not even in this respect do they 
 appear to me to be inferior," i. e., do the Athenians appear. The 
 reference in ^okovgl is to ol 'A.6rjvaloL, as implied in 'AdrjvQv im- 
 mediately preceding. The dative Tavrri is used adverbially here, 
 so that there is no need of supplying fiepidL, as some do. — kavrol^. 
 " Toward one another." Equivalent here to oX>.rfKoiq. Compare 
 ii., 6, 20. — Boiwrcji; iilv yap rcollol, k. t. A. " For many of the Bcko- 
 tians, being wrongfully treated by the Thebans, are hostilely dis- 
 posed toward them." The Boeotian cities were often at variance 
 with Thebes, the claims of which to the supremacy they actively 
 resisted. 
 
•288 . NOTES TO BOOK III. CHAPTER V. 
 
 (pilocppoviaraTOi. <* Of the kindest temper." — uirep. '* Which 
 traits." — vTvep evSo^iag re nal TcarptSog. " For the sake of both a 
 good name and their native country," i. e., for the purpose of both 
 gaining renown and defending their country. — ovk eariv olg virdpxec. 
 "There are not to any," i. e., no people has. Observe that egtiv 
 olg is equivalent here to eviotg. This usage of iariv ol for evtoi., &c., 
 is so firmly established in the language, that neither the number of 
 the relative has any influence on the verb eart, nor is the tense 
 changed, though the time spoken of be past br future. An imita- 
 tion of this occurs in Propertius : ^^ Est quibus Elecz concurrit palma 
 quadrigce: Est qnihvs inceleres gloria nato. pedes^^ (iii., 9, 17). Com- 
 pare Kuhner, <^ 81 /, 5, Jelf. MatthicB, ^ 482. — w noTiT^ol eiraipofxevoc. 
 *' By vs^hich circumstance many being incited." Observe that 9 here 
 refers to the fact of the glorious achievements performed by their 
 forefathers. 
 
 ^ 4. 
 Tavra fxev a7.rjdri Myetg TvdvTa. " All these things you say true." 
 The English idiom here agrees w^ith the Greek in employing the 
 adjective with a kind of adverbial force. — r/ re gvv ToX/utdri tuv 
 Xt/'iLcjv, K. T. ?i. "Both the disaster of the thousand with Tol- 
 mides at Lebadea." Tolmides, son of Tolmseus, was a general of 
 great bravery. During the banishment of Conon, he carried on 
 many expeditions with success. After Conon's death, B.C. 447, he 
 marched, contrary to the advice of Pericles, with an army of volun- 
 teers, amounting to a thousand heavy-armed men, including the 
 flower of the Athenian youth, against the BcBotian exiles, and other 
 partisans of the same cause, who had made themselves masters of 
 Chaeronea, Orchomenus, and some other towns in Boeotia. The 
 Athenians were completely defeated, many of them were taken pris- 
 oners, and Tolmides himself was among the slain. The battle was 
 fought in the neighborhood of Coronea ; but, from the vicinity of 
 the places, it is said sometimes to have been fought at Chaeronea, 
 sometimes at Lebadea. This last-mentioned place was a city of 
 Bceotia, about midway between Haliartus and Chaeronea, and to the 
 west of the Lake Copais. Compare Thucyd., L, 113. — tirl Arj/ila). 
 " At Delium." Delium was a city of Boeotia, on the sea-cost,' north 
 of the mouth of the Asopus. A battle was fought here, in which 
 Hippocrates, the Athenian general, was slain, B.C. 424. — Ik tovtcov. 
 " By reason of these things," i. c, of the defeats just mentioned. — 
 irpog Tovg BocuTovg. " In comparison with the Boeotians." A brief 
 
NOTES TO BOOK III. CHAPTER V. 289 
 
 mode of expression, for irpbg tt]v tuv Bocutuv 66^av. Compare i., 
 2, 56. Kukner, ^781, Jelf. 
 
 TO (ppovrjfia. " The spirit." — -n-pof rovg 'Xdrjvalovg. For Tcpog to 
 Tuv 'AdTjvalcjv (f)p6v7jfj.a. — ey ttj eavTcJu. Supply y^. — avTiTiiTTeadai. 
 "To face." Literally, "to marshal themselves against." — avTol 
 Kad' kavTovg. " That they themselves, by themselves," i. e., that 
 ^ney, single-handed and unaided. — jjAvol. " Unaided." 
 
 ^ 5, 6. 
 ^okeI 6e (lOL, K. T. ?i. " And yet the state appears to me to be now 
 more favorably disposed for any worthy governor." Compare the 
 explanation of Kuhner : " Erga bonum ducemfaciliore, henigniore, ma- 
 gis obsequioso animo affecta esse.'^ — to fiev yap d-dpaog, k. t. A. " For 
 self-confidence begets in men carelessness," &c. The force of 
 ■d-dpaog here is well expressed by Heinze : " Verlrauen auf seine 
 Krafte.'' — npogeKTtKCJTepovg. "More attentive," i. e., more on the 
 alert. — TeKfi-ijpaio 6' uv. Compare ii., 6, 6. — arro tuv ev ralg vavcrtv. 
 "From the conduct of those on ship-board."— (5;77roj;. "Namely." 
 Equivalent to the Latin scilicet. — Ifr' dv de, k. t. /I. " But as long 
 as," &c. Thus in five Parisian MSS., and also in the earlier edi- 
 tions. The common text has oTav 6e. — KapadoKovvTsg tu. TvpogTaxOr]- 
 aofiEva, K. T. A. " Anxiously awaiting the orders about to be given, 
 even as the members of a chorus (waiting for the orders of their 
 leader)." The chorus always kept their eyes fixed on the leader, 
 and followed implicitly his signals and directions. {Schneider, ad loc 
 Compare Weiske, ad C-i/rop., i., 6, 18.) 
 
 ^ 7,8. 
 dlTid fj.?jv. Compare i., 1, 10, and i., 2, 63. — fiuTiiaTa TTEtdotv-o. 
 "They would yield especial obedience." — XEjecv, Tvug dv avTovg, 
 K. T. 1. " To discuss how we might urge them on to be stirred up 
 again with a desire of their ancient valor," &c. Observe that the 
 genitive here is to be referred to the head of longing for or desiring 
 a thing. Compare Matthia:, (} 350.— ei fj.tv edov^.o/usOa, k. t. A. " If 
 we wished them to reclaim money which others might have pos- 
 session of" Observe that elxov has here, in our idiom, the force of 
 the Latin habererit. Perhaps, however, Orelli's conjecture is the 
 true one, namely, oi irdTiat eIxov, which would give the tense its or- 
 dinary force. — iraTpud te Kal irpogriKovTa. " Both their inheritance 
 and propertv." — ovTog. To express more clearly and emphatically 
 any sequence, whether of time or otherwise, on the action of the 
 participle, the adverbs kvTavda, ovtu, ovto) 6r}, tjJe, are joined to the 
 
 N 
 
290 NOTES TO BOOK III. CHAPTER V. 
 
 verb of the sentence. Compare Kiihner, § 696, Obs. 6, Jelf. Matthi(Z, 
 ^ 565, 2. — fj.ET' apETrjg. " By their valor." Compare Matthice, (} 587, 
 a. — Tovr' av decKTeov, k. t. A. " We must show that this attribute 
 again belonged to them most (of any people) from ancient time." 
 Observe that tovto refers to to /j,st' dperr}^ rrpoTevsiv. — nal 6^ tovtov 
 eTn/Lcelov/xevoi, k. t. 1. Observe here the change of construction, the 
 particle ug with the finite verb being employed, instead of the writ- 
 er's continuing on with the participle. This is done for the sake of 
 variety, and to prevent the too great accumulation of participles in 
 the sentence, the difference otherwise being quite immaterial. Com- 
 pare Kuhner, <$> 804, 4. 
 
 <5 9. 
 eI tovc ye Tra^McordTovc, k. t. Tl. " If we should remind them, who 
 have themselves heard of it, that their most ancient ancestors, of 
 whom we hear, were the bravest of men." Zeune well explains 
 aicjjKQOTag here by " cum ipsi audiverint.''^ Weiske, on the other 
 hand, with much less propriety, translates it by " qui dicti sint," 
 " qui nomen habuerint,^^ referring it to -rrpoyovovg, not to avrovg. All 
 that is requisite is to repeat mentally after uKrjKooTag the words apLa- 
 Tovg yeyovevai,. Compare Kuhner, ^ 896, Jelf. 
 
 ^ 10. 
 upa Isyecg tt^v tCov -d-Euv Kptaiv, k. t. 2,. " Do you mean the trial 
 between the gods, which Cecrops and his assessors in judgment 
 decided from their virtue r' By Kpcatv is here meant the contro- 
 versy between Neptune and Minerva, as to which of the two should 
 be the patron deity of Athens. The question was decided in favor 
 of Minerva. According to one account, the gods themselves were 
 the judges ; according to another, Cecrops and Cranaus. (Compare 
 Apollod., iii., 14, 1.) Xenophon follows here a third account. By 
 the expression ol Tcepl KsKpoTza is meant the whole bench of judges 
 seated with Cecrops, or, in other words, his assessors. We must 
 be careful here not to refer the phrase to Cecrops alone. Such an 
 employment of ol Trept, to designate merely a single individual, 
 would be characteristic of a writer of the Silver Age. {Kuhner, ad 
 loc.)—lEya) yap. " Yes, I mean that." More literally, supplying at 
 the same time the ellipsis, " (You are right), for I mean \V'—'Y.pex- 
 6£(jg Tpo^T]v Kol yeveatv. The Erechtheus here meant was the earlier 
 one of the two, and was the fourth king of Athens, and the son of 
 Vulcan and Minerva. He was father of Pandion I., and grandfather 
 of the younger Erechtheus, who was the sixth king of Athens. 
 
N0TE3 TO BOOK III.— CHAPTER V. 291 
 
 Apollodorus (iii., 14, 6) calls the elder Erechtheus by the name of 
 Erichthonius, but, as Heyne thinks, this is merely a kind of cogno- 
 men. Some editors, offended by the hysteron proteron in Tpo<^Tjv kuI 
 yeveaLv, convert the latter substantive into ^eveaLv, referring it to the 
 hospitable reception of Ceres by Erechtheus, but then, as Weiske 
 observes, it should have been rrjv r^f ArjfiTjrpog ^eveacv. KUhner sug- 
 gests two arguments in defence of Xenophon's collocation of Tpo^rjv 
 and yiveaLv : one, that he is here expressly imitating the language 
 of Homer ; and the other, that Tpo(prjv, the more important of the 
 two, is purposely placed first, to make it more emphatic. Compare 
 Horn., II., ii., 547, seqq. 
 
 Kal Tov TroXefxov, k. r. Z. "And the war that was waged in his 
 time against the inhabitants of the whole adjacent continent." 
 Thrace is meant, which in early times is said to have extended to 
 the confines of Attica. The war alluded to is that between the 
 Athenians and the Thracians and Eleusinians. Compare Isocrat., 
 Paneg., c. 19. Gdller, ad Thucyd., ii., 15. — Kal tov t^' 'HpaKXeidCov, 
 K. T. X. The war carried on by the descendants of Hercules against 
 Eurystheus and the Peloponnesians. — kqI navrag rovg em Qyaeug 
 Tcol€fj.rjdEVTag. With nuvrag supply rovg iroTii/iiovg. The allusion is 
 to the wars waged against the Amazons and Thracians. Compare 
 Herod., ix., 27. Plut., Vii. Thes., 27. — tCjv Kad' iavrovg dvOpcJizuv 
 upiGTemavTEg. "As having been the bravest of the men of their 
 own time." The expression d^Aoi yeyovaai aptaTevaavreg may be 
 rendered more freely, " were clearly the bravest." 
 
 HI- 
 eI de l3ov?>.et. " And, if you please, (add this also)." A formula 
 of Attic urbanity, and of transition, often translated simply by "more- 
 over," — ol mdvuv /J.EV ciTToyovoi. "Their descendants," i. e., the 
 Athenians in the age of Miltiades, Themistocles, and Aristides, who 
 
 warred against the Persians.— ra fiev . . . . ra Si. " Partly 
 
 partly." — Kad' iavrovg. He omits to mention the faithful Plataeans. 
 Compare Corn. Nep., Milt., c. 5 : " Hoc in tempore nulla civitas Athe- 
 niensibus fuit auxilio prater Plataenses." — rovg Kvpievovrag. The 
 Persians are meant, the extent of whose territory at that time is 
 here defined. — a^opfiriv. "Means." Compare ii., 7, 11. — ol 6ri Koi 
 liyovTai. "And these, as all know, are even said." The particle 
 6fi has here the force of "wii constat inter onines.^'' — 7[.(:yovtaL yap. 
 Compare note on liyco yap, ^ 10. 
 
292 NOTES TO BOOK III. CHAPTER V. 
 
 <J 12, 13. 
 diefiELvav h rri savTuv " They ever remained in their own land." 
 Supply yy. Henee the Athenians prided themselves on being av- 
 Toxdoveg and yriyevelg. — vnep ducatov. " For their just rights." — 
 kizeTpE'Kov kKEivoLg. " Submitted the case to them," i. e., to their ar- 
 bitration. — Kal ■&av/id^ij ye. Compare i., 1, 20. — rj iroXtg oirug ttot', 
 K. T. X. " How our city ever inclined to the worse," i. e., ever de- 
 generated. Conjunctions which usually stand at the commencement 
 of a clause, are often placed after one or more words, to render these 
 words more emphatic. The same arrangement is common in Latin 
 writers also. Compare Cic, Tusc, ii., 4, 12. Zeune reads, with one 
 of the earlier editions, el ij 7T6?ug ovtcj, but this does not agree with 
 the context, for the wonder of Pericles is, how the state at length 
 declined, as appears from what follows. — 6ta to ttoA?) vTvepeveyKelv, 
 K. T. /I. " By reason of their vast superiority, and- their being best, 
 having sunk into carelessness, fall behind their antagonists." 
 
 ^ 14. 
 (iv ava?id6oLev. *' jMight they regain." — ovSh airoKpv^ov, k. t. A. 
 " That does not appear to me to be any thing mysterious." — to, etti- 
 T7}6£v/j.aTa. "The pursuits." — fzrjdsv x^^P^'^ ekeLvuv kmTTjdEvoiEv. 
 " They should practice them after no worse fashion than those did." 
 — ovdev dv ;^;£<jOouf ekelvuv yeviadai. " (It appears unto me) that 
 the}^ would be in no respect inferior to them." Observe here the 
 change of construction, the nominative with the infinitive being em- 
 ployed in d-KOKpv^ov elvai, and here the accusative with the sam^e 
 mood. — Tovg y£ vvv TzpuTEvovTag. The Lacedaemonians. Herbst 
 remarks, that Xenophon always prefers the Lacedaemonian form of 
 government to the Athenian. — kol rovroig ra avrd ETrcTTjdevovTEg. 
 "And practicing the same pursuits with these." 
 
 ^ 15. 
 TiiyELg, EcpT], TToppo) TTov, K. T. A. " You meau, said he, that moral ex- 
 cellence is, without doubt, far distant unto our city ; for when will 
 the Athenians," &c. Observe here the force of vrov, which is to be 
 construed with 7rop/3w, not with IsyEig, and compare the remark of 
 Weiske (Pleon. Gr.): " Vim mtendendi hac particula (ttov) hahct, 
 adjecta v. g. rw TTopl^u. Zosim., ii., 1, Troppo nov, 'longissime :' 
 sed Xenophon, Mem., iii., 5, 15, item metaphorice.^'' The connection 
 of the sentence is this : Since by adopting the discipline of Lac- 
 edaemon, you think you can recall the Athenians to their pristine 
 valor and glory, you seem to hint that at present the Athenians are 
 
NOTES TO BOOK III. CHAPTER V. 293 
 
 far inferior to the Lacedasraonians." — ol airb tCjv Ttarepuv apxovrai 
 Karaopovslv, k. r. A. " Men who begin from their own parents to 
 show contempt for their elders." The infinitive here, in place of 
 the participle, is used to mark an intentional neglect observed by the 
 Athenians toward their elders. {Kiihner, <J 688, Obs. Jelf.) — 7 go- 
 liaaKTiaovGLv. Supply tzote after 7), from the previous clause. — £V£^- 
 iag. " A good habit of body." 
 
 ^ 16. 
 aycOiTiOVTac. " Pride themselves." — ovTug ofiovoijaovGiv. " Will 
 they be so of one mind," i. e., will they be of one mind, as they are. 
 — avTL fiev rod avvepyetv, k. t. A. " Instead of co-operating with one 
 another for mutual benefit." — Kal fdovovatv kavrolg [xallov. "And 
 have more envy toward one another." — avv66oLg. "Meetings." — 
 Kol 7T?.£laTag dUag dcKu^ovrat. "And institute very many suits." 
 For this construction of dcKu^eadai, consult Kiihner, ^ 601, Jelf. — 7 
 cvvufelovvreg avTovg. "Than by helping each other." The parti- 
 ciple is used to express the means or manner of an action {Matthice, 
 i) 536, 4.) — rolq 6e KOLvolg ugTrep aTiXorpCoig ;^jO(j,uei'Oi. "And con- 
 ducting their public affairs as if belonging to another state." — av. 
 "Also." — Kal ralg elg ra roLavra, k. r. A. "And rejoice most in 
 the power which they obtain for such contests." Observe that rd 
 Tocavra refers to the several antecedent clauses. 
 
 ^ 17, 18. 
 k^ uv tzoXat] fzev cLTZELpia, «. r. A. " From all which conduct great 
 ignorance and cowardice spring up in our state." By d-neipLa is 
 meant ignorance of military affairs, the result of want of practice. — 
 fj ugre (j)epELv dvvaadaL. " Than it is able to bear." Literally, " than 
 so as to be able to bear it." — ovTug ijyov avTjKeaTcp, k. t. A. "Think 
 that the Athenians are afflicted with such incurable depravity." 
 The verb voaelv is generally construed with an accusative. It is 
 sometimes, however, found with a dative, as here. This verb, more- 
 over, is frequently used in a figurative sense, with respect to the 
 disturbed or unsettled state of cities. Compare Anab., vii., 2, 32. — 
 ug EVTaKToi. " How well disciplined." — EvraKTug 6e. " In how or- 
 derly a manner, too." Supply ug from the previous clause. — rolg 
 emoTCLTaLg. "Their masters." These are the instructors in the 
 palaestra, or place of exercise, who taught the youth wrestling, box- 
 ing, &cc.—ov6ivuv KaradEEOTEpov. " In a way inferior to none." Ob- 
 serve that ovdhuv is equivalent here to ov6e d7J.(dv tlvuv. 
 
 \ 
 
294 NOTES TO BOOK III. CHAPTER V. 
 
 ^ 19, 20. 
 TovTo yap TOL, K. T. /I. " (You are right), said he, for this, indeed, 
 is even strange, that such persons as these, namely, should obey," 
 &c. Such persons as actors, sailors, rowers, &c., were generally 
 men of the lower order, or slaves, whereas the b-KJCiTat and ItttteIc 
 were citizens of the higher class. — ■KpoKEKpLadat. " To be superior." 
 — 7] 6e ev 'Apelu ttu/w jSovX^, k..t. 1. "But does not, Pericles, 
 the council of the Areopagus consist of persons who have been m.ost 
 fully approved of 1" The council, X3r, rather, court of the Areopagus, 
 held its sittings on a small rocky eminence to the west of, and not 
 far from the Athenian Acropolis. This eminence was called " Mars' 
 Hill," whence the name of the court. The iVreopagus was a body 
 of very remote antiquity, and gave judgment in capital cases. Con- 
 sult Smith, Diet. Ant., s. v. — tuv SeSoKif/aofievuv. The most worthy 
 and religious of the Athenians were admitted as members of this 
 council, and such archons as had discharged their dnty with care 
 and fidelity. Hence the high character enjoyed by the court. — 
 voni/LLcoTepov. "More in accordance with the laws." — asfivoTspov. 
 "With more dignity." — dUag diKd^ovTag. "Deciding cases." Ob- 
 serve the force of the active here. The middle would mean, " in- 
 stituting or commencing lawsuits." 
 
 ^ 21, 22. 
 Kal jxrjv. "Yet sm*ely." — ovdevl rovrav irpocE;:(ovcnv. "They at- 
 tend to no one of these things." — laug yap. " (True) ; for perhaps." 
 Compare iv., 4, 13, seq. Edwards less neatly supplies ov ■&avjjiaaT6v. 
 — ovde eig. Compare i., 6, 2. — oaot tovtcov dpxovat. " As many as 
 take the lead in these matters." — kf olg kcpeardat. " Over which 
 they preside." — avToax£6LdC,ovaLv. " Take office without due prep- 
 aration." The verb avTOGX£^i-d^(^ literally means, " to act off-hand," 
 &c. — ov^Ev ^TTov Ex^iv. " Arc not the less able," i. e., although you 
 are a general, like one of them. — rjp^u /uavddvEtv. Compare note on 
 upxovrac KaracppovElv, ^ 15. — kuI ttoAAu /iev olfxat, k. t. Ti. "I think, 
 too, that you have received and keep in remembrance many of your 
 father's principles of warfare." — avvEVTjvoxivac. " Have collected." 
 From ovjicpipu. 
 
 ^ 23. 
 TToAAa fispifivuv. " Feel much anxiety." The verb fLepi/2vcj is con- 
 strued in this same way with an accusative in iv., 7, 6. It is con- 
 strued with TTspi and a genitive in i., 1, 44. — oirug f^rj Iddrig cEavrov, 
 K. T. X " That you may not unconsciously be ignorant of any one 
 
NOTES TO BOOK III. CHAPTER V. 295 
 
 of the things," &c., i. e., lest you may be, &c. Literally, "that 
 you may not escape your own observation in being ignorant of," &c. 
 The participle of the aorist, not of the present, is usually construed 
 with the aorist TiaOelv. — alady. Some take this to be from an ob- 
 solete verb acudofiai. Compare Sauppe, ad loc. 
 
 § 24, 25. 
 Ou 2.av6dveic fie, w 2c5/fparef, k. r. 7i. " You do not escape my ob- 
 servation, O Socrates, that you say all this, not really thinking that 
 I am careful of these things," &c. More freely, " I am well aware, 
 Socrates, that you thus speak, not from a real opinion that I have 
 been diligently careful on these points," &c. Pericles understood 
 the irony of Socrates, by which it was his habit to commend an in- 
 dividual for a virtue he did not possess, in order to induce him to 
 endeavor earnestly to possess it. — ofioXoyC) f^evroc, k. r. 1. The par- 
 ticle fievTot has here a confirmative force, and answers to the Latin 
 profecto. — OTL TrpoKeirai, k. t. A. Attica was separated from Bceotia 
 by the range of Mount Parnes, w^hich was itself connected with that 
 of Cithaeron. — Kad^Kovra. " Stretching down." Referring to the 
 chain's stretching off into Bceotia to meet Cithaeron. — koI otl fiiaij 
 dU^uaTai, k. t. X " And that, lying in the midst, it is girded by 
 strong mountain-heights." The chief mountains of Attica are Par- 
 nes, Brilessus, Hymettus, Laurium (famous for its silver mines), 
 Lycabettus, and Pentelicus. 
 
 ^26. 
 cv eKEcvo. Jacobs conjectures ov KuKelvo. — Mvaol Kal Jltaidat. 
 The Mysians were a people of Asia Minor, whose territory lay to 
 the north of Lydia, and west of Bithynia. The Pisidians were also 
 a people of Asia Minor, whose territory was bounded on the west 
 and north by Phrygia, and on the south by Pamphylia. — (^aaileu^. 
 Observe that fSaccXevg, being put kgt' e^oxvv for the King of Persia, 
 stands like a proper name without the article. — hpviiva Trdvv x^P'-^- 
 " Very strong situations." — aKovu. This is often, as here, used for 
 aKTiKoa. Compare iv., 2, 8, and Kuliner, ^ 396, Jelf. 
 
 (j 27, 28. 
 fiexpt Tvc h'^a^paq rjTiiKtac- "Up to the time of active youth." The 
 allusion is to the young Athenians called TrsplnoXoi, " the patrol." 
 between eighteen and twenty years of age, who formed a sort of 
 horse-patrol to guard the frontier. These two years, therefore, were 
 a kind of apprenticeship in arms. — u-Klioiiivovg. " If armed." — ^e- 
 
296 NOTES TO BOOK III. CHAPTER VI. 
 
 yali]v de rrpoSolriv, k. t. A. " And prove a powerful bulwarK for the 
 citizens of this country." — eKtxeipet avrocg. Compare ii., 3, 5. — kuv 
 6e Ti uSwaryg. " And even if you be unable with respect to any 
 one of them," i. e., unable to accomplish any one of them.^ — Karaiox- 
 vvelg. "Will you bring shame upon." 
 
 CHAPTER VL 
 ^ 1. 
 TlavKiova. This Glauco, son of Aristo, v/as brother of Plato the 
 philosopher. There was another Glauco, father of Charmides, and 
 uncle to Plato. Compare iii., 7, 1. — ot' eirexecpsc 67]fj.7jyopeiv. " When 
 he was attempting to harangue the populace." — ovdeTvo) eiKoaLv errj 
 ■yejovug. The young men of Athens, at the age of eighteen, were 
 permitted to exercise the rights of free citizens, and to take office 
 in the management of public affairs. (Compare Schdmann, de Comit. 
 Athen., p. 76, 105.) — ovtuv aAAuv oIkeIcjv, k. t. A. "Although he 
 had both other relations and friends." — TzavoaL eXKouevov re, k. t. ?\,. 
 " To prevent him from both being dragged dov/n from the bema." 
 The bema was a stone platform or hustings in the Athenian place 
 of assembly, ten or eleven feet high, with an ascent of steps. 
 Schneider cites, in illustration of the present passage, Plato, Protag., 
 p. 139, c, where it is mentioned, that occasionally wretched orators 
 were dragged from the bema, and driven from the assembly by the 
 To^orat, a body of men kept to serve as the police of Athens, and 
 deriving their name from the bows (rdfc) with which they were 
 armed. — lilaTuva. Aulus Gellius (iV. A., xiv., 13) states, that a 
 spirit of rivalry and opposition existed between Xenophon and Plato, 
 and asserts that hence there is no mention of the name of the latter 
 in the works of the former. Muretus, however, employs the present 
 passage to refute him. (Far. Leci., v., 14.) Cobet and Bockh both 
 consider the whole story of their rivalry to be a mere fabrication. — 
 E-KavcEv. " Caused him to cease (from this conduct)." 
 
 EVTvxo)v yap. The particle yap refers to the previous paragraph. 
 — TvpuTov fiEv eic TO edeTi-^cTai, k. t. "k. " He, in the first place, de- 
 tained (and led) him into a willingness to listen, by having made 
 such remarks as the following." Compare Anab., vii., 8, 20, where 
 elc TO with the infinitive likewise occurs. — rf/ulv. " For us." The 
 dativus commodi. Compare Kuhncr, (^ 599, Jclf. — vr] At\ e(prj, kcT^ov 
 yap. " To be sure, replied he, for it is an honorable office." The 
 
NOTES TO BOOK III, CHAPTER VI. 297 
 
 particle yap here gives the grounds for the preceding affirmation. — 
 elnep rt koI uXko, k. t. /I. The Latins have imitated this idiom : Si 
 quid aliud in rebus humanis, sc. pulchrum est. — -kav tovto dtaTTpu^rj. 
 " If you shall have accomplished this object," i. e., to stand at the 
 head of public affairs as a statesman. — tov naTpuov oIkov. " Your 
 father's family." In four Parisian MSS., and in the early editions, 
 we have Tovg Tzarpuovg olnovg. — Qefu.iaTOK?[,fj(. Compare ii., 6, 13. — 
 TTepiSXEitTog. "Admired of all." More literally, "looked at from 
 on all sides." 
 
 ^ 3, 4.~ 
 efj,eya?:.vvero. " Began to be proudly elated." — u^elrjTea coi rj tto/I- 
 ic eariv. Here the object becomes the subject, and the verbal is 
 referred to it as a passive, in the same gender, number, and case, 
 like the Latin participle in dus : "the state must be benefited by 
 you." — eK TLvog up^ei. " With what you vC^ill begin." — ug av tote 
 CKonuv. " As if he were then considering." Elliptically put for ug 
 av 6iaato)'K7iaeuv, el tote gkottoit]. — up' kcprj. Compare iii., 2, 1. 
 
 TzpogoSuv. "Revenues." — dKog yovv. Compare i., 4, 8. — Ie^ov 
 6f]. "Tell me, then." — TroaaL Ttvig Ecat. "How great perchance 
 they are," i. e., their probable amount. — oti eoKEipat. "That you 
 have considered them." — el fziv Tivsg avTuv, k. t. A. " If any of 
 them may be deficient," i. e., if any of these revenues fall short. 
 Observe that avTuv depends on tlvec, not on svdEug exovolv. — el 6e 
 irapaleiTTovTat, k. t. 1. " And, if any fail, you may procure an ad- 
 dition." 
 
 Tag ys daTrdvag, k. t. 1. " Tell us, at least, the expenses of the 
 city." — drjT'.ov. yap, oTt, Kal tovtcov Tag TZEptTTag, k. t. A. " For it is 
 evident that you intend to remove also the superfluous ones of these," 
 t. e., to remove all superfluous expenditure. — ov6e rcpbg TavTo, iro, 
 AC. r. A. "Neither for these have I ever as yet had leisure." Ob- 
 serve that TavTa refers to the whole of the previous sentence. Com- 
 pare Kiihner, ^ 383, Jclf. — to fisv ttoleiv ava6a?iov/XE6a. " We will 
 defer the making." The article here, which might have been omit- 
 ted, renders the infinitive more emphatic. Compare Kuhncr, <5» 670, 
 Jelf. 
 
 ^ 7, 8. 
 
 and TToTiEfiiov. " At the expense of her enemies." — v^ At', acpodpa 
 ye. "Yes, indeed, most assuredly so." Compare i., 2, 9. — ^ttup 
 N2 
 
298 NOTES TO BOOK III. CHAPTER VI. 
 
 ds uv, K. r. Z. " But if he be weaker, he would very likely lose even 
 the things that are already his," i. e., would lose his all. — t6v ye (iov- 
 levaofiEvov. " The minister, at least, who is about to deliberate." — 
 edv fi£v rj Trjg TToleug Kpelrruv y. " If that of his own state be su- 
 perior." Observe that 7/ refers to 6vva/j,ig, implied from the previous 
 clause. — £7nx£Lpelv tu no?i,£fj,(f). Compare ii., 3, 5. — tuv kvavruov. 
 For Tfjg tC)v havTicjv. — evlabdadai nEidrj. " He may persuade it to 
 act with caution." 
 
 ^ 9, 10. 
 elra. " And then." For elra Si. — ovtuq ye airb croy-arog. *' So 
 readily, at least, by word of mouth," i. e., offhand, by memory. — el 
 yiypaTtTai aoL, eveyKe. " If it has been written out by you, bring it." 
 — ovKovVf ecjirj, koI izepl TvoTiifiov, k. t. X. " Well, then," said he, " we 
 will suspend our deliberating respecting war in the first place." 
 Certain adjectives with an article, in the accusative feminine singu- 
 lar, are used adverbially, as t^v TcpuTrjv, rrjv evdtlav, &c., where 
 some supply 666v. {Kiihner, ^ 658, Jelf.) — avruv. " Of the things 
 involved in it." — aTiTid tol. " But certainly." Compare i., 2, 36. — 
 OTL aoL [j.Eiii'krjKE. Bornemann reads from one MS. bn col })Sij ixe- 
 ui'hrjKe. — oTToaat re ^v7\,aKal EniKaipot ecac " Both how many fortress- 
 es are in favorable positions." — UauoL " Sufficient to guard them." 
 — avfj.6ov?iEvaEiv. Supply oUd (te. Observe that the construction 
 changes here, from on and a future verb, to the infinitive. Com- 
 pare Kuhner, ^ 804, 4, ^ 683, 1, Obs. Jclf. One MS. has aviiOovlEva' 
 etg, which Dindorf adopts. 
 
 HI. 
 V7] At', 1^7? T?i,avKuv, k. t. 1. "Yes, indeed, replied Glaucon, I, 
 for my part, will advise then to remove all, on account of their being 
 kept in such a way that," &c. After eyuye, supply Gviu6ov?iEvau 
 iKpaipelv, and observe that avrdg ^vTiuvTEoOai is the same as <pv7MKdg 
 ^vlaTTeadai. — w^re K?iE'!TTEadac, k. t. A. " That the things which are 
 in it are stolen from the country." We have given the conjecture 
 of Valckenaer, supported by three MSS., for the common reading 
 ugre koI uiTTEadat. Zeune, with some early editions, reads oigre koI 
 BT^diTTEodaL. — rd ek Tfjg x'^P'^^- For ^ ^^ "^V X^'^99- ipvTa) cf avriig 
 T^g X<^po.g- Compare Kuhner, ^G'i7, Jelf. — kqI dp-Kal^ELv. "To plun- 
 der also." This is opposed to KTiinTEadat. Not only to be stolen, 
 but even to be openly pillaged. — avrdg. " In person." — ovuovv, e^tj, 
 Kol TTEpl TovTuv, K. T. 1. " Shall wc thcrcfore, said he, delay then 
 about these things also, when we may no longer be indulging in 
 
NOTES TO BOOK III. CHAPTER VI. 299 
 
 mere conjectures, but may now have known for certain 1" i. e., 
 when we no longer rest on guesses, but have a certain knowledge. 
 
 ^ 12. 
 Eig ye fj.fjv, £(p'ij, Tapjvpta, k. r. A. " I know very well, said he, 
 that you have not gone unto the silver mines." These mines 
 were at Laurium, near the promontory of Sunium. Compare ii., 5, 
 2. Observe the strong affirmatory power of ixrjv. — av-odev. " From 
 that same quarter." — ov yap ovv ilriTivda, £(^t}. " (You are right), 
 said he, for I have not indeed gone." The particle oiv, added to 
 yap, marks the truth of the assertion. (Kuhner, ^ 737, 2, Jelf.) — 
 (3apv. " Unhealthy." — avT?] ?) irpo^aaLg. " This excuse." — gkutzto- 
 y.aL. " I am trifled with." This is the reading of five MSS. and 
 some early editions. The Aldine and many subsequent editions 
 have cKETTToiiaL. But the best Attic writers hardly ever use the 
 present cKsirTo/icai. Jacobs reads GKEipo/xai. " I will visit them." 
 Kubner agrees with Bornemann in preferring aKUTzrouat. The young 
 man, as the latter editor remarks, wishes the subject to be gravely 
 discussed, and Socrates, perceiving his wish, abstains after this from 
 every thing ironical. 
 
 ^13. 
 Kul TToaov xpovov, K. T. A. " Both for how long a time the corn 
 produced from our territory is sufficient to support the city."— Trpaf- 
 deeraL. Supply 77 -noXiQ. The subject of one sentence is often sup- 
 phed from the object of a preceding proposition. (Kuhner, ^ 893, 
 a., Jelf.) One MS. has TTpogdelraL. Compare i., 6, 10. — tovto ye hv- 
 6ei]g. " In want as respects this in particular." Observe here the 
 construction of evSeTjg with the accusative, and consult on this usage 
 the remarks of Kuhner, ad Cic, Tusc, v., 28, 81. One MS. has 
 TovTov ye, which some editors have received. — aAA' eldug, exyg. 
 " But that, from accurate knowledge, you may be able." — elye defiaec. 
 "If it will be incumbent (on me)," i. e., if I shall have to. 
 
 <5 14. 
 iiTJm fjLEVTOL. " Yet assuredly." — div TrpogdesTai. "Which it re- 
 quires." The common text has TrpogSelTat. — e/c 7r?i,ei6vcjv r} fivpiuv 
 oUcuv. Boeckh {Publ. Econ. of Athens, i., p. 43) shows that Athens 
 with the harbor Piraeus, had inhabitants to the number of one hund- 
 red and eighty thousand, i. e., including males and females, bond and 
 free. In the region of the silver mines there were twenty thousand 
 persons, and throughout the country region about three hundred thou- 
 
300. NOTES TO BOOK III. CHAPTER VII. 
 
 sand, so that the whole number of the Attic population would be about, 
 half a million. — oIkcuv. By oUlai are here meant "houses;" by 
 oLKuv in the next sentence or clause, "households" or "families." 
 — Tov rod d-elov. " That of your uncle, for instance." The indi- 
 vidual here referred to was Charmides. Compare iii., 7, 1. — deerai 
 6e. "For he stands in need of help." — Kal -nTieloatv eTrtxeiprjaetg. 
 "You will even attempt to do so for more." — ev -akavrov. The 
 weight of course is here meant, not a yum of money. The talents 
 of weight most in use were the Euboic or Attic talent (here meant), 
 equal to almost fifty-seven pounds, and the ^ginetan, equal to about 
 eighty-two and one quarter pounds. 
 
 ^ 15, 16. 
 Trecdeadat jioi. " To follow my advice." — heto, tov d-eiov. " In- 
 cluding your uncle." — dwrjaeadaL noLfjaaL TrecOeadac. Here are three 
 connected infinitives, without any other word intervening ; a cir- 
 cumstance not uncommon in Greek authors. Compare iv., 6, 6. 
 Cyrop., l, 3, 13. MatthicB, <J 645, Obs. — ^vMttov. "Take care." 
 Observe the force of the middle. — tov evdo^etv. " Of reputation." 
 — (j<j)a?iEp6v. " Slippery." — hdv/^ov 6s tuv aTJiuv, k. t. A. " Think, 
 too, of the rest of men, as many as you know to be such as appear," 
 &e. For the genitive after hOvfielaOai., consult Matthia, i) 349. 
 
 § 17, 18. 
 €v6vfj,ov 6e ical tuv eldoTcjv, k. t. 1. "Then think, too, of those 
 who know what they both say and do," i. e., who know the subjects 
 on which they speak, &;c. — e/c tuv iidltaTa STnaTausvuv ovTag. "To 
 be of the number of those who have most knowledge." — Treipu KaT- 
 epydaaadai, k. t. 1. "Endeavor to bring about as much as possi- 
 ble the actually knowing those things which you wish to perform," 
 i. e., endeavor really to become most skilled in what you wish to at- 
 tempt. — dieveyKag. "Having surpassed." — rd T/jg TroAewf irpaTTSLv. 
 Compare i., 6, 15. 
 
 CHAPTER Vn. 
 
 M- 
 Xapficdrjv. Charmides was the son of the elder Glauco, and 
 uncle to Glauco the younger. He was uncle also, by the mother's 
 side, to Plato, who introduces him, in the dialogue which bears his 
 name, as a very young man at the commencement of the Pelopon- 
 nesian war. He was a great favorite with Socrates. In B.C. 404, 
 
NOTES TO BOOK III. CHAPTER VII. 301 
 
 he was one of the ten who were appointed, over and above the thirty 
 tyrants, to the special government of the Piraeus, and he was slain 
 fighting against Thrasybulus at the battle of Munychia in the same 
 year. — a^Lo^.oyov. "Worthy of estimation." — rcpoqievaL tu d^ficj. 
 " To appear before the people," i. e., to speak in public. — rove are fav- 
 iTog ajuvag vikuv. " To conquer in the games where crowns are 
 given as prizes," i. e., in the greater games. The four great games 
 are particularly meant. The Grecian games were divided into tv/o 
 classes, the aTEfavlrai and the -^e/xaTLKoL In the latter, rewards or 
 prizes other than crowns were proposed. — ayuvag vikuv. Verbs 
 signifying to fight, contend, conquer, &c., take an accusative of the 
 war, contest, or victoiy, or of that wherein it consists. Compare 
 Kuhner, ^ 564, Jelf. — d^lov, on, tcprj. A similar collocation of words 
 occurs at Iv., 2, 14 ; iv., 4, 23. The more usual arrangement is drj- 
 2,0V, e<pT], oTi. — fiaXuKov re kol deiXov. Supply eluac vofit^u. 
 
 ^ 2, 3. 
 oKvotT] drj. " Should hesitate thereupon." — dwarov ovra. "Though 
 fully capable." — Kal ravra, uv uvdyKTj, k. t. "X. "And that, too, of 
 those things in which it is necessary for you to take part, especially 
 as being a citizen." The full form of expression would be, kol ravra, 
 kTiifisAeladac rovruv, uv, k. r. A. — rrjv efir/v 6vvajj.Lv. " My ability." — 
 ravra fiov KaraytyvuaKSLg. " Do you thus condemn me." — kv alg 
 cvvsi rolg ra r?jg Trd/lcwf Trpdrrovai. " In which you associate with 
 those who do manage the affairs of the state." 
 
 §4. 
 idla re diaTiiyeadaL, k. r. X. " Both to discuss matters in private, 
 and to exhibit one's powers before the people at large," i. c, when 
 met in full assembly. — dpLdfielv. " To count." — ovdev Tjrrov. " No 
 less accurately." — Kara fiovag. "In private." The same as Kar' 
 ISiav. Bos supplies %6;paf, but Kuhner gives the preference to 6v- 
 vd/jeig. — ovroL Kal kv rCo TrTiijOei, k. r. 2,. The demonstrative pronoun 
 is here brought in for the sake of emphasis, so that ol KtOapi^ovrec 
 becomes a nominative absolute, or, in other words, an instance of 
 anacoluthon 
 
 ^ 5, 6. 
 
 tfKpvrd re dvdp^iroig ovra. "Are both things naturally implanted 
 
 in men." With the names of inanimate things the neuter plural is 
 
 frequently used, without any regard to the gender of the subjects. — 
 
 Kal iraptardfieva. " And affect us." The verb napiaracdai, is often 
 
302 NOTES TO BOOK III. CHAPTER VII. 
 
 used with respect to fear, hope, desire, and other affections of the 
 mind. Compare Haase, ad Rep. Lac, iii., 2, p. 94. — kul ae ye didd^- 
 lov, K. T. X. " And yet, said he, 1 am impelled to inform you." Ob- 
 serve that Kal has here the force of Katrot or Kal fxrjv. Verbs of mo- 
 tion are accompanied regularly by participles future, to express the 
 object of the verb. Compare MattUcE, ^ 566, 6. — alaxvvEL. "You 
 are, noth withstanding, ashamed." — Tovg yva(p£tg avruv. " Of the 
 fullers among them." — Toiig kfi-nopovg. " The merchants." The h^- 
 TTopoL were properly those merchants who embarked and traded per- 
 sonally from port to port ; and hence they are here opposed to ol hv 
 t7j ayopa fiETa6a?i?i6fievot, " those who barter wares in the market- 
 place." — n. " In what way." — ovvcaTarat. " Is composed." 
 
 TL 6e oUi dtacpepsLv, K. r. X " In what, then, do you suppose that 
 what you are doing is other than that a man, who is superior to those 
 practiced in the palaestra, yet fears the untrained 1" i. e., in what do 
 you suppose that your conduct differs from that of him who, being 
 superior to the practiced athletse, yet fears the untrained'? Kiihner 
 well expresses here the force of 6La<pipeLv by aliud esse quam, or 
 prcsstabilius esse quam. Observe, too, the force of aaKrirai, as de- 
 noting athletes regularly trained in the palaestra, and opposed to the 
 Idturai, who are altogether unacquainted with gymnastic training. 
 — ov yap Tolg rcpuTevovGLv, k. t. X " For do you not, although easily 
 holding conference with those who are superior officers in the state, 
 some of whom hold you in contempt, and although far superior to 
 those who practise the addressing the people, nevertheless shrink 
 from delivering your sentiments," &c. — KaraireopovriKOGLv. Com- 
 pare the explanation of Kiihner, as elucidating the force of the per- 
 fect here : " Perfectum indicat contcmsisse et adhuc in con- 
 
 temtu habere.'''' 
 
 <J8, 9. 
 Kal yap ol 'irepoL, s^rj. " (Very true), for even the others, said he, 
 (whom you meet in private, do so^." — el EKeivovc, orav tovto nocuat, 
 K. T. A. " If, easily putting down those persons whenever they 
 may attempt this, you nevertheless think that you shall not be able 
 in any way to manage these." The particle Se often stands thus, 
 especially in Attic writers, after a protasis, or after a participle which 
 has the effect of a protasis. (Matthia:, ^616, 3.) — TvpogevExdyvat. 
 Observe that rrpogipEpEodai tlvc signifies, " to conduct one's self to- 
 "^ard one," " to treat any one in a particular way," and hence, " to 
 
NOTES TO BOOK III. CHAPTER VIII. 303 
 
 manage," &c. — uyade. Compare i., 4, 17. — [irj uyvoei aeavTov. Cic- 
 ero seems to have imitated Xenophon {ad Q. Fratr., in., 6) : " Ces- 
 sator esse noli {jj}] cazoppadviJiei), et illud, yvuOt aeavTov, noli piitare ad 
 arrogantiam minuendam solum esse dictum, verum etiam ut bona nostra 
 norimusy — upiit^Kore^ km to gkokeIv, k. t. X. " Having rushed with 
 eager curiosity to scrutinize the affairs of others."— //^ ovv awoppa- 
 6v/j.£c TovTov. " Do not, then, abstain from this through indolence." 
 — irpog TO oeavTi^ Tvpogexetv. " To attend to your ovv^n powers." 
 
 CHAPTER VHI. 
 
 H. 
 'AptaTinTTov. Aristippus has been already alluded to, i. , 2, 6. The 
 genitive here might have been a dative after cnzsKpivaTo, but it is 
 used for greater emphasis. — hMyx^tv tov 'S.cokpu.ttjv. " To confute 
 Socrates." The form luKpaTj^v is given here in accordance with 
 five MSS., instead of the common reading IcoKpuTT]. — to TvpoTepov. 
 In book ii., c. 1. — ovx wfTrep o'c (pvlaTTo/ievoi, k. t. X. "Not in the 
 style of those who are on their guard lest their discourse may in 
 any way be turned against them ; but that, being persuaded (of the 
 truth), they, (his followers), might most readily perform their duty." 
 We have retained the common reading irpaTTotev. Kuhner, follow- 
 ing three of the MSS., gives wpaTTeiv. The meaning is this : Soc- 
 rates did not answer in the method of those who take great pre- 
 cautions to gain the better in argument, caring little whether their 
 reasoning be just or false ; but he replied in the manner of those 
 who, free from all vain sophistry, seek truth alone, being imbued 
 with the idea that what ought to be done, they should do. {Kuhner, 
 ad loc. Wheeler, ad loc.) 
 
 6 fiev yap. Aristippus is meant. — eI eItzol. " In case he should 
 mention," i. e., in reply. — olov. " As, for example." In what fol- 
 lows after olov we have a species of attraction, for olov rj cltLov .... 
 ^ vyieta . . . . rj ^cj/lit] . . . . rj To^.fjLa kaTtv. — otl, kdv ti evox'^^V V"C, 
 K. t. a. " That, in case any argument disconcert us, we stand in 
 need of that which will cause our difficulty to cease," i. e., of that 
 which will free us from our difficulty. Socrates, as Kuhner remarks, 
 answered Aristippus as he thought it best and most prudent to an- 
 swer him, namely, by denying any thing to be absolutely good, and 
 asserting good only to exist in reference to some other object : and 
 in this mode of answer was included therefore an antidote {to navaoi) 
 
304 NOTES TO BOOK III. CHAPTER Vin> 
 
 against Aristippus, who sought evoxy^ovv t6v XuKpdTrjv by a captious 
 interrogation. — irotecv. Observe that wotelv is here cquiv^alent in 
 fact to arroKpLveadat, the verb ttoiu, like the Latin facto, being Ire- 
 quently made to supply the place of a verb that has preceded, by 
 means of a general reference to it. 
 
 EC TL oUa TTvperov ayaOSv. " Whether I know any thing good for 
 a fever." Observe the peculiar construction of ayaddg with the 
 genitive, and consult Kuhner, <$i 100, Jelf. — uXka fi^v. " Well, 
 then." — fijidevog uyadov eotlv. " Which is good for no one thing." 
 The Socratic doctrine, as here laid down by Xenophon, is this, that 
 nothing is good or useful of itself, but only with reference to some- 
 thing else. — ovTE dEoftac. "Nor do I want (to knov;- it)." Supply 
 eldivac 
 
 M. 
 cjC olov re filv ovv, k. r. 1. " Nay, said he, some are as dissimilar 
 as possible." Observe that ^iev ovv here has somewhat the force 
 of the Latin immo. — rw Ka7M Trpdg 6p6/wv. "To one who is beauti- 
 fully formed for running." — KaXog Tipbg TrdXrjv. This reading Ernesti 
 introduced, in place of the common one Kal uX?iog npog -Kalriv. — 
 Ka7^r] irpbg to 7rpo6aAeadai. " Handsomely formed for flinging m 
 front of one's self," i. e., for defence in front. — chg evl uvo/ioLOTuTr}. 
 " As dissimilar as possible." 
 
 ov6ev (ha(pep6vT0)g, scprj, k. t. 1. " You answer me, said the other, 
 in no respect differently than when," &c., i. e., you give an answer 
 now no way different from your previous one when I asked you, 
 &c. — aJJko \iriv uyaOov, uTCko dh Ka2.dv elvat. " That the good is one 
 thing, indeed, and the beautiful another." More literally, " that one 
 thing indeed is good, and another thing is beautiful." — ore irpbg ravra 
 TTuvTa, K. T. "k. " That all things are both beautiful and good, with 
 reference to the same things," i. e., that with reference to the same 
 things, all that is beautiful is also good. — i] aperr] dyadov. Com- 
 pare ii., 3, 6. — TO avTO re Kal nphg tu avru. " In both the same way, 
 and with reference to the same objects." — irpdc Tavrd Se kol ruXka 
 TrdvTa, K. T. X. " And all the other things which men use are con- 
 sidered both beautiful and good with reference to those same things, 
 with reference to which they may be useful," i. e., are considered 
 beautiful and good with reference to their utility. 
 
NOTES TO BOOK III. CHAPTER VIII. 305 
 
 <^ 6, 7. 
 Ko^ivoc Koirpooopoc. "A dung basket." — vrj Am. Compare i., 2, 
 9, — kav Ttpbg to. iavruv epya, k. t. X. "If the former be beautifully 
 formed, and the latter badly, for their respective uses." — liyEiq av, 
 i<p7i, K. T. 1. " Do you mean, said he, that the same abstract things 
 are beautiful and yet hideous V — koL vtj At' eyoy', e(j>Tj, k. r. 1. " (Yes,) 
 and indeed I, for my part, replied he, (say) that they are both good 
 and evil." — to te Iliiov ayaQbv, -Kvperov kuicov ecTi. For instance, 
 food. So, again, to -kvpetov ayadov is abstinence. — irpbg a av ev exv- 
 " With reference to those things for which they may be good and 
 proper." 
 
 Kol ohiar^ 6e liyuv, k. t. 1. " x\nd again, when he said that the 
 same houses were both beautiful and useful," i. e., that those which 
 were beautiful were also useful. — olag xPV olKodoixelaOat. " What 
 kind of houses we ought to build." — dpd yt- tov ^ellovTa, k. t. X. 
 " Ought not a man, who intends to have a house such as he ought 
 (to have), to plan it in such a way that it shall be," &c. 
 
 tovtov 6e 6/j,o2.oyovfj.evov. " And this being admitted (by his hear- 
 ers)." — k-KetSTj 6e Koi TovTo avfKpalev. " And when they used to as- 
 sent to this also." The optative sometimes represents an action as 
 of frequent recurrence. Hence Kuhner supposes that Socrates often 
 discoursed with his friends on the proper method of constructing a 
 house. Compare i., 2, 57. — etc Tug iraaTaSar;. " Into the piazzas." 
 The TraoTug was a kind of colonnade or piazza, somewhat resem- 
 bling the Homeric aWovaa, or porch in front of the house. — virep rjuQv 
 avTuv Koi Tcjv GTsycJv. " Over our heads and above the roof" — f/Tj 
 aTTOKAetr/Tac. "May not be shut out." — fj,rj kfj-TzcTTTuaiv. "May not 
 blow upon it strongly." ^ 
 
 Ǥ 10. 
 0)^ de avvelovTL elnetv. " But to speak, briefly." With awelSvTi 
 supply Aoycj. The verb avvaipeu means literally, in this construc- 
 tion, to bring matters into a small or brief compass. Observe, more- 
 over, that the infinitive is put after particles, especially after cj^ts 
 and'wf, for the simple ut with the subjunctive in Latin, or the En- 
 glish " to." (Matthirs, ^ 545.) — avTog. " The owner himself," i. c, 
 the owner and occupier of the house. Compare Hermann, ad Vig. 
 p. 733. — /cat to, ovtu uafaMoTaTa tiOoIto. " And might most safely 
 
306 NOTES TO BOOK III. CHAPTER IX. 
 
 store up his property." Bornemann reads rWoiro, and so Matthiae 
 (<J 213, 3), remarking that the optative present passive and 2d aor. 
 mid. of Ti6?]iLi,(, and Itj/j.!,, in Attic, have frequently the form of the 
 optative of a baryton verb, in which case the accent is dravs^n back, 
 as in the imperative. The testimony, however, of the ancient gram- 
 marians is for the most part opposed to this. Compare GdttUng, 
 Greek Accent, p. 24, Eng. transl. — ypacpal 6h kol 7roiKc?uai, k. t. X. 
 " But paintings and decorations (on the v/alls) deprive one of more 
 pleasurable feelings than they afford." The portion of the build- 
 ing reserved for these was wholly excluded from the rays of the sun, 
 and therefore cold and cheerless in winter. By TroLKikiai appear to 
 be meant frescoes, and in this sense Hermann also here understands 
 them, remarking, " TzoiKOdaq intelligeyida esse censeo ornamenta pa- 
 rietibus illita, qua, nocKi?>,/iaTa dicta in QScon., ix., 2." 
 - vaoLc ye fjjjv kol (Scofcolg, k. t. "k. " For temples and altars, how- 
 ever, he said the most becoming place was that which, being most 
 open to the view, might be most free from the tread of men." Al- 
 tars and temples, but more particularly the latter, were usually sur- 
 rounded by a circuit wall {nepL&o^M), the area included within which 
 was usually thickly planted with trees and shrubs. Socrates dis- 
 approves of this arrangement, since he wished the place to be fully 
 exposed to view, as if the worshippers could thus fancy that they saw 
 the deity before them, and could address him as if present. {Kuhner, 
 ad loc. Wheeler, ad loc.) — rjdv fj.£v yap IdovTag, k. r. /i. "For that 
 it was pleasant to pray the moment one beheld it, and pleasant, too, 
 to approach it in perfect purity." Observe the force of the aorist in 
 denoting an instantaneous action ; and, with regard to the latter 
 clause, compare the explanation of Schiitz : " Si via, qua ad templum 
 ducat, parum frequens sit, facilius adituri ah omni piaculo puros se 
 scrvare possint." 
 
 CHAPTER IX. 
 
 ^ 1, 2. 
 71 dvSpia Tzorepov, k. r. X " Whether courage was acquired by 
 education or endowed by nature." More literally, " was a thing to 
 be taught or natural." The substantive is placed before nSrepov to 
 makp it more emphatic. Compare ii., 7, 8. — (pverai. "Is formed 
 by nature." — npoc to. detvd. "To encounter dangers." — edeaL. "In- 
 stitutions," i. e., national usages. — TuXfiT}. "In daring." — ndcav (pv- 
 cLv fiad/joei, K. T. X. " That every nature is increased with regard 
 to courage by instruction and training." The same sentiment oc- 
 
NOTES TO BOOK III. CHAPTER IX. 307 
 
 curs in ii., 6, 39. — aairiSac Kal dopara. The ordinary mode of Gre- 
 cian arming is meant, and the Lacedaemonians are named as form- 
 ing the truest type of Grecian bravery. — ovt' uv . . . . ediTiotev av. 
 Heindenburg conjectured ovf av. But the particle uv is often re- 
 peated in the same proposition, for greater emphasis. Compare i., 
 4, 14:.— kv TcilraLg- Kal aKovrioig. " Equipped with bucklers and jav- 
 elins." The usual Thracian mode of arming. Observe here the 
 force of kv. The leading idea is that of being in, being inclosed 
 within, and hence being arrayed in. — kv ro^oig. " Armed with bows." 
 The Scythians were expert archers, the bow being their national 
 weapon. 
 
 km Tuv aA2wv ttcivtuv. '' In all other instances." The preposi- 
 tion km is thus used with a genitive after verbs signifying "to 
 understand, see, judge, say, show," &c. {Kuhner, ^ 633, 1.) — Kal 
 km/j.e2.eia ttoXv kircdiSovTag. " And improving much by careful 
 practice." — tovc evcpveoripovg. "The more talented." — u^L67\,oyoi. 
 "Worthy of mention." 
 
 co^iav Kal aoxppoavvrjv. " Wisdom and temperance." By cocpiav 
 is here meant the knowledge of virtue. In iv., 6, 7, he defines it 
 as being identical with kmaT^fxtj. By ccocppoavvrj, again, is meant 
 virtuous conduct in general. The one of these always follows 
 the other, and both ought to be united in the same individual. Ac- 
 cording to the opinion of Socrates, therefore, no one can be oocpSg, 
 that is, acquainted with all that is right and good, without being at 
 the same time aucppuv. — oAAa rov ra jikv KaTid, k. t. X. *' But he 
 judged that the man who knew the things that were beautiful and 
 good, (and also knew how) to practise them (both), and the man 
 who knew the things that were disgraceful, (and also knew how) 
 to guard against them, was both wise and temperate." We have 
 adopted here, with Ktihner, the explanation of Lange, who regards 
 the participles ytyvuGKovTa and elSora as each, in effect, placed twice, 
 that is, the expression in the text is the same as tov ra fikv Kala re 
 Kal uyada ytyvc)aK0VTa Kal yiyvoxTKOvra XPV(^G<^I- avTolg, ksI tov to, 
 alaxpa eldora Kal eidora evla^eladaL. The regular form of expres- 
 ' sion would have been as follows : alia to to, fiev KaM te Kal ayada 
 ytyvcJaKccv Kal xpv<y6at avToIg, Kal to to. alaxpa, ddivai Kal evlaBel- 
 cdai ao(pov ts Kal auippovog eKptve. The explanation here given will 
 save the necessity of any alteration of the text, as is rashly done 
 
308 NOTES TO BOOK III. CHAPTER IX. 
 
 by several editors. — ovdev ye [laTilov, k. t. /I. " That they were no 
 more so than both the unwise and intemperate." We have given 
 ciKpaTELg, the reading of four MSS., in place of the common reading 
 afiaQelg. — m tuv evSsxofievuv. " From every thing possible," i. e., 
 by all possible means. 
 
 edrj 6e Kal tt]v 6tKaio(7vv7]v, k. t. X. The train of reasoning of the 
 whole passage is as follows : Justice and every other virtue is wis- 
 dom ; but all just and virtuous things are also beautiful and good ; 
 he who knows all that is beautiful and good (i. e., sapiens, ootpog), 
 will prefer nothing else to these ; and so {ovru) the wise man will do 
 all that is beautiful and good. — ovre rovg [ir] eTTiarafievovg dvvaodat 
 irpaTTEiv, K. T. A. " Nor would they who were not acquainted with 
 them be able to effect them, nay, would actually commit error if 
 they attempt them." Observe that av continues its force through- 
 out the whole of this clause. — (5^?iov dvaL ort . . . . cocpia kavL For 
 ore ao(pia drj. Compare i., 1, 13. — StKaLOGvv?]. The names of virtues 
 and vices are often used without an article. The article which im- 
 mediately follows is added on account of the adjective dXXrj. It is 
 omitted in one Paris MS. 
 
 § 6. 
 [lavlav ye /htjv. Compare i., 4, 5. — t7]v avsTvtGrrjiioavvTjv. ''Ig- 
 norance in the abstract." — Kal /xtj a olSe, k. t. A. "To imagine as 
 well as actually believe that one knows, not what he knows, (but 
 what he really does not know)," &c. When a negative is prefixed 
 to an article or a relative, a conjunction or preposition, it may not 
 be separated therefrom, for it is attached to it for the purpose of 
 making or suggesting an antithetical clause to be supplied in the 
 mind ; thus, the full expression here would be, fxy a oldev, aXTC a [jltj 
 olSev. "Not what he knows, but what he does not know," i. e., 
 simply, "what he does not really know." — Tovg [ievtoi 'no?.2.ovg, k. 
 T. A. " He said that the multitude indeed do not say that those 
 are mad who err in those matters of which the many are ignorant, 
 but call," &c. — uv oi ttoTiXoI ycyvcoaKovaL. The attraction of the rel- 
 ative is here owing to the omission of the demonstrative pronoun. 
 
 fzeyag ovTuc otTjTac Etvat. " Think himself to be so tall." Observe 
 the construction of the nominative with the infinitive ; and, more- 
 over, the emphatic position of ovTug, literally, "tall to such a degree." 
 
NOTES TO BOOK III. CHAPTER IX. 309 
 
 — Tov TBLxovQ. " Of the city- wall " — alpecdac. "To lift up." — ^ uIIg) 
 T(p kirrridEadai, k. t. Z. " Or tc undertake any other of the things 
 manifest to all that they are impossible," i. e., of the things that 
 are manifestly impossible in the eyes of all. Literally, " to attack 
 any other," &c. Observe that r« is Attic for nvl. — neyd'kriv Tza- 
 puvoiav. "A great aberration of intellect." 
 
 o Ti eiTj. " What kind of a thing it might be." The relative pro- 
 noun is put in the neuter when it refers to a thing generally, 
 whether masculine or feminine. The expression o ti eItj is regular, 
 like the Latin " quid sit invidia," which refers to the determination 
 of the class of objects to which any thing belongs ; whereas, on the 
 contrary, in o^tl^ eItj, " qualis sit invidia," the class is considered as 
 determined, and the question only is put, what other qualities be- 
 sides the thing has. Compare Matthm, § 439. Kuhncr, ij 820, 1, 
 Jclf. — ovTE (xevTOL. Observc that fzevroi is here equivalent to 6s, and 
 compare ii., 3, 5 ; iv., 4, 7. — ttjv ytyvofxevTjv. " That which arises." 
 — /j.6vovg (pdovelif. " That those alone felt envy." — -d-avjua^vruv .... 
 el. Compare i., 1, 13. — ^l?iuv nva. " Having a friendly feeling to- 
 ward any person." — ovru^ sxovaiv. " Are so disposed in feeling." 
 — KaKcjg fiev TrpuTTovrag. Compare i., 6, 8. — evrvxovvruv. Genitive 
 absolute. — tovto 6e ^povificx) fxev dvdpi, k. t. ?i. ''That this, however, 
 could not happen to a wise man," i. e., that this feeling could not 
 arise in the breast ofthe wise man. 
 
 <J9. 
 axoX^v. "■ Idleness." — tl eltj. For 5 re elrj. Compare notes on 
 previous section. — -rroiovvTag (lev tl oTicjq airavrag, k. t. ?.. " He said 
 that he found all men, upon the whole, doing something, yet still the 
 most of them idle." — itoleIv tc. " Attempted to do something." — 
 axoMCeiv. " Were in reality idle." — UvaL Tcpd^ovTag. "To go and 
 do." — dirb nevTOL tuv (^eTltiovuv, k. t. A. " That no one, however, 
 had leisure to pass from the things that were better to those that 
 were worse," i. e., to leave a good occupation for a bad one. The 
 verb .axo?id^£iv is often construed with a simple infinitive. — tovtov, 
 uaxo7dag avTu ovarjc, k. t. a. " He said that this one really acted 
 badly in this, because he had no leisure," i. e., that he, there being 
 employment for him, &c. 
 
 ^ 10, U 
 ^aaO^Elg. Compare ii., 2, 14. — virb tuv tvxovtuv. " By the com- 
 mon people." Compare 1.. 1, 14. — Toi>g Klf/put T^axovrag. "Those 
 
310 NOTES TO BOOK III. CHAPTER IX. 
 
 chosen by lot." — ottote .... ofioTioyfjGne. Compare i., 2, 57. — etts- 
 6elkvvev ev te vTji, K. T. 1. *• He used to show that, in a ship, the 
 one who understood matters was the actual commander." Reiske 
 would add Kv^spvuv, but without necessity, for 6 E-mGrd^Evog is fre- 
 quently, as here, used absolutely. — olg vndpxet tl ETtLfiElEiag dso/ite- 
 vov. " Who have any office requiring care." — dv fisv avrol ijyuv-ai, 
 K. T. X. " If they think that they are acquainted with it, take care 
 of it themselves ; but if they do not think that they understand it," 
 &c. — h d£ Ta?.aa[a. "In wool spinning, moreover." 
 
 ^ 12, 13. 
 //7 TiEldeadai rolg bpdug Ih/ovcji. "Not to yield obedience to up- 
 right advisers." — koI ttuq uv, £(pr/, k. t. X "And how is it pos- 
 sible that he should not obey, especially since there is a sure penalty 
 impending if one obey not," &c. Kat implies wonder at the begin- 
 ning of a question, in which the inquirer takes up what has been 
 said, and turns it into an argumentum ad ahsurdum. Compare iii., 
 13, 6 ; iv., 4, 10. — rbv ev dpovovvra. " A prudent monitor."— rov 6e 
 cnroKTElvovTa, k. t. A. " What, said he, do you think that the m.an 
 who slays the best of his allies," &c. Ernesti, Dindorf, and Bor- 
 nemann read a-KOKTEivavra from Stobaeus and one Paris MS. Sauppe 
 explains this aorist as implying an unsuccessful attempt ; but Kuh- 
 ner and Jelf reject this signification of the tense. {Kuhner, <J 403, 
 Ohs. Jelf.) We have adopted, therefore, the ordinary reading, name- 
 ly, the present participle, as implying a frequency of action, " he 
 who slays," "who is in the habit of slaying." — ?], 6g etvxs, ^ij/^iov- 
 odai. " Or is punished lightly." Literally, " is punished as it hap- 
 pens," i. e., in any ordinary way. — ovra. "By such conduct." 
 This refers to Tavra irotovvra. 
 
 ^ 14. 
 encT^devtia. " Object of study." — Evrrpa^iav. "Virtuous conduct." 
 — Trav fiEv ovv TovvavrLov, k. t. A. " I, for my part, said he, think 
 fortune and action altogether opposed to one another," i. c, diamet- 
 rically opposite. Socrates now proceeds to set his inquirer right. 
 For when Socrates answered EVTvpa^Lav, the other took this term in 
 its ordinary sense of " prosperity," or " success in life," and im- 
 mediately asked him whether " good fortune," or accidental pros- 
 perity, was an object of study. The philosopher now proceeds to 
 lay down clearly the distinction between the two terms. — to [/.ev yap 
 fir] ^TiTovvTa, K. T. ?i. " For I think that a person's meeting casually 
 with any one of the things that are needed, without seeking for the 
 
NOTES TO BOOK III. CHAPTER X. 311 
 
 same, is good fortune ; while, on the other hand, I consider one's 
 succeeding after having learned and practiced any thing, to he good 
 conduct ; and they who aim at this appear to me to do well." 
 
 ^ 15. 
 
 rovg TO, yEopytKa ev Trpdrrovrac- "Who, (understanding them), 
 practice rightly the things appertaining to agriculture." — tov 6s 
 fiTjdev EV TvpuTTovTa, K. T. ?.. " While, on the other hand, he said that 
 the man who did nothing zealously (and understandingly) was 
 neither useful for any thing, nor loved of the gods." The student 
 will not fail to perceive the mode in which Socrates plays upon the 
 meaning of ev Trpdrreiv. 
 
 CHAPTER X. 
 
 M- 
 aV.d fj.T]v Kaf, K. T. A. " But besides this, indeed, if he at any 
 time entered into conversation with any one of those who were ac- 
 quainted with the arts," i. e., with any artist. Observe here the 
 peculiar force of ex^^ " to hold any thing as one's own," " t© be 
 possessed of or familiar with a thing." — kpyaaiag 'ivsKa. " For the 
 sake of gain." — Kal tovtol^. " To these also." This pleonastic Kai 
 is added here in consequence of d7i7i,a firjv kql above. — EtgEWuv /llev. 
 The particle fziu refers to di in ^ 6. — Ua^^uaLov. Parrhasius was 
 one of the most celebrated of the Greek painters, and a native of 
 Ephesus. He practiced his art, however, chiefly at Athens. His 
 peculiar merit consisted, according to Phny, in accuracy of drawing, 
 truth of proportion, and power of expression. Judging from the 
 tenor of the present conversation, he appears to have been quite a 
 young man when it took place. He did not, in fact, attain to his 
 highest celebrity until after the death of Socrates. — ypa^iKTj kanv ?) 
 EUiaala tuv opufiivuv ; " Is painting the representation of visible 
 objects 1" Observe that the predicate has here the article, while 
 the subject is without it. The subject stands thus as a general no- 
 tion, while the predicate with the article expresses something defi- 
 nite. There is no need, therefore, of our reading, with some editors, 
 i] ypafLK}} EGTiv ELKaata. — yovv. " At least, however." — did rcbv XP^' 
 fiuTuv uTTECKu^ovTEg EKfiijjLEladE. " Representing by means of your 
 colors, you closely imitate." Observe the force of e/c in composition. 
 
 ^2,3. 
 cKpofioLovvTEc- " In depicting," i. e., when you depict. — hi dudpuTro), 
 
312 NOTES TO BOOK III. CHAPTER X. "^ 
 
 " With any one man." — bla ru aufiara KaJA iroLslTe ^aiveaOai. "You 
 make your bodies to appear beautiful in all their parts." Compare 
 the explanation of Ktihner : " Corpora in omnibus suis partibus.''^ — 
 TTOLovfiEv yap, e<pTj, ovTug. " (You are right), for we do so, replied 
 he." Observe the elliptical employment of yap. — to TridavuTarov 
 TE Kol TjdLaTQv .... T^f ipvxvQ rjdog. " That character of soul which 
 is most persuasive as well as pleasing." — 7rc5f yap. "(Certainly 
 not), for how." — /z^re uv av dnag, k. t. 2,. "Nor any one of the 
 characteristics which you just mentioned." The allusion is to to. 
 KolXa, vip7]/id, &c., mentioned in § 1. Observe that uv is by attrac- 
 vion for a. 
 
 §4. 
 dp' ovv, E<p7i, ylyvETai, k. t. X " Is not then, said he, both the 
 looking in a friendly and in a hostile manner at certain persons ac- 
 customed to arise in a man?' i. e., is it not sometimes seen that a 
 man looks on others with a friendly or a hostile look 1 — tovto ys. 
 Thus in some MSS., in place of the common reading to ys. — Kal 
 HdXa. "Undoubtedly." — km Tolg dyadolg. " At the prosperity." — 
 6/j.oio)c EXELv Tu TTpoguKa. " To wear the same expression of coun- 
 tenance." More literally, " to have their countenances in the same 
 way." The position of d/notug here is intended to render it em- 
 phatic. The Greeks, in order to call attention to a word whereon 
 an emphasis is to be laid, sometimes place it, as in the present in- 
 stance, immediately before some word or words on which no stress 
 is to be laid. {Kulmer, ^ 904, 5, Jelf.) 
 
 d7i7uL !J.7]v Kai. Compare <J 1. — to fiEya?i07rp£7i£g te Kal ETiEvOSpiov. 
 "Both what is exalted and liberal," i. e., elevation and liberality of 
 spirit. — Kai to aucppovTjTCKov te kol ^povifxov. " And both what is 
 temperate and prudent," i. e., temperance and prudence of charac- 
 ter. — Kal did Tov TTpoguTTov, K. T. ?i. " Display themselves clearly by 
 both the countenance and the gestures of men both standing and in 
 motion." With dcacpalvEt supply savTd, and observe the employment 
 here of the active with the reflexive pronoun, as more emphatic than 
 the middle would have been. — ttotepov ovv, E<prj, vofil^Eic, k. t. A. 
 " Whether then, said he, do you suppose that men look with more 
 pleasure upon (those paintings) by which fair, and virtuous, and 
 loveable dispositions appear to the view, or those by which," &c, 
 Schneider thinks that Socrates desired to persuade Parrhasius to 
 imitate the fair and good rather than the vicious and hateful. 
 
NOTES TO BOOK III. CHAPTER X. 313 
 
 iTpbg 6e. The apodosis to elgeWuv fiev in ^ 1. — K?ieiTC)va. Who 
 this CHto was is not known. Coray w^ould read Kliova, from Phny, 
 H. iV., xxxiv., 9, 27. The Cleon of whom Phny speaks was a 
 sculptor of Sicyon, and excelled in portrait statues. — dXXoiovg. 
 " Statues of various forms," i. e., in various positions. Supply dv 
 dpidvrag. We have placed a comma after iroteig, which makes a 
 neater arrangement than the ordinary one. For aX2.otovg Orelli con- 
 jectures Tiaivovg, Heindorf Kalliovg fj oi dXkoi, and Dindorf Kalol 
 ovg. — [idliOTa ipyxayc^ysL did rrjg oxpeug rovg dv6p6Tzovg, k. ,t. X. 
 " Most of all leads captive, by the sight of it, the minds of men, 
 namely, the look of life." Literally, " that it (the statue) appears 
 animated." 
 
 ^^. 
 dnopCiv. "Being at a loss." — dp' £^77. Compare iii., 2, 1. — tolq 
 Tuv ^6vTav, K. T. X. " By assimilating your work to the forms of 
 living creatures," i. e., by moulding and fashioning your work ac- 
 cording to the pattern which these present. — ^uTiKurepovg. " More 
 life-like." — ovkovv rd re vrrd tuv cr;[;j?/zdrui', k. t. X. " Do you not 
 then, said he, by assimilating (to the reality) both those parts in 
 your statues which by reason of the particular gestures are drawn 
 down and those that are drawn upward, both those that are com- 
 pressed and those that are drawn apart, both those that are in a 
 state of tension and those that are relaxed," &c. — TTtdavdrepa. 
 "More natural." 
 
 TO de Kal rd TTdOr}, k. t. A. " Still farther, does not the imitating 
 also of the affections of bodies, when doing any thing, produce a cer- 
 tain feeling of pleasure for the spectators'?" — uTreiAjyri/cd. "As 
 threatening." — d-KELKaariov. The reference is now to representing, 
 not assimilating. — tCjv 6e vevlktjkotuv, k. t. A. "And should not 
 the countenance of exulting victors be imitated V — rd r^g fvxvc^ k. 
 T. A " To represent in his statue the workings of the soul." 
 
 (^ 9, 10. 
 TliaTcav. Sturz thinks this Pistias identical with the person called 
 UioTuv in Athenceus, iv., 20. — ev Etpyaafievovg. " Skillfully made." 
 Several deponents have in the perfect both an active and passive 
 signification'. Compare Matihice, <$) 495, d. — vt] ttjv "Hpav. Compare 
 i., 5, b.—rCi rd fiev dEOfieva aKeitrjg, k. t. A. " In this, that the corse- 
 
 O 
 
314 NOTES TO BOOK III. CHAPTER X. 
 
 let covers those parts of man which require covering," &c. — ovre 
 laxvpoTepovg ovre 'no?,vTE?ie(7T£povg, k. t. 1. " Though you make them 
 neither stronger nor of more precious material than the rest." Com- 
 pare Kuhncr : ''■neque e pretiosiore materia, ut auro, et variegatosy 
 Observe that tuv ulluv is for ?} oi uTaIol, by the operation of what 
 grammarians term the ^^ comparatio compendiaria,^^ or shorter form 
 of comparison. {Kuhner, ^ 781, d., Jelf.) — evpydfioripovg. "Better 
 proportioned." The pvdfiog rov ■&upaKog is that concinnity and har- 
 mony with which all the parts are exactly suited to each other. In 
 Other words, it is "proportion." — (lerpifi ^ aradficj. "By measure 
 or by weight," i. e., proving it to the purchaser by measure or by 
 weight. — ov yap Srj iaovg, k. t. 1. " For certainly I do not think that 
 you make them all of the same size at least," &c. — tcqlC). " I make 
 (them to fit)." Supply dpjioTrovrag. 
 
 9 n, 12. 
 TTWf ovv, £(b7], T(b al)pvQii(p aijfiaTt, k. t. %. " How then, said he, do 
 you make that corselet well proportioned, which fits an ill-propor- 
 tioned body." — wfTTfp Koi dpfioTTovra. " Just as I make them to fit." 
 Supply TTocu. — TO evpvdjiov ov Ka6' eavro ^Jyeiv, k. r. A. " To mean 
 proportion, not by itself, but with reference to the wearer," i. e., not 
 independently considered, but, &c. — ufTrep dv el fairig. " As if you 
 were to say." For oygirep dv <l>airig, el fairjg. The particle dv is 
 sometimes found without a verb, when it can be easily supplied 
 from the context, particularly in the phrase ugmp dv el, " as if" 
 Compare Kuhner, (J 430, 1, Jelf.—Tu cij UyG). "From what you 
 say," i. e., according to the principle which you lay down. 
 
 § 13. 
 Tw dpfioTTecv TzpogecTt. " Is attached to this fitness." — el tl sxeig 
 " If you know any." — -ov avrdv araduov exovreg. " Although they 
 have the same weight."—?} d/.ot Ik tuv dfiuv KpEiidfievot. "Either 
 hanging entirely from the shoulders."— Jyc^opoi Kal xaleiroL " Dif- 
 ficult to wear, and annoying:'— i^LeL7.vfi[xevoi to ,3dpog, k. t. a. " Be- 
 ing distributed as to their weight, (borne) partly by the collar bone 
 and the shoulder blade." The preposition vttS is here employed 
 because (pepojxevov is to be supplied by the mind.— 6Ai>v delv ov ^o- 
 piifiaTi, K. T. A. " Almost resemble, not a burden, but a (natural) ap- 
 pendage." Observe that bXcyov deiv is elliptical for ug 6?uyov 6elv, 
 and has an adverbial force, arising from its parenthetical nature. 
 (Kuhner, ^ 864, 1, Jelf.) 
 
NOTES TO BOOK III. CHAPTER XI. 315 
 
 ^ 14, 15. 
 avTo, 6i' oTTsp. "■ The very thing, on account of which." — fidXXov 
 " In preference." — (ha ravra. '* On these accounts," i. e., because 
 they are variegated and gilded. — rov cuiiaro^ jirj /xsvovrog. " Since 
 the body does not remain in the same position." — Tore fxev .... Tore 
 de. "At one time .... at another." Reiz, ad Vig., p. 445, thinks 
 that TTOTi should always be used in this formula. Compare Borne- 
 mann, ad Conviv., viii., 5. — Trwf av aKpiSetc ■&o)paKeg dp/LLOTTotev ; 
 " How could accurately made corselets fit 1" i. e., corselets accurate- 
 ly fitted to the body. — ovSafxcJg. *' They by no means do." Supply 
 dpfjLOTTovaL. — Tovg aKpiSelg. "Those exactly made." Compare if iiA- 
 ner : ^^ loricce corpori accurate adaptataR^ — rovg fir] IvTvovvTag ev r^ 
 Xpi^ia. "Those that do not hurt in the w^earing." — avrbg tovto 
 Xeyeig. "You mention yourself the very thing." — ciKodexet. "You 
 comprehend my meaning." 
 
 CHAPTER XT. 
 
 H- 
 y ovo/xa 7jv QeodoTi]. So in Herodotus, iii., 85, ru ovvofia tjv OlSd' 
 prig.—jivrjadevTog avTTjg. " Having made mention of her." — KpslrTov 
 ?i6yov. "Beyond expression," i. e., beyond language to express. — 
 inzELKaaouEvovg. "To take her likeness." The middle shows that 
 her likeness was taken for their own benefit, that they might ac- 
 quire a more perfect knowledge of beauty. — hiov dv elrj ■deaaofxevovc. 
 " We must go, I think, to see her." Observe here the force of the 
 optative, as indicating the opinion of Socrates. Observe, moreover, 
 the accusative deaGo/ievovg. The accusative is common with ver- 
 bals in riov. The circumstance that a verbal in reou is equivalent to 
 dd with an infinitive, explains this construction. Compare Scager, 
 ad Vig., vi., 1, 12. Matthirs, ^ 447, 4. — oi) yap 6rj aKOvaaat ye, k. t. 7i. 
 " For it is not possible for men, by havmg merely heard (of it), to be- 
 come acquainted clearly with that which surpasses language." — 
 Kal 6 6LT}y7)adfj.Evog, k. t. A. " Thereupon, he that had made mention 
 of her said, ' Follow me instantly.' " Literally, " you could not ^- 
 ticipate (my wishes) in following me," i. e., you could not be too 
 quick in following. Compare ii., 3, 11. 
 
 (J 2, 3. 
 Karala^ovreq TrapeaTrjKvlav. " Having found her standing." — -rrav- 
 cajiivov. Supply ypdtpavTog. Equivalent to kirel 61 6 ^uypd^og kTrav- 
 aaro ypdipag.—Qeodorri x''^pLv Ix^iv. "To feel gratitude toward 
 
316 NOTES TO BOOK III. CHAPTER XT. 
 
 Theodota," i. e., to thank her. — dp' el /zev. Compare iii., 2, 1. — ?j 
 knidei^ig. " The display." — ravTTjv enTiov. " Must this woman feel." 
 Observe, again, the accusative with the verbal in tsov. — Tjjxag. Sup- 
 ply e/creov. — ovKovv. "Accordingly." — w^eA^ceraz. SoinfiveMSS. 
 Two others, with Stephens's edition, have u^sTiTjdfjaei. Dindorf 
 reads u(pe?i7j6^asTai with the common text. — l/c 6e tovtuv elko^. 
 <' Hence, therefore, it is natural." — d-epaTtevsiv. "Pay court unto 
 her." — vulv ttjc ■&eac, k. t. A. " To thank you for this visit." Lit- 
 erally, "for this seeing of me," i. e., for thus coming to see me. 
 
 hv kodfjTL Kot ■&epa'!TEia, k. t. /I. " In no common vesture and or- 
 nament." Herbst refers ■^epaTieia here to an array of attendants, 
 but this idea is expressed by d-eparraivag TroAAdf immediately follow- 
 ing. It is better, therefore, with Bornemann, Sauppe, Finckh, and 
 Kiihner, to regard the term in question as analogous to the Latin 
 cultus, or ornatus muliehris. — oi) ry tvxovgti. Compare i., 1, 14. — Kal 
 ovds Tavrag, k- t. 1. " And not even these negligently attired." — 
 Tolg d7,loLg. "In other respects." — aypog. "A country estate," 
 I. e., a farm. — dAA' apa. " Well, then." — dTilu [x^. " But yet have 
 you not." — TaTziTfiSeia. " The necessary supplies," i. e., for living 
 in this way. — ovrog /x.oi (Slog hrL " He is my means of subsistence." 
 
 ^ 5, 6. 
 KpsLTTOv bto)v re, k. t. A. For KpecTtSv Iotl (plTiuv ayelrjv KtKTTj- 
 cOai f/ otcjv ayiTiriv, k. t. /I. — Ty tvxv sT^i-TpETrELg. " Do you commit the 
 matter to fortune." — y Kal avrrj tl iJL7]xctva ; " Or do you yourself 
 practice any art (to attract him) V — (j)dXayyeg. The spider is called 
 tpdXay^ from the long joints of its legs. — 6 tc av hravOa EfiTceajj. 
 " Whatever may have fallen into these." The adverbs evda, hdddE, 
 EVTuvda, are construed with verbs of motion as well as with those 
 signifying rest. Compare Kichner, ^ 605, Obs. 5, Jelf.—rpocpy. " For 
 food." 
 
 ^ 7, 8. 
 tI -d-^parpov. " A kind of net." — ov yap 6?} ovrog, k. t. "K. " (Yes), 
 for you ought not truly to suppose that you will thus indeed, with- 
 out some art, take friends, the most valuable prize of all," i. e., thus, 
 
 so readily, indeed, without practicing some art for the purpose. 
 
 ■&ripdo£Lv. Thus, also, ^TzaJ., iv., 5, 24; Cyrojo., i., 4, 16. The usual 
 Attic future is ■&7]pdaonat. — to /uiKpov u^tov. " An article of little 
 value."— v^/zoi^rof. " They feed." Referring to the hares.— vvkte- 
 
NOTES TO BOOK III. CHAPTER XI. 317 
 
 pevTiKac- " Fit for hunting by night." — 6,170616 pdaKovcriv. "They 
 retire." — elg tjjv evvfjv. "To their forms." Literally, "to their 
 couch." — wfre koI c/c tov (j)avepov, k. t. "k. " So as by running even 
 to escape out of sight." — aXkag av Kvvag. The term kvuv, like the 
 Latin canis, is used both as masculine and feminine. Hunting dogs 
 are generally used in the feminine. Compare iv., 1, 3 ; Virg., JEn., 
 vii., 493; Heinsius, ad Ov., Met., iii., 140. — Kara n66ag. Compare 
 ii., 6, 9. — avTC)v TLVEg. " Some of them." Referring to the hares. 
 — Tj (pcvyovaLv. " In the direction in which they flee." Supply 66C). 
 
 ^9, 10. 
 TLVL ToiovTu. "By what similar method." — KTriori. "You pro- 
 cure (a person)." — oc,TLg cot Ixvevuv, k. t. 2.. Join aoi with evpTJaec. 
 — kfi6a.?Li^. " He may drive." — ev fiev 6^Trov, e(prj, k. t. \. " One, at 
 least, I ween, said he, and very closely embracing (its prize)." — Kal 
 tjg av kfx6XiTT0VGa xf^p'^^oco. " Both how you might gladden by a 
 glance." — kqI otl 6el tov ETn^eTioiievov, k. t. X- " And that you 
 should cheerfully receive the zealous suitor, but exclude the self- 
 conceited one." By rpvcpuvra is here meant one puffed up with a 
 vain opinion of himself ; such as Thraso, the swaggering captain in 
 Terence. — ^povTiartKug kTrtGKeiljaodat. " Should anxiously visit 
 him." Observe that 6ec still extends its government to the infini- 
 tive here.— A-ci KaTiov re Tzpa^avrog. " And when he has met with 
 any success." 
 
 () 11, 12. 
 Koi fxr/v, e(p7j, ttoTiv 6ca(t>epei, k. t. A. "And yet, indeed, said he, 
 the attacking a man in a manner according with his disposition, and 
 in the right way, makes a great difference," i. e., becomes a matter 
 of much importance. — to -^riplov tovto. "This same animal." Ob- 
 serve that d-ripiov is here playfully said of a man. — dyiuaLfj-ov .... 
 koTLv. Here the construction elegantly changes from the optative 
 with av {e'koig av) to the indicative koTiv. This is done to mark cer- 
 tainty. — tL ovv ov av kyevov. " Why, then, will you not straight- 
 way become." The aorist is here employed as an instantaneous 
 future. Compare Kuhner, ^ 403, 2, Jelf; Matthicz, ^ 506, 2.— C?/r^- 
 cELg TovTo avTT], ic. T. 1. " You yourself will seek and devise this." 
 — elgtdL. "Visit me." 
 
 () 13. 
 eTnaKUTTTov ttjv avrov cnrpayfioavvrjv. "Joking upon her indolent 
 ease." — axoTidaac. " To idle away my time." — Idea irpdyy-ara noXka, 
 
318 NOTES TO BOOK III. CHAPTER XII. 
 
 K. T. /I. Bv l(^ia TTpuyiiaTa, AVeiske correctly understands the discus- 
 sions held by Socrates with his disciples, while to. drj/j-oaca is to be 
 regarded as ironical, since Socrates ra Tro/urtKa ovk eirparTe. — ^tlci. 
 "Female friends." Said ironically. The allusion is explained im- 
 mediately after.— 0i;irpa re koL kirudd^. "Both love-charms and 
 incantations." — not ravra. *' These arts also." 
 
 ^ 14. 
 Slu tL " On what account," i. e., influenced by what other rea- 
 sons. — 'A7ro?i/i66o)pov. Apollodorus was a disciple and constant com- 
 panion of Socrates, though unable with all his attachment to under- 
 stand the real worth of his master. A lively picture of the man is 
 given in Plato's Symposium, p. 173, seqq. — TovSe koI 'AvrcadevTjv. 
 When demonstrative pronouns are added to proper names, the ar- 
 ticle is omitted. Antisthenes has been already mentioned, ii., 5, 1. — 
 KeBrjTa Kal Iit/ifilav. Compare i., 2, 48. — lvyyo>v. "Magic wheels." 
 The term Ivy^ properly denotes a bird called by us the " wryneck.''^ 
 It derived its Greek name from its cry, and its English, as well as 
 Latin one {torquilla), from the never-ceasing motion of its little head. 
 From this peculiarity the ancients believed it to be endowed with 
 magic influence, and therefore used it in incantations to excite love. 
 They bound the bird to a wheel having four spokes, and then rapidly 
 turned the wheel while the charm was being chanted. Hence, 
 as in the present instance, the wheel itself was called by the name 
 of the bird, ivy^. 
 
 i) 15. 
 XPV<yov To'tvvv fiot, e(^r], k. t. A. " Lend me, then, said she, that 
 magic wheel of yours, that I may set it going against yourself first." 
 — eXKeadac Txpoq ae. "To be drawn to you." — d?i,Aa 7Topevaofj.ai. 
 "Well, I will go." — tuv nn tlc ^iAwrepc, k. t. 7i. "Unless some one 
 dearer than you be within," i. e., right reason and virtue. Com- 
 pare in explanation the remark of Ruhnken : " Venuste, ut nihil 
 supra : est enim propria meretricum amatores excludentium formula, 
 evdov 'irepog." 
 
 CHAPTER XH. 
 
 'F.TTLyEVTjv. Epigenes, son of Antiphon, of the demus of Cephisia, 
 a follower of Socrates. He is mentioned by Plato as one of those 
 who were with the philosopher in his last moments. {Plat., Phad., 
 
NOTES TO BOOK III. CHAPTER XII. 319 
 
 p. 59.) — TO aojfxa KaKug sxovra- "Weak of frame." — dg IdKjTiKoig, 
 e(pri, K. T. Ti. " How unlike an athlete, said he, you have your frame, 
 O Epigenes," i. e., how infirm and awkward you are. The Idturac, 
 in a previous passage (iii., 7, 7), were opposed to the aaKTjTai, who are 
 called emphatically ad\r]Tai, and hence he who neglects bodily exer- 
 cise is termed IdtcoTT]^. — IdtcjTrjg [lev elfiL. " I am, indeed, unlike an 
 athlete." Observe that /aev is solitary here ; still, however, an apo- 
 dosis must be supplied by the mind. Thus, " I am not, indeed, one 
 who exercises the body, but, nevertheless, I exercise the mind. 
 Compare Herbst, ad loc: *' Gymnastica quidem ars ad me non perti- 
 net. Oppositum cogita : animo autem excolendo operant do.^^ — ovdev ye 
 liuXkov, £(j)Tj, K. r. /I. "You are no less an athlete indeed, replied 
 Socrates, than those who are about to contend at Olympia." Lit- 
 erally, "you are no more, indeed, an icJiwrj/f." The idea is this: 
 You are not a whit less an athlete virtually, than they who are 
 about to contend at the Olympic games ; they contend for a prize, 
 or for glory, you should fight for the salvation of your state. — Trept 
 TTJc ijjvxfjg. "For life," i. e., where life is risked. — dv 'AOrjvaloi ^rj- 
 covacv. "Which the Athenians will propose." 'Ayuva ndivac is 
 said properly of the games of Greece. Compare Bornemann : " Cer- 
 tamen instituere prcEmiis propositis.'''' — brav tvxcoclv. " Whenever 
 they may happen (to propose one)." Supply rtdivat. 
 
 Koi iiriv. " And yet." Compare ii., 3, 4. — ttjv Kaxe^iav. " The 
 evil plight," i. e., the weak condition arising from want of proper 
 exercise. — St' avrb tovto. " For this very same reason," i. e., w^eak- 
 ness of body. — ■^toc Sovlevovac. "Either, indeed, live as slaves." 
 In Attic, the first ^ often takes the separative particle tol, whereby 
 the disjunctive force is increased, and made to seem necessary. 
 {Ki'chner, ^ 777, 5, Jelf.) — eav ovto Tvxu(yi- These words are omitted 
 in Bessario's version and in the Juntine edition. They are con- 
 demned by Ruhnken. — Kal eKTiaavTeg evLote, k. t. \. " And having 
 sometimes paid more for their ransom than their actual property." 
 Observe here the peculiar force of ektivu. The verb properly means, 
 "to pay off," " to pay in full," &c. 
 
 <J3. 
 
 ^ Karacppoveig ruv emTLfiiuv, k. t. 1. " Or do you think lightly of 
 
 those penalties that are attendant upon an evil habit of body V The 
 
 allusion is to death, disgrace, slavery, poverty, misery, infamy. 
 
 These are all so many penalties attendant upon neglect of bodily 
 
320 NOTES TO BOOK III. CHAPTER XII. 
 
 exercise. Some commentators give eTnTifziav here the meaning 
 merely of incommodorum, "inconveniences," but this wants fone. 
 The reference is literally to an assessment of damages, a penalty 
 imposed. — ttoA/Iw pdcj koI i/diu tovtuv slvai, k. r.Ti. "That those 
 things which he should endure who is careful of the healthful con- 
 dition of his frame are far lighter and more agreeable than these," 
 i. e., than these same penalties. — tuv Slci ttjv eve^lav ycyvo/Lisvcov., 
 *' The results arising from a good habit of body," i. e., from good 
 muscular trainmg. 
 
 Kal firjv Trdvra ys rdvavTca, k. t. 7.. " And yet all things happen 
 unto those wiio have their bodies in good condition directly other- 
 wise than to those who have them in evil condition," i. e., the re- 
 sults to those of an ill condition of frame are directly the reverse of 
 those which befall a good condition. Words signifying diiference 
 are regularly construed with a genitive ; but the adjective kvavrLog, 
 instead of this genitive, sometimes has the particle f] after it. Com- 
 pare iv., 5, 8. — aal 6td Tavra rov re Tlolttov jilov, k. t. 7i. "And, in 
 consequence of all this, they live the rest of their lives more agreea- 
 bly and honorably, and leave behind to their children fairer means 
 for the support of existence." Compare ii., 7, 11. 
 
 ovTOL xpv- " We by no means ought." — ovk danEl Sr^fxoGLa rd Trpof 
 Tov ttoIe^ov. " Does not publicly require the practice of warlike 
 exercises." More literally, "does not publicly practice the things 
 appertaining to war." The reference is to the toils and exercises 
 of the athletae, which are also for war. Xenophon here censures 
 the Athenians, with tacit praise of the Lacedeemonians ; for though 
 at Athens there were contests of 6Tx7\.ofj.dxoL, yet there every citizen 
 was not obliged to practice them as at Lacedeemon. — d7i7.d fii]6Ev 
 r}TTov h.T:L\iektlaQai. " But to attend to them none the less on this 
 account." — ov6l h aAAw ov6evl dyCbvL, k. r. 7i. "Not even in any 
 other contest, nor in any act whatsoever, will you come off inferior." 
 Observe the construction of qv6e .... ov6e, the former being equiv- 
 alent to the Latin ne guidem, and the latter to neque. We must 
 never confound ov6s .... ovdi with ovre .... ovre, " neither .... 
 nor." Compare Kuhner, ^ 776, Jelf. — ttoXi) Sta^epet, k. t. 1. " It 
 makes a wide difference to have the body in as good a condition as 
 possible." For a full enunciation of the thought, supply kol ug ku- 
 Kcara, "and in as evil a condition as possible." In this formula, 
 
NOTES TO BOOK III. CHAPTER XIII. 321 
 
 the words which form the contrast are sometimes omitted. Cora- 
 pare iii., 11, 11. 
 
 (J 6, 7. 
 ETTsl Kal kv w, K. T. A. Here the sentence commences as if rravTc^ 
 laaatv were to follow ; but it suddenly changes into an interrogation. 
 This is often the case in sentences beginning with (ogTs. Compare 
 Kuhner, (J 867, 1, Jelf. — Iv rw 6iavoeladai. " In the employment of 
 the mind." — fieydla a^d?i?iovTat. "Fail greatly." — TrolTidKig TzoTCkolg. 
 Paronomasia, or alliteration, a figure very common in Latin as well 
 as in Greek. {Kuhner, <J 904, 2, Jelf.) — elq ttjv didvoiav kfinlTTTOvaiv 
 ovTug. " Attack the mental powers with such violence." — Tag k-m- 
 GTTifiag. " All previous knowledge." — eIko^ 6e {idTiXov Trpbc rd hav- 
 Tia, K. T. 2.. " Nay, it is far more likely for a good constitution even 
 to be useful to obtain results directly contrary to those which arise 
 from a bad constitution." The position of kul here has given rise 
 to some difficulty. The order of construction which we have adopt- 
 ed appears the most natural one. 
 
 TO did TTJV diiEkuav jripuaaL. " This circumstance, that a person 
 should grow old through omission of proper exercise." An older 
 Attic form is ■yTjpdvai, as cited by the Atticists. {Thorn. Mag., p. 78, 
 ed. Ritsch.) Supply nvd with yrjpuaaL. — irplv Idelv eavrov, k. t. 2,. 
 The same idiom sometimes occurs also in Latin ; as in Cicero, 
 *' Nosti Marcellum, quam tardus szY," for " nosti quam tardus sit Mar- 
 cellus." — ravra Se ovk ectlv lSuv dfxslovvTa. " These things it is 
 not possible for one to see who neglects them." Compare i., 1, 9. 
 — ov ydp kOilu, k. t.1. " For they are not accustomed to come of 
 their own accord," i. e., without practice. 
 
 CHAPTER XUL 
 
 (J 1, 2. 
 Tcpoqei-nuv riva x^^P^^v. " Having saluted a person." More lit- 
 erally, "having bid a certain person hail." This formula occurs a 
 second time in Xenophon, Hist. Gr., iv., 1, 3, where the person is in 
 the dative. — ye2.oiov, e<pTi, to, k. t. 2,. Many editions omit the article. 
 — TO ccjfia KuKcov exovTi. " Having his person deformed.*' Literally 
 " having his person worse (than ordinary)." — dypoLKOTipug 6caKEL/xe- 
 v(f). " Rather churlishly disposed." — u7]6cjg. " Without any relish 
 (for his food)." — 'AKov/xevog. Acumenus was a celebrated physician, 
 
 02 
 
322 NOTES TO BOOK III. CHAPTER XIII. 
 
 the friend of Socrates. He was a native of Athens. Many read 
 aKovfisvog as a participle, denying a physician of such a name to 
 have ever existed. But consult Plat., Phczd., 227, a. — rravaaadaL 
 eodlovra. " To stop eating (while you still have an appetite)," i. e., 
 before satiety supervenes. 
 
 Trap' kavrC). " With him," i. e., at his house, at home.— aAAa %pv- 
 Xpov, EcpTj, K. r. A. " But, replied he, it is cold for the purpose of bath- 
 ing," i. e., it is too cold for bathing. Sometimes a positive with 
 wfre and an infinitive is used for the comparative with tj u^re 
 {Matthice, ^ 448, b.) — cjc 7]6eG)g. " With what pleasure." Equivalent 
 to OTL ovTug rjdicjg. — kv 'kaKTirjiTLov. "In the temple of .^sculapi- 
 us." Supply VF.C). The temple of ^sculapius here referred to was 
 in Athens, on the road from the theatre to the Acropolis. There 
 was a warm spring here, connected, of course, with healing pur 
 poses. The great temple of ^Esculapius was at Epidaurus, in Ar- 
 golis. — h 'A[x^iapdov. Pausanius states (i., 34, 2) that Amphiaraus 
 had a temple in the Acropolis ; but he also speaks of another temple 
 of the same at Oropus, in Bceotia, near a spring possessing healing 
 properties, and it is more than probable that the latter is here meant. 
 — OTL Kivdvvevecg, k. t. 1. " That you are, very likely, harder to 
 please," &c. Observe the force of klv6vvevw. The verb properly 
 means " to run a risk," and then, as the running a risk implies a 
 probable chance of success, it is used, as in the present case, to ex- 
 press that which seems likely, though uncertain. 
 
 Tov aKoTiovOov. " His attendant." The term aKolovdog answers 
 to the Latin pedisseqims, and denotes properly a young slave, whose 
 duty it was to attend upon his master, and accompany him in pub- 
 lic ; a page or follower. — oipo(payLaTaTor. " A perfect glutton." Ad- 
 jectives in J7f, gen. ov, of the first declension, add the compound 
 suffix i(T-T£pog, la-rarog, to their root. The adjective bijjocpd-yog, and 
 some others in og, irregularly drop the of, and follow the same mode 
 of comparing. (Kuhner, <$> 133, 2, b., Jclf.) — jS/iaKCGraroc. Thus 
 Schneider, from Athenaeus, viii., p. 277, and Eustathius, p. 867. 
 All the MSS. and previous editions have j37MKUTaTog. Buttmann 
 wishes to read here (HaKLKuraToc, from (iTiaiuKog. {G. G., ^ 66, ed. 
 Rob.) — TTorepog. " Which of the two." 
 
NOTES TO BOOK III. CHAPTER XIV. 323 
 
 r^v elg '0/[vfj.7Tiav odov. "■ The route to Olympia," i. e., a journey 
 to that quarter. This spot was in Elis, on the banks of the Alpheus, 
 and here the celebrated Olympic games were held. It was not a 
 city, but a sacred spot or district. — ttjv iropelav. " This journey." — 
 oIkoi. " At home," i. e., at Athens. — TzepnraTrjaag deinv^ceig. Two 
 MSS. have the conjunction Kai before TrepnraTrjcfac- Hotibius in- 
 serts 6s after it. Compare, however, the note on bfiotyag .... yevo- 
 fievo^, i., 1, 18. — EL eicTeivaig rov^ neptTrdTovg, k. t. /i. " If you should 
 extend in continuous length those several walks which you take in 
 five or six days." The idea is this : If you were to continue in 
 one unbroken length the different v/alks which you daily take, so as 
 to make up one long walk out of numerous short ones, you might 
 arrive even at Olympia without yet walking more than you usually 
 do at home. — irpoE^opfidv Ti/nepa /u.ia. " To set out earlier by one 
 day." With comparatives and analogous words, the noun which ex- 
 presses the difference or excess is put in the dative. So [xid vf^ipa 
 Trlelovag in the next sentence. — Tcepacrepu tov jxcrpLov firjKvvew rag 
 odovg. " To lengthen your day's journeys beyond a moderate ex- 
 tent." — TO Se fiLo, rjfiEpa irTiELovag TTopEvurjvaL. "Whereas, the having 
 gone more by a day," i. e., the taking one day more to make it. 
 
 cjf TrapETadij. " That he was wearied out." The verb TTapaTelva 
 properly means " to stretch out," " to protract," and hence " to 
 wear out," " to exhaust," &c. — dXTid to IfiuTtov. " But (merely) my 
 cloak." Ernesti would add ix6i>ov at once to the text, and it is ac- 
 tually expressed in the Latin version of Bessario. Weiske con- 
 jectures u?^l' fj TO IfzaTLov, and probably this is the true reading. — 
 TO, aTpufiOTa. " The bedding." — Kai irug drj, E<p7i, a-KrfkXax^v ek ttjc 
 oSov; " And hovv^, pray, said he, did he get over the journey V — nug 
 dv oht dLaTEdrjvat ; " How do you think you would have been affect- 
 ed," i. e., would have fared. — ixaklov ds ovd' dv i]6vvrjdi]v KOfxiaac. 
 "Or, rather, I would not have been able to carry it at all." — ?/or/c;?- 
 UEvov. " Trained in all exercises." 
 
 CHAPTER XIV. 
 
 OTTOTE. " Whenever." This meaning arises from the union of 
 iiroTs with the optative ^ipoiEv, showing that the circumstance here 
 mentioned was not a single instance, but of frequent recurrence. — 
 
324 NOTES TO BOOK III. CHAPTER XIV. 
 
 Tuv ^vvLovTuv km SetiTvov. " Of those who came together unto a 
 feast of contribution." The reference is to a feast where each 
 guest brought his own provisions with him ; and, as the provisions 
 were brought in baskets, such an entertainment was sometimes 
 called a delirvov utto cnvpidog. The object of Socrates was to pre- 
 vent an unpleasant rivalry in the quality or quantity of the contrib- 
 uted viands. In order to effect this, he directed the attendant 
 either to place the small portions on table, in common for all, or 
 else to distribute to each guest his share of the same. Observe 
 that the reference is to such entertainments taking place at the 
 house of Socrates, and hence the control which he assumed in reg- 
 ulating the same. 
 
 ^ipoiev. The verbs dipeiv and nopi^eLv are often used where one 
 would rather expect the middle, the speaker not regarding the action 
 in its reflexive relation to the subject. In the next sentence we 
 have (pepovreg, and, a little after, (pepo/u.£vo}v. (Compare Knhner, 
 (j 363, 3, Jelf.) — rbv Tralda. " His slave." Compare the analogous 
 usage of puer in Latin. — to jULKpbv 57 elg to kolvov, k. t. A. " Either 
 to place each small contribution on table for the use of all, or else 
 to distribute his share of the same unto each." — yaxvvovTo to te iifj, 
 K. T. 1. " Were ashamed not to partake of that which was placed 
 for general use, and not, in return, to place on table their own stock." 
 More literally, " were ashamed as regarded the not partaking of," 
 &c. The infinitive with the article is often put for the infinitive 
 alone, because the infinitive is considered as the subject or object 
 of the main action. {MatthicE, ^ 543, Obs. 2.) — Kal ItteI oUev TT7imv 
 elxov. " And since they partook of no more." — noTiTiOv oilJuvovvTer. 
 " Purchasing delicacies at great cost." 
 
 Tov fi£v cLTov TTETravfiivov. " To have abstained from the bread." 
 — TO oipov avTo Kad' avTo. "The meat itself alone." Literally, "the 
 meat itself, by itself" — Aoyou ovTog -rrepl bvofxuTuv, k. t. A. "A con- 
 versation arising about names for things, for what particular act, 
 namely, each might be (a proper appellation)."— £7r2 7:010) ttotI tpjoi, 
 K. T. 1. " For what particular act a rnan is called carnivorous." — 
 kid tC) aiTG). "With their bread." — orav naprj. "Whenever it be 
 present," i. e., whenever bread be laid before them. — lirl ye tovtg). 
 " On this account, at least." — ov yap ovv. " By no means." Com- 
 pare iii., 6, 12. 
 
NOTES TO BOOK III. CHAPTER XIV. 325 
 
 ^3,4. 
 TO oipov avTo. " The meat alone." That is avTo KaS' avro, as in 
 <J 2. The common text has avrov. Stephens conjectured avrov. — • 
 fiT] aaKTJGecjg, aXk' Tjdoviig evsKa. " Not for training, but the mere 
 gratification of the appetite." The terra aoKriaeog has reference 
 properly to athletes, who were accustomed to eat an enormous 
 quantity of flesh, in order to strengthen their muscular powers. — 
 Gxo'^V- " Scarcely." — Tolg ■&£Oig evxcovrat. Compare iv., 2, 24. — 
 diioTug av ovrog, k. t. 1. " This one should naturally pray for abund- 
 ance of flesh," i. e., to consume. — npogeTiaBev. " Took in addition." 
 — ol ■!T?i7j(jiov. "You who are near." Snpply viielg. The pronoun is 
 expressed in the Hist. Gr., ii., 3, 54, and Crjrop., vi., 2, 4. — rw airoi 
 oip(o, 7j tC) oipif) gItu. " His bread as meat, or his meat as bread." 
 Compare i., 3, 5. 
 
 em Tu hi ipufiC). " Tasting many dishes with one piece of bread." 
 Literally, " on one piece of bread." — Tro/lureAcarcpa bxponoica, k. t. A. 
 *' Any cookery more extravagant, or one that in a greater degree 
 spoils the viands, than that which he practices who," &c. For tj 
 fiu'Alov, a correction of Castalio, many editions have ^ iiakXov. — 
 TT/le/w [xiv ye, k. t. 1. " Since he mixes many more things than the 
 cooks do," &c. Two MSS. have -kTielu fj.£VTot. — a de skelvol (irj av/x- 
 fxiyvvovGLv, K. T. ?i. " Whilc he who (thus) mixes together condi- 
 ments which they do not mix, as being unsuitable, errs, if indeed 
 they act rightly, and destroys their art." 
 
 irapaaKEvu^saOai [xev bipoTtoiovg, k. t. X. "To provide one's self 
 with cooks that are perfectly acquainted with their art, and yet that 
 he himself, though claiming no knowledge of this same profession, 
 should alter the dishes prepared by them." Literally, " the things 
 done by them." — Kal aX?M 6s tl Trpogyiyverat, k. t. A. "And some- 
 thing else besides accrues unto the man who is accustomed," &c., 
 i. e., an additional evil befalls him. — ixeiovektclv. "To be stinted." 
 — noOcJv TO avvrideg. " Missing what he was accustomed to." — tov 
 eva ipufidv evt oipcp 7rpo7Te/j.7rELv. " To accompany single morsels of 
 bread with single morsels of meat." The article here imparts a 
 distributive force. — fire fxrj rcapelr] ttoA/Iu, k. t. 1. " Would be able 
 to use with pleasure a single kind of meat, whenever variety might 
 not be present." 
 
326 NOTES TO BOOK III. CHAPTER XIV. 
 
 cjf TO £i)cj;t;eicr0ai, /c. r. /I. " That the verb evux^loOai, in the lan- 
 guage of the Athenians, meant ' to eat.' " Observe here the pecuhar 
 force of KaTieci. — to 6e ev TrpogKElodac. "And that the word ev was 
 added, that we may eat those things which," &c., i. e., in order 
 to express the fancy for what would disorder neither body nor mind, 
 and might be easily procurable. Observe here the force of em, and 
 compare the explanation of Kuhner : " PrcEpositio knc significat con- 
 ditionem vel consilium : illud ev adhcerere ita, ut ea comedamus, qu<z,^^ 
 &c. — wfre KoX TO evcox^IcQaL, k. t. X. " So that he referred the term 
 Evux^ZodaL to those who lived moderately." 
 
BOOK IV. 
 
 CHAPTER I. 
 
 M. 
 Kul el [XETpiog aladavofxhid. " Even if moderately intelligent," 
 i. e., even if only of moderate understanding. Observe the differ- 
 ence between ei KaL and koi el The former means " although," 
 and Kal belongs to the sentence, and allows something which does 
 or will really exist, or has existed ; the latter means " even if," and 
 here kqi belongs to el, and not to the sentence, and allows a sup- 
 posed case which does not or will not exist, or has not existed. 
 Compare Kiihner, "J 861, Jclf. — rod I^uKpurec cvvecvat. "Than in- 
 timacy with Socrates." — okovovv. " Any where whatsoever." Ob- 
 serve that oTTovovv, oqTLqovv, &c., like the Latin uhicumque, quicum- 
 que, &c., take either a repetition of the verb of the clause, or require 
 elvat to be supplied. — to eKelvov /xe/nvf/adai. "The recollection of 
 him," i. e., the recalling him to one's recollection. — Kal a-Kodexofie- 
 vovg EKelvov. " And who embraced his tenets." Compare the ex- 
 planation of Kiihner: " Qui ejus disciplinam sequebantur. 'ATTodex^' 
 adai TLva vel rt est probare aliquem {alicujus sententiam) vel aliquid." 
 — arrovda^uv. " In serious mood." 
 
 e(j)7j [lev av. "He would say," i. e., he was accustomed to say. 
 Compare i., 1, 16. — to, aufiara Tzpbg opav ev rreipvKOTuv. "Well en- 
 dowed by nature in their persons for beauty." More freely, " with 
 beauty." — ETeKnatpeTo 6e, k. t. A. "He conjectured, also, excellent 
 dispositions," i. e., what dispositions were excellent. — oZf Trpogexocev. 
 " Those things unto which they applied themselves." — fj,a6ri/^dTcjv 
 irdvTuv. "All those branches of learning." — eartv. "One has it 
 in his power." — oIkeiv. "To regulate." — ev xPwOai. "Manage 
 well." — Traidevdivrag. " If instructed." 
 
 oi) Tov avTov 6e rporrov, k. t. A. " He did not make advances in 
 the same way, however, unto all." The particle de, in place of 
 being the second word in the clause, is here placed after avTov, be 
 
328 NOTES TO BOOK IV. CHAPTER II. 
 
 cause this word is opposed to the different other arts which Soc- 
 rates employed. Ot; and LJJm are opposed to each otlier. — iiadfjceuc 
 6e Kara^povovvrag. " But slighting instruction." Verbs signifying 
 " to care for," " think much of," or their contraries, are construed 
 with a genitive of the person or thing cared for, or disregarded, &c., 
 and an accusative of the cause of care, disregard, &e. (Kuhner, 
 ^ 496, 551, Jel/.)^— £KideLKvvcjv. "Instancing." — ev^vecTaTovq. 
 "Best in breed." — a<po6povq. "Mettlesome." — ck veuv. "When 
 young." — a6dfiaGroL. "Not broken in." — dvgKadeKTOTaTovc- "Very 
 difficult to hold in." — tqv evcpveaTdruv. "That are of the best 
 blood." — /ca/iwf dxdeiaac. "Well trained." The term dxdeiaac is 
 peculiarly used of hounds. The word " untrained," dvaycjyovc, here 
 applied to hounds, is applied above to horses, iii., 3, 4. — fiavcudeig. 
 " Rabid." 
 
 Bv^vEGTaTo-vc " Of the uoblcst uatures." — ralg ■\pvxalg. The part 
 of any thing affected by the operation of the verb is put in the ac- 
 cusative, but instead of this accusative the dative is sometimes used, 
 as here. (Compare Matthid, § 424, Obs. l.)—fj.eya?i£Lovg Kal c(po- 
 Spovg. "High souled and energetic." — /ca/ca epyd^ovrac. Some read 
 KaKu, epyd^EGdac. 
 
 ^5. 
 Tovg 6e sttI ttTlovtg) jiiya (ppovovvrag. " Those, however, whc 
 thought highly of themselves in consequence of riches." — £(j)p^vGv, 
 ?i£ycjv. "He admonished by saying." — eI ng ohrai. Observe the 
 employment of the indicative here in the oratio obliqua, the object 
 being brought before the mind not as a mere conception, but as 
 something certain, in order to render the narrative more animated. 
 — dtayvuocadat. "He will distinguish between." — ev irpdrreLV. 
 "That he is acting rightly." 
 
 CHAPTER n. 
 
 H- 
 6g 7cpog£(p£p£To. "How he assailed." — Kal fiiya <ppovovGiv ettI go- 
 <pca. "And who prided themselves greatly upon their wisdom." 
 Observe that the verb (bpovElv with etzl and a dative is usually ac- 
 companied by the adverb |«eya. — EvOvdrifiov. Compare i., 2, 29. A 
 different person of this name is mentioned in iv., 3, 2.—ypdju/j.aTa 
 tto/Jm GvvEi'kEy^ivov. " Had collected numerous extracts." Kuhner 
 
NOTES TO BOOK IV. CHAPTER II. 329 
 
 correctly maintains, that -ypafijiaTa has here the force of avy-ypafx/nara, 
 or Gvyyeypafif^sva, ^^ prcBcepta et exempla e scriptoribus excerpta.'" — 
 avvELlEynevov. Perfect passive participle in a middle sense, or, rath- 
 er, the perfect middle participle at once. — knloocpla. " In wisdom." 
 Literally, " for wisdom." — 6La vEorrira. Compare iii., 6, 1. — KaOi- 
 ^ovra elg tjvlottouIov ti, k. t. A. " Accustomed to go into the shop 
 of a bridle maker, one of those near the market-place, and sit down 
 therein." The preposition eif has here the force of a verb of motion. 
 
 ^La avvovdlav rivbg tuv go^Cjv, " In consequence of intimacy 
 with any one of the Sophists." — irpbg sKelvov cnTo6Xs7recv. " Looked 
 to him." The English idiom is the same : " to look to a person," 
 i. e., to expect some help or assistance from him. — aTiovSaiov dvSpog. 
 <' Of an able minister." — kcveIv. "To arouse," i. e., to induce him 
 to speak. Compare Kuhner, " ad loquendum excitare,'''' and also Hein- 
 dorf and Stallbaum, ad Plat., Lysid., p. 223, A. A^alckenaer, less 
 correctly, renders it by the Latin pungere, i. e., to nettle or provoke. 
 — rag fiev 67uyov u^lag rexvag, k. t. A. "That men could not become 
 able even in arts of little importance without fit instructors." The 
 expression aTvovdaloc ttjv Tixvrjv is the same as deivbg r/jv texvtjv.-- 
 anb ravTo/xdrov. " Spontaneously." The same, in fact, as (pvaei,. 
 
 (l>v2,aTT6fi£vov, firj 66^y, k. t. 1. " Anxious lest he appear to ad- 
 mire Socrates for wisdom." — Ev6vd7}fj,og omoai. "This Euthydemus 
 here." Proper names, when accompanied by the demonstratives 
 ovTog^ EKEivog, oSe, and avrog, are without the article. {Kuhner, <5 453, 
 Jelf.) — hv rjAiKia yevofiEvog. " On having reached the proper age," 
 i. e., the age of manhood. The term i/XtKia properly denotes the 
 age of man from his eighteenth year to his fiftieth. — Tfjg TroXsug 16- 
 yov TTEpt TLvog irpoTidElarig. " The state giving him permission to 
 speak about any matter." The expression 7^6yov irpoTtOsvat is in 
 JjdXmcopiamd.icendi facer e. {D''Orville,ad Charit.,^. 111.) After the 
 Athenian people had been convened in assembly, a herald gave lib- 
 erty to address the people upon a proposed subject by the usual 
 formula rig uyopevEiv jSovlETac ; — cf uv £7rLTr]6EVEt. " From the con- 
 duct he now pursues." Attraction for ek tcjv a ETnTrjdEveL. — Ka^Mv 
 npooLjuov rcJv drj/xrjyoptuv irapaaKEvdaaadat, k. t. 2,. " To have con- 
 cocted an admirable preamble for his public orations, from an anxi- 
 ety not to appear to learn any thing from any one." Observe that 
 Tov is Attic for TLvog. — KpooifxidoeTai. " He will form the exordium." 
 
330 NOTES TO BOOK IV. CHAPTER II. 
 
 cKovov. "Although I heard." — ovd' E-KEuey.rjdriv^ k. t. 1. "Nor 
 was I ever solicitous of any one of those who were acquainted with 
 these matters becoming an instructor unto me." — ravavTia. Supply 
 kTiOLTjaa. — diarereAEKa (psvyup. "I have always avoided." Compare 
 i., 2, 28 ; iii., 1, 4. — to do^at. " The very appearance of it." — dv 
 and TavTO(idTov hmy fioi. " May occur to me spontaneously." 
 
 dpiioaeie 6' av, k. t. ?.. " It might suit, also, those to form their 
 preamble in this way, who wish to obtain a medical appointment 
 from the state." Compare Kiihner : "publici medici munus accipere.''^ 
 Weiske supposes that qualified physicians were appointed by the 
 people in assembly. These were of two classes : the free, who at- 
 tended to the free ; and the slaves, who cured the slaves. They 
 received their salary from the public treasury. — hinTTjdeLov. " Ad- 
 vantageous." Ernesti thinks t-Lr^detov and hrevdev spurious, since 
 they are not noticed in the translation of Bessario. — tuv larpuv. 
 " Of the physicians of the day." Observe the force of the article. — 
 TO So^aL [lEjiaQrjKEvai.. " The very appearing to have learned." — kv 
 vfilv uTi OK LvdwEViiv. " By trying cxpcriments upon vou." Literally, 
 " among you," i. e., in your case. Schneider aptly compares Pliny, 
 H. N., xxix., 1, " Discunt (medici) periculis nostris, et experimenta per 
 mortes agunt." — tC) npooL[i'Uf). " At this form of preamble." 
 
 4 6. 
 (pavEpog f]v. Compare i., 2, 16. — audpoavvrjg So^av TZEptBaTJieadaL. 
 "To invest himself with a reputation for modesty." Compare 
 Schneider : " Tacendo assumere et consequi laudem modestice.^' Kiih- 
 ner is guilty of a singular oversight here. " Since Euthydemus," he 
 remarks, " is said, in <J 3, to have departed, what is now related must 
 be supposed to have happened on a subsequent occasion." Not so, 
 however, by any means. In <$> 3, Euthydemus is said to have been 
 in the act of departing when Socrates commenced his attack, and 
 he is now represented as having been induced to remain by what 
 he heard fall from the hps of the philosopher. — d^avfiaarbv ydp, k. 
 t. ?i. *' It is strange, then, why in the world they who wish," &c. 
 The particle yap here serves to draw a conclusion. Socrates forms 
 an inference from the previous conduct of Euthydemus ; and hence, 
 for a literal translation of ydp (" for"), we may supply the ellipsis as 
 follows, with Herbst : ovk bpBug TtoLElr <pv?iaTT6/j.evog avroc tl fdiy- 
 ysadat. — aAAo tc LKavoi. Compare i., 2, 46. — ug avvExi-orara. "As 
 
NOTES TO BOOK IV. CHAPTER II. 331 
 
 incessantly as possible." Ernesti and Weiske explain this by 
 '^ statim a consilio capto, nullo intervallo factor — Kad' kavTovq. "By 
 themselves," i. e., unassisted. — Trapa Tolg upiaTocg, k. t. 2,. "With 
 those who seem to be most skilled." Here apLaroig is attracted into 
 the case of rolq. — ivEKa rod firjdev, k. t. 2.. " So as not to do any 
 thing without their judgment." — ug ovk av aXXug, k. t. 2.. '* Think- 
 ing that they could not otherwise become worthy of notice." Equiv- 
 alent to vofii^ovreg otl ovk av alTiag a^Lokoyoi yevoiVTo. Compare ii., 
 2,13. — avTOfzaroi. " By uninstructed talent." Literally, "of them- 
 selves." 
 
 KatToc ye ToffovTcp, k. t. 1. " And yet, these latter affairs are so 
 much more difficult in execution than the others, by how much, al- 
 though more busy themselves about them, they, who accomplish 
 them, are fewer in number," i. e., in proportion to the comparative 
 fewness of those who succeed. 
 
 aKOvovTog EvOvSrjfxov. "While Euthydemus heard him without 
 attention," i. e., merely heard, but did not seem to pay any attention 
 to him. To this is opposed vrpodv^orepov uKovovra which presently 
 follows. — TOLovTovg Xoyovg eTieye. " Used to make such remarks as 
 these." Observe the force of the imperfect. Kiitmer's observation, 
 referred to under § 6, applies more correctly here, since the allu- 
 sion now is to several conversations subsequent to the main one so 
 fully detailed. — iroifcoTepov vno/ievovTa. " Remaining more readily." 
 — e'cTze fjLOL, d) 'EvduSrifj.e, tcj ovtc, k. t. ?.. " Tell me, Euthydemus, 
 have you really, as I hear, collected," &c. The common text has 
 avvrj^ag, for which we have given avvfixag with Zeune, Kiihner, and 
 others, as suggested by Valckenaer. — tuv Isyofievuv go<^C)v yeyovevat. 
 Attraction. Compare i., 2, 3. — vr/ tov Ala. Compare i., 2, 9. 
 
 vTi T7}v "Hpav. Compare i., 5, 5. — dyafiai ye gov. "I do admire 
 you, indeed." The verb ayajxai is construed with an accusative of 
 the person, and a genitive of the thing which is the cause of the 
 wonder ; or with a genitive of the person and a genitive of a par- 
 ticiple, as ayapLai ae T^g dvdpeiag, dyafxat gov Myovrog. The place 
 of the participle, however, is often supplied, as in the present in- 
 stance, by an explanatory clause, with on, dtori, oirog, &c. Com- 
 pare Kuhner, <) 495, Obs. Jelf. — -KpoeiXov [xalXov. Compare ii., 1, 2. 
 
332 NOTES TO BOOK IV. CHAPTER II. 
 
 — bpduc fzenevac rrjv ao^iav. " To be seeking after wisdom in the 
 right way." 
 
 no. 
 
 ri de drj ; '' But in what particular art, pray 1" — dceaunrjaev. Corn ■ 
 pare iii., 6, 4. — dpa fi^ iarpog ; "Do you wish, then, to become a 
 physician 1" Supply iSovXet yevsadac. The difference between dp' 
 ov and dpa [irj is this, that dp' ov, nonne, requires an affirmative an- 
 swer, but dpa [iri, num, a negative, as dpa does alone ; but still //7 
 imparts some degree of doubt to the question, and that for the pur- 
 pose sometimes of irony. Compare Kichner, ^ 873, Jelf. — avyypdfi- 
 fiara. " Writings." — yva/ioviKov yap dv6p6^, k. t. A. " Since there 
 is need of a well-informed person for this also," i. e., a person of 
 judgment, whose mind has been matured by much reading and re 
 flection. Observe that tovto is here the accusative of the object. — 
 Qeodupog. Theodonis was a philosopher and native of Cyrene, and 
 a celebrated geometrician. According to Maximus Tyrius {Diss., 
 22), he was the preceptor of Socrates. Compare iv., 7, 3. — uarpo- 
 /[oyoc- "An astronomer." This was the original meaning of the 
 word. Subsequently it was used to signify an astrologer. So ug- 
 rpo?ioyLa, " astronomy," though dcTpovofj,ia was also in use. The 
 case is similar in Latin with astrologia and astronomia. — ^afcp^or. 
 "A Rhapsodist." The Rhapsodists were persons who recited, in 
 public, portions of epic poems, especially those of Homer. They at 
 first were held in great esteem ; but in the time of Socrates the 
 order had fallen into disrepute. — rd /xev enrj aKpiSovvrag. "Know 
 his verses accurately." — avrovg 6e Tzdw ijT^Ldiovg ovrag. The same 
 contempt for the Rhapsodists was entertained by Plato, as appears 
 from the dialogue entitled Ion, <$> 1, seqq. Compare Stdlbaum, ad loc. 
 
 HI- 
 ov SrJTTov hc^LEaau " You surely do not desire." Observe that ov 
 drjTzov are here employed ironically. These particles are generally 
 used in Attic writers to express a question to which a denial is con- 
 fidently expected. (Compare ii., 3, 1.) Socrates, however, in put- 
 ting the question, knew well that it would be answered in the af- 
 firmative. — Ian yap ruv fSacnXecov avrij. " For this is the art of 
 kings." Supply fi rexvn from what precedes. — dyadbv ravra. " Good 
 at these things." Adjectives expressing quality, such as dyadog, 
 KaXog, KttKog, ao(l>6g, &c., are construed with an accusative of the 
 end or purpose. {Kuhner, ^ 579, 2, Jelf.)—Kal fiu2,a. Compare iii., 
 3, 9.— /fci ovx olov ri ye. " And it is not possible, indeed." Valck- 
 
NOTES TO BOOK IV. CHAPTER II. 333 
 
 enaer would reject the particle yi. Consult, however, Schaefer, 
 Apparat. Demosth., i., p. 543. 
 
 ^ 12. 
 ci) 6rj TovTo KareipyaaaL ; "Have you, indeed, accomplished this 1" 
 i. e., have you, indeed, acquired this virtue "? The allusion is to jus- 
 tice {6tKato(7vvT}). — ovdevbg uv firrov (pav^vat 6cKaiog. " That I will 
 appear as just as any other." More literally, "less just than no 
 one." — Tuv diKacuv epya. " Any works of the just." — dp' ovv. Com- 
 pare ii., 7, 5. — exovatv hnidel^at. Compare ii., 6, 28. — fu} ovv ov 66- 
 va/iac. Euthydemus, surprised at the question of Socrates, answers 
 it by another question : " What ! am I then unable to explain the 
 works of justice 1" When ov stands in a sentence introduced by f^i^, 
 it belongs to some single word, not to the whole sentence. The 
 particle fi?}, moreover, is distinguished from dpa p) only in being less 
 pointed and emphatic. — eyuye rd rfjg ddtKiag. Supply dvvauac e^rjy^- 
 aaadat. 
 
 ^13. 
 
 (Soviet ovv ypuipufiev. Compare ii., 1, 1. Here A stands for di- 
 KatoavvTj, and A for dJf/cia.— rvrpof to A ridCbfiev. "We add to Delta," 
 i. e., we place under it. — el rl aoi SoksT, e^rj, Trpogdecv tovtcjv, k. t. "X. 
 " If you think, said he, that you have any need of these (letters) be- 
 sides," i. e., in addition to the means you already possess for ex- 
 plaining these matters. In this discussion, Socrates does not so 
 much wish to strip Euthydemus of his reputation for justice, as of 
 his own self-conceit. When Euthydemus at one moment pronoun- 
 ces the same thing to be just, at another unjust, he clearly shows 
 his ignorance of what he professed to know, and, therefore, that he 
 had not any true or real claim to wisdom. 
 
 § 14. 
 ovKovv EGTLv iv uvSpuTcocc TO ipEvdeadaL ; " Does falsehood, then, 
 exist among menl" The article, which is wanting in all the MSS. 
 and older editions, has been added by Ernesti. — iroTepcjGe. " In 
 which of the two classes." Literally, '< to which of the two sides." 
 —Trpog TTjv udiKtav. " Under injustice." — npdg 6e ttj diKainavvi^, k. 
 r. 2,. " And shall no one of these, in our opinion, belong to justice." 
 Literally, "lie in addition to justice," i. e., be placed under it. — det- 
 vov yap dv e'lj], ecpTj. " (No), truly, replied he, for that would be in- 
 tolerable." The particle yap often occurs in ansv/ers, when it must 
 be referred to something not expressed. 
 
334 NOTES TO BOOK IV. CHAPTER IL 
 
 ^ 15. 
 k^avSpa-odiarj-ai. This verb is often used with respect to cities. 
 Compare ^o-g^., vii., 6. Conviv., iv., 36. — Tvpog -ovg (piTiovg. "With 
 reference to friends." — oca npog ry adtKla edi^Kai^ev, k. t. 1. "What- 
 soever things we have placed under the head of injustice, must we 
 place all (of these), likewise, under the head of justice V Observe 
 that Tvpog Tri adLKLo, kdfiKafLEv is an instance of what grammarians term 
 the pregnant construction, for Trpbg rrjv adiKiav kdTJKafiev, tbgre ksI- 
 odac Ttpbg avry. Prepositions with the dative are sometimes joined 
 to verbs of motion, whither, and with the accusative to verbs of rest. 
 This is called the pregnant construction. In the former case, the 
 speaker regards the state of rest following on the complete motion ; 
 in the latter, the motion which precedes and is implied in the state 
 of rest ; so that the two parts, which in other languages require two 
 verbs to express them, are in Greek signified by one. Compare 
 Kuhner, ^ 645, Jel/.—kOfiKafiev. This form is rare, for the Attics 
 usually write sde/uev. The aorist in Ka occurs in good authors al- 
 most exclusively iu the singular and third person plural. In the 
 rest of the persons the second aorist is more used, which, again, 
 hardly ever occurs in the singular. Compare Matthics, ^ 210, 211. 
 
 ^ 16. 
 (3ovAeL ovv, £<f}7j, K. T. A. " Do you wish, then, said he, that, having 
 placed these things thus, we again proceed to define, namely, that 
 it is just," &c. — a/lAu delu irpog ye Tovrovg, k. t. /.. " But that, with 
 reference to the latter, a general must act without the smallest 
 guile." The subject here is arpaTrjyov, which is to be supplied from 
 the preceding section. 
 
 advficjg Exov. "Disheartened." Compare ii., 6, 18. — ipevau/xevog 
 ^^OTj. Compare ii., 6, 38. — Tzavcr} rug udvfxiag rov uTpaTev/xarog. 
 ♦'Shall cause the despondent feelings of his army to cease." Sto- 
 baeus has, with one MS., Tr/g adv/uag rovg crpaTtcJ-ag. — -nOTtpudt -Qfj- 
 cotiev ; " Under which head are we to place this act of deceit ?' — 
 -Kpbg TTjv diKaioavvTji'. " That we must assign it to justice." Sup- 
 ply -deTiov elvai i]filv. — deofievov fapuaKeiag, k. t. 1. " Requiring 
 medicine, and yet not liking a particular drug." — ug clt'lov to (pup- 
 uaKov 6u. " Shall give him the drug in question as if it were an 
 article of food." Commentators compare with this the fine lines in 
 Lucretius, i., 935, seqq. : " Sed veluti pueris absinthia tetra medentes,^* 
 &c. — TTol '* Under which head." — elg to avro. "Under the same." 
 
NOTES TO BOOK IV. CHAPTER II. 335 
 
 — [j}} Scaxpvo7]rac kavrov. "Lest he destroy himself." The verb 
 diaxpfiadai is used in this sense by a euphemism, and governs an 
 accusative. — K7Jybri jj dpTvaay. Compare iii., 6, 11. 
 
 ^ 18. 
 2e-yecg, e6tj, av, k. t. Tl. "Do you mean, said he, that not even 
 toward our friends ought we on all occasions to act without guile 1" 
 — fiETaTidefiat. "I retract." — ?} ^rj bpd&g Ttdivat. "Than to lay 
 down a wrong position." 
 
 ^ 19. 
 
 Tuv 6s drj, K. T. 1. In this and the following section, Socrates does 
 not express his own sentiments, for what in those passages he as- 
 serts is opposed to his own doctrines as stated elsewhere {e. g., iii., 
 4, 4, seqq. ; iv., 6, 6), respecting the nature of justice and other vir- 
 tues. He here assumes the character of a Sophist in order more 
 fully to convict Euthydemus of frivolity and self-conceit ; for he 
 who knowingly does injury to a friend, if we look to the point of 
 knowledge, is more just, has a greater knowledge of justice, than he 
 who does wrong unwittingly ; but if we look to the act of injury, he 
 is more unjust than the other. But he alone is to be called just, 
 who, knowing what is just, also executes it, not he who only has 
 the knowledge without the execution. And so he who designedly, 
 and of set purpose, writes ungrammatically, if we consider the point 
 of knowledge merely, is a better grammarian than he who writes or 
 reads ungrammatically without knowing that he does so, but not so 
 if we regard the act alone. {Kuhner, ad lac. Wheeler, ad loc.) 
 
 E-nl j3?iu6y. "To injure them." The preposition knc, with a da- 
 tive, sometimes expresses the object or aim of an action. So ouk. 
 ETTi KaKC), in Thucydides, v., 45, " not with any view to injury." 
 Compare Kuhner, ^ 634, Jelf. — 6 eKuv, ^ 6 cLkuv. " He who com- 
 mits the wrong intentionally, or he who does it unwittingly." — ttlc- 
 Tcvo) olc uTTOKpivofxat. " Put confidence in the answers which I give." 
 Attraction for a. — elprjodio /noi. " Let it be said by me," i. c, let me 
 here admit. 
 
 fiadrjaiQ Kol kTziarfiiir]. " An art and science." — ypafi/iaTCKurepov^ 
 "A better grammarian." — kqI uvayiyv6<TKy. "And read." — diroTe 
 ^ovloLTo. "Whenever he might feel inclined." Observe the force 
 of the optative in marking the repetition of an act, and compare ore 
 fiT] naoKiTj, in iii., 14, 6. — avru. Referring to writing and reading. — 
 
336 NOTES TO BOOK IV. CHAPTER II. 
 
 TTWf yap ov. Affirmatively : " (Yes), for how could it be otherwise ?* 
 {Matthicz, ^ 610, 6.)— ra diKata de irorepov. For the situatiua of tto- 
 repov, compare note on ii., 7, 8 ; iii., 9, 1. — (^aivo^ai. " I appear to 
 say so." Supply tovto "keyuv. Observe that ^alvofiac is opposed to 
 the following Soko). — Soku Se fiot kuI Tavra, k. t. A. " But I think I 
 say so without knowing why." 
 
 <^21. 
 rt 6e dr]-^ "What then, pray?' — (j)pd(uv. "When describing." 
 With regard to (ppu^ov .... (ppd^y, observe, that by a peculiar Greek 
 idiom, there is attached to the verb of the sentence a participle of 
 the same root and of similar meaning. This is exactly analogous 
 to the constructions iidxvv [zaxscrOai, &c. Compare Kuhner, ^ 705, 
 3, Jelf. — Tioyia^ov dirocpatvouevog tou avTov. "When stating the re- 
 sult of the same calculation," i. e., when rendering the same ac- 
 count. — diiTioQ vTj Ai' elvai. Supply do/ce?; and on the construction 
 of the whole clause, compare iii., 5, 24. 
 
 ^22. 
 uvdpa'Ko6d)6eL^. Compare i., 1, 16. ^ap' ovv 610, ttjv tov xa'^'isveiv, 
 K. T. 1. " Pray, then, do they obtain this name on account of their 
 ignorance of working at smith's workl" — rov reKTacveadai. "Of 
 carpentry." — tov GuvreveLv. " Of shoe making." — ovde 6C ev tovtuv. 
 Since the former interrogation has been denied (ovSe did Tavrrjv), 
 Kuhner supposes Euthydemus somewhat irritated at the captious 
 interrogatories of Socrates, and that he answers here pettishly. — 
 dTikd Koi TovvavTiov. That is, did rrjv tuv tolovtuv cocpiav rov bv6- 
 fiarog tovtov rvyxdvovatv. 
 
 ^23. 
 ^evyeiv, oTtug fir], k. t. 1. " To avoid being low-minded." Liter- 
 ally, "slavish," i. e., in spirit. — ttuvv 6/j.t]v (piXoao^elv (pLTioao^iav. "I 
 altogether thought that I was seeking out a philosophic system," 
 ?'. e., pursuing a line of study. Compare the explanation of Kiihner : 
 " Sapc CfnT^oao^eZv est, diligenter meditando aliquid reperire.''^ It is 
 used by Isocrates in the signification of " to study," " to investigate 
 by study." The proper meaning of the verb is, " to love knowledge," 
 " to seek to become wise," " to seek after knowledge for its own 
 sake." — 61' fjg dv, k. t. A. Construe du with naiSevdfjvai., and con- 
 sult Kuhner, <$> 429, Jelf. — TratdEvOF/vai. rd TrpogfiKovTa. Verbs which 
 have two accusatives in the active, retain one of these cases in the 
 passive. — Kaloadyadiag bpeyofiivo). Compare i., 2, 15.— rTrwf olet fie. 
 
NOTES TO BOOK IV.— CHAPTER H. S37 
 
 K. r. 7i. " How much do you think I am dejected," i. e., can you 
 imagine the despair I am in. — 6ta fj.ev tu Tzpo-jveTxovrjixiva, k. t. "k. 
 " After all my previous labor, not even able to ansvi^er that which is 
 asked me concerning the things which I ought most of all to know." 
 Literally, " on account of the things previously labored upon." Ob- 
 serve in iTTEp idv the attraction for «, and also that -Ktp'i is more usual 
 in this construction. 
 
 Ae/l^ovf. Delphi was situate on the southern side of Mount Par- 
 nassus, in Phocis, and was famed for its oracie of Apollo. The 
 more ancient name was Pytho. — j]6ri ttukote. "Ever as yet." — 
 KaTsfiadeg ovv Tzpbg ru vau, k. t. 1. " Did you observe, then, that 
 sentence, Know Thyself, written somewhere upon the temple 
 (wall) V^ Observe here the force of the article to, equivalent, as 
 Sturz remarks, to dicinm illud. This is said to have been the say- 
 ing of Chilo. Others, however, ascribe it to Thales. Socrates often 
 recommended it to his followers, for which he is ridiculed by Aris- 
 tophanes. Compare Sicvern, ad Aristoph., Nub., p. 6. — ovdiv not tov 
 ■ypa/Lc/iaTog e/xeTi^asv. The impersonal /ie'Aei, curcz est, is construed 
 with a dative of the person and a genitive of the thing. {Kuhner, 
 $ 496, Jelf,)—cavTbv eTziGKovelv, kng di^g. Thus sometimes in 
 Latin, as in Cicero, " Nosti MarceUum, quam tardus sit.''' — tovto ye, 
 "This, at least," i. e.^ ray own self.— oxoTi^ yap av aX)\.o tl ySeiv^ 
 " For I could scarcely have known any thing else." 
 
 $ 25. 
 <jf7r?p oi Tovg cKwovg .... birug exei- These words form a paren- 
 thesis- — yiyvu<jK€iv. "That they know (the animal)." — irpbg ttjv 
 Tov livKov XP^'^(^^- "^s regards the proper use of the steed," i. «., 
 the proper services required of him. — irpbg ttjv dvdphnivTjv ;^;p£tay, 
 " With reference to human uses,'" 
 
 <J 26, 
 irdaxovaLv. "Experience." — 6td de to hpEvadai iavTov. "But, 
 by having been deceived with respect to themselves," i. e., by reason 
 of not knowing themselves. — ■6tayiyv6(TKovaiv, "Thoroughly dis- 
 tinguish." — TTpaTTovTeg. " By attempting." — ev TzpuTTovai. "Enjoy 
 success." — 6ia<l>tvyovai to KaKtJg TrpuTTCLv. " Escape ili success." — 
 Tovg uXkovg uvOpuirovg 6oKifidl^eLv. " To form an estimate regarding 
 the rest of men." — dtd t^ riiv aAAwv XP^^'^S- " ^^ means of their 
 use of the rest of men," I e., by their dealings with others. 
 
 P 
 
S38 NOTES TO BOOK IV, ^HAFTES 12, 
 
 ol 6e fxTf eid&rec- Supply tavrovq, or ttjv eavTcov dvvafiLv. — Trpof re 
 7ovg uHovg, k. t. 1. "Are similarly affected as regards both the 
 lest of men," &c. Inas-much as they do not know themselves, they 
 are equally ignorant of other men, and of all human affairs, — ovrs 
 big xP^'^'^^f" " J^or those with whom they have dealings." — tuv re 
 ayaduv cmo-rvyxavovGL, k. t. "k. " They both fail of obtaining the 
 things that are good,, and fall into those that are eviL" 
 
 § 28. 
 "fKiTxr/Xo-vorurEq Irv Trpurrovatv. " Succeeding in the things which 
 they -do." Observe that uv is by attraction for a. — kuI ol re ofioiot 
 TovToig, K. T. A. "And they who are like, to them gladly make use 
 of their assistance," i. e., men of similar prudence ; men who re- 
 semble them in character and conduct, — vnlp avTu>v (iovlevEadai, 
 " To counsel for them." — Koi rrpoicrraadat, re tavruv tovtov^. " And 
 to place these before themselves." We have here, as Ktthner re- 
 marks, a species of anacoluthon. The more regular form of expres- 
 sion would have been, kul ■KpoLaTacdai re jiov'kovTai tavTuv tovtovq, 
 KoL Tag kXmdag .... ex^^vgc, 
 
 4 29. 
 RQKug de alpovficvot. " And making an unfortunate choice," i. c, 
 in consequence of not knowing their own abilities. Weiske takes 
 it passively : " Infeliciter ad aliquod negotium vel munus dclectV — ■ 
 ^rjiiLovvTai re koI Ko?M^ovTai^ " Are both fined and punished." Com- 
 pare KuTiner: ^' Mulct antur et castigantur.^'' — ciih^ovoi. "Incur dis- 
 repute." — ruv TTO/lewv on. In order to give greater force to the op- 
 position, the genitive is thus placed before the conjunction. So 
 sometimes in Latin, as in Cicero, Divin., i., 40 : ^^Dcus ut haheretur,^'' 
 
 ug Trdvv [J.OC Sokovv. Here doKovv is an accusative after IgOl, equiv- 
 alent to ladi, doKelv /xoi. In place of this construction the genitive 
 absolute is more frequently employed. The common text has doKcL 
 — nepl TToTilov ■koltjteov. Compare ii., 3, 10. — Trpof ere ano67i,ETT(j, k. 
 T. 1. "I look to you (for aid), if haply you might feel inclined to 
 explain it unto me." The optative with eI is used with respect to 
 present actions, when the doubtfulness of the result is to be strongly 
 marked ; and sometimes, as in the present instance, uv is added, 
 for the purpose of making that doubtfulness still stronger. Com- 
 pare Malthice, ^ 526, 
 
NOTES TO BOOK IV. CHAPTER II. 339 
 
 (J 31. 
 ntlvTuc Tcov yiyvuffKcic- ** Yoa fully know, I suppose." — el -yap 
 fiTide TavTa olda, k. t. 1. " For if I did not even know these, I would 
 be more worthless even than a slave." Literally, <' than slaves." 
 The particle d is used with the indicative, and, in the apodosis, 
 the optative with ilv, when the condition contains a determinately 
 expressed case, and the apodosis refers to a circumstance which is 
 merely possible or probable. {Matthia, <5» 524, Obs. 2, 1.) — avro to 
 vyLaivEiv. " The very circumstance of being in health." — eireiTa ra 
 aiTLa iKaoTipov avrijv, k. t. "k. " In the next place, as regards the 
 causes of each of them, namely, both drink and food, (I regard) those 
 which conduce to health as blessings," &c. Supply vo/^f^w from the 
 previous clause, and observe that ttotu, and ^purd are more literally 
 " drinkables" and " eatables." 
 
 «J 32. 
 KoL TO vytaivEiv Kal to voanv. " Both health and sickness." 
 Taken substantively. — Trdre d* av, E<prj, k. t. "k. The inquiry of Eu- 
 thydemus. — oTpaTeiag te alaxpu^, k. t. A. " Some having, by reason 
 of .strong health, taken part either in a disgraceful expedition by 
 land, or some injurious movement by sea," &c. — o'l 6e dt' aadivetav 
 aTToAet^devTeg, cuduaiv. " While others, having been left behind on 
 account of feeble health, may have been saved." Some prefer ren- 
 dering uKo/iecfdivTeg here more freely, "having missed (the expe- 
 dition, or movement by sea)." — pdkkov dyada rj kuku. "Any more 
 blessings than evils." — ovSev, pd Ala, (j)atv£Tai, k- t. 2,. "Not any 
 more, indeed, it is evident, according to this mode of arguing, at 
 least." 
 
 ^ 33. 
 
 d'W 71 ye TOL co(i>ia. " But wisdom, at least, indeed." — tl 6ai ; 
 Tov Aaidakov, k. t. A. This passage is remarkable for its Socratic 
 irony. Below, iv., 5, 6, where the philosopher utters his real sen- 
 timents, he calls Go<pcav, i. e., intelligence and wisdom, the summum 
 bonum ; and above, iii., 9, 5, he clearly states all virtue to be go- 
 (pia. — TOV Aai6alov. " The celebrated Daedalus." The article here 
 is emphatic. — otl XricpOelc virb Mivu, k. t. 2,. " How that, having 
 been seized by Minos, on account of his wisdom, he was compelled 
 to be a slave to that prince." Daedalus, according to the legend, 
 was an Athenian, but having killed, through envy, his sister's son 
 Perdix, he fled to Crete, where his skill obtained for him the friend- 
 ship and protection of Minos. This Socrates ironically calls Xij^deig 
 
340 NOTES TO BOOK IV. CHAPTER II. 
 
 VTTo Mlvo), K. T. 2. — fiera rov vlov. An allusion to the fabled flight 
 of Daedalus, along with his son Icarus, from the island of Crete, after 
 the afTair of Pasiphae. — t6v te Tzalda aiT6?,e(ye. In the Icarian Sea, 
 as it was afterward called. — etc rovg (Sap6dpovg. Daedalus fled to 
 Sicily after the loss of his son, where he was protected by Cocalus, 
 king of the Sicani, and where he executed for the monarch many 
 great works of art. This Socrates ironically calls a second ensla- 
 ving. — TO. 6e JlaXa/j.^dovc, k. t. 1. Palamedes exposed the pretended 
 madness of Ulysses, and thus incurred his hatred. Ulysses accused 
 him of treason, and succeeded by his artifices in having him stoned 
 to death. Herbst aptly compares Philostratus (Heroic, p. 707) : 
 Hala/XTJdTjv de ovdev rj aofia tovTjae to firj ovk. airodavelv dta6Xr]6ivTa. 
 — vfivovciv. " Celebrate in song." — wf. " How that." — avapTrda- 
 Tovg Trpof (iaatlia yeyovhai. "To have been carried off to the great 
 king." The King of Persia is meant, and the reference being a well- 
 known one, the article is, as usual, omitted. 
 
 §34. 
 KivdvvevEi. "Appears." Compare ii., 3, 17; iii., 13, 3.^ — eiye (ztj 
 Tig avTo, K. T. A. " (Yes), if at least one do not seek to compose it, 
 said he, O Euthydemus, of questionable goods," i. e., if he do not 
 consider any questionable good as one of its ingredients. — tI 6' dv, 
 E(j>i], K. T. 1. " But what one, said he, of the things tending to hap- 
 piness, could be questionable in its nature V i. e., could be a question- 
 able good. — Elye fir] TrpogdrjaofiEV avTU). " Unless, indeed, we shall 
 attach to it (as its elements)." 
 
 § 35, 36. 
 
 vji At', e^j;, TrpogdrjaofiEv apa. "Ay, indeed, said Socrates, we 
 will then be adding those things." — TroAAa kol xoleTrd. Compare i., 
 2, 24. — fxttl^oatv epyoig ETTixEt-povvTEg. "Undertaking works too great 
 for them." — diadpvrrTofiEvoi te koX ettlBovTievohevou " Being ener- 
 vated and plotted against." — akla jiriv, E<pr], Etye [jlt]6e, k. t. 1. " Why 
 in very truth, replied Euthydemus, if I do not speak rightly even in 
 praising happiness, I confess that I do not even know what I ought 
 to pray for from the gods." Literally, " with reference to the gods." 
 Compare i., 2, 10. — ov6' eaKE^pai. "You have never even examined." 
 — TL eotl. "What kind of a thing it is." Compare i., 2, 13. — Tzdv- 
 Tug drjirov. "Assuredly, if I mistake not, (I know this)." 
 
 <)37. 
 eldivai. "For one to know." Supply Tivd. — fir] eldoTa S^fiov. 
 " If he know not the people themselves." Literally, " the demus.'' 
 
NOTES TO BOOK IV. CHAPTER II. 341 
 
 Among the Greek democratical states, especially at Athens, the 
 term dfjiiog was used to indicate the commons, the people, the priv- 
 ileged order of citizens, &c. — Troiovg. " What sort of persons." — 
 £if a del TeTielv. " To expend on those things on which they ought 
 (to expend their means)," i. e., on the necessaries of life. Sauppe 
 understands this differently. He refers Telelv to those citizens 
 who, being enrolled in a particular class, pay the public taxes as- 
 sessed upon that class : now, since these are said teIeIv elg tu^lv 
 Tivd, he takes the present passage to mean the same as if it were 
 written rovg fj.rj exovrag relscv elg ravra elg a Set. We have adopted 
 the same mode of resolving the passage, but with what we conceive 
 to be a far more natural explanation. 
 
 Kal TTEpLTTOiovvTat utt' uvtuv. " They even make savings from 
 them." — Kal vrj Ai', ^i], k. t. 2.. We have adopted in this sentence 
 the punctuation of Weiske. The passage stood thus in the old edi- 
 tions : Kal V7] At', l<p7] 'EiidvdTj/j.og • bpQcbg yap fxe uvafiL/Liv^GKeLg • olda 
 yap, K. T. A. The second yap, in our reading, explains the paren- 
 thesis. The more natural arrangement, as Kuhner remarks, would 
 have been as follows : Kal vrj At', l(pr} 6 EvdvdTjiiog, ol6a {opduc yap 
 ue ava[iLjj.vr]GK£ig) Kal Tvpdvvovg, k. t. X. — ol uTvopuraTOL. "They who 
 are completely destitute." 
 
 ^ 39. 
 rovg fjLev Tvpdvvovg elg rov drj/xov ■&fiaofiev. " We will have to class 
 these tyrants among the demus." — oIkovo/uckoL " Good managers." 
 — dvayKd^ec [le Kal ravra ofioXoyecv, k. r. 2. "My own stupidity, 
 doubtless, forces me to concede even this." The position of drj^-ov- 
 ort, here is somewhat unusual. It would come in more naturally 
 after uvayKu^ec //e. Leunclavius considers it a mere expletive here, 
 but this is going altogether too far. — KLvdwevo) yap dnXug, k. r. ?,. 
 " For I appear to know nothing at all." Literally, " simply nothing." 
 Equivalent to the Latin " omnino nihiV 
 
 MO. 
 Tuv ovro) Scaredevrcjv viro 'LuKpdrovg. " Of those who were re- 
 duced to this state by Socrates." — (SXaKuripovg. "More foolish 
 (than ever)." In relation to this form, compare notes on iii., 13, 4. 
 — vT^ilatev. " Concluded." — dTilug el [ifi. So in Latin, non aliter 
 nisi, for non aliter quam si, in Cic, Ep. ad Fam., viii., 14; xii., 14; 
 Liv., xlv., 11. — EVLa de Kal efiifiEcro, k. r. 1. "He imitated, also, some 
 
342 NOTES TO BOOK IV. CHAPTER III. 
 
 of his pursuits." Literally, " some of the things which he pursued." 
 Observe the attraction in uv for a. — duTdparTev. " Confoundef? 
 him." — k^rjyscTo. "Explained to him." 
 
 CHAPTER III. 
 
 H. 
 TO filv ovv 7\,sKTLKoig, K. T. /I. " Socratcs, then, was not urgent 
 that those who associated with him should rapidly become able in 
 speech, or in action, or of inventive skill." More literally, " did not 
 hasten onward this circumstance, that those who associated with 
 him should become," &c. How Socrates taught his pupils to be 
 TTpaKTLKOL wiU be related in chapter v. ; how to be dcaXeKTiKoi, in 
 chapter vi. ; and how to be fiTjxaviKoi, in chapter vii. — ao)(ppoc!vvr]v. 
 "A spirit of self-control." — rovg ravra Svvafievov^. "That those 
 who were powerful in these qualities," i. e., in speaking, acting, &c. 
 
 nepl '&eovc aio^povag. " Sound in their notions respecting the 
 gods." — uXkoL /xEv ovv avrC), k. t. A. " Others, then, who were pres- 
 ent with him when conversing on this topic with other persons, re- 
 lated (his words unto me)." Heindorf conjectured diTjyolvTo, i. e., 
 narrent ; Herbst, dtrjyovvTat. We have followed the common text, 
 and have given the explanation of Bornemann, as approved of by 
 Kuhner. 
 
 ij6tj TTore ool hn^ldev. " Did it ever hitherto occur to you." Com- 
 pare iv., 2, 4. — KaTEOKEvaKaai,. "Have provided." — koL og. Com- 
 pare i., 4, 2. — 7]fj.lv Trapexovcnv. "Afford us." — o y' el firj eixoftev. 
 "And if we had not this, at least." — eveKa ye tuv Tifierepcdv bcpda?.- 
 ftijv. " As far, at least, as our eyes are concerned," — u.?iM nrjv Kai. 
 "But, moreover." — KuXkiarov avawavrripLov. "A most excellent 
 time for taking repose." According to the analogy of the language, 
 avairavT^ptov should properly signify " a place for taking repose." 
 Some read avairavcT^ptov, "with regard to which form, consult the 
 remarks of Lobeck, ad Soph., Aj., 704, p. 321. 
 
 (puTeivbc uv. " Being luminous," i. e., light-imparting. — tuc re 
 iopag TTjc Tjfiipag. "Both the divisions of the day," i. e., bpOpov, 
 liEarifi6piav, deilriVy ianepav, or " dawn, midday, afternoon, even- 
 
TvOTES TO BOOK IV. CHAPTER III. 343 
 
 ing."" In tlie time of Xenophon upa did not signify an hour, or the 
 fcwentj-fourth equal part of a day and night It appears to have 
 been first used in this latter sense by the astronomer Hipparchus, 
 about 140 B,a Compare Idder^ Chronol.^ i., p. 239.— <5ia to gkq- 
 TELVTj elvao, a(Ta<p€(TTepa eaTiv. " In consequence of its being gloomy, 
 is less distinct" Observe here the nominative with the infinitive 
 by attraction, and consult Kuhner, 4 672, 2, Jel/.—uarpa avippav. 
 " They cause the stars to shine forth." Observe here the employ- 
 ment of the aorist to denote what is customary, or wont to happen, 
 rag upag rfjg vvKTog. The Greeks divided the night into three 
 watches, the Romans into four. 
 
 TavTfjv Tjfuv Eic T^g yfjg avaSidovau " Their raising this for us from 
 out of the earth." With ava^Ldovai supply avrovg^ L e.., rovg ^eovg, — 
 ojpag. "Seasons." — olg evcppaivofieda. "By which we experience 
 delight" More literally, "by which we gladden ourselves." Ob- 
 serve the force of the middle. — kuw, e(jir], kgI ravra ipiMvdpijn-a, 
 *' These things, also, said he, are indicative of a very strong love for 
 man." Observe that ravra is here in the plural, because the refer- 
 ence is not to the preceding ro, but to the various blessings that are 
 enumerated, 
 
 ovTO) TTo2,?Mv a^iov, K. T. 1. " A thiug of so much value as both 
 to produce, and, in conjunction with the earth and the seasons, to 
 bring to maturity," &c. — avvrpe(j)ecv. *' To help to nurture." — naac 
 Tolg rpecpovcnv ij^ag- " With all our nutriment." — evKarepyaaroTepa, 
 *'More easy of digestion."— Tipovo^yTiA'dt', "Is a mark of divine fore- 
 sight," i e., of a kind Providence. 
 
 TO nvp. " The element of fire." Observe the article. It is 
 omitted in one MS., whence Bornemann has very rashly inclosed 
 it m brackets. — emKovpov fiev ipvxovg. " An aid against cold." — avv- 
 epyov. "A co-worker." — KaraaKEvdCovroL. "Supply themselves 
 with." Observe the middle. — ug yap gvveTlovtl ei-nelv. Compare 
 iii., 8, 10. — vTT£p6dX/iei ^iTiavdpuma. " Surpasses all the former in 
 evincing love for man." 
 
 TO 61 Koi dipa tjjxlv, k. t. 1. " And, again, their having so abun- 
 dantly diffused the air every where around us." Literally, " for us." 
 
344 NOTES TQ BOOK IV. CHAPTER III. 
 
 This whole passage, down to aviii^paarov inclusive, is preserved only 
 in one MS., that of Meermann. It is suspected by most critics of 
 being spurious. The following reasons have been advanced for this 
 opinion. 1. The use of the adverb a^doi^u^, where we would expect 
 afdovov. 2. The suspicious form of the aorist dcaxviyat. 3. The 
 affected form of the expression -rrpSjuaxov i^ojfiq, which does not suit 
 tiie simple style of Xenophon. 4- The words aAla koI Tttkdyq Tvepuv 
 but ill agree with the preceding sentences. 5. The form dXkaxoQi 
 is met with in no other passage. In many MSS., moreover, there 
 is an hiatus between to 61 koX aipa and to 6e tov rfkiov, and. it has 
 been supposed that some scribe attempted to fill up the vacuum with 
 the present passage. — rrpofiaxou /cat avvrpoc^iov. "A defense and sup- 
 port." — aXTia Kol 'Ke'kdyri nepdv 6i.' avTov. " But that we even cross 
 over seas by means of it," i. e., by the action of the air on the can- 
 vass of the sails. — Kal to, kTnT7J6ei,a d?i?.ovg, k. t. A. "And that some 
 men in one quarter and in one land, and other men in another 
 quarter and in a different land, by sending to each other, procure 
 for themselves what they require, how is not this beyond all calcu- 
 lation 1 It is unutterably so." 
 
 h'KELddv TpdirriTai. " Whenever he turns." Observe the force of 
 the middle. The allusion is to the apparent motion of the sun after 
 the shortest day, or the winter solstice. — irpoguvac. " Approaches 
 toward us." — uv Kaiphg dulipivdsv. "Whose season (for ripening) 
 has gone by." — ixdllov tov deovrog ^epftacvuv. " By imparting unto 
 us more of his heat than is needful." — Kal otuv av ndlcv dirtcbv yi- 
 v7]Tat evda, k. t. X. "And when, in the course of his departure, he 
 may have come back again (to that quarter of the heavens) where," 
 &c. Supply kvTavda before IvOa. The order av tzuIiv is very rare ; 
 TcdTiLv av, which occurs immediately after, is much more usual. 
 Compare Schafer, Mclet. Crit., p. 39.— ei utzuolv. "If he shall de- 
 part." Observe the employment of the present uTreiaiv, according 
 to Attic usage, in a future sense.— /cat kvravda tov ovpavov dvaarpe- 
 ^eadai., k. t. "k. "And keeps revolving in that part of the heavens, 
 by being in which he might benefit us most." — -KavTu-Kaaiv Iqikev. 
 ** Altogether resemble." 
 
 et t^a-KLvriq yiyvoiTo. " If either should come upon us suddenly." 
 — KaTu, iiiKpov. " Gradually." — wfre lavQavziv i]^ug, k. t. 1. " That 
 we escape our own observation while we are coming toward, and 
 getting placed in, either most powerful extreme." More freely, 
 "that we are imperceptibly placed in either extreme." Observe 
 
NOTES TO BOOK IV. CHAPTER III. 345 
 
 the construction of etc with KadccTafievovc, the preposition to be ren- 
 dered by a verb of motion. — el upa ri kcyri, k. r. a. "Whether the 
 gods, perchance, have any other employment than," &c. With ep- 
 yov supply u7J^o. The particle r] stands sometimes after an inter- 
 rogative, r/f, TL, without aA/lof. So in indirect questions we some- 
 times find TL instead of uAAo tL Compare Kuhner, ^ 779, Obs. 1, 
 Jelf. — TovTCJv. The benefits mentioned above. 
 
 ^ 10. 
 ov yap Kal tovt', k. t. A. "(Let it occasion no embarrassment), 
 for is not this also manifest, said Socrates." Observe the elliptical 
 employment of yap. — uvdpunuv eveKa. " For the sake of men." The 
 same sentiment is expressed by Cicero, N. D., ii., 62. — alyuv re Kal 
 btcjv, K. T. 1. " Reaps so many advantages from goats and sheep, 
 &:c., as men do 1" — efiol /lev yap 6okeI, k. t. ?i. " For to me, indeed, 
 it appears (that they reap) more advantages (from these) than from 
 the productions of the earth." Zeune supplies ^ after 7t?.€iu, but 
 when a comparative is followed by a genitive, depending on some 
 other word, this particle is often omitted. The genitive tuv ^vtuv 
 depends on d-ro^Mveiv. — rpecpovTac yovv kqI xpv/^o.Ti^^ovTai, k. t. A. "At 
 least, however, they nourish and enrich themselves no less from 
 these," i. e., from animals. — ttoIv de yivo^ uvdpuTruv. " And a numer- 
 ous race of men." The allusion is to the Scythians, who led a noma- 
 dic life. — diid (SoaKTjfzdruv. " Obtained from herds." — rd xpr/Gi/ia tuv 
 ^(jo)v. "The useful ones of animals." When a substantive is joined 
 with an adjective or pronoun, where both should be in the same case, 
 the Greeks often, for greater emphasis, consider the substantive as 
 the whole and the adjective as the part, and put the former in the 
 genitive. — otc dv (SovAuvrai. " For whatever purpose they may 
 please." The verb xpn^^^o-i., which properly signifies " to employ as 
 a means or instrument," is construed with a dative of the person or 
 thing employed, and an accusative of the use, purpose, or end. 
 
 HI- 
 TrpogdclvaL. "Their adding." Here again the aorist has refer- 
 ence to what is habitual or customary. — aladfjCEK;. " Senses." — 
 TO 6s Kal Aoyicfidv rif-uv e[i<j)VGai. " And their implanting, also, in us 
 a faculty of reason." — Tzepl wv alc6av6/j.e6a, k. t. ?.. " Both reasoning 
 respecting sensible objects, and holding these reasonings in mem- 
 ory." Observe that -nepl uv is for izepl tuv cjv. — otztj tKaara cvfi- 
 (f>EpEi. " In what way each is beneficial," i. e., how far each may 
 be beneficial. — epfiTjveiav. " Speech." — dc' ^.f ndvTuv tuv dyaduv, k. 
 P2 
 
346 NOTES TO BOOK IV. CHAPTER III. 
 
 r. A. "Giving instruction, by means of which we both impart all 
 blessings unto one another, and share these in common." — vofiovi 
 TLdsfieda. Compare iv., 4, 19. — iroTitrevofteda. "Enjoy constitution- 
 al government." — ttoAA^v emfie^iecav TToteladai. "To take, in their 
 goodness, great care." Observe the force of the middle, literally, 
 " to make for themselves," i. e., in their own spontaneous goodness. 
 Stronger, therefore, than the simple £7nfie?.ela6aL would have been. 
 
 ^12. 
 el advvaTovjLisv, k. t. 1. " Since we are unable to foresee what 
 things will be advantageous with regard to the future. The prepo 
 sition vKsp has here somewhat of the force of the Latin de, with the 
 accessory idea of an intention to regulate or arrange. Hence the 
 explanation which Matthiae here gives to vrrep tCjv [xeHovtuv, name- 
 ly, ^' ad res futuras bene constituendas.'''' Observe that el has here, 
 with the indicative, the force of kird, and compare i., 5, 1. Schnei- 
 der, Schtitz, and Dindorf read y, a mere conjecture of Reiske's. — 
 rolg TTvvdavoftevotc- "Unto those who inquire of them." — yiyvoivTo. 
 Three Paris MSS. have yiyvoLTo, but the plural is right, because 
 several distinct events are referred to. Compare Kuhner, <^ 385, b., 
 Jelf. — Gol 6', £(pTj, d) XuKpare^, k. t. /I. Consult on this passage, page 
 xxviii. of the Prolegomena. 
 
 ^ 13. 
 oTt 6e ye alrjOfj liyu, k. t. 1. " And that I speak the truth (in 
 saying that the gods assist us in uncertain circumstances), you also 
 will discover," &c. From this passage it would appear that Soc- 
 rates did not consider that the daifxovLov was given specially to him- 
 self alone, as a peculiar gift, but was common to him with other 
 men. Compare i., 1, 19: 2w/cpar??f de Truvra fiev Tjyelro, k. t. X., 
 and Prolegomena, I. c. — ra^ fiopfag tuv d-eiJu. Compare ii., 1, 19. — 
 ovTug vnodetiivvovaLv. " Thus secretly manifest themselves unto 
 us." Observe the force of vno. The idea is, that we are not to 
 look, in divination, for the very forms of the gods, but that they 
 merely give us on those occasions some secret manifestations of 
 their will." — ol re yap uTJ^ol, k. t. X. "For both the other gods." 
 Supply ■&eo/,, which is omitted because avrol ol ■&eoi went before. 
 Socrates, Plato, and Cicero, besides believing in one supreme God, 
 supposed that there were several other inferior, but immortal gods, 
 whom the great God employed in the administration of the universe. 
 — ovdev TovTuv. The idea is, that they do not present themselves 
 to our view in giving any of the good things which they bestow. — 
 
NOTES TO BOOK IV. CHAPTER III. 347 
 
 Kal 6 Tov d?i.ov KOGjjLovi K. T. A. " And he who both disposes and 
 maintains the whole universe," i. e., the universe as a whole. The 
 reference is to the one great Being who reigns supreme over all 
 things. The very name of the universe, Kua/xog, denotes the order, 
 harmony, and beauty that pervade it. A similar meaning is em- 
 braced by the Ldiim mundus. Compare Pliny, i/. i\^., ii., 4 : " Quem 
 Koa/iov GrcBci nomine ornamenti appellavere, eum nos a perfecta ah- 
 solutaque elegantia mundum." — ev d) Tcavra Kala kuI ayadd eari. Ex- 
 planatory, in effect, of the term Koafio^. — Kal an (lev xp^f^^voi^, k. t. /I. 
 *' And who always exhibits (this universe) unto those who avail 
 themselves (of its blessings), as uninfluenced by decay, and by dis- 
 ease, and by age, and obeying him," &c. We have adopted dy^- 
 parov, the correction of Stephens, and which has been followed by 
 most subsequent editors. The common text has ayripaTa, making 
 the reference to be to rravra Ka'ka koI ayadd, but this is inferior in 
 every point of view, though adopted by Kuhner. — ovTog rd neyiara, 
 «. r. 1. " This being is (mentally) seen by his performance of the 
 most stupendous works, but is unseen by our bodily eyes while 
 administering the affairs of earth." The idea intended to be con- 
 veyed is simply this, that the Deity can only be seen in his works. 
 We have given rdde here what appears to be its most natural mean- 
 ing. Kuhner refers it to rd /leytara, but Xeaophon would then have 
 used TavTa. 
 
 ^ 14. 
 dKptSu^. " Steadfastly. "—di^ci(5wf. ''Boldly." A metaphor takon 
 from the staring gaze of effrontery. — rrjv oTptv d^atpetTai. " He de- 
 prives him of sight." The verb dc^atpEladai and some others, sig- 
 nifying " to take away," are construed with two accusatives, one 
 of the thing taken, and another of the person deprived. The latter 
 is sometimes, as in the present instance, omitted. {MatlhicB, § 418.) 
 rove v-n-rjpiTag. "The ministers." A figurative form of expression 
 for thunder, winds, &c. Ernesti remarks, that similarly in the 
 Scriptures, thunder and tempests are called the ministers of God. — 
 Kepavvog. Observe that Kepavvog and dvepog are often found without 
 the article, as being things familiar and well known. Compare 
 • Kuhner, <J 447, 448, Jelf.—ok dv kvTvxv- "With whatsoever it may 
 have come into contact," i. e., whatever it strikes. — -KpogLovTuv. 
 "As they approach."— dXAa prjv koL Compare i., 1, 6. — jj, elirep. 
 Thus in four MSS. The common, text omits r/.—rov ^elov fxersxei. 
 « Partakes of the divine essence." — a XPV Karavoovvra. Here the 
 conclusive and connecting particle is elegantly omitted by asynde- 
 
348 NOTES TO BOOK IV. CHAPTER III. 
 
 ton. — fu] KaTafpovEiv rijv uopdrcov. "Not to despise invisible things." 
 — eK TcJv ytyvofzivuv. " From their results." 
 
 § 15. 
 oTt [xev ovds fj.tKp6v, k. r. 1. "That I will not neglect the deity 
 even in a slight degree." Verbs which express the notion oi caring 
 for, thinking much of, or their contraries, and which necessarily im- 
 ply an antecedent notion of the cause, person, or thing whence the 
 case arises, are construed with a genitive. {Kuhner, ^ 496, Jelf.)— 
 ekeIvo 6e advfxcj. Many neuter verbs, which express an emotion, 
 not having any direct object, are followed by an accusative of the 
 thing which causes the emotion. Thus, in the following section, /llti 
 TovTo udvf^Ei. So, also, in Latin, " Id dolemus^'' {Cic, Brut., 1) ; " Id 
 lacrymat virgo" {Ter., Eu7i., v., 1, 13). — ovd' uv elg. Compare i., 
 6, 2 ; iv., 2, 22. — a^laig x"-P'-<^'-'^ afZEiBEadai. The verb dfiElBEodac, in 
 the signification of "to remunerate," is construed with an accusa- 
 tive of the person or thing remunerated, and with a dative of the 
 means of remuneration. (Matthice, § 411, 5.) 
 
 opag yap. The verb opdo) refers here to mental vision, and has, 
 therefore, a force very like that of "to know."— i^d^^ TroAewf. " In 
 accordance with the ritual of the state." Compare the explanation 
 of Cicero, De Leg., ii., 16 ; " In Uge est, ut de ritihus patriis colaidur 
 optimi : de quo cum consulcrent Athcnitnses Apollinem Pythium, quas 
 poiissimum religiones tcnerent, oraculum edicum est, eas, quce essent in 
 
 more majorum.''\ — /card dyvajiLv. "According to one's means." 
 
 lepoZg ■d-sovg cipiaKEadac. For the construction of upianeadai, consult 
 Matthicz, ^ 398, 412, and CarmichaeVs Greek verbs, p. 41. Xenophon 
 here follows the construction of Homer, Od., viii., 396. 
 
 •J 17, 18. 
 r^f [XEV dvvdfiEog /htjSev votEadac. "That we abate no portion of 
 our means." — (pavspog dfjirov eotL Compare i., 1, 2 ; iv., 1, 2.—fi7j. 
 6ev E?,A£liTovTa Tifiuv. " Failing in no respect to honor." Observe 
 that fAAeiTTCj is here construed with an infinitive. The more usual 
 construction, however, of this verb is with a participle.— ov yup nap' 
 uXkiiv, K. T. A. The order is, ov ydp uv tlq aaxppovoiTj, eXttI^cjv (i. c, 
 d h2,T:L^0L) jXEL^oi nap' u?,?iuv, k. t. ?.. — ov6' uv uHug nuXkov. Supply 
 au(ppovoiTi. — Kal avrbg noicjv. "And by personally acting in this 
 way." — napEaKEva^Ev. "He rendered." This verb occurs again, 
 iv., 6, 14, in this same sense of " to render, effect, make." 
 
NOTES TO BOOK IV. CHAPTER IV. 349 
 
 CHAPTER IV. 
 H. 
 ovK aTTEKpvTTTETo. " He was Dot accustoHied to conceal," i. e., 
 he never concealed. — Idia re irdai, k. t. 1. " By both conducting 
 himself toward all, in his private capacity, in accordance with the 
 law and usefully," &c. By oxpeXlfiuQ is meant the being kind, and 
 benevolent, and useful to his fellow-citizens. Schneider, in his first 
 edition, thought this word either corrupt or misplaced. — apxovai te. 
 The particle re corresponds with kol in (} 2, kqI ore, k. t. 1. The 
 sentence should have strictly run thus : idia re ... . ;t|06)/ievof, kol 
 KOLvy apxovai re ... . neLdofievog, .... koI kv ralg £KKX7]ciacc sTnaTa- 
 TT]g yevofjiEvog ovk ETTtrpeipag rw S^uu napa rovg vofiovg xjjrjfioaadai. 
 The construction, however, is purposely changed from the participle 
 to the finite verb for the sake of greater emphasis. Compare ii., 
 1, 30. — ugTE 6L(ldT]7iog elvac, k. r. A. " So that it was very evident 
 that in comparison Avith the rest of men he was eminently obedient 
 to discipline." 
 
 ^2,3. 
 kv Tolg £KK/i7]alai.g. Compare i., 1, 18. — alia crbv Toig vo/nocg, k. 
 T. A. " But in his adherence to the laws, he opposed such violence 
 of impulse on the part of the populace as I think that no other in- 
 dividual could have withstood." — TrpogErarrov av-Q tl. " Enjoined 
 on him any order." — firj dialEyeadaL. Compare i., 2, 35. — Trpof- 
 Ta^avTuv. Observe the employment here of the aorist participle, 
 whereas, in the previous clause, airayopEvovruv was employed. The 
 distinction appears to be this, that the latter denotes a reiteration 
 of the interdict, whereas the aorist participle implies a single com- 
 mand. — ayayelv riva km -^avdro}. "To bring (unto them) a certain 
 individual for the purpose of being put to death." The individual 
 referred to was Leon, a native of Salamis, and citizen of Athens. 
 He had gone to Salamis from Athens as a voluntary exile, to avoid 
 being put to death by the thirty tyrants. Socrates, with four others, 
 was ordered to bring him from Salamis ; but he would not execute 
 the command, which was, however, carried into effect by the re- 
 maining four. From the speech of Theramenes in Xenophon (Hist. 
 Gr., ii., 3, 39) we learn that Leon was a man of worth and respect- 
 abihty, and chargeable with no crime ; and Andocides {De Myst., 
 ^ 94) tells us that he was condemned without a trial. — Jm to izpog- 
 TdrTEodai. " Because the order was imposed." 
 
350 NOTES TO BOOK IV. CHAPTER IV. 
 
 Kal ore rr]v vnb Mf/l^rou, k. t. A. "And when he was defendant 
 in the accusation brought by Meletus." Concerning the accusers 
 of Socrates, consult Wiggers' Life of Socrales,-p. 406 of this volume. 
 The verb ^evyu is frequently employed as an Attic law-term, " to 
 be accused, or prosecuted at law;" hence 6 (pvyuv, "the accused," 
 " the defendant," opposed to 6 Slukcov, " the accuser," " the prose- 
 cutor." Hence, too, (psvyecv ypafriv or diKrjv means "to be put on 
 one's trial for something," the crime being usually added in the 
 genitive, and the accuser being expressed by the same case with 
 VTiO.—Tvpdg x^P'-'^- " In order to gain their favor." There was a 
 regular law at Athens, forbidding defendants having recourse to 
 prayers, entreaties, or any other means for exciting the compassion 
 of their judges. Compare Pollux, viii., 117. Hence the addition of 
 the words irapa tovq vofiovg after deladaL.—ruv eludoruv. Supply 
 noieladat.—aXld paSlog av iKpeOek. " But, although he would easily 
 have been acquitted." Equivalent to bg padlug av u<^ddrj, el, k. t. 1. 
 Observe the employment of av with the participle, and consult Mat- 
 thicB, ^ 598, b.—£/ifxevo)v. "Abiding by." , . 
 
 'iTTTTiav rov 'B.Ielov. " Hippias the Elean." Hippias, a native of 
 Elis, was one of the most celebrated Sophists of the age. His van- 
 ity and boastful arrogance are well described in two of the dialogues 
 of Plato (the 'Imttag fiei^uv and the 'iTTTrlag eXdrTuv, Hippias major 
 and Hippias minor). It can not be denied, however, that he was a 
 man of very extensive knowledge. To a certain extent, too, he 
 had a practical skill in the ordinary arts of life, for he used to boast 
 of wearing on his body nothing that he had not made with his own 
 hands, such as his seal-ring, his cloak, and shoes. — 6id xpovov. 
 "After an interval of time." Hippias, as the succeeding passages 
 prove, had then arrived for the second time at Athens. His powers 
 of oratory had caused him to be employed on various embassies, 
 and in this occupation he had arrived at Athens. — irapeyiveTo tu 
 ^uKpuret TieyovTi. " Was by when Socrates remarked." — ug f&av- 
 fiaarov elrj to. Construe to with [ir] diropeiv, and compare also i., 6, 
 15. The optative indicates the opinion of Socrates. — aKvrea 6i6u^- 
 aoOai rtva. " To have any person instructed as a shoemaker." 
 The middle voice of dtddoKu may be employed two ways, as signify- 
 ing either " to have a person instructed for one's self by another," or 
 "to instruct a person one's self, for one's self" It may therefore 
 be said either of a father who sends his son to a teacher for instruc- 
 
NOTES TO BOOK IV. CHAPTER IV. 351 
 
 tion, or of a father who instructs his own son. — to [xfj a-rropelv. 
 
 " That he should not be at a loss." — rovrov tvxol. " He might ob- 
 tain this object." — (paal de rivec, /c r. A. " Some also say, that for 
 him who wishes to make both a horse and an ox fit for use, all places 
 are full of those who will teach this." This sentence, though found 
 in all the MSS., and editions prior to that of Schutz, is condemned 
 as spurious by Ruhnken and Valckenaer. — SiKaiovg. This epithet 
 is here purposely employed by Socrates, with reference to the dis- 
 cussion on which he is about entering, namely, justice, or to dtKatov, 
 and he plays upon the double meaning of the term, what is just be- 
 ing also suitable and fitting in its nature. 
 
 (J 6, 7. 
 ETL yap Gv, K. T. 1. " (How is all this), for are you still uttering 
 those very same things, Socrates," &c. — b 6e ye tovtov SeivoTepov. 
 "(I am), and what is stranger than this." — did, to noTiVfxad/jg elvac. 
 Compare i., 6, 15. — ajx^Tiet. "Undoubtedly." Compare i., 4, 7. — 
 TTspl o)v ETTLGTaoai. "Regarding matters of which you have scien- 
 tific knowledge." For Ttepl TcJv a ETviaTaaac — olov. Compare ii., I, 
 4. — Ttdaa kol Trola Sw/cparovf kaTLv. " How many, and what sort of 
 letters, make up the name Socrates.''^ Literally, " belong to Soc- 
 rates.''^ — o/l/la f2€v TrpoTcpov, K. T. A. "Do you try to mention one 
 class of letters at first, and another class now." — ^ nepl dpid/xuv, k. 
 T. 1. This is not opposed to the previous instance, but merely 
 another one of the same kind. — el ra 6lg nivTE, k. t. 1. " Whether 
 twice five makes ten." — wfTTfp cv, kol eyu. The full form of expres- 
 sion would be, u^TTSp gv, ovtu kol ey6. — ttuvv olfxai vvv exelv eItceiv. 
 " I am fully convinced that I have it now in my power to mention 
 things," &c. 
 
 V7/ TTjv "Hpav. Compare i., 5, 5. — /xiya ?JyEig, k. t. X. " You tell 
 of your having discovered an important advantage." Ironically. — 
 TvavGovTat 6Lxa iprjcpt^ofzEvoi. "Will cease giving contradictory 
 votes." — Kal dvTidiKovvTEt; koI GTaGid^ovTEg. " And to be parties in 
 suits at law, and to be distracted by factions." — dLa<pEp6f^£vai iTEpl 
 TCJV SiKaiuv, Kal TtoTiEy-ovGaL. " To be at strife respecting their just 
 rights, and to go to war (for the same)." — ovk oW ottcjc dv dirolEt^- 
 6eit}v gov. " Do not know how I could let you go." The verb otto- 
 'AELTxeadaL often signifies "to depart from," "part with," "leave," 
 &c., and is construed with a genitive. 
 
352 NOTES TO BOOK IV. CHAPTER IV. 
 
 npiv y uv avTog aTrod^vri. " Until, at least, you yourself shall de- 
 clare." — upKec yap, oTt tuv a7JMV KarayeTidc- " For it is quite enough 
 that you deride others." Schneider supplies at the end of this sen- 
 tence after oidsuSg the following, efiov Se ov Ka-ayeldaeig, ugirep tuv 
 uTiAuv, i. e., but you shall not have an opportunity of laughing at me, 
 as at the rest. On the usual mode of disputation adopted by Soc- 
 rates, consult Prolegomena. — vnexetv Aoyov. " To submit a state- 
 ment." — yvo)/ii]v aiTO(^aivEadaL. " To declare your own opinion " 
 Observe the force of the middle. 
 
 MO. 
 
 ov6ev. "In no respect." — Koi wolog dfj aoc, k. t. A. "And what, 
 pray, said Hippias, is this definition of yours?' i. c, your definition 
 of justice {to. StKaia). — a^toreKfiapTOTepov. "A stronger proof" 
 The epithet d^ioTeKfj,apToc properly means " worthy to be brought 
 in proof," " credible." — ovd' dv elg. Compare i., 6, 2. 
 
 HI- 
 yadrjaai ovv irunore (lov ; " Have you, then, ever as yet perceived 
 mel" A participle is put after a verb when the object of that verb 
 is to be expressed, and, if the participle refer to the same person 
 or thing as the object, it is put in the same case. Verbs of sense, 
 "to hear, see," &c., as also "to perceive, discern," &c., are thus 
 followed by a participle. — elg aruatv tfiSaTiXovrog. " Involving in 
 sedition." — to 6e tu)v ddiKuv uTvixeodai, k. t. A. "And do you not 
 consider the refraining from injustice to be justice 1" — (^lacpevyeiv to 
 diroSeiKwadai yvu/xrjv. "To avoid the declaring of your own opin- 
 ion." — TavTa TiEyeig. " You call thus." 
 
 ^ 12. 
 TO fiT] ■&E?iEiv d^LKeiv, K. T. 1. "That the being unwilling to com- 
 mit injustice was a sufficient proof of justice." — kdv Tode. "Whether 
 the following." — to vofiifzov dtKacov elvai. " That what is conforma- 
 ble to law is just." — upa to avTo ?JyeLg, k. t. A. " Do you, then, as- 
 sert, Socrates, that both what is legal and what is just are the same 
 thing," i. e., are identical in their natures. 
 
 ^13. 
 oi) yap aladdvofiai aov, k. t. X. " (You talk very strangely), for I 
 do not understand you what you call legal, namely, or what just," 
 i. e., what you mean by legal, or what by just. Observe the ellipti- 
 
NOTES TO BOOK IV. CHAPTER IV. 853 
 
 cal force of yap. Stobaeus reads ovk apa, and is followed by Weiske 
 in his German version. — onolov. For rcolov. — yLyvuGKetq. Compare 
 the remark of Kiihner : " yiyvucTKEtv non solum est ' cognoscere,' sed 
 etiam ' nosse,' h. e. actio cognoscendi e prcBterito tempore pcrtingit ad 
 prasens.''^ — a ol noltrat E<pr] awdsnevoi, k. t. A. "What the citi- 
 zens, replied he, having compiled, have written out, as to what 
 things one ought to do, and from what things to refrain." Legisla- 
 tors, and those who make laws for others, are said delvai vofiov^, 
 but the people who receive and sanction them, or enact them for 
 themselves, are said -diadai vo/novg. — vofztfxoc /lev av elri, k. t. A. "He 
 would be lawful in deportment who should live as a citizen in ac- 
 cordance with these." The verb Tto/urevecdac properly signifies 
 " to be a free citizen," and then " to live as such in a state," &c. 
 
 ^ 14. 
 vofiovg 6', Eipf], u HuKpareg, k. t. 1. " But how, Socrates, could 
 one consider laws, or obedience unto them, a matter of importance, 
 since oftentimes the persons themselves who enacted reject and alter 
 theml" Stephens reads avrovQ ol -^ifievoi, but ovg ye has just pre- 
 ceded. — Kal yap noTiEfiov, k. r. A. " (You do not view the matter 
 rightly), said Socrates, for states often, after having even undertaken 
 war," &c. More freely, " Well, said Socrates, so do states which 
 commence war, frequently make peace again." — dtu^opov ovv tl olei 
 TToielv, K. T. A. " Do you think that you do any thing different, when 
 censuring those who are obedient to the laws, on the ground that 
 these laws might be annulled, than if you should reproach those who 
 are well disciplined in wars, because peace might possibly be made 1" 
 i. e., what difference is there between your censuring, &c., and your 
 reproaching, &c. As regards the construction didcpopov ....?;, com- 
 pare iii., 7, 7. — Tovg Ev Tolg TToTi.efioig. Thus in Stobaeus and five 
 MSS., and it is confirmed by the translation of Bessario. The 
 common editions have rovg TvoTiE/niovg. 
 
 § 15. 
 AvKovpyov. Lycurgus, the celebrated Spartan lawgiver. — Kara- 
 jKEfiddijKo^. "Have you ever observed." — drt ovdlv av Std(popov, k. 
 T. A. " That he would have rendered Sparta in no respect different 
 from the other states of Greece, if he had not effected in it the 
 greatest obedience to the laws." — to TTEideadat. So, immediately 
 after, rov rolg vonoiq TreiOeadat. — alriuTaTot tov Tolg vofioig TTEldeadai. 
 " Most influential in bringing about obedience to the laws." — dpiara 
 didyei. " Goes on most happily." 
 
354 NOTES TO BOOK IV. CHAPTER IV. ^ 
 
 o/zovoia. '' Unanimity." The reasoning is this : Concord, which 
 is acknowledged to be the greatest preservative of a state, consists 
 in nothing else but the observance of the laws- — al re yepovacat Kal 
 ol apcaroi avSpeg, k. t. A. *' Both the councils of elders and the lead- 
 ing men exhort their fellow-citizens to harmony." The word ye- 
 oovata is properly a Spartan term, but is characteristic generally of 
 Doric states. It was an aristocratic element in the constitutions 
 of these states, just as the povlri was a democratic element in most 
 Ionian constitutions. — vofioQ Keirai. "A law is in force." — olfiai 6' 
 eyo) Tavra yiyvEaOat, k. t. "k. " And yet I think that all this is done, 
 not that the citizens may (all) pick out (and adjudge the victory to) 
 the same band of singers and dancers," i. e., may pick them out 
 from the others that are competing for the same prize. Observe 
 the zeugma in KptvuGiv, or the double signification to be assigned to 
 the verb, of both selecting and approving. {Kuhner, ad loc.) — rovg 
 avTovg -KOLrjrdg. " The same poets," i. e., the same scenic poets, at 
 the dramatic contests, sacred to Bacchus. — tovtok; yap tuv ttoThtuv 
 efj.fiEv6vTG)v. " For while the citizens persevere in this course," i. e., 
 in preserving unanimity. — ovr' ohog. Supply uv from the foregoing 
 clause. 
 
 i6la 6e. " And in a private capacity," i. e., and with respect to 
 private individuals. — Trwf 6' uv tjttov tittuto, k. t. /I. "And how 
 could he less frequently be defeated in courts of law, or how could 
 he more frequently gain a suit V Many of the forensic terms of the 
 ancients were borrowed, like our own, from the language of real 
 encounters in the field. — tIvl (5' uv Ttg iiaXkov TriaTevaece, k. t. A. 
 " And with whom would one believe that he could more safely de- 
 posit," &c. Construe tivc with napaKaradiadai. — tuv ScKaiuv rv' 
 Xoiev. "Obtain justice." — tlvl 6' uv ^uXkov TzoTiejXiOL, k. t. A. "In 
 whom, too, would the enemy repose greater confidence as regarded 
 either truces," &c. Observe here the construction ofinaTEvcj with 
 the accusative and dative. The phrase inaTEVEiv uvoxdg follows in 
 some respects the analogy of TrLarevetv ttlotlv. A more marked in- 
 stance, however, of the accusative with Tnarevo), occurs in the case 
 of TZLarevanav rj TjyefMOviav, k. t. ?u., where the verb must be rendered 
 by "to intrust" or "confide." — kdET^ouv. "Would men wish." — 
 (ppovpapxtav. " The command of a fortress." Compare Schneider : 
 '^ prcefcctura prcesidiorum.''^ — x^P'-'^ KO/j.ieladat. "That he will meet 
 with gratitude." More literally, "will bear off gratitude for him- 
 
NOTES TO BOOK IV. CHAPTER IV. 355 
 
 self." — rtj 6' av TIC PovXoiTo, k. t. ?.. Observe that r^ is here for 
 rivi. — ?} cj dv iidliGTa, k. r. /I. "Than against him unto whom he 
 would most prefer to be a friend," &e. — /cot o) Ttlelaroi .... j3ov- 
 TiOivTo. Supply uv from the preceding clause. 
 
 ^ 18, 19. 
 ETTideiKvvfxi. " Strive to show." — olg elpriKac- Attraction for toiq 
 a eiprjKag. — dypd(povg 6e Tiva^ olada, k. t. A. "But do you know, 
 Hippias, said Socrates, that there are certain unwritten laws'?" — 
 rove ye £v Tzdarj, k. t. A. " (You mean) those, said he, which have 
 the force of laws in every land, regarding the same points." Sup- 
 ply TieyeiQ with tov(;- — on ol dvOpuTTOi avrovg idevro. Observe the 
 employment here of the middle. Men enact laws for themselves. 
 Farther on we have '&eovg vofiovg ■&eivai, because the gods enact 
 laws for others, that is, for men. — Kal ixug dv, ep?/, ol ye ovte, k. t. A. 
 " And how could they, since they would neither be able all to come 
 together, nor are of the same language 1" — ■&eovg aeSeiv. The active 
 ai6u is rare in prose. Stobaeus has evaeBelv, which Valckenaer says 
 should be ev aitetv. Schneider would insert the article to before 
 ■&Eovg, which Bornemann and Kuhner think unnecessary. 
 
 () 20, 21. 
 TL 6^. " Why, pray *?" — kol yap dXKa TroXXd, k. t. 1. " (You speak 
 incorrectly), said Socrates, for they break the laws in many other 
 points also." Supply ovk bpdijg leyeig, with Kuhner. Some make 
 uTiXd 'Ko'k'Kd the direct accusative after Tvapavofiovaiv, but it is rather 
 the accusative expressing the manner, and usually explained by the 
 words " with regard to," " with respect to." So TrdvTa, " in every 
 respect ;" TvavTa TpoTTov, " in every way." — dXl' oiv. " But, never- 
 theless."- — diKr}v yi tol 6t66aacv. "Suffer punishment, at least, as 
 you know." Observe the force of tol. — Keifievovg- " Laid down 
 by," i. e., enacted by. The phrase ol vo/not ol iceijuevoc, however, 
 when independent of any other words, signifies " the established 
 laws." — ol [lev 7\.avddvovTeg, k. r. 7,. "Some by escaping notice, 
 others by open violence." 
 
 (j 22. 
 ov iravTaxov voiiifxov egti ; " Is it not every where a virtual law "?" 
 — diUKeiv. ' "To seek after," i. e., to seek their aid, to court them. 
 —7] ovx ol fiev ev TroLovvTtg, k. t. A. " Or are not they, who benefit 
 those that make use of their services, valuable friends'?" — ■&eoic 
 TavTa TxdvTa eotKe. " All these things are godlike," i, e., suit the 
 
356 NOTES TO BOOK IV. CHAPTER V. 
 
 characters of gods rather than those of human beings. — ^Elrtovog fj 
 Kaf avdpcjTTov, k. t. A. " Appears to me to be indicative of a far 
 better legislator than accords with the character of a human being," 
 i. e., than any human being. The words r/ Kara, with an accusative, 
 are sometimes used to express similitude or comparison. The Latin 
 pro is used in the same manner, " quam pro sorte humana" i. e., than 
 may be expected from the ordinary lot of human nature. 
 
 ^23. 
 Tovc d^sovc TO, dcKata voiioQeteIv, k. r. A. " That the gods enact by 
 these laws justice, or what is different from justice." Observe that 
 d'AXog, expressing difference, is construed with a genitive. So alius, 
 in Latin, with the ablative. — koL Tolg -Qeolg upa, k. t. A. "And there- 
 fore, Hippias, it pleases the gods, that what is just and what is legal 
 should be regarded as the same thing." Lange lays down the fol- 
 lowing as the connexion of the argument. " The gods give just laws ; 
 whatever is in accordance with these laws is vojuifiov ; therefore, 
 every act, which is v6ij.ifj.ov in the divine laws, is dcKaiov ; there- 
 fore, also, in this definition the gods agree with men or with me." 
 For above, ^ 12, Socrates had said, that, even in human laws, vofic- 
 fiov SiKatov elvac, and rightly too, if human laws were understood 
 to be, such as they ought in fact to be, namely, wholly in accordance 
 with natural or divine laws. {Kiihner, ad loc. Wheeler, ad loc.) 
 
 CHAPTER V. 
 
 H- 
 TrpaKTLKUTepovg. "More fit for the business of life." Compare 
 iv., 3, L — vofjL^cjv yap, k. t. A. "For, considering it to be an ad- 
 vantage that self-control exist in him who is likely to perform any 
 thing excellent." The order is, vo/ji^cjv yap elvac uyadov, EyKparetav 
 vTzdpxEiv TU) ^iXkovTi, K. T. A. — 6ia7iey6fjtvog. " By his conversa- 
 tions." 
 
 ^2. 
 ael fjev ovv, k. t. X. " He always, therefore, continued both to be 
 mindful himself of the things that were conducive to virtue, and to 
 remind all his followers of them." As the verb SiareTieiv implies 
 continuance, the particle ael seems to be somewhat redundant here. 
 — jieyaAEtov. " Noble." 
 
NOTES TO BOOK IV. CHAPTER V. 857 
 
 apxeTat- Compare ii., 1, 10. — vtto tuv dta tov GUftarog tjSovCjv. 
 " By the pleasures enjoyed through the agency of the body." Com- 
 pare i., 4, 5. — Iciog -yap klevdepov^ k. t. Z. " (Right), for perhaps the 
 doing of the best things appears to you to be freedom," i. e., perhaps 
 you consider liberty to consist in doing what is best. — elra to £x^lv, 
 K. T. A. " And, in the next place, you consider the having those that 
 will prevent," &c. 
 
 ol uKpoTetg. " They vi^ho are unable to govern themselves." — 
 dveTi-evdEpoi. ""Without freedom." — Ku7.vea6aL p.6vov to. KuTiTnara 
 irpaTTELv. "To be prevented merely from doing what is best." — 
 ravra avayKa^eadat. Supply Trpurrefv. — ?} EKelua Koj/iveadai. "Than 
 to be prevented from doing the former." Supply TrpdrTEiv. 
 
 (J 5, 6. 
 '^Toiovg 66 rtvag deaKorac- " And what kind of masters." — Trapa 
 toIq KaKiaroLQ SeGKoraig. "With the worst masters." — tt^v KaKia- 
 TTjv dovXetav. So in Latin, "pessimam servitutem serviunt.^'' Com- 
 pare i., 5, 5. Cic, Mur., c. 29. Plant., Mil. Gl, ii., 1, 17. — oocplav 
 6e to fiE-yLGTov, K. T. A. " DoBS not, moreover, intemperance appear 
 to you to shut out from men wisdom, the greatest good, and plunge 
 them into the very opposite (extreme) 1" — ■^ ov Sokec col Tzpogixeiv, 
 K. T. /I. The order is, ^ ov {rj aKpaala) doKsl cot kuIvelv rrpo^EXEiv, 
 K, T. A. With npogexEtv supply tov vovv, and compare iv., 2, 24. 
 Matthia, ^ 496. — u6e?.Kovaa ekI to, i]d6a. " By drawing men away 
 to pleasure." — koI ■noHuKL^ aladavofiEvovg, k. t. A. " And oftentimes 
 having struck with perturbation those who do know how to dis- 
 tinguish betw-een good and evil things," &c. Observe that alaOd- 
 vEodaL has here, as Sturz remarks, the force of dijudicare. {Lex. 
 Xcn., vol. i., p. 86, k)S.) As regards the peculiar force of EKn^^aaa, 
 compare the remarks of Kiihner : " kK7r?,rJTTEiv omnhio est aliqueni 
 vehementer movere et percellere, ut quasi extra se rapiatur.''^ 
 
 i}7. 
 aco<l>pocvv7]c 6e, (j Ev6v6r}ft£, k. t. A. " And with whom, Euthyde- 
 mus, would we say that temperance has less to do than with the 
 intemperate manl" On this construction of Trpog^KEi, with the da- 
 tive of the person and the genitive of the thing, compare Kuhner, 
 ij 509, 1, Jelf. — ai'TO, yap 6^nov, k. t. A. The order of construction 
 is Ipya yap drjnov cu<j>poavvi]C nai uKpaaiag (the subject) eotIv avra 
 
358 NOTES TO BOOK IV. CHAPTER V. 
 
 ra havrla (the predicate). — karlv avTaTakvav-La. "Are the very 
 opposite (to one another)." Consult Kuhner, ^ 656, Obs. Jelf, where 
 the present passage is cited,— /cwAnri/cwrepov dvaL. " Is more cal- 
 culated to impede." — tov 6e avrl tuv uipeXovvTuv, k. t. \. " And do 
 you think that there is any greater evil for man than that which 
 makes him prefer the things that injure to those that are useful," 
 &c. — Kol Tolg cufpovovoL, K. T. 2,. " And that compels him to do the 
 things directly opposite to those which they who practice self-con- 
 trol dol" Observe the brachiology or conciseness of expression in 
 Toig cwppovQvat. The plain form of expression would be rolg a ol 
 auippovovvTeg tvolovglv. 
 
 ovKovv TTjv eyKpuTEiav, K. T. A. " Is it not natural, then, for tem- 
 perance to be a cause unto men of the things opposite to those which 
 intemperance produces?' Compare the explanation of Weiske : 
 " Nonne igitur consentaneum est, continentiam efficere contraria its, qua 
 incontinentia efficit ?" — tCov havrcuv to oltiov apiarov elvac. " That 
 the cause of these opposites be the best." We have here followed 
 Heindenburg's emendation. The common text has to tuv kvavTiuv 
 TO acTLov. Ernesti reads with Castalio, to tuv evavTiuv oltlov.— 
 aptoTov 7j kyKpaTEia. Compare ii., 3, 1. 
 
 k(p' uTTEp [iova. " To which only," i. e., to pleasures, and pleasures 
 only. — avT^. Referring to uKpaaLa., which is opposed to kyKpaTEia. 
 — 7]6Ea6aL ttoleI. " Causes us to have pleasures." — nCyg ; E(pr] • "Q.q- 
 irep, K. T. A. " How so ^ said he : why, because intemperance," 
 &c. Observe here the peculiar force of ibgwEp. — 6C uv fzdvuv eotiv. 
 " By means of which (deprivations) alone, it is possible." Observe 
 the employment of the emphatic egtiv, in the sense of e^eotlv. — ava- 
 iravaaadac te kol Koi/iTj6rjvaL. " Both to cease from toil and indulge 
 in sleep." — kuI TTEpi.[j.EivavTag kol ava<yxofiEvovg. " Both waiting and 
 holding out." — ku7^vel Tolg uvayKaioTdToig, k. t. "k. " Prevents our 
 having any enjoyment worth mentioning in pleasures that are both 
 most necessary and most habitual," i. e., pleasures which are neces- 
 sary, as being natural, and constantly recurring, as the desire of 
 food, drink, sleep, &c. — k-ril Tolg EipTj/uvocg. "In the case of things 
 that have been stated." 
 
 aXXu fjLrjv TOV /iadsLv ti, k. t. X. " Nay, moreover, the temperate, 
 by carrying them out into practice, enjoy (the greatest advantages 
 
NOTES TO BOOK IV. CHAPTER VI. 359 
 
 and pleasures from) the learning something," &c. With aTroTiavovai, 
 supply, from what immediately precedes, oxps/ieiac nal rjdovag fieyia- 
 rag. {Kuhner, ad loc.) — TcpaTTovTeg avru. The reference in awra is 
 to fiadelv Tt KaXSv, k. r. A. — kqI kxdpovg KpaTrjasiev. "And might 
 conquer his enemies." Observe that Kparelv, " to be superior to," 
 or " to govern," has the genitive, from the relative notion of Kparog, 
 " power ;" but when it means " to conquer," it takes the accusative, 
 from the positive notion Kpdroc, " strength." {Kuhner, ^ 518, Ohs. 
 I, Jelf.) — ovdevbg fierexovai. " Have a share in no advantage." — 
 rC)v Toiovrcov TrpogrJKeiv. Compare <J 7. — KaTexofievo) em rib aTTOvda^- 
 eiv, K. T. "k. " Being wholly influenced by the craving desire for 
 immediate pleasures." Literally, "the nearest pleasures," i. e., 
 nearest at hand and easily attainable, 
 
 Hi. 
 ■ TjTTovi Tcjv Sta Tov Gufiatog ijdovuv. Compare i., 5, 1. — ri yap dia- 
 ^ipEL. The verb SiacpipeLv is construed with rivi, rl, or elg tL In 
 prose writers, the particular point in which one thing surpasses 
 another is generally in the instrumental dative, as in Herod., l, 1. 
 In poetry, it stands also in the accusative. The accusative, how- 
 ever, is also employed by the purer Attic writers, such as Plato, 
 Xenophon, Demosthenes, &c. — fzy aicoTret. "Does not aim at." — 
 Kal epyc) h.al loyo), k. t. 7i. "And by separating them both byword 
 and act into classes," &c. 
 
 (j 12. 
 Kal diakiyeadaL dwaroTutovg. "And most able to discuss." — 1^7 
 6s Kal TO dLalsyeodaL, k. t. A. " For he said that the term ' to dis- 
 cuss' was so named from men's coming together and deliberating 
 in common, separating objects into classes." — aplarovg re, k. t. /I. 
 " Most excellent as well as most fit to command, and most able in 
 argument." The words i<al diaTisKTiKUTaTovg are bracketed by 
 Herbst and Bornemann, but defended by Lange and Sauppe. Com- 
 pare the explanation of KUhner : " AmAeyefr^ai est cum altera dispu- 
 tando bona a mails, vera afalsis discernere.''^ 
 
 CHAPTER VI. 
 
 ug Ae "But by what means." — ri ^Kaarov eItj rwv bvnov. "What 
 was the nature of every thing individually." — avrovg te a^a2,'kEadai, 
 K. T. ?,. " That they both erred themselves and caused others to 
 
360 NOTES TO BOOK IV. UHAPTEU VI. 
 
 err." Observe the difference between the active and middle voices. 
 — ovSeiTOT' sTifjye. The common text has ovdenuTvoT' s/iTj-ys, which 
 has been retained by Bornemann. — ^ diopl^eTo. "As he defined 
 them." Literally, "in the way in which he defined them." — 7ro?i.v 
 Ipyov dv elr]. "Would be a tedious task."— rov TpoKov rfj^ eTTiaKeip' 
 eug. "The method of his investigation." 
 
 ^2,3. 
 c)6e Tvug. " Somehow thus," i. e., nearly as follows. The Latm 
 sic fere. — ttoIov ti. " What kind of thing," i. e., what sort of feeling. 
 — oTToloc TLg. "What sort of person." — ovk • oXka. Compare ii., 6, 
 11. — wf dil TQvq d-eoiic Tifzdv. "In what w^ay one ought," &c. — ov 
 yap ovv. "Doubtless not." 
 
 M- 
 TO, Trepl Tovg d-eovc; vofiiiza. " The conduct that is legitimate toward 
 the gods," i. e., enjoined by the laws and usages of the state. — 
 vofii/Liug. "Legitimately." — bpdug dv t^/xcv evaed^g uptafisvog elr]. 
 " Would, in our opinion, be correctly defined to be a pious man." 
 Observe that rjiiZv is here, as Kuhner remarks, equivalent to " nostra 
 judicio.''^ 
 
 dvdpuTvoic xpva^^'- " To conduct one's self toward men." — Kaff 
 a del TTcjc, k. t. X. " In accordance with which, men ought, in a cer- 
 tain manner, to conduct themselves toward one another." In ren- 
 dering TTWf, we have adopted the explanation of Kuhner : " izug ex- 
 plicamus per certo quodam modo, idque ad varias vitce humancc condi- 
 tiones referimus.''^ Five Paris MSS. have Kad' a del irpog d7i'kf]lovg, 
 whence Bornemann would read 7Tpogal7i^XoLg as one word, of which 
 Schneider, in his Addenda et corrigenda to Xen., de Ee Eg., iv , 3, p. 
 474, thinks he has discovered traces. Or else Bornemann would 
 refer nug to ov dv rponov in the signification of ratione nescio qua. — 
 SiKaca ovTot noiovai. As regards the emphatic employment of ovtoc, 
 here, consult ii., 1, 19. 
 
 dcKata de olada, k. t. A. " And do you know, said he, what kind 
 of acts are called just?' — ovkqw ol ye rd dUaia Troiovvreg, k. r. 1. 
 Weiske and Schneider reject these words, down to e(j)r], as prepos- 
 terous. They can not, however, be omitted, for two reasons : first, 
 because they appear in all the MSS. and early editions ; and, sec- 
 
NOTES TO BOOK IV. CHAPTER VI. 361 
 
 ondly, because they constitute the middle term of a syllogism. The 
 reas^oning of Socrates is this : They who act lawfully toward men 
 do just things ; they who do just things are just ; therefore, they 
 w^ho act lawfully toward men are just. Again, They who know just 
 things must needs do just things (iii., 9, 4) ; they who do just things 
 are just; therefore, they who know just things are just. In both 
 cases, They who do just things are just, constitutes the middle term 
 of the syllogism. {Kuhner, ad loc.) — blef, Tciug oleadai. Compare 
 iii,, 6, 15. — oUaQ. This form, which is supported by all the MSS. 
 and early editions, is Ionic, and occurs in Homer, Od., i., 337, on 
 which consult Nilzsch, and also Lehrs, Qucest. Epic, p. 275. — bpdug 
 uv TTOTe, K. T. "k. " Would v.^e, then, at length, be right in our defi- 
 nition, if we were to define?' &c. Herbst thinks that the interro- 
 gation is rendered more emphatic by the addition of the particle 
 TTore ; but in the absence of an interrogative pronoun, as rig, ogric, 
 the particle ttots has not this force. It is used here, as Bornemann 
 properly explains it, in the signification of tandem aliquando. Weiske 
 and Schneider would expunge it. 
 
 ^7. 
 aoiiav 6L Compare rii., 9, 4. — up' ovv oi ao^ol eTnaTrjfiri ao^oi elai ; 
 ** Are the wise, then, wise by knowledge 1" — alio 6i tl aotpiav oiei 
 slvat, K. T. 1. " Do you think, therefore, that wisdom is aught else 
 than that by virtue of which men are wise 1" The m.eaning of this 
 passage is rightly given by Leunclavius : " Num vero putas quiddam 
 aliud esse sapientiam, quam quo homines sapientcs sunt ?" Some sup- 
 ply ol ao6oL, but TLvt .... ul7i(j} Tig uv ehj aocpog had preceded. 
 Hence the change from singular to plural. Compare i., 2, 62. — 
 Ttolloardv fXEpog. "A very small part." For the sentiment express-^ 
 ed, compare iii., 8, 2, seqq. — irduTa ao(j)6v. " Wise on every subject." 
 
 (J 8, 9. 
 oiJTu .... TTwf. "In this vv^ay .... in what Vv^ayl" — kuI pu7ia. 
 "Very much so." — to 6e Kalbv exotpev uv, k. t. 1. "But could we 
 speak of the beautiful in any other way, or, supposing such a case, 
 do you call beautiful either a body, or utensil, or any thing else 
 whatsoever, which you know to be beautiful for all purposes V We 
 have here a passage that has occasioned great difference of opinion 
 among commentators, and has given rise to several emendations of 
 the text. We have retained the common reading, and adopted the 
 explanation of Lange. The diflaculty is occasioned by the words r), 
 el tariv, bvofid^Eig. Lange explains as follows : " Num possumus 
 
 Q 
 
362 NOTES TO BOOK IV. CHAPTER VI. 
 
 jpulchrujn aliter definire (intellige ac antecedens ayaOov, et vide iii., 
 8^ ubi demonstratura est, kqIov, uyaQov et xpW'-lJ'Ov idem esse), an 
 pulchrum vocas, si quid pulchrum est {el eavLv), vel corpus, vel vas, vel 
 aliud quid, quod ad quamcunque rem (npog nuvra) pulchrum est ? His 
 respondet Euthydemus, fid AP ovk syaye, repete exot/xc dXlug irug 
 EiTttlv, equidem aliter definire nequeo.'''' — KaTibv itpbg uTJio ti. "Beau- 
 tiful with regard to any thing else." — ovde irpbc 'iv. Compare i., 6, 3. 
 
 (J 10. 
 Tciv Kokuv elvai. "To be one of the things that are beautiful." 
 More freely, "to be numbered among the beautiful." — KukliaTov. 
 " A very beautiful thing." — ov Ttpog tu kldxtara. " For not the least 
 important matters." — ro dyvoslv avrd. " The being ignorant of their 
 feal nature." — rl ectlv. "What each one of them really is."— i'^ 
 Ai'. This affirms the negation, ova dvSpecoi elat. Compare ii., 7, 
 4 ; iv., 2, 8. — ri 6e ol kuI tu /i?; dsivd ^edoLKoreg ; " What, then, of 
 those who even fear things not terrible in their nature 1" — i]ttov. 
 Supply dvdpsloi elacv. 
 
 HI- 
 
 avTolg KaTiCJg XPV^^^^^'- " To manage them well." — rovg o'lovg XPV- 
 adai. "Those accustomed to manage these things badly." More 
 literally, " those (who are) such as to manage," &c. Compare 
 MatthicB, ^ 479, a.^ov 6/jkov ye. "Doubtless not." — oi, dpa eidoreg. 
 Compare ii., 1, 19. — ol /nr/ dLrjfj.aprrjK6T6g, k. t. 1. " Do they who fail 
 not in their attempts manage such things as these badly 1" 
 
 ^ 12. 
 'BaaLleiav nal TvpavvlSa. "Monarchy and tyranny." — dpxdg. 
 " Species of command." — r^v fiev yap eicovruv, k. t. A. " For he 
 considered monarchy to be the command over men both with their 
 free consent, and according to the laws of the several free states." 
 Thus, in the opinion of Socrates, Athens, under the rule of Aristidcs 
 and Themistocles, was a kingdom, since these statesmen were in- 
 vested with full authority, and yet held rule by the consent of their 
 fellow-citizens, and in accordance with the laws. On the other 
 hand, in the time of Pericles or Alcibiades, Athens was under a tyr- 
 anny. — en Twv TU vofxifia e-mTeXovvrcov, k. t. A. "The magistrates 
 are appointed from among those who comply with the injunctions 
 of the laws." More literally, " who perform the things enjoined by 
 law." Xenophon or Socrates had Sparta probably in view when 
 giving this definition. — qttov 6' t/c rifn/fxaruv, Tr^^ovroKpariav. "But 
 
NOTES TO BOOK IV. CHAPTER VI. 363 
 
 where (they are appointed) according to property, a plutocracy." 
 Some render this "a timocracy," but this is less definite. By n- 
 [jLTjixa is here meant the nominal value at which a citizen's property 
 was rated for the purpose of taxation ; hence the secondary mean- 
 ing of property generally. — e/c iravruv. " From all the people," i. e., 
 from the whole body of citizens. 
 
 "^ 13. 
 
 - -Kepi Tov. " Respecting any thing," i. e., any statement of his. 
 
 -"-Observe that tov is neuter here, as the Latin translators understood 
 it, " aliqua in re." Kuhner, however, inchnes to make it masculine 
 from what follows. — ja^e'f. " Definite." — aTroSel^etog. " Proof" — 
 7]Toi. aocpurepov ^dGK(,)v, k. t. A. " Asserting that some person, whom 
 he mentioned, was either wiser," &c., i. e., than some other person 
 whom Socrates had mentioned ; so that, to complete the sentence, 
 we may mentally supply after Myoc the words ■^ dv 6 'LuKparrj^ Xe- 
 yoi. — tTzl rriv vTzodEGLv eiravfj-yev uv, k. t. 1. "He would carry back 
 the whole statement to first principles." Thus, if the question were, 
 vv^hich of two persons was the better citizen, he would, first of all, 
 inquire what ought to be the conduct of a good citizen. 
 
 ^14. 
 (pri/21 yap ovv. "I do certainly say so." — eKeaKEipdjieda. The 
 aorist as an instantaneous future. Compare iii., 11, 15. — ovkow kv 
 [J.EV xpvf^<^T(^v, K. T. "k. " Accordingly, as far as the regulation of the 
 public finances is concerned, will he not be superior to others who 
 renders the state more affluent 1" — d KaOvKEpTzpav rcbv avTi7rd?Mv. 
 "Who makes it more victorious than that of its foes." Observe 
 here the brachiology, or, to speak still more technically, the em- 
 ployment of the comparatio compendiaria, tlov uvTiKd?\.cjv being put 
 for Tfjg Tuv avTiTrdTnov. — bg S.v 7zapaGKF.vdC,y. "Who shall make." — 
 Kol eftTTOLuv. " And inspires." — ovtcj Ss tuv "kbyuv knavayop.evuv. 
 "And the arguments being brought back in this way (to first prin- 
 ciples)." Supply ETvl rr]v VTzodeatv. — kol rolg dvTLlsyovcjiv avTolg. 
 " Even to the persons themselves who opposed him." 
 
 ^ 15. 
 oTTOTe 6e avToq ti, k. t. X. "And whenever he himself, in the 
 course of an argument, went through any topic, he commenced by 
 statements most universally acknowledged." More literally, "he 
 began to proceed," &c. Observe the idea of repetition expressed 
 by the optative, and compare i., 2, 57. — t^v Iw^dT^eiav loyov. " The 
 
364 NOTES TO BOOK IV. CHAPTER VII. 
 
 Stability of reasoning,"?, e., the surest mode of reasoning. — gte 7i£yot. 
 "Whenever he discoursed." The optative again marking repetition. 
 — oiioTioyovvrag. "Of the same opinion with himself" — rw 'OdvcaeZ 
 uvadeivai, k. t. A. " Assigned to Ulysses the character of a cautious 
 orator, since he was able to conduct his arguments (to the desired 
 end) by means of those things that appear right unto men," i. e., to 
 shape his discourses so as to prove effectual, by adducing points 
 well acknowledged among men. Compare Horn., Od., viii., 171, and 
 Dion. Hal, Art. Rhet., xi., 8. — Uavov avrov ovra. We would expect 
 here ug 'iKavu ovtc, since tu 'Odvaael precedes ; but an absolute case 
 is often put, where the participle agreeing in case with the noun 
 going before ought naturally to have followed. {Kuhner, ad loc.)-^ 
 dia Tuv doKovvrcjv rolg audpunoig. The same, in effect, as diu rw 
 lidTiLOTa o^oTioyovfiivov just preceding. 
 
 CHAPTER VII. 
 
 §1. 
 iavTov ■yvup.Tjv unEcpaLveTo. Observe the employment of the reflex- 
 ive pronoun with the middle voice to add strength to the meaning. 
 — avTupKEig kv ralq TTpogrjKovaatg Trpd^eaiv. "Of sufficient ability in 
 themselves for the actions that properly belonged to them," i. e., for 
 discharging the duties of their respective situations. Not needing, 
 therefore, in such cases, the assistance of others. — avrovg elvac eire- 
 IieIeZto. This construction of ETn/xeTiEcadaL with the accusative and 
 infinitive is of rare occurrence. The more common usage is to have 
 this verb take a genitive of the object of care or concern. — ttuvtuv 
 fjLEv yap u)v, K. T. ?i. "For of all men whom," &c. We have here 
 the masculine, not the neuter. — ejxeT^ev avroj elSivai. The imper- 
 sonal /zeAei is construed usually with a dative of the subject, and a 
 genitive of the object of care. It is construed with an infinitive in 
 Thucydides, i., 5, as in the present passage. This construction is 
 also found in Latin : "Erit mihi cures, explorare provincicz voluntatem.^'' 
 (Plin., Epist., vii., 10.) — ore /xev avrbg EcdElr]. The optative here ex- 
 presses an indefinite frequency of action. Compare iii., 1, 1. — ^yev 
 avTovg. " He used to bring them." 
 
 kdidaaKE 6e, K. r. A. " He used to teach, also, to what degree a 
 well-educated man should be acquainted with each branch of scien- 
 tific knowledge." As regards the force of Tzpayjiarog here, compare 
 the explanation of Schneider : '^Negotii ex doctrina el scientia penden- 
 
NOTES TO BOOK IV. CHAPTER VII. 865 
 
 tis.'" — avTLKa. "For instance." — yf/v fiirpu bpOug, k. t. 1. "Either 
 to receive, or to give, or to apportion land, or to assign labor, cor- 
 rectly according to measurement." The expression epyov uiroSei^- 
 aadai has reference to the marking out of ground for tillage. Com- 
 pare Sturz : " Mensuram assignare operis, quantum in agro sit laho- 
 randum.^' — tovto. " This much." — ry fiErpijaei. " To the principles 
 of measurement." — kqI ug fzerpetrat, k. t. A. " And succeeded in 
 understanding how it is measured." The verb aTrtevai is here em- 
 ployed like the Latin discedere, and is a metaphor borrowed from an 
 army's coming off or leaving the field victorious. 
 
 TO iiexpL ruv dvg^vvETuv, k. t. A. " The learning geometry up to 
 diagrams difficult to be used." — avriov. "In such things them- 
 selves." Socrates had been instructed in geometry by Theodorus 
 of Cyrene, already mentioned at iv., 2, 10. — Tavra. " That such mi- 
 nute studies as these." — KaraTpiSeLv. " To wear away." 
 
 M- 
 aoTpoloyiag. Compare iv., 2, 10. — koL Tavrrjg [jlevtol i^sxpi, k. t. 1. 
 " And yet, (to be acquainted) with this, indeed, only so far as to be 
 able to know the time of the night, and the particular division of the 
 month and year." For the meaning of lopa, consult notes on iv., 3, 
 4. — Tvpdg Tavr' execv TeK{j,t]ploig, k. t. A. "With reference to these, 
 to be able to make use of certain fixed indications, distinguishing 
 (by means of them) the divisions of the periods that have been men- 
 tioned." — irapd re rcJv vvnTodypcJv. "Both from those who hunt by 
 night." From Oppian (Halieut., iv., 640) we learn that fishermen 
 often pursued their vocation by night. Hunting, also, was practiced 
 by night as well as by day. Compare Horat., Od., i., 1, 25 ; Cic, 
 Tusc, ii.; 17, 40. Schneider, without any necessity, reads vvktott]- 
 puv, "watchers by night," referring to JEschylus, Agam., 4, seqq. 
 
 ^ 5. 
 TO 6e fiexpt TovTov, k. r. X. "But as to learning astronomy so 
 minutely as to know both the bodies that are not in the same pe- 
 riphery with the sphere," &c. ' Literally, " but as to learning as- 
 tronomy as far as this, as far, (namely), as the knowing," &c. With 
 regard to the expression to, [jltj ev ttj avTij 7V£pt(j)opd ovTa, compare the 
 explanation of Edwards : " Qucb non comrmmi eodemque caeli motu 
 circumacta proprio sihi motu feruntur.''^ — aaradiMriTovg aaripag. "The 
 unsettled stars." The comets are meant. Diogenes Apolloniates 
 had laid it down, aoTipag elvai Tovg KOfxr/Tag, according to Plutarch, 
 
366 NOTES TO BOOK IV. CHAPTER Vil. 
 
 de Plac. Phil., iii., 2, and some of the Pythagoreans had an idea of 
 their periodic return ; did rivog upLCjiivov xpovov TrepiodcKu^ avarOi- 
 Ielv. (Plut., I. c. Compare Ukert, Geogr. Gr. et Rom., vol. i., pt. 
 2, p. 94.) — Tag Treptodovg. " The periods of their orbits," i. e., the 
 period of time occupied in making their circuits, not the mere orbits 
 or paths themselves.— io-;i;Dpcjf a-KETpsTVEv. "He used strongly to 
 dissuade (from all these)." — ovSe tovtov ye dv^Koog tjv. " He was 
 not unacquainted even with these, indeed." Archelaus, a follower 
 of Anaxagoras, had been the instructor of Socrates in astronomy. 
 Compare Cicero, Acad., i., 15. 
 
 Tuv ovpavicjv. Compare!., 1, 11. — ^povnaTfjv. " A subtle spec- 
 ulator." — ^;^ap/fe(7^a4 uv. "Would gratify." — KcvdwEvaac 6' av e^^tj, 
 K. T. A. " He said, moreover, that the one who scrutinized these 
 things would run a risk even of becoming mad." — 'kva^ayopag. 
 Anaxagoras, a native of Clazomenae in Ionia, was born about B.C. 
 499. He was one of the leading philosophers of the Ionic school, 
 and the preceptor of Pericles and Euripides. His peculiar doctrines 
 exposed him to the charge of impiety, and being sentenced to pay 
 a fine and quit Athens, he retired to Lampsacus, where he died in 
 the seventy-second year of his age. The term TvapE^povrjOEv, here 
 applied to him, refers merely to the visionary nature of many of his 
 speculations, and not to any actual loss of reason. — 6 fisyiarov (ppo- 
 VTjaag, K. T. A. " Who prided himself veiy greatly on his explaining 
 the plans of the gods," i. e., on unfolding by the powers of reason 
 the secret causes that called into being, as well as the laws that 
 govern the universe. 
 
 EKEtvog yap. Anaxagoras is meant. — to avTo elvai irvp te koL 
 rfkiov. Anaxagoras maintained that the sun was a red-hot mass of 
 metal, larger than the Peloponnesus. {Diog. Lacrt., ii., 8.) — koI 
 vnd fiEv Tov 7]7dov, k. t. A. " And that men, when shone upon by the 
 sun, have their complexions of a darker hue." — ■&EpjLiatv6/LiEva. " If 
 heated." — Tildov dtaTtvpov. Diogenes Laertius says that Anaxago- 
 ras made the sun to be /xvdpov dLuirvpov, but Socrates here chooses, 
 not very fairly, to understand the words in question as meaning a 
 " red-hot stone.''^ — avTix^L " Lasts." 
 
 "koyiafiovg. "Accounts," i. e., by which we calculate income and 
 expenditure. Ernesti and Weiske understand the term to mean 
 
NOTES TO BOOK IV. CHAPTER VIII. 367 
 
 here Arithmetic, but this word implies a much wider range of knowl- 
 edge. The difference between TioytGTtKfj and apLdfirj-iufi is stated by 
 Plato, Gorg., p. 451, c. — kqc tovtuv Se. " And in the case of these, 
 also." — T7]v fidraiov Trpajfiarsiav. "Idle investigations," z. e., mi- 
 nute and excessive care. — /^exp'' ^^ ™^ cjcpeMfiov, k. t. /I. " But he 
 himself both studied and investigated along with his followers all 
 things (connected with these) as far as what was practically useful." 
 
 6(ra hvSexoLTo. "As many things as it was possible." Compare i., 
 2, 23. — Koi tavTu cKaarov -Kpo^exovra, k. t. a. " And by each attend- 
 ing to himself throughout his whole life, as to what food, &c., might 
 prove beneficial unto him." — 7rd//a. Porson {ad Eurip., Hec, 392) 
 asserts that the form Tzofta was unknown to the Attics, because there 
 are many passages in which the metre requires ttw/^c, none where 
 it requires Tvofia. But TzSiua, notwithstanding this critical dictum, 
 appears to have been used in prose. Compare Lobeck, ad Phryn., 
 p. 456, and Kuhner and Bornemann, on the present passage. — tov 
 yap ovTO) irpogExovTog, /c. r. A. " For he said that if a person thus 
 attended to himself, it was a difficult matter to find a physician," 
 &c. Observe here the employment of tov ovtu irpogex'^vTog, as 
 equivalent to el Tig ovtu npogsxoi. 
 
 4 10. 
 ei Si Tig iiaAlov, k. t. 1. " If, however, any might wish to obtain 
 greater benefits than those depending upon human wisdom." — nepi 
 Tuv TrpayfidTov. " Concerning the affairs of this life." Observe the 
 force of the article. — epr/fiov. " Devoid." 
 
 CHAPTER VIII. 
 
 H. 
 6ti (jxlcKovTog avTov, k. t. 1. " Because, although he asserted, &c.,, 
 death nevertheless was adjudged against him by his judges." — 
 xpevdofievov. On the supposition that if he had really had an inter- 
 nal monitor, that monitor would have given him timely warning of 
 his danger, so that he might have escaped it. — oti ovrug ?)dj] tote, 
 K. T. /I. " That he was already, at that time, so far advanced in 
 years." Literally, "in his age." Socrates was seventy years old 
 at the period of his death. {Diog. Laert., ii., 44.) — ovk civ rroA/lw va- 
 repov, K. T. A. " He would have ended his existence not long after." 
 The negative ovk does not belong here to the entire proposition, but 
 
368 NOTES TO BOOK IV. CHAPTER VIII. 
 
 to TToAAcj varepov. — to axOeivoTarov tov jScov. " The most burden- 
 some period of life." — T7JV dcdvoiav ixeLovvTat. "Become enfeebled 
 in intellect." Literally, "become worse or weaker." — rrjv re dinTjv 
 elTTuv. "By having both pleaded his cause." 
 
 Tcjv fj.v7iiJ.ovevofxivo)v avOpunuv. "Of men that are held in mem- 
 ory." — fiera ttjv Kpiatv TpiaKOvra fj/xepag (SicJvai. In i:elation to this 
 subject, and the Delian festival, consult Wiggers' Life of Socrates, 
 page 437 of this volume.— Jid to A^Tica fiev elvai. '■'^^ Because the Delian 
 festival took placed With {^rjXia supply lepa. — tov 6e vo/nov. Supply 
 dia TO from the preceding clause, so that the full form of expression 
 will be did T£ TO TOV vofiov buv. — 7] ■Qeopia. "The sacred embassy." 
 The persons employed in the deputation to Delos were called ■&scjpoi, 
 and their office, &c., ■&ecdpia. The ship in which they went and re- 
 turned was termed ■deuplq. — tov efiirpoadev. Supply xpovov. This 
 is the reading of Weiske and Schneider, adopted by Ktihner and 
 others. It is from a correction of Brodaeus. The common text has 
 Kal Ttjv. — km TL) Evdvfiug ts, k. t. /I. " For the cheerfulness and 
 tranquillity of his life." 
 
 Kal TTWf av Tcg, K. r." A. Many critics think that from the third 
 to the eleventh section has been inserted by some transcriber, in a 
 patched up way, from the Apology or Defence. Weiske, however, 
 regards the whole as genuine, and is of opinion that Xenophon em- 
 ploys a sorites to prove that the death of Socrates was ■&eofi7L7Jg. In 
 his view, the premises are, 1. The death of Socrates was glorious : 
 2. His death was also happy : 3. His death was ■&eo(pilrig, since the 
 gods give a happy death only to those whom they love.— e^doi/zope- 
 oTepog. Thus Castaho, from a correction by Brodeeus, in place of 
 evSacfioveoTaTog, which is found in four MSS., and in the early edi- 
 tions. Bornemann prefers the superlative, referring to Hermann, 
 ad Eurip., Med., 67. — ■&EO(pLHaTEpog. " More acceptable to heaven." 
 
 'Epno-yivovg. Compare ii., 10, 3. Xenophon was not at Athens 
 when Socrates was condemned and put to death. He had gone in 
 the previous year into Asia, to join the army of Cyrus. Compare 
 ApoL, c. 2, seqq. — ^67] MeAr/rou yeypa/u/Lisvov avrbv tt/v ypa^^v. " Tliat, 
 When Meletus had now brought his accusation against him." Ob- 
 serve that ypu^eodac ypa(j)Tiv, " to impeach or accuse," is followed by 
 
NOTES TO BOOK IV. CHAPTER VIII. 869 
 
 an accusative of the person accused. To the accusative of the suit, 
 a genitive of the difference charged in the accusation is sometimes 
 added. (Kuhner, () 583, 40, Jelf.) — o ti dTTo?ioyyaeTat. "What de- 
 fence he shall make." — ov yap doKu aoi ; " (You talk strangely), for 
 do I not appear to youl" — ottcj^. Used for ttu^. — on dLa-yeyevTirai. 
 Here the direct narrative changes to the indirect. Compare Knihner, 
 ^ 890, Jelf. — TcpuTTuv (5e tu dUaia Kal ru ddma, k. t. X. For this op- 
 position of clauses, called chiasmus, consult Kuhner, <J 904, 3, Jelf. 
 — 7]VT:ep. Attraction. — Ka?McTrjv iue?Jti]v anoAoylag. " The best 
 mode of practicing for a defence," i. c, the best preparation for one. 
 
 §5. 
 avTog 6e . . . . direZv. Supply e^?/. — Tioycp TrapaxdevTsg. *• Led 
 away by their language," i. e., oiFended by it. We have given here, 
 with Kiihner and others, irapaxdivTsg, the reading of one MS., for 
 the common reading axdecyOevTeg. Another MS. has axdivreg. — 7j67} 
 fiov ETTixetpovvTog. Compare iii., 8, 1. 
 
 oTt fiexpi [i£v Tov&e tov xpovov, k. t. A. " That I would not con- 
 cede to any man that he has lived either better or more pleasantly 
 than I have up to the present time." — rovg /LtuTiiara aladavofj.£vovg. 
 "Who are most clearly convinced." 
 
 a tyo) iiExpi tov6e tov xpovov, k. t. ?.. " And these results I have, 
 up to the present time, perceived to accrue unto myself" — napade- 
 upuv. "Comparing." — ovru dtareTeTitKa ycyvioaKuv. " I have con- 
 stantly thus judged." — ovrug e;\;ovT-ff nepl tf^ov dtarelovoiv. " Con- 
 tinue to entertain a similar opinion regarding me." — ov 6ia to (piTieiv 
 h[ie. " Not merely through affection for me." — av olovTai, k. t. A. 
 Construe av with yiyveadai. 
 
 lauQ uvayKuiov earai, k. t. 1. " Perhaps it will be necessary for 
 me to sustain the burden of old age." More literally, "to go through 
 with the things appertaining to old age." Compare Sturz : " incom- 
 moda senectutis suslinere." — tjttov. "More feebly." — x^^P^'^- "With 
 less energy." — a-KoSaLveiv. "To become." The same with the 
 Latin evadere. — jSeT^tiuv. " Superior." — aAAa fzrjv ravTo. ye, k. t. 1. 
 " Why, in very truth, unto me, if not conscious of all this, at least, 
 life would not be worth living." More literally, " life would not be 
 Q2 
 
370 NOTES TO BOOK IV. CHAPTER VIII. 
 
 liveable." ^ Compare Cic, de Am., vi., 22 : " Qui potest esse vita vi- 
 talis,^^ &c., where Ennius is quoted. 
 
 § 9. 
 dXTia firjv. " But assuredly." — el yap to dSiKeiv, k. t. A. Borne- 
 mann conjectures tovto, elye to adtKelv, putting the words nug ovk 
 .... TToidv in brackets. Schneider rejects the whole passage el 
 yap .... TToielv. Sauppe defends it. 
 
 HO. 
 Spij 6' syaye, K. t. Tl. " I, for my part, also see that the estimation 
 of men, who have gone before, that is left behind among posterity, 
 is not similar in its character as regards both those who have injured 
 and those who have been injured." — kni[ieleLag Tev^ojuac "Shall 
 meet with regard." Compare Sturz : ^' k7ri.fj,£/isca, gloria, laus post 
 mortem.^' — kgc hdv. "Even if." — fiapTvprjaeaOai [loi. "Will bear 
 testimony unto me." Compare i., 1, 8 
 
 HI. 
 
 HcjKpaTTjv yiyvioaKovTuv, olog rjv. The usual idiom for yiyvuaKov- 
 TO)v clog 'ZuKpuTT/g r]v. — nuvTuv [idXiaTa. Compare iv., 5, 1. — evaedrjg 
 fiev, K. T. A. These words, down to Kal Ka?.oKdya6lav, form a paren- 
 thesis. — ugTs firjdiv. Compare ii., 7, 2. — T^g yv6fj.rjg. "The con- 
 currence." — Tovg xp^/^^^ovg avTu. " Those who enjoyed his so- 
 ciety." — TO f]6iov dvTl Tov ^uTiTLovog. Compare iv., 6, 6. — npivuv. 
 " In judging of." — Tvpogdhadai. Thus in four MSS., and in the early 
 editions, for the common reading irpogSeiadai. — havbg de Kal dlTiovg 
 doKL^daaL Te, k. t. X. " Able, also, both to prove the character of 
 others, and to convict those who were in error." — olog dv utj dpiaTog 
 re dvfip, K. T. A. " As a most excellent and most happy man would 
 be." — T(f). For Ttvi. — 7rapa6ul?iuv to dTJkuv rjdog, k. t. A. "Let him 
 compare with these things the moral characters of others, and then 
 form his opinion." Observe that ovrug is here equivalent to the 
 Latin " hoc factoy 
 
LIFE OF SOCRATES, 
 
 THE GERMAN OF DR. WIGGERS. 
 
LIFE OF SOCRATES, 
 
 CHAPTER I. 
 
 Socrates was the son of Sophroniscus, a sculptor of consider- 
 able merit, and of Phaenarete, a midwife, who is called by Socrates, 
 in the Theaetetus of Plato, a very noble-minded woman. He was 
 bom at Athens on the 5th of the month of Thargelion, about the 
 middle of April or May, in the year 469 B.C. (01. 77, 4),^ and be- 
 longed to the tribe of Antiochis, and the deme of Alopece. His 
 features, and indeed his appearance altogether, were any thing but 
 handsome, and seemed well adapted for the ironical character which 
 he maintained. Alcibiades, in Plato's Symposium,^ compares him 
 to the Sileni, and to Marsyas the Satyr : " And I may also compare 
 Socrates to the Satyr Marsyas. As for thy appearance, thou canst 
 not deny it thyself, Socrates ; to what other things thou art like, 
 thou shalt quickly hear. Thou art a scoffer, art thou not 1 If thou 
 dost not willingly own it, I will bring forward witnesses." One of 
 the principal passages of the ancients which bear on this point is 
 in Xenophon's Symposium,^ in which Socrates engages in a playful 
 dispute with Critobulus as to which of them is the handsomer. 
 Socrates there tries to prove that his prominent eyes, his depressed 
 nose, and his large mouth must, on account of their great useful- 
 ness, be the handsomer. Several other particulars, which, how- 
 ever, may be exaggerated, for the purpose of indicating the ugliness 
 of Socrates, are mentioned in the same Symposium.* 
 
 Notwithstanding the limited means of his father,^ Socrates was 
 educated according to the manner of the times. Music in the Greek 
 sense of the word, i. e., music, and poetry, and gymnastic exercises, 
 formed the principal part of the education of an Athenian youth, 
 and in these Socrates was instructed.^ In addition to which, he 
 
 1. [More probably in B.C. 468. See Clinton's "Fasti Hellenici," vol. ii., Intro- 
 duction, p. XX.— Tkansl.] 2. Page 215, ed. Steph. 3. V., § 5, 
 
 4. *H rSSe yckari, says Socrates, chap, ii., § 19, tl ixeK,<ii tov Kaipov Trjv yaoTepa 
 Ix'^v, ixcTpidiTepav (iovXonai -Koirtaai airfiv ; 
 
 5. That his father was by no means a wealthy man, is evident from the fact that 
 Socrates, though very econoznical, was always poor. 6. Plat, CritO, c. xii. 
 
374 LIFE OF SOCRATES. 
 
 received instruction in the art of his father; and if we may credit 
 the report of Pausanias, who says that the three Graces made by 
 Socrates had found a place on the walls of the Acropolis of Athens, 
 close behind the Minerva of Phidias, he must have made consider- 
 able progress in the art.^ 
 
 Crito, a wealthy Athenian, who subsequently became an intimate 
 friend and disciple of our philosopher, having discovered the emi- 
 nent talents of Socrates, induced him to give up the profession of 
 his father.^ Various anecdotes preserved in Plutarch and Porphyry 
 rest on too feeble historical evidence to throw any light on the his- 
 tory of Socrates. To this class belongs probably the following story 
 in Porphyry,^ who, being attached to the new Platonic system which 
 formed such a contrast to the sobriety of the Attic sage, was an ad- 
 versary of the latter. Socrates, we are told by him, was in his 
 youth compelled by his father to follow the art of a sculptor against 
 his inclination, was very disobedient, and often withdrew himself 
 from the paternal roof In the same manner, Plutarch,* among 
 other things, relates, that the father of Socrates had been warned 
 not to compel his son to follow any particular pursuit, as he had a 
 guardian spirit who would lead him in the right way. 
 
 Thus Crito was the first who raised Socrates into a higher sphere. 
 Whether he had before this time enjoyed the instructions of Arche- 
 laus, a disciple of Anaxagoras, can not be decided by historical evi- 
 dence, although it is asserted by Porphyry that he was a disciple of 
 Archelaus as early as his seventeenth year. The first study that 
 engaged the attention of Socrates, and to which he applied with 
 
 1. Paus., i., 22, and ix., 35. Compare Diog., ii., § 19, and the scholiast to the 
 Clouds of Aristoph., p. 170. Timon, therefore, in Diogenes, calls him, with a sneer 
 of contempt, Xi6o^6os- 
 
 2. Diog., ii., 20. " Demetrius of Byzantium says that Crito, attracted by the 
 charms of his mind, withdrew him from the workshop and insti'ucted him." — Sui- 
 das, torn, ii., under Crito, p. 377. I do not think that there is any reason for dis- 
 believing this account. Meiners, indeed (Geschichte der Wissenschaften, &c., vol. 
 ii., p. 3.54), considers this to be a mere calumny of Aristoxenus ; but it is Deme- 
 trius, and not Aristoxenus, who is mentioned by Diogenes as his authority. 
 
 3. His charges against Socrates he derived from Aristoxenus, a disciple of Aris- 
 totle. Aristoxenus himself could not deny that Socrates had been obedient to the 
 laws, and had always been just, yet he accuses our philosopher of being guilty of 
 violent anger and shameful dissoluteness. The most unobjectionable evidence of 
 the most credible contemporaries sufficiently refutes such calumnies. A detailed 
 examination and refutation of the charges of Aristoxenus will be found in Luzac's 
 Leat. Att., edited by Sluiter, Leyden, 1809, p. 27, foil. But why Aristoxenus 
 brought these charges against Socrates, will be seen from our subsequent descrip- 
 tion of the character of the latter. 
 
 4. De genio Socratis. Francfort ed. 1620, torn, ii., p. 889. 
 
LIFE OF SOCRATES. 375 
 
 great zeal, was that of Physics. " When I was young," says he ia 
 Plato's Phaedo,^ " I had an astonishing longing for that kind of 
 knowledge which they call Physics." He sought after wisdom 
 where his fellow-citizens sought it— in the schools of the vaunting 
 Sophists, and of the most celebrated philosophers of his age, as well 
 as in the writings and songs of former sages. Parmenides, Zeno, 
 Anaxagoras, and Archelaus among the philosophers, Euenus of Pa- 
 res, Prodicus, and others among the Sophists, are recorded as his 
 teachers.'^ 
 
 Assisted by these masters, he made considerable progress in 
 Mathematics, Physics, and Astronomy, the value of which he after- 
 ward confined to very narrow limits. ^ Some of his opinions in 
 Natural Philosophy, which Aristophanes distorts to suit his purpose, 
 must perhaps be referred to this early period of his life. In the in- 
 stance in which the comic poet* makes him say that the sky is a 
 furnace, and men the coals in it, the real assertion probably was, 
 that the sky was a vault covering the earth — quite in accordance 
 with the spirit of the cosmological systems of the time ; and that 
 he had studied the cosmological system of Anaxagoras with partic- 
 ular attention, is evident, for he himself^ tells us that he hoped to 
 find in it information concerning the origin of things. As Socrates 
 himself gives us in this passage an explanation of the reasons which 
 afterward induced him to think so little of this system, he shall 
 speak for himself '' I once heard a person reading in a book which 
 he said was written by Anaxagoras, and saying that reason arrang- 
 
 1. Page 96, A. 
 
 2. Zeno of Elea, about the year 460 B.C., at the age of about forty, undertook, 
 with his teacher Parmenides, a journey to Athens, for the purpose of meeting Soc- 
 rates. Whether Socrates ever heard Anaxagoras himself, or only studied his writ- 
 ings, can not be asserted with historical certainty. That he heard Archelaus is 
 attested by Cicero, TuscuL, v., 10. Euenus of Pares instructed Socrates in poesy. 
 Compare Fischer's remark on the fifth chapter of Plato's Apology. He had also 
 read the writings of Heraclitus. " What I did understand was excellent ; I believe, 
 also, that to be excellent which I did not understand." — Diog. Laert., ii., 22. Plato, 
 Cratylus, p. 402, A., seqq. Prodicus taught him the art of speaking. — Plat., Meno, p. 
 96, D. Machines, iii., C. : Kal ravra de a Xiyoj UpodiKov iarl tov (jO(pou d-KrixniJiaTa 
 (reminiscences). A long register of teachers of Socrates, which, however, must 
 not be taken strictly, occurs in Maxim. Tyr., Diss. xxii. [It would appear, how- 
 ever, from a statement in Xenophon's Symposium, that Socrates never received 
 any direct instruction in philosophy, since Socrates is introduced as saying to Cal- 
 lias, who was a great friend and patron of the Sophists, aei cv tniaKijonreig iincig 
 KaracppoviJiv, '6ti aii fjifv Upiarayopq te ttoAu dpyvpiov 6f6wKas £m co^iqi Kai Topyiq. 
 Koi TIpoSiKO) Kai aXXois TroAAoIf, r/^/aS 6' hpijig airovpyovS rivag Ttji (piXoaoipiaS ovTag. 
 Symp., i., 5. — Te.] 3. Xenoph., Mem., iv., 7. 
 
 4. Clouds, V. 94. 5. Plat., Ph&do, p. 97, B , seqq. 
 
S76 LIFE OF SOCRATES. 
 
 ed all things, and was the cause of them. With this cause I was 
 much delighted, and in some manner it appeared to me quite cor- 
 rect that reason should be the cause of all things. If it be true, I 
 thought, that reason arranges all things, it arranges and places ev- 
 ery thing in the place where it is best. Now if any body wanted 
 to find the cause by which every thing arises, perishes, or exists, 
 he must find the manner in which a thing exists, suffers, or acts 
 best. For this reason, I thought only that investigation, the object 
 of which is the most excellent and the best, to be adapted for man 
 both for himself as well as other things ; and he, who succeeded in 
 this, must at the same time know that which is bad, for both are 
 objects of the same science. Reflecting upon this subject, I was 
 delighted, as I thought I had found in Anaxagoras a teacher after 
 my own heart, who could open my eyes to the causes of things. 
 Now he will first tell thee, I thought, whether the earth is flat or 
 round ; and after he has done this, he will also show thee the cause 
 and the necessity of it, and whichever is the better, he will prove 
 that this quality is the better one for the earth. If he tell thee the 
 earth is in the centre, he will, at the sam_e time, show thee that it 
 is better for it to be in the centre. I was willing, if he would show 
 me this, not to suppose any other kind of causes, and hoped soon 
 to receive information about the sun, the moon, and other stars, 
 pointing out the mutual relation of their rapidity, their rotation and 
 other changes, and how it was better that each should act as it 
 acts, and suffer as it suffers ; for as he said that they were arranged 
 by reason, I did not think that he would assign any other cause to 
 things than that their actual qualities were the best. As he assign- 
 ed to all things their causes, and ascertained them in all things in 
 the same manner, I thought he would represent that which is the 
 best for earth, as the good common to all. I would not have given 
 up my hopes for any thing ; with great avidity I took up his books, 
 and read them as soon as I found it possible, in order that I might 
 quickly learn the good and the bad. But, my friend,^ I was soon 
 disappointed in this hope ; for in the progress of my reading, I dis- 
 covered that the man no longer applied his principle of reason, and 
 mentioned no causes by which to classify things ; but declared air, 
 ether, water, and many other strange things to be causes. This 
 appeared to me just as absurd as if somebody should say, Socrates 
 does every thing which he does with reason ; and afterward en- 
 deavoring to point out the motive of every single action, he should 
 
 1. He is speaking to Cebes. 
 
LIFE OF SOCIIATSS. 377 
 
 say, in the first place, that I am now sitting here because my body 
 is composed of bones and of sinews,^ &c. I should have liked very 
 much to have obtained some instruction, from whomsoever it might 
 have proceeded, concerning the nature of this cause. But as I did 
 not succeed, and as I was unable to find it out by myself, or to 
 learn it from any one else, I set out on a second voyage in search 
 of the cause." The rest are Plato's own thoughts. 
 
 Besides this, Socrates was greatly attracted by the intercourse 
 of women of talent, and courted their society for the higher culti 
 vation of his own mind and heart. He, like that powerful dema- 
 gogue on whom his contemporaries bestowed the highest admira- 
 tion for the power of his eloquence, was instructed in the art of 
 speaking by Aspasia ;2 and Diotima of Mantinea taught him love •,^ 
 by which, as Fr. Schlegel justly observes,* we must not understand 
 transient pleasures, but the pure kindness of an accomplished mind ; 
 a circumstance which is of importance in forming a proper estimate 
 of many peculiarities in the doctrine and method of Socrates. 
 
 CHAPTER II. 
 Socrates, however, was unable to obtain any satisfactory knowl- 
 edge from the philosophers and teachers of his time. Dissatisfied 
 with the pretended wisdom of the Cosmologists and Sophists, he 
 
 1. Nevpa with Plato does not mean nerves, which signification it only received 
 through Galen. 
 
 2. Plat, Menex., p. 235, E. She is also said to have written a poem to Socrates, 
 Athen., v., p. 219. 
 
 [It is doubtful whether any historical weight can be attached to the passage in 
 the Menexenus. The whole may probably be looked upon as a fiction, although 
 it can hardly be supposed, according to Ast, that Plato meant to deride Pericles 
 and Aspasia. Plato's real object appears to be to ridicule those demagogues who 
 think themselves equal to Pericles, although they can not compose a speech for 
 themselves, and are obliged to learn by heart such as have been composed for 
 them by others. All the other passages of the ancients, in which Socrates is said 
 to have learned the art of speaking from Aspasia, are probably taken from this 
 passage of the Menexenus, and therefore prove nothing. Reiske, on Xenophon's 
 Memorabilia, ii., 6, § 36, likewise considers the statement in the Menexenus to be 
 made ironically ; in which opinion he is supported by Stallbaum and Loers, the 
 late editor of the Menexenus. As for the influence Diotima is said to have had 
 over Socrates, it seems just as uncertain. It is only mentioned by Plato, and those 
 who copied from him, and is probably of the same nature as the story about 
 Aspasia. — Tr.] 
 
 3. Pla^., Sijmpos., p. 201, D. That Diotima is not to be ranked among the Iralpai 
 has been shown by Fr. Schlegel, Griechcn und ROmer. 
 
 4. Griechcn und llOmcr, p. 254. 
 
378 LIFE OF SOCRATES. 
 
 entirely abandoned all speculative subjects,^ and devoted his atten- 
 tion to human affairs, according to his own expression, ^ i. e., to re- 
 searches in practical philosophy. He therefore, in Plato, calls his 
 wisdom a human wisdom. ^ Socrates, according to Cicero's expres- 
 sion,* called philosophy down from heaven to the earth, i. e., he 
 gave it a practical tendency, whereas before it had taken a direction 
 completely speculative. Previous to Socrates, philosophers were 
 for the most part occupied in cosmological researches : morals were 
 entirely uncultivated ; and although the Pythagorean institution, a 
 moral and politico-religious order, had devoted very great care to 
 morals, yet its doctrines had already fallen very much into oblivion ; 
 and besides, as an order, it had a direct influence only on its own 
 members. But the greatest shock that morality had received came 
 from the Sophists, a class of men who flourished shortly before and 
 at the time of Socrates, and who boasted of being in the possession 
 of every kind of knowledge, but were, however, not concerned 
 about truth, but merely about the appearance of it ; who, by their 
 eloquence, knew how to give to a bad cause the appearance of a 
 good one,^ and from a love of m»oney gave instruction to every one 
 in this art.^ These men, descendants of the Eleatic school, exert- 
 
 1. Diog., ii., 21. "When he saw that the science of physics (cpvaiKrj S-cwpia) was 
 not adapted for us, he began to philosophize on moral subjects in the workshops- 
 arid in the mai-kets, and said he was seeking 
 
 "Ottl tol tv p^eyapoicL kukov t' dyaOov te rhvKTai." 
 The latter is a verse of Homer (Od., iv., 392), which, as we are told by Sextus 
 Empiricus contra Mathemat., vii., 21, Socrates was constantly in the habit of quoting. 
 
 2. 'AvOpii-eia, res humaniB, are here opposed to daifioviois, rebus divirds (Xen- 
 oph., M(mi., i., 1, 12 and 16), which he also calls ohpdvia (Mem., iv., 7, 6). 'Av6p^- 
 TTEia are things which directly relate to man as such, as questions on the destina- 
 tion of man, his duties, hopes, and, in short, all moral subjects ; baifxovia, res divi- 
 nee, are of a speculative nature, and comprehend either physical or metaphysical 
 questions, and have no direct relation to man as such. This distinction must be 
 well borne in mind, as otherwise many assertions of Socrates might appear very 
 paradoxical. Cicero, Acad., i., 15 : " ut — coelestia vel procul esse a nostra cogni- 
 tione censeret, vel si maxime cognita essent, nihil tamen ad bene (morally) viven- 
 dum conferre," 
 
 3. 'AvQpoirrivr} aofpia comprehends either the wisdom of which men are in the 
 possession, or the wisdom* relating to human affairs, such as the destination, du- 
 ties, relations, &c., of man. In the former sense it is used in Plat., Apol., c. v., 
 where Socrates says, " It appears that the god means to say by the oracle that hu- 
 man wisdom is of little or no value at all." In the latter sense Socrates ascribes 
 human wisdom to himself 
 
 4. Tiiscul., v., 10. Socrates primus philosophiam devocavit e coelo et in urbibus 
 coUocavit, et in domos etiam introduxit, et coegit de vita et moribus rebusque bo- 
 nis et mails qua^rere. 5. rov t^ttii) Arfyov KpeiTTw ttoieIv. 
 
 6. It is well knovna that the word cocpiaTr'ii at first had an honorable meaning. 
 
LIFE OF SOCRATES. 379 
 
 ed their utmost power to shake the foundations of knowledge, to 
 unsettle the ideas of right and wrong, of virtue and vice, to con- 
 found the moral power of judgment by dialectical illusions, and to 
 declare a thing to be right at one time, and wrong at another, as 
 their interest dictated. Instead of being teachers of wisdom, they 
 were mere dialectic quibblers, who made no man wiser or better, 
 and who, by the spirit of quibbling which they diffused among their 
 disciples by such questions as whether virtue could be taught, &c., 
 paralyzed the power of the moral feelings. Socrates discovered the 
 irretrievable injuries inflicted by these people on intellectual ad- 
 vancement and morality, and witnessed the distressing results of it 
 among his contemporaries. Filled with vain pride, the disciples of 
 the Sophists returned from their schools persuading themselves 
 they had discovered the most recondite truths ; they thought them- 
 selves unequalled in the art of disputing, and were constantly seek- 
 ing opportunities of displaying their subtleties. Thus they wander- 
 ed far from the only path of true wisdom, the knowledge of them- 
 selves. But the instructions of the Sophists were still more inju- 
 
 and was synonymous with ao<p6s, a sage, a scholar in its widest sense — for even 
 artists were comprehended in it. Protagoras was the fu-st who adopted the name 
 of ao^idTt'ig to distinguish more decidedly one who makes others wise, especially 
 one who taught eloquence, the ai't of governing, pohtics, or, in short, any kind of 
 practical knowledge. From that time the word sophist acquired that odious 
 meaning which it retains in the present day. Afterward, m the times of the Ro- 
 man emperors, the name of Sophist again became an honorable appellation, and 
 was applied to those rhetoricians who had established schools of rhetoric, in which 
 they treated on any chosen subject for the sake of exercise. Libanius, for in- 
 stance, belonged to this class of Sophists. Though the latter class, in a certain 
 point of view, differed from the former, yet covetousness was common to both. 
 Themistius, becajise he received no money, protested against his beixi^ called a 
 Sophist {Orat., 23). The description of a Greek Sophist of the time of Socrates ia 
 taken from the Protagoras of Plato. In reading, however, the writings of the phi- 
 losophers of the Socratic school, it must not be forgotten that they had imbibed 
 from their master a profound hatred of the Sophists, and may consequently have 
 now and then been rather too severe in their remarks upon them. With the de- 
 scription given above all Greek -wTiters agree, and the Sophists themselves, by 
 their own actions, sufficiently characterize themselves as such. Speusippus, Defm. 
 ad calcem 0pp. Platonis: Ho^ttJDJs vc(i)v n\ovai(j)v tv^6\oiv entxKrOos &ripevT^g. Arist., 
 de Sophist. Elench., i., 11. Xenoph., Me77i., i., 6, 13 : Kal rfiv (To<ptav (Lsavro^s roi'S 
 fiev npyvpiov t'^ fioiiXnixev^) iruyXovvrai, nocpiaras dnoKu'Xuvaiv. — Isocrat. in Helen. 
 Enconi., ii., 116 and 117. Later writers, as Phiiostratus, do not draw any precise 
 distinction between Sophists, philosophers, and orators. Phiiostratus thus men- 
 tions Carneades among the Sophists. Moreover, not only Socrates, biit'.Anaxago- 
 ras, are called Sophists by Libanius {Apolog. Socr.^ p. 54 and 55, edit. Rciske), per- 
 haps in order to raise thereby his own dignity. Compare Carus's graphic de- 
 scription of the Sophists in his Idecn zu eincr Gescfdchte dcr Fhilosophie, p. 493, scqq. 
 
380 LIFE OF SOCRATES. 
 
 rious, since, by their defending what was wrong, those moral prin- 
 ciples, which are the supports of pubhc peace and happiness, were 
 artificially undermined. Socrates, therefore, firmly resolved to de- 
 vote his life to the moral improvement of his fellow-citizens, and at 
 the age of about thirty^ he made it his sacred duty to counteract 
 the Sophists, who perplexed good sense, corrupted public morality, 
 and brought down upon philosophy the reputation of being the art 
 of disputing, nay, of being dangerous and injurious. He endeavor- 
 ed to exhibit them in their naked deformity, and thus directly as 
 well as indirectly, by the doctrines and example of solid virtue, to 
 contribute as much as lay hi his power to the moral improvement 
 of mankind. 
 
 This noble resolution he faithfully maintained throughout his life, 
 until in his seventieth year he met his higher destination in the 
 manner so generally known. Moreover, Socrates, during his pur- 
 suit of the high objects of his existence, followed a course in which 
 he sought within himself what other philosophers had been accus- 
 tomed to seek without, and thus directed attention to the operations 
 of the mind. The cause of his pursuing this mode of thought not 
 only arose from his practical mode of thinking, and from the high 
 
 1. I say about thirty. It is, indeed, generally believed tliat the public teaching 
 of Socrates commenced precisely at his thii-tietli year. But I do not believe that 
 any passage of the ancients can be pointed out in support of this belief. However, 
 that Socrates, even when a young man, had chosen the office of a general teacher, 
 has been proved with great sagacity from several historical facts by Meiners, in 
 his Ge.schichte der Wissenschafteri, (fee, ii., p. 353. 
 
 [Ritter, however, remarks, in Ms History of Ancient Philosopliy (vol. ii., p. 20, 
 Engl, trans.), that "fi-om the constitution of the mind of Socrates, which, proceed- 
 ing through many attempts in the discovery of truth, could only, at a late period, 
 have attained to certainty, it is not improbable that he had aiTiyed at a ripe age 
 before he began to incite others to the study of philosophy. In the more detailed 
 accounts, he is almost without exception depicted as an old man. There are other 
 reasons, also, which scarcely admit of a supposition that he devoted himself sud- 
 denly and all at once to this vocation ; for though it be true that his observation 
 of man, with a view to the science of humanity, has been referred to an oracle for 
 its occasion, even the oracle itself implies his having previously pursued philosoph- 
 ical studies in common vdth Chasrephon ; and it is quite consistent with the na- 
 ture of the case to suppose tliat a sense of his peculiar fitness for the education 
 of youth gradually opened upon his mind, as he observed the improvement and 
 instruction which others derived from his society." In a note on this passage, 
 Ritter observes, " The assumption of Wiggers that Socrates commenced teaching 
 in his thirtieth year is wholly unfounded. That of Delbriick (Socrates, § 34), that 
 he had openly philosophized five or six years before he was brought upon the 
 etage by Aristophanes (B.C. 423), which would make him about forty at his first 
 appearance as a teacher, is not improbable, although the anecdote of Eucleides 
 (Gell., Noct Att., vi., 10) is appai-ently iaiconsistent with it." — Tb.] 
 
LIFE OF SOCRATES. 381 
 
 cultivation of the reasoning powers attained by the exertions of 
 previous thinkers, but also from external circumstances. The in- 
 scription on the temple of Delphi, " Know thyself," and the cele- 
 brated declaration of the Delphic god, "Sophocles is wise, Euripi- 
 des is wiser, but the wisest of all men is Socrates,"^ may have 
 greatly contributed to direct the attention of Socrates to the inter- 
 nal operations of his mind. 
 
 The above inscription on the temple of Delphi must have made a 
 very peculiar impression upon him, for he certainly was the first 
 to whom it became a truth of great moral importance. The in- 
 scription itself is well known, and needs no further explanation. 
 But, as regards the declaration of the Delphic oracle, it is not so 
 easily to be accounted for. 
 
 Socrates relates the whole event in the Apology of Plato,'^ where 
 he says that an intimate friend of his, of the name of Chaerephon, 
 ventured to ask the Delphic oracle if there was any one wiser than 
 he (Socrates), and that the Pythia replied that there was none 
 wiser. 
 
 It is indeed surprising that Chaerephon, a friend and disciple of 
 our philosopher, who, besides, is described both by him and by Plato 
 in the Charmides^ as a violent and passionate man, should have re- 
 ceived this answer to his question. Plessing,* therefore, ventures 
 the bold conjecture that Socrates himself had contributed to this 
 imposition, in order thereby to gain authority, and to prepare his 
 plan for changing the form of government in Athens ; for this was, 
 according to him, the end for which Socrates was constantly and 
 deliberately striving. This hypothesis, however, is too derogatory 
 to the character of Socrates to be admitted without further reasons. 
 The passionate nature of Chaerephon renders it more probable that 
 he was guilty of an untimely and extravagant zeal to raise the fame 
 of his master ; but, on the other hand, it is also possible that Soc- 
 rates, even at that time, had acquired so great a reputation, that his 
 favor was no longer a matter of indifference to the crafty Pythia. 
 
 This declaration of the god of Delphi, together with the applica- 
 tion which Socrates made of it, is unquestionably the most import- 
 ant fact in the history of his life, as it gives us a clew to his whole 
 subsequent conduct and mode of thinking. From this time Socra- 
 tes considered himself as a messenger peculiarly favored by the 
 Deity, standing under its immediate guidance, and sent to the Athe- 
 
 1. l,o<t>di 2o0o>fX>j?, ao(t>ix)T£pos 6i lEvpnriSrji, av5p2v 6i -navTuv ^UKpaTrj; ao^wra- 
 TO?.— Suidas, see ao(l>6g. 2. C. v. 3. P. 153, B. 
 
 4, In his Osiris und Sokrates, p. 186, seqq. 
 
382 LIFE OF SOCRATES. 
 
 nians, as he expresses himself in the Apology of Plato, to instruct 
 and improve them.^ " But that I was sent," says he,^ " as a divine 
 messenger to the state, you may see from what I will tell you. 
 Assuredly it is not a human feature in me that I have neglected all 
 my own interests, and for a great number of years have not con- 
 cerned myself about my domestic affairs, and am only anxious for 
 your welfare, going to every one of you and admonishing you, like 
 a father or elder brother, to follow the path of virtue."^ The same 
 oracle had, perhaps, some influence on his belief in a daemon, which 
 restrained him in doubtful cases ; of the existence of which, he 
 himself, as well as his friends, were firmly convinced, and whose 
 nature we shall now proceed to examine more closely. 
 
 CHAPTER III. 
 The daemon of Socrates has at all times caused great trouble to 
 the commentators, at which we can not be astonished, since even 
 the friends and disciples of Socrates were ignorant of its real na- 
 ture. Timarchus, having consulted the oracle of Trophonius about 
 it, received no satisfactory answer. Simmias asked Socrates about 
 the nature of his daemon, but received no answer at all, perhaps 
 
 1. [Delbriick, in liis Soh-ates, laments that there should be many even among 
 the admirers of Socrates in the present day, who, like some of his contemporaries 
 and his judges, take tlie oracle for a fiction, and his appeal to it for irony. With 
 as much reason, Mr. D. thinks, might Thomas a Kempis, or Pascal, or Fenelon, be 
 suspected of an affectation of humility when they confirm their convictions on 
 sacred subjects by quotations from the Bible. Like them, Socrates was, in the 
 "best sense of the word, a Mystic ; and the answers of the Delphic oracle exercis- 
 ed an influence on the weal and woe of Greece, similar to that which the Bible 
 exerts on the destinies and proceedings of Chiistendom. But Mr. Thirlwall re- 
 marks, in the sixth number of the " Philological Museum" (p. 587), from which 
 the preceding quotations from Delbriick's work have been taken, " that it may be 
 readily conceived, and seems to be confirmed by several authentic accounts, that 
 Socrates really considered himself as fulfilling a divine mission by his hfe and la- 
 bors ; but that this idea was first suggested to him by the Delpic oracle is, to say 
 the least, extremely improbable, though such an accidental occurrence (for who 
 but a sincere pagan can believe it to have been more ?) may have contributed to 
 confirm the impression, and may have given it a definite form in his mind. But 
 surely his character and pursuits had been already fixed, before Chserephon could 
 have ventured to inquire whether any man better deserved the title of wise. No 
 additional dignity is impai-ted to his self-devotion by considering it as the effect of 
 such a casual inspiration. It was the spontaneous, necessary result of his moral 
 and intellectual constitution, and needed not to be connected with the eternal 
 order of Providence by a tie so frail as a perishable superstition." — Tk.] 
 
 2. Plato, Apolog., c. xviii. 3. Compare Plat., Aldh., ii., and De Repnbl, vi. 
 
LIFE OF S0CKATE3. 383 
 
 because Socrates himself thought it something quite incomprehen- 
 sible. From that time he did not propose any other question on 
 this subject. 1 The explanations of the more ancient commentators 
 are almost all of a supernatural kind. The greater number of the 
 ecclesiastical fathers declared it to be the devil ;2 Andrew Dacier,^ 
 to be a guardian angel. It has also been attempted to explain this 
 mental phenomenon in a natural way ; and can it be wondered at 
 if the results were mere absurdities 1 Such an hypothesis is pre- 
 served by Plutarch in his essay on the daemon of Socrates, in which 
 it is said to have been a mere divination from sneezing ; an hypoth- 
 esis which even in modern times has found an advocate in M. Mo- 
 rin.* Socrates himself certainly did not understand by it a mere 
 prudence acquired by experience, as has been asserted by others, 
 for the very name of daemon, which, according to the definition of 
 Aristotle,^ means either the Deity itself, or a work of the Deity, 
 suggests to us something beyond the sphere of common experience. 
 To suppose, with Plessing,^ that the daemon of Socrates was a fic- 
 tion, which v/ould enable him, by the high opinion he would there- 
 by acquire, to realize his plan of changing the form of government 
 in Athens, is an hypothesis which rests on too arbitrary grounds, 
 and is too contrary to the veracious character of Socrates ever to 
 be adopted by any intelligent scholar. 
 
 But, notwithstanding these opposite modes of explanation, it may 
 not be so very difficult to arrive at a just view of the genius of Soc- 
 rates by an historico-psychological mode of inquiry. It was, per- 
 haps, nothing more than a strong presentiment, which, being direct- 
 ed by an accurate knowledge of things, led him to form his conclu- 
 sions from cause to effect by analogy, without his being perfectly 
 conscious of the process. Such an exalted feeling of presentiment 
 is often found in persons of a lively imagination and refined organ- 
 ization ; and that Socrates belonged to this class will be seen here- 
 after. But Socrates himself actually considered it as an inward 
 divine voice that restrained him from engaging in unpropitious un- 
 
 1. Plutarch, De Dccmonio Socratis, p. 583. Carus observes very much to the 
 point (Gcsckichte der Psychologie, p. 236), " There ai'e many things of which Soc- 
 rates would not form any clear idea, such as dreams ; others of which he could 
 not, such as his daemon." 
 
 2. Tertullian, De Anima, i. Aiunt Daemonium illi a puero adhsesisse, pessimum 
 re vera psedagogum. 
 
 3. In the preface to his French translation of some dialogues of Plato. 
 
 4. In the Mimoires de Litterature tires des Registres de I'Academie Royale des In- 
 scriptions et des Belles Lettres, tome iv., p. 333, a Paris, 1723. 
 
 5. Rhetor., ii., 23 : rj ^ebi ?} deou ipyov- 6. Osiris tmd Sokrates, p. 185, scgg. 
 
384 LIFE OF SOCRATES. 
 
 dertakings. This hypothesis seems to be fully confirmed, not only 
 by the universal belief of ancient Greece and Rome in guardian 
 spirits, who attended men from their birth, but also by the manner 
 in which Socrates himself speaks of this daemon, and by the exam- 
 ples which are recorded of its influence, * The principal passages 
 which refer to this daemon are in the Theages^ and Apology^ of 
 Plato, and in the Memorabilia of Xenophon.^ Plato and Xenophon 
 seem to contradict each other on this point ; for Plato states that 
 the daemon only used to restrain him, but Xenophon represents the 
 genius as disclosing to him the future in general, what should not 
 be done as well as what should be done. But both statements, 
 though apparently contradictory, can, as Charpentier* and Tenne- 
 mann* observe, be very well reconciled ; for Plato only expresses 
 himself more decidedly in saying that the voice had only restrained, 
 and never impelled him. Actions from which he was not restrain- 
 ed were lawful to him, and unattended with danger. In the Apol- 
 ogy of Plato,^ he concludes, from the silence of the voice during 
 the latter period of his life, that whatever then happened to him was 
 for his good. But Xenophon does not draw a precise distinction 
 between that which the voice directly commanded, and that which 
 Socrates concluded from its silence.'' 
 
 Oar view of the nature of the daemon of Socrates is thus confirm- 
 ed by the manner in which he himself is represented as expressing 
 himself upon it, by both Xenophon and Plato. But the probability 
 is still more increased by the examples which Socrates gives as the 
 
 1. In the Theages he says : "Ecrt ydp ri ^sia iioipg. Tiape-Ofjisrov i/xoi ek izaiobs 
 apXayiEVOv oaijioviov. 1<jtl 6t tovto (puivfj, rj, orav ytvrjrai, del fioi crrjixalvei, S uv /xeXXu) 
 ■npiTTtiv, TOVTOV dizoTponrjv, TrpoTpe-nei 5e ohSeTTore, p. 128, D. Compare Cicero, De 
 Divinat., t, 54. Ast indeed (in the Journ. Philol. by HauflF, Stuttgard, 1803, p. 
 260) asserts that the Theages is spurious ; but — even if we could admit this — we 
 must yet confess that, considering the agreement with the other passages of Plato, 
 Platonic thoughts, at least, constitute its basi?. 
 
 2. In the Apology he speaks almost in the same manner : 'E//oi ol tovt^ iariv tic 
 naiooS dp\djxtvov, (pujvr'i ng yiYvopiEv^i,'r], 'drav 'yh'rjrai, del dirorpE-nii jxe tovtov, o uv 
 j(/AXw TrpdrrEiv, Trporpe-Ei 6i ov-orc, c. xix. Compare Plat, Ph<zdr., p. 242, B. 
 
 3. T.ti)KpirT]i, says Xenophon, wSTrtp lyiyvijynKEv, n\)T{,}g iXEye. to Sainoviov yap, 
 ej)r], aiJixaivELV. Koi noXXo7s t5>v \vv6vTtiiv irporjy'pEVE, tu (jlev ttole'iv, t<x Se fjif} ttoieIv, 
 u)S Tov daiiioviov TrpoarjfjLiiivovTog. Kut roif ixev ttelBojj.evois airia avi'£(pEpE, Tols Se fxrj 
 TTEiQofiEvoii (jlcteheXe- — Memorab., i., 1, 4. 4. La Vie de Socrate, p. 104. 
 
 5. Gcschichte der Philosophie, vol. ii., p. 33. 6. C. xxxi. 
 
 7. [Mr. Thirlwall, in the " Philological Mu.^.eum," No. vi., p. 583, also remarks, 
 •' that there is really no inconsistency between the passage in Xenophon and the 
 assertion in the Apology and in the Phaedrus ; for it is evident that a sign which 
 only forbade might, by its absence, show what was permitted, and thus a positive 
 kind of guidance might not improperly be ascribed to it."— Tr.] 
 
LIFE OF SOUllATEd. 385 
 
 fhiits of the suggestions of the dajmon. The genius advised him. 
 not to take any part in public affairs,^ and at first did not allow him 
 to enter into any intimate connections with Alcibiades.^ Socrates, 
 on his flight after the defeat of Delium, was warned by his genius, 
 and, in consequence of it, would not take the same way as the oth- 
 ers. ^ He also dissuaded his friends from undertaking apparently 
 indifferent actions — Charmides, from visiting the Nemean games ; 
 Timarchus, from retiring from the repast — and he also opposed the 
 expedition to Sicily.* All this he could have known, without reve- 
 lation, in some measure by an accurate knowledge of circumstan- 
 ces, to which, in most cases, every-day experience would lead him ; 
 and many things, on the other hand, must be attributed to chance. 
 It is not likely that the voice of which Socrates speaks should have 
 been a mere figurative expression : he was, indeed, convinced of 
 its reality, which is sufficiently accounted for by his mental organ- 
 ization. This conviction of Socrates was moreover facilitated by 
 the belief of the ancients in the direct influence of the Deity on 
 man, and in guardian spirits who accompanied man from his birth ; 
 and more especially by his own belief in the close connection be- 
 tween the human race and the Deity, as well as by his ignorance 
 of mental philosophy.^ 
 
 1. TovTO toTiv iioi ivavTiouTai TuiroXiTiKO. irpaTTciv. Apolog.^ c. xix. He him- 
 self adds tlie reason immediately afterward : " Because an honest man who zeal- 
 ously resists the multitude and prevents unlawful actions, must by necessity be- 
 come a victim to his honesty." 
 
 2. Alcib., i., p. 103, E. Here, too, he adds the reason, because, he said, Alcibia- 
 des in his yoiith would not have listened to his instructions with proper attention, 
 and he therefore should have spoken in vain. 
 
 3. Cicero, De Divinat., i., 54. Idem Socrates, cum apud Delium male pugnatiim 
 esset, Lachete prstore, fugeretque ciim ipso Lachete, ut ventum est in trivium, 
 eadem, qua ceteri, fugere nolebat. Quibua quairentibus, cur non eadem via per- 
 geret, d^terreri se a deo dixit, turn quidem ii, qui alia via fugerant, in hostiura 
 equitatum inciderunt. This event is more minutely related by the author of tha 
 Socratic Letters, p. 6 and 7. 
 
 4. This and several other instances are related in the Theages of Plato, p. 129, 
 seqq. Cicero, De Divinat., i., 54, observes that a great number of such instances 
 were recorded by Antipater in his books De Divinatione. Some are also men- 
 tioned by Cicero himself. 
 
 5. [Schleiermacher, however, argues from a passage in the Memorabilia (i., 1, 
 § 2, 3) of Xenophon, that Socrates himself could never have considered his Satixd' 
 viov in the light of a specific supernatural being; for Xenophon there speaks of it 
 as something resembling in kind the ordinary instruments of divination, as birds, 
 voices, omens, sacrifices. See •" Philological Museum," No. vi., p. 582. Kitter, in 
 his " History of Ancient Philosophy" (vol. ii., p. 37-39), observes, " Wo shall not, 
 perhaps, be far wi-ong if we explain the decmonium of Socrates as nothing more 
 than excitability of fcchng, expressing itself as a faculty of presentiment. It must 
 
 R 
 
380 LIFE OF SOCRATES, 
 
 It thus appears that the dsemon of Socrates merely related to 
 things the consequervce of which was uncertain ; but, whenever the 
 morality of an action was discussed, Socrates never referred to his 
 daemon. He was perfectly convinced that, in order to know what 
 is right and wrong, reason is the only unerring principle.^ Among 
 
 not, however, be supposed that we seek thereby to screen Socrates from tho im- 
 putation of superstition ; for bis opinion of demoniacal intimations was in unison 
 with his veneration, not merely of the Deity, but of the gods. This is apparent 
 from his recommendation of divination as a remedy for the deficiency of our 
 knowledge of the future and of contingent events, his advice to Xenophon that he 
 should consult the Delphic god as to his Asiatic expedition, his disposition to pay 
 attention to dreams, and, lastlyr his constant sacrifices, and his command to make 
 all due offeiings to the gods of house and state. Now in this superstition there 
 are two points to be distinguished : that which he derived from the common opin- 
 ion of his nation, and that which was founded on his own experience. In both 
 phases it is equally superstitious, but venial, if not commendable ; for, in respect to 
 the former, he who, brought up in the olden creeds and traditions of his country, 
 adheres to them so long as nothing better is offered for his adoption, and so far aa 
 they are not opposed to his own rea.3on and euUghtenment, is, to our minds, a 
 better and a vnser man than he who lightly or hastily turns into ridicule the ob- 
 jects of public veneration. As to the demoniacal intimations of Socrates, they 
 were, in common with his other superstitions, the good foundation of his belief, 
 that the gods aflFord assistance to the good, but imperfect endeavors of virtuous 
 snen, and prove the scrupulous attention he paid to the emotions and suggestions 
 of his conscience. Among the various thoughts and feelings which successively 
 filled and occupied his mind, he must have noticed much that presented itself in- 
 voluntarily, and which, habituated, as he was, to reflect upon every subject, and 
 yet unable to derive it from any agency of his own, he referred to a divine source. 
 This is particularly confirmed by the exhortation he gives, in Xenophon, to Eu ■ 
 thydemus, to renounce all idle desire to become acquainted with the forms of the 
 gods, and to rest satisfied with knowing and adoring their works, for then he would 
 acknowledge that it was not idly and without a cause that he himself spoke of de- 
 moniacal intimations. By this Socrates evidently gave him to understand that this 
 demoniacal sign would be manifest to every pious soul who would renounce all 
 idle longing for a visible appearance of the Deity. Still, in spite of all this, he cau- 
 tiously guarded against the danger of that weeik and credulous reliance upon the 
 assistance of the Deity which necessarily proves subversive or obstructive of a ra- 
 tional direction of life ; for he taught that those who consult the oracles in matters 
 within the compass of human powers, are no less insane than those who maintain 
 the all-sufficiency of human reason." — Tn.] 
 
 1. Plutarch, De Genio Socratis, torn, iii., p. 482, says, the daemon of Socrates only 
 enlightened him on obscure subjects into wluch human prudence coiild not pene- 
 trate. But it is surprising that Socrates did not make use of this genius in all 
 doubtful cases. When Xenophon had received letters from his friend Proxenus, 
 persuadmg him to go into Asia, and to enter into the service of Cyiits the Yoim- 
 ger, he communicated them to Socrates, and asked for his advice. Socrates re- 
 ferred him to the oracle of Delphi. See Xcnoph., Anab., iii., 1, 5. Cicero, De Div- 
 inat., i, 54, says : Xenophonti consulenti, sequeretiu-ne Cyrum, posteaquam ex- 
 posuit, quse Sibi videbantur, Et nosti-um quidero, inquit, humanum est consilium : 
 
LIFE OF SOCRATES. 387 
 
 all the instances mentioned in the Theages of Plato, there is not 
 one in which the rectitude of an action v/as decided by the deemon. 
 Hence many authors, such as Buhle, go too far when they extend 
 the influence of the daemon to moral feeling. Respecting things 
 imposed upon us as duties, according to the opinion of Socrates, 
 oracles ought not to be consulted.^ 
 
 But it is interesting to see how this conviction of a genius acted 
 on Socrates, and how, together with the external causes above men 
 tioned, it led him to a careful observation of his own mind. On 
 every occasion he listened to the voice of his genius. Whenever a 
 person desirous of improvement wished to have his instructions, 
 Socrates ascertained whether his genius would not dissuade him , 
 and, whenever he was requested to do something which was not at 
 variance with morality, his genius was consulted. It will be need- 
 less to explain how greatly such a disposition must have contrib- 
 uted to turn the inquiries of Socrates from the speculative questions 
 which had engaged previous philosophers, such as the origin and 
 formation of the world, the unity of the first cause and the variety 
 of its operations — in short, from divine to human affairs, in the 
 sense of Socrates.^ 
 
 CHAPTER IV. 
 
 Socrates never established any particular school ; he taught 
 wherever chance led him, and wherever he found men to whom he 
 thought he might be useful by his instructions, or — to speak the 
 language of Socrates — wherever his genius did not prevent him : 
 in public walks, in the gymnasia, porticoes, markets, &,c.^ 
 
 In the same sense in which Socrates established no school, he 
 
 Bed de rebus et obscuris et incertis ad Apollinem censeo referendum, ad quern 
 etiam Athenienses publice de majoiibus rebus semper retulerunt. 
 
 1. Epictetus, Enchiridion, p. 118, edit. Jacobi. 
 
 2. Cams, in his Idcen zu einer Geschichte dcr Philosophie, p. 524, seqq., says : " How 
 much must the belief of being under the immediate influence of a protecting ge- 
 nius have increased his attention to himself, and to what great resolutions and no- 
 ble self-confidence must it have led him, at that age in which simphcity of heart is 
 still the prevailing characteristic ! It is just as remarkable, that he was most 
 strongly attracted to those who had observed in themselves a similar guide." 
 
 3. Plat., Apolog., c. i. Xenoph., Mem., i., 1, 10. Libanius, Apolog. Socrat., p. 7, 
 edit. Reiske : rotovTOi wv Koi Jt xywi', wj l<pr}v, wiirep nj Koivoi -arfip kui TrjS ttoXewS 
 3Ar/S KT)5etJiCiv TTepuvoarei rag TraXaiarpai, to. yvixvavia, to \vkciov, Tfjv aKairijxlav, 
 T?iv otyopdv, brroi luWei (vrevleadai, k. t. A. 
 
388 LIFE OF SOCRATES. 
 
 had no disciples ; hence he asserts in the Apology,^ he had taught 
 none ; yet a circle of inquisitive men and youths were soon assem- 
 bled around him, and, charmed with his conversation and instruc- 
 tion, were attached to him with incredible affection. Such were 
 Plato, Xenophon, Aristippus, Cebes, Simmias, Euclides, and others ; 
 and it was, properly speaking, from his school, i. e., from the in- 
 structions which he had occasionally given, that all the distinguish- 
 ed Greek philosophers subsequently proceeded. He gave his in- 
 structions gratis, a disinterestedness which formed the most strik- 
 ing contrast to the covetousness of the Sophists. ^ 
 
 Socrates never delivered any complete discourse, but conversed 
 with his hearers in a friendly manner on topics just as they were 
 suggested by the occasion.^ 
 
 His method of teaching, however, had something peculiar to him- 
 self, w^hich will be more fully developed in the following remarks. 
 
 The peculiarity of his method consisted in questions, the nature 
 of which, however, was different, according to the persons with 
 whom he conversed. 
 
 Whenever Socrates had to deal with Sophists, who were puffed 
 up with their pretended wisdom, he used that admirable kind of 
 irony which Cicero translates by " dissimulatio''^ — a translation 
 
 1. Apolog., xxi. : 'Eyw 61 SiSdoKaXoS fjtev ov^evos ttw-ot' eyevoiJtrjv. Compare Plu- 
 tarch, An Sent sit gerenda respubl., torn, ii., p. 796. 
 
 2. Xenopli., Mem., i., 2, § 6, segq., and chap. vi. 
 
 3. Oir ya/3 iari, he says to Alcibiades, toiovtov to (fiov : viz., tlireiv Myov (xaKpov. 
 —(Plat., Alcib., i., p. 106, B.) To Antiphon, the Sophist, he says: ^Edv ti <7%a) 
 aYO-d^v, SiSdcKu), Koi aWoiS avviaTtini, Trap' utv av riyw/jiai uxpgXriacadai ti aiiTOVS ciS 
 aptrfiv. Kat Tovg ^aavpovs tZv Trakai aocpCov avSpuJv, ovs CKelvoi KaTeXiirov cv ^iS- 
 \ioiS y/3i(4'avr£j, aveXiTTuyv, Koivfj aiiv to7s (pilots SiepXoiMi ' Kal av ti hpu)nEV aya- 
 66v, EKXEydfteda, Kal fitya vo^t^o/iei/ KcpSoS, eav dXXjjAotS HtXpiXiixoi yiyvuixeda. — Xen- 
 oph., Mem., i., 6, § 14. 
 
 4. Academ., ii., 5 : Socrates de se ipse detrahens in disputatione plus tribuebat 
 iis, quos volebat refellere. Ita quum aliud diceret atque sentlret, libenter uti soli- 
 tus est ea dissimulation e quam Grseci tlpiavtiav vocant. Quintil., Institut. Orat., 
 ix., 2, says : Ironia est totius voluntatis fictio apparens magis, quam confessa, ut 
 illinc verba sint verbis diversa, hie sensus sermonis, et joci, et tota interim causaa 
 confirmatio, turn etiam vita universa ironiam habere videatur. C. 20 : Dum enim 
 vita imiversa ironiara habere videatur ; qualis est vita Socratis. Nam ideo dictus 
 est £('/)wv, i. e., agens imperitum et admirator alionum tamquam sapientum. The 
 later academicians understood this irony of Socrates in a wrong vcay, and there- 
 fore represented him as the founder of their skepticism. — Acad., iv., 23. They 
 also endeavored to imitate the form of the Socratic method of disputing. — Tuscvl., 
 i., 10. I need hardly remind the reader that vs^e are here only speaking of that 
 kind of irony vchich is peculiar to Socrates ; for on other occasions he often em- 
 ployed that kind of ridicule which we usually call irony, and which was peculiar 
 to the Athenians in general, viz., that contrast between the literal meaning of the 
 
LIFE OF SOCRATES. 389 
 
 which Quintilian did not approve oP — and which is nothing more 
 than the contrast of the half-ridiculing and half-sincere confession 
 of his ignorance with the boastings of those who thought themselves 
 to be wise. In this manner conceited pride was exposed by ques- 
 tions ; and the distinguishing characteristic of the ridicule consist- 
 ed in Socrates pretending that he could not form an opinion in any 
 other manner ; and this I conceive to be the principal difference 
 between the Socratic and Platonic irony. That of Socrates, which 
 is described by Xenophon in its purity, has nothing of Plato's bit- 
 terness ; its playfulness only instructs, but never enrages. A more 
 minute comparison of the conversation of Socrates with Hippias, 
 as it is described both by Plato and Xenophon,- at which the latter 
 was present, may serve to show this difference more strikingly. 
 
 This Socratic irony was admirably calculated to place such con- 
 ceited persons as the Sophists in their true light. If any one en- 
 tered into a discussion with them, he was so much overwhelmed 
 with a host of philosophical terms and sophisms, that the point in 
 question was entirely lost sight of Socrates played the part of an 
 attentive hearer, who w^as sincerely desirous of comprehending 
 their sublime wisdom, and now and then asked a short question 
 which was apparently quite insignificant, and did not at all belong 
 to the point at issue,^ and which being answered by the Sophists 
 with a smile, he imperceptibly went on, and compelled them, at 
 last, after being perplexed in contradictions, to acknowledge their 
 ignorance. Examples of such conversations are found in all the 
 writings of the disciples of Socrates ; but here, too, we must chiefly 
 depend upon Xenophon, the most faithful interpreter of the manner 
 in which Socrates thought and acted. Besides the above-mention- 
 ed conversation with Hippias, examples occur in that with Euthy- 
 demus,* and in other places. 
 
 But when Socrates met with disciples desirous of improvement, 
 
 expression with the thought conveyed by it, by which a meaning is conveyed to 
 the minds of the hearers totally different from the literal sense of the words. In- 
 stances of this irony are to be found in the celebrated dialogue with Theodota, and 
 in the conversation with Pericles the Younger, on whom Socrates bestows much 
 praise for his talents as a general. " I know very well," replies Pericles to Socra- 
 tes {Memorab., iii., 5, 24), " that thou dost not say this thinking that I am actually 
 striving after this kind of knowledge, but in order to suggest to me that a future 
 general ought to try to acquire all this kind of wisdom." 
 
 1. Instilut. Oral., ix., 2, 2. Memorab., iv., 4. 
 
 3, Cicero, De Oratore, iii., 16, blames Socrates for having first separated philos- 
 ophy and eloquence, which, however, in the sense above described, was highly 
 praiseworthy. 4. Memorab., iv., 2. 
 
390 LIFE OF SOCRATES. 
 
 his instructions, again, were not given in a didactic form ; but he 
 applied the same method of asking which is called after him the 
 Socratic method, and which owes to Socrates, if not its origin, at 
 least its cultivation and perfection. He himself called this method 
 the TExvri jumevTCK'^ {ars obstetricia), and on that account compared 
 himself to his mother Phaenarete, who, though not fruitful herself, 
 was yet admirably skilled in bringing to light the children of others. 
 " I am an accoucheur of the mind," says he, in the Theaetetes of 
 Plato, "just as my mother is an accoucheur of the body." By this 
 comparison Socrates sufficiently characterizes the nature of his 
 method. It is nothing else but an analytical development of the 
 undigested materials existing in the minds of his hearers, and as 
 such it is applicable only as far as the materials are already in the 
 possession of the pupil, or previously communicated to him by syn- 
 thesis. As regards the form, we have an example of this Socratic 
 method of asking in the Meno of Plato, where Plato makes Socra- 
 tes apply his method in order to prove his own (Plato's) doctrine 
 of ideas. Socrates there asks quite an ignorant boy some geomet- 
 rical questions, to which the boy gives correct answers. From 
 this, Plato draws the conclusion that the boy could not have an- 
 swered in that manner if his soul had not acquired, in a state pre- 
 vious to its being united to its body, a knowledge of the nature of 
 things ; but he seems to have overlooked one important fact, that 
 this knowledge had been previously communicated to the lad by 
 Socrates, in the way of synthesis. 
 
 This method of asking, which is usually called the Socratic meth- 
 od in a limited sense of the word, is in its character often similar 
 to irony, but is different in its object and effect. It differs from our 
 catechetical method in as much as it was confined almost exclu- 
 sively to adult persons, in whom a tolerable share of knowledge 
 might be supposed to exist, so that they not only answered, but 
 also asked, and thus carried on a lively conversation. But what 
 formed its characteristic feature was its aiming at leading men to 
 knowledge by reflecting upon themselves, and not upon external 
 objects. This line of demarkation must not be overlooked, and it 
 would be rashness to introduce the Socratic method into our ele- 
 mentary schools.^ 
 
 Socrates applied this method with great skill,^ and in modern 
 
 1. See Steuber's dissertation : Kann die Kateckese uber moralisch-reUgiiJse Wahr- 
 heiten zu einer freien Unterredung zwischen dem Lehrer und den Katechumenen er- 
 hoben werden ? — jn Loffler's Magazin fur Predigcr, vol. v., part i., p. 220, seqq. 
 
 2. Cicero, De Finib., ii., 1. Socrates percontiuido atqne inteiTOgando elicere so- 
 
LIFE OF SOCRATES. 391 
 
 times he has justly been considered as the supreme master of it 
 He accommodated himself to the individual dispositions and to the 
 peculiar wants of each of his disciples, and connected his instruc- 
 tions with the most ordinary events of the day. He rather appear- 
 ed to instruct himself than to pretend to instruct others, rather 
 called forth ideas than communicated them. The questions were 
 clear and concise ; however absurd the answers might be, he knew 
 how to make them subserve his purposes. In his conversation he 
 commenced with the most undisputed propositions, which even a 
 person with any sagacity might understand and comprehend. '^ He 
 omitted no intermediate ideas, but went on carefully from one to 
 another. If in his researches Socrates sometimes appears to have 
 entered too much into detail,^ we must not forget that by the want 
 of precision in Greek expressions this apparent diffuseness was 
 often necessary. He introduced a great degree of clearness into 
 his conversations, which he accompUshed both by his placing a 
 thing in a point of view the best suited to the person to whom he 
 spoke, and by viewing it in all its relations, by returning to it in 
 various ways, by accurately dissecting the simple qualities of an 
 idea, until the truth which Socrates intended to teach became evi- 
 dent to his disciples, and, as it were, their own. He knew how to 
 interest those who conversed with him, and who seemed to have 
 no wish to enter into any further discussion with him — as Alcibia- 
 des — by describing their own character, and by appealing to their 
 peculiar wishes and hopes.^ 
 
 This is the favorable side of the Socratic method ; if, however, 
 we examine it with impartiality, we must acknowledge that his art 
 of asking was not altogether free from sophistry ; yet this tinge of 
 it did not constitute him a Sophist, as he never substituted one 
 idea for another, or confounded dissimilar ideas. Neither did Soc- 
 rates intentionally try to make error victorious over truth — which 
 is an essential feature in a Sophist — but his confounding heteroge- 
 neous ideas often arose from a want of precision in the Greek lan- 
 guage.* This kind of sophistry is found in the dialogues of Plato -, 
 
 lebat eorum opiniones, quibuscum disserebat, ut ad haec quae hi respondissent, si 
 qiiid videreUir, diceret. Hence the invention of dialogues is attributed to Socrates. 
 
 1. Xenoph., Mem., iv., 6, 15. CEcon., 6, § 2, segq. 
 
 2. As in Xenoph., Mem., i., 2, 57 ; iv., 6, 3 ; 4, 13, and 23. 
 
 3. Plat., Alcib., i., p. 104, E., seqq. 
 
 4. [This assertion, if applied to the Greek language in general, will certainly not 
 find many advocates. If, how^ever, the w^ord kuUs, which Wiggers especially 
 mentions, is the only instance, few, who are acquainted with the meaning which 
 this word has in all the writings of Plato, will feel disposed to assent to the asser- 
 
392 LIFE OF SOCRATES, 
 
 as in the conversation with Thrasymachus, in the first book of the 
 Repubhc, where the expression u/hslvov C,i]v gives rise to a sophist- 
 ical dispute ; and in all the passages in which the word Ka/Ldf is 
 sometimes interpreted by heauiiful and sometimes by good.^ To 
 these passages it might be objected that Plato made Socrates speak 
 sophistically ; but the same arguments are also found in Xenophon ; 
 and even in the writings of this most faithful disciple of Socrates, 
 we find that he confounds the ideas of the beautiful and useful, 
 which are both implied in the Greek word Kalo^; and also the 
 ideas of virtue and happiness, the bene beaieque vivere of Cicero, 
 which the Greek expressed by the word Ev-npa^ia. In this manner 
 he attributed to the expressions of those with whom he conversed 
 a meaning which was not intended.^ 
 
 A second peculiarity of the Socratic method of teaching is, that 
 Socrates himself never gives a definition of the subject in dispute, 
 but merely refutes the opinion of the person with whom he con- 
 verses. Thus he awakened the true philosophical spirit ; and by 
 throwing out doubts, stimulated the mind of his bearer to further 
 examination. In the Meno of Plato, Socrates does' not, properly- 
 speaking, define what virtue is, but only what it is not, and thus 
 merely refutes the definition given by Meno; and the conclusion 
 that it is a -^Eia fxotpa is rather ironical :^ Meno therefore compares 
 Socrates to a cramp-fish,* which paralyzes every one that comes in 
 
 tion in tlie text ; for with what justice can we find fault with the Greek language, 
 because some Sophist avails himself of a word which, according to his opinion, 
 has two ditFerent meanings, while Plato himself certainly does not attribute two 
 distinct meanings to it ? According to Plato, nothing is useful which is not good, 
 and nothing is good which is not at the same time useful. If we wish to account 
 for the sophistries of Socrates, of which there are, indeed, several instances, it 
 should be recollected that Socrates was in his youth instructed by Sophists, and 
 subsequently came very often in contact with them, and therefore can not have 
 been entirely free from their influence ; every man partakes, more or less, of the 
 character of the age in which he lives. On the other hand, Socrates sometimes 
 used the weapons of the Sophists themselves to expose their ignorance — Tr.] 
 
 1. As in the Gorgias, p. 4G2, D. 
 
 2. Xenoph., Mem., iii., 8 ; iv., 2, 26. The Socratic manner of asking questions is, 
 however, a dangerous instrument in the bands of a Sophist, as it is so very easy 
 to take words in different senses, and thus to oblige the person who answers to 
 make assertions which, but for the apphcation of those sophisms, he would never 
 acknowledge as his own. Protagoras, who perceived tliis, combined the Socratic 
 method with that of the Sophists. — Diog., be., 8, 4. 
 
 3. I should at least not like to infer with Cams (GcscMchte dtr Psychologie, p. 
 254) from this passage that Socrates had looked at virtuous men as inspired by 
 the deity. Besides, it would be incompatible with the assertion of Socrates that 
 Yiitue can be taught. 4. P. 80, A. 
 
LIFE OF SOCRATES. 393 
 
 contact with it.* This mode of disputing (m utramque partem dis- 
 putare) descended to the school of Plato, = and constituted the aca- 
 demica ratio disputandi,^ though Socrates did not employ it in the 
 sense in which the later academy made use of it. Socrates was 
 far from philosophical skepticism ; he was unconcerned about spec- 
 ulation ; and the truths of practical philosophy had for him positive 
 evidence. 
 
 By this mode of disputing, Socrates acquired a considerable ad- 
 vantage over the Sophists ; for, as he did not openly express his 
 own opinion, they could not lay hold of his views, but were obliged 
 to allow him to attack and to refute their dogmatical assertions. 
 " Thou shalt," says Hippias the Sophist to Socrates,* " not hear my 
 opinion before thou hast explained to me what thou meanest by the 
 just ; for it is enough that thou laughest at others in proposing to 
 them questions and refuting them, but thou never givest any ac- 
 count or answer thyself, nor wishest to express thy opinion on any 
 subject." 
 
 As Socrates did not deliver any complete discourse, the form of 
 his philosophical lectures can not be spoken of, and, consequently, 
 there are no complicated conclusions, corollaries, &c., which abound 
 in the writings of other philosophers. 
 
 A third peculiarity of the Socratic method was the inductive 
 mode of reasoning. "Two things," says Aristotle {Metaph., xiii., 
 4), "are justly ascribed to Socrates, induction and illustration by 
 general ideas." Cicero^ also mentioned it as something peculiar to 
 Socrates and Aspasia. Instances of such inductions are most nu- 
 merous in the Memorabilia of Xenophon.* Thus he tried to prove 
 by induction to Chaerecrates, who did not live on the most friendly 
 terms with his brother Chaerephon, what he ought to do to gain the 
 affections of his brother ;^ to his friend Diodorus that he must sup- 
 port poor Hermogenes \^ to timid Charmides, who had too great a 
 diffidence in his own talents, that he must endeavor to obtain pub- 
 lic appointments.' 
 
 A fourth and last peculiarity of the Socratic method of teaching 
 was the palpable and lively manner in which he delivered his in- 
 
 1. Oh ytip, he says in tlie same dialogue (p. 80, C), tvnopOiv avTos tovs aWovs 
 noiHj dizopuv, d\}>a ttuvtoS fioXXov avros dnopiov o'vru) Kal rovs aXXovg ttoico dizoptlv, 
 
 2. Cicero, De Nat. Dcor., I, 5. 3. Cicero, Tusnd., l, 4. 
 
 4. Xenoph., Mem., iv., 4, § 9. 5. Ve Invent., i., 51, seqq. Topica, 10. 
 
 6. 'OttoVc bt, says Xenoplion (jlfem., iv., 6, 15). avrdi ri Xdyif) Sisl'iot, Sid, rdv nd- 
 Xiara huoXoyovfiivutv iiropsicTO, vo/zi^wv ravrriv rriv da(pdX£iav dpai Xdyov. 
 
 7. Xenoph., Mem., ii., 3, 11, segq. 8. Tbid., ji., 10. 9. Ibid., iii. 7. 
 
 112 
 
LIFE OF SOCRATES. 
 
 structions, leading his hearers from the abstract to the concrete by 
 similes, allegories, fables, apophthegms, passages from poets, and 
 sayings of wise men. A peculiar talent of Socrates was the power 
 he possessed of demonstrating the correctness or incorrectness of 
 general assertions by applying them to individual cases. It is evi- 
 dent that a distinctness of conception must have been promoted by 
 such a popular method of reasoning, especially among a people 
 thinking as practically as the Greeks. It w^as also best adapted for 
 exposing the absurdity of many assertions of the Sophists, who 
 principally delighted in general propositions. If the Sophists ex- 
 pressed themselves in dazzling theses and antitheses, Socrates di- 
 rectly applied them to individual cases taken from common life, 
 and thus demonstrated in a palpable manner the inapplicability of 
 their assertions. His similes were taken from the immediate cir- 
 cle of his hearers : a circumstance for which, it is well known, Soc- 
 rates has often been ridiculed. 
 
 A great many passages from the Socratic philosophers might be 
 quoted in proof of the manner in which he rendered abstract ideas 
 palpable ; but it will be sufficient here to give the classical passage 
 from the Symposium of Plato, in which Alcibiades, the favorite of 
 Socrates, gives his opinion on the method of teaching pursued by 
 Socrates.^ 
 
 The ironical character of the method of Socrates was principally 
 directed against the Sophists, whom he combated very successfully 
 with this weapon ; and, indeed, sharp weapons were necessary to 
 humble these men, who undeservedly enjoyed so great an authority 
 among the Greeks. There were, however, among the Sophists 
 some very superior men, who only wanted the true spirit of philos- 
 ophy, the love of truth and science, in order to accomplish great 
 things. We can not, therefore, rank all the Sophists in the same 
 class, and must carefully distinguish a Protagoras or a Gorgias, 
 who deserve our sincere respect for their talents, and who were 
 celebrated as orators, and made the first researches into the nature 
 
 1. P. 221, E. El edfXei ris tuv "EciKpdrovS olkoveiv Xoyojv, (pavelev uv ndvv yeXoloi 
 TO npSiroV TOiavra km dvHixara Kal prijxara l^wQtv ircpiaixTiixovTai "Zarvpov av riva 
 v6piaT0v Sopdv ovovs Y"P KavOr/MovS Xiyci Kai XaA/cfaS TtviJ-s kq] ckvtotohovs Kal 
 (hpaodi^'as, Kui dd 6id riov avrwv ravra (paiverat Xf.yeiv, SiiTt a-netpog Kal dvdrjToS 
 avOpwTTOSiraS uv tuv X6y(j)v KarayeXdoeiE' Sioiyonevos ^f '<5wi' av rig Kal tvrbi avrCov 
 yiyvOfitvoi izputrov filv vovv exovras evSov fiovovs evpZ/aei toov Xdyuyv, Irccira Siiord- 
 Tovi Kol irXelara dydXnara dperrj; iv avToli cxovraS koI em ttXeIcttov TchovTaS, naX- 
 Xov 6t M ndv ooov irpoiriKCi aKuirdv rw fiiXXovTi KaX(o KayaQiTi eaeaOai. A gi-eat 
 power in spesiing is attributed to him even by his enemies, Aristoxenus and Por- 
 phyry. Theodoret ad Grsecos infideles, Serm. iv., p. 56. 
 
LIFE OF SOCRATES. 395 
 
 of language — from a Dionysodorus and Euthydemus, whom Plato, 
 in his Euthydemus, describes as true logomachists. Socrates took 
 the field against these two classes of Sophists, and established 
 moral consciousness, founded on common sense, in opposition to 
 their moral skepticism ; and, notwithstanding their sophistical strat- 
 agems, often extorted from them the shameful confession of their 
 own ignorance. His disciples, encouraged by his example, carried 
 the irony of their master against the Sophists further than himself. 
 " The sons of the richest people," says Socrates, in Plato's Apol- 
 ogy,^ " who necessarily have the greatest leisure, follow me of their 
 own accord, and are pleased when they hear me refuting these 
 men. Yea, they themselves often follow my example, and under- 
 take to examine others." No wonder that Socrates gained for him- 
 self the perfect hatred of these people, and that they left no means 
 untried to effect his ruin. But of this hereafter. 
 
 CHAPTER V. 
 
 Socrates lived in the simplest manner ; and it was from this 
 circumstance that he was enabled to maintain his philosophical in- 
 dependence, notwithstanding his limited means. ^ He despised the 
 luxurious mode of living, which had greatly increased in his time 
 at Athens, as well as all those sensual enjoyments that destroy the 
 health both of body and mind.^ Yet Socrates did not violate the 
 laws of taste and propriety, but observed a nice distinction, by the 
 neglect of which the Cynics destroyed all that genuine humanity 
 which rendered Socrates so amiable, notwithstanding the austerity 
 of his manners.* 
 
 But the exertions which Socrates devoted to the improvement 
 of mankind did not prevent him from fulfilling those duties which 
 were incumbent on him as a citizen. 
 
 1. C. X. 
 
 2. " I think," says Socrates to Critobulus in the CEconomicus of Xenophon (ii., 
 § 3), " if I could find a reasonable purchaser, I should, perhaps, get five minge for 
 all my property, including my house." 
 
 3. Zfji yolv oCrws, says Antiphon the Sophist to Socrates (Xenoph., Mem., i., f>, 
 2), (t)ff oW ttv Hi (5oDAoS iiTTO SeaitOTT] SiaiTWficvoi neivcu, airta tc airfj, Kai -koto, rri- 
 vcig ra (PavXoTara, Kal ifjidTiov r]p.(pieaai oh fxovov (pauXov, aWo. to aiTO ^epovs re koI 
 X£(A«wvoJ, avvroSrjToi rt Kai ax^Tuyv SiareXclS- 
 
 4. The statement, in the Symposium of Plato, that Socrates bathed but seldom, 
 is to be understood of warm baths, which Socrates considered as tending to make 
 the body effeminate. The description of philosophers by Aristophanes (Clouds, 
 V. 833) does not involve Socrates. 
 
396 LIFE OF SOCRATEg. 
 
 Socrates deserved well of the state as a father and a husband. 
 Xanthippe, his wife, is sufficiently known to posterity as a woman 
 of violent passions, and her name has even passed into a proverb. 
 In modern times, some scholars, as Heumann and Mendelssohn,^ 
 have endeavored to defend her, but with little success. That she 
 possessed many good qualities, and, notwithstanding her passion- 
 ate character, may have had a great deal of goodness of heart, can 
 be easily admitted ; but that she was of a very quarrelsome dispo- 
 sition, and made Socrates feel its effects, we may easily believe, 
 without giving credit to the anecdotes recorded by Plutarch, Diog- 
 enes, and .-Elian, from the manner in which Antisthenes, and even 
 Socrates himself, in a playful manner, express themselves concern- 
 ing her.2 " But," says Antisthenes, " what is the reason, Socrates, 
 that, convinced as thou art of the capacity of the female sex for 
 education, thou dost not educate Xanthippe, for she is the worst 
 woman of all that exist, nay, I believe of all that ever have existed 
 or ever will exist 1"^ " Because," replies he, "I see that those who 
 wish to become best skilled in horsemanship do not select the most 
 obedient, but the most spirited horses ; for they believe that after 
 being enabled to bridle these, they will easily know how to manage 
 others. Now, as it was my wish to converse and to live with men, 
 I have married this woman, being firmly convinced that in case I 
 should be able to endure her, I should be able to endure all others. "^ 
 By Xanthippe Socrates had several sons ; on the eldest of whom, 
 called Lamprocles, he enjoins, in Xenophon's Memorabilia,* obedi- 
 ence to his mother. iVt his death he left behind him three sons, 
 one of whom was a youth, but the other two were still children.^ 
 
 1. Heumann, in the Acta Philosoph., vol. i., p. 103. Mendelssohn, in his Phadon, 
 p. 23. 2. Xenophon, Sijinpos., ii., 10. 
 
 3. [Ritter remarks {History of Philosophy, ii., p. 33, 34), " Socrates was a perfect 
 Greek in his faults and his virtues ; hence he always i-egarded morals under a po- 
 litical aspect. In such a political view of virtue, the relations of domestic Ufe fall 
 naturally enough far into the back ground ; the notorious bad feeling of his wife 
 Xanthippe to her husband and child prevents the supposition of a very happy 
 home ; and when we remark the degree to which, in his devotion to philosophy, 
 he neglected his family duties, and the little attention he paid his vrife and child, 
 we are justified in ascribing to him, together with his countrymen, little respect 
 for domestic life in comparison with public duties." — Tr.] 4. ii., 2, 7. 
 
 5. Plat, Apolog., c. xxiii. "VMiether Socrates, as some think, had also been mar- 
 ried to Myrto, can not be decided with historical certainty. The contraiy opinion, 
 however, is far more probable, as appears from Meiners' examination (Geschichte 
 der Wissenschaften, vol. ii., p. 522). Even Pansetius Rhodius in Athenseus (xiii., 
 jnit., p. 555) was of this opinion, which is also adopted by Bentley in his Dissertat. 
 de Epistolis Socratis, § 13. Luzac, in his discourse De Socrate Give, p. 7, supposes 
 
LIFE OF SOCRATES. 397 
 
 Socrates performed military service in three different battles, of 
 which he gives us an account himself in the Apology of Plato. ^ 
 
 The first time that Socrates performed military service was in 
 the beginning of the Peloponnesian war, in the thirty-seventh or 
 thirty-eighth year of his age, at the siege of Potidaea, an Athenian 
 colony in Thrace, in the years 431 and 430 B.C. The inhabitants 
 of Potidaea had revolted from the Athenians, to whom they were 
 tributary, and were supported by the Corinthians and other Pelo- 
 ponnesians. In this campaign, Socrates endeavored to harden his 
 body, and to steel himself against the effects of hunger, thirst, and 
 cold. Though Potidaea was besieged during the severest cold of a 
 Thracian winter, Socrates, in his usual clothing, walked barefoot 
 through snow and ice.^ He distinguished himself so much by his 
 bravery, that the prize was awarded to him, which he, however, 
 gave up to Alcibiades, his favorite follower (whom he himself had 
 saved in this battle, as we are told by the latter in the Symposium 
 of Plato^), with the object of encouraging him to deserve from his 
 country such honors in future by his own personal merits. Various 
 anecdotes are preserved respecting this campaign of Socrates, to 
 which, however, we can not attach any importance. Thus we are 
 told by Gellius, Diogenes, and JElian, that while the plague raged 
 in the Athenian camp, and in Athens itself, Socrates was the only 
 person who escaped the general infection. It is also said that he 
 
 that Socrates had had two wives, first Myi-to, and after her death Xanthippe. He 
 at the same time combats the opinion of those who think that Socrates had been 
 married to two women at once. He assigns a different meaning to the Athenian 
 law which was passed in the time of Pericles, and according to which, as is com- 
 monly supposed, it was lawful to contract a double marriage — a law which the 
 advocates of that opinion usually quote in support of it. The subject is still more 
 minutely discussed by Luzac in the above-mentioned Lectiones Attica, especially 
 against Mahne's Diatribe dc Aristoxeno. 
 
 1. C. xvii. Athenffius (Deijmosoph., v., 15), the bitter opponent of philosophers, 
 and more especially of Plato, declares the whole narrative of the military services 
 of Socrates to be a fiction, and obser\'es that philosophers do not always strictly 
 adhere to historical truth. Plato, he says, contradicts himself, since he asserts in 
 the Crito that Socrates had never been out of Athens except once, and that on a 
 visit to the Isthmian games, and yet in the Apology and Symposium he makes 
 Socrates say that he had foiight in three battles. But this passage shows how 
 little reliance is to be placed on the remarks of Athenasus, for in the Crito he has 
 overlooked the following words : el ixrj ttol arpaTEvaonevos. We are acquainted 
 with too many instances of the carelessness of ancient grammarians (see Wessel- 
 ing on Diodorus Siculus, vol. i., p. 527, and Hutchinson on Xenophon's Anabasis, 
 p. 301) to have recourse to the hypothesis that these words were omitted in the 
 edition which Athenseus had before him. 
 
 2. Diog., ii., § 12. Thucyd., i., 58, segq. 3. P. 220, D. 
 
398 LIFE OF SOCRATES. 
 
 once stood for twenty-four hours on the same spot before the camp, 
 absorbed in deep thought, with his eyes fixed on an object, as if his 
 sou] were absent from his body.^ 
 
 In his second campaign we find Socrates at Dehum, a town in 
 Bceotia, where the Athenians were defeated by the Boeotians.' 
 This battle was fought 424 B.C., when Socrates was at the age of 
 forty-five, in the same year in which the Clouds of Aristophanes 
 were performed. Although the issue was unfavorable to the Athe- 
 nians, Laches, the Athenian general, whom Socrates afterward ac- 
 companied in his flight, declared, that if all the Athenians had 
 fought as bravely as Socrates, the Boeotians would have erected no 
 trophies. 3 
 
 Soon after this battle, Socrates was engaged in military service 
 for the third time at Amphipolis, a city of Thrace or Macedonia, 
 which was a colony of Athens, and a town of great commercial im- 
 portance. It had been seized by Brasidas, a Lacedaemonian gen- 
 eral, 424 B.C. ; and the Athenians, with a view to its recovery, 
 sent an army, 422 B.C., under Cleon to Thrace, which did not suc- 
 ceed in its undertaking. In this expedition Socrates was present ; 
 but we do not find him engaged afterward in any other military du- 
 ties, since he was now approaching the fiftieth year of his age. 
 
 Socrates was particularly attached to his native city. " I love 
 my countrymen more than thine," he remarks in the Theaetetus of 
 Plato to Theodorus, a mathematician of Cyrene, who taught at 
 Athens.* This partiality for Athens, which at that time presented 
 a picture of the great world on a small scale, combined with a feel- 
 ing of independence, were perhaps the principal reasons which de- 
 termined him not to. accept the flattering invitations of Archelaus, 
 
 1. AuL Gellius, Noct. Att., ii., 1. Diog., ii., § 25. ^lian, Nat. Hist., xiii., 27. 
 
 2. Thucyd., iv., 96. 
 
 3. 1 pass over the ridiculous anecdote of Diogenes (ii., 23), who says that Socra- 
 tes, when all had taken to flight, retreated step by step, and often turned round to 
 oppose any enemy that might attack him. This circiunstance is mentioned by no 
 other ancient writer. It finds a severe censor in Athenasus, who also doubts the 
 fact that Socrates had given up the prize of bravery to Alcibiades at Potidsa, since 
 Alcibiades had taken no part in that war. The latter cu'cumstance, however, is 
 sufficiently established on the authority of Plato {Sympos., p. 219, E.). Simpliciua 
 (acZ Epictet., c 31) tells us that the Boeotians had been deterred by the bravery of 
 Socrates from pursuing the fugitives. Thus every thing is exaggerated, and often 
 to a monstrous degree, by later writers. 
 
 4. Compare Plato, ApoL, xvii. These expressions of Socrates seem to raise a 
 doubt as to the statement of Cicero (Tuscul, v., 37) and Plutarch (De Exilio, voL 
 viiL, p. 371), that Socrates had said he was no Athenian, no Greek, but a citizen of 
 the world. Compare Meiners' Geschichte der Wissenschaften, vol. ii., p. 361. 
 
LIFE OF S0CRATE3. 899 
 
 Scopas, and Eurylochus.^ " He smiled upon three tyrants," says 
 Libanias in his apology,^ " at their presents, their manner of living, 
 and their exquisite pleasures." The riches, and the manner in 
 which the great lived, had no attractions for him ; not even the 
 sovereign of Asia was happy, in his opinion. ^ He did not wish to 
 go to a man, he told Archelaus, who could give more than he him- 
 self could return ; at Athens, he said, four measures of flour were 
 sold for one obolus, the springs yielded plenty of water, and he lived 
 contented with what he possessed.* 
 
 Socrates did not like a country life, for man attracted him more 
 than nature. " Forgive me, my friend," he once said to PhEedrus,^ 
 who preferred a country life, and who accused Socrates of being 
 almost unacquainted with the neighborhood of Athens, " I am very 
 anxious to learn something, and from fields and trees I can learn 
 nothing ; but I can, indeed, from the men in town." Thus we do 
 not read of his being absent from Athens except on the expeditions 
 mentioned above, and on some short journeys, such as to the Isth- 
 mian games and to Delphi ; and, as some think, on a journey to 
 Samos, with Archelaus his teacher.^ 
 
 After Socrates returned to Athens from those expeditions, he 
 was regarded by his countrymen and by the Greeks in general as 
 an eminent teacher and practical philosopher. But his activity as 
 a citizen was exerted in a still different sphere, for in his sixty-fifth 
 year he became a senator. «' I have," says he, in the Apology of 
 Plato, "held no state office, men of Athens, with the exception of 
 having been a senator." 
 
 In order to understand fully the conduct of Socrates in this office, 
 it is necessary to have a clear idea of the constitution of the Athe- 
 nian senate. The Athenian senate, usually called 77 (SovT^j ruv ■kev- 
 TOKoaluv, consisted of five hundred senators, who were elected from 
 the ten tribes established by Cleisthenes. Every month, viz., every 
 thirty-fifth or thirty-sixth day (for the Athenian year consisted of 
 ten months), one tribe had the presidency, and this tribe was called 
 <j)v?^7j TvpvTavEvovaa, and its members ixpvTuveig. Of these fifty pry- 
 tanes ten had the presidency every seven days, under the name of 
 TTpoedpoi. Each day, one of these ten enjoyed the highest dignity, 
 
 1. Diog., ii., 25. Aristot., Rhetor., ii., 23. 2. P. 58 and 59, edit. Reiske. 
 
 3. Cic, Tuscul, v., 12. 
 
 4. Seneca, De Benef., v., 6. Epictet., Fragm., 174, edit. Schweighauser. 
 
 5. Plat, PhcEdr., p. 230, D. 
 
 6. Plat., Crito, c. xiv. The journey to Samos is mentioned by Diogenes, ii., 23, 
 on the authority of Ion of Chios. This, however, contradicts the statement made 
 in the passage of the Crito which Diogenes had shortly before (22) confirmed. 
 
400 LIFE OF SOCRATES. 
 
 with the name of k-KLGTarrji;. His authority was of the greatest ex- 
 tent : he laid every thing before the assembly of the people, put the 
 question to the vote, examined the votes, and, in fact, conducted 
 the whole business of the assembly. A senator was only elected 
 for one year ; and a man could only be epistates once, and only for 
 one day.^ He who was invested with this office had the keys of 
 the citadel and the treasury of the republic intrusted to his care. 
 
 Socrates was epistates^ on the day when the unjust sentence was 
 to be passed on the unfortunate admirals who had neglected to take 
 up the bodies of the dead after the battle of Arginusee. How did 
 Socrates behave on that occasion 1 This is an event which shows 
 Socrates to us in such an active, and, indeed, important office, that 
 it is of the greatest importance, in forming a proper estimate of his 
 character, to observe his conduct on this occasion with the greatest 
 attention. 
 
 In the battle off the islands of Arginusae (B.C. 404), the Athe- 
 nians had obtained a complete victory, under the command of ten^ 
 admirals, among whom Pericles, a natural son of the celebrated 
 statesman of that name, and Diomedon, possessed considerable 
 reputation. To take care of the burial of the dead was regarded by 
 the Athenian laws as a sacred duty, since the shades of the un- 
 buried dead, said the Greek superstition, restlessly wander a hun- 
 dred years on the banks of the Styx. But after the battle there arose 
 a violent storm, which prevented the ten generals from obtaining 
 the bodies of the slain ; yet, in order to effect every thing in their 
 power, they left behind them some inferior officers, ra^tapxai, to 
 attend to the burial of the dead. Among these taxiarchs we find 
 Thrasybulus, who expelled the thirty tyrants, and Theramenes, who 
 afterward became so well known as one of these tyrants, and was 
 at last executed. But the violent storm opposed insurmountable 
 obstacles to the execution of their orders. 
 
 It then became necessary to give to the senate and the people of 
 Athens a full report of what had taken place. Although the admi- 
 rals might have thrown the whole blame on the taxiarchs, yet, 
 chiefly induced by Pericles and Diomedon, they stated in their re- 
 port that the storm had prevented them from fulfilling this sacred 
 duty. But Theramenes and Thrasybulus, who had arrived at Ath- 
 ens before the ten admirals, brought such heavy charges against 
 them, that six who had already returned were, at the command of 
 
 1. PoUux, vui., 9. 
 
 2. Xenoph., Mem., i., 1, 18. See Luzac, De Socratc Cive, p. 91, seqq. 
 
 3. [For a more correct view of this statement, vid. note on Mem., i., 1, 18, Am. Ed.] 
 
LIFE OF SOCRATES. 401 
 
 the senate, thrown into the public prison. They were summoned 
 before the tribunal of the people (the Helicea), Theramenes and 
 Thrasybulus appearing foremost among their accusers, and were 
 accused of high treason. They proved in their defence, by the evi- 
 dence of their pilots, that the tempest had rendered it absolutely 
 impracticable for them to fulfill their duty ; besides which, they had 
 also appointed Thrasybulus and Theramenes as taxiarchs, and 
 therefore, if it were necessary for any body to suffer punishment, 
 it should be inflicted on them. This statement produced its natural 
 effect on the people, and they would probably have been acquitted 
 at once if the question had been put to the vote. But by such an 
 act the design of their enemies would have been frustrated. They 
 therefore managed to adjourn the assembly till another day, alleg- 
 ing that it was too dark to count the show of hands. 
 
 In the mean while, the enemies of the admirals set all their en- 
 gines at work to inflame the people against them. The lamenta- 
 tions, and the mournful appearance of the kinsmen of the slain, 
 who had been hired by Thrasybulus and Theramenes for this tragic 
 scene, during the festival of the Apaturia,^ which happened to fall 
 on the day on which the assembly was held, were intended to in- 
 flame the minds of the people against the unfortunate admirals. 
 The votes were to be given on the general question whether the 
 admirals had done wrong in not taking up the bodies of those who 
 had been left in the water after the battle ; and if they should be 
 condemned by the majority (so the senate ordained), they were to 
 be put to death, and their property to be confiscated.^ But to con- 
 demn all by one vote was contrary to an ancient law of Cannonus, 
 according to which the vote ought to have been given upon each 
 individual separately. Hence the prytanes, and Socrates at their 
 head, refused to put the illegal question to the votes of the people. 
 Yet, when the latter, enraged against the prytanes, loudly demand- 
 ed that those who resisted their pleasure should themselves be 
 brought to trial, they yielded to the general clamor with the excep- 
 tion of Socrates, who alone remained unshaken. 
 
 Notwithstanding all the threatenings that were used against him, 
 
 1. The 'AizaTovpia were solemnized for three days. The most probable inter- 
 pretation of the word is to consider it synonymous with oiioiraTopia, as the chil- 
 dren came with their fathers to register their names in the phratries. See Weiske 
 on Xenoph., Hist. Gr., i., 7, 8. 
 
 2 Xenoph., Mem., i., 1, 18 : Hist. Gr., i., 7, 34 : f] 5} t^s (iov\r]S y^^M ^^ M'« ^'}(/ w 
 a-rravras KplvEiv. In this same passage the ancient law of Cannonus is mentioned, 
 which enjoined KpivtcQai (5('xa iKaarov. [On the decree of Cannonus, see Appen- 
 dix II. tj the fourtli volume of Mr. Thirlwall's History of Greece.— Tr.] 
 
402 LIFE OF SOCRATES. 
 
 he could not be induced to de-sist from his resolution, but boldly de- 
 clared he would do nothing which he considered contrary to his 
 duty. In consequence of this refusal, the question could not be 
 put to the vote, and the assembly was therefore adjourned ; another 
 epistates and other npoedpoi were chosen, and the enemies of the 
 admirals obtained what they had wished for. The admirals were 
 condemned to death, and the six who were in Athens were exe- 
 cuted.^ 
 
 This was the only civil office that Socrates ever held ; and we 
 can not be surprised, when so many acts of injustice w^ere commit- 
 ted, which he alone could not possibly have prevented, that he en- 
 tirely withdrew from public business. He mentions this himself as 
 the reason of his living a private man. "Be assured, men of Ath- 
 ens, if in former times I had wished to engage in public affairs, I 
 should have perished long ago, without being either useful to you 
 or myself "2 
 
 Socrates himself lived to see the injurious consequences which 
 the unjust condemnation of those admirals brought down upon 
 Greece, in the mournful issue of the Peloponnesian war. The very 
 year after their condemnation (405 B.C.), the Athenians, for want 
 of abler generals, were entirely defeated by the Lacedaemonians 
 under Lysander ; their fleet was destroyed, Athens besieged, and 
 reduced to the necessity of surrendering at discretion to the vic- 
 tors. Lysander, after this, established the government of the Thirty 
 Tyrants, whose memory is branded in history ; and Socrates was 
 one among the many who had to struggle with their injustice. 
 Freret, indeed, has endeavored^ to prove that Socrates supported 
 these hateful oligarchs, and that by this circumstance we must ac- 
 count for his condemnation im.mediately after their fall. But this 
 assertion is at variance with every thing recorded respecting the 
 history and opinions of Socrates. He was, indeed, favorably dis- 
 posed toward an aristocratical government, but in the old Attic 
 sense of the word, viz., to a form of government in which the su- 
 preme power is lodged in the hands of the best and wisest ; but he 
 could never have approved of an oligarchy, and least of all of a des- 
 
 1. They were sentenced to death B.C. 404. Luzac, in his Disquisitio de Epista- 
 tis et Proedris Atheniensium, p. 114, which is added to his discourse De Socrate Cive, 
 has considered the subject very carefully. The principal passages of the ancients 
 are : Xenoph., Hist. Gr., i., 7, and ^sch., Axlochus, c. 12. Though ^schines may 
 not be author of this dialogue, yet the agreement existing between him and Xen- 
 ophon proves its authenticity with regard to historical facts. 
 
 2. Plato, Apolog., c. xix. 
 
 3. Magazin Encyclopedique, Seconde Annea, torn, v., p. 474, seqq. 
 
LIFE OF SOCRATES. 403 
 
 potic oligarchy like that of the Thirty. Socrates loved his fellow- 
 creatures too well to wish them to be ruled by such oppressors. 
 
 There can be no blame attached to Socrates, that Critias, one of 
 the Thirty, had been his disciple, for it could not be in the school 
 of Socrates that he had learned the bad principles on which he act- 
 ed. He had, as we are told by Xenophon,^ not sought the instruc- 
 tion of Socrates because he loved him, but, like Alcibiades, in order 
 to learn the kingly art — which was the name for politics, or the 
 science of governing men'^ — in the same manner as every young 
 Athenian anxious to distinguish himself in the state sought the in- 
 structions of some one of the Sophists, among whom Socrates was 
 ranked. Critias, not finding what he expected, soon afterward 
 abandoned the company of Socrates ; and we also know how he 
 afterward behaved toward his former master. Socrates never made 
 use of the language of flattery, but censured on every occasion the 
 wicked rulers of a poor and orphan people. This reached the ears 
 of the Thirty. Critias and Charicles, who were appointed to com- 
 pose a code of laws, forbade, with the intention of injuring Socra- 
 tes, any instruction to be given in the art of speaking ; a profession, 
 however, in which Socrates had never been engaged. But when 
 he continued to converse with young men, and show them the path 
 of real wisdom, Critias, who, moreover, entertained an old aversion 
 to Socrates for having censured his sensual pleasures with Euthy- 
 demus and Charicles, summoned him before their tribunal, and al- 
 together forbade him from conversing with or instructing young 
 men. Socrates, in his usual manner, had used a simile, which gave 
 great offence to the Thirty, who felt its truth. " I should indeed 
 wonder," Socrates had said, " if a cowherd, under whose care the 
 cows grow fewer and thinner, would not own that he was a bad 
 cowherd ; but it is still more astonishing to me if a state officer, 
 who diminishes the number of citizens and renders them unhappy, 
 is not ashamed and will not own that he is a bad officer of the 
 state." Charicles added the significant words, "By Jove, now, do 
 not speak of the cowherd ! take care that thou dost not thyself di- 
 minish the herd by speaking again of them." "Now it was evi- 
 dent," adds Xenophon, "that after the simile of the cows had been 
 reported to them, they were enraged against Socrates."^ 
 
 Thus Socrates, far from supporting the tyrants, was a declared 
 enemy of these base and cruel men, and none of their edicts had 
 the effect of inducing him to abandon that course which he consid- 
 
 1. Memorab., I, 2, 39. 2. Ibid., iv., 2, 11. 3. Ibid., l, 2, 29. 
 
404 LIFE OF SOCRATES. 
 
 ered his duty. Entertaining no fear of them, he did not leave Ath- 
 ens, which is duly appreciated by Cicero.^ The Thirty summoned 
 him, with four others, to the Tholos, the place in which the pry- 
 tanes used to take their meals ; and commanded him to bring Leon 
 of Salamis to Athens, who had obtained the right of citizenship at 
 Athens, but had chosen a voluntary exile, fearing that the tyrants 
 might execute him, as he was a wealthy and distinguished man.'* 
 "Then indeed," says Socrates, in Plato's Apology, "I showed by 
 my actions, and not merely by my words, that I did not care (if it 
 be not too coarse an expression) one jot for death ; but it was an 
 object of the greatest care to me to do nothing unjust or unholy ; 
 for that government, though it was so powerful, did not frighten 
 me into doing any thing unjust ; but when we came out of the Tho- 
 los, the four went to Salamis and took Leon, but I went away home. 
 And perhaps I should have suffered death on account of this, if the 
 government had not soon been broken up." 
 
 In this manner Socrates most effectually refused taking any part 
 in the unjust acts of the Thirty, ^ who were very anxious to gain 
 him over to their interest, as they wished in general to have as 
 many of the citizens as possible accessary to their crimes. When 
 he declared that he would never assist them in any unjust act, 
 Charicles said, " Dost thou indeed wish to be at liberty to say what 
 thou pleasest, and not suffer any thing at all for it 1" " I am will- 
 ing to suffer any calamity," said Socrates, " but I will not do wrong 
 to any one." Charicles was silent, and his associates looked at 
 each other. 
 
 According to Diodorus, Socrates undertook the defence of The- 
 ramenes, a man of a very equivocal character.* This account has 
 
 1. Ad Attic, viiL, 2 : " Socrates, quiim triginta tyranni essent, pedem porta non 
 extulit." 
 
 2. Tote fikvroi £>'w ov Xdyo), aAA' epyti) av evcScL^dnrjv, on Ifjioi S-avdrov nev ixeXei, 
 el fxfi aypoiKOTepov t/v sItteIv, ov6' briovv, k. t. X., c. xx. OiS' briovv seems to be an 
 expression which only people of the lower classes made use of; hence the addi- 
 tion of Socrates : £4 jUi) dypoiKOTepov tjv elire'iv, "quamvis forte rudior loqui videar." 
 Libanius, the imitator of the Attic idiom, on this account, adds before ov6' brtovv 
 the softening wS ehtlv. — ApoL, p. 8. The courage and intrepidity of Socrates be- 
 fore the Thirty is often mentioned. Seneca, Epist., 28 : " Triginta tyranni Socra- 
 tem circumsteterunt, nee potuerunt animum ejus infringere." Diog., ii. 24 : ''Hv 
 6f {ZMKpaTovi) 6riixoKpaTiK6i, (Lj 6i]\ov €K TZ TOO (iri Ei^ai Tols wept Kpiriav, k. t. X. 
 
 3. Plat., Epist., vii., ad Dionis propinquos. 
 
 4. Diod. Sic, xiv., 5. Aristotle, Cicero, and Diodorus speak of Theramenes in 
 the highest terms. Aristotle (in Plutarch, iii., p. 337) and Cicero, who seem to 
 have been prejudiced in his favor by the constancy with which he suffered death, 
 declare him to have been the best citizen of Athens. Cicero (Tiisail, I, 40) 
 
LIFE OF SOCRATES. 405 
 
 been copied by other writers, but is not established on sufficient 
 historical evidence, being mentioned neither by Plato, by Xenophon, 
 nor any other contemporary writer.^ 
 
 Theramenes was himself one of the Thirty Tyrants. When he 
 was sent on an embassy by his fellow-citizens, who had placed 
 great confidence in him, to enter into negotiations with Lysander, 
 he abused his trust, and was the first who proposed to change the 
 democracy to an oligarchy. He himself named ten of the Thirty, 
 and lived on terms of intimate friendship with Critias, the most 
 cruel of those tyrants. But the characters of these men were too 
 different to allow their friendship to be of long duration. Critias, a 
 man of energetic character, never lost sight of the object which his 
 imagination represented to him as desirable, and at the same time 
 employed every means in his powder which might enable him to 
 gain his ends. Theramenes also wished to distinguish himself, but 
 in the choice of his means, though little concerned about morality, 
 he displayed great anxiety for his personal safety. The violent 
 measures of Critias and his colleagues appeared to him too danger- 
 ous, and he proposed to elect a number of citizens, who might take 
 a part in the business of the government, and check the cruelties of 
 the Thirty. But the Thirty were little disposed to relinquish the 
 power which they had obtained with difficulty, and had preserved 
 with so much cruelty and bloodshed, and they resolved to rid 
 themselves of one who might prove a powerful enemy to their de- 
 signs. Critias accordingly accused Theramenes before the council, 
 and Theramenes defended himself in a manner which made a very 
 favorable impression on the council ; but Critias, seeing that he 
 could not depend upon the assistance of the council, condemned 
 him to death, with the assistance of his colleagues, without even 
 putting the question to the vote as to his condemnation or acquit- 
 tal. Theramenes flew to the altar of Vesta, and Socrates, Diodo- 
 rus says, undertook his defence. Supported by two other citizens, 
 he used every exertion to save him, until Theramenes entreated 
 him to desist from an undertaking which was as dangerous for him 
 
 epeaks in terms of the highest admiration of his courage during his execution, 
 and ranks him with Socrates ; Diodorus (i , p. 640, seqq., edit. Wesseling) describes 
 him as a veiy superior man ; but from the records of history we must consider 
 him as a weak, mean, vain, and selfish person.— See Thucyd., \m., 68, seqq. ; Lys- 
 ias (edit. Markland), p. 210 and 215 ; and Xenoph., Hist. Gr., ii., 2 and 3. We are 
 informed by the latter that he was nicknamed K69opvog, a word expressive of the 
 fickleness of his character. See Weiske on this passage. 
 
 1. Among the writers of a later time, the author of the biographies of the ten 
 orators ascribes the defence of Theramenes to Isocratcs, p. 836, F. 
 
406 LIFE OF SOCRATES. 
 
 as it was useless to himself. Theraraenes, after this, drank the 
 poisoned cup with great composure and serenity. 
 
 If Socrates actually undertook the defence of Theramenes, it was 
 unquestionably a noble action, as the reason for which the Thirty 
 punished their colleague, and the manner in which it was done, 
 were equally detestable. Plato's silence respecting this occurrence 
 may be accounted for, as in his seventh letter he evidently avoids 
 every opportunity of speaking of Critias, who was his kinsman^ on 
 his mother's side. But perhaps Plato as well as Xenophon may 
 have considered Theramenes unworthy of the defence of Socrates, 
 and on that account passed over it in silence. However, the works 
 from which Diodorus compiled his histoiy, especially where he does 
 not mention his authorities, are not entitled to so much confidence 
 as to justify us in having recourse to these hypotheses. It seems 
 also contrary to the character of Socrates that he should have been 
 deterred by the representations of Theramenes, that his exertions 
 would be fruitless and dangerous to himself; for Socrates did not 
 easily desist from a resolution once taken up, as he cared little 
 about personal danger, unless he was restrained by his genius. 
 
 CHAPTER VI. 
 We now come to the most interesting period in the life of Socra- 
 tes — his accusation, defence, condemnation, and execution. We 
 know that all this took place a few years after the abolition of the 
 oligarchy by Thrasybulus, in the year 400, or, according to others, 
 399 B.C. Anytus, Lycon, and Meletus brought the accusation in a 
 writ {avTufxoaia) before the tribunal of the people, ^ charging him 
 with introducing new divinities and corrupting the young ; Anytus 
 on behalf of the demagogues, Lycon on behalf of the orators, and 
 
 1. Diogenes, iii., 2. 
 
 2. That it was the tribunal of the people, or the court of the Heliastse ('^XiaaTai), 
 or Dicastse {SiKaarai), by which Socrates was condemned, has been proved by 
 Bougainville in his essay " On the Priests of Athens," in the Memoires de V Acade- 
 mic des Inscriptions et des Belles Lettres, and by Meiners in his Gesch. d. Wiss., vol. 
 ii., p. 482, against Meursius, who thought that Socrates had been condemned by the 
 Areopagus. This usual supposition is also advocated by Patter and Stollberg in 
 the remarks on the Apology. But Bougainville's arguments for substituting the 
 Heliastse seem to be convincing. The Heliastse were elected from the whole body 
 of the people, without any regard to the different classes, and received a pay for 
 their services. Their appellation was derived from 'HAta/a, the name of the place 
 where the 'HAtaorai assembled. 'HXiaia is another form of 0X177 (an assembly), 
 a. word which frequently occurs in Herodotus. It is also connected with oA^S 
 and aX'i^onai. 
 
LIFE OF SOCRATES. 407 
 
 Meletus on behalf of the poets. ^ Socrates was sentenced to death. 
 The circumstances of the trial are sufficiently known, and are ac- 
 curately explained by Tychsen in the Bibliothek fur alte Literatur 
 und Kunst.^ But the real causes of the condemnation of Socrates 
 are not yet accurately ascertained ; and for this reason, as well as 
 on account of the light which they must throw on his character, 
 the whole particulars of his trial seem to require careful examina- 
 tion. He is generally considered as a victim of the intrigues and 
 hatred of his enemies, especially of the Sophists ; and in modern 
 times, his death has sometimes been represented as a well-deserv- 
 ed punishment for his anti-democratical and revolutionary ideas. 
 
 Both these views, however, take only one side of the question, 
 and I am convinced that several causes must be taken together in 
 order to judge impartially and to account satisfactorily for the con- 
 demnation of Socrates. 
 
 The causes which led to his condemnation appear to be of two 
 kinds, partly direct and partly indirect. I call those indirect causes 
 which led to the accusation of Socrates, and those direct which, in- 
 dependent of the points contained in the accusation, disposed the 
 judges to pronounce the sentence of death. 
 
 The indirect causes will easily be seen, as soon as we have ob- 
 tained a clear insight into the character of the persons who accused 
 him. Meletus, 2 who first laid the charge before the second archon, 
 who bore the title of king, and before whose tribunal all religious 
 affairs were brought, was the most insignificant of all, and perhaps 
 only an instrument in the hands of the two other powerful accusers. 
 He was a young tragic poet, who, however, did not sacrifice to the 
 tragic muse with the best success. His memory as a poet has only 
 been preserved from entire oblivion by the ridicule of Aristophanes.* 
 It was because Socrates valued true poetry so highly that he was a 
 great friend of Euripides, and whenever one of his pieces was per- 
 formed, he went to the theatre ;^ nay, even in his old age, and dur- 
 ing the thirty days which elapsed between his condemnation and 
 execution, he composed poems himself; but he could not bear that 
 those who possessed none of the true spirit of poetry should obtrude 
 their poems on public attention. Such persons, therefore, often had 
 to sustain the ridicule of Socrates ; and it is, therefore, not to be 
 wondered at, that a vain young man, feeling himself hurt by the 
 remarks of our philosopher, should seize on the first opportunity of 
 
 1. Plat., Apol., c. X. Diog. Laert, ii., 39. 
 
 2. Part I. and II., Gottingen, 1786-87. 3. Maxim. Tyr., Dissert., 9, 
 4. Aristoph., Ran.. 1337, et schol., ibid. 5. ^Elian, Var. Hist., ii., 13. 
 
408 LIFE OF SOCilATES. 
 
 gratifying his desire for revenge. To this, however, another rea- 
 son may be added : Meletus had been one of the four who had, at 
 the command of the Thirty, brought Leon of Salamis to Athens.^ 
 Socrates having refused obedience to this command, and declared 
 it an act of injustice to which he could not be accessary, must have 
 increased the enmity of Meletus. Libanius,'^ besides, describes him 
 as a venal accuser, w*ho for a drachma would accuse any one, 
 whether he knew him or not. To this report, however, we can not 
 attach any great importance, as we are ignorant of the source from 
 which it was derived. 
 
 Lycon was a public orator. "VVe know that, according to a law 
 of Solon, ten persons were elected to this office, whose duty was to 
 advise the people and to maintain public justice. But these orators 
 were very often individuals who entirely neglected their high call- 
 ing, and merely attended to their own private interests, and perse- 
 cuted the most honest persons, whenever their personal advantage 
 required it. Can we wonder that the name of an orator should be 
 despised by every honest manl Can we wonder that a man like 
 Socrates, whose whole heart was benevolence toward mankind, 
 should hate these corrupters of morality, and often censure their 
 conduct in the strongest terms, when they hurried the people into 
 the most unjust and revolting actions 1 On the other hand, what 
 was more natural than that Socrates should render these men his 
 bitterest enemies, who became the more dangerous as they scru- 
 pled not to employ any means to get rid of such a troublesome cen- 
 sor of their conduct P 
 
 Anytus was the most powerful among the accusers of Socrates, 
 whence the latter, in an expressive manner, is called by Horace* 
 Anyti reus. Plato, in his seventh letter, ranks him, with Lycon, 
 among the most influential citizens. He had been driven into exile 
 by the Thirty, and from this circumstance alone he would have 
 been an interesting personage to his fellow-citizens, after the res- 
 toration of the democratical government. But his influence as a 
 demagogue and a statesman must have been still more increased, 
 since he himself had co-operated with Thrasybulus in expelling the 
 Thirty.* He carried on the business of a tanner, whereby he ac- 
 quired great importance ; for, after the changes introduced by Clei- 
 sthenes into the Constitution of Solon, every tradesman or artisan 
 
 J. Andocides, De Myster., p. 12 and 34, edit. Steph. 
 
 2. Apolog., edit. Reiske, p. 11 and 51. 
 
 3. TlporiToiiiaae. 61 navTa Avkwv b 6T]iAay(x)y6i, says Diogenes, ii., 38. 
 
 4. Sat., ii. 4, 3. 5. Xenoph., Hist. Gr., ii., 3. 
 
LIFE OF SOCRATE;^. 409 
 
 could rise to the highest honors of the state. Socrates often cen- 
 sured the principle that people totally ignorant of the Constituticgi 
 and of public business should have an influence in the management 
 of state affairs. His examples were often derived from artisans. 
 *' Thou must," said Critias, in the above-mentioned conversation 
 between himself, Charicles, and Socrates,^ "no longer speak of 
 shoemakers and other artisans, for I indeed think that they are tired 
 of thy foolish talk, by which their trade has become so notorious." 
 In the Meno of Plato, Socrates expresses a doubt as to whether a 
 son could be taught virtue by his parents ; and uses the example 
 of shoemakers and other artisans, who, according to his view, are 
 themselves ignorant of virtue. ' Hence the multitude were not 
 much disposed in his fovor, and Anytus, in the Meno, declares that 
 he would avail himself of the influence which he possessed to make 
 Socrates repent of his expressions. But there were causes still 
 more personal which drew down upon Socrates the hatred of Any- 
 tus. The latter had intrusted two of his sons to the instructions 
 of Socrates, with the intention of educating them as orators, which 
 was the principal way to authority and wealth in Athens at that 
 time. In one of these young men Socrates observed superior tal- 
 ents, which might raise him to something better than the profession 
 of his father, and he told him that he must give up the trade of his 
 father and pursue a higher course. ^ This exceedingly offended the 
 vanity of a man who, as a member of the popular assembly, wished 
 to be thought a very important personage. The account of Liba- 
 nius^ is therefore, in itself, not very improbable when he says that 
 Anytus, after having accused Socrates, promi.sed him that he would 
 desist from his accusation if the latter would no longer mention 
 tanners, shoemakers, &c., and that Socrates refused the proposal ; 
 but we can not place much reliance on this account, since we are 
 ignorant of the source from which Libanius derived it, and know, 
 besides, that he composed his Apology of Socrates merely as an 
 exercise in rhetoric, and was, probably, not much concerned about 
 historical truth. 
 
 After this short sketch of the characters of his accusers, it will 
 be easier to discover the true causes of the accusation of Socrates ; 
 
 1. Xenoph., Mem., L, 2, 37. 
 
 2. Xenoph., Apolog., § 29. Although this Apology in its present form was not 
 •written by Xenophon, it appears to express his ■views ; the greater pai't of it, at 
 least, is a compilation from the Memorabilia. 
 
 3. The author of the seventh of the Socratic letters, p. 30, says : ITws llv oh', w 
 V.ivo<pu)v, Tfjv fiiapiav tov Pvpao6e'4ov 'Av5tou ypi<poii.u Kai to Spaaog avrov ; 
 
 S 
 
410 LIFE OF SOCRATES. 
 
 for at first sight it is surprising that so many other Greek philoso- 
 phers, though they gave much greater offence to the popular reh- 
 gion, were yet allowed to live at Athens free from persecution, and 
 that such a violent accusation should have been raised against Soc- 
 rates alone. Epicurus, for instance, died in the seventy-first year 
 of his age, highly lamented by his disciples, without having ever 
 been accused on account of his religious opinions.^ The causes 
 which led to the accusation of Socrates may be fairly classed under 
 four divisions, which will form the subject of the following chapter. 
 
 CHAPTER VII. 
 1. Every great man, especially under a democratical government 
 and in a period of moral corruption, excites the envy of others ; for 
 it is the fate of the truly great to be envied by those who feel their 
 own comparative inferiority. Even a superficial knowledge of the 
 human heart shows how much we are inclined to envy those we 
 can not equal. Who does not remember the answer which that 
 citizen of Athens gave to Aristides, when the latter asked him why 
 he voted against him ! If such a man be distinguished by his tal- 
 ents, others endeavor to degrade him, or, if they do justice to his 
 genius, speak in a derogatory manner of his feelings. But should 
 he be a man distinguished by unusual moral goodness, by rare qual- 
 ities of heart, and by a high enthusiasm for virtue and morality, he 
 is still more in danger of being misunderstood by his contempora- 
 ries ; for there are always persons mean enough to suppose, be- 
 cause their own hearts can not comprehend such virtues, that the 
 low objects of vanity and selfishness influence the actions, and the 
 noble, philanthropic views of the man of superior morality, and 
 
 > 1. [The assertion of Wiggers that Greek philosophers, wlio gave ofieiice to the 
 popular rehgion, were allowed to hve at Athens free from persecution, is contrary 
 to all historical evidence. Although skeptical opinions on religion had for many- 
 years previous to the death of Socrates made considerable progress among the 
 upper classes at Atliens, it is nevertheless certain that the lower orders were 
 strongly attached to the popular religion, and highly resented any attempts which 
 were made to question its truth. Anaxagoras was compelled to leave Athens, 
 notvidthstanding the powerful support of Pericles, on account of his religious opin- 
 ions ; and Diagoras of Melos was proscribed at Athens on account of his impiety, 
 and a reward offered to any one who should cither kill him or bring him to jus- 
 tice. Protagoras, also, was accused and condemned to death for having read a 
 work at Athens on the nature of the gods, in which he declared that he was unable 
 to determine whether the gods existed or not. He escaped, however ; but the 
 book was publicly burned, and all who possessed copies were ordered to give 
 them up.— Tb.] 
 
LIFE OF SOCEATEg. 411 
 
 ready enough to stigmatize the teachers and benefactors of man- 
 kind as corrupters of the people and seducers of the young. This 
 must be the case principally in democratical states. The more nu- 
 merous the relations and combinations in a state, and the more va- 
 rious the conflicts of the parties with each other, the less can a man 
 be tolerated who rises by his superior talents and virtues above the 
 ordinary class of men. In a monarchical state, in which his influ- 
 ence is not so great, and the various conflicts of different powers 
 are not so numerous, he may live, if not more honored, at any rate 
 more peaceably. But the greater the immorality of the citizens in 
 a democratical state, the less likely is a man of great moral excel- 
 lence to be tolerated. The contrast between him and their own 
 corruption is a sufficient reason to excite against him their hatred 
 and persecution. Socrates was one of these superior beings, who 
 are born not only to enlighten his own age, but mankind in general. 
 Virtue and humanity had descended upon him in their sublime pu- 
 rity, and had excited his unbounded veneration. Could he be oth- 
 erwise than offensive to the wise and the learned of his age, to the 
 narrow-minded, quibbling Sophists, the selfish demagogues and the 
 conceited poetasters 1 Hence Socrates himself, in Plato's Apology, 
 mentions the hatred of the multitude as the cause of his fate.^ 
 
 Socrates always lived under a democratical form of government,^ 
 with the exception of the eight months during which the Thirty 
 possessed the supreme power. In his intercourse, as a teacher of 
 the people, with the orators, Sophists, poets, &c., he frequently of- 
 fended them, and sometimes injured their interests. He lived, 
 moreover, in a corrupt period. Aristophanes, Plato, the author of 
 the Axiochus, and other contemporary writers, describe the Athe- 
 nian people as inconstant and frivolous, of a cruel disposition, un- 
 grateful to those who deserved well of their country, and jealous 
 of men who were distinguished by their virtue and superior quali- 
 ties.^ During the dazzling sway of Pericles,* or perhaps, more 
 
 1. C. xvi. 
 
 2. [An oligarchical form of government was established for a short time in B.C. 
 411.— Tr.] 
 
 3. Aristoph., Equit., v. 40 ; Plat, Gorg., p. 521, C, seqq. ; Axiochus, c. xiii. A^- 
 fioS aX^pi^oTOV, u^iKopov, u)ix6v, iiaaKavov, d~ai6evTov, wj uv avvripaviaixevov ck duy- 
 kXvUcjvoS ox^ov Koi (itaiiov tpXvdfjiov' b Se Tour^> i:poSZTaipi^6^iEvog ddXidTcpoS 
 fiaKpiJi. To this state of tilings must also be referred the passage of Plmy, in which 
 the picture of Parrhasius is mentioned (Hist. Nat., xxv., 10) : " Arjfjiov Athenien- 
 eium pinxit argumento ingenioso : volebat namque varium, iracundum, injustum, 
 inconstantem ; eundcm iuexorabilera, clcmeutem, raisericordem, excelsum, glo- 
 riosum, humilem, ferocem fugacemque et omnia pariter ostendere." 
 
 4. It can not be denied that the government of Pericles was, in many respects, 
 
412 LIFE OF SOCRATES. 
 
 properly speaking, of Aspasia, who had, it is true, done very much 
 to diifuse a taste for the fine arts, vices of every description had 
 gained the ascendency. During the Peloponnesian war, the neglect 
 of all moral and religious cultivation had kept pace with the decay 
 of external worship ; the spirit of the times had taken a sophistical 
 tendency, and selfishness had so evidently become the motive to 
 action, that even Athenian embassadors unblushingly declared to 
 the Spartans and Melians that it was lawful and right for the better 
 and stronger to oppress and rule over the weak and helpless, as- 
 serting that not only all tribes of animals, but whole cities and na- 
 tions, acted according to this principle.^ It was a very common 
 opinion that after death the soul ceased to exist ; the religious 
 phantoms of a future state were laughed at by an age so full of con- 
 ceit, that nothing but a conscience disturbed in the last moments 
 of life could excite an apprehension lest those ridiculed phantoms 
 might still not be wholly fictitious. ^ But it is obvious how com- 
 pletely every seed of virtue must have been crushed by the govern- 
 ment of such corrupt men as the thirty tyrants.^ 
 
 far from beneficial to tlie Athenians. He was an ambitious man, and by this dis- 
 position he was hurried into many acts injurious to his country. The diminution 
 of the power of the Areopagus, to which Solon had wisely assigned an extensive 
 sphere of action, is wholly unpardonable. On the other hand, we should undoubt- 
 edly be going too far if we should credit all the assertions of the comic poets, 
 which ai-e partly repeated by Diodorus and Plutarch, and attiibute the outbreak 
 of the Peloponnesian war to the intrigues by which Pericles endeavored to escape 
 the necessity of accounting for the treasure of the allies, which he had lavished 
 on magnificent buildings. This opinion, though very generally maintained, and 
 usually adopted in historical manuals, can not be supported by any authentic tes- 
 timony. Diodorus (xii., p. 503-505) and Plutarch {Pericles, i., p. 647, seqq.) might 
 be mentioned as authorities, but it is evident that they have only copied the comic 
 poets, without being much concerned about historical truth. Besides, their au- 
 thority is little, compared with that of Thucydides, the unpartial adversary of Per- 
 icles, who declares the desire to extend the power of Athens, and to humble the 
 Spartans, to have been the true causes of the war (i., 23, 24, 56, and 88, and ii., 1. 
 Compare Wyttenbach's review of the Lectianes Andocidea of Sluiter in the Bibli- 
 oik. Crit., vol. iii., P. iii., p. 79). 1. Thucyd., i., 76 ; v., 105. 
 
 2. Plat., Phced., and De Reimbl., vi. That free-thinking at that time generally pre- 
 vailed, is evident from the tenth book De Legibus. These piinciples were chiefly 
 and eagerly adopted by young people, who made such an application of the astro- 
 nomical hypotheses of Anaxagoras, that they not only denied the divinity of the 
 stars, but, at the same time, hazarded the assertion that the gods, being changed 
 into the dust of the earth, were unconcerned about human aftairs. 
 
 3. [Those persons, however, who are disposed to join in the common declama- 
 tions against the vices of the Athenian Constitution, would do well to weigh the 
 following just and eloquent remarks of Niebuhr before they pronounce an opinion. 
 " Evil without end may be spoken of the Athenian Constitiition, and with truth ; 
 
LIFE OF SOCRATES. , 413 
 
 2. The accusation and trial of Socrates was also, in part, occasion- 
 ed by the hatred which the Sophists bore toward him, and by the 
 freedom with which he always expressed his opinions. How re- 
 but the common-place, stale declamation of its revOers would be in a great meas- 
 ure silenced, if a man qualified for the task should avail himself of the advanced 
 state of our insight mto the circumstances of Athens, to show how even there the 
 vital principle instinctively produced fomis and institutions by which, notwith- 
 standing the elements 'of anarchy contained in the Constitution, the Common- 
 wealth preserved and regulated itself. No people in history has been so much 
 misunderstood and so unjustly condemned as the Athenians : wdth very few ex- 
 ceptions, the old charges of faults and misdeeds are continually repeated. I should 
 say, God shield us from a constitution lilie the Athenian ! were not the age of such 
 states irrevocably gone by, and, consequently, all fear of it in our own case. As it 
 was, it shows an unexampled degree of noble-mindedness in the nation, that the 
 heated temper of a fluctuating popular assembly, the security aftbrded to indi\dd- 
 uals of giving a base vote unobserved, produced so few reprehensible decrees ; 
 and that, on the other hand, the thousands, among whom the common man had 
 the upper hand, came to resolutions of such self-sacrificing magnanimity and hero- 
 ism as few men are capable of except in tlieu' most exalted mood, even when 
 they have the honor of renowned ancestors to maintain as weU as their own. 
 
 " I will not charge those who declaim about the Athenians as an incurably reck- 
 less people, and their repubhc as hopelessly lost, in the time of Plato, with willful 
 injustice, for they know not what they do. But this is a striking instance how 
 imperfect knowledge leads to injustice and calumnies ; and why does not every 
 one ask his conscience whether he is himself capable of forming a sober judgment 
 on every case that lies before hhn ? A man of candor will hear the answei-, in a 
 voice like that of the genius of Socrates. Let who wQl clamor and scofl"; for my- 
 self, shoiild trials be reserved for my old age, and for my children, who will cer- 
 tainly have evil days to pass through, I pray only for as much self conti'ol, as much 
 temperance in the midst of temptation, as much courage in the hour of danger, as 
 much'cahn perseverance in the consciousness of a glorious:resolution, which was 
 unfortunate in its issue, as was shown by the Athenian people, considered as one 
 man : we have nothing to do here with the morals of the individ.\ials ; but he who 
 as an individual possesses such virtues, and, withal, is guilty of no worse sins in 
 proportion than the Athenians, may lo&k forward without uneasiness to his last 
 hour. 
 
 " The ancient rhetoricians were a class of babblers ; a school for lies and scan- 
 dal : they fastened many aspersions on nations and individuals. So we hear it 
 echoed from one declamation to another, among the examples of Athenian ingrat- 
 itude, that Paches was driven to save himself by his own dagger from the sentence 
 of the popular tribunal. How dehghted was I last year to find, in a place where 
 no one will look for such a discovery, that he was condemned for having violated 
 free women in Mytilene at its capture. The Athenians did not suifer his services 
 in this expedition, or his merit in averting an alarming danger from them, to screen 
 hhn from punishment. 
 
 " The fathers and brothers who, in the epigraph of the thousand citizens who 
 fell as freemen at Chaeronea, ati;ested with joy that they did not repent of their de- 
 termination, for the issue was in the hands of the gods, the resolution, the glory 
 of man— who conferred a crown of gold on the orator by whose advice the imfor- 
 tunate attempt had been made which cost them the lives of their kinsmen, with- 
 
414 LIFE OF SOCRATES. 
 
 volting must it have been to a man of correct habits of thinking, 
 that persons assuming the venerable appellation of the wise should 
 have aimed at confounding the fundamental ideas of right and 
 wrong, of virtue and vice ! The Sophists were most dangerous 
 men, not only on account of their theoretical unbelief, which they 
 indiscreetly preached, but also on account of their moral doctrines, 
 which were founded on egotism and selfishness. Disinterested 
 virtue, they declared, was folly, and the civil laws were at variance 
 with the laws of nature ; moderation and temperance were enemies 
 to pleasure, and contrary to the precepts of good sense. ^ Socrates 
 too deeply felt the corruption of his age not to oppose its authors in 
 every way, and to express his indignation as loudly as possible. 
 Their dazzling sophistries he opposed with weapons, which must 
 have been very painful to conceited people, who loved any thing 
 better than the truth. Pretending to be a disciple, anxious to 
 learn something, he attentively listened to the wisdom which flow- 
 ed from the lips of the Sophists ; and perhaps praised it exceeding- 
 ly, while he lamented his own dullness, and, at the same time, will- 
 out asking whether they were provokmg the resentment of the conqueror — the 
 people who, when Alexander, fresh from the ashes of Thebes, demanded the pa- 
 triots, refused to give them up, and chose rather to await his appearance before 
 their walls — who, while all who flattered or feared Philip warned them not to ir- 
 ritate him, condemned citizens to death for biiying slaves that had fallen into the 
 hands of the Macedonians by the capture of Greek cities which had been hostile 
 to Athens — the people whose needy citizens, though predominant in the assembly, 
 renoiinced the largess which alone afforded them the luxury of flesh on a few fes- 
 tivals, though on all other days throughout the year they ate nothing but olives, 
 herbs, and onions, with dry bread and salt fish — who made this sacrifice to raise 
 the means of arming for the national honor— this people commands my whole 
 heart and my deepest reverence. And when a great man* turned away from this 
 noble and pliable people, though certainly it did not appear every day in its hoh- 
 day clothes, and was not free from sins and frailties, he incurred a just punish- 
 raent in the delusion which led him to attempt to wash a blackamoor white ; to 
 convert an incorrigible bad subject like Dionysius, and through his means to place 
 philosophy on the throne in the sink of Syracusan luxury and licentiousness ; and 
 in the scarcely less flagrant folly of taking an adventurer so deeply tainted with 
 tyranny as Dion, for a hero and an ideal. A man who could hope for success in 
 this undertaking, and despaired of a peojple like the Athenians, had certainly gone 
 great lengths in straining at gnats and swallowing camels." — Translated by Mr. 
 Thirlwall in the Philological Museum, No. iii., p. 494-496.— Tb.] 
 
 1. Compare Plato in the Gorgias and De R'epubL, ii. The beautiful allegory of 
 Prodicus, " Hercules at the Cross-way," which has acquired such celebrity, and 
 perhaps owes its perfection to Xenophon, at least so far as its form is concerned, 
 was only a declamation, and probably belonged to those show-speeches which this 
 Sophist delivered in the cities of Greece. — Philostr., De Vit. Sopldst., p. 482, seqq. 
 
 * Plato. 
 
LIFE OF SOCRATES. 415 
 
 ingly admitted the truth of the greater part of their doctrines, and 
 only now and then indulged in a little modest question, which they 
 could not refuse to answer to an industrious disciple, and which ap- 
 peared to them so insignificant, that it could not contribute in the 
 least to refute their assertions. But he went gradually further, and 
 traced things to their ultimate causes, and thus extorted from them 
 the confession of their ignorance. He perhaps even followed them 
 as he did Euthydemus, until he could engage them, with propriety, 
 in a conversation which would humble their pride. The method 
 of examining and refuting {e^srci^siv and eTiiyxeLv, according to the 
 expression of the Socratic philosophers), with which his disciples, 
 imitating their teacher, tried every one who gloried in his wisdom, 
 was still more disagreeable to the Sophists. But the indignation 
 of those who had been tested in this manner did not fall on the dis- 
 ciples, but on Socrates himself, as he asserts in the Apology.^ It 
 can not be denied that the Sophists, who before enjoyed a high de- 
 gree of estimation, were deprived by Socrates of a considerable 
 portion of their influence in Greece, and especially at Athens ; and, 
 in revenge, they did every thing to degrade hun in the eyes of his 
 fellow-citizens, and to prove that the real motives of his actions 
 were bad. <' He seduces the young, and introduces new gods :"^ 
 these were the hateful calumnies by which they attempted to in- 
 jure his reputation with the people, and which were faithfully re- 
 peated by Meletus in his accusation — calumnies which must have 
 represented Socrates to the people in a more odious light, as the 
 Constitution of Athens was intimately connected with its religion, 
 and the interest of the one was necessarily involved in that of the 
 other. 
 
 But, in general, it was by too freely expressing what he thought 
 that Socrates made enemies and brought on his accusation. He 
 not only combated the fallacies and the perversity of the Sophists, 
 but every kind of vice and folly, and called them by their true 
 names ; he attacked every error, and that the more zealously the 
 closer it was connected with morality. Thus not only Sophists, 
 but poets, orators, and demagogues, soothsayers and priests, became 
 his enemies. He despised the comic poets, who delighted the mul- 
 
 1. c. X. 
 
 2. Xenoph., Mem., i., 2, § 49 : YtoKparrji tovS Traripas vpoirriXaKi^tiv eSidacKe : a 
 charge which had been brought against Socrates by Aristophanes. Excellent re- 
 marks on the ironical manner in which Socrates treated the Sophists, are found ia 
 Reinhard's essay, De Met'hodo Socratica, in the first voL of his Opiiscul. Academ.., 
 edited by Pohtz. Lipsiaj, 1803. 
 
416 LIFE OF SOCRATES. 
 
 titude at the expense of morality ; and bad poets and sophistical 
 orators felt the sting of his h'ony. The deaiagogues hated him be- 
 cause he was the opponent of their teachers, the Sophists, from 
 whom many among them had learned the art of deceiving the peo- 
 ple. What could, indeed, be more absurd in the eyes of reason, 
 than that persons totally ignorant of the Constitution and public 
 business, such as artisans, tanners, shoemakers, &.C., should have 
 an influence on the conduct of public affairs 1 These he made the 
 objects of his satire, and exposed the absurdity of their pretensions. 
 Socrates had, besides, a prejudice against mechanical arts, wdiich 
 he sometimes expressed too indiscreetly and offensively. Thus he 
 says to Critobulus :^ " Mechanical arts are despised, and, indeed, it 
 is not with injustice that they are little valued by states ; for they 
 are injurious to the bodies of the workmen as well as to the super- 
 intendents, since they render it necessary for them to sit, and to re- 
 main constantly in-doors ; and many of them pass all the day near 
 the fire. And whenever the body is languid, the mind loses its en- 
 ergy. Besides, those arts allow us no time to devote to our friends 
 and to the state, so that such people are little useful to their friends, 
 and bad protectors of their country. Nay, in some, principally in 
 warlike states, no citizen is allowed to pursue mechanical arts." 
 
 Even the tyranny of the Thirty, as we have seen, did not escape 
 the satire of Socrates. The priests too, as we know from the Eu- 
 thyphron of Plato, were obliged to hear from his lips the truth that 
 their ideas of divine %vorship were totally erroneous. ^ It is natural 
 enough that Socrates should have made a number of individuals 
 
 1. Xenophon, QLconom., iv., 2. 
 
 2. That poets were allowed to express themselves fi-eely on religious subjects, 
 and that philosophers were deprived of this privilege, may be accounted for in the 
 following way. Poets wrote for the sake of amusement; a little freedom was 
 easily granted to them, provided they made the people laugh ; but the words of a 
 philosopher had a more serious tendency. Besides, we know that dramatic rep- 
 resentations originated in the festival of Dionysus, which was solemnized as licen- 
 tiously as the Bacchanalia of the Romans. On the other hand, a distinction must 
 be drawn between pohtical religion, i. c, that which, being intimately connected 
 with the Constitution, was observed in public festivals and ceremonies, and the 
 monstrous mass of fables concerning the origin and history of the gods ; for at 
 Athens religious belief was unconnected with public worship. With regard to 
 mythological stories, the Greeks were allowed to express themselves as freely sis 
 they liked, provided they did not attack the mysteries, or doubt the existence of 
 the gods. Proofs of this we find not only in the comic writers, but in the most 
 celebrated tragic poets, as ^^schylus and Euripides, and in the history of Alcibi- 
 ades. But it is surprising that Xcnophanes in Magna Grajcia was allowed to ex- 
 press himself so freely on the state religion, while phDosophical opinions much 
 less connected with rehgion proved so dangerous to Anaxagoras at Athens. 
 
LIFE OF SOCRATES. 417 
 
 his enemies by tliese free expressions, and especially by interfer- 
 ing with the interests of the priests, who demanded the greatest 
 submission, as their religious system did not bear a free examina- 
 tion. The analogy of history and daily experience shows this suf- 
 ficiently, even if we leave out of consideration the facts stated in 
 the accusation. 
 
 3. The odious light in which Socrates was represented by Aris- 
 tophanes, created enemies to the former, and contributed to his ac- 
 cusation. The assertion founded on the report of JSlian,^ that Ar- 
 istophanes had been bribed by the enemies of Socrates, especially 
 by Meletus and Anytus, to represent him in a ridiculous light, though 
 it was in former times almost generally believed, is certainly desti- 
 tute of any historical evidence. Meletus was a young man when 
 he accused Socrates {veog, jSaduyevsiog, he is called in the Euthy- 
 phron of Plato) : how is it possible that twenty-three years' before 
 that time he should have bribed Aristophanes 1 On the first repre- 
 sentation of the Clouds, Anytus was only fourteen years old, and 
 on good terms with Socrates, as we are told by Plato. With our 
 present accurate knowledge of the nature of the so-called old Attic 
 comedy, we can not even suppose that Aristophanes v/as a personal 
 enemy of Socrates, ^ though he represented him to the Athenian 
 people in the manner we see in the Clouds. The manner in which 
 Socrates lived was a subject too tempting for a comic poet not to 
 have introduced, though he might not have been provoked by any 
 
 1. Var. Hist, ii., 13. 
 
 2. The Clouds were performed 423 B.C., on the festival of Dionysus. 
 
 3. The scholiasts, endeavoiing to account for the odious hgut in which Socrates 
 is representsd in tlie Clouds, are of different opinions, some ascribing it to the in- 
 veterate hati"ed. of the comic poets against the philosophers, others to personal 
 jealousy, since Socrates had been preferred by King Archelaus to Aristophanes, 
 &.C. But all these hypotheses can easily be dispensed with. The comic poet took 
 up any subject which did not appear to be wanting in comical interest, and made 
 it suit his purpose. Besides, Aristophanes was not the only one who brought Soc- 
 rates on the stage. Eupolis and Amipsias did the same (see Diog. Laert, ii., 18. 
 Schol. nd Nub., 96 and 129) ; and Socrates shared this fate -with all the distinguish- 
 ed men of his age, Pericles, Alcibiades, and Euripides. Thus the Frogs of Aris- 
 tophanes were a satire upon Euripides, and, to a certain extent, upon ^schylus 
 also. These comedies gave great delight to the multitude, as they considered it 
 an essential part of their democratical liberty to laugh with impunity at the most 
 eminent men of the age ; even their demagogues, the adored Pericles and Cleon, 
 were not spared. To attack the People was, properly speaking, not allowed — 
 tliough Aristophanes made occasional exceptions — for it was sacred ; but every 
 individual might be broiight on the stage by the comic poet. Xenoph., De Repuh- 
 lica Allien., c. 2. The first archon, whose name could not be profaned on the stage, 
 formed the only exception. Compare the schol. on the Clouds, v. 32. 
 
418 LIFE OF SOCRATES. 
 
 external causes. How many truly comical scenes might be derived 
 from Socrates gazing at one object for twenty-four hours, and from 
 the many anecdotes which were told of him ; in addition to which, 
 we must not forget his resemblance to a Silenus, and the many 
 pecuharities in his conduct.^ On the other hand, however, it would 
 be going too far to assert tbat the ridiculous representation of Soc- 
 rates had no influence on his fate. Even a cursory perusal of the 
 Clouds of Aristophanes must convince the reader that every thing 
 is calculated to exhibit Socrates in an odious light, as seducing the 
 young, introducing new gods, and, consequently, as highly injurious 
 to the Commonwealth; and it is surprising to see these charges, 
 twenty-three years afterward, repeated by Meletus. Socrates him- 
 self, in the Apology, says that Aristophanes and his party were en- 
 emies far more dangerous to him than his accusers, and that Mele- 
 tus, in reality, had only repeated the charges of the former.'^ Aris- 
 
 1. Plat., Symjios., p. 220, C. "Meditating on some subject, he once stopped some- 
 where early in the morning (viz., during tlie expedition against Potidaea), and as 
 he did not succeed in his search, he remained in deep thought, standing on the 
 same spot. When it had become noon-time, he attracted the attention of the peo- 
 ple, and one said to another, ' Socrates has been standing there, on the same spot, 
 thinking about something, from an early hour in the morning.' In the evening, 
 when he was still standing there, some of the Ionian soldiers, after supper, took 
 out their carpets, partly to repose on them in the refreshing evening air (for it was 
 a summer night), partly to watch whether Socrates would actually pass the night 
 in that position. And he actually remained standing till daybreak, and then ad- 
 dressed his prayers to the rising sun, and hastened away." — Aul. GeUius, Noct. 
 Att., ii., 1. 
 
 2. 'Ejioii yep TToWoi Karfiyopoi yeyovaat irphs vpLaS, srjs he, Kni -a\ai ttoXX'X ri^)] 
 £T7] Kal oiiSev d'XTjdh XiyovreS ' ol'S eyio /JidXXov (puSov/^ai rj Tovi dfi^i ^Avurov, Ka'mep 
 Svras Kal tovtovS SsivovS. dW Ikeivol 6£iv6Tcpoi, w avSpe;, oV v/^uiv tovs ttoXXov; ek 
 iraiSuJV -KapiXa/xdivovTCS £-£i96v te Kal KaTTjy'pjvv ejjiou ovoiv dArjOis, oiS eari ng 
 ^(OKpuTTiS, ao<j)6s dv/]p, rd re pcriupa (PpovriaTfji, Kal tu {nrd yJ^s a-avra dvE^)]Tr]KwS, 
 Kal Tov r)TT(j) Xoyov kpeittu) iroLuiv* ovtoi, u) dvdpeS 'AOrivaloi, TaVTTjv <prinvv Kara- 
 
 * A man who investigates aU things above and below the earth ([icTECopocppov 
 TLOTfiS is the expression of Aristophanes) was an Atheist, according to the ideas of 
 the Athenian people, for a natural philosopher and an Atheist were synonymous 
 appellations. These natural philosophers were also called perEwpo'XEaxni. A 
 Sophist is a person who gives to a bad cause the appearance of a good one, by 
 means of eloquence. This proves that Aristophanes did not distinguish Socrates 
 from the Sophists ; and, indeed, proofs of this ai-e met with throughout the Clouds. 
 Thus Socrates invokes the Clouds, the protecting deities of the Sophists ; Socrates 
 teaches how the Xoyus biKaioi may be conquered by the 'Xbyoi d^iKog; he makes 
 astronomical researches (to this must be referred his soaring in the ah- in a bask- 
 et, V. 184, seqq.) ; and he receives money for his instructions (v. 98, 99, 113-115, 
 245, 246), <S&c. A slight allusion to the sophistry of Socrates we find also in the an- 
 swer of Ischomachus (in Xenoph., CEconom., c. 11, § 25) to the question how Is- 
 chomachus was getting on with hia lawsuit : " When it is sufficient," he says, " for 
 
LIFE OF SOCRATES. 419 
 
 tophanes and his party, it is true, could not directly contribute to 
 the accusation of Socrates, for the times were too distant ; but they 
 assisted to prejudice the minds of the people against our philoso- 
 pher, and to exhibit him not only as an object of ridicule, but as a 
 man dangerous to the Constitution. This was certainly an effect 
 which these calumnies were calculated to produce, and in which 
 they wonderfully succeeded. Meletus would perhaps not have ven- 
 tured to come forth with an accusation against Socrates, had not a 
 favorite poet of the Athenian people paved the way, and indirectly 
 undertaken his accusation. "Let us go back," says Socrates, in 
 the Apology, " to the commencement, and the first charge from 
 which the calumny has arisen, relying on which, Meletus has 
 brought the present charge against me." That the Clouds of Aris- 
 tophanes did not obtain the prize, but a play of Cratinus, who con- 
 tested for it with him and Amipsias, can not surprise us ; nor should 
 it lead us to the conclusion that the Clouds of Aristophanes were 
 unfavorably received by the Athenians.^ It was not the applause 
 of the people which decided the prize, but judges were especially 
 appointed for that purpose, who were often biased by opposite mo- 
 tives, and who may have been influenced in this instance by cir- 
 cumstances unknown to us.^ 
 4. Socrates was not in favor of a democratical form ofgovern- 
 
 (^KtSdaavreSt ol Seivoi eiai //ou Kari'iyopni " ol yap atcovovreg ^yovvrni tov; ravra ^rj- 
 TovvTSS oi6e ^Eovs voixiCeiv. e-rtira elaiv ovtoi ol Kari^yopoi ttoAAoj kuI iro'Xvv xp6i/oi/ 
 rjSr; KaTtiyoprjKdrei, en 6f Kai iv TaiiTj] t^ {jXikIol Xiyovres npbs Vjxai, iv f] uV fxaXiuTa 
 eTiiaTsvcjaTC, nalSi? ovreS, evioi Je viJiCJv Kal fxeipaKia, artxvtSf ip'uxrjv KaTriyopovvreg, 
 dnoXoyovfjtevov ovSevoi- "O 6e itdvTwv a}^oy(i)TaTov, on ov6i rd ovoixara oiov re av- 
 ru)v elEivai kol clnclv, nXr/v eli rii KW/uwJoTroioS rvyxavei wi'. — C. ii. 
 
 1. Argum. ii., ad Nubes, edit. Herai., says that Alcibiades and his party had pre- 
 vented the success of this piece. According to ^Elian's account {Var. Hist., ii., 13), 
 the people were so much pleased with the Clouds of Aristophanes, that they ex- 
 claimed, " No one but Aristophanes ought to be rewarded with the prize." Ai-is- 
 tophanes himself considered it the most perfect of his comedies {Nub., v. 522, and 
 Vespa, V. 1039). The account of Jillian, however, deserves just as little credit as 
 the anecdote which he relates immediately after it, that Socrates, knowing that he 
 would be the object of bitter satire, was not only present during the performance, 
 but that, having heard that many strangers were present, and were inquiring who 
 Socrates was, he came forth in the midst of the comedy, and remained standing in 
 a place where he could be observed by all, and compared with the copy. 
 
 2. [For an account of the Clouds of Aristophanes, see a note at the end of this 
 chapter. — Tb.] 
 
 my defence to tell the trnth, very well ; but when I have recourse to lies, dear 
 Socrates, I can not give to the bad cause the appearance of a good one." The 
 opinion of those who suppose that Aristophanes ha-d been induced by the Sophists 
 to abuse Socrates, may be thus satisfactorily refuted. 
 
420 LIFE OF SOCRATES. 
 
 ment : this must also have contributed to his accusation. Socra- 
 tes, like the sages of antiquity in general, approved of an aristocra- 
 cy in the original sense of the word, viz., a constitution which in- 
 trusted the supreme power to the hands of the best in a moral point 
 of view.i Socrates was aware how dangerous it is to intrust the 
 supreme power to the hands of an uneducated populace ; his own 
 experience taught him how easy it was for selfish demagogues to 
 gain favor with an inconstant multitude, and to carry plans into 
 execution which were often highly injurious to the whole nation. 
 Hence he frequently spoke in a sarcastic manner of the Athenian 
 Constitution, and satirized their bean-archons.^ Socrates said to 
 Charmides, an able young man, who, however, was too timid to 
 speak in the public assembly, ^ " Is it the fullers that thou art afraid 
 of, or the shoemakers 1 the carpenters, or the smiths 1 the peas- 
 
 1. An aristocracy, according to the conceptions of the Athenians before the time 
 of Alexander the Great, was not opposed to democracy, but to oligarchy. In an 
 aristocracy the people always had great influence, but in an oligarchy they were 
 entirely deprived of it. One of the principal passages relating to this point is in 
 the Menexenus of Plato, p. 238, C. Plato there represents Socrates as reijeating a 
 funeral discourse of Aspasia in honor of those wlio had died for their country. 
 HoXireia yap Tpo<bfj dvOpWTiwv iuri, says Aspasia, Ka\f] ytlv ayaQiov, rj 6^ ivavrla Ka- 
 kCjv. wJ oiv ev Kokfi ■no'XLTZia erpdcpijaav o'l -rrpdadsv rjfjiCJv, dvayKa7ov Jr/Awffat, 6i' rjv 
 Srj KaKEivoi ayadoc Kal o'l vvv elaiv, wv o'lSe Tvyxuvovaiv ovres o'l TtTeXevTr^KOTZS- 'H 
 yap avrfj -noXiTeia koI tots 7]V kuI vvv, dpiaroKparia, ev fi vvv tc lioXiTEvOfxeQa koX top 
 «£' Xp'vov f^ iKsivov wf 7a TroXAa. KaAsi 61 h p.£v aiiTrjv orjjxoKpaTiav, b Se a'AAo, u> 
 uv X<^'P!1- ^'o'" 6i rfj aXrjOdq. jxct'' ev6o\iai irXrfQovS dpioTOKpafia. ^atyiXEii jiev yop 
 del !]iMV elaiV ovtol 6s tots jxiv Ik. yevovs, tots 6£ a'cpsToi- lyKpaTh 61 ttis ttoAewj 
 TO. noWa to T:\rjOoS, rds 6£ apxt'ff 6i6uici Kal ro Kpdros Tols «£t 66la(7iv dptaroiS eivai, 
 Kal ovTE dodcveiq, oiire nEvia, ovte dyvu)aia iraTEpMv dTTEXrj^araL ov6£'ls ovoe tuIs 
 IvavrioiS TETijxr]Tai wSivep Ev dXXaiS ir'AEaiv, aXAa dg lipoS, h 66^aS aocpog fj dyadbs 
 tivai KpaTEL Kal dpxEi- Compare with this Xenoph., Mem., iv., 6, § 12 r "When- 
 ever public offices were held by persons who executed the will of the law, Socra- 
 tes considered the government to be an aristocracy." More arguments in support 
 of this opinion are given by Luzac, I. c, p. 67. 
 
 2. Xenoph., Mem., i., 2, § 9. The archons were elected by beans : white beans 
 were used in voting /ar a candidate, black ones in voting against him. The names 
 of the candidates for the (iov\fj were put into one vase, and into another an equal 
 number of beans, fifty of which were white, the remainder black. Simultaneously 
 with the name of a candidate di-awn from one vase, a bean was drawn from the 
 other. A white bean accompanying the name made the candidate a senator. 
 Hence the expression KvajiEVTol dpxov-ES for senators. That Socrates was averse 
 to the democratical Constitution of the Athenians, is also stated by iElian, Var. 
 Hist., iii., 17 : ^(oicpiTrji ev ttj jxlv ^Adrjvaiuiv -aoXiTEm ovk i]piaKETo ' TvpavviKriv yap 
 Kal jxovapxixhv Ctopa tyjv 6ripoKpaTiav uvaav. This sentiment was also maintained 
 by his successors. Plato and Xcnophon, although differing in their principles and 
 opinions on other subjects, agree with each other on this point. 
 
 3. Xenoph., Mmi., iii., 7, § 6. 
 
LIFE OF SOCRATES. 421 
 
 ants, or the merchants, or the higglers who exchange things in the 
 market, and think of nothing else but how they may sell at the high- 
 est price what they have bought at the lowest 1 for of such people 
 the assembly is composed." Still more forcible is the account given 
 by yElian,^ who appears to have confounded Charmides with the 
 more celebrated Alcibiades : "Thou surely art not afraid of that 
 shoemaker'?" When Alcibiades denied this, he said, " But perhaps 
 that crier in the market or the tent-maker 1" When Alcibiades 
 answered this also in the negative, " Well, then," said Socrates, 
 " do not the people of Athens consist of nothing but such persons 1 
 and if thou art not afraid of each of them individually, thou canst 
 not be afraid of them when they are assembled." Even in his 
 Apology he did not conceal his anti-democratical feelings.^ It is 
 but natural that such assertions of our philosopher should have in- 
 flamed those irritable Athenian democrats, according to whose ideas 
 the election of magistrates by lot was the very foundation of their 
 democracy, and that they should have been strongly inclined to ac- 
 cuse a man who held such opinions. 
 
 This anti-democratical mode of thinking was not only thought to 
 be discovered in the expressions of Socrates ; his having educated 
 the cruel tyrant Critias was alleged as an actual proof of it, although 
 Socrates had not the slightest share in his tyrannical principles. 
 We can not be surprised that in the accusation of Socrates no men- 
 tion M^as formally made of Critias and of the Thirty Tyrants in gen- 
 eral, of Alcibiades, Hipparchus, and many others of the oligarchical 
 party, who had been more or less intimately connected with Socra- 
 tes ; nor can it be maintained that these connections had no influ- 
 ence on the accusation. The omission of this very important point 
 must be ascribed to the general amnesty which had been proposed 
 by Archinus, and was established after the banishment of the Thir- 
 ty -,3 and yet Xenophon, the most trustworthy of all the writers who 
 have transmitted tons accounts of Socrates, says* that the ridicule 
 of Socrates on the election of magistrates by lot, his having in- 
 structed Critias, and quoted passages from the most eminent poets, 
 which bestowed praise on tyranny, were the principal articles in 
 the second charge which accused Socrates of seducing the young.* 
 
 1. ii., 1. 
 
 2. C. xix. Oh yap iariv, SgTLf dvOpdoTViov aiodrjaETai ovre vixlv ovre a'AAcjj nXijdei 
 oidepi yvrjaloji evavTiovixEvog Knt (5ia/cwAi'wv tioWcl a6iKa Kai napapofia iv rfj noXci 
 yiyvcnOai. 3. Plat., Menexen., p. 234, B. 4. Memorab., i., 2. 
 
 5. Xenophon, clearly seeing that he could not refute the first of these facts, 
 namely, the ridicule on the KvaixcvToi, wisely avoids mentioning it. 
 
422 LIFE OF SOCRATES. 
 
 The account of Xenophon strongly confirms the supposition that 
 the connection between Socrates and Critias, whose cruelties were 
 still well remembered by the democratical party, must have con- 
 tributed to his accusation, and is indeed very probable, when we 
 only consider the state of affairs. A passage of iEschines, the or- 
 ator, might also be adduced to confirm this opinion, but we have 
 reason to doubt the veracity of ^schines whenever it is his object 
 to bring charges against his adversary, Demosthenes. This pas- 
 sage occurs in the speech against Timarchus,^ which ^schines de- 
 livered before the assembly of the people. "You who have put to 
 death Socrates, the Sophist, whom you knew to have educated Crit- 
 ias, one of the Thirty Tyrants who abolished your democracy, will 
 you allow yourselves to be moved by the private interest of an ora- 
 tor like Demosthenes 1" The name of Sophist, which ^schines 
 must surely have known not to have belonged to Socrates, but 
 which orators frequently applied to philosophers to express their 
 contempt of them, and the mention of Critias, are sufficient to 
 prove the intention of ^schines, who wished by these sentiments 
 to hurt the feelings of Demosthenes, a disciple of Plato, and a kins- 
 man of Critias. 
 
 [THE CLOUDS OF ARISTOPHANES. 
 In the clouds of Aristophanes, which was exhibited B.C. 423, Soc- 
 rates is introduced as the great master of the school of the Sophists. 
 A plain, simple citizen of Athens, named Strepsiades, engaged in 
 husbandry, having married into a family of distinction, and having 
 contracted debts through the extravagance of his wife (v. 49, seq., 
 437, seq., ed. Dindorf) and his son's (Pheidippides) fashionable luve 
 of horses, in order to defeat the impending suits of his creditors, 
 wishes to place his son in a school of philosophy and rhetoric, where 
 he may learn the arts of oratory, and of turning right into wrong, in 
 order thereby to repair the ills which he had chiefly brought upon 
 himself On the son's refusal, the father applies in person to the 
 master of the school, who is named Socrates ; by him he is solemnly 
 initiated, instructed, and examined, but, being found too old and 
 stupid to learn, he is dismissed ; upon which, after he has given 
 his son some samples of the new philosophy, he forces him, much 
 against his will, into the school : here the young man makes such 
 great and rapid progress in learning that he is able to teach his father, 
 
 1. In the third volume of Reiske's edition of the Oratores Grad, p. 168. 
 
LIFE OF SOCRATES. 423 
 
 who exults at his brilliant success, the most extraordinary tricks 
 for the attainment of his object ; but as he is now himself enlight- 
 ened, and has raised himself above considerations of right and duty, 
 he denies and scorns in the coarsest manner the relation in which 
 he stands both to his father and mother ; he defends his new opin- 
 ions with the refinements of sophistry, and, retorting upon his father 
 the good lessons he had before received from him, pays him in the 
 same coin. Upon this the father, cured of his error, in wishing to 
 get rid of his embarrassments by dishonesty and sophistical chican- 
 ery, returns to take revenge upon the school of that pernicious sci- 
 ence and upon its master, who is obliged to receive back all the 
 subtle arguments and high-flown words which he had himself made 
 use of, and the old man levels the establishment to the ground. 
 
 From this connected view of the story, we see that it is through 
 out directed against that propensity of the Athenians to controver- 
 sies and law-suits, which was eminently promoted by their practice 
 of getting into debt ; and against the pernicious, sophistical, and 
 wrangling oratory, which was ever at the service of this disposition, 
 in the courts of justice, and particularly in the discussion of all pub- 
 lic transactions ; and Aristophanes never loses an opportunity of 
 combating these two vices. 
 
 Moreover, as the story is set in action by the perverse purpose 
 awakened in Strepsiades, as it comes to an end when he is cured, 
 and as this change arises from the unexpected and extravagant re- 
 sult of the experiment upon Pheidippides, who is to be the instru- 
 ment of the father's design, the school of sophistry in which the 
 youth is to be formed is clearly the hinge on which the whole action 
 turns ; for its influence on Pheidippides decides the success or fail- 
 ure of the views of Strepsiades, and, consequently, the issue of the 
 stojy of the drama. 
 
 This, therefore, is the view which we must take of the relation 
 of the several parts to each other, namely, that the principal char- 
 acter to which the whole refers is not Socrates, who has generally 
 been considered to be so, in consequence of the story lingering so 
 long at his shop, and of his being the sufferer at the conclusion, but 
 Strepsiades himself; whereas Socrates is the intermediate party 
 who is to instruct Pheidippides for the vicious purposes of the father ; 
 and this he executes so perfectly, that the old gentleman is at flrst 
 deceived; but he soon reaps fruits, the nature of which opens his 
 eyes to his own folly, and to the destructive tendency of this system 
 of education. 
 
 In " The Clouds" the poet introduces us to the original source 
 
424 LIFE OF SOCRATES. 
 
 whence, according to his view, the new-fangled and pernicious sys- 
 tem of education took its rise, namely, the school of sophistical elo- 
 quence. He represents the Phrontisterion, or subtlety shop, as its 
 seat and centre of union, this being necessary in a dramatic point 
 of view ; and he concentrates in the schoolmaster those essential 
 properties of the school which are to explain his purpose, interwoven 
 as they are with others, which belong to the real Socrates, under 
 whose name and mask he clothed the dramatic personage. This 
 individual centralization was indispensably requisite for the conduct 
 of the drama ; and this is the poet's only excuse for representing 
 Socrates within the walls of a school, as the philosopher himself 
 was continually moving about in public, a contradiction which has 
 been considered as a convincing proof that the whole exhibition, as 
 we have it, could not have been intended really for him. Aristoph- 
 anes lays open to us, with the coloring, indeed, of a caricature, the 
 whole interior sayings and doings of the school ; he draws a sketch 
 of the methods and means of instruction peculiar to it ; and he shows 
 the extent to which the m.ischief has already gone, since the T^oyoq 
 dcKatog is unable to defend himself; he points out, likewise, what 
 results we are to expect from the school, what immediate calamities 
 threaten not merely the parents themselves, who were blind enough 
 to encourage such a system of education, but the common- weal also ; 
 and, finally, what the people ought to do to annihilate the evil at its 
 source. 
 
 The Socrates in "The Clouds" must not, therefore, be considered 
 as an individual, or as the copy of an individual ; but as the princi- 
 pal personages in Aristophanes are for the most part symbolical, he 
 too must be viewed as symbolical, that is, as the representative of 
 the school and of its principle. And as we see in him a good deal 
 which answers to the individual whose name and mask he bears, 
 and much, too, which is heterogeneal to him, although, by means 
 of certain allusions, and the ingenuity of dramatic combination, these 
 two are amalgamated together, so, also, in the characters of Strep- 
 siades and Pheidippides, many traits which are perfectly apposite 
 to the objects which they are intended to typify, are combined with 
 many which are extravagantly caricatured,' and the creatures of po- 
 etic fiction. Strepsiades, for example, whose name is explained by 
 his tendency to evil (v. 1455, comp. v. 88), and by the pleasure he 
 takes in distorting right (v. 434), is the representative of the good 
 old time, working out its own destruction by the abandonment of 
 the laborious, frugal peasant's life, by illustrious marriages, and fe- 
 male influence, by the extravagant life which his son leads in con- 
 
LIFE OF SOCRATES. 425 
 
 sequence of it, and by the debts and law-suits which this occasions, 
 all of which open the door to sophistical eloquence ; or, if you will, 
 he is the representative of the elder portion of the Athenian people, 
 in this dangerous crisis of their affairs. As in some other charac- 
 ters of the comedies of Aristophanes, which present the people 
 under different aspects, for example, the Demos himself in " The 
 Knights," and Philocleon in " The Wasps," there is always a ground- 
 work of truth and honesty, but which is alloyed with falsehood and 
 led into error, and whose cure and restoration to a healthy and vig- 
 orous state, and a right view of things, form the end and aim of the 
 dramas ; so, likewise, in "The Clouds," a sickly disposition of the 
 people, the nature and bent of which are portrayed under the char- 
 acter of Strepsiades, in the most lively colors of caricature, is rep- 
 resented as the school in which that personage seeks the means of 
 obtaining the object of his desires, but is cured the moment that the 
 full operation of those means is unexpectedly brought to light. 
 Pheidippides, on the other hand, is the picture of the new or mod- 
 ern times, in the young men of fashion just coming out into the 
 world, whose struggle with the older generation is pointed out by 
 words of derision and raillery. The fashionable and chevaleresque 
 passion for horses and carriages in the young men of the time was 
 accompanied by AaPaa (loquaciousness) and her whole train of vi- 
 cious propensities ; and yet how much better would it be, as Aris- 
 tophanes implies, to leave the youth to these pursuits, and honorably 
 bear up against the lesser evil of the debts, which had grown out of 
 them, than that, from selfish and dishonest motives, encouragement 
 should be given to what was calculated to poison the youths in their 
 hearts' core, and thereby to bring disorder into all domestic and po- 
 litical relations! In this sense, when Pheidippides expresses his 
 delight and satisfaction with what ho had gained from the art of 
 oratory, as it put him in a situation to prove that it was right for a 
 son to correct his father, Strepsiades retorts upon him in these 
 words : 
 
 " Ride on and drive away, 'fore Jove ! Pd rather keep a coach and 
 four, than be thus beat and mauled." 
 
 This, then, is the lesson which Aristophanes would give to his 
 contemporaries in Athens by " The Clouds." If one of the two 
 must have its way, let the young men indulge themselves in their 
 horses and carriages, however it may distress you ; but check the 
 influence of these schools, unless you wish to make a scourge for 
 yourself and for the state ; exterminate in yourselves that dishonest 
 propensity which entangles you in law-suits, and which, by means 
 
426 LIFE OF SOCRATES. 
 
 of those schools, will make your sons the instruments of your ruin ! 
 The younger population he tries to deter from the same fate by a 
 display of the manners of the school, and of the pale faces and en- 
 ervated limbs which come out of it (v. 102, 504, 1012, 1171). 
 
 We can not, therefore, say that the play of " The Clouds" is 
 pointed at any one definite individual ; but it reproves one general 
 and dangerous symptom of the times, in the whole habits and life, 
 political and domestic, of the Athenians, developing it in its source, 
 in every thing which fostered it and made it attractive, in the in- 
 struments by which it was established, and which gave to it its per- 
 nicious efficiency ; and thus, while he strictly and logically deduces 
 real effects from real causes, as far as this development is concerned, 
 the personages which bear a part in the action are consequently one 
 and all historical. Hence we can very well understand the striking 
 references in particular characters to certain individuals ; and I 
 think it more than probable that such reference is intended, not 
 merely in the personage which bears the name of Socrates, but also 
 in that of Pheidippides, while in the character of- Strepsiades the 
 poet only meant to point to the people in general. 
 
 The excessive love of horses exhibited in Pheidippides, and the 
 extravagance consequent upon it ; the rapid strides, too, which he 
 makes in readiness of speech, in debauchery, and in selfish arro- 
 gance, and the relation in which he stands to Socrates, evidently 
 point, without further search, to Alcibiades, in whom we find all 
 these features united, on whom all the young men of the higher 
 classes of his time pinned their faith, and whom they assisted a few 
 years afterward in carrying through his political projects. 
 
 In " The Clouds," Aristophanes introduces Alcibiades as a ready 
 orator and a debauchee ; as the fruit of that school, from which, as 
 the favorite pupil of Socrates, he seems to have issued ; in short, 
 as the type of Pheidippides, although all the traits attributed to the 
 latter are not to be looked for individually in Alcibiades, and al- 
 though his name does not occur in the course of the drama. More- 
 over, the supposed lineage of Pheidippides, whose mother (v. 40) 
 was the niece of a Megacles, the frequent mention of that uncle (v. 
 70, 124, 825), and that of his descent from a celebrated ancient lady 
 of the name ofKoiavpa,^ distinctly point to Alcibiades, whose mother, 
 Deinomache, was herself a daughter of Megacles, ^ and from whose 
 family the Alcmeeonidae, to which Koiavpa belonged, he had inherited 
 his strong passion for a well-furnished stable.^ This passion is, in- 
 
 I. V. 43 and 800. 2. Plut., Alcib., c. 1. 3. Herodot, vi., 121. 
 
LIFE OF SOCRATES. 427 
 
 deed, brought forward ia the care taken by Pheidippides' mother 
 that the word Inrroc should be introduced somehow or other into his 
 name, as, in truth, it did occur also in 'iTnraperr],^ the daughter of 
 Hipponicus, and wife of Alcibiades. With all these circumstances 
 to point it out, the part of Pheidippides in the play could not have 
 failed to remind the Athenians of Alcibiades, who, about this time, 
 or somewhat earlier, began to neglect, as Isocrates says,^ the con- 
 tests of the gymnasia (and this is an important matter in reference 
 to the play of " The Clouds"), and to devote himself to those eques- 
 trian and charioteering pursuits, to which he was indebted for his 
 victory at the Olympic games. The very name of Pheidippides is 
 not a pure invention of Aristophanes, but forms at once a connect- 
 ing link between the youth himself and that Pheidippus, son of Thes- 
 salus,^ who was one of the ancestors of the Thessalian Aleuadae, 
 famous for their breed of horses ; and, at the same time, by its final 
 syllables, it keeps up the allusion to Alcibiades, who had likewise 
 learned the science of the manege, both in riding and driving, in 
 Thessaly; and the same comparison with the Aleuadae is implied, 
 which we find also in Satyrus,* who tells us that Alcibiades spent 
 his time in Thessaly, breeding horses, and driving cars, with more 
 fondness for horse-flesh even than the Aleuadae. An allusion, also, 
 to the well-known infantine TpavlLOfio^ of Alcibiades, or his defect 
 in the articulation of certain letters,* could not fail to fix the atten- 
 tion of the Athenian pubhc to this remarkable personage. If, then, 
 the actor who represented Pheidippides did but imitate slightly this 
 rpavXiofiog in appropriate passages, and if he bore in his mask and 
 conduct any resemblance to Alcibiades, there was no further oc- 
 casion whatever for his name ; and we need not have recourse to 
 the supposition that his not being mentioned by name in the play 
 was owing to any fear of Alcibiades, who did not understand such 
 raillery on the part of the comic poets, since the other characteris- 
 tics by which he was designated were sufiiciently complete and in- 
 telligible for comic representation ; and the whole was affected with 
 much more freedom and arch roguery than if, in addition to that of 
 Socrates, the name likewise of Alcibiades had crudely destroyed the 
 whole riddle, it being already quite piquant enough for a contempo- 
 rary audience. The proof of an allusion in " The Clouds" to Alci- 
 biades, and to the youths who shared in his pursuits and disposition, 
 
 1. Plut., Alcib., c. 8. Isocr., Or. de Bigis, p. 509, ed. Bekker. 
 
 2. L. c. Compare Plut, Alcib., c. 11. 3. Homer, 11, ii., 678. 
 
 4. In Athenaeus, xii., c. 9, p. 534-6: '£j/ QerraXia 6( InKorpucpiiJv kuI fjviox'iiv, 
 t5j/ 'AXtva6Civ 'nrniKiiiTcpos. 5. Plutarch, Alcib., c. 1. 
 
428 LIFE OF SOCRATES. 
 
 Is confirmed also by the second argunaent prefixed to the play, and 
 by the notice it contains that Alcibiades and his party had prevented 
 the first prize being awarded to Aristophanes ; from which it is ev- 
 ident, even were the fact not probable in itself, that a tendency hos- 
 tile to Alcibiades and his friends was perceived even by the ancients 
 in- this drama. 
 
 It was also about this time that the intimacy between Alcibiades 
 and Socrates was at its height, as the flight from Delion took place 
 in the winter of the first year of the 89th Olympiad, that is, in the 
 year in which "The Clouds" was represented; and the share they 
 both had in this engagement, and the assistance which Alcibiades 
 gave to Socrates, were manifest proofs of that intimacy. Alcibiades 
 also, about this time, must have been deeply engaged in public affairs. 
 
 But the question arises, Why did Aristophanes, when he gave a 
 name and mask to the master of the school of subtlety, which v/as 
 so foreign to the real Socrates, select the name and mask of that 
 very individual 1 
 
 Aristophanes selected Socrates, not only because his whole ex- 
 terior and his mode of life offered a most appropriate mask for comic 
 representation, but also (and this was his chief reason) because, in 
 these circumstances as well as in many other points, the occupa- 
 tions of Socrates and his mode of instruction bore a great resem- 
 blance to those of the natural philosophers and of the Sophists. The 
 poet thus found abundance of subject-matter, which composed a 
 picture suited to his views, namely, to exhibit to the public a master 
 of the school whence the mischief he strove to put down was work- 
 ing its way into the hearts of the Athenian youths. We must also 
 take into our consideration the important fact, that several individ- 
 uals, such as Euripides, Pericles, Alcibiades, Theramenes, and Cri- 
 tias, who supported the modern system of education, were in close 
 habits of intimacy with Socrates, and in part, too, with the natural 
 philosophers and Sophists : and this helped to give additional relief 
 and Hght to the portrait of the man who was the centre around 
 which they moved. 
 
 It should be recollected that it was not the object of Aristopha- 
 nes to represent Socrates as he appeared to his confidential pupils, 
 to Xenophon, to Plato, to Phaedo, to Cebes, and others, but how 
 he might be represented to the great mass of the Athenian people, 
 that is, how they comprehended and judged him from his outward 
 and visible signs, and how they understood and appreciated the 
 usual extravagances of the comic poets ; in short, how it was to be 
 managed, that while his name and his mask, caricatured to the ut- 
 
LIFE OF SOCRATES. 429 
 
 most, were kept together by fundamental affinities, the former might 
 appear sufficiently justified, and be not improperly placed in con- 
 nection with individuals who were displaying before the eyes of the 
 public the germs which were developed in Alcibiades, and the early 
 results to which they had given birth. But as the people saw Soc- 
 rates forever and deeply employed, either in meditations, like the 
 natural philosophers, (j)povTt^€Lv, or like the Sophists in instructive 
 Intercourse with the youth, oo^c^ecdac, as Pericles called it, and as 
 Socrates was frequently engaged in conversation with those Soph- 
 ists (besides many palpable points of resemblance, calculated to 
 mislead even those who observed him more closely), it would ne- 
 cessarily follow that they reckoned him one of that community, as 
 ^schines himself does when' he calls him a Sophist ; judging, then, 
 as they did, from outward appearances, they placedjiim in the same 
 category with those of his associates whom they knew to be most 
 engaged on the theatre of public life. Aristophanes himself seems 
 to have had no other notion of Socrates ; at least, the whole range 
 of his comedy furnishes us with many characteristic traits perfectly 
 similar to the picture we have of him in " The Clouds." In " The 
 Birds" (V. 1282), the poet expresses by kGuapdrovv the ideal of a 
 hardy mode of life, and neglect of outward appearances ; and in v. 
 1554 he represents Socrates, who is there called the unwashed 
 {a7MVTog), as tpvxayuyog, conductor of souls, maker of images, con- 
 jurer-up of spirits, who is obeyed by the shadowy forms of his schol- 
 ars, among whom Chaerephon is particularly designated, the same 
 who is assailed also in "The Clouds," and on various other occa- 
 sions by the comic poets, as the confidential friend of his youth. 
 And not only in " The Clouds," but in " The Frogs" also, near the 
 end, the Socratic dialogues are ridiculed as solemn twaddle and 
 empty nonsense. Although, therefore, the chief purpose of Socra- 
 tes' appearance in " The Clouds" is on account of Alcibiades, who 
 is principally aimed at in the character of Pheidippides, and though 
 this motive for introducing him necessarily influenced the formation 
 of that character, yet it is evident that the picture of Socrates and 
 his school, as portrayed in " The Clouds," was not created by Aris- 
 tophanes merely for the purposes of this comedy, but that he had 
 for his ground-work a definite and decided model. — Abridged from 
 Suvern's Essay on " The Clouds,''^ translated hj Mr. W. R. Hamilton, 
 " There are two points with regard to the conduct of Aristopha- 
 nes which appear to have been placed by recent investigations be- 
 
 1. In Timarch., p. 34G, ed. Bekker. 
 
430 LIFE OF SOCRATES. 
 
 yond doubt. It may be considered as certain that he was not ani- 
 mated by any personal malevolence toward Socrates, but only at- 
 tacked him as an enemy and corrupter of religion and morals ; but, 
 on the other hand, it is equally well established that he did not 
 merely borrow the name of Socrates for the representative of the 
 sophistical school, but designed to point the attention and to excite 
 the feelings of his audience against the real individual. The only 
 question which seems to be still open to controversy on this subject 
 concerns the degree in which Aristophanes was acquainted with the 
 real character and aims of Socrates, as they are known to us from 
 the uniform testimony of his intimate friends and disciples. We 
 find it difficult to adopt the opinion of some modern writers, who 
 contend that Aristophanes, notwithstanding a perfect knowledge of 
 the difference between Socrates and the Sophists, might still have 
 looked upon him as standing so completely on the same ground with 
 them, that one description was applicable to them and him. It is 
 true, as we have already observed, that the poet would have will- 
 ingly suppressed all reflection and inquiry on many of the subjects 
 which were discussed both by the Sophists and by Socrates, as a 
 presumptuous encroachment on the province of authority. But it 
 seems incredible, that if he had known all that makes Socrates so 
 admirable and amiable in our eyes, he would have assailed him with 
 such vehement bitterness, and that he should never have qualified 
 his satire by a single word indicative of the respect which he must 
 then have felt to be due at least to his character and his intentions. 
 But if we suppose, what is in itself much more consistent with the 
 opinions and pursuits of the comic poet, that he observed the phi- 
 losopher attentively indeed, but from a distance which permitted no 
 more than a superficial acquaintance, we are then at no loss to un- 
 derstand how he might have confounded him with a class of men 
 with which he had so little in common, and why he singled him out 
 to represent them. He probably first formed his judgment of Soc- 
 rates by the society in which he usually saw him. He may have 
 known that his early studies had been directed by Archelaus, the dis- 
 ciple of Anaxagoras ; that he had both himself received the instruc- 
 tion of the most eminent Sophists, and had induced others to be- 
 come their hearers ; that Euripides, who had introduced the sophis- 
 tical spirit into the drama, and Alcibiades, who illustrated it most 
 completely in his life, were in the number of his most intimate 
 friends. Socrates, who never willingly stirred beyond the walls of 
 the city, lived almost wholly in public places, which he seldom en- 
 tered without forming a circle round him, and opening some discus- 
 
LIFE OF SOCRATES. 431 
 
 sion connected with the object of his philosophical researches ; he 
 readily accepted the invitations of his friends, especially when he 
 expected to naeet learned and inquisitive guests, and probably never 
 failed to give a speculative turn to the conversation. Aristopha- 
 nes himself may have been more than once present, as Plato repre- 
 sents him, on such occasions. But it was universally notorious that, 
 whenever Socrates appeared, some subtle disputation was likely to 
 ensue ; the method by which he drew out and tried the opinions of 
 others, without directly delivering his own, and even his professions 
 — for he commonly described himself as a seeker who had not yet 
 discovered the truth — might easily be mistaken for the sophistical 
 skepticism which denied the possibility of finding it. Aristophanes 
 might also, either immediately or through hearsay, have become 
 acquainted with expressions and arguments of Socrates apparently 
 contrary to the established religion." — ThirlwaWs History of Greece, 
 vol. iv., p. 267, 268.— Tr.] 
 
 CHAPTER VIII. 
 
 These causes sufficiently account for the accusation of Socrates ; 
 but why was it delayed till he had reached his seventieth year 1 
 
 The hatred againt Socrates, as an enemy of the democracy, did 
 not dare to display itself previous to the banishment of Alcibiades, 
 the powerful friend of Socrates, who still remained his friend even 
 after he had given up his intimate acquaintance. Besides this, du- 
 ring the Peloponnesian war, the attention of the people was engaged 
 by more important affairs than the accusation of Socrates, and his 
 enemies, who belonged for the most part to the democratical party, 
 had not sufficient influence during the government of the Thirty to 
 attempt any thing against him. On the other hand, the Thirty, in 
 spite of their own corruption, could not deny him their esteem, and 
 they also probably dreaded his friends, whose number was not small, 
 and therefore endeavored, but unsuccessfully, to gain him over to 
 their interest, as we have seen in the affair of Leon of Salamis. But 
 there was hardly a moment more favorable to the accusation of a 
 man suspected of anti-democratic sentiments^ than that which the 
 
 1. That Socrates was not considered as a friend of the people, according to the 
 notions of the multitude, we also see from the Apology ascribed to Xenophon, in 
 which great pains are taken to represent him as Sijiaotiko?. Compare the Apology 
 of Libanius, p. 17 : " Socrates hated democracy, and would have liked to have seen 
 a tyrant at the head of the republic,"- <fec. " He is an enemy of the people, and 
 persuaded his friends to despise democracy. He praised Pisistratus, admired 
 
432 LIFE OF SOCRATES. 
 
 accusers of Socrates actually chose. After the recovery of derao- 
 cratical liberty, the Athenians, still feeling the consequences of the 
 unfortunate issue of the Peloponnesian war, which their superstition 
 ascribed to the profanation of the mysteries and the mutilation of 
 the Hermes-busts by Alcibiades, and remembering the horrors with 
 which the government of the Thirty Tyrants was branded, became 
 more jealous of their Constitution than ever, and more inclined to 
 punish persons against whom such plausible charges could be 
 brought as those against Socrates, the teacher of Critias and Alci- 
 biades. 
 
 But the old charge, so often repeated against philosophers,^ that 
 they introduced new gods and corrupted the young, and which was 
 also employed against Socrates, was not followed by his immediate 
 condemnation. We know from the Apology of Plato^ that Meletus 
 requested the assistance of the party of Anytus and Lycon, in order 
 to induce the judges to pronounce the preliminary ^ sentence of guilty. 
 
 Hippias, honored Hipparchus, and called that pei-iod the happiest of the Atheni- 
 ans," &c. These are the charges against which Socrates is defended by Libaniua. 
 
 1. The accusation of impiety was so comprehensive, that the greatest and best 
 men, on whom not a shadow of any other crime could fall, were charged with it. 
 The tribunal before which they were tried was not the same at all times, as the 
 cause might be pleaded before the Areopagus, the Senate, or the Hehaja. 
 
 2. C. XXV. 
 
 3. A preliminary sentence; for a proper condemnation in matters which were not 
 considered criminal only took place after a counter-estimate had been made by 
 the defendant ; and wherever a punishment was stated by the law, it was inflicted 
 according to the law, and not left to the discretion of the judges. We find one ir- 
 regularity in the ftrial of Socrates, for which we can only account by supposing that 
 some expressions of Socrates were considered by the judges as personally insult- 
 ing to themselves. But, although the accuser thought the matter criminal (jijxriixa 
 Savdrov, he added, according to Diog., ii, 40), yet it was not treated as such by the 
 judges. The first estimate of the punishment was made by the plaintiif, and this 
 kind of estimating was called rifj.av ; the counter-estimate was made by the defend- 
 ant, and the terms for it were d.vTiTcp.ai; avTiTifiaadai (Plat., Apol., c. xxvi. Com- 
 pare Pollux, viii., 150), or xmoTifidadai (Xenoph., Apol., § 23). The positive de- 
 cision of the punishment was the privilege of the judges, and to fix the punishment 
 was called tt/joj nyuav. The calculation of votes which Fischer has made, in a re- 
 mark on the passage of Plato, is too artificial ; a more simple interpretation, which 
 is adopted by Schleiermacher and others, is that the union of the party of Anytus 
 and Lycon was required in order to obtain, in combination with that of Meletus, 
 a fifth part of the votes. The number of the judges in the trial of Socrates is said 
 to have been 556. 281 voted against him, 275 for him. If Socrates had had three 
 votes more in his favor, the numbers would have been equal on both sides, and in 
 this case he would have been acquitted. Tychsen, by correcting Diogenes, en- 
 deavors to reconcile him veith Plato, for they contradict each other with regard to 
 the number of votes. He accordingly increases the number of judges to .5.59, of 
 whom 281 condemned, and 278 acqmtted him. [For an account of the number of 
 
LIFE OF SOCKATES. 433 
 
 Had Meletus not been supported by them, he would, as Socrates 
 himself says, have failed in his accusation, and been fined one thou- 
 sand drachmas ; for an accuser who failed in obtaining less than the 
 fifth part of the votes^ was fined this sum. But, even after the pre- 
 liminary sentence had been pronounced, it would have been easy 
 for Socrates to have given his trial a turn favorable to himself, if 
 he had chosen to condescend to those practices which other defend- 
 ants had recourse to in such cases, and which men of the highest 
 character employed. In cases which were not criminal, as stated 
 above, a counter-estimate^ took place ; that is, the defendant was 
 allowed to fix on any punishment for himself which he considered 
 proper. It was left to Socrates to choose between imprisonment 
 for life, exile,^ or a fine- He might have escaped with a small fine, 
 vi^hich his friends had declared themselves willing to collect for him ; 
 but he rejected this offer, as well as a speech composed by Lysias 
 in his defence. " My whole life," he said, " forms a defence against 
 the present accusation." 
 
 "When Meletus had accused him of a crime against the republic," 
 says Xenophon,* " he refused doing the slightest thing contrary to 
 the laws, although others, in opposition to the law, were accustomed 
 to implore the compassion of the judges, and to flatter and entreat 
 them, which frequently procured their acquittal. On the contrary, 
 however easy it might have been for him to have been acquitted by 
 the judges, if he had chosen to act in the usual manner, he preferred 
 death in consonance with the laws, to a life maintained by their vi- 
 olation." Instead of trying to make a favorable impression upon 
 the judges, he pronounced these proud words : " If I must estimate 
 myself according to my desert, I estimate myself as deserving to be 
 maintained in the prytaneum at the public expense-"^ This was 
 
 judges who were present at the ti-ial of Socrates, see note (c) on c. xxv. of the 
 Apology, p. 134.— Tr.] 
 
 1. Meursius, Lcct. AU., v., 13. Sometimes banishment was inflicted, as we see 
 from the case of jEschinea. 
 
 2. Cic, Be Oral., i., 54 : Erat Athenis, reo damnato, si fraus capitalis non esset, 
 quasi poenae eestimatio ; et sententia qu\im judicibus daretur, interrogabatur reus, 
 quam quasi sestimationem commeruisset. 
 
 3. In the Crito of Plato, c. xiv., the laws are introdxiced speaking thus : " Eveu 
 during thy trial thou wast at liberty to declare thyself deserving exile, if thou hadsfc 
 wished to do so, and with the consent of the state thou mightest have done what 
 thou art now undertaking against her will. But thou didst even boast, as if thoiK 
 wast not thyself alarmed, thou even didst say that thou wouldst prefer death to 
 exile." It was the privilege of every Athenian citizen to avoid the seveiity of the 
 laws by a voluntary exile, Pollux, viii., 10, 117. 
 
 4. Memorab., Iv., 4, § 4. 5. Plato, Apoloj., c. xxvi. 
 
 T 
 
434 LIFE OF SOCRATES-. 
 
 the highest honor, and was conferred on the prytanes, i. e., the fifty 
 senators belonging to the presiding tribe, on the conquerors at the 
 Olympian games, on youths whose fathers had died in defence of 
 their country, on foreign embassadors, &c., and at the end of his 
 speech he ironically adds, " If I had had money, I would have esti- 
 mated myself at as high a sum as I should have been able to pay, 
 for that would not have injured me ; but now I can not do so, for I 
 have nothing, unless you will fine me in such a sum as I can pay. 
 But perhaps I might be able to pay a mina of silver ; that shall 
 therefore be my estimate. But Plato here, men of Athens, and 
 Crito, and Critobulus, and Apollodorus, are persuading me to fine 
 myself thirty minae, and they themselves are ready to answer for 
 me : that, therefore, shall be my estimate, and they will be satis- 
 fectory guarantees for this sum,"^ Such a proud answer, and the 
 language in general which Socrates used,^ inflamed all the judges 
 against him, and eighty of those who at first had been favorably dis- 
 posed toward him now voted for his death. ^ The real cause of his 
 condemnation was, therefore, the noble pride, the " libera contu- 
 macia," as Cicero* calls it, which he displayed during his trial. He 
 
 1. Apolog., c. xxviii. The account in the Apology ascribed to Xenophon (§ 23), 
 that Socrates did not fine himself, nor allow his friends to do so, because this 
 would have been acknowledging his ci-imes, may be reconciled v/ith the statement 
 of Plato quoted above ; for the estimate mentioned by the latter, as appears frona 
 the whole context, is pronounced in quite an ironical tone ; it is, in reality, no es- 
 timate. Tychsen doubts the ai^thority of Plato, thinking that it was only the in- 
 tention of Plato to immortahze the ofler which he and his friends had made to 
 Socrates. But for this supposition we have no reason whatevei'. Tychsen, in his 
 account of this aft'air, follov/s Diogenes, who diSers from Plato inaemuch as he 
 states that the estimate of the thirty minae preceded the proud assertion that he 
 deserved to be maintained in the prytaneum. But the authority of Plato is surely 
 more important. The source from which Diogenes derived his account is un- 
 known. 
 
 2. Cic, De Oral., i., 54 : Socrates in judicio capitis pro se ipse dixit, ut non sup« 
 plex aut reus, sed magister aut dominus videretur esse judicum. 
 
 3. Cic, Ibid. : Cujus resjionso sic judices exarserunt ut capitis hominem inno^ 
 centissimum condemnarent. 
 
 4. Cic., TuscuL, I, 24 ; Socrates nee patronum qugesivit ad Judicium capitis, nee 
 judicibus supplex fuit, adhibuitque libcram contumaciavi, a magnitudine animi 
 ductam, non a superbia. This libera contumacia is expressed by the author of the 
 Apology asciibed to Xenophon by fxcynXiiyopla^ Diog., ii., 24, also says of him, ijy 
 6i laxvpoyvwuwv {contnmaz). We see from the Apology of Plato (see also Xeuoph„ 
 Apol., § 14) that the judges had takes it very ill of Socrates that he mentioned the 
 declaration of the Delphic god, and that he spoke of a genius by whom he was 
 guided. But they were most bitterly enraged by the manner in which he esti- 
 mated his punishment. The author of the Xeixoph, Apology attributes to Socra- 
 leB one other expression, which must have excited the indignation of the Atlieni. 
 
LIFE OF SOCRATES. 435 
 
 fell, properly speaking, as a voluntary victim. It would, however, 
 be improper to suppose that the proud language which he made use 
 of before his judges proceeded wholly and alone from a conscious- 
 ness of his own worth. The reason why Socrates did not wish 
 to defend himself, and rather did every thing to dispose the judges 
 for his condemnation, was of a religious nature, as appears from 
 several passages of the Socratic philosophers.^ He was not re- 
 strained by his daemon : this was the reason to which he referred 
 the calmness of his mind and the omission of all that he might have 
 done for his defence. Socrates considered himself as a man des- 
 tined by the Deity to be a general instructor of the people, and re- 
 garded his death as a sacrifice which was demanded by the same 
 Deity. This is undoubtedly an interesting point, but, at the same 
 time, one that has too frequently been overlooked in the life of Soc- 
 rates. 
 
 Respecting the immediate cause of the condemnation of Socrates, 
 we must come to the conclusion that he did not so much fall a vic- 
 tim to the hatred of his enemies as to his religious mode of think- 
 ing, combined with a strong feeling of his own worth. The indi- 
 rect causes of his death were certainly his accusers, who were ac- 
 tuated in a great measure by very ignoble motives ; but the conduct 
 of the judges, however unjustifiable, is yet excusable in many re- 
 spects. Socrates had certainly expressed himself too freely on the 
 Constitution ; and he must have appeared to the democratic Athe- 
 nians to have seduced the young by such an open avowal of his 
 opinions. The second point, however, with which Socrates was 
 charged, that he did not believe in the gods worshipped by the state, 
 and on which even the hypothesis of Anaxagoras concerning the 
 sun and the moon was brought to bear, was perfectly unfounded, 
 and is satisfactorily refuted by Socrates in the Apology, and by Xen- 
 ophon in the Memorabilia. On the other hand, however, even the 
 
 ans. Socrates there tells them that Apollo had expressed himself still more 
 strongly in favor of Lycurgus, the legislator of the Lacedsemonians (who were so 
 much detested by the Athenians), and had declared him to be the noblest, justest, 
 and most moral of men. See § 15 and 16. 
 
 1. Plat., ApoL, c. xvii : " Whatever you may think of my conduct and my in- 
 structions, I shall change the one as little as the other, and I will rather obey the 
 commands of the god who sent me as your teacher, than those of men." Xenoph., 
 Memorab., iv., 8, 5: "Dost* thou not know," Hermogenes says to Socrates, "that 
 the judges at Athens, when offended by one word, have often condemned innocent 
 men to death, and acquitted many criminals ?" " Yes, indeed they have ; but, by 
 Zeus, dear Hermogenes," he answered, " when I was thinking of my defence be- 
 fore the judges, my genius opposed and warned me." Compajre Xenoph., Apol., 
 §4. 
 
436 LIFE OF SOCRATE;:^. 
 
 calmest judge could not help being prejudiced against him by his 
 pride. He appeared as a man who was in no way willing to own 
 his errors, and who was, consequently, incapable of improvement. 
 Death is, indeed, a very severe punishment according to our ideas, 
 but it was not so among the Athenians, with whom it was consid- 
 ered equal to perpetual exile, and was inflicted for crimes of a less 
 serious nature.^ 
 
 Socrates was thus condemned to drink the poisoned cup. A 
 guarantee was demanded that he might not escape from punishment 
 by flight, and Crito became answerable for him. According to the 
 form then customary, as it is expressed in Plutarch's life of Anti- 
 phon, the sentence must have run thus : " Socrates, the son of 
 Sophroniscus, of the tribe of Antiochis and the deme of Alopece, 
 has been condemned to be surrendered to the Eleven." To be sur- 
 rendered to the Eleven w^as a euphemism of the Attic language in- 
 stead of to be condemned to death, since the Athenians wished to 
 avoid the word death, which was considered ominous. The Eleven 
 formed a commission, w^hich consisted of the executioner and ten 
 individuals, named respectively by each of the ten tribes. The su- 
 perintendence of the prisons was intrusted to them, and they carried 
 into execution the sentence of the courts. After the sentence had 
 been pronounced and made publicly known by the herald, they seized 
 the condemned person, and, after putting him in fetters, accompa- 
 nied him to his prison. We must suppose that these formalities 
 were likewise observed with regard to Socrates. 
 
 After the sentence had been pronounced, Socrates once more ad- 
 dressed the judges who had condemned him, and with great resig- 
 nation and intrepidity spoke of the evil which they inflicted upon 
 themselves by his punishment ; and to those who had voted for his 
 acquittal, he spoke upon subjects which at that moment were of the 
 greatest interest — death and immortality. The last words of this 
 address are particularly beautifuij-and have found in Cicero^ an en- 
 thusiastic admirer. " However, it is time for us to go — for me to 
 die, for you to live ; which is the better, is unknown to all except 
 to God." 
 
 1. The Athenian laws in this respect were very much like the English. Xenoph., 
 Mem., 1., 2, 62, says : " If a man proves to be a thief, to have stolen clothings from 
 a bath, to be a pickpocket, to have broken through a wall, to have enslaved free 
 citizens, or robbed a temple, he is punished with death according to the laws." 
 If the value of the things stolen in a bath exceeded ten drachmas, death was inflict- 
 ed, as is observed by Hindenburg (on this passage) from Demosthenes in Timocr. 
 
 2. Tuscul, i., 41. 
 
LIFE OF SOCRATES. 437 
 
 When Socrates had spoken these words, he went with cheerful- 
 ness to the prison where death awaited him. " Magno animo et 
 vultu," says Seneca,^ " carcerem intravit." He consoled his weep- 
 ing friends who followed him, and gently reproached Apollodorus, 
 who uttered loud complaints respecting the unjust condemnation 
 of his master.2 
 
 The next day Socrates would have been executed, had not a par- 
 ticular festival, "which was then celebrated at Athens, postponed it 
 for thirty days. It was the time when the Athenians sent to Delos 
 a vessel with presents for the oracle of Apollo, as a grateful ac- 
 knowledgment for the successful expedition of Theseus against the 
 Minotaurus. This great festival was solemnized at Athens every 
 year, and from the moment when the vessel was adorned with a 
 garland of laurel for its departure till the moment of its return, no 
 criminal was allowed to be executed. The festival itself, called 
 •&eupca, was a kind of propitiation, during which the city was puri- 
 fied. The vessel in which the presents were conveyed to Delos 
 was called ^euplc- As the vessel had been crowned the day before 
 the condemnation of Socrates, the whole interval between this and 
 its return was at the disposal of Socrates to prepare himself for his 
 death. This interval lasted, as we have said, thirty days.^ 
 
 Although he was confined in irons, Socrates passed these thirty 
 days with his usual cheerfulness, in conversation with his friends, 
 in meditations on his future existence, and on the history of his 
 past life, as well as in attempts at composing verses. "During 
 this time also," says Xenophon,* " he lived before the eyes of all his 
 friends in the same manner as in former days ; but now his past 
 
 1. Consol. ad Helviam, c. xiv. 
 
 2. The author of the so-called Apology of Xenophon perfectly agrees with Plato 
 on these facts, which are hi themselves credible enough. See Plat., Phczdo. The 
 former, however, adds (§ 29, seqq.), that Socrates said, while Anytus passed by, 
 •' That man is perhaps very proud, as if he had performed something very great 
 and sublime by having caused my death. Oh, the imhappy man, who does not 
 seem to know that he is the conqueror who has been active for all futurity in the 
 best and most useful manner ! Homer has ascribed to some, who were near the 
 end of their life, the power of foreseeing the future. Therefore I will also proph- 
 esy. For a short time I had intercourse with the son of Anytus, and he appeared 
 to me to be of rather a sti'ong mind : I therefore say tliat he will not long remain 
 in that servile occupation which his father has chosen for him ; but as he has no 
 honest guide, he will be led away by some evil propensity, and carry his wicked- 
 ness to a great extent." A mahcious prophecy, and contrary to the well-known 
 character of Socrates. 
 
 3. The passages upon which these statements rest may be found in the Crito of 
 Plato, and in Xenoph., Mem., iv., 8, § 2. 4. Mem., iv., 8, § 2. 
 
438 LIFE OF SOCRATES. 
 
 life was most admired on account of his present calmness and 
 cheerfulness of mind." Among the conversations with his friends, 
 two are particularly interesting, which are preserved by Plato in 
 his Crito and Phaedo — in the latter not without a considerable ad- 
 dition of Plato's own thoughts. In the Crito he treats of the duties 
 of a citizen. Crito, a wealthy Athenian and powerful friend of 
 Socrates, came to him early one morning, but, finding him asleep, 
 waited till he awoke. When he awoke, Crito discovered to him a 
 plan of escaping from prison, which he had formed in common with 
 his other friends, and informed him that every thing was prepared 
 for his escape, and that an asylum was provided for him in Thes- 
 saly. A lively conversation then arose between them, in which 
 Socrates proved to Crito that a citizen is not justified, under any 
 circumstances, in escaping from prison. 
 
 On the day of his death, Socrates had a conversation with his 
 friends on the immortality of the soul. The arguments adduced in 
 the Phaedo of Plato are for the most part invented by Plato ; but the 
 real arguments of Socrates are probably preserved by Xenophon in 
 the Cyropsedia, in the dying speech of Cyrus. 
 
 The exercises which Socrates made in poetry were versifications 
 of a hymn to Apollo, and of some fables of ^sop. Socrates under- 
 took these on account of an admonition given him in a dream. 
 But the reason for his choosing fables of ^sop was probably that 
 this kind of poetry, which has such a decided moral tendency, par- 
 ticularly agreed with his own inclinations.^ 
 
 The vessel returned from Delos ; the Eleven announced to Soc- 
 rates the hour of his death, and one of their executioners was ready 
 to prepare the poisoned cup, which Socrates was obliged to empty 
 after the sun had set. At a very early hour of the day his friends 
 had assembled around him in great numbers, and Xanthippe, with 
 her children, was also present. His friends were in the deepest 
 distress, which, according to their different characters, was more 
 or less loudly expressed. Apollodorus wept aloud, and moved all 
 to tears except Socrates. Xanthippe, the violent and passionate 
 
 1. UoXXuKii (loi <f)OLTU)v rb airb ei/vTrviov, he says (Pkado, p. 60, E., segq.), iv r5 
 Trape\d6vri (ii(^, aWor^ iv aWt] Hipa (Paivdfxtvov, to. avra <5£ \eyov,''n. TcoKpares, etpij, 
 fiovaiKrjv noiti Koi ipyaX,ov koI tyui iv yc tu) T:p)cOcv xpovto, birep enpaTTov, tovto 
 VTrckdixSavov abro fxoi itdpaKcXsveaOui t£ koi eniKeXcieiv, wSirsp o'l ro7s Shvai SiaKC- 
 Xevoncvot, Kul Cfxot ovTU) rb ivvirviov, orrep cirparTov, tovto EniKeXevciv, jxovaiKf)v notelv, 
 i)i (PiXoaocpiai jxev otiorji ntyiaTrji ixovaiKTu, eixov il tovto ttPuttovtos ■ vvv 6' CTteiSfj 
 f/ tc 6iKr] eytvcTO koi )'i tov ^tov ioprfi 6i£k6Xv£ ne airo9v^aK£iv, eSole xprjvai, el apa 
 iroWaKiS fioi TrpoiTaTTOi t6 Ivvzviov raiirrjv Tt)v 6r](xMbrj fiovaiKrjv iroiuv pf) dnctOijaai 
 aiTqu iWa -koibIv, k- t. \. 
 
LIFE OF SOCRATES. 439 
 
 woman, was inconsolable at the prospect of the death of her hus- 
 band. Without fortune, without support, without any consolation, 
 she saw herself and her children, of whom two were still at a ten- 
 der age, left in want and miser}^ Socrates, probably with the in- 
 tention of sparing her the distressing sight of her dying husband, 
 requested Crito to send her home. 
 
 The executioner entered the prison, and offered the poisoned cup 
 to Socrates : he took and emptied it with the intrepidity of a sage 
 who is conscious of his virtuous life ; and even at the moment 
 when he held it in his hand, he spoke, according to Cicero's ex- 
 pression,^ in such a manner that he appeared not to die, but to as- 
 cend into heaven. The lower part of his body had already grown 
 cold ; lie then uncovered himself (for he had before been covered), 
 and spoke his last words : " Crito," said he, " I owe a cock to ^s- 
 culapius. Offer one to him as a sacrifice ; do not forget it." Soc- 
 rates alluded in these v/ords to the happiness he should enjoy after 
 being delivered from the chains of his body. Crito asked whether 
 ke wished any thing else to be done. To this question Socrates 
 made no reply, and a short time afterward became convulsed. His 
 eyes became dim — and he expired. ^ He died in the year 400, or, 
 
 1. Tuscul, i., 29- 
 
 2. All this is more circumstantially related in tlie Phsedo of Plato. The above 
 interpretation of the words at the end of the Phaedo, " Crito, I owe a cock to j9Es- 
 culapius," (fcc, which is also adopted by Olympiodorus, appears to be the most 
 suitable. It is well known how many undeserved reproaches have been inflicted 
 upon Socrates for this expression. The ecclesiastical fathers Origen, Eusebius, 
 Chrysostom, and others, pretended to discover in it the real belief of Socrates in 
 polytheism. [" It is extremely diflicult to determine the precise relation in which 
 the opinions of Socrates stood to the Greek polytheism. He not only spoke of 
 the gods with reverence, and conformed to the rites of the national worship, but 
 testified his respect for the oracles in a manner which seems to iinply that he be- 
 lieved^their pretensions to have some real gi-ound. On the other hand, he ac- 
 knowledged one Supreme Being as the framer and preserver of the universe ;* 
 used the singular and the plurd number indiscrimmately concerning the object 
 of his adoration ;t and when he endeavofed to reclaim one of his friends, who 
 ecoffed at sacrifices and divination, it was, according to Xenophon, by an argument 
 drawn exclusively from the v/ork§ of the one Creator.^ We are thus tempted to 
 
 * Mem., iv., 3, § 13 : h tov oXov kocixov cvvtj.tti>3v tc koI a-ui^exajv, 
 
 t o'l &soi, h ^toS, TO Seloi', TO Sai/jtoviov. 
 
 X Mem., i., 4. If the conversation has been f;uthfully reported by Xenophon, 
 Aristodemus shifted his ground in the course of the argument. But he suggests 
 no objection to the inference drawn by Socrates from the being and providence 
 of God, as to the propriety of conforming to the rites of the state religion, and 
 Xenophon himself seems not to have been aware that it might be disputed. 
 He thinks that he has siifSciently refuted the indictment which charged Socratea 
 
440 LIFE OF SOCRATES. 
 
 according to others, 399 B.C., under the archon Laches,^ or Aris- 
 tocrates. 
 
 imagine that he treated many points, to which tlie vulgar attached great import- 
 ance, as matters of indifference, on which it was neither possible nor very desir- 
 able to arrive at any certain conclusion : that he was only carefal to exclude from 
 his notion of the gods all attributes which were inconsistent with the moral qual- 
 ities of the Supreme Bemg ; and that, with this restriction, he considered the pop- 
 ular mythology as so harmless, that its language and rites might be innocently 
 adopted. The observation atti-ibuted to him in one of Plato's early works* seems 
 to throw great light on the nature and extent of his conformity to the state reli- 
 gion. Being asked whether he believed the Attic legend of Boreas and Orithyia, 
 he replied that he should indeed only be following the example of many ingenious 
 men if he rejected it, and attempted to explain it away ;t but that such specula- 
 tions, however fine, appeared to him to betoken a mind not very happily constitu- 
 ted ; for the subjects furnished for them by the marvelous beings of the Greek 
 mythology were endless, and to reduce all such stories to a probable form was a 
 task which reqiiired much leisure. This he could not give to it, for he was fully 
 occupied with the study of his own nature. He therefore let those stories alone, 
 and acquiesced in the common belief about tliem." — ThirlwalVs History of Greece, 
 vol. iv., p. 268, seqq.—TB.^^ 
 
 1. Diog., ii., 55 and 56. Marmor. Oxon., 57. Sachse places his death in 01. 95, 
 1 ; Fabricius and Hamljerger, 01. 94, 2. [According to Diogenes, ii., 43 (c. xxiii.), 
 the Athenians immediately repented of the death of Socrates, and manifested 
 their sorrow by closing the palsestras and gymnasia. They are said to have con- 
 demned Meletus to death, and to have banished the other accusers, and also to 
 have erected a bronze statue of Socrates. It Is also said, in the lives of the Ten 
 Orators, that Isocrates appeared in mourning for Socrates the day after his exe- 
 cution.— Tk.] 
 
 with disbelieving the existence of tlie gods acknowledged by the state, when he 
 has proved that he believed in a deity. * Phadrus, p. 229. 
 
 t I should say that she had been can-led by the north wind over the cliffs, near 
 which she had been playing with Pharmacea. 
 
SCHLEIEMACHER 
 
 ON THE 
 
 WORTH OF SOCRATES ASA 
 PHILOSOPHER. 
 
SCHLEIERMACHER 
 
 WORTH OF SOCUATES AS A PHILOSOPHER. 
 
 That very different and even entirely opposite judgments should 
 be formed by different men, and according to the spirit of different 
 times, on minds of a leading and peculiar order, and that it should be 
 late, if ever, before opinions agree as to their worth, is a phenomenon 
 of every-day occurrence. But it is less natural, indeed it seems al- 
 most surprising, that at any one time a judgment should be gener- 
 ally received with regard to any such mind which is in glaring con- 
 tradiction with itself Yet, if I am not mistaken, it is actually the 
 case with Socrates, that the portrait usually drawn of him, and the 
 historical importance which is almost unanimously attributed to 
 him, are at irreconcilable variance. With Socrates most writers 
 make a new period to begin in the history of Greek philosophy, 
 which at all events manifestly implies that he breathed a new spirit 
 and character into those intellectual exertions of his countrymen 
 which we comprehend under the name of philosophy, so that they 
 assumed a new form under his hands, or, at least, that he material- 
 ly widened their range. But if we inquire how the same writers 
 describe Socrates as an individual, we find nothing that can serve 
 as a foundation for the influence they assign to him. We are in- 
 formed that he did not at all busy himself with the physical inves- 
 tigations which constituted a main part even of Greek philosophy, 
 but rather withheld others from them, and that even with regard 
 to moral inquiries, which were those in which he engaged the deep- 
 est, he did not by any means aim at reducing them into a scientific 
 shape, and that he established no fixed principle for this, any more 
 than for any other branch of human knowledge. The base of his 
 intellectual constitution, we are told, was rather religious than spec- 
 ulative ; his exertions rather those of a good citizen, directed to the 
 improvement of the people, and especially of the young, than those 
 of a philosopher ; in short, he is represented as a virtuoso in the 
 exercise of sound common sense, and of that strict integrity and 
 
444 WORTH OF SOCRATES 
 
 mild philanthropy with which it is always associated in an uncor- 
 rupted mind ; all this, however, tinged with a slight air of enthu- 
 siasm. These are, no doubt, excellent qualities ; but yet they are 
 not such as fit a man to play a brilliant part in history, but rather, 
 unless where peculiar circumstances intervene, to lead a life of en- 
 viable tranquillity, so that it would be necessary to ascribe the gen- 
 eral reputation of Socrates, and the almost unexampled homage 
 which has been paid to him, by so many generations, less to him- 
 self than to such peculiar circumstances. But least of all are these 
 qualities which could have produced conspicuous and permanent 
 effects on the philosophical exertions of a people already far ad- 
 vanced in intellectual culture. And this is confirmed when we 
 consider what sort of doctrines and opinions are attributed to Soc- 
 rates in conformity with this view ; for, in spite of the pains taken 
 to trick them out with a show of philosophy, it is impossible, after 
 all, to give them any scientific solidity whatever : the farthest point 
 we come to is, that they are thoughts well suited to warm the hearts 
 of men in favor of goodness, but such as a healthy understanding, 
 fully awakened to reflection, can not fail to hght upon of itself. 
 What effect, then, can they have wrought on the progress, or the 
 transformation of philosophy 1 If we w^ould confine ourselves to the 
 well-known statement that Socrates called philosophy down from 
 heaven to earth, that is, to houses and market-places, in other words, 
 that he proposed social life as the object of research in the room of 
 nature, still the influence thus ascribed to him is far from salutary 
 in itself, for philosophy consists not in a partial cultivation either of 
 morals or physics, but in the coexistence and intercommunion of 
 both ; and there is, moreover, no historical evidence that he really 
 exerted it. The foundations of ethical philosophy had been laid be- 
 fore the time of Socrates in the doctrines of the Pythagoreans, and 
 after him it only kept its place by the side of physics, in the philo- 
 sophical systems of the Greeks. In those of Plato, of Aristotle, 
 and of the Stoics, that is, of all the genuine Socratic schools of any 
 importance, we again meet with physical investigations, and ethics 
 were exclusively cultivated only by those followers of Socrates who 
 themselves never attained to any eminence in philosophy. And if 
 we consider the general tendency of the above-named schools, and 
 review the whole range of their tenets, nothing can be pointed out 
 that could have proceeded from a Socrates, endowed with such 
 qualities of mind and character as the one described to us,'vunless 
 it be where their theories have been reduced to a familiar practical 
 
 application, i And even with regard to the elder Socratics. we find 
 
 J. 
 
A3 A PHILOSOPHER. 445 
 
 more satisfaction in tracing their strictly philosophical speculations 
 to any other source rather than to this Socrates ; not only may Ar- 
 istippus, who was unlike his master in his spirit as well as his doc- 
 trines, be more easily derived from Protagoras, with whom he has 
 so much in common, but Euclid, with his dialectic bias, from the 
 Eleatics. And we find ourselves compelled to conclude that the 
 stem of Socrates, as he is at present represented to us, can have 
 produced no other shoot than the Cynical philosophy, and that not 
 the cynism of Antisthenes, which still retains many features which 
 we should rather refer to his earlier master, Gorgias, but the purer 
 form, which exhibits only a peculiar mode of life, not a doctrine, 
 much less a science : that of Diogenes, the mad Socrates, as he has 
 been called, though, in truth, the highest epithet due to him is that 
 of Socrates caricatured ; for his is a copy in Which we find nothing 
 but features of such an original : its approximation to the self-con- 
 tentedness of the deity in the retrenchment of artificial wants, its 
 rejection of mere theoretical knowledge, its unassuming course of 
 going about in the service of the god to expose the follies of man- 
 kind. But how foreign all this is to the domain of philosophy, and 
 how little can be there eflTected with such means, is evident enough. 
 The only rational course, then, that seems to be left, is to give 
 up one or other of these contradictory assumptions : either let Soc- 
 rates still stand at the head of the Athenian philosophy, but then let 
 those who place him there undertake to establish a different notion 
 of him from that which has been long prevalent ; or let us retain 
 the conception of the wise and amiable man, who was made, not 
 for the school, but wholly for the world ; but then let him be trans- 
 ferred from the history of philosophy to that of the general progress 
 of society at Athens, if he can claim any place there. The latter 
 of these expedients is not very far removed from that which has 
 been adopted by Krug ;^ for as in his system Socrates stands at the 
 end of the one period, and not at the beginning of the next, he ap- 
 pears, not as the germ of a new age, but as a product and after- 
 growth of an earlier one ; he sinks, as an insulated phenomenon, 
 into the same rank with the Sophists, and other late fruits of the 
 period, and loses a great part of his philosophical importance. Only 
 it is but a half measure that this author adopts when he begins his 
 new period with the immediate disciples of Socrates as such, for at 
 its head he places the genuine Socratics, as they are commonly 
 called, and, above all, Xenophon, men of whom he himself says that 
 
 1. Gesch. der Philos. alter Zeit. 
 
446 WORTH OF SOCRATES 
 
 their only merit was that of having propagated and diffused Soeratic 
 doctrines, while the doctrines themselves do not appear to him 
 worth making the beginning of a new period. Ast had previously 
 arrived at the same result by a road in some respects opposite.^ 
 With him Plato is the full bloom of that which he terms the Athe- 
 nian form of philosophy ; and as no plant begins with its bloom, he 
 feels himself constrained to place Socrates at the head of this phi- 
 losophy, but yet not strictly as a philosopher. He says that the 
 operation of philosophy in Socrates was confined to the exercise of 
 qualities that may belong to any virtuous man, that is to say, it was 
 properly no philosophy at all ; and makes the essence of his char- 
 acter to consist in enthusiasm and irony. Now he feels that he can 
 not place a man endowed with no other qualities than these at the 
 head of a new period, and therefore he ranges the Sophists by his 
 side, not, indeed, without some inconsistency, for he himself sees 
 in them the perverse tendency which was to be counteracted by the 
 spirit of the new age ; but yet he prefers this to recognizing the 
 germ of a new gradation in Socrates alone, whose highest philo- 
 sophical worth he makes to consist in his martyrdom, which, how- 
 ever, can not by any means be deemed of equal moment in the 
 sphere of science, as in that of religion or politics. Though in form 
 this course of Ast's is opposite to Krug's, in substance it is the 
 same : its result is likewise to begin a new period of philosophy 
 with Plato ; for Ast perceives nothing new or peculiar in the strug- 
 gle Socrates made against the Sophists, only virtue and the thirst 
 after truth, which had undoubtedly animated all the preceding phi- 
 losophers ; what he represents as characteristic in the Athenian phi- 
 losophy, is the union of the elements which had been previously 
 separate and opposed to each other ; and since he does not, in fact, 
 show the existence of this union in Socrates himself, and distinctly 
 recognizes their separation in his immediate disciples, Plato is, after 
 all, the point at which, according to him, that union begins. 
 
 But if we choose really to consider Plato as the true beginner of 
 a new period, not to mention that he is far too perfect for a first be- 
 ginning, we fall into two difficulties : first, as to his relation to Aris- 
 totle. In all that is most peculiar to Plato, Aristotle appears as di- 
 rectly opposite to him as possible ; but the main division of philoso- 
 phy, notwithstanding the wide difference between their modes of 
 treating it, he has in common with Plato, and the Stoics with both ; 
 it fits as closely and sits as easily on one as the other, so that one 
 
 1. Gnuidriss einer Gesch. der Philos. 
 
AS A nilLOSOPIIER. 447 
 
 can scarcely help believing that it was derived from some common 
 origin, which was the root of Plato's philosophy as well as theirs. 
 The second difficulty is to conceive what Plato's relation to Soc- 
 rates could really have been, if Socrates was not in any way his 
 master in philosophy. If we should suppose that Plato's character 
 was formed by the example of Socrates, and that reverence for his 
 master's virtue, and love of truth, was^the tie that bound him, still 
 this merely moral relation is not a sufficient solution of the diffi- 
 culty. The mode in which Plato introduces Socrates, even in 
 works which contain profound philosophical investigations, must be 
 regarded as the wildest caprice, and would necessarily have ap- 
 peared merely ridiculous and absurd to all his contemporaries, if he 
 was not in some way or other indebted to him for his philosophical 
 life. Hence we are forced to abide by the conclusion, that if a 
 great pause is to be made in Greek philosophy, to separate the scat- 
 tered tenets of the earlier schools from the later systems, this must 
 be made with Socrates ; but then we must also ascribe to him some 
 element of a more strictly philosophical kind than most writers do, 
 though, as a mere beginning, it needs not to have been carried very 
 far toward maturity. Such a pause as this, however, we can not 
 avoid making : the earlier philosophy, which we designate by the 
 names of Pythagoras, Parmenides, Heraclitus, Anaxagoras, Em- 
 pedocles, &c., has evidently a common type, and the later, in which 
 Plato, Aristotle, and Zeno are the conspicuous names, has likewise 
 one of its own, which is very different from the other. Nothing 
 can have been lost between them which could have formed a 
 gradual transition, much less is it possible so to connect any of 
 the later forms with any of the earlier as to regard them as a con- 
 tinuous whole. This being so, nothing remains to be done but to 
 subject the case of Socrates to a new revision, in order to see 
 whether the judges he has met with among posterity have not been 
 as unjust in denying his philosophical worth, and his merits in the 
 cause of philosophy, as his contemporaries were in denying his worth 
 as a citizen, and imputing to him imaginary offences against the 
 Commonwealth. But this would render it necessary to ascertain 
 somewhat more distinctly wherein his philosophical merit consists. 
 But this new inquiry naturally leads us back, in the first instance, 
 to the old question whether we are to believe Plato or Xenophon in 
 their accounts of what Socrates w^as ; a question, however, which 
 only deserves to be proposed at all, so far as these two authors are 
 really at variance with each other, and which, therefore, only ad- 
 mits of a rational answer, after it has been decided whether such 
 
448 WORTH OF socrates 
 
 a variance exists, and where it lies. Plato nowhere professes him- 
 self the historian of Socrates, with the exception, perhaps, of the 
 Apology, and of insulated passages, such as the speech of Alcibiades 
 in the Banquet ; for it would certainly have been in bad taste, if 
 here, where Plato is making contemporaries of Socrates speak of him 
 in his presence, he had exhibited him in a manner that was not sub- 
 stantially faithful, though even here many of the details may have 
 been introduced for the sake of playful exaggeration. On the other 
 hand, Plato himself does not warrant any one to consider all that be 
 makes Socrates say in his dialogues, as his real thoughts and lan- 
 guage ; and it would be rendering him but a poor service to con- 
 fine his merit to that of having given a correct and skillful report of 
 the doctrines of Socrates. On the contrary, he undoubtedly means 
 his philosophy to be considered as his own, and not Socrates's. 
 And, accordingly, every intelligent reader is probably convinced by 
 his own reflections that none but original thoughts can appear in 
 such a dress ; whereas a work of mere narrative — and such these 
 dialogues would be, if the whole of the matter belonged to Socrates 
 — would necessarily show a fainter tone of coloring, such as Xeno- 
 phon's conversations really present. But as, on the one hand, it 
 would be too much to assert that Socrates actually thought and 
 knew all that Plato makes him say, so, on the other hand, it would 
 certainly be too little to say of him that he was nothing more than 
 the Socrates whom Xenophon represents. Xenophon, it is true, in 
 the Memorabilia, professes himself a narrator ; but, in the first place, 
 a man of sense can only relate what he understands, and a disciple 
 of Socrates, who must have been well acquainted with his master's 
 habit of disclaiming knowledge, would of all men adhere most strict- 
 ly to this rule. We know, however, and this may be admitted with- 
 out being harshly pressed, that Xenophon was a statesman, but no 
 philosopher, and that, besides the purity of his character and the 
 good sense of his political principles ; besides his admirable power 
 of rousing the intehect and checking presumption, which Xenophon 
 loved and respected in Socrates, the latter may have possessed 
 some really philosophical elements which Xenophon was unable to 
 appropriate to himself, and which he suffered to pass unnoticed ; 
 which, indeed, he can have felt no temptation to exhibit, for fear 
 of betraying defects such as those which his Socrates was wont to 
 expose. On the other hand, Xenophon was an apologetic narrator, 
 and had, no doubt, selected this form for the very purpose that his 
 readers might not expect him to exhibit Socrates entire, but only 
 that part of his character which belonged to the sphere of the afFec- 
 
AS A PHILOSOPHER. 449 
 
 tions and of social life, and which bore upon the charges brought 
 against him ; every thing else he excludes, contenting himself with 
 showing that it can not have been any thing of so dangerous a ten- 
 dency as was imputed to Socrates. And not only maij Socrates, he 
 must have been more, and there must have been more in the back- 
 ground of his speeches than Xenophon represents ; for if the contem- 
 poraries of Socrates had heard nothing from him but such dis- 
 courses, how would Plato have marred the effect of his works on 
 his immediate public, which had not forgotten the character of Soc- 
 rates, if the part which Socrates plays there stood in direct contra- 
 diction with the image which his real life left in the reader's mind % 
 And if we believe Xenophon, and in this respect we can not doubt 
 the accuracy of the contemporary apologist, that Socrates spent the 
 whole of his time in public places, and suppose that he was always 
 engaged in discourses which, though they may have been more 
 beautiful, varied, and dazzling, were still, in substance, the same 
 with these, and moved in the same sphere to which the Memorabilia 
 are confined, one is at a loss to understand how it was that, in the 
 course of so many years, Socrates did not clear the market-place 
 and the work-shops, the walks and the wrestling-schools, by the 
 dread of his presence, and how it is that, in Xenophon's native 
 Flemish style of painting, the weariness of the interlocutors is not 
 still more strongly expressed than we here and there actually find 
 it ; and still less should we be able to comprehend why men of such 
 abilities as Critias and Alcibiades, and others formed by nature for 
 speculation, as Plato and Euclid, set so high a value on their inter- 
 course with Socrates, and found satisfaction in it so long/ Nor can 
 it be supposed that Socrates held discourses in public, such as Xen- 
 ophon puts into his mouth, but that he delivered lessons of a differ- 
 ent kind elsewhere, and in private ; for this, considering the apolo- 
 getic form of Xenophon's book, to which he rigidly confines himself, 
 he would probably not have passed over in silence. Socrates must 
 have disclosed the philosophical element of his character in the 
 same social circle of which Xenophon gives us specimens. And is 
 not this just the impression which Xenophon's conversations make '? 
 philosophical matter, translated into the unphilosophical style of the 
 common understanding, an operation in which the philosophical 
 base is lost ; just as some critics have proposed, by way of test for 
 the productions of the loftiest poetry, to resolve them into prose, 
 and evaporate their spirit, which can leave nothing but an extreme- 
 ly sober kind of beauty remaining. And as, after such an experi- 
 ment, the greatest of poets would scarcely be able exactly to restore 
 
450 WORTH OF SOCRATES 
 
 the lost poetry, but yet a reader of moderate capacity soon observes 
 what has been done, and can even point it out in several passages, 
 where the decomposing hand has grown tired of its work, so it is in 
 the other case with the philosophical basis. One finds some paral- 
 lels with Plato, other fragments are detected in other ways ; and 
 the only inference to be drawn from the scarcity of these passages 
 is, that Xenophon understood his business ; unless we choose to 
 say, that as Aristotle is supposed to have held his philosophical dis- 
 courses in the forenoon, and the exoteric in the afternoon {Gellius, 
 N. A., XX., 5), Socrates reversed this order, and in the morning held 
 conversations in the market-place with the artisans, and others who 
 were less familiar with him, which Xenophon found it easier to di- 
 vest of their philosophical aspect ; but that of an evening, in the 
 walks and wrestling-schools, he engaged in those subtler, deeper, 
 and wittier dialogues with his favorites, which it was reserved for 
 Plato to imitate, embellish, and expand, while he connected his own 
 investigations with them. 
 
 And thus, to fill up the blank which Xenophon has manifestly 
 left, we are still driven back to the Socrates of Plato, and the short- 
 est way of releasing ourselves from the difficulty would be to find a 
 rule by which we could determine what is the reflex and the prop- 
 erty of Socrates in Plato, and what his own invention and addition. 
 Only the problem is not to be solved by a process such as that 
 adopted by Meiners, whose critical talent is of a kind to which this 
 subject in general was not very well suited ; for if, in all that Plato 
 has left, we are to select only what is least speculative, least arti- 
 ficial, least poetical, and hence, for so we are taught, least enthu- 
 siastic, we shall, indeed, still retain much matter for this more re- 
 fined and pregnant species of dialogue, to season Xenophon's te- 
 diousness, but it will be impossible in this way to discover any 
 properly philosophical basis in the constitution of Socrates ; for if 
 we exclude all depth of speculation, nothing is left but results, with- 
 out the grounds and methodical principles on which they depend, 
 and which, therefore, Socrates can only have possessed instinct- 
 ively, that is, without the aid of philosophy. The only safe method 
 seems to be, to inquire : What may Socrates have been, over and 
 above what Xenophon has described, without, however, contradict- 
 ing the strokes of character and the practical maxims which Xen- 
 ophon distinctly delivers as those of Socrates ; and what must he 
 have been to give Plato a right and an inducement to exhibit him 
 as he has done in his dialogues 1 Now the latter branch of this 
 question inevitably leads us back to the historical position from 
 
AS A PHILOSOPHER. 451 
 
 which we started : that Socrates must have had a strictly philosoph- 
 ical basis in his composition, so far as he is virtually recognized by 
 Plato as the author of his philosophical life, and is, therefore, to be 
 regarded as the first vital movement of Greek philosophy in its 
 more advanced stage ; and that he can only be entitled to this place 
 by an element, which, though properly philosophical, was foreign 
 to the preceding period. Here, however, we must, for the present, 
 be content to say that the property which is peculiar to the post- 
 Socratic philosophy, beginning with Plato, and which henceforward 
 is common to all the genuine Socratic schools, is the coexistence 
 and intercommunion of the three branches of knowledge, dialectics, 
 physics, ethics. This distinction separates the two periods very 
 definitely ; for before Socrates either these branches were kept en- 
 tirely apart, or their subjects were blended together without due 
 discrimination, and without any definite proportion : as, for instance, 
 ethics and physics among the Pythagoreans, physics and dialectics 
 among the Eleatics ; the lonians alone, though their tendency was 
 wholly to physics, made occasional excursions, though quite at ran- 
 dom, into the region both of dialectics and of ethics. But when 
 some writers refuse Plato himself the honor of having distinguished 
 and combined these sciences, and ascribe this step to Xenocrates, 
 and think that even Aristotle abandoned it again ; this, in my opin- 
 ion, is grounded on a misunderstanding, which, however, it would 
 here lead us too far to explain. Now it is true we can not assert 
 that Socrates was the first who combined the characters of a phys- 
 ical, ethical, and dialectic philosopher in one person, especially as 
 Plato and Xenophon agree in taking physics out of his range ; nor 
 can it be positively said that Socrates was at least the author of 
 this distribution of science, though its germ may certainly be found 
 from the Memorabilia. But we may surely inquire whether this 
 phenomenon has not some simpler and more internal cause, and 
 whether this may not be found in Socrates. The following obser- 
 vation will, I conceive, be admitted without much dispute. So long 
 as inquirers are apt to step unwittingly across the boundaries that 
 separate one province of knowledge from another, so long, and in 
 the same degree, does the whole course of their intellectual oper- 
 ations depend on outward circumstances ; for it is only a system- 
 atic distribution of the whole field that can lead to a regular and 
 connected cultivation of it. In the same way, so long as the sev- 
 eral sciences are pursued singly, and their respective votaries con- 
 tentedly acquiesce in this insulation, so long, and in the same de- 
 gree, is the specific instinct for the object of each science predom- 
 
452 WORTH OF SOCRATES 
 
 inant in the whole sphere of intellectual exertion. But as soon as 
 the need of the connection and co-ordinate growth of all the branch- 
 es of knowledge has become so distinctly felt as to express itself 
 by the form in which they are treated and described, in a manner 
 which can never again be lost, so far as this is the case, it is no 
 longer particular talents and instincts, but the general scientific 
 talent of speculation, that has the ascendant. In the former of 
 these cases, it must be confessed that the idea of science, as such, 
 is not yet matured, perhaps has not even become the subject of 
 consciousness ; for science, as such, can only be conceived as a 
 whole, in which every division is merely subordinate, just as the 
 real world to which it ought to correspond. In the latter case, on 
 the contrary, this idea has become a subject of consciousness ; for 
 it can have been only by its force that the particular inclinations 
 which confine each thinker to a certain object, and split science 
 into insulated parts, have been mastered : and this is, unquestion- 
 ably, a simpler criterion to distinguish the two periods of Greek 
 philosophy. In the earlier period, the idea of science, as such, was 
 not the governing idea, and had not even become a distinct subject 
 of consciousness ; and this it is that gives rise to the obscurity 
 which we perceive in all the philosophical productions of that pe- 
 riod, through the appearance of caprice which results from the want 
 of consciousness, and through the imperfection of the scientific lan- 
 guage, which is gradually forming itself out of the poetical and his- 
 torical vocabulary. In the second period, on the other hand, the 
 idea of science has become a subject of consciousness. Hence the 
 main business every where is to distinguish knowledge from opin- 
 ion ; hence the precision of scientific language ; hence the peculiar 
 prominence of dialectics, which have no other object than the idea 
 of science : things which were not comprehended even by the Ele- 
 atics in the same way as by the Socratic schools, since the former 
 still make the idea of being their starting-point, rather than that of 
 knoivledge. 
 
 Now this waking of the idea of science, and its earliest manifes- 
 tations, must have been, in the first instance, what constituted the 
 philosophical basis in Socrates ; and for this reason he is justly re- 
 garded as the founder of that later Greek philosophy, which in its 
 whole essential form, together with its several variations, was de- 
 termined by that idea. This is proved clearly enough by the his- 
 torical statements in Plato, and this, too, is what must be supplied 
 in Xenophon's conversations, in order to make them worthy of Soc- 
 rates, and Socrates of his admirers ; for if he went about in the 
 
AS A PHILOSOPHER. 453 
 
 service of the god, to justify the celebrated oracle, it was impossi- 
 ble that the utmost point he reached could have been simply to 
 know that he knew nothing; there was a step beyond this which 
 he must have taken, that of knowing what knowledge was ; for by 
 what other means could he have been enabled to declare that which 
 others believed themselves to know, to be no knowledge, than by a 
 more correct conception of knowledge, and by a more correct meth- 
 od founded upon that conception"? And everywhere, when he is 
 explaining the nature of non-science {dvBTTtarrjfioavvr]), one sees that 
 he sets out from two tests : one, that science is the same in all true 
 thoughts, and, consequently, must manifest its pecuhar form in ev- 
 ery such thought ; the other, that all science forms one whole ; for 
 his proofs always hinge on this assumption : that it is impossible to 
 start from one true thought, and to be entangled in a contradiction 
 with any other, and also that knowledge derived from any one point, 
 and obtained by correct combination, can not contradict that which 
 has been deduced in like manner from any other point ; and while 
 he exposed such contradictions in the current conceptions of man- 
 kind, he strove to rouse those leading ideas in all who were capa- 
 ble of understanding, or even of divining his meaning. Most of 
 what Xenophon has preserved for us may be referred to this object, 
 and the same endeavor is indicated clearly enough in all that Soc- 
 rates says of himself in Plato's Apology, and what Alcibiades says 
 of him in his eulogy ; so that if we conceive this to have been the 
 central point in the character of Socrates, we may reconcile Plato 
 and Xenophon, and can understand the historical position of Soc- 
 rates. 
 
 When Xenophon says (Mem., iv., 6, 15), that as often as Socrates 
 did not merely refute the errors of others, but attempted to demon- 
 strate something himself, he took his road through propositions 
 which were most generally admitted, we can perfectly understand 
 this mode of proceeding, as the result of the design just described ; 
 he wished to find as few hinderances and diversions as possible in 
 his way, that he might illustrate his method clearly and simply ; 
 and propositions, if there were such, which all held to be certain, 
 must have appeared to him the most eligible, in order that he might 
 show, in their case, that the conviction with which they were em- 
 braced was not knowledge, since this would render men more keen- 
 ly sensible of the necessity of getting at the foundation of knowl- 
 edge, and of taking their stand upon it, in order to give a new shape 
 to all human things. Hence, too, we may explain the preponder- 
 ance of the subjects connected with civil and domestic life in most 
 
454 WORTH OF SOCRATES 
 
 of these conversations ; for this was the field that suppHed the most 
 generally admitted conceptions and propositions, the fate of which 
 interested all men alike. But this mode of proceeding becomes in- 
 explicable if it is supposed that Socrates attached the chief import- 
 ance to the subject of these conversations. That must have been 
 quite a secondary point. For when the object is to elucidate any 
 subject, it is necessary to pay attention to the less familiar and 
 more disputed views of it, and how meagre most of those discus- 
 sions in Xenophon are in this respect, is evident enough. From 
 the same point of view we must also consider the controversy of 
 Socrates with the Sophists. So far as it was directed against their 
 maxims, it does not belong to our present question ; it is merely 
 the opposition of a good citizen to the corrupters of government 
 and of youth. But, even looking at it from the purely theoretical 
 side, it would be idle to represent this contrast as the germ of a 
 new period of philosophy, if Socrates had only impugned opinions 
 which were the monstrous shapes into which the doctrines of an 
 earlier school had degenerated, without having established any in 
 their stead, which nobody supposes him to have done. But, for 
 the purpose of awakening the true idea of science, the Sophists 
 must have been the most welcome of all disputants to him, since 
 they had reduced their opinions into the most perfect form, and 
 hence were proud of them themselves, and were peculiarly admired 
 by others. If, therefore, he could succeed in exposing their weak- 
 ness, the value of a principle so triumphantly applied would be ren- 
 dered most conspicuous. 
 
 But, in order to show the imperfections of the current concep- 
 tions both in the theories of the Sophists and in common life, if the 
 issue was not to be left to chance, some certain method was requi- 
 site ; for it was often necessary, in the course of the process, to 
 lay down intermediate notions, which it was necessary to define to 
 the satisfaction of both parties, otherwise all that was done would 
 afterward have looked like a paltry surprise, and the contradiction 
 between the proposition in question and one that was admitted 
 could never be detected without ascertaining what notions might or 
 might not be connected with a given one. Now this method is laid 
 down in the two problems which Plato states in the Phaedrus, as 
 the two main elements in the art of dialectics, that is, to first know 
 how correctly to combine multiplicity in unity, and again to divide 
 a complex unity according to its nature into a multiplicity, and next 
 to know what notions may or may not be connected together. It 
 is by this means that Socrates became the real founder of dialec- 
 
AS A PHILOSOPHEK. 455 
 
 tics, which continued to be the soul of all the great edifices reared 
 in later times by Greek philosophy, and by its decided prominence 
 constitutes the chief distinction between the later period and the 
 earlier ; so that one can not but commend the historical instinct 
 which has assigned so high a station to him. At the same time, 
 this is not meant to deny that Euclid and Plato carried this science, 
 as well as the rest, farther toward maturity ; but it is manifest that 
 in its first principles Socrates possessed it as a science, and prac- 
 ticed it as an art, in a manner peculiar to himself; for the construc- 
 tion of all Socratic dialogues, as well of those doubtfully ascribed 
 to Plato, and of those attributed with any degree of probability to 
 other original disciples of Socrates, as of all those reported in the 
 Memorabiha, hinges without any exception on this point. The 
 same inference results from the testimony of Aristotle {Metaph., i., 
 6 ; xiii., 4) : that what may be justly ascribed to Socrates is that he 
 introduced induction and general definitions ; a testimony which 
 bears every mark of impartiality and truth. Hence there is no rea- 
 son to doubt that Socrates taught this art of framing and connect- 
 ing notions correctly. Since, however, it is an art, abstract teach- 
 ing was not sufficient, and, therefore, no doubt Socrates never so 
 taught it : it was an art that required to be witnessed and practiced 
 in the most manifold applications, and one who was not firmly 
 grounded in it, and left the school too early, lost it again, and with 
 it almost all that was to be learned from Socrates, as, indeed, is 
 observed in Plato's dialogues. Now that this exercise and illustra- 
 tion was the main object of conversations held by Socrates even on 
 general moral subjects, is expressly admitted by Xenophon himself, 
 when, under the head — What Socrates did to render his friends 
 more expert in dialectics— he introduces a great many such dis- 
 courses and inquiries, which so closely resemble the rest, that all 
 might just as well have been put in the same class. 
 
 It was with a view, therefore, to become masters in this art, and 
 thereby to keep the faster hold of the idea of science, that men of 
 vigorous and speculative minds formed a circle round Socrates as 
 long as circumstances allowed, those who were able to the end of 
 his life, and in the mean while chose to tread closely in their mas- 
 ter's steps, and to refrain for a time from making a systematic ap- 
 plication of his art in the different departments of knowledge, for 
 the more elaborate cultivation of all the sciences. But when, after 
 his death, the most eminent among them, first of all at Megara, be- 
 gan a strictly scientific train of speculation, and thus philosophy 
 gradually ripened into the shape which, with slight variations, it 
 
456 WORTH OF SOCllATES 
 
 ever after retained among the Greeks : what now took place was 
 not, indeed, what Socrates did, or perhaps could have done, but yet 
 it was undoubtedly his will. To this it may indeed be objected, that 
 Xenophon expressly says {Mem., i., 1, 11), that Socrates in his riper 
 years not only himself gave up all application to natural philosophy, 
 but endeavored to withhold all others from it, and directed them to 
 the consideration of human affairs ; and hence many hold those only 
 to be genuine Socratics who did not include physics in their system. 
 But this statement must manifestly be taken in a sense much less 
 general, and quite different from that which is usually given to it. 
 This is clearly evinced by the reasons which Socrates alleges. For 
 how could he have said so generally, that the things which depend 
 on God ought not to be made the subject of inquiry, before those 
 which depend on man have been dispatched, since not only are the 
 latter connected in a variety of ways with the former, but even 
 among things human there must be some of greater moment, others 
 of less, some of nearer, others of more remote concern, and the prop- 
 osition would lead to the conclusion that before one was brought to 
 its completion, not even the investigation of another ought to be be- 
 gun. This might have been not unfairly turned by a Sophist against 
 Socrates himself, if he had dragged in a notion apparently less fa- 
 miliar, in order to illustrate another ; and certainly thisi)roposition, 
 taken in a general sense, would not only have endangered the con- 
 duct of life, but would also have altogether destroyed the Socratic 
 idea of science, that nothing can be known except together with the 
 rest, and along with its relation to all things besides. The real case 
 is simply this. It is clear that Socrates had no peculiar talent for 
 any single science, and least of all for that of physics. Now it is 
 true that a merely metaphysical thinker may feel himself attracted 
 toward all sciences, as was the case with Kant ; but then this hap- 
 pens under different circumstances, and a different mental consti- 
 tution from that of Socrates. He, on the contrary, made no excur- 
 sions to points remote from this centre, but devoted his whole life 
 to the task of exciting his leading idea as extensively and as vivid- 
 ly as possible in others ; his whole aim was, that whatever form 
 man's wishes and hopes might take, according to individual char- 
 acter and accidental circumstances, this foundation might be secure- 
 ly laid before he proceeded further ; but, till then, his advice was, 
 not to accumulate fresh masses of opinions ; this he, for his part, 
 would permit only so far as it was demanded by the wants of active 
 life, and for this reason he might say, that if those who investi- 
 gated meteoric phenomena had any hope of producing them at their 
 
AS A PHILOSOPHER. 457 
 
 pleasure, lie should be more ready to admit their researches — lan- 
 guage which in any other sense but this would have been absurd. 
 We can not, therefore, conclude from this that Socrates did not 
 wish that physics should be cultivated, any more than we are au- 
 thorized to suppose that he fancied it possible to form ethics into a 
 science by sufficiently multiplying those fragmentary investigations 
 into which he was drawn in discussing the received opinions on the 
 subject. The same law of progression was involuntarily retained 
 in his school ; for Plato, though he descends into all the sciences, 
 still lays the principal stress on the establishment of principles, and 
 expatiates in details only so far as they are necessary, and so much 
 the less as he has to draw them from without : it is Aristotle who 
 first revels in their multiplicity. 
 
 This appears to me as much as can be said with certainty of the 
 worth of Socrates as a philosopher. But should any one proceed to 
 ask how far he elaborated the idea of science in his lessons, or in 
 what degree he promoted the discovery of real knowledge in any 
 other province by his controversial discussions and his dialectic as- 
 says, there would, perhaps, be little to say on this head, and least 
 of all should I be able to extricate any thing to serve this purpose 
 from the works of Plato taken by themselves ; for there, in all that 
 belongs to Plato, there is something of Socrates, and in all that be- 
 longs to Socrates, something of Plato. Only, if any one is desirous 
 of describing doctrines peculiar to Socrates, let him not, as many 
 do in histories of philosophy, for the sake of at least filling up some 
 space with Socrates, string together detached moral theses, which, 
 as they arose out of occasional discussions, can never make up a 
 whole ; and as to other subjects, let him not lose sight of the above- 
 quoted passage of Aristotle, who confines Socrates's philosophical 
 speculations to principles. The first point, therefore, to examine 
 would be, whether some profound speculative doctrines may not 
 have originally belonged to Socrates, which are generally consider- 
 . ed as most foreign to him, for instance, the thought which is unfold- 
 ed by Plato in his peculiar manner, but is exhibited in the germ by 
 Xenophon himself (ilfem., i., 4, 8), and is intimately connected with 
 the great dialectic question as to the agreement between thought 
 and being : that of the general diffusion of intelligence throughout 
 the whole of nature. With this one might connect the assertion of 
 Aristocles {Euseb., Prcep., xi., 3), that Socrates began the investiga- 
 tion of the doctrine of ideas. But the testimony of this late Peri- 
 patetic is suspicious, and may have had no other foundation than the 
 language of Socrates in the Parmenides. 
 
 U 
 
458 WORTH OF SOCRATES AS A PHILOSOPHER. 
 
 But, whether much or little of this and other doctrines belonged 
 to Socrates himself, the general idea already described can not fail 
 to suggest a more correct mode of conceiving in what light it is 
 that Plato brings forward his master in his works, and in what sense 
 his Socrates is to be termed a real or a fictitious personage. Fic- 
 titious, in the proper sense, I hold he is not, and his reality is not 
 a merely mimic one, nor is Socrates in those works merely a con- 
 venient person who affords room for much mimic art and much 
 cheerful pleasantry, in order to temper the abstruse investigations 
 with this agreeable addition. It is because the spirit and the method 
 of Socrates are every where predominant, and because it is not 
 merely a subordinate point with Plato to adopt the manner of Soc- 
 rates, but is as truly his highest aim, that Plato has not hesitated 
 to put into his mouth what he believed to be no more than deduc- 
 tions from his fundamental ideas. The only material exceptions 
 we find to this (passing over several more minute which come un- 
 der the same head with the anachronisms) occur in later works, as 
 the Statesman and the Republic ; I mean doctrines of Plato foreign 
 to the real views of Socrates, perhaps, indeed, virtually contradict- 
 ing them, and which are nevertheless put into his mouth. On this 
 head we must let Plato appeal to the privilege conferred by custom. 
 But, on the whole, we are forced to say, that in giving Socrates a 
 living share in the propagation of that philosophical movement 
 which took its rise from him, Plato has immortalized him in the 
 noblest manner that a disciple can perpetuate the glory of his mas- 
 ter ; in a manner not only more beautiful, but more just, than he 
 could have done it by a literal narrative. 
 
 THE E N p. 
 
Valuable Works recently ])ublished by Harper 8^ 
 Brothers, New York, designed for Colleges, 
 Schools, S^c. 
 
 I. 
 LOGIC, RATIOCINATIVE AND INDUCTIVE. 
 Being a connected View of the Principles of Evidence and Meth- 
 ods of Scientific Investigation. By J. Stuart Mill. First American, 
 from the new and revised London Edition. 8vo, Muslin gilt, $2 00. 
 
 II. 
 AIDS TO ENGLISH COMPOSITION, 
 Prepared for the Student of all Grades, embracing Specimens and 
 Examples of School and College Exercises, and most of the higher 
 Departments of English Composition, both in Prose and Verse. By 
 Richard Green Parker, A.M. A new Edition, with Additions and 
 Improvements. 12mo, Muslin gilt, and Sheep extra, $1 00. 
 
 III. 
 ELEMENTS OF RHETORIC AND LITERARY CRITICISM, 
 With copious practical Exercises and Examples. Including also 
 a Succinct History of the English Language, and of British and 
 American Literature from the Earliest to the Present Times. On 
 the Basis of the recent Works of Alexander Reid and Robert Con- 
 nell : with large Additions from other Sources. Compiled and ar- 
 ranged by J. R. Boyd, A.M. 18mo, half bound, 50 cents. 
 
 IV. 
 NEW PICTORIAL SCHOOL GEOGRAPHY. 
 By Sidney E. Morse, A.M. Embellished by nearly One Hundred 
 and Fifty Engravings, and about Fifty Cerographic Maps, in Colours. 
 Price 50 cents, neatly bound. 
 
 V. 
 
 PLATO AGAINST THE ATHEISTS; 
 
 Or, the Tenth Book of the Dialogue on Lavi^s, accompanied with 
 Notes, critical and philosophical, with extended Dissertations on the 
 main Points of the Platonic Theology, as compared with the Holy 
 Scriptures. By Tayler Lewis, LL.D. 12mo, Muslin gilt, ^1 50. 
 
 VI. 
 
 THE PRACTICAL ASTRONOMER, 
 Comprising Illustrations of Light and Colors, Practical Descrip- 
 tions of all Kinds of Telescopes, the Use of the Equatorial-Transit, 
 Circular, and other Astronomical Instruments, a particular Account 
 of the Earl of Rosse's large Telescopes, and other Topics connected 
 with Astronomy. By Thomas Dick, LL.D. Illustrated with One 
 Hundred Engravings. 18mo, Muslin gilt, 50 cents. 
 VII. 
 
 ELEMENTS OF MORALITY, 
 Including Polity. By William Whewell, D.D, 2 vols 18mo, 
 Muslin gilt, $1 00. 
 
2 VALUABLE CLASSICAL AND SCHOOL BOOKS 
 
 vin. 
 NOTES ON THE NEW TESTAMENT. 
 Explanatory and Practical, for Bible-classes and Sunday-schoois 
 By Rev. Albert Barnes. Revised and corrected. Maps and En 
 gravings. 9 vols. 12mo, Muslin gilt, 75 cents each. 
 
 IX. 
 THE CAPTIVES, A COMEDY OF PLAUTUS. 
 With English Notes, for the Use of Students. By John Proudiit, 
 D.D. 18mo, 37^ cents. 
 
 X. 
 
 A CLASSICAL DICTIONARY, 
 
 Containing an Account of the principal Proper Names mentioned 
 in Ancient Authors, and intended to elucidate all the important 
 Points connected with the Geography, History, Biography, Mythol- 
 ogy, and Fine Arts of the Greeks and Romans, together vi^ith an Ac- 
 count of the Coins, Weights, and Measures of the Ancients, with 
 Tabular Values of the same. By Charles Anthon, LL.D. Royal 
 8vo, Sheep, $4 75. 
 
 XL 
 A DICTIONARY OF GREEK AND ROMAN ANTIQUITIES, 
 
 From the best Authorities, and imbodying all the recent Discov- 
 eries of the most eminent German Philologists and Jurists. Edited 
 by William Smith, Ph.D. Illustrated by a large number of Engrav- 
 ings. First American Edition, corrected and enlarged, and contain- 
 ing also numerous Articles relative to the Botany, Mineralogy, and 
 Zoology of the Ancients. By Charles Anthon, LL.D. 8vo, Sheep, 
 $4 75. The same Work abridged for the Use of Schools. 
 
 XII. 
 NEW GREEK AND ENGLISH LEXICON, 
 Including Liddel and Scott's enlarged Translation of Passow's 
 Greek and German Lexicon, with Additions from Greek and Eng- 
 lish Lexicons. By Henry Drisler, A.M., under the Supervision of 
 Professor Anthon. Svo. [Nearly ready.] 
 
 XIII. 
 
 A GRAMMAR OF THE LATIN LANGUAGE. 
 
 By C. G. Zumpt, Ph.D. From the Ninth revised Edition of the 
 
 Original, and adapted to the Use of English Students, by Leonhard 
 
 Schmitz, Ph.D., &.C. Corrected and enlarged by Charles Anthon, 
 
 LL.D. 12mo, Sheep extra, 90 cents. 
 
 XIV. . 
 
 THE ECLOGUES AND 6E0RGICS OF VIRGIL. 
 V/ith English Notes, critical and explanatory. By Charles Aa- 
 thon, LL.D. 12mo, Sheep extra. 
 
 XV. 
 
 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 
 With Enghsh Notes, critical and expianatory. By Charles An- 
 thon, LL.D. 12mo, Sheep extra. 
 
PUBLISHED SY HARPER & BROTHERS. 3 
 
 XVL 
 
 GREEK READER. 
 P' iiicipally from Jacobs. With English Notes, critical and ex- 
 planatory, a Metrical Index to Homer and Anacreon, and a copious 
 Lexicon. By Charles Anthon, LL.D. 12mo, Sheep extra, $1 75. 
 
 xvn. 
 
 COMMENTARIES ON THE GALLIC WAR, 
 
 And the First Book of the Greek Paraphrase. With English 
 
 Notes, critical and explanatory, Plans of Battles, Sieges, &c., and 
 
 Historical, Geographical, and Archaeological Indexes. By Charles 
 
 Anthon, LL.D. Map, Portrait, &c. 12mo, Sheep extra, $1 40. 
 
 XVIII. 
 
 SYSTEM OF LATIN VERSIFICATION, 
 In a Series of Progessive Exercises, including Specimens of Tran.s- 
 lation from English and German Poetry into Latin Verse. By 
 Charles Anthon, LL.D. 12mo, Sheep extra, 90 cents. 
 
 XIX. 
 
 THE /ENEID OF VIRGIL. 
 With English Notes, critical and explanatory, a Metrical Clavis, 
 and an Historical, Geographical, and Mythological Index. By C. 
 Anthon, LL.D. Portrait and many Illustrations, 12mo, Sheep extra, 
 $2 00. 
 
 XX. 
 
 THE WORKS OF HORACE. 
 With English Notes, critical and explanatory. By Charles An- 
 thon, LL.D. New Edition, with Corrections and Improvements. 
 12mo, Sheep extra, $1 75. 
 
 XXI. 
 
 LATIN GRAMMAR, PART I. 
 Containing the most important Parts of the Grammar of the Latin 
 Language, together with appropriate Exercises in the translating and 
 writing of Latin. By Charles Anthon, LL.D. 12mo, Sheep extra, 
 90 cents. 
 
 XXII. 
 
 LATIN GRAMMAR, PART H. 
 
 An Introduction to Latin Prose Composition, with a Complete 
 
 Course of Exercises, illustrative of all the important Principles of 
 
 Latin Syntax. By C. Anthon, LL.D. 12mo, Sheep extra, 90 cents. 
 
 XXIII. 
 
 SYSTEM OF LATIN PROSODY AND METRE. 
 From the best Authorities, Ancient and Modern. By Charles An- 
 thon, LL.D. 12mo, Sheep extra, 90 cents. 
 
 XXIV. 
 
 SELECT ORATIONS OF CICERO. 
 With English Notes, critical and explanatory, and Historical, Ge-^ 
 ©graphical, and Legal Indexes. By Charles Anthon, LL.D. An 
 improved Edition, Portrait, 12mo, Sheep extra, $1 20. 
 
4 VALUABLE CLASSICAL AND SCHOOL BOOKS 
 
 XXV. 
 
 SALLUST'S JUGURTHINE V/AR AfID CONSPIRACY OF CATILINE. 
 
 With an English Commentary, and Geographical and Historical 
 Indexes. By Charles Anthon, LL.D. Ninth Edition, corrected and 
 enlarged, Portrait. 12mo, Sheep extra, 88 cents. 
 
 XXVI. 
 
 GREEK LESSONS, PART I. 
 Containing the most important Parts of the Grammar of the Greek 
 Language, together with appropriate Exercises in the translating and 
 writing of Greek, for the Use of Beginners. By Charles Anthon, 
 LL.D. 12mo, Sheep extra, 90 cents. 
 
 xxvn. 
 
 GREEK LESSONS, PART II. 
 
 An Introduction to Greek Prose Composition, with a complete 
 
 Course of Exercises illustrative of all the important Principles of 
 
 Greek Syntax. By C. Anthon, LL.D. 12mo, Sheep extra, 90 cents 
 
 XXV HI. 
 
 SYSTEM OF GREEK PROSODY AND METRE, 
 For the Use of Schools and Colleges ; together with the Choral 
 Scanning of the Prometheus Vinctus of .'Eschylus, and the Ajax 
 and GEdipus Tyrannus of Soplfocles ; to which are appended, Re- 
 marks on the Indo-Germanic Analogies. By C. Anthon, LL.D 
 12mo, Sheep extra, 90 cents. 
 
 XXIX. 
 
 HOMER'S ILIAD, 
 According to the ordinary Text, and also with the Restoration of 
 the Digamma ; to which are appended, English Notes, critical and 
 explanatory, a Metrical Index, and Homeric Glossary. By Charles 
 Anthon, LL.D. 12mo, Sheep extra, Si 50. 
 
 XXX. 
 
 GRAMMAR OF THE GREEK LANGUAGE, 
 For the Use of Schools and Colleges. By Charles Anthon, LL.D 
 12mo, Sheep extra, 90 cents. 
 
 XXXI. 
 
 NEW GRAMMAR OF THE GREEK LANGUAGE, 
 From the German of Kiihner, Matthiae, Buttmann, Rost, and Thi- 
 ersch ; to which are appended, Remarks on the Pronunciation of the 
 Greek Language, and Chronological Tahles explanatory of the same 
 
 ^U. 
 
 Uomprismg iransiaiions oi me uasi v^iassiua. ou vu.o. i.oi.,«, 
 Muslin gilt, 45 cents each. 
 
 XXXIII. 
 FAMILY LIBRARY. 
 A beautiful Series of Standard Works in the several Departments 
 of General Knowledge. 173 vols. 18mo, Muslin gilt, 45 cents each. 
 
PUBLISHED BY HARPER &, BROTHERS. 5 
 
 XXXIV. 
 
 ELEMENTS OF MENTAL PHILOSOPHY! 
 Embracing the tvvi/ Departments of the Intellect and the Sensi- 
 bilities. By Professor Thomas C. Upham, of Bowdoin College. 2 
 vols. 12rno, Sheep extra, $2 60. The same Work abridged, and de- 
 signed as a Text-book in i\.cademies, &c. 12mo, Sheep extra, f 1 25. 
 
 XXXV. 
 
 A PHILOSOPHICAL AND PRACTICAL TREATISE ON THE WILL. 
 
 By Professor Thomas C. Upham. 12mo, Sheep extra, $1 25. 
 
 XXXVI, 
 
 PSYCHOLOGY; 
 Or, Elements of a new System of Mental Philosophy, on the Basis 
 of Consciousness and Common Sense. By S. S. Schmucker, D.D., 
 S.T.P. 12mo, Sheep extra, $1 00. 
 
 XXXVII. 
 
 THE PHILOSOPHY OF RHETORIC. 
 By George Campbell, D.D., F.R.S. Revised edition, 12mo, $1 25. 
 XXXVIII. 
 
 THE PRINCIPLES OF ELOQUENCE. 
 
 By the Abbe Maury. With an Introduction by Rev. Dr. Potter. 
 18mo, half Sheep, 50 cents. 
 
 XXXIX. 
 
 TREATISE ON ORGANIC CHEMISTRY. 
 A Treatise on the Forces vi'hich produce the Organization of 
 Plants. With an Appendix, containing several Memoirs on Capillary 
 Attraction, Electricity, and the Chemical Action of Light. By John 
 William Draper, M.D. Engravings, 4to, Muslin gilt, ^2 50. 
 
 XL. 
 
 ELEMENTS OF CHEMISTRY! 
 
 Including the most recent Discoveries, and Applications of the 
 Science to Medicine and Pharmacy, and to the Arts. By Robert 
 Kane, M.D. Edited, with Emendations and Additions, by J. W. 
 Draper, M.D. With about 250 Wood-cuts, 8vo, Muslin gilt, $2 00. 
 
 XLI. 
 FIRST PRINCIPLES OF NATURAL PHILOSOPHY! 
 Being a familiar Introduction to the Study of that Science. By 
 James Renwick, LL.I). With Questions. Engravings, 18mo, halt 
 Slicpp, 75 cents. 
 
 XLII. 
 
 FIRST PRINCIPLES OF CHEMISTRY! 
 
 Being a familiar Introduction to the Study of that Science. By 
 
 Jarncs Renwick, LL.D. Engravings, ISmo, half Sheep, 75 cents. 
 
 XLIIL 
 
 ENGLISH SYNONYMES EXPLAINED. 
 With copious Illustrations and Explanations, drawn from the best 
 Writers. By George Crabbe, M.A. 8vo, Sheep extra, $2 38. 
 
6 VALUABLE CLASSICAL AND SCHOOL BOOKS. 
 
 XLn^ 
 ELEMENTS OF GEOLOGY FOR POPULAR USE; 
 Containing a Description of the Geological Formations and Min- 
 eral Resources of the United States. By Charles A. Lee, M.D. En- 
 gravings, half Sheep, 50 cents. 
 
 XLV 
 
 A NEW SYSTEM OF FRENCH GRAMMAR, 
 
 Containing the First Part of the celebrated Grammar of Noel and 
 
 Chapsal. Arranged with Questions, and a Key in English. By 
 
 Sarah E. Seaman. Revised and corrected by C. P. Bordenave, 
 
 Professor of Languages. 12mo, 75 cents. 
 
 XLVL 
 
 ELEMENTS OF ALGEBRA: 
 Embracing also the Theory and Application of Logarithms ; to- 
 gether with an Appendix, containing Infinite Series, the General 
 Theory of Equations, and the most approved Method of resolving the 
 higher Equations. By Rev. Davis W. Clark. 8vo, Sheep, 1 00. 
 
 XL VII. 
 
 THE AMERICAN SYSTEM OF PRACTICAL BOOKKEEPING, 
 Adapted to the Commerce of the United States, in its Domestic 
 and Foreign Relations ; comprehending all the Modern Improve- 
 ments in the Practice of the Art. To which are added. Forms of the 
 most approved Auxiliary Books, with a Chart, exhibiting at one 
 View the Final Balance of the Leger. By James Arlington Bennet, 
 LL.D. Twenty-second Edition. Large 8vo, half Roan, $1 50. 
 
 XLVIII. 
 
 A GRAMMAR OF THE GERMAN LANGUAGE, 
 Arranged into a new System on the Principle of Induction. By 
 Charles Julius Hempel. 2 vols. 12mo, half Sheep, $1 75. 
 
 XLIX. 
 
 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY! 
 Being the Work adopted by the University of France for Use in 
 Colleges and High Schools. Translated, edited, and continued by 
 Rev. Dr. Henry. 2 vols, in one, I8mo, half Sheep, $1 00. 
 
 L. 
 THE SCHOOL AND THE SCHOOLMASTER. 
 Part I. : The School ; its Objects, Relations, and Uses. With a 
 Sketch of the Education most needed in the United States, the Pres- 
 ent State of Common Schools, the best Means of improving them, 
 &c. By A. Potter, D.D. Part II. : The Schoolmaster. The proper 
 Character, Studies, and Duties of the Teacher, with the best Meth- 
 ods for the Government and Instruction of Common Schools, &c. 
 By G. B. Emerson, A.M Engravings, 12mo, half Sheep, $1 00. 
 
 LI. 
 PRACTICAL EDUCATION. 
 By Richard Lovell Edgeworth and Maria Edgeworth. Engrav- 
 ings, 12mo, Muslin gilt, 85 cents. 
 
^arpcr'iS New Olataloguc. 
 
 A NEW Descriptive Catalogue of Harper & Brothers' Pub- 
 lications is now ready for distribution, and may be obtained gra- 
 tuitously on application to the Publishers personally, or by letter, 
 post-paid. 
 
 The attention of gentlemen, in town or country, designing to 
 form Libraries or enrich their literary collections, is respectfully 
 invited to this Catalogue, which will be found to comprise a large 
 proportion of the standard and most esteemed works in English 
 Literature — comprehending about two thousand volumes — which 
 are offered in most instances at less than one half the cost of sim- 
 ilar productions in England. 
 
 To Librarians and others connected with Colleges, Schools, etc., 
 who may not have access to a reliable guide in forming the true 
 estimate of hterary productions, it is believed the present Catalogue 
 will prove especially valuable as a manual of reference. 
 
 To prevent disappointment, it is suggested that, whenever books 
 can not be obtained through any bookseller or local agent, applica- 
 tions with remittance should be addressed direct to the Publishers, 
 which will be promptly attended to. 
 
^c- 
 
 
 
 <5- 
 
Deacidified using the Bookkeeper process. 
 Neutralizing agent: Magnesium Oxide 
 Treatment Date: July 2006 
 
 PreservationTechnologies 
 
 A WORLD LEADER IN PAPER PRESERVATION 
 1 1 1 Thomson Park Drive 
 Cranberry Township, PA 16066 
 (724)779-2111 
 
LIBRARY OF 
 
 CONGRESS 
 
 003 054 199 e' 
 
 • . '::t'^'>. 
 
 pi 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 'V, . 
 
 ^ ' •• 
 
 
 • \ I. 1 ,1 
 
 I' .'■